GRADUATE STUDIES 1980 KNOXVILLE THE UNIVERSITY OF ...

JANUARY 1980
GRADUATE
STUDIES
1980
KNOXVILLE
THE UNIVERSITY OF TENNESSEE RECORD
(ISSN 0195-8844)
The University of Tennessee Record, Volume 83, Issue No . 1 January 1980 . Published monthly except February, April, May, June, August, October
and December by The University of Tennessee, Knoxville, Tennessee 37916 . Second-class postage paid at Knoxville, Tennessee .

1980
JANUARY
S M T W T FS
1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23 24 25 26
27 28 29 30 31
FEBRUARY
S M T W T FS
1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 28 29
MARCH
S M T W T F S
1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29
30 31
APRIL
S M T W T FS
1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9101112
13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23 24 25 26
27 28 29 30
MAY
S M T W T F S
1 2 3
4 5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
JUNE
S M T W T FS
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
29 30
S
6
JULY
M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5
7 8 9101112
13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23 24 25 26
27 28 29 30 31
AUGUST
S M T W T F S
1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31
SEPTEMBER
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
28 29 30
OCTOBER
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 91011
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 30 31
S
NOVEMBER
M T W T F S
1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29
30
S
DECEMBER
M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
28 29 30 31
1981
S
JANUARY
M T W T F S
4 5 6 7
1
8
2 3
9 10
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
S
FEBRUARY
M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
MARCH
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
29 30 31
Student Calendar For 1980-81
Winter Quarter, 1980
January 3-4 (Thursday-Friday)
January 7 (Monday)
February 11 (Monday)
March 12-15 (Wednesday-Saturday)
March 15 (Saturday)
March 18 (Tuesday)
Spring Quarter, 1980
March 24-25 (Monday-Tuesday)
March 26 (Wednesday)
April 4-5 (Friday-Saturday)
April 29 (Tuesday)
June 2-5 (Monday-Thursday)
June 5 (Thursday)
June 9 (Monday)
Summer Quarter, 1980
June 12-13 (Thursday-Friday)
June 16 (Monday)
July 3 (Thursday)
July 4 (Friday)
July 18 (Friday)
July 18 (Friday)
July 21 (Monday)
July 21 (Monday)
August 7 (Thursday)
August 22 (Friday)
August 25 (Monday)
Fall Quarter, 1980
September 22-24 (Monday-Wednesday)
September 25 (Thursday)
October 29 (Wednesday)
October 31 (Friday)
November 1 (Saturday)
November 27-29 (Thursday-Saturday)
December 5-9 (Friday-Tuesday)
December 9 (Tuesday)
December 12 (Friday)
Winter Quarter, 1981
January 5-6 (Monday-Tuesday)
January 7 (Wednesday)
February 10 (Tuesday)
March 13-17 (Friday-Tuesday)
March 17 (Tuesday)
March 20 (Friday)
2
Registration
Classes Begin
Change of Registration Deadline
Alternative Period
Classes End
Commencement
Registration
Classes Begin
Easter (No Classes)
Change of Registration Deadline
Alternative Period
Classes End
Commencement
Registration, First or Both Terms
Classes Begin
Change of Registration Deadline, First Term
Independence Day (No Classes)
Classes End, First Term
Registration, Second Term
Classes Begin, Second Term
Change of Registration Deadline,
Full Term
Change of Registration Deadline,
Second Term
Classes End
Commencement
Registration
Classes Begin
Change of Registration Deadline
East . Term . Educ . Assoc . (No Classes)
Homecoming (No Classes)
Thanksgiving (No Classes)
Alternative Period
Classes End
Commencement
Registration
Classes Begin
Change of Registration Deadline
Alternative Period
Classes End
Commencement

Contents
2 1980-81 Calendar
General Information Requirements for
3
4
6
7
8
Student Academic Calendar
Correspondence Directory
Campus Map
Graduate School Office Hours
Graduate Council
Board of Trustees
Administration
Majors and Degrees Available
15
16
Housing
Services to the Physically
Disabled
Vehicle Operation
and Parking
Computing Center
Office of International
Student Affairs
Advanced Degrees
19 Master's Degrees
20 Specialist in Education
Degree
21 Doctoral Degrees
22-24 Summary of Procedures
for Degrees
The Graduate School
17 The University Library
Colleges and Schools
10
11
Advanced Graduate
Work and Research
Energy, Environment,
and Resources Center
Transportation Center
Space Institute
Water Resources
Research Center
Off-campus
Graduate Centers
General Regulations of
the Graduate School
17 Responsibility
Requirements
Graduate School News
Advisors
Graduate Credit
Explanation of
Course Listings
Prerequisites
25
34
35
46
49
61
66
85
91
Institute of Agriculture
School of Architecture
College of Business
Administration
College of Communications
College of Education
School of Health, Physical
Education, and Recreation
College of Engineering
College of Home Economics
Intercollegiate Programs
Admission and Registration
11 Types of Admissions
13 Admission Procedures
Examinations
Readmissions
Registration Procedures
18
Maximum Load
Change of Registration
Grades
Proficiency Examination
English Proficiency
Law Courses
Auditors
95
139
141
144
146
148
College of Liberal Arts
College of Nursing
School of Biomedical Sciences
School of Library and
Information Science
School of Planning
School of Social Work
Fees, Fee Classification
and Financial Aid
19 Correspondence Study
Transfer Credits
Revision of Program
152 Index
13
14
15
University Fees
Fee Classification for
the Purpose of Paying
University Fees
Student Financial Aid
Time Limit
Residence Requirements
Theses and Dissertations
Academic Termination
Appeals Procedure
Correspondence Directory
Graduate Study Assistantships International Student Advisor
L. Evans Roth, Vice Chancellor for Head of department in which you plan to Dixon Johnson, Alumni Hall
Graduate Studies and Research
Clarence W . Minkel, Dean for Graduate
Studies
major
Loans
Scholarships and Fellowships
Clea J . Greenawalt, The Graduate
Diana C . Lopez, Director of Graduate
Admissions
Clea J . Greenawalt, Assistant Director of
Graduate Admissions
Graduate Management
Admission Test or
Graduate Record Examinations
Educational Testing Service,
Princeton, New Jersey, or Berkeley,
California
Work Study
Part-time Employment
Student Loans
Director, Financial Aid,
301 Student Services Building
Housing
Married students-Office of Rental
Properties, Stadium
Single students-Office of Residence
Halls, 405 Student Services Building
School
Thesis Consultant
Georgia Bunn, The Graduate School
Timetable of Classes
Supervisor of Registration,
Registrar's Office
Transcripts
Bob L. Cochran, Registrar
y .,:rx
The University of Tennessee, Knoxville does not discriminate on the basis of race, sex, color, religion, national origin, age, handicap, or veteran status in provision of educational opportunities
or employment opportunities and benefits.
UTK does not discriminate on the basis of sex or handicap in the education programs and activities which it operates, pursuant to the requirements of Title IX of the Education Amendments of
1972, Pub. L . 92-318 ; and Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, Pub . L . 93-112 ; respectively, This policy extends to both employment by and admission to the University.
Inquires concerning Title IX and Section 504 should be directed to the Office of the Vice Chancellor for Planning and Administration, 525 Andy Holt Tower, 974-4391 . Charges of violation of the
above policy should also be directed to the Office of the Vice Chancellor for Planning and Administration.

The University of Tennessee, Knoxville
Main Campus
A Ayres Hall (Liberal Arts) CAH _ Carrick Hall (Residence) F Fraternity House
AA _ Art & Arch . Bldg . (under construction) CBT _ Clarence Brown Proscenium Theatre FH _ Ferris Hall
AC - Art Center CD __Communications Design (Briscoe House) FLC - Family Life Center
ACH - Arts & Crafts House (Laurel House) CLH -Clement Hall (Residence) G Glocker Business Administration Bldg.
AD _ Holt Ave . Apartments CN College of Nursing G&G _ Geology and Geography Bldg.
AH _ Alumni Hall (Alumni, Placement Offices) CO - Conference Department GIB Gibbs Hall (Residence)
AHT _ Andy Holt Tower COM _ Communications and GRH _ Greve Hall (Residence)
AP _ Austin Peay Memorial Bldg . (Psych .) University Extension Bldg . GSP _ Graduate School of Planning
APG - Administration Parking Garage CR Craft House 1515 Cumberland Ave.
AQC - Student Aquatic Center CT Carousel Theatre GYM Alumni Memorial Auditorium-Gymnasium
AX1 _ Art Annex 1 CU- Credit Union
H Hesler Biology Bldg.
AX2 - Art Annex 2 DAB _ Dabney Hall H&S - Hearing & Speech Center
AX3 - Art Annex 3 DES - Design House HE Harris Home Economics Bldg.
BCC _ Black Cultural Center DO _ Dougherty Engineering Bldg . HEH - Hess Hall (Residence)
BH _ Berry Hall DUH Dunford Hall (Residence) HH Henson Halt
BT Tom Black Track and Recreation Area ESH _ East Stadium Hall HPR - Health . Physical Education
BU - Buehler Hall EST _ Estabrook Hall (Architecture) & Recreation Bldg.
C Claxton Education Building
EMP - UT Employment Office
HSS - Humanities and Social Sciences Bldg .
Agricultural Campus
AE - Agricultural Engineering Bldgs.
AEL - Agricultural Engineering Lab
ASB - C .E . Brehm Animal Sciences Bldg.
CC - Corn-Cotton Bldg.
CVM _ College of Veterinary Medicine
DP _ Dairy Products Bldg.
FL - Fiber Research Laboratory
FOR - Tennessee Division of Forestry
FT - J .H . McLeod Food Technology Bldg .
GH Greenhouses
MC McCord Hall
MH _ Morgan Hall
PB Plot Barn
PO Poultry Diagnostic Laboratory
PPL Ag . Campus Power Plant
PS _ Ellington Hall-Plant Sciences
PSX _ Plant Sciences Annex
SL Spinning Lab
1s
pV
WEST LUMBERyglD AVE.
6u --
FRptEp~N
1/ O aR\

HUH _ Humes Hall (Residence)
Information Booth
LAW _ George C . Taylor Law Center
LIB James D . Hoskins Library (Main Library)
M Music Building
MAH _ Massey Hall (Residence)
MEH Melrose Hall (Residence)
MM _ McClung Museum
MOH _ Morrill Hall (Residence)
MP _ Motor Pool
NC - Non-Credit Programs
NE Nuclear Engineering
NS Nursery School
P Physics Building
PA Purchasing Agent
PAN - Panhellenic Building
PC Presidential Court Bldg.
.PER Perkins Hall
PHP _ Physical Plant
PK Parking Garage
PLX _ Planning School Annex
PR Personnel Office
RA Army Reserve Training Center
RC Reading Center
RH Reese Hall (Residence)
S South College (Psychology)
SAC - William B . Stokely Athletics Center
(Armory)
SCC - Student Counseling Center
SCH _ Student Clinic & Hospital
SEC - Safety & Security . 1115 UT Drive
SNAG Stokely Management Center
SP T eam P lant
SS - Sophron a Strong Hall (Residence
and Cafeteria) _
SSB _ Student Services Building
SSH _ South Stadium Hall
(Office of Rental Properties)
SW School of Social Work
SWK _ School of Social Work Knoxville Branch
TC Temple Court
TCL Textiles & Clothing Lab
TH Turner House
TOW McClung Tower
UC - Carolyn P . Brown Memorial University
Center (Meeting and recreation facilities,
food services, post office, bookstore)
UCG _ University Center Parking Garage
UGL _ John C . Hodges Undergraduate Library
WLS - Walters Life Sciences Bldg.
WWF _ Winter Workout Facility

Graduate School Office Hours
Monday - Friday 8 :00 A .M .-5 :00 P .M . (All Year) 115 Student Services and Administration Building
Telephone - (615) 974-3251
The Graduate School Administration
L. Evans Roth, A .B . M .S . Ph .D ., Vice Chancellor for Graduate Studies and Research
Clarence W . Minkel, B .A ., M .A ., Ph .D ., Dean for Graduate Studies
Gerald E . Hills, B .S ., MBA, DBA, Assistant Dean for Graduate Studies
Mary P . Richards, B .A., M .A ., Ph .D ., Assistant Dean for Graduate Studies
Carl O . Thomas, A .B ., M .A ., Ph .D ., Dean for Research
L . B . Cebik, B .A ., M .A ., Ph .D ., Assistant Dean for Research
Diana C . Lopez, B .S ., M .S ., Director, Graduate Admissions
Ben Granger, B .A ., M .S .W ., M .P .A ., Ph .D ., Dean, School of Social Work
Charles H . Weaver, B .S ., M .S ., Ph .D ., Dean, UT Space Institute
A . A. Mason, B .S ., Ph .D ., Assistant Dean, UT Space Institute
Gerald E. Hills, B .S ., MBA, DBA, Director, Oak Ridge Resident Graduate Program
Marvin Goodman, B .S ., M .S ., Director, Kingsport Graduate Program
Alexander Hollaender, A .B ., A .M ., Ph .D ., Director, Archival Center for Radiation Biology
James A . Spencer, B .A ., M .C .P ., Director, Graduate School of Planning
W. Edgar Barnett, B .S ., M .S ., Ph .D ., Director, UT-Oak Ridge Graduate School of Biomedical Sciences
William F . Brandes, M .S ., P .E ., Director, Water Resources Research Center
Lynn Russell, Ph .D ., Director, Chattanooga Graduate Engineering Program
Jerry D . Westbrook, B .E ., M .S ., Ph .D ., Director, Nashville Graduate Engineering Program
Ann E . Prentice, A .B ., M .L .S ., D.L .S ., Director, Graduate School of Library and Information Science
William A . Goodwin, B .S ., M .S ., Interim Director, Transportation Center
Robert A . Bohm, A .B ., A.M ., Ph .D ., Acting Director, Energy, Environment, and Resources Center
The Graduate Council
Membership January 1, 1979
Ex Officio Members Appointed Members
L . Evans Roth, Vice Chancellor
Clarence W . Minkel, Dean
Lloyd Seatz, Chairperson for Research Council
Dr . Ann E . Prentice
Dr. Kenneth Kenney
Dr. Luther H . Keller
Dr. Gleb Mamantov
Dr . James W . White
College or Unit Elected Members Date of Expiration Proxy
Dec . 31, 1979
Dec . 31, 1979
Dec . 31, 1979
Dec . 31, 1979
Dec . 31, 1979
Col . of Agriculture Dr . Gary Lessman Dec . 31, 1980 Dr. Luther Wilhelm
Col . of Bus . Admin . Dr . H . Dudley Dewhirst Dec . 31, 1979 Dr. Norman E . Dittrich
Dr . Jan R . Williams Dec . 31, 1981 Dr. Charles B . Garrison
Col . of Communications Dr. George Everett Dec . 31, 1979 Dr. Sherilyn Zeigler
Col . of Education Dr . Jerry J . Bellon Dec . 31, 1979 Dr. Woodrow Wyatt
Dr . Paul C . Burns
Dr. John Peters Dec . 31, 1981 Dr . Charles H . Ball
Dr. Madge M . Phillips Dec . 31, 1980 Dr. Don B . Franks
Dr . John Ray Dec . 31, 1981 Dr. Charles Hargis
Dr. Gerald Ubben Dec . 31, 1979 Dr . A. Montgomery Johnston
Col . of Engineering Dr. Bruce R . Dewey Dec . 31, 1981 Dr. Peyton Z . Peebles
Dr. Pietro F . Pasqua Dec . 31, 1980 Dr. David W . Goodpasture
Col . of Home Economics Dr. David B . Eastwood Dec . 31, 1980 Dr. Betty L . Beach
Col . of Liberal Arts Dr. Jeffrey Becker Dec . 31, 1979 Dr. William Bull
Dr . Dale Cleaver Dec . 31, 1980 Dr. Fred Martinson
Dr. Otis Stephens Dec . 31, 1979 Dr. Thomas Bell
Dr. Patricia L . Walne Dec . 31, 1981 Dr. Linda Painter
Dr. Anne McIntyre
Graduate Student Council Mr. Mike Thompson Apr . 30, 1980
Mr. Thomas Walden
Apr. 30, 1980
College of Nursing Dr. Sylvia E . Hart Dec . 31, 1980 Dr. Mildred Fenske
School of Social Work Dr. Gideon Fryer Dec . 31, 1980 Ms . Ann Wachter
Dr. Roger M . Nooe Dec . 31, 1981 Dr. Robert Bonovich
UT Space Institute Dr. James Wu Dec . 31, 1979 Dr. Maurice A. Wright
Regulations Subject To
Change
Any and all course offerings, academic requirements and other information contained in this publication are subject to change
and/or revocation without notice . Anyone interested in the precise course offering, academic requirement at a given time, or other
special information should make inquiry in advance.

The University of Tennessee
Board of Trustees From Congressional Districts
Ex Offico Members Buford Goldstein, DISTRICT
His Excellency, Elizabethton First
The Governor of Tennessee A . B. Long, Jr ., Knoxville Second
The Commissioner of Education Scott Probasco, Jr .,
The Commissioner of Agriculture Lookout Mountain Third
The President of the University William M . Johnson, Sparta Fourth
The Executive Director, Marcia A . Echols,
.Tennessee Higher Education Nashville Fifth
Commission Clyde M . York, Columbia Sixth
T . O . Lashlee, Humboldt Seventh
Tom Elam, Union City Eighth
R . Lee Winchester, Memphis Ninth
From Anderson, Bedford, Coffee,
Franklin, Lincoln, Moore, and
Warren Counties TERM EXPIRES
Charlotte Parish June 1, 1988
From Weakley County TERM EXPIRES
Wayne Fisher July 1, 1981
Student Member
Steven Gill July 1, 1980
From Davidson County
Elaine McReynolds June 1, 1984
Officers of the Board
Governor Lamar Alexander, Chairman
From Hamilton County
Paul J . Kinser June 1, 1987
Harry W . Laughlin, Vice Chairman
Edward J . Boling, President
Brodie Baynes, Treasurer
From Knox County
Ann Baker Furrow June 1, 1980
Beauchamp Brogan, Secretary
Carol Bailey, Assistant Secretary
Frank P . Bowyer June 1, 1980
From Shelby County
Harry W . Laughlin July 1, 1981
Marcus J . Stewart July 1, 1981
University Administration
Edward J . Boling, B .S ., M .S ., Ed .D ., President of the University
Joseph E . Johnson, A .B ., A.M ., Ed .D ., Executive Vice President and
Vice President for Development
John W. Prados, B .S ., M .S ., Ph .D ., Vice President for Academic Affairs
W . W. Armistead, M .S ., D .V .M ., Vice President for Agriculture
Emerson H . Fly, B .S ., C .P .A., Vice President for Business and Finance
Charles H . Weaver, B .S ., M .S ., Ph .D ., Vice President for Continuing Education
T. Albert Farmer, B .S., M .D ., Vice President for Health Affairs
Robert S . Hutchison, B .S ., M .B .A ., Acting Vice President for Public Service
Beauchamp E . Brogan, B .S., LL .B ., J .D ., General Counsel, Secretary of Board of Trustees
Andrew J . Kozar, B .S., A .M ., Ph .D ., Executive Assistant to the President
Brodie Baynes, B .S ., C .P .A ., Treasurer
UT, Knoxville Administration
Jack E . Reese, A .B ., A .M., Ph .D ., Chancellor
Luke Ebersofe, A .B ., A.M ., Ph .D ., Vice Chancellor for Planning and Administration
Walter R . Herndon, B .S ., M .S ., Ph .D ., Vice Chancellor for Academic Affairs
L. Evans Roth, A .B ., M .S., Ph .D ., Vice Chancellor for Graduate Studies and Research
Homer S . Fisher, B .S ., M .B .A ., Vice Chancellor for Business and Finance
Howard F . Aldmon, B .S ., A .M ., Ed .D ., Vice Chancellor for Student Affairs
Clarence W . Minkel, B .A., M .A ., Ph .D ., Dean for Graduate Studies
Carl O. Thomas, A .B ., M .A., Ph .D ., Dean for Research
O. Glen Hall, B .S ., M .S ., Ph .D ., Dean of the College of Agriculture
Roy F . Knight, B.A ., M . Arch ., Dip . D'Etudes, Dean of the School of Architecture
C . Warren Neel, B.S ., M .B .A ., D .B .A ., Dean of the College of Business Administration
Donald G . Hileman, B .S ., M .S ., Ph .D ., Dean of the College of Communications
William H . Coffield, B .S ., M .A ., Ph .D ., Dean of the College of Education
Fred N . Peebles, B .S ., M .S ., Ph .D ., Dean of the College of Engineering
Nancy H . Belck, B .S ., M .S ., Ph .D ., Dean of the College of Home Economics
Kenneth L . Penegar, A .B ., J .D ., LL .M ., Dean of the College of Law
Robert G . Landen, A.B., A .M ., Ph .D ., Dean of the College of Liberal Arts
Sylvia E. Hart, B .S .N ., M .S .N ., Ph .D ., Dean of the College of Nursing
Charles F . Reed, Jr ., M .S ., D .V .M ., Acting Dean of the College of Veterinary Medicine
Joseph P. Goddard, B .S ., M .S ., Ed .D ., Dean of the Division of Continuing Education
John J . McDow, B .S ., M .S., Ph .D ., Dean of Admissions (Undergraduate) and Records

Majors and Degrees Available
College of Agriculture
Agricultural Biology
Agricultural Economics
Agricultural Engineering
Agricultural Extension
Agricultural Mechanization
'Animal Science
Food Technology and Science
'Forestry
Ornamental Horticulture
and Landscape Design
Plant and Soil Science
'Wildlife and Fisheries Science
DEGREE
M .S.
M .S., PH .D.
M.S., PH .D.
M.S.
M.S.
M .S ., PH .D.
M .S.
M .S.
M .S.
M .S ., PH .D.
M .S.
ADMISSION TEST REQUIRED
G .R.E . G.M .A.T.
APT. ADV.
College of Business Administration
'Accounting
M .ACC.
X
'Business Administration M .B .A .2 , D .B .A. X
'Economics
MACT, M .A .,
'Management Science
'Statistics
M .S ., PH .D.
PH .D.
M .S .
X
x
x
or
or
or
X
X
X
College of Communications
'Communications
College of Education
Adult Education
Agricultural Education
'Art Education
Business Education
College Student Personnel
Curriculum
Curriculum and Instruction
Distributive Education
Educational Administration
and Supervision
Educational Psychology
Educational Psychology
and Guidance
Elementary Education
English Education
Foreign Language Education
Guidance
Health Education
Industrial Education
Instructional Media and Technology
Mathematics Education
*Music Education
Physical Education
Public Health
Recreation
Safety Education and Service
School Health Education
Science Education
Social Science Education
Special Education
Vocational Rehabilitation
Counseling
Vocational-Technical Education
College of Engineering
*Aerospace Engineering
'Chemical Engineering
'Civil Engineering
Electrical Engineering
*Engineering Administration
*Engineering Science
*Environmental Engineering
'Industrial Engineering
'Mechanical Engineering
*Metallurgical Engineering
'Nuclear Engineering
*Polymer Engineering
College of Home Economics
'Child and Family Studies
'Consumer Studies and Housing:
Public Policy
' 3 Food Science
*Food Systems Administration
"Home Economics
Interior Design and Housing
* 3Nutrition
Textiles and Clothing
M .S ., PH .D.
M .S.
M .S.
M .S.
M .S ., MACT
M .S.
M .S.
ED .S ., ED .D.
M .S.
M .S ., ED.S .,
ED .D.
M .S.
ED .S., ED .D.
M .S.
M .S.
M .S.
M .S.
ED.D ., PH .D.
M .S.
M .S.
M .S.
M .S.
M .S ., ED .D.
M .P.H.
M .S.
M .S., ED .S.
M .S.
M .S.
M .S.
M .S.
M .S.
M .S ., ED .S ., ED .D
M .E ., M .S ., PH .D.
M .S ., PH .D.
M .E ., M .S ., PH .D.
M .E ., M .S ., PH .D.
M .S 2
M .S ., PH .D.
M .E ., M .S.
M .E ., M .S.
M .E ., M .S ., PH .D.
M .S ., PH .D.
M .E ., M .S ., PH .D.
M .S ., PH .D.
M .S.
M .S.
M .S.
M .S.
PH .D.
M .S.
M .S.
M .S .
x
X
X
X'
X
X
X
X
X'
X'
X
X
X
X'
X
X
x
X
X'
X'
X
X
X
X
X
X.
X'
X'
X'
X
X
X"
X'
LETTERS OF
RECOMMENDATION
3-Departmental Rating Forms
3-Departmental Rating Forms
3-Former Professors
3-Former Professors
4-Obtain Forms from Department
Obtain Forms from Department
Obtain Forms from Department
5-All Ed .S ., Ph .D . and Ed .D.
applicants obtain special forms
from the Graduate School
6-Rating Forms
6-Rating Forms
3-Former Professors
3-Rating Forms
3-Former Professors
All M .S . and PH .D . applicants
obtain special application
form from Associate Dean,
College of Home Economics.

DEGREE
Intercollegiate
'Aviation Systems M .S.
Ecology
Industrial and
M .S ., PH .D.
Organizational Psychology M .S ., PH .D.
*Management Science M .S .
College of Liberal Arts
*Anthropology
Art
*Audiology
*Biochemistry
Biology
Botany
Chemistry
Computer Science
*English
French
Geography
`Geology
German
German Language and Literature
History
'Mathematics
Microbiology
Music
Philosophy
"Physics
'Political Science
Psychology
Public Administration
Radiation Biology
Romance Languages
Sociology
Spanish
Speech and Hearing Science
*Speech Pathology
Speech and Theatre
Zoology
M .A ., PH .D.
M .A ., M .F .A.
M .A.
M .S ., PH .D.
MACT
M .S ., PH .D.
MACT, M .S ., PH .D.
M .S.
MACT, M .A ., PH .D.
M .A.
M .S ., PH .D.
M .S ., PH .D.
MACT, M .A.
PH.D.
MACT, M .A ., PH .D.
M .MATH.
M .A ., M .S ., PH .D.
M .S., PH .D.
M .MUS., M .A.
M .A ., PH .D.
MACT, M .S ., PH .D.
M .A., PH .D.
M .A.
PH .D.
M .P.A.
M .S., PH .D.
MACT
MACT, M.A ., PH .D.
M .A ., PH .D.
PH .D.
M .A.
M .A.
M .S., PH .D .
ADMISSION TEST REQUIRED
G .R .E . G .M .A.T.
APT . ADV.
X
X X or
x or
X
X X
X
X
X
X
X' X'
X
X
X X
X
X X
X
X' X'
X
X
X
X X
X
X
LETTERS OF
RECOMMENDATION
2-Former Professors
3-Departmental Rating Forms
3-Departmental Rating Forms
3-Former Professors
3-Former Professors
3-Former Professors
3-Former Professors
3-Former Professors
2-Former Professors
3-Former Professors
3-Former Professors
3-Former Professors
2-Former Professors
3-Former Professors
4-Obtain Forms from Department
3-Former Professors
3-Departmental Rating Forms
3-Former Professors
3-Former Professors
3-Former Professors
3-Obtain Forms from Department
College of Nursing
Nursing
School of Biomedical Sciences
M .S .N .
1-Letter of Recommendation
and Personal Data Form
Biomedical Sciences
School of Library and
Information Science
M .S., PH .D . X X
Obtain Forms
from School
library Science M .S.L .S.
X
3-Obtain Forms from Department
School of Planning
'Planning
School of Social Work
'Social Work
(Memphis, Nashville and Knoxville)
M .S .P.
M .S .S .W.
'Non-Degree and provisional students must obtain permission from the
department/program head in order to register for courses in these fields.
'Offered only at UT Space Institute.
'Offered also at off-campus locations.
'Department doctoral option offered under the mayor of home eCOnomICS.
'Interdisciplinary option offered In each department.
'Ph .D . applicants only.
'American applicants only.
'Ed.D . applicants only.
'Ed.S. applicants only.
'International applicants only.
'Interdisciplinary Ph .D. applicants only .
9
2-Letters of Recommendation
and Personal Statement
Obtain Special Forms
from Department

The Graduate School
The mission of the University of Tennessee,
Knoxville is to offer instruction on all levels of
higher education, engage in and train for
research, and provide extended services of
great variety . The obligations of this mission
are reinforced by the fact that The University
of Tennessee is both the State University and
the official Land-Grant Institution of
Tennessee.
Advanced Graduate
Work and Research
The University of Tennessee has some
obligations not shared in the same degree by
other public colleges and universities of the
state, although these specialized functions
are common to most major state universities
and land-grant institutions . For instance, the
University must develop and maintain
advanced instruction and research in the
basic arts and sciences and in professional
and occupational areas dependent upon the
fundamental fields of learning, especially (but
not exclusively) those of substantial
importance to the state . It is the business of
such a state university to advance the
frontiers of knowledge in all areas of human
concern, to discover facts previously
unknown, to present new theories, and to test
hypotheses and theories not previously
established . The augmentation of the
intellectual heritage of the human race,
particularly in basic reseach, is a major
function of this and all other universities.
So far as publicly-supported higher
education is concerned, The University of
Tennessee, Knoxville is the center of
advanced graduate training and research in
Tennessee . As of 1979 the University provides
Master's level work in 122 fields of knowledge
and doctoral work in 47, enrolling more than
6,700 graduate students.
The search for new knowledge and its
application to the changing needs of society
is amajor aim of The University of Tennessee.
In graduate instruction, through research
programs, and by public service, the
University and its faculty constitute a major
resource for contributions to state, national
and international problems. In addition to
typical departmental units of administration,
numerous interdisciplinary programs,
institutes, and centers have been developed
in the locations and the scholarly areas
needed . Beyond those described below,
numerous other organizations exist and are
described within the appropriate department
or college descriptions.
Energy, Environment,
and Resources Center
R . A. Bohm, Acting Director, Ph .D.
Washington (Missouri)
The Energy, Environment, and Resources
Center was created to encou rage and support
UT faculty and students' involvement in
interdisciplinary studies to provide
alternative solutions to problems related to
energy and the environment . The Center
provides assistance to faculty interested in
developing research and public service
projects, manages research and development
projects that involve several disciplines, and
assists Tennessee government and industry
in specific problems related to energy and
environment . It also participates in the
Statewide Consumer Education Program,
especially in developing materials for the
program.
Current research includes environmental
and human costs of coal production, solar
energy utilization in buildings, energy
conservation in buildings and industry, and
regional solid waste management and
resource recovery.
The Center is operated through the Office
of the Vice Chancellor for Graduate Studies
and Research.
Transportation Center
Knoxville:
W . A . Goodwin, P .E., Interim Director,
M.S ., Kentucky
R . A. Mundy, Ph .D ., Pennsylvania State;
M . S . Bronzini, P .E ., Ph .D ., Pennsylvania State,
Associate Directors
10
Nashville:
D . H . Jones, P.E ., M.S . Tennessee; P . R . Tuft,
P .E., M .S. Texas, Assistant Directors
The Transportation Center performs four
main functions : (1) managing
interdisciplinary transportation projects for
the University, (2) managing transportation
projects for the Tennessee Department of
Transportation, (3) managing highway safety
projects for the Governor's Highway Safety
Program, and (4) providing public service
activities in transportation throughout the
state . In performing these functions, the
Transportation Center works extensively with
various colleges and departments,
organizations, and campuses of The
University of Tennessee.
The Center conducts research in all modes
of transportation . Current research includes
transportation management, railroad and
waterways, urban goods movement, airport
ground transportation, transportation
brokerage, social service transportation,
ridesharing, transit, legislation, diagnostic
vehicle inspection, highway safety, tunnel
construction and ventilation, archaeological
exploration, highway construction, and
environmental impacts.
The Center is operated through the Office
for Graduate Studies and Research . The
Center's main office is at UT, Knoxville with a
satellite office in Nashville.
The University
of Tennessee
Space Institute
C . H . Weaver, Dean, Ph .D . Wisconsin
A . A . Mason, Assistant Dean, Ph .D . Tennessee
The Space Institute was originated to
interface University faculty research with the
Arnold Engineering Development Center of
the United States Air Force . Located at
Tullahoma, Tennessee, the Space Institute
offers graduate degree programs with majors
in Aerospace Engineering, Aviation Systems,
Computer Science, Electrical Engineering,
Engineering Administration, Engineering
Science, Mathematics, Mechanical

Engineering, Metallurgical Engineering, and
Physics. In addition to the fundamental
academic work characteristic of each
discipline, research opportunities and
supporting interdisciplinary course work are
available to permit specialization in many
aspects of atmospheric and space flight such
as subsonic to hypersonic aerodynamics,
aerospace vehicle design, control and
guidance, modern materials and structures,
propulsion systems, aircraft noise and sonic
boom, flight simulation, avionics,
plasmadynamics, flow diagnostics including
spectroscopic and electrooptic means, and
systems management . Work is also in
progress in remote sensing and
magnetohydrodynamic power generation of
coal utilization . Course and research work in
related areas of environmental pollution
control, earth resources, energy conversion,
materials and systems and simulation are also
available . The research personnel and
facilities of the Institute and those available at
the Arnold Center through appropriate
contractual arrangements provide an
outstanding opportunity for meaningful
research in these and other areas . Students
who enroll at UTSI must be admitted to the
Graduate School, University of Tennessee,
Knoxville. Further information concerning
the Institute may be obtained from the Dean,
The University of Tennessee Space Institute,
Tullahoma, Tennessee 37388.
The Institute is operated by The University
of Tennessee in close cooperation with
numerous departments at The University of
Tennessee, Knoxville and the office of the
Vice Chancellor for Graduate Studies and
Research.
Water Resources
Research Center
W . F . Brandes, P .E.,_Director, M.S . Illinois
The Water Resources Research Center is a
federally-designated institute for the conduct
of water research for the state. The purposes
of the Center are : (1) to assist and support all
the academic institutions of the state, public
and private, in pursuing water resources
research programs addressed to areas of
concern to the state; (2) to provide
information, dissemination and technology
transfer services to state and local
government bodies, academic institutions,
professional groups, environmental
organizations, and-others, including the
general public, who have an interest in water
resources matters ; (3) to promote resources
and to encourage the entry of promising
students into careers in these fields.
The Center is operated through the office of
the Vice Chancellor for Graduate Studies and
Research.
Off-campus
Graduate Centers
Kingsport University Center : The University
of Tennessee, Knoxville offers at Kingsport
resident graduate programs in science,
engineering, and business at both the
Master's and doctoral levels . The program is
operated within the policies set by the
Graduate Council of The University of
Tennessee, Knoxville and is administered by
the Vice Chancellor for Graduate Studies and
Research . It is coordinated with the graduate
and undergraduate offerings of East
Tennessee State University.
Students who enroll in this program must
be admitted to the Graduate School of The
University of Tennessee, Knoxville.
Information and appropriate application
forms may be obtained from Marvin K.
Goodman, Director, Kingsport University
Center, The University of Tennessee,
University Boulevard, Kingsport, Tennessee
37660.
Oak Ridge Resident Graduate Program : The
University of Tennessee, Knoxville offers
graduate study programs at Oak Ridge, with
work leading to Master's degrees in Business
Administration with a concentration in
management, industrial education, and
statistics ; the Master's and doctoral degrees
are available in engineering, mathematics,
and physical and biological sciences.
Courses are given in the late afternoons,
evenings, and Saturdays, with research
facilities provided by and used in cooperation
with the Oak Ridge Associated Universities
and the Union Carbide Corporation, Nuclear
Division.
This program is supported under a
subcontract with Oak Ridge Associated
Universities with principal support coming
from Union Carbide Nuclear Division . The
University of Tennessee is one of the
forty-three colleges and universities which
sponsor ORAU, a nonprofit education and
research management corporation.
Information and applications to the
Graduate School may be obtained by writing
the Director, UT-Oak Ridge Graduate School,
Post Office Box 117, Oak Ridge, Tennessee
37830.
Chattanooga Graduate Engineering
Program : The University of Tennessee,
Knoxville offers a program of graduate work
leading to the Master's degree in the areas of
engineering . Courses are given at The
University of Tennessee at Chattanooga in the
late afternoons and evenings . Students who
enroll in this program must be admitted to the
Graduate School of The University of
Tennessee, Knoxville.
Information concerning this program may
be obtained from Lynn D . Russell, Director,
Chattanooga Graduate Engineering
Program, The University of Tennessee at
Chattanooga, Chattanooga, Tennessee
37401.
Nashville Graduate Engineering Program:
Opportunities for graduate study leading to
the degree of Master of Science in Civil
Engineering, Engineering Administration,
and Industrial Engineering are offered by The
University of Tennessee, Knoxville and are
administered by the Vice Chancellor for
Graduate Studies and Research.
Students who enroll in these programs
must be admitted to The University of
Tennessee, Knoxville Graduate School.
Information and appropriate forms may be
obtained from the Director, Nashville
Graduate Engineering Program, Tenth and
Charlotte, Nashville, Tennessee 37203.
The University of Tennessee-Oak Ridge
Graduate School of Biomedical Sciences:
The University provides programs leading to
the M .S . and Ph .D . degrees in various areas of
biomedical sciences . Graduate students have
the opportunity to study and to do research in
The Graduate School 11
conjunction with the Biology Division of the
Oak Ridge National Laboratory.
For complete information concerning the
program, see page 141.
School of Social Work : The University of
Tennessee, Knoxville offers a fully accredited
two-year program leading to the degree of
Master of Science in Social Work through the
School of Social Work, with programs in
Nashville, Knoxville, Memphis, and
Chattanooga.
For complete information concerning the
program, see page 148.
Admission and
Registration
Admission to the Graduate School requires
a Bachelor's degree with a satisfactory grade
point average from a college or university
accredited by the appropriate regional
accrediting agency . (A minimum grade point
average of 2 .5 out of a possible 4 .0, or a 3.0 for
the senior year, is considered a satisfactory
grade point average . A minimum B average is
required for international students . Meeting
the minimum admission requirement does
not insure acceptance into a degree program
since other factors may affect admission in
some areas .)
An application must be accompanied by the
$10 fee (payable to The University of
Tennessee).
If permission to enter The University of
Tennessee Graduate School is given prior to
graduation, this admission is automatically
withdrawn if the Bachelor's degree is not
awarded before the date of registration.
The file is destroyed after one year if an
applicant does not enter Graduate School the
quarter in which admission is requested,
unless permission is requested and granted
to enter in a future quarter. To reapply after a
file is destroyed, applicants must submit a
new application and fee.
Admission to the Graduate School does not
imply admission to candidacy for the degree
desired ; admission to candidacy must be
obtained after entry but at least one full
quarter prior to receipt of the Master's degree
and three quarters prior to receipt of the
doctorate.
Types of Admissions
Admission to a Graduate Degree Program:
Master's degree-Admission to a degree
program requires a minimum grade point
average of 2 .5 out of a possible 4 .0 or 3 .0
during the senior year . However, many
departments require a higher average . (Refer
to pages 8-9 for items required for admission .)
Doctoral degree-in addition to meeting
the minimum requirements for admission to
the Graduate School, applicants at the
doctoral level must have demonstrated a
potential for superior academic performance.
To be considered are such criteria as
performance in prior undergraduate and/or
Master's level studies, achievement on
aptitude tests for graduate studies, letters of
recommendation from professors familiar
with the applicant's capabilities, and similar
evidences of scholarly achievement . (Refer to
description of doctoral programs for specific
requirements for admission .)
1

12 The Graduate School
Non-Degree Admission : Applicants may
apply for non-degree status who, for
example:
1. do not desire to pursue a degree
program
2. have received an advanced degree
3. need additional time to fulfill application
requirements for a degree program.
In this status, there is no limit to the number of
graduate credits which may be accumulated.
However, only 18 quarter hours (including
hours taken in the provisional status) may be
used toward a Master's degree and only if
approved by the student's committee.
The graduate application, $10 application
fee, and two (2) official transcripts from each
institution previously attended are required
for consideration as a non-degree student.
The minimum requirements are a Bachelor's
degree with a 2 .5 grade point average on a 4 .0
scale (or a 3 .0 the senior year) from a college
or university accredited by the appropriate
regional accrediting agency.
A major area does not have to be declared,
but some departments will not permit
non-degree students to register for graduate
courses . (See pages 8-9 for information on
restricted programs .) Applicants should
contact the Graduate Office or the
department concerning registration for
specific courses . Permission for registration
in courses allowed may be obtained from the
department or from the Graduate School.
Admission to the non-degree status does
not assure admission to a degree program.
The student who hopes to enter a degree
program will be directed to the appropriate
department. Students must maintain a 3 .0
grade point average to continue enrollment in
this status.
No international student on a
non-immigrant visa may enroll in the
non-degree status.
Provisional Admission : Applicants may be
admitted as provisional students for one
quarter (or, one course in each of two
quarters) who, for example:
1. desire graduate credit for a limited
number of courses
2. do not meet the minimum grade point
average requirements
3. wish to register for graduate courses
while meeting any additional requirements
for the non-degree admission.
The graduate application, $10 application fee,
and proof of a Bachelor's degree from a
college or university accredited by the
appropriate regional accrediting agency are
required . Copies of official proof are
acceptable.
A major area does not have to be declared,
but some departments do not permit
provisional students to register for graduate
courses . (See pages 8-9 for information on
restricted programs .) Applicants should
contact the Graduate Office or the
department concerning registration for
specific courses . Permission to register in
courses allowed may be obtained from the
department or from the Graduate School.
Any student admitted to the provisional
status must receive permission from the
Graduate School to register for a second or
succeeding quarter if admission to the
non-degree or degree status has not been
obtained . A 3 .0 grade average must be
maintained.
Provisional admission does not assure
admission to the non-degree or degree
program . A student who hopes to enter a
degree program will be directed to the
appropriate department.
The student who fails to complete
provisional admission within the seven-week
conditional registration period (see page 17
-Graduate Credit) will NOT be permitted
to register again NOR receive a copy of the
transcripts showing the course work taken,
until all admission requirements are met.
No international student on a
non-immigrant visa may enroll in the
provisional status.
Admission of international Students : The
Graduate School can accept only students
who have outstanding records . An
international student must have the
equivalent of at least a B average on
undergraduate course work and a B+ on all
previous graduate work . On various grading
scales, this would indicate:
a. 3 .0 and 3 .5 on 4 .0 scale;
b. 14 and 15 on 20 point scale;
c. 80.0 from Chinese institutions;
d. 1st Class or Division from Indian
institutions;
e. Upper 2nd Class Honors on various
British systems . Other grading systems will be
evaluated upon receipt of transcript.
An international student may apply only for
the summer or fall quarters . If a student is
transferring to UTK directly after receiving a
degree from a U .S . or Canadian institution, an
exception may be made to enter the winter or
spring quarters . Requests must be made in
writing by the student and endorsed by the
UTK department admitting the student . The
Graduate Office must be notified if a change
in the admission date occurs.
An applicant must present : (1) official
school or university records, with certified
translations if the records are not in English.
(Notarized copies are not acceptable .) ; (2)
documented evidence of financial resources
sufficient to support the student with at least
U .S. $6,750 per calendar year during the
period of registration as a student ; and (3)
certification of English proficiency . Every
student whose native language is not English
must either submit a score of at least 525 on
the Test of English as a Foreign Language
(TOEFL), taken within the last two years, or
have received a degree from an accredited
U .S. institution in order to gain admission.
The application, $10 application fee, official
translated copies of all previous college-level
education, certification of English
proficiency, and other documents required by
the specific program (if any) must be
submitted to the Graduate Office at least six
months in advance of the quarter in which the
applicant desires entrance . Admission must
be granted and financial documentation must
be received by August 1 for the fall quarter
and May 1 for the summer quarter in order to
enable the University to issue the 1-20 or
IAP-66 needed to obtain a visa . The University
of Tennessee will not enroll any student who
has not been approved initially or for transfer
by the Immigration and Naturalization
Services (INS) to attend UTK . No international
student may enroll as a provisional or
non-degree student.
All students whose native language is not
English must take an English proficiency
examination after arrival at the University.
Students whose performance indicates a
need for additional English study must enroll
for English 1221-Written and Oral English
for Foreign Students (or a course assigned by
the English Department) for undergraduate
credit and pass with a grade of C or better . (No
student can audit this course .) A student may
not take more than six additional hours while
enrolled in English 1221 . (Any student whose
score on this examination indicates a need for
intensive English study will be referred to
such a program until sufficient English
proficiency is gained .)
Transient Graduate Students : A student who
has been admitted to a degree program at
another institution and who wishes to take
courses for transfer to that institution may be
admitted on receipt of the Transient Form
which may be obtained from The University of
Tennessee, Knoxville Graduate School . This
form must be completed prior to registration
and be accompanied by the $10 application
fee . A student may take no more than 18 total
hours of courses while in transient status.
Eligibility of Seniors : A senior in The
University of Tennessee, Knoxville who needs
less than 45 quarter hours to complete the
requirements for a Bachelor's degree and has
at least a B average (3 .0), may take sufficient
work for graduate credit to make a total of not
more than 15 credit hours per quarter, subject
to the approval of the Vice Chancellor for
Graduate Studies and Research . Such
approval must be obtained each quarter at
registration through the Graduate Office.
Enrollment of Veterinary Students In
Graduate Courses : A student in good
standing in the professional (D .V.M .)
curriculum of the College of Veterinary
Medicine may enroll in University of
Tennessee graduate courses, without being
admitted to the Graduate School, under the
following conditions:
1. The student's advisor must approve in
advance the student's enrollment in each
such course.
2. The student may not enroll in a total of
more that 15 quarter hours of graduate
courses.
3. Approval of the Vice Chancellor for
Graduate Studies and Research must be
obtained each quarter at registration through
the Graduate Office.
The student's progress is subject to review
and approval each quarter by the Assistant
Dean for Resident Instruction, College of
Veterinary Medicine.
Admission of Faculty Members : Faculty
members may be admitted to the Graduate
School through established procedures.
However, the following persons may not
receive doctoral degrees from The University
of Tennessee, Knoxville:
a. Any member of the instructional,
research, library, or administrative staff
holding the rank of assistant professor and
above or equivalent status at The University of
Tennessee, Knoxville;
b. Staff in the Institute of Agriculture
holding rank of associate professor and
above or equivalent status and occupying
full-time research and extension positions;
c. Any member of The University of
Tennessee system administration holding the
rank of assistant professor and above or
equivalent status, except in the case of
Institute of Agriculture personnel as specified
in item "b" above .

Any exceptions to this policy shall be made
by petition to the Graduate Council of The
University of Tennessee, Knoxville . Evasion of
these restrictions through temporary
resignation, acceptance of a lower rank, or
leave of absence is not allowable.
A faculty member may, however, do
graduate work on a non-degree basis.
Admission Procedures
Procedures for admission are as follows:
(1) complete the "Application for Admission"
form (first page of the catalog) ; if applying for
a degree program or if desired as a
non-degree student, select a major from
those listed on pages 8-9 ; (2) return the
completed application form along with a $10
application fee as soon as possible ; (3)
request the registrar of all colleges and
universities attended to send two official
transcripts to the Graduate School (all
documents, including transcripts, submitted
for admission become the property of the
University and will not be returned) ; if
applying as a provisional student, submit
evidence of the Bachelor's degree ; (4) if
required, submit scores from the Graduate
Record Examination or Graduate
Management Admission Test ; and (5) request
that any reference or rating forms required as
part of the application file be sent to the
Graduate Office or where indicated.
Anyone with a Bachelor's degree wishing to
take courses for graduate credit, whether or
not he/she desires to become a candidate for
a degree, must make formal application for
admission to the Graduate School or submit
the Transient Form . No action is taken until a
file is complete.
Examinations
Applicants for admission to many of the
degree programs are required to submit
scores from the Graduate Record
Examination or the Graduate Management
Admission Test . (Referto pages8-9 for majors
requiring these examinations .) All students
whose native language is not English must
submit scores from the Test of English as a
Foreign Language (TOEFL) unless graduated
from an accredited institution in the United
States.
Each applicant is individually responsible
for arrangements for the examination and for
transmission of these scores directly from
Educational Testing Service to the Vice
Chancellor for Graduate Studies and
Research . Application forms may be obtained
from Educational Testing Service, Princeton,
New Jersey 08450, or from the UTK Graduate
School Office.
The completed application form and
examination fee must reach the proper office
at the Educational Testing Service
approximately one month in advance of the
test date (tests are given four to five times
each year) . Approximately six weeks should
be allowed for the examination results to
readh the University.
The University of Tennessee is an approved
testing center for all examinations.
Readmissions
A student who has not attended the
Graduate School at The University of
Tennessee, Knoxville for more than five
quarters must apply for readmission . Since
readmission is not automatic, a readmissions
application should be submitted at least two
weeks prior to desired reentry date . A student
who has attended another accredited
institution since enrollment at the University
must submit two official transcripts showing
all course work and any degrees earned at
that institution. The student will be notified
when the application is received and when
action has been taken by the department and
the Graduate School . If readmission is
denied, the student may receive graduate
credit for the work taken during the initial
quarter; however, future registration will not
be permitted until the student is fully
readmitted to the Graduate School . Students
are urged to reapply well in advance of
planned registration.
Registration Procedures
Dates of registration are listed in the
University Calendar (front of catalog).
Students should report to the Graduate
School to obtain registration materials (scan
form and timetable of classes giving details
concerning registration procedures) and
then should see a department advisor to plan
a program and obtain a signature . If admitted
as a non-degree or provisional student,
permission for registration may be obtained
from the department or from the Graduate
Office.
Registration requires two days . The
University holds advanced registration at
approximately the middle of a given quarter
for the subsequent quarter . Information may
be obtained from the Graduate Office . If a
student participates in advanced registration,
the student should obtain the class schedule
and pay fees on the first day of registration.
All graduate students, including graduate
and teaching assistants, research assistants,
and scholarship or fellowship holders, should
complete the registering procedure at
registration (in Stokely Athletics Center) or
afterwards at the Treasurer's Office, where
the assessment of their tuition and fees will be
determined . Those who do not report to the
Treasurer's Office before the established
deadline for paying fees will be charged the
late registration fee . Retroactive registration
is not permitted.
Fees, Fee
Classification, and
Financial Aid
University Fees
University fees are determined by the Board
of Trustees and are subject to change without
notice . The general fees in effect for graduate
students are as follows:
APPLICATION FEE : $10
Each graduate application for admission
must be accompanied by a fee of $10 before it
will be processed . (Fee not required if : (1)
former UTK graduate student ; or (2) graduate
application fee previously paid at another UT
campus .)
The Graduate School 13
If a student applies but does not enter
graduate school within twelve months after
date of requested admission it will be
necessary for him or her to resubmit the $10
application fee and application . This fee is not
refundable.
MAINTENANCE FEE (all students):
PER QUARTER $172
TUITION (additional for out-of-state students):
PER QUARTER $334
NOTE : In lieu of the above charge for tuition
and/or maintenance fee, part-time students
may elect to pay fees computed by the quarter
hour credit (or audit) as follows:
In-State
$25 per quarter hour or fraction thereof;
minimum charge $75.
Out-of-State
$58 per quarter hour or fraction thereof;
minimum charge $174.
All fees collected at registration are subject
to audit for correctness. Adjustments, if
needed, will be made after final audit.
UNIVERSITY PROGRAMS AND SERVICES
FEE : PER QUARTER $25
All graduate students taking in excess of 8
quarter hours per quarter will be assessed a
University programs and services fee of $25
per quarter . Part-time students taking 8
quarter hours or less will be assessed at the
rate of $1 per quarter hour or fraction thereof;
minimum charge $3.
The fee for the summer quarter will be $18.
Part-time students taking 8 quarter hours or
less will be assessed at the rate of $1 per
quarter hour or fraction thereof ; minimum
charge $3.
Graduate and teaching assistants, as well
as fellowship students who may have waiver
of fees (tuition and/or maintenance), must pay
the appropriate University Programs and
Services Fee.
Students enrolled exclusively in Evening
School or at off-campus centers will be
exempt from the programs and services fee.
Knoxville campus students taking a course
load of 6-8 hours may elect to pay the full
programs and services fee.
This fee is not refundable.
LATE REGISTRATION FEE:
All students are required to have a validated
fee receipt to complete the registration
procedure . This includes students whose fees
are billed, prepaid, or waived . Students who
do not complete registration on the regular
dates scheduled for this purpose will be
charged a late registration fee of $2 up to $43.
See the University General Catalog for
application of this fee . The payment of fees
with a check which is not honored by the bank
will incur a service charge of $10 to $43,
depending on the date the check is
redeemed.
MUSIC FEE:
One half-hour lesson per week,
per quarter $20
One-hour lesson per week,
per quarter $40
Payable by students receiving individual
instruction in music.
GRADUATION FEE:
Master's degree candidates $16

14
The Graduate School
Doctoral degree candidates
$41
There is no additional charge for diploma,
binding, or microfilming . The graduation fee
is non-refundable and is valid for three
quarters after the quarter in which it is paid.
DEFERRED PAYMENT SERVICE FEE : . . .$3
This fee is applicable when the payment of
any part of a student's account is deferred,
including accounts which must be billed to
outside agencies, organizations, and
institutions . This fee is also applicable when
any additional charge (out-of-state tuition,
music fee, room and board adjustments) is
not paid within five regular business days
after the date it was incurred.
It is the student's responsibility to take the
initiative to pay all University obligations
promptly.
AUDITORS FEE:
Fees for courses being audited are the
same as courses taken for credit . For fee
purposes, non-credit seminars are
considered as one-hour courses.
REFUND OF FEES FOR WITHDRAWAL:
Withdrawal from school for the quarter
after receiving a schedule must be by official
notification to the Withdrawal Office, Student
Counseling and Services Center, 900
Volunteer Boulevard, whether or not fees
have been paid, classes have been attended,
or the schedule is incomplete . Failure to
attend class does not automatically withdraw
or drop a student from school or class.
The effective date of withdrawal is the date
the Withdrawal Office is notified by
completion of the official withdrawal request
form . The appropriate percentage of fees will
be charged unless this action is completed by
the close of the last day designated for regular
registration and before the first official day of
classes for the quarter. Failure to notify the
Withdrawal Office promptly when
withdrawing could result in a larger fee
assessment . Withdrawal does not cancel fees
and charges already incurred.
The drop/add procedure must not be used
to withdraw from school for the quarter.
For a regularacademic quarter, withdrawal
within 7 calendar days beginning with the first
day following regular registration permits an
80 percent fee refund . Withdrawal between 8
and 14 calendar days following regular
registration permits a 60 percent fee refund.
Withdrawal between 15 and 21 calendar days
following regular registration permits a 40
percent fee refund. Withdrawal between 22
and 28 calendar days following regular
registration permits a 20 percent fee refund.
The above refund policy does not apply to the
off-campus Graduate Centers . At the Centers,
no refund is made after the first 14 days.
Refunds, in accordance with the withdrawal
refund policy, will be made after the drop
deadline.
Part-time students may pay fees computed
at the appropriate quarter-hour rate as
indicated above . No charge is made for
courses dropped during the first 5 calendar
days following regular registration . A 40
percent charge is made for courses dropped
between 6 and 21 calendar days following
regular registration, and a 100 percent charge
is made for courses dropped after 21 days.
Students who drop courses are eligible for a
refund only if the sum of the charges
computed at the quarter-hour rate for the
hours continued plus the percentage
assessed for the hours dropped results in an
amount less than that paid . A course on a
student's schedule is officially dropped and
becomes effective on the date that the
drop/add slip is processed and recorded by
the Admissions and Records Office. Any
refund due for dropped coures will be made
after the final audit at the end of the quarter.
Rental charges and adjustments are
determined by the Office of Residence Halls
in accordance with the terms of the housing
agreement or contract.
NOTE : All charges and refunds will be made
to the nearest even dollar . All charges are
subject to subsequent audit and verification.
The University reserves the right to correct
any errors in fee or rental payments by
appropriate additional charges or refund.
Other information on fees, expenses, refunds,
and adjustments is given in the Timetable
(schedule of classes) for each quarter.
The University is authorized by statute to
withhold diplomas, grades, transcripts, and
registration privileges until student debts and
obligations (other than Student Loan Fund
notes) owed to the University are satisfied.
SUMMER QUARTER FEES AND
EXPENSES:
Fees and expenses for the summer quarter
are the same as for the other quarters during
the academic year with the exception of the
University programs and services fee as noted
above.
Although the summer quarter is divided
into terms of varying lengths, tuition and fees
are assessed at the regular quarter-hour rate
up to the maximum charge for a complete
regular quarter.
The refund policy covering withdrawals
and dropped courses for the summer quarter
is based on the length of the term for the
course(s) dropped . No refund is applicable to
term courses dropped later than 14 calendar
days after the regular registration day for the
course(s) involved.
WAIVER OF FEES:
Graduate assistants, teaching assistants,
and others whose fees are billed, prepaid, or
waived must complete their registration with
the Bursar's Office, where they should have
their fee receipts validated and supply
necessary details concerning fee payment
waiver.
NOTE : All fees are subject to change.
Fee Classification for
the Purpose of Paying
University Fees
Shortly after a student applies to the
Graduate School, notification of the receipt of
the application, application fee, and
residency classification for fee purposes is
sent.
If a student has any questions concerning
the residency status, he/she should contact
the Residency Clerk at the Graduate School
Office.
If a student is classified as out-of-state, but
resides in Tennessee, is a full-time employee
in the state, or at Fort Campbell, Kentucky,
and elects to attend the University on a
part-time basis (6 hours or less), he/she must
apply for a waiver of the out-of-state portion
of the fees prior to the date of registration
each quarter. Forms are available from the
Residency Clerk at the Graduate School
Office.
Rules for Determination of Status.
(1) Every person having his or her domicile
in this state shall be entitled to classification
as an in-state student for fee and tuition
purposes . No person having domicile
elsewhere than in this state shall be eligible as
an in-state student for tuition purposes.
(2) The domicile of an unemancipated
person is that of the parent.
(3) Upon moving to this state, an
emancipated person who provides
persuasive evidence of domicile may apply
for in-state classification for said person's
unemancipated children ; and provided that
said person is not in this state primarily as a
full-time student, the unemancipated
children may at once be so classified, and
may continued to be so classified so long as
said person remains domiciled in this state.
(4) Any person who remains in this state
when the parent, having theretofore been
domiciled in this state, removes from this
state, shall be entitled to classification as an
in-state student so long as attendance at a
school or schools in this state shall be
continuous.
(5) An unemancipated person whose
parent is a member of the armed forces and
stationed in this state or at Fort Campbell,
Kentucky, pursuant to military orders shall be
classified as an out-of-state student but shall
not be required to pay out-of-state tuition . The
student, while in continuous attendance
toward the degree for which he/she is
currently enrolled, shall not lose his/her
residence when the parent thereafter is
transferred on military orders.
(6) Part-time students who reside in
Tennessee and are employed full-time in the
state or at Fort Campbell, Kentucky, pursuant
to military orders and who would be classified
out-of-state in accordance with other
provisions of these regulations, will be
classified out-of-state, but will not be required
to pay out-of-state tuition while enrolled as
part-time students. (Students must apply for
this status each quarter).
Presumption . Unless the contrary appears
from clear and convincing evidence, it shall
be presumed that:
(1) No emancipated person shall be
deemed to have gained residence while
attending any education institution in this
state as a full-time student, as such status is
defined by the governing board of such
institution.
(2) The domicile of a married person shall
be determined by the provisions of these
regulations independent of the residence of
the spouse.
(3) A person does not gain or lose in-state
status for reason of his/her presence in any
state or country whilea member of the Armed
Forces of the United States, provided that a
member of the armed forces may obtain
in-state status for the member and
dependents by establishing domicile in this
state.
Establishment of Domicile . If a student
asserts that he/she has established domicile

in Tennessee, the student has the burden of
proving such assertion.
Appeal . The student who wishes to appeal
his/her initial residency classification should
contact the Residency Clerk in the Graduate
Office.
Effective Date for Reclassification . If a
student classified nonresident applies for
in-state residency classification at the
beginning of a quarter or semester and is
subsequently so classified, the in-state
residency classification shall be effective at
the beginning of the quarter or semester in
which application for reclassification was
submitted.
Student Financial Aid
The University of Tennessee offers a
comprehensive program of financial aid for
full-time students who otherwise would not
be able to attend the University . Through this
financial aid program an eligible student may
receive one or more types of assistance to
help pay college expenses.
Financial need is defined as the difference
between a family's resources and the total
expenses of attending the University. If there
is a deficit, the student is considered to be in
need of financial assistance . To assist in
determining the need for financial aid, The
University of Tennessee utilizes the need
analysis system of the College Scholarship
Service (CSS) . Through the use of the CSS
Financial Form the Financial Aid Office
determines the amount the parents and
students could generally be expected to
contribute toward meeting educational
expenses . For more detailed information on
the determination of need, please refer to the
brochure entitled, "Financial Assistance for
Students ."
The University of Tennessee has two basic
types of financial aid for graduate
students-loans and part-time employment.
These may be awarded individually or in
combination according to the needs of the
student.
Fellowships and Assistantships
The Hilton A . Smith Graduate Fellowships
for full-time studies at The University of
Tennessee, Knoxville are awarded on the
basis of ability and without regard to the field
of study of the candidate . Monthly stipends
are provided, and tuition and maintenance
fee are paid by the University. Successful
applicants need better than an overall 3 .2
grade point average and high scores from the
Graduate Record Examination or the
Graduate Management Admission Test.
Application packets are available in the
Graduate Office from November 1 through
February 1 . Completed applications,
including all required supporting material,
must be submitted to the Assistant Director of
Graduate Admissions by February 15 . Awards
will be announced March 15.
Graduate assistantships and additional
fellowships are offered through many
departments of the University . The stipends
usually provide for payment of tuition and
maintenance fee by the University.
Information concerning these types of
assistance may be secured by writing to the
head of the department in which the student
expects to study.
Student Loans
National Direct Student Loans.
Longterm loans are available primarily
through the National Direct Student Loan
Program. Proven need for financial
assistance determines eligibility.
Loan repayment and interest payments on
National Direct Student Loans are deferred
until after graduation or as long as the
individual remains in at least half-time
attendance at an accredited institution of
higher education in the United States.
Repayment may also be deferred for a period
of 3 years while the borrower is serving in the
Armed Forces, Peace Corps, or Vista . Interest
is 3 percent per year on the unpaid balance.
The maximum repayment period is 10 years
with the current minimum annual repayment
of $360 or 10 percent of the accumulated
loan, whichever is greater.
If upon graduation the student becomes a
full-time teacher in a public or non-profit
school which is designated by the
commissioner as having a high enrollment of
low-income families or becomes a teacher of
the handicapped, 15 percent of the total
principal plus interest is cancelled for the first
and second years of teaching, 20 percent for
the third and fourth years, and 30 percent for
the fifth year . If after graduation the student
becomes a staff member in a preschool
program which is operated for a period
comparable to a full school year, 15 percent of
principal plus interest will be cancelled for
each year of service . Cancellation for up to 50
percent of the loan will also be given at the
rate of 121/2 percent of the total principal plus
interest for each year of Armed Forces service
in an area of hostility.
Graduate level students may be extended
annual loans of $2500 to a maximum
accumulated (undergraduate and graduate)
loan total of $10,000 . The above regulations
and provisions of the National Direct Student
Loan Program are subject to change by
federal legislative action.
The University of Tennessee Student
Loans . Student loans from University sources
are available to currently enrolled students
with a 2 .0 or above cumulative grade point
average . A loan of up to $250 per quarter to an
annual maximum of $1000 can be extended.
One surety or cosigner is required for each
promissory note and a new promissory note
must be completed each year . The interest is 3
percent per annum payable annually on July
1 . Repayment begins on the fourth month
following the last day the student ceases to be
enrolled on a half-time basis . Extensions may
be obtained if academic studies are
continued at the graduate level . The borrower
may, without penalty, pay all or part of the
loan at any time before the maturity date.
Student Employment
Two employment programs are
administered in the Financial Aid Office to
help students find part-time employment.
The College Work-Study Program is a
federal work program which provides jobs for
students who have financial need and who
must earn a part of their educational
expenses . Eligible students are placed in jobs
on- or off-campus where they work
approximately 15 hours per week.
The Student Employment Service operates
as a central referral agency . It coordinates
The Graduate School 15
listings of part-time employment from both
University and private employers with the
requests of students seeking part-time
employment . Referrals are made in
accordance with the student's skills and
qualifications . Part-time jobs average from 15.
to 20 hours per week.
Spouses of full-time students or students
not enrolled full-time in the University should
contact the Personnel Office, 1900 Terrace
Avenue, The University of Tennessee,
Knoxville, 37916, concerning employment.
Other Assistance
Guranteed Student Loans to help meet
educational expenses may be available
through the federal government or a state
guaranteeing agency. Local banks or credit
unions can determine participation in the
program . To receive the loan, one must be
admitted to or in regular full-time attendance
in good standing at the University . Interest on
such loans is paid by the federal government
while the student is in school if the student is
eligible for interest benefits . During the
repayment period which begins no less than
nine months after graduation or withdrawal
from the University, the student pays up to 7
percent simple interest.
Total loans outstanding may not exceed
$10,000 for a graduate student.
Complete information is available at most
banks and credit unions. In the state of
Tennessee, write the Tennessee Student
Assistance Corporation, 707 Main Street,
Nashville, Tennessee 37206.
Application Procedures
Because a student's resources can
decrease and increase significantly during an
academic year, the University requires each
student to apply annually for renewal of
financial aid:
(1) Complete and submit the Application
for Student Financial Aid on or before April 1.
(2) Complete and submit a financial
statement to the College Scholarship Service
approximately three weeks prior to the
priority deadlines.
Financial aid programs, policies, and
procedures are subject to annual change.
Therefore, those interested in applying for
financial aid should refer to the current
information brochure, "Financial Assistance
for Students," distributed by the Financial Aid
Office.
Applications for financial aid can be
obtained by writing to The Financial Aid
Office, 301 Student Services Building, The
University of Tennessee, Knoxville,
Tennessee 37916.
Veterans' Benefits
Students applying for veterans' benefits
should contact the Veterans Affairs Office,
Room 209, Student Services Building.
General
Information
Housing
Single Men and Women : Single graduate
students are provided excellent
accommodations in both traditional and

16 The Graduate School
modern facilities which are conducive to
academic achievement and personal
development . Single graduate students have
the same priority as other single students and
may be assigned to any residence hall . Some
units of the residence halls and of the student
apartment building have been designed
specifically for single graduate students . In
Melrose Hall the graduate section offers
community living units for groups of six to ten
students with personal responsibility
emphasized . The Holt Avenue Apartment
Residence Hall accommodates, on a
graduate floor, students in groups of four . It is
the responsibility of each resident to maintain
the apartment by University standards.
Further information can be obtained from the
Office of Residence Halls, 405 Student
Services Building.
Assistant Head Resident positions are
available for single graduate students . The
Assistant Head Resident is responsible to and
assists the Head Resident in coordinating and
supervising assigned aspects of the
operation of the hall to which the assignment
is made . The position is a part-time live-in
position, with appointment on a 9 1/2-month
basis . Summer employment may be possible.
Further information can be obtained from the
Office of Residence Halls, 405 Student
Services Building.
Married Students : The University has
provided excellent apartment facilities in
several locations for married students.
Information and application for these
facilities may be secured from the Office of
Rental Properties, Stadium Hall.
Services to the
Physically Disabled
Services relating to academic programs for
students with physical disabilities, whether
permanent or temporary, are coordinated by
the Office of the Dean of Admissions and
Records, 305 Student Services Building . In
conjunction with the Physical Plant Office,
the UT Bookstore, the Student Activities
Office, and the academic departments, efforts
are made to insure that attendance at The
University of Tennessee, Knoxville is as
convenient as possible for students with
physical disabilities.
These services include assistance during
registration (preregistration, collection of
class schedules, payment of fees, drop and
add) ; the securing of special parking permits,
elevator keys, tickets for special events ; and
similar efforts to relieve the special mobility
problems of the students . The Physical Plant
Office coordinates efforts to eliminate
physical barriers to the degree possible, with
priority being given to access and facilities for
academic buildings.
The Office of the Dean of Admissions and
Records assists students in the scheduling of
special class sections in order to respond to
the particular needs of the physically
handicapped.
Vehicle Operation
And Parking
The University of Tennessee endeavors to
provide adequate facilities for the increasing
number of vehicles being operated by
students and staff . However, the areas
available for parking are necessarily limited.
In an effort to provide parking facilities and to
reduce the traffic congestion within the
campus area, large student parking areas are
located on the perimeter of the campus . The
University provides an intracampus bus
system connecting these parking areas with
the main campus for a minimal fee . Staff
parking areas are located throughout the
campus.
Each person who operates a motor vehicle
in connection with attendance or
employment at the University must register
that vehicle with the traffic section of the
Security Department . A University Traffic and
Parking Authority determines the parking
policy, traffic regulations, and fees, and this
information is published each year in the
"University Traffic and Parking Regulations ."
The large volume of vehicles operated in
and around the University campus
necessitates strict adherence to the
"University Traffic and Parking Regulations";
consequently, a system of fees for violations
of these regulations is established by the
University . The importance of compliance
with these parking and traffic regulations is
indicated by the following policy of the UTK
Traffic and Parking Authority.
Any staff member or student who has failed
to pay traffic citations is subject to
disciplinary action up to and including
termination or dismissal from the University.
Students with unpaid traffic citations will
not be permitted to register at the beginning
of the quarter until indebtedness is cleared.
A staff member with unpaid traffic citations
will not be allowed to register the vehicle or
purchase a parking permit . If a traffic citation
is not paid or appealed within 10 working days
after issuance, a penalty of 50 percent of fee
will be assessed . This penalty does not apply
to fire lane and handicap violations . For these
violations, a fee of $25 is assessed, plus the
$20 impoundment fee.
Computing Center
The University of Tennessee Computing
Center (UTCC) provides computing facilities
and services for the University's teaching,
research, public service, and administrative
activities . UTCC maintains close contact with
the UTK academic community by supporting
research and instructional users with
professional computer staff.
UTCC is principally located in the Stokely
Management Center and in Andy Holt Tower.
From the Stokely location, UTCC supplies
computing services to all campuses in the UT
System through job entry facilities located on
each campus . At UTK, UTCC maintains six job
entry stations for batch work and eight sites
for interactive computer work.
UTCC's equipment consists of an IBM
360/65, an IBM 370/3031 and a DECsystem-10
which are used in research, instruction and
administrative work . UTCC also has an IBM
360/40 used exclusively for administrative
work . The IBM 360/65 has 2 .75 million bytes of
memory, and the IBM 370/3031, four million
bytes . The DECsystem-10 is a 1090
configuration with 512K words of memory.
UTCC supports remote job entry stations
(card reader/line printer) with the IBM 360/65
and 370/3031-DECsystem-10 combination
and CalComp plotters . The IBM 360/65 runs
under OS/360 MVT with HASP II . The IBM
370/3031 runs under SVS with HASP II . The
DECsystem-10 runs under TOPS-10 . Time
sharing features inclue ATS/360,
Coursewriter III, APL, FORTRAN, BASIC,
COBOL, MACRO, and other special purpose
application programs.
UTCC publishes a User's Guide which
describes the use of the IBM 360/65-370/3031
and the DECsystem-10 User's Guide which
describes the use of the DECsystem-10 . The
guides are available at the UT Book and
Supply Store . UTCC also publishes a monthly
Newsletter which announces systems,
equipment and procedural changes and
contains other items of interest to users.
Program writeups and special user's guides
are also available.
UTCC periodically offers intensive training
seminars of several days duration in
computer utilization on the IBM
360/65-370/3031 and the DECsystem-10.
These seminars are primarily for faculty, staff
and graduate students who use or plan to use
UTCC facilities. UTCC offers non-credit short
courses each quarter in topics such as
programming languages and special purpose
programs . These courses are announced in
the Newsletter and in the UT Notes section of
the UT Daily Beacon.
Computing services can be requested via
the request for services form available from
the receptionist, 200 Stokely Management
Center . All users of UTCC facilities are
assigned a consultant to provide user
assistance.
Office of International
Student Affairs
This office, located at 201 Alumni Hall,
assists students from other countries with the
many matters that are of particular concern to
them during their stay in the United States.
International Student Affairs serves as the
official University representative in all matters
involving immigration authorities,
international educational organizations, and
foreign governments.
The office maintains the student's official
immigration records and handles questions
regarding immigration regulations . It
coordinates such projects as a community
volunteer program for international students
and activities for student spouses . To aid the
internationai student's understanding of
American life, the Center's staff serves as
advisors on personal and related problems.
Orientation programs are held at the
beginnning of each term, and international
students are urged to attend them.
International students applying for
admission should write to : The Vice
Chancellor for Graduate Studies and
Research, The University of Tennessee,
Knoxville, Tennessee 37916.
University International House
The International House is located
approximately two blocks from the heart of
the campus, at 1601 West Clinch Avenue.
Provided by The University of Tennessee and
operated by the staff of the Office of
International Student Affairs, the House is a
social and recreational center where

domestic and international students meet to
relax and discuss matters of mutual interest.
The small library at "I" House contains books
and periodicals from all over the world . The
University facility is open during all vacation
periods . It fills a vital need, especially between
sessions when most University facilities are
closed.
The University Library
The University of Tennessee, Knoxville
Library owns approximately 1,436,000
volumes, 2,000,000 manuscripts, 60,000
microfilm reels and 1,100,000 items of other
microtext, plus recordings, tapes, United
States and United Nations documents, and
more than 20,000 periodicals and other serial
titles, which are received annually. The
library's membership in the Association of
Research Libraries indicates the University's
emphasis on research and graduate
instruction at the doctoral level and the
support of large, comprehensive collections
of library materials on a permanent basis.
Interlibrary loan service augments the UTK
Library research holdings for faculty and
graduate students and includes borrowing
monographs, obtaining copies of needed
materials, and providing access to
bibliographic services offered by other
institutions, such as computer-based data
searches and information retrieval.
Library holdings in Knoxville are housed in
the James D . Hoskins (Main) Library and its
four branches : Agriculture-Veterinary
Medicine, Music, Science-Engineering, and
the John C . Hodges Undergraduate Library.
The Special Collections section, located in
the Main Library, is a repository of regional
and local materials, Tennesseana, and other
specialities, including legislative papers and
mementoes of many Tennessee political
figures, and the Radiation Biology Archives,
comprising the files of a group of
internationally renowned scientists . Special
Collections materials are of particular interest
to scholars in the fields of history, political
science, social sciences, biological sciences,
and the arts.
The libraries located on the statewide
campuses in Chattanooga, Martin, Memphis,
Nashville, and Tullahoma are individually
administered ; all libraries of The University of
Tennessee are accessible to all students and
faculty in the system.
General
Regulations of
the Graduate
School
Responsibility
A graduate student must assume full
responsibility for knowledge of rules and
regulations of the Graduate School and
departmental requirements concerning the
individual degree program . A statement on
Graduate Students' Rights and
Responsibilities is printed on the back of the
student's Admission Status Form. Additional
copies are available at the Graduate Office .
Requirements
The Graduate School requirements are
minimal and, in many cases, are exceeded by
those of the individual departments . In some
cases, departments have brochures
describing in detail their programs and
requirements.
Graduate School News
The Graduate School News is published
quarterly and is available to all graduate
students . Calendars, schedules, and new
requirements for degrees are published in
order for students to have access to the latest
information, some of which may supercede
this catalog.
Advisors
The Vice Chancellor for Graduate Studies
and Research is the general advisor for all
graduate students, but so far as particular
courses are concerned, a student is
counseled by an advisor from the major
department . A new student seeking an
advisor should go to the office of the
department or program in which the student
is to major . At the time of each registration,
the advisor must approve the program of
study for a student . If the student is pursuing a
collateral area of study, the advisor, in
approving the student's program, should
secure the advice of the department
representing the collateral area.
Graduate Credit
No student may receive graduate credit for
a course unless properly admitted to the
Graduate School . It is expected that students
will be so admitted prior to registration for
courses carrying graduate credit . In some
instances, however, students who appear to
meet the criteria for admission are allowed
conditional registration for graduate credit
after filing an application for admission to the
Graduate School and paying the application
fee . Transcripts (two official copies) and
additional materials required must then be
filed with the Graduate Office at once if
seeking admission to a degree program or as
non-degree . If applying for admission in the
provisional status, proof of the Bachelor's
degree is the only requirement. The student
must be admitted to the Graduate School
within seven weeks after the last official day of
registration . No future registration will be
permitted nor a copy of the transcript
obtained until the student is properly
admitted.
Explanation of Course
Listings
Each course listing in the Graduate Catalog
contains much valuable information in an
abbreviated form . The course number
indicates the level at which the course is
taught . All 5000-6000 level courses are
graduate courses . The 3000-4000 level
courses are upper division courses available
for graduate credit if listed in the Graduate
Catalog and if a "G" is indicated on the
registration material at the time of
registration for upper division courses. (A
"G" will also be placed on the transcript
beside the hours credit .)
The official course title appears in
bold-faced type following the course number.
Numbers in parentheses following the course
title indicate the quarter hours credit. If the
credit is variable, to be determined in
consultation with the instructor, the minimum
and maximum are shown (2-3) . The course
description follows indicating the content to
be covered in the course.
Prerequisite courses may be stated
indicating that these courses must be taken
prior to the course in question . Corequisite
courses may be taken prior to or concurrently
with the specific course, and recommended
prerequisites should be taken previously but
are not required.
Many courses may be repeated for a
maximum number of hours which may be
used toward a degree program and which is
stated for each repeatable course with the
exception of Thesis 5000 and Dissertation
6000 . Courses may be cross-listed with two or
more departments, an arrangement that is
indicated by a parenthetical statement:
(Same as Psychology 5432) . Information
concerning the course is given only under the
primary department.
"S/NC only" indicates that the course may
only be taken for Satisfactory/No Credit
grading . Absence of such statement indicates
a letter grade. Refer to section on Grades.
At the end of most course descriptions is a
symbol indicating the quarter or frequency
that courses are normally offered:
F-Fall Su-Summer
W-Winter E-Every quarter
Sp-Spring A-Alternate years
These codes are indicated only for Knoxville
campus classes and are subject to change
without notice . The Timetable of Classes,
published several weeks prior to each
quarter, is the only official notification
indicating the courses offered for the specific
quarter. Students should contact the
appropriate department/program head
concerning courses to be offered in future
quarters.
Prerequisites
Graduate work in any department must be
preceded by sufficient undergraduate work in
the major area and related ones to satisfy the
department that the student can successfully
do graduate work in the chosen field . All
prerequisites are not listed in the Graduate
Catalog since undergraduate records are
examined and evaluated by the appropriate
department before admission to a degree
program.
Maximum Load
The maximum load for a graduate student
is 15 hours, and 9 to 12 hours is considered a
full load . Registration for more than 15 hours
during any quarter including the summer
quarter is not permissible without prior
approval of the Vice Chancellor for Graduate
Studies and Research, who may allow
registration of up to 18 hours if the student
has achieved an average of 3 .6 or better in at
least 9 hours of graduate work.
Graduate students are urged to register
each quarter for no more hours than they can
successfully complete ; at the same time,

18
The Graduate School
students should register for a number of
hours that is compatible with their utilization
of faculty time and University facilities . The
formula on which state funds are
appropriated to the University recognizes 12
hours per quarter as the full-time registration
for graduate students . Full-time students who
hold fellowships and research assistantships
and do not have teaching responsibilities
should consider 12 hours to be the minimum
full-time registration for each quarter.
Full-time benefits are paid by the Veterans
Administration on registrations of 9 or more
hours in each quarter.
Change of Registration
A student's permanent record card will
show all courses for which registration has
been completed except those from which the
student withdraws during the first 5
consecutive instructional days after the
beginning of classes.
Students who fail to attend the first class
meeting without prior arrangement with the
department may be dropped from the course
to make their spaces available to other
students . Students have the responsibility to
assure that they have been dropped;
otherwise, they are liable for a grade of F in
the course.
The deadline for change of registration
(from credit to audit, audit to credit, graduate
to undergraduate, undergraduate to
graduate, withdrawal, etc .) is set at
midquarter, approximately 35 calendar days
after the first day of classes each quarter. A
student may change registration from a
course at any time up to and including this
date by executing a change of registration
slip and submitting this to the Graduate
Office. The advisor's signature is not
required . The instructor's signature is
required to add a course two weeks after
classes begin and/or to add a course that is
closed . If withdrawal from a course or from
the University occurs after the first 5 days of
classes and before the withdrawal deadline,
the grade of W will automatically be entered
on the student's record and on the final class
roll sent to the instructor in the course.
A student withdrawing from a course, or
from the University, after the withdrawal
deadline will receive the grade of F unless the
student can clearly demonstrate that the
request for withdrawal is based on
circumstances beyond the student's control.
Examples of circumstances beyond the
student's control are:
a. illness or injury of the student (verified
by the Student Health Service or private
physician):
b. necessary change in work schedule
occurring atter the drop deadline (verified by
the student's employer).
Examples of causes which are within the
student's control and which would not be
acceptable to grant withdrawal permission
are :
a. improper registration on the part of the
student;
b. failure to achieve academically.
A student wishing to withdraw from a
course, or from the University, after the
withdrawal deadline, or change his or her
registration shall present the request,
together with evidence of extenuating
circumstances to the Graduate Office . If the
request is approved, the Graduate Office will
notify the Office of Admissions and Records,
which will enter the grade(s) of W or the
appropriate change on the student's
permanent record.
Grades
Grades in the Graduate School have the
following meanings:
A-(4 quality points per quarter hour);
indicates superior work.
B+-(3 .5 quality points per quarter hour);
indicates above satisfactory work.
B-(3 quality points per quarter hour);
indicates satisfactory work.
C+-(2 .5 quality points per quarter hour);
indicates performance less than expected.
C-(2 quality points per quarter hour);
indicates work of borderline quality . This
grade represents work below the standard
expected of graduate students.
D-(1 quality point per quarter hour);
indicates clearly unsatisfactory work and
cannot be used in a graduate program.
F-(no quality point value) ; indicates
extremely unsatisfactory work and cannot be
used in a graduate program.
I-(no quality point value) ; indicates that
the student has done satisfactory work in the
course, but-because of circumstances
beyond control-has been unable to finish all
requirements . It is not to be given to enable a
student to do additional work to bring up a
deficient grade . All incompletes must be
removed within two quarters . If a
supplementary grade report has not been
received in the Graduate Office at the end of
the second quarter, the I will be converted to
an F. The incomplete will not be counted in
the cumulative average until a grade is
assigned . No student may graduate with an I
on the record .*
SINC-(carries credit hours, but no quality
point value) ; S is equivalent to B or better, and
NC means no credit earned . NC grades may
be repeated for an S . S/NC grading is allowed
only where indicated in the Graduate Catalog.
The number of S/NC courses to be allowed in
a student's program of study shall be limited
to one-fourth of the course work hours
required (excluding thesis or dissertation) in
a program . (This would be 9 hours in a
45-hour Master's thesis program or 12 hours
in a 48-hour non-thesis program or 18 hours
in a doctoral program of 72 hours excluding
dissertation hours .)
S/N is used for courses which culminate in
a thesis, dissertation, or preliminary
examination . The N grades take on the value
of the S when the thesis or dissertation is
accepted by the Graduate School.
Graduate students are required to make an
overall minimum grade average of B in
courses taken for graduate credit . No
graduate student will be allowed to repeat a
course for the purpose of raising a grade
already received . Transferred work will not be
counted in computing the grade average on
courses completed in the Graduate School.
If astudent receives an I afterfinishingthecourseworkfor
the Master's degree but has not received the degree, he/she
may graduate with an I with the approval of the Vice
Chancellor for Graduate Studies and Research .
Proficiency Examination
A proficiency examination may be given in
any academic course offered for graduate
credit . To be eligible, a student must be
regularly admitted to the Graduate School,
and the examination must be recommended
by the head of the department offering the
course . Students applying for this privilege
must present evidence that they have
developed the knowledge and abilities
expected of graduate students who have
taken the same courses . Upon passing such
an examination with a minimum grade of B,
the student will receive regular graduate
credit . A maximum of three graduate courses
may be completed by this method . A fee must
be paid before administration of each
examination . Proficiency examinations may
not be used to raise the grade or change the
credit in a course previously completed, nor
may such an examination be repeated.
English Proficiency
Any student whose native language is not
English must present a TOEFL score of at
least 525 unless he/she has received a
Bachelor's or Master's degree from an
accredited institution in the United States.
The student must also pass an English
proficiency examination prior to initial
registration . The regulations concerning this
examination are described under Admission
of International Students.
Law Courses
Law courses are not available for graduate
credit ; however, a graduate student may be
allowed to take up to 9 quarter hours of law
courses and receive credit toward a degree
upon approval of the College of Law and the
major chairperson . The graduate student
must register for the law course during
regular registration at the College of Law
requesting an S/NC grade only. If a 2.0 or
above is obtained in a law course, an S will be
recorded on the transcript . If a student earns
below a 2.0, an NC will be recorded and the
course cannot be used toward meeting
degree requirements . Grades for law courses
will not be reflected in the cumulative
average.
Different rules apply to the student enrolled
in the Dual J .D .-MBA Program . Grades must
be earned according to the grading system of
the respective college, e .g . numerical grades
for law courses, letter grades for graduate
courses . Refer to page 37 for the grading
scale acceptable toward meeting degree
requirements . Cumulative GPA for law
courses only will be carried until graduation,
at which time both the graduate and the law
cumulatives will be shown on the permanent
record.
Auditors
Persons who wish to attend certain classes
regularly, without taking examinations or
receiving grades or credit, may do so by
completing a graduate application, paying
the application fee, registering as auditors,
and paying regular fees . Auditors are not
permitted to participate in class discussions
and recitations, or use laboratory equipment
and materials .

Correspondence Study
No graduate credit is allowed for work done
by correspondence study with this or any
other university.
Transfer Credits
A maximum of 9 quarter hours (6 semester
hours) may be transferred into a student's
Master's program from work taken at
accredited institutions . (Extension courses at
other universities are not applicable .)
One-half of a student's program may be
transferred from within The University of
Tennessee System.
Such work must have been taken for
graduate credit and passed with a grade of B
or better, be part of an otherwise satisfactory
graduate program (B average) but not used
toward another degree, and be listed on the
Admission to Candidacy Form approved by
the committee members and the Vice
Chancellor for Graduate Studies and
Research . Ordinarily, course work from
foreign institutions is not transferred since
these institutions have not been accredited.
This course work must be completed within
the six-year period prior to the receipt of the
degree . The same rule applies also to the
Specialist in Education degree . Courses
transferred into a student's Master's program
may consist of a combination of University of
Tennessee System courses and courses from
other institutions so long as the total
accepted does not exceed one-half the total
program, and courses accepted from outside
The University of Tennessee System do not
exceed 9 quarter hours . Transfer credits will
be placed on The University of Tennessee
transcript record only after the student has
been admitted to candidacy.
Courses taken for graduate credit at
another institution and passed with a grade of
B or better from a satisfactory graduate
program (B average) may be accepted in a
student's doctoral program . The number of
hours a student may include will be
determined by the doctoral committee . They
must be listed on the Admission to Candidacy
form and approved by the committee
members . Although the hours may be used as
part of the requirements for the degree, the
courses will not appear on The University of
Tennessee transcript record.
Official transcripts must be received by the
Vice Chancellor for Graduate Studies and
Research directly from appropriate
institutions before any transfer of credit will
be approved.
Credits accepted in either the Master's or
doctoral program will not affect the minimum
residence requirements, nor will they be
counted in determining the student's grade
average . Neither will they count toward
meeting 5000- or 6000-level requirements for
an advanced degree.
Revision of Program
A student who wishes to revise a major
program of study must complete a "Request
for Revision of Graduate Program" form
which can be obtained from the Graduate
Office . It is necessary to obtain the signature
of the head of the department in which
admission was previously granted . No
signature is needed if a student is requesting
a change from non-degree or provisional to a
degree program or from one degree to
another in the same department.
Time Limit
The time limit for the use of graduate credit
toward a Master's degree is six years from the
beginning date of the earliest course applied
toward the degree . The last 45 hours of credit
for the Specialist in Education degree must
also be earned within a period of six years
prior to the award.
Normally, these time limits may not be
extended . However, in exceptional cases,
courses taken beyond these periods may be
recognized after special examination or other
means recommended by the department and
given prior approval of the Vice Chancellor
for Graduate Studies and Research.
The doctoral program must be completed
within a period of five years after passage of
preliminary examinations.
Residence
Requirements
There is no residence requirement for any
Master's program.
The Specialist in Education Degree
requires one quarter of full-time study if the
student has a Master's degree . A student
without a Master's degree is required to have
two consecutive quarters of full-time
residence.
The minimum residence for any doctoral
degree is one academic year of three
consecutive quarters of full-time study
(minimum of 9 hours) in the resident graduate
program . A student in residence is devoting
essentially all energies to graduate study on
campus . Part-time enrollment does not count
toward this requirement.
Consecutive quarters include the summer
quarter.
Theses and
Dissertations
All theses and dissertations are submitted
to the Graduate School Thesis Consultant for
approval before they are officially accepted
for the Graduate Council . A student may
confer with the Thesis Consultant regarding
any problems or questions encountered
during the preparation of the final copy of the
thesis or dissertation . Students should also
consult the Graduate School Thesis and
Dissertation Manual as a guide to the correct
format for the thesis or dissertation.
Before a thesis is deposited in the Library, it
is the responsibility of the Thesis Consultant
to examine the materials and to make sure
that the report is mechanically accurate and
attractively presented, is free of technical
errors in format, is suitable for binding, and
reflects credit upon the University and its
graduate program . If the form of the thesis is
not thus approved, the student must make
whatever corrections are necessary and
submit the materials again.
A one-hour Thesis Workshop is held each
fall and summer quarter for all interested
The Graduate School 19
students. The date for the Workshop is
announced in the Graduate School News.
Academic Termination
Continuous registration is not automatic.
Graduate education (particularly at the
doctoral level) requires continuous
evaluation of the student . This evaluation
includes not only periodic objective
evaluations such as satisfactory cumulative
grade point average, satisfactory completion
of the preliminary examination and approval
of the dissertation or thesis but also the
overall appraisal by the faculty of the
student's progress and potential . The
determination to dismiss a student for
academic reasons requires various indicators
both objective and subjective: a student may
be terminated from a program regardless of
his or her grade point average . Although a B
average is required for graduation, the
determination of whether a student is making
satisfactory progress toward the degree does
not depend solely on his or her grade point
average but reflects the appraisal of the
student's total record and potential.
Departments (programs) may develop
requirements for graduation or continuation
in addition to the minimum requirements set
forth in this Catalog . Such additional
requirements must be in writing and on file in
the Office of the Dean for Graduate Studies . It
is the student's responsibility to become
familiar with any additional requirements of
his/her department (program).
Appeals Procedure
Normally grievances should be handled at
the departmental level through the student's
advisor or the department or program head.
Further appeal may be made to the Vice
Chancellor for Graduate Studies and
Research, then to the Graduate Council and
then to the Chancellor. The By-Laws of the
University (Article V, Section 7) provide that
any individual may ultimately appeal to the
Board of Trustees, through the President . A
copy of the detailed procedure is available in
the Graduate Office and in each department.
Requirements for
Advanced Degrees
Master's Degrees
Master's degree programs offered in the
Graduate School are listed under "Majors
and Degrees Available" on pages 8-9 . See
also chart, page 22, for a summary of
procedures for these degrees.
Non-Thesis Programs : Some departments
offer optional non-thesis programs for the
Master's degree . Departmental
announcements indicate whether the option
is available.
Course Requirements : A candidate for a
Master's degree must present a total
minimum credit of 45 quarter hours of
approved graduate courses . These hours may
be entirely in one major subject or may
include one or two minors, if approved by the
student's faculty advisory committee and the

20 The Graduate School
Vice Chancellor for Graduate Studies and
Research . The major subject must include at
least 18 quarter hours credit of course work
except in the MBA degree program . A minor
shall consist of not less than 9ormore than 18
quarter hours of course work.
All courses for which a student registers
must be completed (unless officially dropped)
before graduation . At least one-half of these
total hours in the graduate program must be
at or above the 5000-level, of which no more
than 9 may be thesis hours . These courses
must be completed at The University of
Tennessee . (5000- and 6000-numbered
courses are open to graduate students only;
3000- and 4000-numbered courses may be
taken for graduate credit if listed in the
Graduate School Catalog .)
The Master of Arts in College Teaching
requires 60 quarter hours, 9 hours of which
must be devoted to the preparation of a thesis
(some departments permit the student to take
additional courses in lieu of a thesis-see
departmental requirements) . In the two-year
program, the candidate also spends six
quarters as a part-time teaching intern . The
emphasis in the program will be on training
prospective teachers of undergraduate
courses. Participating departments are
indicated in the list of "Majors and Degrees
Available" on pages 8-9.
Master's Committee : A committee for the
Master's degree is formed at or before the
time the student applies for admission to
candidacy . The responsibility of this
committee is to assist the student in planning
a course of study and carrying out research,
and to test for the achievement of degree
requirements . The student should consult
with the major professor concerning the
composition of a committee . This committee
consists of a minimum of three members, with
the rank of assistant professor or above . If a
student does not have a minor, all members
may be from the major department . If a
student does have a minor, one member of
the committee must be from the minor
department. A student should consult with
the advisor or department head concerning
the Master's committee after one quarter of
graduate-level work.
Admission to Candidacy : Application for
admission to candidacy for the Master's
degree is made as soon as possible after the
student completes any required prerequisite
courses and 15 hours of graduate course
work with a B average in all courses taken for
graduate credit . Approval of the Vice
Chancellor for Graduate Studies and
Reseach is required . The student must submit
the Admission to Candidacy form, with
appropriate signatures, to the Graduate
Office no later than commencement day of
the quarter preceding the quarter in which
he/she plans to graduate . The deadline for
submission of this form is given each quarter
in the Graduate School News.
Thesis Registration : A minimum of 9 quarter
hours and, in some approved programs, a
maximum of 18 quarter hours of credit
(course number 5000 which is variable credit)
in the major may be earned in the preparation
of an acceptablethesis, representing original,
independent work . A student must be
registered for a thesis course each quarter
work is being pursued on the thesis . If the
thesis is not completed during the quarter in
which the student registers for the last 3
hours of 5000, the candidate shall continue to
register for a minimum of 3 hours of 5000
each quarter while actually working on the
research and thesis through the quarter in
which the thesis is accepted by the Graduate
School . Similar rules apply when problems
are used in lieu of the thesis.
Non-Thesis Registration : All non-thesis
students using University facilities or faculty
time must be registered for course 5002 if not
registered for other courses . Students taking
the final examination but not otherwise
registered must pay a fee of $50 . Final exams
will not be scheduled until one of the above is
met.
Final Examination for Thesis Students : A
candidate presenting a thesis must pass a
final oral (or oral and written) examination on
all work offered for the degree.
The examination is not merely a
re-examination over course work, but it is a
test of the candidate's ability to integrate
material in the major and related fields,
including the work presented in the thesis.
This examination, which must be scheduled
through the Graduate Office shall be held at
least 10 days before the final date for
submission of theses to the Graduate School.
The complete thesis, in a form approved by
the major professor, shall be distributed to all
committee members at least one week before
the date of the final oral examination . This
examination will be conducted by a
committee of not fewer than three faculty
members, with the student's major professor
as chairperson . (Members of the University
faculty may attend the examination .) In case
of failure of the final examination, the
candidate may not appear for reexamination
until the following quarter . The result of the
second examination is final.
Final Examination for Non-Thesis Students:
A non-thesis student must pass a final written
examination on all work offered for the
degree. The department may or may not
follow this examination with an oral
examination.
The examination is not merely a
reexamination of course work but is a test of
the candidate's ability to integrate material in
the major and related fields . It must be
scheduled through the Graduate Office in
accordance with the Graduate School News
deadlines and will be conducted by a
committee of not fewer than three faculty
members, with the student's major professor
as the chairperson . In case of failure of the
final examination, the candidate may not
appear for reexamination until the following
quarter . The result of the second examination
is final.
Thesis : The thesis represents a culmination
of an original research project completed by
the student . The organization, method of
presentation, and subject matter of the thesis
are important in conveying to others the
results of such research . Two copies of the
thesis must be submitted to and approved by
the Graduate School on or before the dates
specified by the Graduate School . Each copy
of the thesis must include an approval sheet,
signed by the members of the committee,
which certifies to the Vice Chancellor for
Graduate Studies and Research that the
committee has examined the final copy of the
thesis and found its contents to be
satisfactory. The student should check with
the department head concerning additional
required copies of the thesis . The thesis must
be prepared according to the Graduate
School Thesis and Dissertation Manual.
Specialist in
Education Degree
The Specialist in Education (Ed .S .) degree
is offered in Curriculum and Instruction,
Educational Administration and Supervision,
Educational Psychology and Guidance,
Safety Education and Service, and
Vocational-Technical Education . Students in
the Graduate School who become candidates
for the Ed .S. must have a minimum of one
year of teaching experience or its equivalent.
Admission to the Specialist in Education
program requires formal application for
admission to Graduate School, followed by
processing and recommendation by the
department or area in which the student is
majoring, and is dependent upon final
approval by the Vice Chancelor for Graduate
Studies and Research.
The formulation of the student's program,
supervision of program development,
recommendation for admission to degree
candidacy, direction of research, and
qualifying and terminal examinations are
executed by a committee of not fewer than
three faculty members . This committee is
appointed upon request from the department
head by the Vice Chancellor for Graduate
Studies and Research and shall include a
minimum of two members from the
department or area of specialization . See
chart, page 23 for summary of procedures.
Course Requirements : Each student's
program involves a minimum of six quarters
of study totaling not less than 90 quarter
hours . A student with a Master's degree is
required to have at least one quarter of
full-time residence . A student without a
Master's degree is required to have two
consecutive quarters of full-time residence.
A minimum of 12 quarter hours from
collateral fields in professional education
(outside the major department or area) and 12
quarter hours from fields outside of the
College of Education is required for each
individual program.
Credits earned in a Master's degree may
meet course requirements in the student's
Specialist in Education program to which
they are specifically comparable . Nine hours
of work beyond the Master's degree may be
transferred from approved institutions and
may be used to meet the student's course
requirements . (See Transfer Credits,
page 19).
For a student admitted to the program with
a Master's degree or appropriate work
beyond the Master's degree, program
requirements may be modified upon
recommendation of the student's committee
and approval of the Vice Chancellor for
Graduate Studies and Research, except that
no modifications shall be permitted with
respect to the following : (1) examination
requirements, research requirements, and
the minimum of 24 quarter hours of course
credit outside the department or area in
which the student is doing the work are met;
and (2) all graduate course work completed
prior to admission accepted as part of the

student's program must be appropriately
related to the student's objectives.
Undergraduate courses required for
certification at The University of Tennessee in
the student's field of specialization may not
be taken for graduate credit as part of the
program . At least 22 1/2 of the last 45 hours of
course work, exclusive of the thesis or
problems, must be in 5000- or 6000-level
courses.
Admission to Candidacy : Admission to
candidacy is established by formal
application to the Vice Chancellor for
Graduate Studies and Research, normally
during or immediatelyfollowing the quarter in
which the student's course credit totals or
exceeds 45 hours and upon the
recommendation of the student's committee.
Approval of the Vice Chancellor for Graduate
Studies and Research is required . The
student must submit the Admission to
Candidacy form, with appropriate signatures,
to the Graduate Office no later than
commencement day of the quarter preceding
the quarter in which the student plans to
graduate . A qualifying examination is
required if the student's Master's degree was
earned six or more years prior to admission to
the program . The qualifying examination may
be written, oral, or both written and oral.
Thesis : The thesis represents a culmination
of an original research project completed by
the student. The organization, method of
presentation, and subject matter of the thesis
are important in conveying to others the
results of such research.
A minimum of 9 hours of research credit
(5180, 5190, and 5200) is required . If the
student does not complete the research
during the first quarter registered for 5200,
the student must continue to register for this
course (minimum of 3 hours) each quarter as
long as active work on the thesis continues or
until the thesis is accepted by the Graduate
School . The thesis is to be prepared
according to the instructions in the Graduate
School Thesis and Dissertation Manual . It
should be approved by the committee prior to
submission and must be submitted by the
appropriate date the quarter the student
wishes to graduate.
Final Examination : The final step in the
program is an oral examination covering the
student's research and course of study . This
examination must be scheduled through the
Graduate Office in accordance with the dates
given in the Graduate School News . In case of
failure, the student may not appear for
reexamination until the following quarter . The
result of the second examination is final.
Doctoral Degrees
Three doctoral degree programs are
available : Doctor of Philsophy, Doctor of
Education, and Doctor of Business
Administration . Doctoral programs are listed
under "Majors and Degrees Available" (see
pages 8-9) . The doctoral degree, the highest
in-course degree, is awarded in recognition
of distinctive scholarship and the completion
of a research project which is a significant
contribution to knowledge.
Doctoral programs include a field of
specialization and often study in one or more
collateral fields . Collateral study is defined as
a minimum of 9 quarter hours of graduate
courses in a given area outside of the
department of the student's major field . The
selection of specific courses will be
determined by each student's faculty
committee, subject to regulations of the
Graduate School and approval by the Vice
Chancellor for Graduate Studies and
Research . See chart, page 24, for summary
of procedures for this degree.
Doctoral Committee : The student's
committee is nominated by the student's
major professor who serves as the
chairperson of the committee, and
department head and approved by the Vice
Chancellor for Graduate Studies and
Research, preferably before beginning the
second year of graduate study . This
committee shall consist of at least one
member from outside the major department.
Three of the four members, including the
chairperson, must be approved by the
Graduate Council to direct doctoral research.
This committee has the primary
responsibility, subject to Graduate Council
policies and special requirements adopted by
the faculties of individual areas of study, for
the degree work of the student . The
committee should plan and must approve all
course work, certify the student's mastery of
the subject matter of the field of study, direct
the research, and recommend the
dissertation for approval.
Continuous Registration : Registration for
course 6000 is necessary whenever a student
is working on the dissertation . A minimum
registration of 36 hours of course 6000 is
required of all doctoral candidates before the
dissertation will be accepted . The student will
continuously register for course 6000
(minimum of 3 hours) from the time that the
doctoral research proposal is approved,
admission to candidacy is accepted, or
registration for course 6000 is begun,
whichever comes first, including the quarter
in which the dissertation is accepted by the
Graduate School . (NOTE : Continuous
registration is interpreted to include the
summer quarter .) If a student must be away
from the University during the doctoral study
the student may, upon recommendation of
the department head and approval of the Vice
Chancellor for Graduate Studies and
Research, be granted a leave of absence from
the requirement for periods not exceeding
eight quarters.
Preliminary Examination : A comprehensive
preliminary examination which is an
indication of the student's fitness for
completing the program is required of each
person working toward the doctorate . This
examination must be written but may also
include an oral examination by the student's
committee . The nature and time of the
examination will be determined by the
student's major department or faculty
committee . The preliminary examination
must be passed prior to admission to
candidacy and at least three quarters in
advance of conferral of the degree . The
doctoral program must be completed within a
period of five years after passage of
preliminary examinations.
Language Requirements : Usually
candidates for the Ph .D. degree must possess
a reading knowledge of at least one foreign
language in which there exists a significant
body of literature relevant to their major field
The Graduate School 21
of study. Some programs require two
languages and some none . Language
requirements must be met at The University of
Tennessee and cannot be transferred from
another institution . Refer to the departmental
descriptions of each Ph .D . program . The
student's faculty committee will determine,
with the approval of the Vice Chancellor for
Graduate Studies and Research, the specific
language (or languages) required . When the
student feels adequately prepared to take a
language examination, he or she should
notify the language representative in the
department. The appropriate forms to
schedule the examination may be obtained
from the Graduate Office . The dates and times
of the examinations are printed in the
Graduate School News.
Satisfactory completion (B grade or better)
of an appropriate 3030 course in a language
department may be substituted for the actual
language examinations . (The student cannot
repeat this course if a grade of C or below is
received when used in lieu of language
examination .)
Admission to Candidacy : A student may be
admitted to candidacy after passage of the
preliminary examinations, fulfillment of the
language requirements (for Ph .D .), and
maintenance of at least a B average in the
courses . (Each doctoral student must plan to
take an appropriate number of 6000-level
courses, usually a minimum of 9 quarter
hours, which are designed expressly for
doctoral students at The University of
Tennessee, during the program of study.
These courses cannot be transferred from
another institution.) Admission to candidacy
must be secured at least three quarters prior
to the date the degree is to be conferred . Each
student is responsible for filing the
application for admission to candidacy,
which must be signed by the committee
members and approved by the Vice
Chancellor for Graduate Studies and
Research . The student will be notified when
admission to candidacy has been approved.
Research Requirements : Research is an
essential part of the program of every
candidate for the doctoral degree . For the
Doctor of Philosophy and Doctor of Business
Administration degrees, original research
forms the basis of the dissertation.
The program for the Doctor of Education
degree requires demonstration of proficiency
in at least two types of research techniques.
These techniques may include foreign
languages, historical research methods,
statistics, experimental design, sociological
research methods, survey design and
analysis, philosophical research methods, or
machine data processing . The candidate's
faculty committee shall determine the
research techniques to be included in the
candidate's program.
Final Examination : A final examination (oral,
or oral and written) on the student's
dissertation, special field, and such other
fields as the student's faculty committee may
specify, will be administered by the full,
approved committee after completion of the
dissertation and all course requirements . This
examination must be passed at least ten days
before the date for submission of the
dissertation to the Graduate Office . The
examination must be scheduled through the
Graduate Office and oral examinations not

22 The Graduate School
properly scheduled must be repeated . The
dissertation, in the form approved by the
major professor, must be distributed to the
committee at least two weeks before the
examination . The date of the examination is
announced publicly and the examination is
open to all faculty members.
Dissertation : The dissertation represents a
culmination of an original major research
project completed by the student . The
organization, method of presentation, and
subject matter of the dissertation are
important in conveying to others the results of
such major research.
A student should be registered for the
number of dissertation hours representing
the appropriate fraction of effort devoted to
this phase of the candidate's program . A
minimum registration of 36 quarter hours of
course 6000 is required of all doctoral
candidates before the dissertation will be
accepted . The student shall continue to
registerforcourse6000(minimum of 3hours)
for the entire period during which the person
is actually working on research and
dissertation, including the quarter in which
the dissertation is accepted by the Graduate
School . The number of hours registered each
quarter should be at full-time levels (12 hours)
if the facilities and faculty are being utilized at
full-time levels.
Two copies of the dissertation (prepared
Summary of Procedures for Master's Degrees
PROCEDURE UNDER DIRECTION OF DATE
Admission as a potential
candidate (if previously)
admitted non-degree)
Formation of
faculty committee
Submission of application
for admission to candidacy
(forms at Graduate Office)
Approval of admission
to candidacy
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
Placement of name
on graduation list
Major departmental advisor
and Vice Chancellor for
Graduate Studies and Research
Major departmental
advisor
according to the regulations given in the
Graduate School Thesis and Dissertation
Manual) must be submitted to and approved
by the Graduate School. These copies must
include an approval sheet, signed by all
members of the faculty committee, which
certifies to the Vice Chancellor for Graduate
Studies and Research that they have
examined the final copy and found that its
contents demonstrate scholarly
achievement . Doctoral forms and a thesis
card are also submitted at this time . The
student should check with the department
head concerning additional required copies
of the dissertation.
Prior to completing 18 hours of
course work
Prior to application
for admission to candidacy
Faculty committee At least one quarter
prior to Commencement"
Faculty committee
and Vice Chancellor
for Graduate Studies
and Research
Application for diploma Vice Chancellor for Graduate
Studies and Research
Scheduling of oral or
written examination
Submission of thesis
to faculty committee
Prior to Commencement
Student Indicate on registration material
Major professor, student, and
Vice Chancellor for Graduate
Studies and Research
See deadline notice available
at registration*
Not later than one week prior
to oral or written
examination*
Faculty committee At least one week prior to oral
examination
Oral examination Major professor and committee Not later than ten days before
thesis deadline*
Removal of incompletes Instructor of course Not later than one week before
Commencement*
Submission of final copy
of thesis and thesis card
Major professor, candidate's
committee, and Vice Chancellor
for Graduate Studies and
Research
*Dates are printed in Graduate School News quarterly.
After oral examination and no
later than two weeks before
Commencement*

Summary of Procedures for Specialist in Education Degrees
PROCEDURE UNDER DIRECTION OF DATE
Admission as a potential
candidate (if previously)
admitted non-degree)
Formation of
faculty committee
Submission of application
for admission to candidacy
(Forms at Graduate Office)
Approval of admission
to candidacy
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
Placement of name
on graduation list
Major departmental advisor
and Vice Chancellor for
Graduate Studies and Research
Major departmental
advisor
Prior to completing 18 hours of
course work
Prior to application
for admission to candidacy
Faculty committee At least one quarter
prior to commencement*
Faculty committee
and Vice Chancellor
for Graduate Studies
and Research
Application for diploma Vice Chancellor for Graduate
Studies and Research
Scheduling of oral or
written examination
Submission of thesis
or problems to
faculty committee
Prior to Commencement
Student Indicate on registration material
Major professor, Vice Chancellor
for Graduate Studies and
Research, student
Faculty committee
See deadline notice available
at registration*
Not later than one week prior
to oral or written examination'
At least one week prior to oral
examination
Oral examination Major professor and committee Not later than ten days prior
to thesis/problems deadline .*
Removal of incompletes Instructor of course Not later than one week before
Commencement*
Submission of final copy
of thesis and thesis card
Major professor, candidate's
committee, and Vice Chancellor
for Graduate Studies and
Research
'Dates are printed in Graduate School News quarterly.
After oral examination and no
later than two weeks before
Commencement*
pm, wt .?: C~7t'3 8
The Graduate School 23
e315rtf' 15?b
, .fukq 5 :3
iud

24 The Graduate School
Summary of Procedures for Doctoral Degrees
PROCEDURE UNDER DIRECTION OF DATE
*Appointment of faculty Vice Chancellor for Graduate Preferably before the second yearn.
committee Studies and Research on of graduate study, but at the
recommendation of major latest, prior to admission to
department candidacy
*Preliminary examination Major department Prior to admission to
candidacy
*Foreign Language Major department and Prior to admission to
examination(s)*** language department jointly candidacy
Submission of application Faculty committee At least three quarters
for admission to candidacy prior to Commencement**
(forms at Graduate Office)
Approval of admission
,to candidacy
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
Placement of name on Student
graduation list
Faculty committee
and Vice Chancellor
for Graduate Studies
and Research
At least three quarters
prior to Commencement
Indicate on registration material
Application for diploma Vice Chancellor for Graduate See deadline notice available
Studies and Research at registration**
Scheduling of oral Faculty committee and Vice When approved by faculty
examination Chancellor for Graduate committee and at least one
Studies and Research week prior to oral
examination**
Submission of dissertation to Faculty committee At least two weeks prior to
faculty committee oral examination
Oral examination Faculty committee Not later than ten days before
dissertation deadline**
Removal of incompletes Instructor of course Not later than one week before
Commencement**
Submission of final copy of Faculty committee and Vice After oral examination and no
dissertation, doctoral forms, Chancellor for Graduate later than two weeks before
and thesis card Studies and Research Commencement*
*The order of these items varies with individual programs.
**Dates are printed in Graduate School News quarterly.
***Not required in some programs.

kgYt
9 :
110'Ai 40,
~ty9+~ - :~
S&~iftfl4S i 3' ryy p {k ! R ;i got
T( .•4i i7 .Wd 4 i~ 4 ;
.Y+t 11 WW
y k 3[e: a s',1ltb
i ~R. i'~ k7SXI
. tY SfB a L. 1 ~
~ .
~pYYr ~ .S ., iAiYd SiX
W. W . Armistead, Vice President
Bobby H . Pentecost, Assistant Vice President
The Institute of Agriculture traces its history
to 1869 when the University was designated
as Tennessee's Federal Land-Grant
Institution . Under terms of the Federal
Land-Grant Act, the University was enabled to
offer instruction in agriculture and the
mechanic arts for the first time . Since 1869,
agricultural programs at the University have
been expanded to include research for the
development of new knowledge and
extension for dissemination of such
knowledge to rural people . Thus the Institute
of Agriculture has come to includethe work of
three main divisions: Agricultural Experiment
Station, Agricultural Extension Service, and
College of Agriculture.
In 1974 the College of Veterinary Medicine
was established within the Institute . The
college is developing research and graduate
programs in veterinary medical sciences in
addition to the professional curriculum
leading to the degree, Doctor of Veterinary
Medicine.
Agricultural
Experiment Station
D . M . Gossett, Dean
T . J. Whatley, Associate Dean
J. I. Sewell, Assistant Dean
The Agricultural Experiment Station was
established by the University's Board of
Trustees on June 8, 1882, five years before the
passage of the Hatch Experiment Station Act
by the U .S . Congress . The University was one
of the first five institutions in the U .S . to
establish an Agricultural Experiment Station.
Since its beginning the Station has given first
attention to investigations of concern to the
agriculture of Tennessee . The investigations
of the Station follow a systematic method of
gaining and applying knowledge efficiently to
the biological, physical, and economic
phases of producing, processing, and
distributing farm and forest products ; to the
social and economic aspects of rural living;
and to consumer health and nutrition . Both
farm and urban populations gain from the
accomplishments of the Agricultural
Experiment Station . Examples of some of
these accomplishments are new and
improved varieties of crops, new and better
methods of controlling crop and livestock
pests, more efficient production of crops and
pasture through improved fertilization and
mechanization, and more efficient feeding
and management of livestock.
The program is designed and administered
through sixteen subject matter departments
located at Knoxville. A number of the staff
have teaching responsibilities in addition to
their research . To assist in the research
program the Station supports a large number
of graduate students . To serve Tennessee's
diverse agriculture, branch stations are
operated at Jackson, Spring Hill, Springfield,
Lewisburg, Crossville, Greeneville, and
Martin . In addition, field stations are operated
at Grand Junction, Milan, Wartburg,
Tullahoma, and near Chattanooga.
Professional and technical staff are in
residence at these locations.
The UT-DOE Comparative Animal Research
Laboratory is located about twenty miles west
of Knoxville near Oak Ridge, where a program
of radiobiological research in the field of
agriculture is carried out by the Agricultural
Experiment Station under contract to the
Department of Energy . The program includes
research with farm and laboratory animals,
with soils, and in applied radiobotany and
plant breeding.
Agricultural
Extension Service
M . L . Downen, Dean
T . W. Hinton, Associate Dean
B . G . Hicks, Assistant Dean
M . F. Clarke, Assistant Dean
The Agricultural Extension Service was
established in 1914. Its purpose is to extend
through various educational means
agricultural and home economics
information to farm families and others in the
state who do not have the opportunity to
enroll in resident courses of instruction at
colleges.
The educational program is carried on
through offices in each of the ninety-five
counties of the state . Education emphasis
includes work in four major program areas:
agriculture and natural resources,
community resource development, home
economics, and education of young people
through 4-H Clubs . County Extension staff
members working directly with local people
are supported in the various information
fields by a specialist staff, members of which
are stationed either in Knoxville, Nashville, or
Jackson.
The Agricultural Extension Service
operates administratively as one of four units
of the Institute of Agriculture . For
administration the state is divided into five
districts with supervisors located in their
respective districts . District headquarters are
maintained in Knoxville, Chattanooga,
Cookeville, Nashville, and Jackson.
The Agricultural Extension Service
operates as a three-way partnership among
county, state, and federal governments . The
University of Tennessee represents state and
federal government and a County Agricultural
Extension Committee represents county
government in this partnership.
College of Agriculture
O. Glen Hall, Dean
Graduate programs of the College of
Agriculture are designed to prepare men and
women for positions of leadership in industry,
state and federal government, teaching,
research, and extension.
The graduate student is expected to
demonstrate a thorough knowledge of the
subject matter in his/her specialized field of
study and its relationship to the sociological,
economic, and environmental impact on
society . The student must demonstrate the
ability to plan, conduct, analyze, and report
original research . More importantly,
emphasis is given to intellectual growth and
to the development of scholarly habits of

26 Institute of Agriculture
study, reasoning and analysis to the end that
the graduate will continue to grow and
develop professionally throughout his/her
career.
MASTER OF SCIENCE PROGRAMS
Programs of graduate study leading to the
Master of Science degree are offered through
all departments in the College of Agriculture.
The general rules of the Graduate School
apply to all graduate work in the college . The
graduate program may be entirely in one
major subject or may include matter areas
related to the major.
Both majors and minors are available in
Agricultural Biology, Agricultural Economics,
Agricultural Engineering, Agricultural
Extension, Agricultural Mechanization,
Animal Science, Food Technology and
Science, Ornamental Horticulture and
Landscape Design, and Plant and Soil
Science . Majors only are available in Forestry
and Wildlife and Fisheries Science, and
minors are available in General Agriculture
and Rural Sociology. The minor in General
Agriculture requires 18 hours of course work.
A complete listing of majors is shown on
pages 8-9.
For admission to a graduate degree
program, the student must have a satisfactory
academic average and have completed the
substantial requirements for an
undergraduate major in his/her field of study
or have completed sufficient undergraduate
work in related areas to satisfy the
department that he/she can successfully
pursue graduate study in the chosen field.
Prerequisite courses may be required when
the student's preparation is deemed to be
inadequate.
Each program of course work and thesis
research is planned by the major professor
and Master's committee in consultation with
the student and will depend upon the
student's background, interests, and
professional objectives. For example, a
student majoring in Agricultural Biology may
pursue work with an emphasis either in the
area of plant pathology or economic
entomology.
Normally, graduate programs will include
the thesis requirement . There is, however, a
non-thesis option in the Department of
Agricultural Economics and Rural Sociology
and the Department of Forestry, Wildlife and
Fisheries . The non-thesis option with a major
in Agricultural Economics has the following
minimum requirements : 48 hours of course
work which 24 hours must be at the
5000-level ; 18 hours in agricultural
economics ; 9 hours of economic theory ; 6
hours in quantitative methods in agricultural
economics, statistics, or mathematical
economics ; final comprehensive written and
oral examination.
Requirements of the non-thesis option for
the Master of Science degree with a major in
Forestry are as follows:
1. 50 hours of course work of which 25 hours
must be at the 5000 level or above.
2. An advisory committee of not less than 3
faculty members will be selected . At least one
member in addition the major professor will
be from the Department of Forestry, Wildlife
and Fisheries . The committee will meet and
schedule the student's program during the
first quarter in residence.
3. Forestry 5011 (3).
4. 12 hours of course work in the Department
of Forestry, Wildlife and Fisheries at the 5000
level or above, exclusive of Forestry 5011.
5. Final comprehensive written and oral
examinations.
DOCTORAL PROGRAMS
Graduate study programs leading to the
Doctor of Philosophy degree in Animal
Science, Agricultural Economics,
Agricultural Engineering, and Plant and Soil
Science are offered in the college.
General Graduate School requirements
relative to admission, faculty advisory
committees, residence, grades, research, and
admission to candidacy for degree apply to all
doctoral programs . Special departmental
requirements are listed in the following
paragraphs.
Agricultural Economics
and Rural Sociology
Subject Area Requirements : All
candidates pursuing the Doctor of
Philosophy degree will be required to
demonstrate competence in examinations in
the following areas:
A. A major area of concentration to be
selected from the following:
1. Agricultural policy
2. Agricultural marketing and price analysis
3. Farm management and production
economics
4. Natural resource economics
5. Rural development
B. The core areas:
1. Agricultural economics
2. Economic theory
3. Mathematical and quantitative methods in
agricultural economics
Course Requirements : A minimum of 108
quarter hours credit beyond the Bachelor's
degree, exclusive of credit for Master's
research, is required in the doctoral program.
Of this total, 36 hours in doctoral research
and dissertation are required . At least 30
hours of course work shall be in agricultural
economics and 15 hours in economics.
Excluding the dissertation, a minimum of 21
hours in agricultural economics and 36 hours
in agricultural economics and economics
combined must be in courses numbered 5000
and above.
Agricultural Engineering
Candidates pursuing the Doctor of
Philosophy degree in Agricultural
Engineering may specialize in one of the
following areas:
1 . Agricultural power and machinery
2. Soil and water conservation engineering
3. Agricultural structures
4. Electric power and processing
Supporting studies are required in related
biological, physical, and engineering
sciences and mathematics fundamental to
the training of the candidate.
Additional course requirements for the
degree are:
1. Minimum of 108 quarter hours credit
beyond the Bachelor's degree, exclusive of
the credit for the Master's thesis . Of this
number, students are required to complete a
minimum of 36 quarter hours in 6000 Doctoral
Research and Dissertation.
2. A minimum of 30 quarter hours credit
will be in courses numbered 5000 and 6000,
exclusive of Doctoral Research and
Dissertation .
3. The program of each candidate shall
consist of a major and supporting studies in
one or more additional areas . The major shall
consist of a minimum of 24 quarter hours
exclusive of research and dissertation . A
minimum of 24 quarter hours shall betaken in
departments outside of the Department of
Agricultural Engineering.
The specific program of a candidate for the
degree of Doctor of Philsophy in Agricultural
Engineering will depend upon the interest
and previous training of the candidate . Each
candidate will be under the immediate
supervision of a faculty advisory committee in
planning his/her program . The major
professor will serve as chairperson of the
faculty advisory committee and will direct the
research and preparation of the dissertation.
Animal Science
The Department of Animal Science, with
support from the Department of Food
Technology and Science, offers programs
leading to the Doctor of Philosophy degree in
the following areas of specialization:
1. Animal nutrition
2. Animal breeding
3. Animal physiology
4. Animal products
Supporting studies are required in related
biological and physical sciences fundamental
to the training of the candidate.
Additional specific course requirements for
the degree of Doctor of Philosophy in Animal
Science include:
1. Minimum of 108 quarter hours credit in
courses beyond the Bachelor's degree,
exclusive of credit for the Master's thesis . Of
this number, students are required to
complete a minimum of 36 quarter hours in
6000 Doctoral Research and Dissertation.
2. At least 36 quarter hours credit in
courses numbered 5000 and 6000, exclusive
of Doctoral Research and Dissertation.
3. A minimum of 24 quarter hours credit
must be completed in related fields outside of
animal science.
The specific program of a candidate for the
degree of Doctor of Philosophy in Animal
Science depends upon the interest and
previous training of the candidate . Actual
course content of the program is planned
with each student in consultation with a
faculty advisory committee to meet
requirements in the various areas of
concentration.
Plant and Soil Science
The Department of Plant and Soil Science
offers programs leading to the Doctor of
Philosophy degree in the following areas of
specialization:
1. Soils
2. Plant Breeding and genetics
3. Crop physiology and ecology
Supporting studies are required in related
sciences fundamental to the training of the
candidate.
Some of the specific requirements for the
degree are:
1. Minimum of 108 quarter hours credit
beyond the Bachelor's degree exclusive of
Master's thesis. Of this number, students are
required to complete a minimum of 36 quarter
hours in Doctoral Research and Dissertation.
2. Minimum of 30 quarter hours credit in
courses numbered 5000 and 6000 exclusive
of Doctoral Research and Dissertation .

The specific program of a candidate for the
degree of Doctor of Philosophy in Plant and
Soil Science will depend upon the interest
and previous training of the candidate . The
program of courses and research will be
planned with the student in consultation with
a faculty advisory committee . The major
professor will serve as chairperson of the
faculty advisory committee and will direct the
research and the preparation of the
dissertation.
Departments of
Instruction
Agricultural Biology
MAJOR DEGREE
Agricultural Biology M .S.
Professors:
C . J . Southards (Head), Ph .D . North
Carolina State ; J. W . HiltyPh .D. Ohio
State ; L . F . Johnson, Ph .D. Louisiana State;
C . D . Press, Ph .D . Clemson.
Associate Professors:
R . Gerhardt, Ph .D . North Carolina State;
P. L . Lambdin, Ph .D . Virginia Polytechnic
Institute.
Assistant Professors:
E. C . Bernard, Ph .D . Georgia;
M. R. McLaughlin, Ph .D . Illinois.
3130 Introductory Plant Pathology (4) Principles of
plant pathology illustrated by diseases of common
agricultural crop plants. Prereq : Introductory
botany or zoology. Graduate credit for non-majors
only. (Same as Botany 3130 .) 3 hrs and 1 lab.
3210 Economic Entomology (4) Structure, life history,
habits and principles of control of important
insect pests of farm, garden, orchard, and household
. 3 hrs and 1 lab.
3220 Apiculture (3) Biology of the honey bee, with
emphasis on beekeeping equipment and apiary
management practices relative to pollination of
crops and production of honey and beeswax . 2 hrs
and 1 lab.
4010 Biology of Soil Microorganisms (4) Morphology
and physiology of soil organisms, decomposition
of organic matter, chemical transformations,
and interactions between soil organisms and higher
plants. Prereq : Introductory microbiology or 3130 .3
hrs and 1 lab.
4030 Forest and Shade Tree Entomology (3) Identification,
biology, ecology, and control of forest and
shade tree pests. Prereq : 3210 or equivalent . 2 hrs
and 1 lab.
5000 Thesis (1-15) E
5010 Research Methods and Instrumentation In
Plant Pathology and Entomology (3) Techniques for
laboratory, field, and greenhouse research in plant
pathology and entomology. 1 hr and 2 labs.
5110 Plant Disease Diagnosis (3) Diagnosis of plant
diseases, disease symptoms, causal agents and
control measures . Prereq : 3130.
5120 Insect Diagnostic Clinic (3) Identification of
insects and insect damage to crops, livestock and
residences . Obtaining of insects and damaged
specimens ; diagnostic characteristics and control
measures . Prereq : 3210 or Zoology 3110.
5210 Plant Parasitic Nematodes (4) Morphology,
physiology, taxonomy, and ecology of plant parasitic
nematodes with emphasis on host-parasite relationships
. Prereq : 8 hrs biological science or consent
of instructor . (Same as Zoology 5210 .) 2 hrs and
2 labs.
5220 Plant Disease Control (3) Basic problems and
principles involved in controlling plant diseases.
Prereq : 3130.
5230 Field Crop and Vegetable Insects (3) Taxonomy,
biology, and control of insects affecting field
and vegetable crops . Prereq : 3210 or equivalent
course in applied entomology . 2 hrs and 1 lab.
5250 Medical and Veterinary Entomology (4) Morphology,
taxonomy, biology and control of arthropod
parasites and vectors of pathogens of humans
and animals . Ecology and behavior of vectors
in relation to pathogen transmission and control.
Prereq : 3210, general entomology, or consent of
instructor . 3 hrs and 1 lab.
5260 Insect Pest Management (4) Principles and
applications of biological, cultural, genetic, behavioral,
and chemical methods of control to maintain
pest populations below economic threshold levels.
Prereq : 3210, Zoology 3110, or consent of instructor.
3 hrs and 1 lab.
5310 Special Problems in Plant Pathology or Economic
Entmology (1-6) Comprehensive individual
study of current problems in economic entomology
or plant pathology . May be repeated . Maximum 9
hrs.
5410 Seminar (1) Review of literature and current
research in plant pathology and economic entomology.
May be repeated . Maximum 3 hrs.
Agricultural Economics
and Rural Sociology
MAJOR DEGREES
Agricultural Economics M .S ., Ph .D.
Professors
J. A . Martin (Head), Ph .D . Minnesota;
M . B. Badenhop, Ph .D . Purdue ; D. W. Brown,
Ph .D . Iowa State ; C. L . Cleland, Ph .D.
Wisconsin ; I . Dubov, Ph .D . California (Berkeley);
L . H. Keller, Ph .D. Kentucky ; F . O . Leuthold,
Ph .D . Wisconsin ; B . R. McManus, Ph .D . Purdue;
C . B. Sappington, Ph .D . Illinois.
Associate Professors:
J. R . Brooker, Ph .D . Florida ; C . M . Cuskaden,
Ph .D. Michigan State ; T. H. Klindt, Ph .D
Kentucky; D . L. McLemore, Ph .D . Clemson;
S . D. Mundy, Ph .D . Tennessee ; R. H. Orr, Ph .D.
Illinois ; R. W. Todd, J .D . Tennessee;
B . J. Trevena, Ph .D . Tennessee ; O.N . Walker, Ph .D.
Oklahoma State.
The department has programs for the
Doctor of Philosophy degree and the Master
of Science degree with a thesis or non-thesis
option.
Agricultural Economics
4120 Farm Management (3) Principles of farm organization
and operation ; allocating land, labor,
and capital to meet changing technologies ; tenure
arrangements and use of credit ; risks ; measures of
success . Use and analysis of records ; exercises in
planning farms . Field trips arranged . Prereq : Agriculture
1110 and Economics 2120 .2 hrs and 1 lab.
F, Sp
4140 Introduction to Agricultural Production Economics
(3) Resource allocation, product selection,
scale of operation of agricultural firms ; aggregate
effects of decisions made by individual agricultural
firms . Prereq : Agriculture 1110 and Economics
2120 . W
4240 World Agriculture and Trade (3) Economic
bases of world agricultural production and trade:
resource location, land tenure systems, international
trade and commercial policy . Prereq : Agriculture
1110 and Economics 2120, or consent of instructor
. F
4250 Agricultural and Rural Planning (3)
Decision-making concepts applied to design and
implementation of local action programs . Case
examples from the U .S . and other countries . Prereq:
Agriculture 1110 and Economics 2120, or consent of
instructor. S
4310 Agricultural Finance (3) Nature and source of
capital ; credit problems of farmers ; kinds and
sources of farm credit . Agricultural insurance and
taxation . Prereq : Agriculture 1110 and Economics
2120. W
4320 Agricultural Policies (3) Meaning of agricultural
policy in democratic society ; relationship of
farm groups to public policy ; problems giving rise to
policy ; agricultural policy and appraisal of results;
policy problems . Prereq : Agriculture 1110 and Economics
2120 . W
4330 Land Economics (3) Problems and policies of
land use, conservation, development, taxation, and
tenure ; population growth and demand for land;
principles and theories of rent, property, value, and
income . Prereq : Agriculture 1110 and Economics
2120 . F
4610 Management of Farm Supply and Marketing
Firms (3) Operation of firms selling farm supplies
and merchandising agricultural products . Emphasis
on accounting data and economic theories for decision
making . Prereq : Agriculture 1110 and Economics
2120. Sp
4630 Advanced Agricultural Marketing (3) Theory
of production organization and costs . Application of
cost theory to the production organization of the
marketing firm and problems of efficiency of plant
operation . Market organization, structures, and
price policies . Prereq : 3320 . W
4710 Agricultural Law (4) Survey of law and application
to the farmer, family and agricultural industry.
Property, contracts, torts, drainage and water rights,
landlord-tenant relationships, taxation and insurance,
forms of business organization, estate planning,
regulatory laws, and other selected topics . W
5000 Thesis (1-15) E
5002 Non-Thesis Graduation Completion (3-15)
Required for the non-thesis student not otherwise
registered during any quarter when such a student
uses University facilities and/or faculty time before
degree is completed . May not be used toward degree
requirements . May be repeated . S/NC only . E
5011 Special Problems in Lieu of Thesis (3) E
5120 Agricultural Price Analysis (3) Analysis and
interpretation of factors affecting agricultural
prices ; price trends and cycles ; application of economic
theory and statistical techniques to agricultural
price research . Prereq : 3120 and Statistics
4310 or equivalent. W
5130 Advanced Agricultural Production Economics
(3) Theory and empirical concepts of agricultural
resource allocation problems under conditions of
uncertainty . Prereq : 4140 or equivalent . Sp
5210 Seminar : Agricultural Policies (3) Sp
5220 Seminar : Methodology of Research (3) W
5230 Seminar : Adjustments to Industrialization (3)
F
5310 Research (3) Special research problems in agricultural
economics and rural sociology . Gathering,
tabulating and interpreting data and report writing
. May be repeated . Maximum 9 hrs . S/NC only . E
5410 Agricultural Marketing Analysis (3) Application
of tools of economic analysis and measurement
to problems at all levels of marketing system for
agriculture commodities . Prereq : 4630 or equivalent
. Sp
5420 Advanced Land Economics (3) Problems in
land tenure, land use, and conservation in United
States ad selected foreign countries. Prereq : 4330 or
equivalent . F
5440 The Economics of Agricultural Development
(3) Role of agriculture in overall economic development
; economic nature of traditional agriculture,
and analysis of causal forces and structural interdependence
of agricultural development under conditions
of economic change . Prereq : 4240 or consent
of instructor. F
5610 Quantitative Methods In Agricultural Economics
(3) Analytical techniques useful in estimation
of functions-supply, demand and production-and
prediction of economic variables.
Emphasis on application of multiple regression:
model specification, estimation technique using
computer and interpretation of results . Prereq:
Statistics 4310 or Economics 5510 or consent of
instructor . W
5710 Quantitative Methods In Agricultural Economics
(3) Linear progamming technique with em-

28 Institute of Agriculture
pirical applications, made to problems of maximizing,
profit, minimizing cost, firm growth, transportation,
and location . Input-output analysis, recursive
programming, game theory, and nonlinear programming
. Prereq : Economics 4180 or consent of
instructor . Sp
6000 Doctoral Research and Dissertation (3-15) E
6120-30 Seminars in Agricultural Economics (3, 3)
Topics selected from the areas of economics of production,
consumption or distribution in agriculture
and related industries and public policies concerned
with agriculture and related industries . F, Sp
6210 Agricultural and Rural Transformation Problems
(3) Systematic evaluation of policy and
development proposals related to agricultural modernization,
food supply, and rural living . Decisionmaking
process and useful roles of social scientists.
Analysis of current issues in U .S . and developing
nations . Prereq : Consent of instructor . Sp
6410 Agricultural Supply Analysis (3) Estimating
agricultual supply relationships using aggregative
time series regression, production functions, linear
programming, simulation and firm growth models
with emphasis on correspondence between theoretical
concepts and model attributes . Prereq : 5130 or
consent of instructor. F
6420 Marketing and Resource Use (3) Institutional
settings for research and policy formulation . Analytical
tools to measure efficiencies of marketing
and resource use . Emerging problems in marketing
and resource use . Wastes management in marketing
systems to conserve resources and environment
. Prereq : 5410 or consent of instructor . W
Rural Sociology
3420 Rural Sociology (3) Nature of rural society;
social systems concept ; rural-urban differences ; nature
of social relations ; population characteristics
and movement ; problems of rural people ; tenancy,
farm labor, health, services, educational facilities,
churches, local government ; impact of industrialization
. F, W, Sp
4450 Diffusion of Agricultural Technology (3)
Analysis of diffusion process whereby new technology
spreads from scientists to final adopters. Adoption
process, communication behavior, mass media,
role of professional change agents, opinion leadership,
and two-step flow hypothesis . Prereq : 3420 or
consent of instructor . Sp
5340 Special Problems (3) Special topics in rural
sociology. Prereq : 3420 or consent of instrucor . May
be repeated . Maximum 9 hrs . S/NC only . E
5430 Seminar in Rural Sociology (3) Current rural
sociological literature and research ; relevance of
general sociological theory and methodological
techniques. Prereq : 3420 or equivalent . F
5450 Advanced Rural Sociology (3) Application of
sociological concepts to analyze changing structure
and function of rural life ; rural social values,
attitudes, and norms as they influence the family,
formal and informal groups, population shifts and
changing farm technology . Prereq : 3420 or equivalent
. Sp
5470 Research Problems in Rural Communities (3)
Emphasis on problems that arise in survey research
in rural areas . Sampling procedures, questionnaire
construction, interviewer selection, training, control,
and legitimatization needs . Prereq : Undergraduate
course in statistics . Sp
5490 Rural Population Analysis (3) Analysis of U .S.
and world population changes and determinants of
fertility, mortality, and migration with emphasis
upon changes in rural sector. Prereq : Sociology
4110 or equivalent . W
Agricultural Engineering
MAJORS
DEGREES
Agricultural Engineering M .S ., Ph .D.
Agricultural Mechanization M .S.
Professors:
D. H. Luttrell (Head), Ph .D . Iowa State;
B . L . Bledsoe, Ph .D . Oklahoma State, P.E . ;
J . J . McDow. Ph .D . Michigan State . P .E .;
J . I . Sewell, Ph .D . North Carolina State, P .E.
Associate Professors:
Z. A . Henry, Ph .D . North Carolina State, P .E .;
C. H . Shelton, M .S . Virginia Polytechnic
Institute ; F. D . Tompkins, Ph .D . Tennessee;
L . R . Wilhelm, Ph .D . Tennessee, P.E.
Assistant Professors:
D. O . Baxter, M .S . Missouri ; L . M. Safely, Jr .,
Ph .D . Cornell ; W. J . Cheatham, Ph .D.
Iowa State
Agricultural Engineering
4230 Selected Topics in Agricultural Engineering
(3) Devleop new topics as required by current trends
and problems in agricultural engineering.
4610 Design of Water Control and Waste Utilization
Systems (3) Earth dams, irrigation, drainage, land
grading . hydraulic transport of wastes . and application
of wastes on agricultural land . Prereq : 3610 or
consent of instructor . 1 hr and 2 labs . W
4620 Design of Structures for Production, Processing
and Environmental Control (3) Functional planning
ad structural design of agricultural buildings;
emphasis on complete design of structure or system,
functional, structural and environmental aspects
. Prereq : 3620 . 1 hr ad 2 labs . Sp
4630 Design of Processing and Materials Handling
Systems (3) Development of systems and
components for integrated agricultural processing
considering mass and energy balances, product
characteristics, equipment specifications, storage,
handling and economic merit . Prereq : 3630 . 1 hr and
2 labs . F
4640 Design of Agricultural Machinery (3) Functional
requirements of agricultural machinery . Elements
of machine component design ; synthesis of
mechanisms, mechanical and hydraulic drives.
Team effort in completing machine design project.
Prereq : 3640 or consent of instructor . 1 hr and 2
labs. Sp
5000 Thesis (1-15) E
5240 Environmental Control in Agricultural Structures
(3) Engineering analysis of factors related to
processes of animal and plant life ; basis for development
and design of facilities and structures for
confined housing of animals, controlled environment
for plant growth, and storage facilities for plant
and animal products . Prereq : Agricultural Mechanization
3220, Mechanical Engineering 3110 or consent
of instructor . 2 hrs and 1 lab . Sp, A
5340 Hydrology of Agricultural and Forest Lands
(3) Analytical approach to problems involving water
surplus, deficiency and time distribution as related
to agricultural and forest purposes . Prereq : 3610,
introductory hydrology ; Forestry 4020, or consent of
instructor . (Same as Water Resources Development
5340 .) 2 hrs and 1 lab . F
5440 Instrumentation in Agricultural Systems (3)
Analysis of specific instrumentation needs in agricultural
industry and research problems ; principles
and design in utilization of specialized instrumentation
. Prereq : Engineering electronics or
consent of instructor . 2 hrs and 1 lab . Sp, A
5540 Engineering Properties of Agricultural Materials
and Products (3) Fundamental engineering
properties of agricultural products and materials related
to handling, processing . and utilization . Prereq
: Processing and materials handling systems and
Engineering Science and Mechanics 3311 .2 hrs and
1 lab . Sp, A
5640 Research Problems in Agricultural Engineering
(3) Theoretical and experimental studies relating
to current problems in agricultural engineering . May
be repeated . Maximum 9 hrs.
5710-20 Similitude In Design and Research (3, 3)
Dimensional analysis in development of models;
theory and types of models, prediction equations;
interpretation of data ; applications to machinery,
soil and water structures, agricultural buildings, and
other agricultural engineering-related problems.
Prereq : Engineering Science and Mechanics 3130
and 3311 .2 hrs and 1 lab . F; W ; A
6000 Doctoral Research and Dissertation (3-15) E
6110 Seminar (1) Current research and literature
related to engineering in agriculture. May be repeated
. Maximum 3 hrs.
6310 Engineering Systems Analysis In Agriculture
(3) Systems approach to design of engineering
experiments and applications to include linear programming,
computer applications, statistical evaluations,
and feedback control in agricultural problems
. Prereq : Mathematics 4550 or 4710 . Coreq:
5710 or equivalent . 2 hrs and 1 lab . F
6610 Selected Topics in Agricultural Engineering
(3) Lecture, group discussion, and individual study
on specialized developments in power and machinery,
soil and water, structures, and processing.
May be repeated . Maximum 9 hrs . F
Agricultural Mechanization
4160 Agricultural Waste Utilization and Disposal (3)
Techniques, equipment, and structures for utilizing,
treating . and disposing of agricultural wastes by
land spreading, lagooning,and processing . 2 hrs
and 1 lab . F
4170 Small Engines (3) Concepts and mechanics of
small gasoline engines ; selection, operation, adjustment,
and repair of single cylinderengines . 2 hrs
and 1 lab . W
4180 Equipment and Techniques for Application of
Agricultural Chemicals (3) Equipment for application
of liquid, solid, and gaseous chemicals ; system
components ; operational characteristics ; safety
considerations ; calibration ; selection and management
; materials handling and disposal methods.
2 hrs and 1 lab . Sp
4210 Agricultural Machinery and Tractors (4) Agricultural
machinery and power units ; adaptation to
agricultural practices : field efficiencies, capacities,
adjustment and servicing . Prereq : Mathematics
1550 . 3 hrs and 1 lab. W
5000 Thesis (1-15) E
5110 Research Problems in Agricultural Mechanization
(3) Research problems related to recent developments
and current practices in agricultural
mechanization . May be repeated . Maximum 9 hrs.
5210 Electromechanical Systems in Agriculture (3)
Integration of electric power, mechanical equipment,
structures, and environmental systems to
plant and animal production, crop processing, and
materials handling . Prereq : 3220 and 3510.2 hrs and
1 lab . F, A
5410 Agricultural Machinery Systems Analysis (3)
Analysis of current field machinery ; adaptation
planning for sequential operations ; machinery for
unique and alternate production and harvesting systems
; operational management . Prereq : 4210 .2 hrs
and 1 lab . Sp, A
5610 Selected Topics in Agricultural Mechanization
(3) Lecture, group discussion, and individual
study on specialized agricultural mechanization developments
. May be repeated . Maximum 9 hrs . F
Agricultural
Extension Education
MAJOR DEGREE
Agricultural Extension M .S.
Professors:
R . S . Dotson (Head), Ph .D . Pennsylvania State;
L . H. Dickson, Ed . D . Cornell.
Associate Professor:
C . E . Carter, Jr., Ph .D . Ohio State.
3110 Introduction to Agricultural Extension (3) History
; philosophy ; organization ; teaching methods;
relationships with other educational agencies.
Graduate credit for non-majors only.
4110-20 Field Studies (3, 3) Supervised work experience
with county extension agents in a designated
county . Prereq : 3110 and consent of instructor . Requires
living off-campus for a specified time.
5000 Thesis (1-15) E
5100 Special Problems in Agricultural Extension
(1-6) May be repeated . Maximum 9 hrs .

5210 Long-range Extension Program Planning (3)
Development of county extension program based
on effective interpretation of physical, social, economic
characteristics of areas . Prereq : 3110 or consent
of instructor.
5220 Seminar (3) Review of literature and developments
in agricultural extension methods . Prereq
: 3110 or consent of instructor.
5230 Evaluation In Programs of Agricultural Extension
(3) Principles, instruments, and techniques of
identifying, gathering, analyzing and using data to
appraise planning and teaching and to determine
progress of clientele . Prereq : 5210 or consent of
instructor.
5310 History, Philosophy and Objectives (3) Historical
and philosophical foundation of informal adult
education in American agriculture from the agricultural
societies (1785 to present) . Key figures, issues,
legislative movements, farmer organizations and
programs . Emphasis on agricultural extension service,
its origin, legislation and growth and nature of
present day objectives and programs . Prereq : 3110
or consent of instructor.
5320 Volunteer Leadership In Agricultural Extension
Programs (3) Theory, principles and procedures
in development of volunteer leadership for
small groups in rural communities through agricultural
extension programs . Emphasis on analysis of
place and importance of volunteer leadership function,
techniques of effective leadership in small
groups and methods of developing volunteer leadership
in agricultural extension work . Prereq : 3110
or consent of instructor.
5330 Supervision of Agricultural Extension Programs
and Personnel (3) Theories of human effectiveness
; principles of successful supervision
applied to various parts of county, district and other
extension programs ; and planning for elective office
management . Prereq : 5210 or 5220 or consent of
instructor.
Animal Science
MAJOR DEGREES
Animal Science M .S ., Ph .D.
Professors:
R. R. Johnson (Head), Ph .D. Ohio State;
K . M. Barth, Ph .D . Rutgers;
M. C. Bell, Ph .D . Oklahoma State;
J. K . Bletner, (Emeritus), P .H . Ohio State;
C . C . Chamberlain, Ph .D . Iowa State;
S. L . Hansard (Emeritus), Ph .D . Florida;
H . M. Jamison, Ph.D . Tennessee ; J . B. McLaren,
Ph .D . Auburn ; G . M . Merriman, D .V.M ., Michigan
State ; M . J. Montgomery, Ph .D. Wisconsin;
R . L . Murphree, Ph .D. Wisconsin;
D. O . Richardson, Ph .D . Ohio State;
H . V. Shirley, Ph .D . Illinois ; R. R. Shrode, Ph .D.
Iowa State ; E . W. Swanson, Ph.D. Missouri;
R . L. Tugwell, Ph .D . Kansas State ; C. E. Wylie
..,(Emeritus), A.M . Missouri.
Associate Professors:
W. R. Backus, Ph . D . Tennessee;
G . Bratton, D .V .M ., Ph .D . Texas
A . & M . ; W. T . Butts, Ph .D . Tennessee ; H. Eller,
D.V .M ., Ph .D . Illinois ; J . P . Hitchock, Ph .D.
Michigan State ; J . W. Holloway, Ph .D.
Oklahoma State ; E. R . Lidvall, M.S . Tennessee;
F . B . Massincupp, Ph .D . Kansas State;
J. W . Oliver, D .V .M ., Ph .D . Purdue;
M. Sims, Ph .D . Auburn.
Assistant Professors:
R . E . Cartee, D.V .M . Kansas State;
D . C. Doyle, D.V .M ., Ph .D. Cornell;
R .N . Heitmann, Ph .D . Maine;
H . E. Kattesh, Ph .D . Virginia Polytechnic Institute;
S. Kincaid, D .V .M ., Ph .D . Purdue;
K. R . Robbins, Ph .D . Illinois ; R. Schaub,
Ph .D . Washington State ; J . D . Smalling,
Ph .D . Texas A . & M.
3210 Anatomy and Physiology of Farm Animals (4)
Skeleton and joints, skeletal muscles, blood and
microcirculation, and the nervous, cardiovascular,
respiratory, digestive, renal and endocrine systems;
demonstrations of physiochemical phenomena.
Prereq : Biology 1210 or Agriculture 1130 .3 hrs and 1
lab . F, W, Sp
3220 Physiology of Reproduction (3) Comparative
anatomy and physiology of reproductive systems of
higher vertebrates ; gametogensis, fertilization, implantation,
prenatal growth, parturition and initiation
of lactation ; endocrine regulation of reproductive
phenomena . Prereq : 3210 or consent of instructor
. (Same as Zoology 3220 .) 2 hrs and 1 lab . F, W, Sp
3320 Animal Nutrition (3) Properties, functions,
utilization and deficiency symptoms of essential
nutrients ; nutritive value determinations and their
use . Prereq : Agriculture 1130 and one quarter of
organic chemistry . F, W, Su
3330 Feeds and Ration Formulation (4) Feedstuffs,
additives, feeding standards, nutrient requirements
and ration formulation for beef and dairy cattle,
sheep, horses, swine, poultry and laboratory animals.
Prereq : 3320 . 2 hrs and 2 labs . W, Sp, Su
3410 Heredity in Animals (3) Basic chromosomal
mechanism of heredity with emphasis on Mendelian
principles and exceptions such as linkage and
cytoplasmic inheritance . Introductions to the
biochemical basis of heredity and to quantitative
inheritance . Illustrations of principles related to
species familiar to agriculture students . Prereq : Agriculture
1130 . 2 hrs and 1 lab . F, W, Sp
3420 Principles of Animal Breeding (3) Genetic
principles in the breeding of economic species . Genetic
basis of variation . Partitioning of variation according
to various kinds of causative differences
such as those in genetic makeup and environment.
Selection and its consequences. Mating systems
and their effects on populations . Planning breeding
programs. Prereq : 3410 or equivalent . 2 hrs and 1
lab . F, Sp
3510 Animal Hygiene and Sanitation (4) Parasitic,
viral and bacterial organisms in farm animals ; immunization
; control and protection against disease;
veterinary regulations and quarantine ; herd health
programs . Prereq : Microbiology 2910-11 or 2910-19
or consent of instructor . 3 hrs and 1 lab . F, W, Sp
3520 Avian Diseases (3) Major diseases ; characteristics,
prevention and treatment, management
practices and systems for domestic birds, upland
game birds, and water fowl . 2 hrs and 1 lab . Sp, A
3810 Nutrition and Management of Laboratory
Animals (3) Principles of feeding, breeding, and
handling of animals in scientific investigations ; specific
species' requirements, peculiarities, and research
for which best fitted ; laws governing use and
handling of laboratory animals . Prereq : Agriculture
1130 and consent of instructor . 2 hrs and 1 lab. W
4210 Physiology of Lactation (3) Development,
anatomy, and function of mammary glands ; endocrine
interactions for mammary development and
milk secretion ; factors affecting yield and composition
of milk. Prereq : 3210 . W
4220 Avian Physiology (3) Anatomy and physiology
of avian species with emphasis on poultry . Prereq:
3210 . 2 hrs and 1 lab . Sp
4230 Applied Reproduction in Farm Animals (3)
Application of methods and techniques in collecting,
evaluating, processing, and preserving semen;
insemination of females ; pregnancy determination;
gestation and parturition . Male and female infertility
. Prereq : 3220 . 1 hr and 2 labs . F, Sp
4330 Feeding Applications for Farm Animals (3)
Detailed application of feeding principles designed
to allow student to discover and explore feeding
options available to producers through problem
solving . Prereq : 3330 . 1 hr and 2 labs . Sp
4340 Experimental Animal Nutrition Laboratory (2)
Laboratory feeding trials to demonstrate basic animal
nutrition concepts including preparation and
feeding of experimental diets . Prereq : 3330 . W
4410 Applied Animal Breeding (3) Principles
studied in 3420. Team taught by specialists in breeding
of dairy cattle, meat animals, and poultry . Prereq
: 3420 . 2 hrs and 1 lab.
4810 Beef Cattle Production and Management (4)
Principles of nutrition, physiology, and breeding in a
complete beef cattle management program . Structure
of industry, enterprise establishment, systems
of production, production practices and herd improvement
programs . Alternatives in terms of production
response and economic returns . Prereq:
Completion of animal science sophomore and
junior core courses or consent of instructor . 3 hrs
and 1 lab . F, Sp, A
Institute of Agriculture 29
4820 Dairy Cattle Production and Management (4)
Principles of nutrition, physiology and breeding in a
complete dairy cattle management program . Structure
of industry, enterprise establishment, systems
of production, production practices, and herd improvement
programs . Alternatives in terms of production
responses and economic returns . Prereq:
Completion of animal science sophomore and
junior core courses or consent of instructor . 3 hrs
and 1 lab . F, W
4830 Pork Production and Management (4) Integration
of principles of selection, nutrition, breeding,
physiology and marketing in a complete pork production
and management program . Structure of
industry, enterprise establishment, systems of production,
production practices and herd improvement
programs . Alternatives in terms of production
responses and economic returns . Prereq : Completion
of anir. al science sophomore and junior core
courses or consent of instructor. 3 hrs and 1 lab . F,
Sp, A
4840 Poultry Production and Management (4)
Structure of poultry industry, organization and
management of poultry enterprises including rearing,
housing, feeding, processing and marketing.
Prereq : Completion of animal science sophomore
and junior core courses or consent of instructor . 3
hrs and 1 lab . W
4850 Light Horse Production and Management (4)
Integration of principles of nutrition, physiology and
breeding into light horse management program.
Structure of industry ; systems and practices of production
; individual animal and herd improvement
programs ; tack, equipment and facilities for both
pleasure owners and commercial producers . Alternatives
in terms of pleasure, recreation and economic
returns. Prereq : Completion of animal science
sophomore and junior core courses or consent
of instructor. 3 hrs and 1 lab. Sp
4860 Lamb and Wool Production and Management
(4) Integration of principles and selection, nutrition,
breeding, physiology and marketing into complete
lamb and wool production and management
program . Structure of industry, enterprise establishment,
systems of production responses and
economic returns . Prereq : Completion of animal
science sophomore and junior core courses or consent
of instructor . 3 hrs and 1 lab . W, A
5000 Thesis (1-15) E
5011 Problems in Lieu of Thesis (1-6) May be repeated
. Maximum 6 hrs . E
5110. Special Problems in Animal Science (1-6)
May be repeated . Maximum 9 hrs . E
5210 Endocrine Relations in Animal Production (4)
Endocrine glands related to growth and reproduction
; hormone preparation for altering growth and
reproductive rate of farm animals . Prereq : 3210 or
consent of instructor . 2 hrs and 1 lab . W, A
5230 Advances in Mammalian Reproduction (3)
Germ cell development, maturation, transport
metabolism, and preservation ; fertilization and embryonic
mortality . Prereq : 3220 or 4230 . 2 hrs and 1
lab . W, A
5240 Advanced Studies of the Secretion of Milk (3)
Effect of endocrine and nutritional factors on mammary
gland development ; initiation and maintenance
of lactation . Prereq : 4210 . 2 hrs . and 1 lab.
Sp, A
5311 Analytical Techniques In Animal Nutrition (3)
Physical and chemical analyses of feeds, ingredients,
and biological fluids associated with nutrition
research . 1 hr and 2 labs . F, Su
5322 Advanced Experimental Animal Nutrition (3)
Animal experimental techniques for digestion, absorption,
nutrient balances and radioisotope tracer
techniques . Prereq : 5311 . 1 hr and 2 labs . Sp
5333 Nonruminant Animal Nutrition (4) Physiological
development and changes in digestive system of
nonruminant animal during the life cycle . Concepts
and methodology concerning nutrient requirements,
interrelationships, availability and deficiencies
of nutrients . Nonnutritive additives, toxins,
poisons, and disease effects ; nutritional effects on
products . Prereq : 3210, 3330 or consent of instructor.
3 hrs and 1 lab. W

30 Institute of Agriculture
5344 Ruminant Animal Nutrition (3) Digestive
physiology of the ruminant stomach, rumen fermentation,
determination of nutrient requirement and
feed intake regulation of ruminant animals . Prereq:
3330. F
5410 Genetics of Animal Populations(3) Population
and individual, gene and zygotic frequencies ; statistical
descriptions of populations ; forces influencing
genetic changes ; application to animal breeding.
Preq : 3420 or consent of instructor . 2 hrs and 1 lab.
F, A
5510-20 Advanced Animal Physiology (5, 5) Advanced
animal physiology (primarily mammalian
physiology) ; 5510-Membrane neuron, central nervous
system, muscle, cardiovascular system, and
control mechanisms . 5520-Respiratory, renal, gastrointestinal,
and reproductive physiology, acid
base mechanisms, and metabolism . Should be
taken in sequence if both courses are taken . Prereq:
General undergraduate anatomy and physiology
and Biochemistry 4110 or equivalent or consent of
instructor. Biochemistry 4120 also recommended.
(Same as Zoology 5510-20.) 4 hrs and 1 lab . W, Sp
5710 Methods of Evaluating Experimental Data in
Animal Science (3) Interpretation of data from experiments
in animal science based upon such statistical
procedures as analysis of variance, covariance,
linear regression and correlation, and multiple regression.
Prereq : Statistics 5211 or equivalent . 2 hrs
and 1 lab. W
5720 Design and Interpretation of Experiments in
Animal Science (3) Review of principles of experimental
design and application to research in animal
science analyzing data from experiments with unequal
and disproportionate subclass frequencies;
situations and procedures for use of computers in
statistical analyses. Prereq : 5710 .2 hrs and 1 lab . Sp
5910 Seminar (1) Current developments and literature
in animal sciences . May be repeated . Maximum
3 hrs . F, W, Sp
6000 Doctoral Research and Dissertation (3-15) E
6150 Topics In Milk Constituents (3) Properties of
milk constituents and relationship to milk and dairy
products . Prereq : Food Technology and Science
4057. Sp
6160 Topics in Dairy Microbiology (3) Microbiological
problems related to various phases of the dairy
industry . W
6211 Advanced Topics in Animal Physiology (1-6)
Recent advances and concepts, research techniques,
current problems . May be repeated.
Maximum 6 hours. E
6220 Environmental Physiology of Farm Animals
(3) Environmental factors and measurement ; physiological
mechanisms of response to environmental
factors and measurement ; interrelationship of animals
and environment in terms of productivity and
health . Prereq : Consent of instructor. 2 hrs and 1
lab . W, A
6230 Animal Growth and Development (3) Physiological
and nutritional aspects of growth of farm
animals ; effects of growth rates on physiological
and productive functions . Prereq : 5344, 5510, 5520
or consent of instructor . Sp, A
6311 Advanced Topics in Animal Nutrition (1-6) Recent
advances and concepts, research techniques,
current problems . May be repeated . Maximum 6 hrs.
E
6322 Advanced Animal Nutrition (3) Chemical
forms, digestion, absorption, intermediary metabolism,
deficiencies, excesses and interaction of
nutrients . Energy ; proteins ; vitamins ; and minerals.
Prereq : 5333 or 5344 ; and Biochemistry 4120 or Nutrition
5110 ; or consent of instructor . May be repeated
. Maximum 15 hrs . F, Sp
6411 Advanced Topics in Animal Breeding (1-6)
Recent advances and concepts, research techniques,
current problems . May be repeated.
Maximum 6 hrs . E
6420 Animal Breeding Research Methods and Interpretation
(3) Obtaining valid estimates of genetic
parameters in animal breeding studies ; least
squares adjustment of data ; partition of variance;
phenotypic, genetic, and environmental correlations
; repeatability ; heritability ; and selection indexes
. Prereq : 5410 and 5710. W, A .
6811 Advanced Topics in Animal Products (1-6)
Recent advances and concepts, research techniques,
current problems . May be repeated.
Maximum 6 hrs . E
6910 Seminar (1) Animal Nutrition, breeding, physiology
and products. May be repeated. Maximum 6
hrs . F, W, Sp
Food Technology
and Science
MAJOR DEGREE
Food Technology and Science M .S.
Professors:
J. T. Miles (Head), Ph .D. Wisconsin;
J. L . Collins, Ph .D . Maryland ; H. O. Jaynes,
Ph .D . Illinois ; C . C. Melton, Ph .D.
Kansas State ; W. W. Overcast, Ph .D . Iowa State.
Associate Professors:
B . J . DeMott, Ph .D . Michigan State;
S . L . Melton, Ph .D. Tennessee.
Assistant Professors:
M. P. Davidson, Ph .D . Washington State;
G . W. Davis, Ph .D . Texas A . & M ; F. A . Draughon,
Ph .D . Georgia ; J . R . Mount, Ph .D . Ohio State.
3020 Dairy Products I (4) Procurement, processing
and distribution of fluid milk . Manufacture of frozen
and condensed dairy products . 3 hrs and 1 lab . W
3840 Meat Science (3) Processing methods, carcass
characteristics of meat animals ; slaughter, cutting,
selection, curing, freezing and cookery . 2 hrs and 1
lab . W, Sp
4010 Food Technology and Science Seminar (1-3)
Review of literature ; oral and written reports . May be
repeated . Maximum 3 hrs . F, W, Sp
4030 Dairy Products 11(4) Principles in the manufacture
of butter, cheese and special dairy products.
Prereq : 3020. 3 hrs and 1 lab . Sp, A
4130 Food Chemistry I (3) Minerals, fats, oils and
vitamins in food as affected by processing and storage
. Prereq : Nutrition 3320 or equivalent . 2 hrs and 1
lab . Sp
4140 Food Chemistry II (3) Reactions of proteins,
carbohydrates and natural food colorants in food
materials . Protein structure, food enzymology and
browning reactions . Effects of storage and processing
on proteins and carbohydrates with emphasis on
nutritional value and functionality . Prereq : Nutrition
3320 or equivalent . 2 hrs and 1 lab. F
4200 Food Processing 11(4) Prevention of deterioration
and spoilage of foods . Methods of preservation
and packaging . Prereq : 2200 and Agricultural
Mechanization 3510 . 3 hrs and 1 lab. F
4210 Food Additives (3) Substances used in food
manufacturing with emphasis on properties and
functions. Prereq : Nutrition 3320 or equivalent.
4300 Food Processing III (3) Water, sanitation and
waste control in food industry . Prereq : Agriculture
1150 and Microbiology 2910-19 or equivalent . W
4410 Food Crop Products (3) Food products from
crops with emphasis on types, manufacturing systems,
quality attributes, and utility.
4420 Bakery Products (3) Baking ingredients and
their interactions during production and storage'of
bakery products . Prereq : 4130 and Chemistry 2230
or equivalents . 2 hrs and 1 lab . Sp, A
4810 Microbiology in Food Manufacturing (3) Relationship
of growth of common food microorganisms
in fermentative and enzymatic changes occurring
during processing and manufacturing of foods . Prereq
: Microbiology 2910-19 or equivalent . 1 hr and 2
labs . F
4820 Fermented Foods (3) Role of microorganisms
in preparing foods with emphasis on development
of certain desirable characteristics, flavor, aroma,
texture, and keeping quality . Prereq : Microbiology
3810 . 2 hrs and 1 lab. Sp, A
4840 Meat Products Manufacturing (3) Prepared
meat products with emphasis on sausage making
and information relating to cost controls, inspec-
tion, and meat science . Prereq : 3840 or consent of
instructor . 1 hr and 2 labs . W
4920 Analysis of Physical Properties of Foods (4)
Physical states of food materials, water, viscosity,
colloids, gels, foams, crystals, color . Quantitation
and changes induced by processing . Prereq : 4200
and Agricultural Mechanization 3510 or consent of
instructor . 3 hrs and 1 lab. W
4940 Advanced Meat Science (3) Qualitative and
quantitative characteristics of meat and poultry as
related to palatability, cookery, preservation, packaging
and merchandising . Prereq : 3840 . F
5000 Thesis (1-15) E
5100 Seminar (1) Reports and discussions of
selected topics from research literature . May be repeated
. Maximum 3 hrs . F, W, Sp
5120 Food Color (3) Chemistry of natural food pigments
and measurement, notation, and preservation
in food . Prereq : Nutrition 3320 . 2 hrs and 1 lab.
W
5130 Food Enzymology (3) Commerical and native
enzymes in manufacturing, processing, and spoilage
of food . Prereq : Nutrition 3330. Sp, A
5140 Food Flavors (3) Food flavor maintenance and
improvement . Natural and synthetic compounds in
manufacture of foods with predictable consumer
acceptance. Technology of flavor manufacture and
formulation . Techniques for determining flavor profile.
Prereq : 4210. 2 hrs and 1 lab . W, A
5150 Fats and Oils (3) Application of scientific principles
to commercial technology of fats and oils.
Prereq : 3210 . 2 hrs and 1 lab. W, A
5200 Research (1-5) Research in selected areas.
Consent of department head . Credits and hours to
be arranged . May be repeated . Maximum 10 hrs . E
5310 Food Products Development (3) Fundamentals
of art, science, and technology applied to research,
development, and marketing of new food
processes and products . Prereq : 4210 or 4310 .2 hrs
and 1 lab . F
5320 Food Thermobiology (3) Fundamentals of heat
transfer as related to rate of destruction of microorganisms
and to rate of loss of food quality through
calculation of minimum safe thermal processes for
hermetically-sealed packages of foods, Prereq:
3220 . 2 hrs and 1 lab . W, A
5420 Advanced Food Quality Assurance (3) Applications
of current instrumental methods used to
control food manufacturing processes . Prereq:
4120 . 2 hrs and 1 lab . F
5510 Meat Technology (3) Physical and chemical
changes that occur during conversion of muscle to
meat ; the influence these changes have on quality
and composition ; meat packaging, preservation,
and quality control . Prereq : 3840 .2 hrs and 1 lab . Sp,
A
5530 Microorganisms Common in Food Products
(3) Identification of desirable and undesirable microorganisms
in food products and relationship to
manufacturing operations . Isolation and characterization
of microorganisms from food products and
plant equipment . Prereq : 4810 or Microbiology
3810 . 3 labs . W
5540 Microbial Cultures in Foods (3) Physical and
chemical environment and metabolism of microorganisms
as related to cultured food products . Prereq
: 4810 and Microbiology 3810 . 2 hrs . and 1 lab.
Sp, A
Forestry, Wildlife
and Fisheries
MAJORS DEGREES
Forestry M .S.
Wildlife and Fisheries Science M .S.
Professors:
G. Schneider (Head), Ph .D . Michigan State;
J . W. Barrett,' Ph .D. Syracuse ; H . A . Core, Ph .D.
Syracuse ; R . W. Dimmick, Ph .D . Wyoming;
E. Thor, Ph .D. North Carolina State;
F. W. Woods, Ph .D . Tennessee .

Associate Professors:
E . R . Buckner, Ph .D . North Carolina State;
B. L . Dearden, Ph .D . Colorado State.
R. L . Little, Ph .D. North Carolina State;
D . M. Ostermeier, Ph .D . Syracuse;
M . R . Pelton, Ph .D . Georgia ; J . C . Rennie, Ph .D.
North Carolina State ; K. F . Schell, Ph .D . Duke;
G . R . Wells, D . F . Duke ; J . L . Wilson, Ph .D.
Tennessee.
Assistant Professors:
W. E . Hammitt, Ph .D . Michigan ; R . J . Strange,
Ph .D . Oregon State.
Forestry
*3020 Forest Environments and Ecology (3) Environments
and ecology of forests and associated
lands ; emphasis on the application of ecological
principles to contemporary problems . Prereq : 8 hrs
of biology, botany, or zoology . F
3040 Dendrology and Silvics of Woody Angiosperms
(3) Classification, nomenclature, identification,
and silvical characteristics of the more common
woody angiosperms native to North America;
native ranges, distribution patterns, and habitat requirements
; regeneration requirements and life history,
place in succession ; ecological significance
and commercial importance . Weekly field trips during
scheduled lab period plus one weekend field
trip . Prereq : 8 hrs basic biology or botany . 2 hrs and
1 lab . F
3050 Dendrology and Silvics of Gymnosperms (3)
Classification, nomenclature, identification, and silvical
characteristics of the major North American
conifers . Distribution patterns, habitat, and community
relationships including classification, life
history, regengeration requirements, place in succession,
and importance . Prereq : 8 hrs basic biology
or botany . 2 hrs and 1 lab . W
*3110 Forest Measurements and Biometry (4) Measurements
of individuals in animal and plant populations
; linear regression ; sampling of forest populations
; growth and potential production . Prereq:
Plant and Soil Science 3610 and Computer Science
1410 or equivalent . 3 hrs and 1 lab . W
3120 Wood Technology (4) Wood properties ; identification
of commercial woods by macro and micro
characteristics . Prereq : 3040, 3050 . (3050 may be
taken concurrently .) 2 hrs and 2 labs . W
*3210 Forest Resource Economics (4) Allocation of
forest resources via market and institutional systems.
Application of economics to forest resource
decision making in private and public sector . Prereq
: Economics 2120 . F
*3220 Forest Products and Utilization (3) Harvesting,
processing, marketing factors in stand conversion,
intermediate and harvest cuts. Prereq : 3120.
Sp
*3320 Principles of Silviculture (3) Influence of site
factors on reproduction, growth, development, and
character of forest vegetation ; classification of
forest structure ; silvicultural laws . Prereq : 3020,
3040, Plant and Soil Science 2130 . W
*3730 Conservation (3) Forest resources of state,
nation, and world ; forests in soil and water conservation
; wildlife management and recreation ; conservation
programs . W
4002 Utilization (3) Wood-using industries ; processing
forest products-sawmills, tree-log-lumber
grading ; pulpwood operations, flooring plants,
treating plants ; plant layout, flow diagrams. Prereq:
3120 : Sp
4003 Field Methods of Timber Inventory (4) Field
measurements of forest trees ; timber cruising ; determining
appropriate sample design for specific
purposes ; tree and stand growth ; site evaluation;
field problems . Prereq : 3110 and Agricultural
Mechanization 3140 . Sp
4004 Forest Practice (3) Management of forest
lands by public and private organizations;
"multiple-use" concept as it influences management
decisions ; impact of public pressure for outdoor
recreation on management decisions ; management
prescriptions . Prereq : 4006 . S/NC only . Sp
Graduate credit for non-forestry majors only .
4006 Silvlcultural Methods (4) Methods and application
of intermediate and regeneration cuttings ; site
preparation, planting and seeding, modifications of
cutting methods to obtain desired goods and benefits
. Prereq : 3320, 4002, 4003 . Sp
4020 Forest Watershed Management (3) Water as a
forest resource ; role of forests in the hydrologic
cycle ; control of water quantity, quality, and regimen
; watershed planning . Prereq : 3320 or consent
of instructor . Two overnight field trips . W
4210 Forestry Organization and Administration (3)
Planning, organizing, and leadership concepts and
cases ; problem analysis and decision making in
forest resources management . Prereq : Consent of
instructor . 2 hrs and 1 lab . F
4220 Forest-Resource Management (4) The forest
as integration of resource uses ; review of traditional
timber-management concepts ; the multiple-use
concept ; valuation of forest resources for decision
making and planning ; taxation of forest firm . Prereq
: 4210 . W
4230 Forest-Resource Management Plans (4) Field
problems and case studies in forest-resource management
; the forest as a system ; management of
forest enterprises as a producer of timber, recreational
services, watershed services, and wildlife;
producing multiple services ; preparation of a complete
plan based on optimizing forest uses . Prereq:
4210 . Sp
4240 Interpreting Forest Resources (3) Principles
and techniques of interpreting forest resources;
importance of environmental interpretation to management
of forest resources ; development and administration
of interpretive services . Possible overnight
field trips required. Prereq : 3240 or equivalent.
2 hrs and 1 lab. Sp
4330 Forest Policy (3) History of forestry in United
States with emphasis on development of forest resources
policies ; current policies influencing development
and management of forest resources;
brief survey of policy implications of forest resource
organizations in public and private sectors. Prereq:
4004 . W
4340 Aerial Photography in Forest-Resource Management
(3) Use of conventional aerial photographs
in forest-resource management ; interpretation of
detail, aerial inventories, preparation of cover-type
maps, uses of other remotely sensed imagery . Prereq
: Forestry 3110 or equivalent . 1 hr and 2 labs . Sp
4420 Forest Tree Improvement (3) Forest tree improvement
related to silviculture ; nature and purposes
of tree improvement and forest genetics;
principles of tree cytology and population genetics;
importance of seed source ; variation, selection of
superior phenotypes and development of seed orchards
; hybridization ; seed production and seed
certification . Prereq : 4006 or consent of instructor . 2
hrs and 1 lab . Sp
4430 Regional Silviculture of the United States (3)
Factors that influence silviculture management of
important tree species in North America . Importance
of forests and forestry to a region ; physiography,
geology, soils, climate and weather ; sites and
site types, ecology, problems of protection, and silvical
characteristics of the more important species.
Prereq : 4006 or consent of instructor . W
4440 Forest Recreation (3) Forest lands as a recreation
resource ; the interrelationships of forest recreation
and other management activities ; development
and management of forest recreation areas;
socioeconomic and political determinants of recreation
development and management. Prereq : 6 hrs
sociology and/or economics . 2 hrs and 1 lab . Sp
4450 Recreational Behavior In Forest Environments
(3) Review of sociological and psychological
theories relevant to forest recreation planning,
management, and administration . Implication and
application of behavioral concepts to forest recreation
problems, review of methodologies for assessing
recreational behavior. Prereq : 3240 and 6 hrs in
behavioral psychology and/or sociology, or consent
of instructor.
5000 Thesis (1-15) E
5002 Non-Thesis Graduation Completion (3-15)
Required for the non-thesis student not otherwise
registered during any quarter when such a student
uses University facilities and/or faculty time before
degree is completed . May not be used toward degree
requirements . May be repeated . S/NC only . E
5011 Problem Analysis in Forest Resources (3)
Problem identification, analysis and solution in
forest resources management . Identify, analyze, and
prepare written report on a problem . Topic and report
must have approval of all committee members.
Formal presentation to faculty and students . Available
only to students in the non-thesis option for the
M .S . in Forestry.
5110 Special Problems in Forestry (1-6) May be
repeated . Maximum 9 hrs . E
5220 Seminar in Forest Tree Biology (3) Growth,
reproduction, and physiology of forest trees ; forest
ecology ; variability and taxonomy of forest trees.
Prereq : 3320 or Botany 4310 . F, A
5230 Seminar In Forest Management (3) Newly developed
systems in forest organization and regulation
; financial and operational planning in forest
management . Prereq : 4230 or equivalent . W, A
5240 Seminar In Forest Genetics (3) Population genetics
and speciation, variation patterns and heritability
in forest trees ; gains with different breeding
methods ; planning and conducting forest genetics
research . Prereq : 4420, Biology 3110, and consent
of instructor . W, A
5250 Recreation Planning for Forests and Associated
Lands (3) Planning process for recreation
development on forests and associated lands;
analysis and critique of specific contemporary
plans . Overnight field trips may be required . 2 hrs
and 1 lab . F
5260 Industrial Forestry (3) Structure and analysis
of wood-using firms and industries . Forest taxation,
land tenure and wood procurement alternatives.
Development and application of forestry planning
models . Prereq : 4230 or consent of instructor . W
5270 Topics in Forest Industries Management (3)
Current problems in industrial forestry . Executives
from public and private business sector (concerned
with forest industry) conduct classes in selected topics.
Prereq : 4230 or consent of instructor . F
5280 Seminar in Forest Biometry (3) Theory and
application of forest measurements and sampling:
tree, log and lumber quality ; volume estimation
techniques ; growth and yield prediction. Prereq:
4003 or consent of instructor. Sp, A
5310 Seminar (1) Current developments in forestry.
Required of each graduate student in residence
Winter Quarter . May be repeated . Maximum 2 hrs.
S/NC only . W
Wildlife and Fisheries Science
*3230 Wildlife Management (3) Lives and ecological
relationships of wild animals ; biological, social, and
economic aspects of their management . 2 hrs and 1
lab . F
4450 Game Mammals (4) Classification, identification,
distribution, natural history, and management
principles of game mammals in North America . Prereq
: 3230 or 1 yr of zoology . 2 hrs and 2 labs . F
4460 Game Birds (4) Biology, classification, identification,
distribution, and management of game
birds in North America . Prereq : 3230 or 1 yr of zoology
. 3 hrs and 1 lab plus one weekend field trip . W
4510 Fish Populations (4) Principles and methods
of fish population estimation ; sampling techniques
and equipment ; population dynamics ; age and
growth . Prereq : Biology 3130, 8 hrs mathematics, or
consent of instructor . 3 hrs and 1 lab or field period.
W
4520 Fisheries Management (4) Methods of warm
and cold water fisheries management including
techniques of biological assessment, public relations,
habitat manipulation, and stocking . Prereq:
Biology 3130 or consent of instructor . 3 hrs and 1 lab
or field period . Sp
5000 Thesis (1-15) E
'Graduate credit for non-forestry and non-wildlife and
fisheries science majors only .

32 Institute of Agriculture
5110 Special Problems in Wildlife and Fisheries
Science (1-6) May be repeated . Maximum 9 hrs . E
5210 Seminar in Wildlife Conservation (3) Current
studies, problems and issues n wildlife agencies
and organizations and their programs . Prereq : 3230
or consent of instructor . W . A
5310 Seminar (1) Current developments in wildlife
and fisheries science . Required of each graduate
student in residence Winter Quarter . May be repeated
. Maximum 2 hrs . S/NC only . W
5400 Advanced Topics in Wildlife Science (3) Recent
advances and concepts, research techniques,
and analysis of current problems . Prereq : 4450 and
4460 or consent of instructor . May be repeated.
Maximum 6 hrs . Sp
5450 Wildlife Diseases (3) Necropsy of birds and
mammals . Recognition of various diseases and
methods of preparing pathological materals in the
field and lab. Investigative procedures concerning
wildlife diseases . Prereq : 1 yr zoology, 1 qtr microbiology,
pathology or parasitology, 4450 or 4460,
or consent of instructor. 2 hrs and 1 lab . Sp
5460 Predator Ecology (3) Dynamics of terrestrial
vertebrate predator populations in human-altered
and relatively unaltered environments . Principles of
predator biology and management . Prereq : 4450
and 4460 or equivalent and Zoology 4240 . W
5500 Advanced Topics in Fishery Science (3) Recent
advances and concepts, research techniques
and analysis of current problems . Prereq : 4520 or
consent of instructor May be repeated . Maximum 6
hrs . Sp
5550 Fish Physiology (3) Mechanisms of circulation,
excretion, osmoregulations, and neural/hormonal
control of these systems in fishes . Practical applications
of fish physiology in water pollution assessment,
fish culture, and fish management . Prereq:
Consent of instructor . 2 hrs and 1 lab.
Ornamental Horticulture
and Landscape Design
MAJOR DEGREE
Ornamental Horticulture
and Landscape Design M .S.
Professors:
D . B. Williams (Head) . Ph .D . Pennsylvania State;
L . M. Callahan, Ph .D . Rutgers.
Associate Professors:
E. T . Graham, Ph .D . Pennsylvania State;
G . L . McDaniels, Ph .D . Iowa State ; G . S. Smith,
Ph .D . Florida ; H. v .d. Werken, GAUST,
Horticulture College, Frederiksoord, Holland.
Assistant Professors:
J. W. Day. Ph .D . Mississippi State;
D. T. Kendall, MLA Louisiana State.
3030 Plant Propagation (3) Physiology, methodology,
and environmental requirements for propagation
. Prereq : 8 hrs of biological science . 2 hrs and 1
lab . F, Sp
3110 Greenhouse Management (3) Factors involved
in management of greenhouses for production
and research . Structures, soils, pest control
measures, heating, ventilating, lighting, water supply,
crop succession . Prereq : Consent of instructor.
2 hrs and 1 lab . F, Sp
4120 Landscape Design I (4) Design and development
of properties : planning, organization, structure,
selection and use of plant and structural materials,
methods of presentation, specification . Prereq
: Consent of instructor, 2 hrs and 2labs. F, W, Sp
4140 Landscape Design 11 (4) Advanced theory of
design . Pictorial and abstract approach to landscape
design . Emphasis on recreational design
from analysis of contemporary trends and objectives,
projected needs and development of plans.
Prereq : Consent of instructor . 2 hrs and 2 labs . W
4150 Wholesale Nursery Management (3) Production,
labor and sales management ; location, layout,
culture, equipment and facilities . Prereq : 3030 or
equivalent . 2 hrs and 1 lab . W
4160 Retail Nursery Management (3) Essentials of
good nursery management ; location, layout and op-
eration of landscape nurseries, garden centers and
chain store outlets . 2 hrs and 1 lab . F . Sp
4180 Park Design (4) Design criteria for parks and
outdoors recreation systems . Park site selection,
analysis, planning and management as related to
needs and natural and economic resources . Evaluation
of aesthetic and functional quality of parks and
their impact on environmental quality of rural and
suburban communities . Prereq : 4120 . Recommended
: 4140 . 2 hrs and 2 labs . Sp
4220 Advanced Turtgrass Management (4) Principles
and scientific basis of turfgrass culture:
adaptation, ecology . physiology, soil fertility and
grass nutrition ; climatic influences on grass culture;
physiology of clipping and water management ; traffic
effects and compaction ; and the physiological
influences of pest infestations and control measures
. Prereq : 3210 . 3 hrs and 1 lab . W
4310 Floriculture I (3) Principles and practices employed
in producing cut flower crops . Applicaton of
principles of plant physiology as they control flowering,
plant quality, and harvesting schedules . Prereq:
3110 ; Plant and Soil Science 3040 or equivalent . 2
hrs and 1 lab . Sp
4320 Floriculture II (3) Principles and practices employed
in producing floricultural crops in pots and
other containers . Analysis of problems associated
with growing plants in a very restricted soil volume
under controlled greenhouse conditions. Prereq:
3110 ; Plant and Soil Science 3040 or equivalent . 2
hrs and 1 lab . W
4400 Individual Problem Study (1-5) May be repeated
. Maximum 10 hrs . E
5000 Thesis (1-5) E
5100 Special Problems in Ornamental Horticulture
and Landscape Design (3) May be repeated.
Maximum 9 hrs . E
5210 Golf Course Design, Development, and Management
(4) Principles and applications in design,
development, and management of golf courses.
Selection and utilization of grass varieties and other
plant materials and development of specifications
for nutritional, chemical, and mechanical maintenance
. Financing, equipment, labor management,
and public relations . Prereq : 4220 and consent of
instructor . 2 hrs and 2 labs . Sp
5310 Park and Public Grounds Management Systems
(4) Design criteria affecting management
sytems requirements . Protection and cultural care
of trees, shrubs, and turf in parks and public
grounds : use pressure modification and maintenance
of park and recreation facilities . Resource
management and performance analysis . Development
and analysis of maintenance systems and
specifications . Maintenance programming . Prereq:
4180 or consent of instructor . 2 hrs and 2 labs . F
5410 Histological Microtechnique (4) Preparation of
plant tissue for microscopic examination, paraffin
and plastic embedding, microtomy and mounting of
sections, dyes and staining schedules and photography
. Prereq : General biology or botany ; general
and organic chemistry ; and consent of instructor . 2
hrs and 2 labs . W
5500 Seminar (1) Current literature and developments
in ornamental horticulture and landscape
design . May be repeated . Maximum 3 hrs . F,
W, Sp
Plant and Soil Science
MAJOR DEGREES
Plant and Soil Science M .S ., Ph .D.
Professors:
L . F . Seatz' (Head) Ph .D . North Carolina State;
F. F . Bell, Ph .D . Iowa State ; B. V. Conger,
Ph .D. Washington State ; H. A . Fribourg, Ph .D.
Iowa State ; L . M. Josephson, (Emeritus), Ph .D.
Wisconsin ; W.L . Parks, Ph .D . Purdue;
J. H . Reynolds, Ph .D . Wisconsin;
L. N . Skold, M .S . Kansas State;
M. E. Springer (Emeritus), Ph .D . California
(Berkeley) ; H . D . Swingle (Emeritus),
Ph .D . Louisiana State.
'Clyde B . Austin Distinguished Professor .
Associate Professors:
D . L . Coffey, Ph .D . Purdue ; L . S . Jeffery, Ph .D . North
Dakota State ; W. A . Krueger, Ph .D . Illinois;
D . A. Leitzke . Ph .D . Michigan State:
G . M. Lessman . Ph .D . Michigan State;
R. J . Lewis Ph .D . North Carolina State;
V. H . Reich, Ph .D . Iowa State.
Assistant Professors:
F L . Allen . Ph .D . Minnesota ; D . E. Deyton . Ph .D.
North Carolina State . W. J . McLaurin, Ph .D.
Louisiana State : D. R . West, Ph .D . Nebraska;
J . D . Wolf, Ph .D . Auburn.
3020 Crop Ecology (3) Crops and environment, geographic
location ; site, heat, light, water and interplant
relationships as a basis for judgment of
cultural practices used to modify environmental factors
. Prereq : 8 hrs biological science . 2 hrs and 1 lab.
Sp
3040 Crop Physiology (3) Physiology of crop plants;
growth phenomena related to crop production ; use
of general theories of physiology ; effects of season,
growth regulating substances, functions of light,
heat, air, minerals, and water . Prereq : 8 hrs biological
science . 2 hrs and 1 lab . W
3110 Soil Fertility and Fertilizers (3) Properties of
soils in relation to plant nutrient availability and uptake
. Methods of soil fertility evaluation and principles
of fertilizer use ; manufacture and properties of
fertilizers . Prereq : 2130 . 3 hrs and 1 lab . W
3120 Grain and Oil Crops (3) Distribution, improvement
. morphology, culture . harvesting, and utilization
of corn, small grains, grain sorghum, soybeans
and reiated crops. Prereq : 2130 . 8 hrs biological
science . 2 hrs and 1 lab . W
3140 Forage Crops (4) Characteristics. adaptation,
improvement, management, and utilization of
grasses and legumes for pastures, hay, and silage.
Prereq : 2130. 8 hrs biological science . 3 hrs and 1
lab . F. Sp
3160 Cotton and Tobacco (4) Characteristics, adaptation,
improvement, culture, harvesting, and marketing
of cotton and tobacco . Prereq : 2130 . 8 hrs
biological science . 3 hrs and 1 lab . F
3180 Fruit Crops Management (4) Soils, planting,
cultivation, development of fruit crops plantations;
pest control . harvesting, packing, storage, and pruning
. Pre3'eq Agricultural Biology 3130 and 3210 . 3
hrs and 1 lab W
3220 Soil Management (4) Soil management for
crop production including cropping systems, fertilizer
use, and tillage operations for specified soil
and farming conditions. Prereq : 2130 . 3 hrs and 1
lab . F, Sp
3250 Soils in Forestry (3) Soil as a medium for tree
growth : relation of physical, chemical, and biological
properties of soils to tree growth and management
of forest stands . Soil properties of importance
in road location, recreational development, and watershed
management . Prereq : 2130, Forestry 3320 .2
hrs and 1 lab . W
3510 Commercial Production of Cool Season Vegetables
(3) Characteristics, economic importance,
adaptability, and production for fresh and processing
markets ; emphasis on greens, salad, tole, root,
bulb crops, perennials, and Irish potatoes, Prereq : 8
hrs biological science . 2 hrs and 1 lab . F
3520 Commercial Production of Warm Season
Vegetables (3) Characteristics, economic importance,
adaptability, and production for fresh and
processing markets : emphasis on sweet potatoes,
beans, tomatoes, pepper, cucurbits, sweet corn, and
okra. Need not have 3510 as prereq . Prereq : 8 hrs of
biological science . 2 hrs and 1 lab . Sp
3610 Interpretation of Agricultural Research (3)
Statistics as applied to agriculture . Statistical
methods in interpretation of research results . Prereq
: Mathematics 1550 . F, W
3710 Principles of Weed Science (4) Basic principles
of weed science, history, ecology, economic
losses, means of control, types of herbicides, and
specific recommendations for various crop and
non-crop uses . Prereq : 8 hrs biological science and
3 hrs organic chemistry . 3 hrs and 1 lab . Sp
4110 Soil Chemistry (4) Colloidal systems ; properties
and behavior of colloidal soil materials ; rela-

tions of chemical properties to plant nutrient availability.
Prereq : 2130 and Physics 1210 . 3 hrs and 1
lab . F
4120 Principles of Crop Breeding (4) Genetic principles
and techniques used in crop improvement.
Prereq : 8 hrs biological science or consent of instructor
. 3 hrs and 1 lab . W
4250 Agricultural Chemicals and the Environment
(4) Characteristics, use, mode of action, degradation,
and environmental impact of chemicals used in
agriculture, forestry, and related areas with emphasis
on agricultural pesticides ; environmental
safeguards imposed by federal and state regulations
on chemical development and use . Prereq : 1 yr
biological science and 1 yr chemistry . 3 hrs and 1
lab . F
4320 Soil Formation, Morphology, and Classification
(4) Soil formation ; properties, distribution, and
classification of soils ; interpretation of morphology;
use of soil surveys . Prereq : 2130 .3 hrs and 1 lab . Sp
4400 Problems in Plant and Soil Science (1-6) May
be repeated . Maximum 9 hrs . E
5000 Thesis (1-15) E
5100 Special Problems in Plant and Soil Science
(1-6) May be repeated . Maximum 9 hrs . E
5200 Soil Crop Relationships (3-6) May be repeated.
Maximum 6 hrs . Su
5240 Soil Productivity and Management (3) Concepts
of soil productivity and management, quantitative
evaluation of factors and their interaction
affecting soil management decisions, cropping systems,
water control and management, tillage and
fetility management . Planning and evaluation of
specific soil management programs. Prereq : 3220
and 4110 or consent of instructor . Sp, A
5250 Pedology (4) Factors and processes of formation
as related to physical, chemical, and mineralogical
properties of soils : soil in an ecosystem;
classification of soils . Prereq : 4320 or consent of
instructor. 3 hrs and 1 lab . W, A
5310 Design and Interpretation of Experiments (3)
Experimental design and procedures ; effect of different
variables on precision of experiments ; problems
dealing with the analysis of data . Prereq : 3610
or equivalent . W
5340 Soil Physics (3) Chemical and physical relationships
among solid, liquid, and gaseous phases
of soil mass ; relation to plant growth and soil management.
Prereq : 4410 . 2 hrs and 1 lab . W, A
5370 Advanced Soil Fertility (3) Fundamental concepts
and soil chemistry as they relate to nutrient
absorption by plant roots ; interrelation of these
concepts in soil fertility and management . Prereq:
4110. W, A
5390 Soil Physical Chemistry (3) Structural properties
of soil minerals determining physiochemical
reactions, ion exchange . Donnan Equilibrium,
double layer theory. Prereq : 4110 ; Chemistry 4110 or
concurrent registration . Sp, A
5600 Seminar (1) May be repeated . Maximum 3 hrs.
E
5710 Advanced Plant Genetics (3) Importance of
polyploidy in plants ; detailed study of genome relationships,
genetic recombination, mutation,
heterosis, quantitative inheritance, heritability
selection, and self-incompatibility systems in relation
to genetic principles . Prereq : Basic genetics or
consent of instructor .F, A
5720 Quantitative Genetics (3) Genetic constitution
of population and changes in gene frequency ; recognition
and measurement of continuous variation;
estimation of variable components and genetic advance
under different breeding procedures . Prereq:
Basic genetics or consent of instructor . W, A
5750 Advanced Plant Breeding (4) Historical development
of plant breeding concepts and methods,
effects of heterosis, inbreeding, hybridization and
selection . Improvement of self- and cross-pollinated
crops. Prereq : 5710 . 3 hrs and 1 lab . W, A
5810 Crop Climatology (4) Meteorological factors
affecting crop plants ; crop distribution and centers
of origin ; general and specific climatic, weather, and
vegetative systems ; microclimatic influences on
plant growth . Prereq : 3020, 3040 ; or Botany 3210,
4310 or consent of instructor . 3 hrs and 1 lab . F, A
5820 Advanced Crop Physiology and Ecology (4)
Historical development of research in crop physiology
and ecology . Interrelationships between
physiologic processes and environmental factors.
Crop adaptation to specific environmental conditions
. Prereq : 3020, 3040 ; or Botany 3210, 4310 or
consent of instructor. 3 hrs and 1 lab . W, A
5850 Mechanisms of Herbicide Action (3) Principles
of the uptake, translocation, mode of action and
basis of selectivity of herbicides . Effects of herbicides
on plant morphology, metabolic systems
and enzymatic activities . Prereq : Botany 3210 and
Biochemistry 4110 or consent of instructor. Sp, A
6000 Doctoral Research and Dissertation (3-15) E
6100 Special Topics in Soil Science (3) May be repeated
. Maximum 9 hrs . E
6200 Special Topics in Plant Breeding (3) May be
repeated . Maximum 9 hrs . E
6300 Special Topics in Crop Physiology and Ecology
(3) May be repeated . Maximum 9 hrs. E
6410 Experimental Designs (3) Principles of experimental
designs used in agricultural research . Completely
randomized, randomized complete block
and latin square designs ; factorial experiment and
confounding ; lattice designs ; and covariance . Prereq
: 5310 . F, A
6510 Growth Control with Chemicals (3) Character,
theories of action and use of auxins, giberellins,
cytokinins and inhibitors . Range of effects on
growth . Prereq : Botany 3210 or equivalent . 2 hrs and
1 lab . W, A
6600 Seminar (1) May be repeated . Maximum 3 hrs.
E
Institute of Agriculture 33

School of Architecture
Roy F . Knight, Dean
William J . Lauer, Associate Dean
Professors:
G . Conley, M . Arch . Harvard ; A . J. Delong,
Ph . D. Pennsylvania State ; J . W. Fortey, P . E.
Doctorate d'Universite de Toulouse (France);
F. Grieger, M . Arch . Pennsylvania;
D . D . Hanson, M . Arch . Massachusetts Institute of
Technology ; W. J . Lauer, M .S . Arch . Engr.
Iowa State ; R . M . Parkins, J . D . New York;
D . K. Ruth, M . Arch . Harvard;
W. S . Shell, M .S . Arch . Columbia;
L. M . Wodehouse, M . Arch . Cornell.
Associate Professors:
G . I . Anderson, M . Arch . Illinois ; J. Burin,
M . Arch ., Academy of Fine Arts (Prague);
A . Derman, Ph .D . Pennsylvania State;
R . M . Kelso, M .S . Tennessee ; J. A . Kersavage,
D .Sc .S . California ; A . J. Lester, B . Arch.
North Carolina State ; J. G . Mertz, B . Arch . Pratt
Institute ; W. E . Martel/a, B . Arch . California
(Berkeley) ; R. T. Quinn, Ph .D . Lehigh.
Assistant Professors:
W. R . Benedict, B . Arch . Kansas State;
L . D . Grieve, B. Arch . Tennessee;
S . I. Hankins, III, B . Arch . Clemson;
M . S. Moffett, Ph .D . Massachusetts
Institute of Technology ; V. Narancic,
B . Arch . Belgrade ; J . L . Nasar,
Ph .D. Pennsylvania State.
Lecturers:
A . G . Anderson, M .A . Missouri ; M. C . Martin;
A . L. Wharton, B .S. Land . Arch . West Virginia.
4031 Accelerated Historical Studies I (4) Introduction
to evolution of architectural periods with
selected illustrations from local examples . Advanced
examination of relationship of historical and
cultural developments to the built environment from
antiquity through Byzantine period with applications
to present-day design issues. Independent
student projects on topics related to course materials
. Prereq : Admission to accelerated core program.
F
4032 Accelerated Historical Studies I I (4) Advanced
examination of relationship of historical and cultural
developments to the built environment from
Romanesque period through neoclassicism with
applications to present-day design issues . Study of
historical research methods and analysis. Independent
student projects on topics related to course
material . Prereq : 4031 . W
4033 Accelerated Historical Studies III (4) Advanced
examination of historical and cultural events
of Industrial Revolution which gave rise to modern
movement in architecture and design with applica-
tions to present-day design issues . Changing concepts
of ethics, aesthetics, and architectural theory.
Independent student projects on topics related to
course material . Prereq : 4031 and 4032 . Sp
4170 Introduction to Preservation and Restoration
(4) History and theory of restoration and preservation
. Sp
4175 Technology of Preservation (4) History of
technology and materials, methods analysis and
dating, techniques of preservation . W
4311 Historic Preservation Laboratory (8) Directed
studies for buildings of historical significance.
Techniques of preservation ; research of historic
methods of construction ; and studies of viable uses.
Rehabilitation, restoration, preservation, and adaptive
uses . F, W, Sp
4731-32 Earthquake Resistant Structure I, II (4, 4)
Analysis and design of structures to resist
earthquake effects . Earthquake phenomena . Vibration
of a single degree structural systems . Resonance
and dampening . Introduction to dynamic
analysis of structures . Instrumentation and structural
response . Frame and shear wall behavior.
Ground-structure interaction . Prereq : Consent of
instructor . (Same as Civil Engineering 4731-32 .) Su,
W
4733 Structural Design for Protection Against Extreme
Hazards (4) Probability, risk, human values,
insurance . Survey of possible hazards ; floods, fire,
hurricanes, and tornadoes, earthquakes, nuclear effects,
internal and external explosions . Building
code and engineered design of steel, masonry, concrete,
and wood structures to resist extreme effects.
Protective construction for human and system
needs . Fire protection engineering, fire phenomena,
life safety and analysis, high-rise building fires.
4736-37 Planning and Design of Tall Buildings (4, 4)
Architectural, economic and urban design considerations
in design of tall buildings . Environmental
and service systems . Wind, fire and earthquake
resistance . Structural and construction considerations.
Building standards . Steel, concrete,
and masonry structures . Foundations . Prereq : Consent
of instructor. F
4739 Aesthetics of Engineering Structures (4) Architecture
in engineering ; theory and utilization of
space, design, and materials in large structures.
Bridges, exhibition halls, power plants.
4850 Elementary Structural Matrix Methods (4) Introduction
to generalized matrix methods of
analysis of structures . Review of matrix algebra and
vectors ; development of member stiffness and flexibility
matrices ; assembly of structure stiffness and
flexibility matrices . Prereq : Consent of instructor.
(Same as Civil Engineering 4850 and Engineering
Science and Mechanics 4850 .) Su
34
4900 Aspects of Urban Environment (4) Interdisciplinary
course in urban problems . Prereq : Consent
of instructor . (Same as Psychology 4900 and Real
Estate 4900 .) S/NC only . E
4910 Architectural Photography (4) Photography as
a design, research and presentation medium . Emphasis
on architectural photography using black
and white media . E
4920 Advanced Architectural Photography (4) Application
of special photographic techniques with
emphasis on color printing and processing . Prereq:
Consent of instructor . F, W, Sp
4940 Proxemics (4) Seminar for graduate students
and upper division students . Introduction to proxemic
research . Definition of proxemic variables.
Proxetic notation exercises . Analysis of etic data
and the identification of emic categories . Observer
bias and methods of bias reduction . Members of
seminar required to design, conduct, and present
original proxemic research . Prereq : 2000 or consent
of instructor.
4950 Environment as Code (4) Advanced lecture of
graduate students and upper division students . Advanced
lecture course of theoretical issues involved
in considering environment as a medium of human
communication . Codes and nature of coding behavior
in animals and humans . Relationship between
coding behavior and the organization of the central
nervous system . Coding and social behavior . Communication
process as a generic model of human
environment relations . Hierarchical aspects of environmental
communications . Prereq : 2000 or consent
of instructor.

College of Business Administration
C . Warren Neel, Dean
John R . Moore, Associate Dean
Francis A . Chamblin, Assistant Dean for
Graduate Programs
Liston M . Fox, Assistant Dean for
Undergraduate Programs
John A. Bachmann, Assistant Dean for
External Affairs, Director, Management
Development Programs
David A. Hake, Director, Center for Business
and Economic Research
Graduate programs of the College of
Business Administration are designed to
prepare men and women to assume
executive, managerial and professional
positions in the increasingly complex world
of domestic and international business and
industry, teaching and research, government
and institutional management.
Viewing the business firm as operating in a
dynamic social, political and economic
environment which demands leaders capable
of dealing with innovation and rapid change,
the College places central importance on
development of students' thought processes
rather than on specialized subject matter and
courses descriptive of past practices.
Emphasis is focused on flexibility of mind,
receptivity to new ideas, capacity to adapt
one's reasoning powers and judgment to
rapid changes, vigor and imagination in using
the mind, ability to reason analytically and
logically and, above all else, inculcation of an
irrepressible desire to continue to learn and
grow in knowledge throughout the student's
life.
Graduate Programs
The College of Business Administration
offers programs leading to seven advanced
degrees : the Doctor of Business
Administration, the Doctor of Philosophy with
majors in Economics and in Management
Science, the Master of Arts and the Master of
Arts in College Teaching with a major in
Economics, the Master of Science with
majors in Economics and Statistics, the
Master of Accountancy in Accounting, and
the Master of Business Administration . The
Department of Management participates with
the Department of Psychology in the College
of Liberal Arts in offering an intercollegiate
program in Industrial and Organization
Psychology leading to the Master of Science
and Doctor of Philosophy degrees . (See page
93) . Also, the department of Management
Science offers an intercollegiate program
leading to the Master of Science degree.
(See page 94 .)
The two College-wide programs, the MBA
and the DBA, are described below.
Descriptions of other degree programs will be
found under the appropriate departmental or
program headings.
The MBA Program
The MBA program is designed for students
with undergraduate degrees in the social and
natural sciences, the humanities, and
professional fields such as engineering,
business, agriculture, and architecture . A
full-time student can complete the program in
six academic quarters . Those with degrees in
business earned at an institution accredited
by the American Assembly of Collegiate
Schools of Business (AACSB) should be able
to complete the program in five quarters.
The complete MBA program with a
concentration in management is offered by
the regular graduate faculty of the College for
part-time students on the Knoxville campus,
at Oak Ridge and at the Kingsport University
Center . The part-time student carries two
courses per term in classes scheduled in the
evening hours and, like the full-time student,
typically is enrolled in each of the four
quarters of the year.
The typical program consists of the MBA
core (12 to 17 courses depending upon
exemptions based on prior studies) and a
concentration/electives block of 8 courses.
Unless there is a requirement for the
mathematics course and/or the computer
science course, the total program would
amount to from 60 to 75 quarter hours of
graduate credit.
Prerequisites. An entering student must
have completed college level mathematics
through at least one course in calculus and a
35
course in computer science (preferably
FORTRAN) or equivalent, or include these
subjects in the MBA program .' Those
applying for the management science or
statistics concentration should have
completed the second year of college level
calculus before matriculation . Those
admitted to the accounting concentration
should plan on an additional two quarters for
undergraduate course work in accounting
which is taken during the first year of the
program.
MBA Core . The following courses are
required in each student's program unless an
exemption from one or more courses is
granted as provided below . All courses are 3
credit hours . The core courses are:
Accounting 5010, 5020, 5030 ; Business
Adminstration 5310 ; Business Law 5010;
Economics 5010, 5020, 5030 ; Finance 5010,
5020 ; Management 5010, 5020 ; Management
Science 5010 ; Marketing 5010, 5020;
Statistics 5010, 5020.
'See course description for Mathematics 5051 and 5052
and Office Administration 5050 . A student may be required to
take a mathematics placement examination prior to the first
quarter of enrollment.

36
College of Business Administration
The following diagram illustrates the required sequence of core courses in order to satisfy course prerequisites . Matriculating
students are expected to plan their programs with their concentration area advisors at or prior to their initial registration.
Program
Prerequisites
Concentration and Electives . An applicant
for admission must select a concentration
area . However, a change to another area may
be requested at any time after entering the
program . Among the 8 courses in the
concentration/electives block, at least 4 but
not more than 6 must be in one of the
following concentration areas:
Accounting
Economics
Finance
Forest Industries Mangement
Governmental Financial Administration
Management
Management Science
Marketing
Real Estate and Urban Development
Statistics
Transportation and Logistics
The remaining elective courses (2 to 4) must
be in fields outside the concentration area,
normally selected from MBA courses offered
in other departments of the College, and may
'Not available to students whose undergraduate major was
accounting . Such students should choose another area or
apply for admission to the Master of Accountancy program.
(See page 39 .)
Sequence of MBA Core Courses
• Prerequisite
- - --► Prerequisite or Corequisite
MBA CORE
comprise a second concentration area of 4
courses . Up to 2 courses (6 hours) in this
block may be taken outside the College of
Business Administration . No more than 3
coures numbered below 5000 may be
included in this 8-course block . Courses
numbered below 4000 normally are not
approved for the MBA program . Before
beginning the concentration/electives part of
the curriculum the student must have his/her
program approved by the appropriate faculty
advisor.
Exemptions from Core Courses . A student
may be exempt from taking Economics 5010,
Accounting 5010 and/or Business Law 5010 if
equivalent undergraduate courses in these
subjects have been completed with grades of
C or higher at a regionally accredited
institution no more than five years prior to
matriculation in the MBA program.
In addition to the above, a graduate of an
AACSB accredited undergraduate business
program may request exemption from one or
both of the core courses in the area of his/her
undergraduate major field, provided at least
30 quarter hours (20 semester hours) of
course work were completed in the major
area no more than five years prior to
matriculation, and a grade average of 3 .0 or
Bus . Adm.
5310
higher (on a 4.0 scale) was earned for all
courses in the major. Students requesting
such an exemption must petition the
appropriate department head . The
department may require the student to pass a
proficiency examination over any course for
which exemption is requested . (See page 18 .)
A student's program may be reduced by as
much as 15 hours by exemption described
above . A minimum of 60 quarter hours is
required to earn the degree. If approval is
given for exemption from an additional core
course, the department head concerned will
recommend to the student's advisor another
course in the field to be substituted for the
waived course so that the total program
includes a minimum of 60 hours.
Students holding degrees from foreign
institutions normally may not be exempted
from taking core courses.
Other Requirements . The Application for
Admission to Candidacy (see page 20) must
be approved by two faculty members in the
student's area(s) of concentration and the
Assistant Dean for Graduate Programs in the
College of Business Administration, signed
by the department head, and submitted to the
Vice Chancellor for Graduate Studies and
Research .

To qualify for the degree, the student must
achieve a B average (3 .0) or above in courses
taken in the concentration area(s) as well as in
the overall program and pass a written
comprehensive examination during the final
quarter of the program . If the results of the
written examination are not clearly passing or
failing, a supplementary written or oral
examination may be given in the same
quarter. The complete examination process
may be repeated one time, but it may not be
taken until the quarter following the first
attempt.
Application and Admission . Application
materials may be requested from the
Graduate Programs Office, College of
Business Administration, The University of
Tennessee, Knoxville, Tennessee 37916.
Applicants whose undergraduate degree is in
a field other than business may matriculate in
either the summer or fall term . Those with a
business degree from an AACSB-accredited
institution may matriculate in either the fall or
winter term . Application materials, including
GMAT scores, should be submitted not later
than the following dates:
Summer matriculation-April 1;
Fall matriculation-August 1;
Winter matriculation-November 1.
For admission to the MBA program,
consideration is given to the applicant's
academic record with particular attention to
the last two years of undergraduate work and
previous graduate studies, to scores on the
Graduate Management Admission Test
(GMAT) and the Test of English as a Foreign
Language (TOEFL) for those whose native
language is not English, to work experience
and other activities which demonstrate
potential for leadership, and
recommendations from professors or work
supervisors . The admission decision is based
on all factors which make up the total
application; therefore, there is no automatic
cut-off for either grade point averages or
GMAT scores.
Dual J .D.-MBA Program
The College of Business Administration
and the College of Law offer a coordinated
dual program leading to the conferral of both
Doctor of Jurisprudence and the Master of
Business Administration degrees . A student
pursuing the dual program may save up to
two academic quarters (24 hours) of course
work which would be required if the two
degrees were to be earned separately.
Admissions . Applicants for the J .D .-MBA
program must make separate application to,
and be competitively and independently
accepted by, the College of Law for the J .D.
degree and the Graduate School and College
of Business Administration for the MBA
degree, and by the Dual Degree Committee.
Students who have been accepted by both
colleges may apply for approval to pursue the
dual program anytime prior to, or after,
matriculation in either or both colleges and
such approval will be granted, provided,
however, that dual program studies be started
prior to entry into the last 42 hours required
for the J .D. degree and the last 24 hours
required for the MBA degree.
Curriculum . A dual program candidate
must satisfy the graduation requirements of
each college . Students withdrawing from the
dual program before completion of both
degrees will not receive credit toward
graduation from either college for courses in
the other college, except as such courses
quality for credit without regard to the dual
program.
The College of Law will award credit toward
the J .D . degree for acceptable performance in
a maximum of 12 quarter hours of approved
graduate level courses offered by the College
of Business Administration . Three of the 12
quarter hours must be earned in Accounting
5030 or a more advanced accounting course.
If College of Law credit is given for such an
accounting course, the student may not
receive College of Law credit for Legal
Accounting (Law College Course 8590).
The College of Business Administration will
award credit toward the MBA degree for
acceptable performance in a maximum of 12
quarter hours of approved courses offered by
the College of Law.
Except while completing the first year
courses in the College of Law, students are
encouraged to maximize the integrative
facets of the dual program by taking courses
in both colleges each quarter.
Awarding of Grades . For grade recording
purposes in the College of Law for graduate
business courses and in the College of
Business Administration for law school
courses, grades awarded will be converted to
either Satisfacory or No Credit and will not be
included in the computation of the student's
grade average or class standing in the college
where such grades are so converted . The
College of Law will award a grade of
Satisfactory for a graduate business course in
which the student has earned a B grade or
higher and a No Credit for any lower grade.
The College of Business Administration will
award a grade of Satisfactory for a Law
School course in which the student has
earned a 2 .3 grade or higher and a No Credit
for any lower grade . Grades earned in courses
of either college may be used on a regular
graded basis for any appropriate purpose in
the college offering the course . The student
must pass a final written comprehensive
examination to receive the MBA degree.
The DBA Program
The basic objective of the Doctor of
Business Administration programs is to
provide the student an opportunity to attain
the intellectual competence necessary to
meet the highest standards for advancement
to a professional position in an academic
institution, business and industry, or
government . The student will develop a
sound foundation for expanding knowledge
in the student's chosen area of concentration
and will contribute through research to
advancement of the state of knowledge in this
area . Moreover, the student's educational
experience should develop perspective
toward education for business in a manner
that will enable the student to spearhead
innovation and change in response to needs.
The DBA program is structured around four
major features . First, it recognizes the
interdisciplinary thrust of graduate education
and provides the student with a sound
foundation for expanding the body of
knowledge related to business systems and
their interactions with other socioeconomic
systems and environmental forces . Second,
the student's program is flexible enough to
respond to individual needs and interests yet
is formulated within a sound framework to
College of Business Administration 37.
achieve overall objectives . Third, emphasis is
placed upon conceptual foundations and
analysis of decision-making processes rather
than the descriptive aspects of business
administration . Fourth, the student does
advanced work in the basic disciplines of
economic theory, behavioral science and
quantitative science to provide the necessary
foundations for research.
Foundation Requirements . Although the
program is designed for students who have
completed an accredited MBA (or equivalent)
degree program, those with outstanding
undergraduate records in any area may be
admitted directly to the DBA program and
may, if they desire, earn the MBA degree in a
coordinated program of study . Program
prerequisites include at least one year of
college mathematics to include a course in
calculus, a course in statistics, knowledge of
computer programming (FORTRAN IV), and
intermediate economic theory (micro and
macro) . See page 36 for MBA degree
requirements . Entering students deficient in
any of these areas may enroll in courses
designed to meet these requirements.
Course Requirements for the DBA
Program . Each student must demonstrate, by
passing appropriate graduate level courses
and/or by examination, an understanding of
the business functional areas, the basic
disciplines underlying the study of business
administration, the student's concentration
area and a supporting area . Following are the
requirements for each area:
A. Business Functional Areas . One graduate
level course in each of the following areas
must be completed : managerial accounting,
financial management, marketing
management, organization theory and
behavior, and business policy . Students who
have earned an MBA degree at an accredited
institution probably will have have met these
requirements . Others may include
appropriate courses in their programs as
approved by their academic committees.
B. Basic Disciplines . Each student must
demonstrate proficiency in the following
areas by completing course work indicated or
by passing appropriate examinations:
Economics : Economics 5111, 5121.
Behavioral Science' : Management
5610, 5620.
Quantitative Science 2; 12 quarter hours in
one or a combination of two of the following
areas : statistics, management science,
econometrics, or computer science . Approval
of student's committee is required.
C. Concentration Area . This if the focal point
of the program and the area in which the
student expects to do his/her research and
dissertation . A minimum of 24 quarter hours
of course work is required, including 9 hours
of doctoral seminars taken at this University.
A study of research methodology of the
discipline is included . Graduate work in the
field taken at other institutions is considered
by the student's committee in determining
additional course work required . Available
concentration areas are:
Accounting
Finance
Management
Marketing
Transportation and logistics
'Students who choose this field as a supporting area take
Management 5170 and 5180.
'MBA core courses in this area may not be included .

38
College of Business Administration
D . Supporting Area. A minimum of 12 quarter
hours of graduate course work is required in
an area outside, but complementary to, the
concentration area . The student may choose
the supporting area from one of the following:
one of the business functional areas,
additional work in one of the basic disciplines
or a related area in another school or college
of the University . The program of study
should be arranged with an advisor in the
discipline chosen and must be approved by
the student's committee.
Preliminary Examinations.
Comprehensive written preliminary
examinations consisting of two sessions of
approximately four hours each in the
concentration area and one four-hour
session in the supporting area are required of
each person working toward the DBA degree.
The student's committee may, if they deem it
advisable, supplement the written
examinations with oral examinations, and
may accept the results of an oral examination
only for supporting areas outside the College
of Business Administration . These
examinations are scheduled twice a year, in
early October and early May . The student may
opt to sit for all sessions during a single
examining period, or may sit for the
concentration sessions and the supporting
session in two successive periods . A student
who fails an area on the first attempt must, if
he/she wishes to continue in the program,
retake the examination at the next scheduled
administration, the results of which shall be
final.
Admission to Candidacy . A student may
apply for admission to candidacy for the DBA
degree after maintenance of at least a B
average in course work, successful
completion of preliminary examinations and
acceptance of a research proposal for the
dissertation by his/her faculty committee.
Admission to candidacy must be approved at
least three quarters prior to the date the
degree is conferred . (Admission in the fall
quarter permits graduation in the following
spring quarter .) Prior to presenting the
research proposal for formal approval, the
student must form his/her faculty committee
and request the concentration area
department head to recommend their
appointment by the Vice Chancellor for
Graduate Studies and Research . There must
be at least four members, one of whom must
be from a department (or discipline) outside
the concentration area.
Research and Dissertation (minimum of 36
quarter hours) . The purpose of the segment is
to provide the candidate with a research
experience that meets the general standards
of the profession . The dissertation is
supervised by the candidate's faculty
committee, who must certify its completion
and acceptability after the candidate's oral
defense of his/her research effort.
Other Requirements. For information
concerning program admission
requirements, academic performance
standards, fellowships and assistantships,
and general rules and regulations of the
Graduate School, see other parts of the
College of Business Administration section
and the first section of the catalog, "The
Graduate School ."
Minimum Academic
Performance Standards
A graduate student in the College of
Business Administration whose grade point
average at any point after 12 hours is below
3.0 shall be placed on probation . A student on
probation shall be dropped from the program
unless his/her cumulative graduate grade
point average is 3 .0 or higher at the end of the
probationary period . The probationary period
is defined as the next 12 quarter hours of
course work attempted which is specified in
the student's degree program . Exceptions to
this policy may be made only with the
approval of the Assistant Dean for Graduate
Programs of The College of Business
Administration upon recommendation of the
student's faculty committee.
Admission
Requirements
General admission requirements for the
Graduate School are stated on pages 11-13.
MBA and DBA applicants are required to take
the Graduate Mangement Admission Test
(GMAT). Applicants for programs in
economics, management science, and
statistics may submit results of either the
GMAT or the Graduate Record Examination
(GRE) aptitude portion . Applicants for
management science must meet the
quantitative methods prerequisites stated in
the program description.
Applicants whose native language is other
than English must submit results of the Test
of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL).
Scheduled dates and locations for taking
these examinations may be obtained from
Educational Testing Service, P . O . Box 966,
Princeton, New Jersey 08540, and from most
colleges and universities.
In addition to procedures required for
admission to the Graduate School (pages
11-13), MBA and DBA applicants must submit
additional information on forms provided by
the College of Business Administration . The
application for all programs and supporting
materials should be submitted at least three
months prior to desired entry date.
The College of Business Administration is
associated with other leading graduate
schools of business as a member of the
Graduate Management Admission Council.
Fellowships and
Assistantships
Fellowships. Information concerning
nonservice fellowships administered by the
Graduate School as well as application
blanks may be obtained from the office of the
Graduate School . Information on
College-administered fellowships is available
from the Graduate Programs Office of the
College of Business Administration.
Assistantships. A limited number of
graduate assistantships are available in each
of the academic departments and in the
Center for Business and Economic Research.
Assistantships which carry remission of
tuition and/or fees range up to $4500 per year,
while others funded through various research
centers of the University range up to $5500
per year for half-time service . Awards are
generally made on the basis of scholarship
and performance on the admission test.
Application forms may be obtained in any of
the departments or from the office of the
Assistant Dean for Graduate Programs.
Applications must be received by March 1 for
consideration of assistantships to be
awarded for the following fall term.
Center for Business and
Economic Research
The staff of the Center for Business and
Economic Research engages in studies of the
business and economic environment in
Tennessee, the Southeast, and the nation.
The Center serves the business community,
state government, individuals, and the
University through dissemination of various
kinds of economic and socioeconomic
information and supports the faculty of the
College in seeking funding for research
projects . Staff members conduct research in
regional economics, public finance, and
areas related to socioeconomic problems in
the region . The Center publishes the results
of its own research and that of others in
monograph form so that significant
developments in the various business
disciplines and economics can achieve
widespread exposure . In addition, the Center
staff does contract research on business and
economic problems for governmental
organizations and private industry . The
Center publishes periodically the Tennessee
Statistical Abstract and quarterly the Survey
of Business . The Center is a member of the
Association for University Business and
Economic Research.
Management
Development Programs
The Mangement Development Programs
Department offers a wide variety of programs
ranging from two- to three-day public
seminars and customized "in-plant"
programs to the four-week Tennessee
Executive Development Program.
The Tennessee Executive Development
Program (TEDP) is designed to provide
extensive continuing educational
opportunities for executives from firms and
organizations in Tennessee, the South, and
the nation. The major objective of the
program is to prepare and develop executives
for increasingly higher levels of management
responsibility and to sharpen existing
executive skills needed for comprehensive
decision making and leadership . Other major
aims of the TEDP are to teach the
fundamentals of analytical thinking and the
use of the decision tools, and to examine the
economic, political, technological and other
environmental factors affecting the firm's
operations.
The TEDP limits enrollment to thirty-six
participants who live on campus for a total of
four weeks spread overa three-month period.
This arrangement provides executives with
extensive opportunities to exchange ideas
and operational concepts with
contemporaries in other business areas and
with TEDP faculty as well.
The faculty for the TEDP consists of senior
professors who teach business-related
subjects in the University's graduate

programs and nationally recognized
professors of other institutions . Each
participating faculty members has extensive
experience in either consultation with or
actual operation in business and industry.
The TEDP faculty is augmented by
outstanding practitioners in their fields of
business and industry.
Departments of
Instruction
Accounting and
Business Law
J . E. Kiger (Head), Ph .D . Missouri, C.P .A.
Accounting
MAJOR DEGREE
Accounting M . Acc.
Professors:
N. E. Dittrich, Ph .D. Ohio State, C.P .A .;
J. E. Kiger, Ph .D . Missouri, C .P.A .;
J. R. Williams, Ph .D. Arkansas, C.P .A.
Associate Professors:
H . C . Herring, Ill, Ph .D. Alabama, C .P .A .;
F. A. Jacobs, Ph .D. Georgia, C .P .A., C .M .A.;
W. R. Morse, Ph .D . Michigan State, C .P .A .;
G. E. Nichols, Ph .D . Louisiana State, C .P.A .;
I. A . Posey, M .S . Tennessee, C .P .A ., C .M .A.;
W. L . Slagle, M .S . Tennessee, C .P.A .;
K . G . Stanga, Ph .D . Louisiana State, C .P .A .;
R . L. Townsend, Ph .D . Texas, C .P .A.;
F. E. Watkins, Ph .D . Louisiana State, C .P.A.
Assistant Professors:
U.J. Gelinas, Jr., Ph .D . Massachusetts;
M. C. Letsinger, M .S . Tennessee, C .P .A .;
J . H . Scheiner, Ph .D . Ohio State, C .P .A.
THE MASTER OF ACCOUNTANCY
PROGRAM
The objective of the Master of Accountancy
(M .Acc .) program is to provide persons
having an undergraduate accounting
background and a high level of ability and
motivation with the depth and understanding
of accounting which will enhance their
probability of success in a career in
professional accounting . Moreover, the
student's educational experience should
develop perspective toward the discipline of
accounting in a manner that will enable the
student to spearhead innovation and change
in response to needs in public accounting,
business, industry or government.
Foundation Requirements . Although the
program is designed for students who have
completed an accredited baccalaureate
degree program with a major in Accounting,
those with outstanding undergraduate
records in any area may earn the M .Acc.
degree by completing prerequisites in
accounting and by including courses in other
business and related disciplines to
supplement the applicant's undergraduate
background.
Course Requirements for the M .Acc.
Program . A student's program encompasses
51 quarter hours of graduate course work.
Specifically, the student must complete
courses in selected business disciplines and
in the areas of accounting as indicated below.
Each course is 3 quarter hours of graduate
credit .
Business Core (21 quarter hours) 1 :
Economics 5030 ; Finance 5010 ; Management
5010 ; Management Science 5010 ; Marketing
5010 ; Statistics 5010, 5020.
Accounting Core (15 quarter hours):
Accounting 5110 2 , 5120, 5210, 5420, 5950.
Accounting Electives (Select five) (15 quarter
hours) 3: Accounting 5130-40, 5160, 5220,
5430, 5440, 5510, 5640, 5990.
Each student must pass a final written
comprehensive examination during the final
quarter of study for the degree.
5002 Non-Thesis Graduation Completion (3-15)
Required for the non-thesis student not otherwise
registered during any quarter when such a student
uses university facilities and/or faculty time before
degree is completed . May not be used toward degree
requirements . May be repeated . S/NC only . E
5010 Financial Accounting (3) Introduction to accounting
model of firm and accounting information
system . Not available to students with credit for
2110-20 or equivalent . F, Su
5020 Corporate Reporting Problems (3) Analysis of
uses and limitations of accounting model of firm.
Emphasis on internal and external uses of general
purpose financial reports . Prereq : 5010 or equivalent
. F, W
5030 Managerial Accounting (3) Analysis of accounting
model of firm as vehicle for planning and
controlling activities . Attention to development of
cost data appropriate to managerial decision models
. Prereq : 5020 . Prereq or coreq : Management
Science 5010 . Statistics 5020 . W, Sp
5110 Seminar in Accounting Theory (3) Evolution of
accounting theory, concepts underlying financial
reporting models, and authoritative accounting literature
as each relates to measurement of periodic
performance and financial position . Prereq : Consent
of department head . May not be taken by students
with credit for 4990.
5120 Seminar in Advanced Auditing (3) Theory and
concepts underlying the philosophy of auditing as
related to current auditing issues . Prereq : 4120 or
equivalent.
5130-40 Seminar in Current Accounting Topics (3,
3) Critical in-depth consideration of current issues
in financial accounting literature . Prereq : 4990 or
5110 . Must be taken in sequence.
5160 Graduate Internship in Accounting (3) Fulltime
resident professional employment for one
academic quarter involving qualified job experience,
written report of responsibilities, and evaluation
of student performance . Prereq : Consent of instructor.
5210.20 Seminar in Advanced Managerial Cost Accounting
(3, 3) Analysis of current issues and formulation
of individual research projects . Topics include
cost allocation problems, budgeting, human
resource measurement, social cost effects, performance
evaluation and responsibility accounting
concepts, service industry, costing and analysis of
not-for-profit ventures and programs . Prereq : 3230
or equivalent . Must be taken in sequence.
5310 Auditing Concepts (3) Concepts and theory of
auditing, environment of internal and external auditing,
nature of evidence, internal control evaluation,
and reporting . Not intended for persons who have
credit for auditing course . Prereq : 3130 . Prereq or
coreq : Statistics 4415, 5630, or equivalent . (May be
taken concurrently .)
5320 Advanced Auditing (3) Case-oriented, including
audit of specific asset, liability, revenue and expense
accounts . Emphasis on reporting, data processing,
statistical sampling, and internal auditing.
Prereq : 4110 with C or better. (Available only to MBA
students who do not have credit for 4120 .)
5330 Advanced Income Tax (3) Federal income taxation
with emphasis on tax planning and research.
'Where prior course work and/or experience justifies,
substitutions may be made in the business core courses
upon approval of the M .Acc. program advisor.
2 Students with credit for 4990 must substitute 5130 or 5140
upon approval of the MAcc . program advisor.
3 Selected courses from other disciplines may be substituted
for accounting electives upon approval of the M.Acc.
program advisor .
College of Business Administration 39
Prereq : 3130, 3230, and 3430 . (Available only to MBA
students who do not have credit for 4430.)
5340 Consolidations and Business Combinations
(3) Theory and practice of accounting for interrelated
business entities-domestic and foreign . Not
intended for pesons who have credit for a course
with a similar content . Prereq : 3130.
5420 Tax Research (3) Development of expertise in
tax research utilizing tax service, tax periodicals,
legal cases and other available sources. Includes
individual research projects . Prereq : 4430 or equivalent.
5430 Tax Planning (3) Advanced study of income tax
problems emphasizing alternatives available to
minimize tax liability compatible with achieving taxpayer
objectives . Prereq : 5420.
5440 Taxation of Estates and Gifts (3) Transfers at
death, intervivos transfers, life insurance, annuities
and employee death benefits, marital and other deductions
and exemptions, and estate and gift tax
returns . Prereq : 4430 or 5330 and 5420. (Not available
to students with credit for 4440 .)
5510 Not-for-Profit Accounting (3) Theory and practice
of budgetary and fund accounting, financial reporting,
measures of output and accomplishment,
and financial and performance auditing for nonprofit
entities . Prereq : 9 hrs of accounting and consent
of instructor.
5630 Accounting Systems and EDP Concepts and
Control (3) Elements and operation of computer in
business environment . Analysis, design, implementation,
documentation, and control of accounting
systems . Prereq : 2130 and knowledge of a computer
programming language.
5640 Seminar in Accounting Information Systems
(3) Literature on accounting information systems
and advanced systems analysis and design concepts
. Informational needs of other functional areas
of business and interfacing of these areas . Prereq:
4630 or equivalent.
5810 Accounting for Control (3) User-oriented survey
of contemporary financial and managerial cost
accounting topics . Prereq : 5060 or equivalent or
consent of instructor . Not available for accounting
majors.
5910-20-30 Accounting Seminar (1, 1, 1) Research
and discussion of contemporary issues in practice
of accountancy . May be repeated . Admission by
consent of department head. S/NC only.
5950 Seminar in Accounting Research (3) Integration
of areas of financial, managerial, tax, and auditing,
including directed problem-oriented research
in selected topics . Prereq : 5110, 5120, 5210, 5420.
(Not available to MBA students .)
5990 Individual Research in Accounting (3)
Directed research in a topic of mutual interest to
student and faculty member . Prereq : Consent of department
head in quarter prior to anticipated enrollment
. May be repeated . Maximum 6 hrs.
6000 Doctoral Research and Dissertation (3-15) E
6110-20-30 Doctoral Seminar in Accounting (3, 3, 3)
Analysis of issues reflected in accounting literatue.
Prereq : 9 hrs of graduate credit in accounting and
consent of instructor.
Business Law
Professors:
B . D . Fisher, L .L .M George Washington;
M. L . Townsend, J .D . Tennessee
5010 Legal and Social Environment of Business (3)
Survey of legal and quasi-legal institutions with emphasis
on those which have particular significance
to business; basic legal notions and principles that
pertain to business management . Not available to
students with credit for 4110-20 or equivalent . F, W,
Su
Business Administration
MAJOR DEGREES
Business Administration MBA, DBA
5310 Business Policy (3) Case studies covering policy
formulation and administration ; point of

40 College of Business Administration
departure-top and middle management, where
company-wide objectives are set and departmental
policies and activities coordinated ; sizing up company's
situation, determining objectives, developing
sound policies, organizing and administering
personnel to reach company objectives, continuous
administrative reappraisals . Enrollment priority
given MBA students in last quarter of their program.
Prereq : All MBA core courses . F, W, Su
5410 Business and Its Societal Environment (3)
Analysis of current forces and changes in society
and interrelation of plans and actions in business
firms with environmental factors . Prereq : Consent
of instructor.
5610 Seminar in Applied Business Analysis (3) Application
of business concepts and analytical skills
to problems of small businesses in community . Students
work in teams under supervision of participating
professor . Prereq : Consent of instructor . May be
repeated . Maximum 6 hrs.
Business Education
See College of Education
Economics
MAJOR DEGREES
Economics M .A ., MACT, M .S ., Ph .D.
Professors:
P . D . Qualls (Head), Ph .D . California (Berkeley);
R . L. Bow/by, Ph .D . Texas ; W. E . Cole,
Ph .D . Texas ; G . R . Feiwel, Ph .D . McGill;
C. B. Garrison, Ph .D . Kentucky; J. F . Holly
(Emeritus), Ph .D. Clark ; H . E . Jensen,
Ph .D . Texas ; F. Y. Lee, Ph .D . Michigan
State ; J . R. Moore, Ph .D . Cornell;
W. C . Neale, Ph .D . London School of Economics;
G . A . Spiva, Ph .D . Texas;
R. H . Wolf, Ph .D . Vanderbilt.
Associate Professors:
S. L. Carroll, Ph .D. Harvard ; H . S. Chang, Ph .D.
Vanderbilt ; E. Glustoff, Ph .D . Stanford;
H . R . Granade, Ph .D . Florida ; H. W. Herzog,
Ph .D . Maryland ; A . Mayhew, Ph .D . Texas;
K. E . Phillips, Ph .D . Washington (Seattle);
A . M. Schlottman, Ph .D . Washington (St . Louis).
Assistant Professors:
D . P . Clark, Ph .D . Michigan State ; S. P. Coelen,
Ph .D . Syracuse ; C. B . Donn, B.S . Cornell;
D . L. Kaserman, Ph .D . Florida ; N. C . Modeste,
Ph .D . Florida ; G . E . Schuler,
Ph .D . Houston.
THE MASTER'S PROGRAM
The minimum requirements for a graduate
major in Economics for the Master of Arts and
the Master of Science degrees consist of the
following : (1) Economics 5111-12 and
5121-22, (2) 9 additional hours in economics
at the 4000 level or above, (3) a thesis, or an
additional 9 hours in economics at the 5000
level or above to be concentrated in one field.
Students electing the non-thesis option will
be required to pass a final written
comprehensive examination.
The requirements for a graduate minor in
Economics are as follows : Either (1) 5111-12
and 5121, or(2) 5111 and 5121-22, or(3) with
the consent of the head of the economics
department, an alternative sequence of 9
hours to meet unusual conditions.
MASTER OF ARTS IN
COLLEGE TEACHING DEGREE
The requirements for the MACT degree are
listed on page 20. A thesis is required.
THE DOCTORAL PROGRAM
Subject Area Requirements
1 . Students will be required to
demonstrate their competence in the core
subject fields as indicated :
a. Economic theory, by a preliminary
examination.
b. Economic history, by completing 6
hours in economic history at the 5000 level or
above with an average grade of B or better or
by satisfying an examining committee.
c. History of economic thought, by
completing Economics 5150 and 3 additional
hours in this area at the 6000 level with an
average grade of B or better or by satisfying
an examining committee.
d. Mathematical and quantitative methods
in economics by completing Economics
5180, 5190, and 5510 with the average grade
of B or better or by satisfying an examining
committee . (Note : The Economics 5510
requirement may be waived for those
students completing Economics 6170, 6180,
and 6190 .)
2. Students will be required to
demonstrate their competence by preliminary
examination in three fields with the approval
of the department, at least two of which must
be selected from the following : economic
development ; economics of centrally
planned economics of labor and manpower;
industrial organization ; international
economics ; a field, as agreed to by the
department, combining two or three of the
above.
Exceptions to the foregoing are
discouraged but may be petitioned by writing
directly to the department head who will
decide with the advice of an ad hoc
committee of three tenured members of the
faculty. This petition is to be submitted at
least nine months before the student takes
the preliminary exam in question.
Course Requirements . Candidates for the
Ph .D . degree in Economics will be required to
complete a minimum of 72 quarter hours of
course work beyond the Bachelor's degree,
plus the dissertation which carries 36 quarter
hours of credit . At least 54 hours shall be in
economics.
4000 Special Topics (3) Student generated course
offered at convenience of department upon student
initiative . Subject matter and contents determined
by students and instructor with approval of the department.
5000 Thesis (1-15) E
5002 Non-Thesis Graduation Completion (3-15)
Required for the non-thesis student not otherwise
registered during any quarter when such a student
uses university facilities and/or faculty time before
degree is completed . May not be used toward degree
requirements . May be repeated . S/NC only . E
5011-12 Problems in Lieu of Thesis (3, 3)
5910. 20. 30Economics Seminar (1,1,1) Research in
progress and discussion of selected topics . May be
repeated . S/NC only. E
6000 Doctoral Research and Dissertation (3-15) E
ECONOMIC THEORY
4110 Managerial Economics (3) Application of
economic theory to business decision making ; emphasis
on profit objectives, measurement and forecasting
demand and costs, and capital budgeting.
Prereq : 2110-20-30 . (Same as Water Resources Development
4110 .)
4130 Business Cycles (3) Fluctuations in income,
employment, prices, and output in the economics
system ; subjects discussed are the historical facts
concerning booms and depressions, statistical
methods for analyzing business fluctuations,
theoretical explanations of cycles, and policies that
have been proposed to combat them . Prereq : 3120
or consent of instructor . Sp
4150 History of Economic Thought (3) Development
of economic thought, tools of analysis, and eco-
nomics as a social science, together with an analysis
of socioeconomic conditions which influenced this
development . Period covered : 1776 through 1936.
Prereq : 1 yr of principles of economics and consent
of instructor . F
4170.80 Introduction to Mathematical Economics
(3, 3) Application of mathematical methods in
theoretical study of micro- and macroeconomic
phenomena . Designed for beginning graduate students
who have limited training in analytic geometry
and calculus . Must be taken in sequence . Prereq:
3110 and college algebra, calculus, and analytic
geometry or the equivalent . F ; W
5010 Introduction to Economic Analysis (3)
Analytical tools of macro- and microeconomics for
students without prior training in economics . Price
determination, national income measurement and
determination, and banking system . Not available to
students with credit for 2110-20-30 or equivalent . F,
Su
5020 Managerial Economics (3) Application of economic
concepts to business decision making.
Analysis and forecasting of demand, cost analysis,
pricing behavior, and optimizing techniques . Prereq
: 5010 or equivalent . Prereq or coreq : Statistics
5010 or equivalent . F, W
5030 Economic Fluctuations, Forecasting, and
Stabilization (3) Macroeconomic environment of
the firm . Determination of level of output, employment
and prices for economy as a whole . Implications
of aggregate fluctuations for individual firm.
Role of forecasting techniques and stabilization
policies . Prereq : 5010 or equivalent . F, Sp, Su
5111 Microeconomics (3) Basic topics in microeconomics,
verbal arguments and geometric
and algebraic techniques . Theory of consumer behavior
and demand, theory of production and cost,
long and short run theories of profit maximizing firm
in both perfectly competitive and monopolistic environments,
and theory of derived demand . Prereq:
3110 . W
5112 Microeconomic Theory (3) Fundamental
theory of price determination in partial and general
equilibrium settings, including theories of preference
and consumer behavior production, short
and long run profit maximization under conditions
of perfect and imperfect competition, demand for
factors of production and distribution . Prereq : 4170
and 5111 or equivalent . Sp
5121-22 Macroeconomic Theory (3, 3) Determination
of levels of employment and prices for economy
as whole, focusing on relationships between interest
rates, price expectations, productivity, and
quantity of money, on one hand, and aggregate saving,
investment, and liquidity preference on the
other . Prereq : Intermediate economic theory or
equivalent. F, W ; Sp
5150 History of Economic Thought (3) Development
of economic ideas from mercantilists through Alfred
Marshall ; emphasis given to classical and neoclassical
tradition.
5180-90 Mathematical Methods in Economics (3, 3)
Applications of basic concepts in differential and
integral calculus, difference and differential equations,
linear algebra and stochastic models to topics
in theory of firm, growth models, game theory, linear
programming, and decision making under uncertainty
. Prereq : 1 yr of calculus . Sp ; F
5510 Quantitative Methods in Economic Research
(3) Methods of estimation and testing of economic
relationships with use of time series and cross section
data, with applications to current economic
problems . Prereq : Introductory statistics or Statistics
5211 or equivalent . W
5520 Introduction to Econometrics (3) Statistical
demand analysis, production and cost analysis, distribution
of income and wealth, models of growth
and cycles, macroeconomic applications. Should
not be taken by students who contemplate taking
Economics 6170-80-90 . Sp
5710 Public Finance : Revenues (3) (Same as Finance
5710 .) F
5720 Public Finance: Expenditures (3) (Same as
Finance 5720 .) W
5740 Seminar in Public Finance (3) (Same as Finance
5740.) Sp

5810 Financial Markets and Intermediaries (3)
(Same as Finance 5810 .) W
5820 Monetary Theory and Policy (3) (Same as Finance
5820 .) F
5830 Commercial Bank Management (3) (Same as
Finance 5830 .) F, Sp
6111 Seminar in Advanced Microeconomic Theory
(3) Topics in microeconomic theory . May be repeated
with consent of department . Prereq : 5111,
5112 and consent of instructor . W
6121 Seminar in Advanced Macroeconomic Theory
(3) Topics in macroeconomic theory . May be repeated
with consent of department . Prereq : 5121,
5122 and consent of instructor . Sp
6150 .60 History of Economic Doctrines (3, 3) Important
ideas of economic thinkers from Middle Ages to
present . W, Sp
6170-80-90 Econometric Methods (3, 3, 3) Theory
and techniques of statistical testing of economic
hypotheses and construction and estimation of
econometric models . Review of classical least
squares regression model, extensions of least
squares regression model, and approaches to
simultaneous equation models with application to
current econometric research . Prereq : 5180-90 and
5510 or equivalent . F, W, Sp
6710-20 Seminar : Fiscal Theory and Public Finance
(3, 3) (Same as Finance 6710-20.)
INTERNATIONAL TRADE AND
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT
4230 Problems in International Trade and Economic
Development (3) Problems or problem areas
of current importance in fields both of international
economics and economic development . Prereq:
3210 or 3220. W
4231 The Political Economy of Latin America (3)
Description, analysis, and comparison of major
economics problems and policies of various Latin
American countries . Sp
4232 The Political Economy of Asian Development
(3) Description, analysis, and comparison of major
economics problems and policies of India, China,
and Southeast Asian countries . W
4260 Economics of Resources and Environmental
Policy (3) Economic analysis of environmental policy
and allocation of resources. Benefits and costs
of development of natural resources and impacts of
growth on environment . Prereq : 2130 . W
5210 Seminar in International Trade Theory (3)
Pure theory of international trade . F
5220 Seminar in Economic Development (3) Economic
problems of developing countries . F
5250 Economic History of Europe (3) Nature and
functioning of economic systems and policies in
history of western civilization ; examination of some
major issues of method and interpretation . F
5260 Economic History of the U .S. (3) Interpretation
of American economic structure and policies from
colonial times . W
5610 Location and Regional Development Theory
(3) Theory of industrial, agricultural, and residential
location ; economic basis for land use patterns and
central places ; examination of regional inequalities
and national assistance for regional economic development
. F
5620 Methods of Regional Analysis (3) Theory of
regional structure and growth . Examination of regional
models for impact analysis and economic
forecasting . Methods of analysis include regional
descriptive statistics, gravity and potential concepts,
regional income and product accounts, shift
and share analysis, economic base studies, and regional
input-output, linear programming, and
econometric models . W
6211-12, 6221-22 Seminar in International Economics
(3, 3, 3, 3) Theory of specialization and trade.
Balance of payments, exchange rates, monetary
problems, capital movements, and foreign trade policy
. W, Sp ; W, 9p
6231-32, 6241-42 Seminar in Economic Development
(3, 3, 3, 3) Development and application of
analytical tools to problems of economic policy
faced by developing regions and countries . W, A;
Sp ; F
6250 Seminar in European Economic History (3)
Selected topics in European economic history . Prereq
: Consent of instructor . May be repeated with
consent of department . W
6260 Seminar in American Economic History (3)
Selected topics in American economic history . Prereq
: Consent of instructor . May be repeated with
consent of department. Sp
6270 Seminar in Economic History of the Third
World (3) Selected topics in economic history of
societies other than those of Western Europe and
English-speaking North America . Prereq : Consent
of instructor . May be repeated with consent of department
. F, A
6610 Seminar in Regional Analysis (3) Selected topics
in regional economic theory and analysis . May be
repeated . Maximum 6 hrs . Sp, A
6620 Regional Economics Workshop (3) Selected
topics in applied regional research . Emphasis on
student participation in model design and estimation,
forecasting, simulation, and mathematical and
computer programming . May be repeated.
Maximum 6 hrs. Sp, A
6650 Seminar in Environment and Resource Economics
(3) Topics in environmental quality, natural
resource allocation by private markets, and issues in
formulating public policy towards environmental
problems . Prereq : Consent of instructor . May be
repeated . Maximum 9 hrs . Sp, A
INDUSTRIAL ORGANIZATION
4350 Industrial Organization Analysis (3) Monopoly
and competition in the United States economy;
market structure, business behavior, and economic
performance and interrelationships . Prereq : 9 hrsof
introductory economics . W
5340 Seminar In Private Enterprise and Public Policy(3)
Structure of contemporary industry, factors in
development, and consequences for business conduct
and performance ; social control of business
through antitrust and other government regulation.
F
6351-52, 6361-62 Seminar in Industrial Organization
(3, 3, 3, 3) 6351-52-Organization of industry in
American economy . Emphasis on empirical and
analytical techniques used in investigating structure,
conduct and performance . 6361-62-Public
policy in the United States with respect to industrial
structure and business conduct ; examination, appraisal
and proposals for change . Sp, A ; W, A
ECONOMICS OF CENTRALLY
PLANNED ECONOMIES
5310 Economic Systems (3) Study and appraisal of
underlying theories and operation of capitalism,
socialism, communism, and other economic systems
. W
6331 Theory and Practice of Economic Planning (3)
Leading issues in imperative and indicative planning
. Prereq : Consent of instructor. May be repeated
with consent of department . F
ECONOMICS OF LABOR
AND MANPOWER
4420 Manpower Problems and Policy (3) Current
manpower problems and examination of possible
solutions . Problems include unemploymentinflation,
manpower training and education, poverty
and income redistribution, and/or others . Emphasis
on analytical basis for understanding manpower
problems . Prereq : 2110-20. Sp
4430-40 Labor Legislation (3, 3) 4430-Economic
background and effects of governmental regulation
of labor relations, with emphasis on detailed examination
of National Labor Relations Act as amended.
Prereq : 3420 . 4440-Development and application
of Fair Labor Standards Act, Social Security Act,
workmen's compensation acts, and related legislation
affecting labor relations . Prereq : 2110-20 . F ; W
4470 Collective Bargaining in the Private Sector (3)
Organization of labor and management for collective
bargaining, subject matter for collective bar-
College of Business Administration 41
gaining, legal and administrative procedure under
National Labor Relations Act . Prereq : 3420 . F
5410 Seminar in Labor Manpower Economics (3)
Intensive examination of major topics in labormanpower
economics literature . Emphasis on problems,
analysis and possible solutions . Prereq : Consent
of instructor . F
5420 Seminar in Wage and Employment Theory (3)
Current and past theories of wage and employment
determination . Prereq : 5410, equivalent or consent
of instructor . W
6411-12, 6421-22 Seminar in Labor Economics (3, 3,
3, 3) Selected problems chosen for their current
interest of continuing significance-development
and application of problems and techniques . W, Sp,
A ; W, Sp, A
Finance
Professors:
R . M. Duvall (Head), Ph .D . North Carolina;
L . P . Anderson, Ph .D . Wisconsin ; R. A . Bohm,
Ph .D . Washington ; W. W. Dotterweich, Ph .D.
Pennsylvania ; H . L. Johnson, Ph .D . Virginia;
E. W. Lambert, Jr., Ph .D . Alabama.
Associate Professors
A . L . Auxier, Ph .D . Iowa ; A . B . Biscoe, Jr.,
Ph .D . Florida ; J. C . Golden, Ph .D . George
Washington ; W. C. Goolsby, Ph .D . Wisconsin
(Milwaukee) ; R. E. Shrieves, Ph .D . California
(Los Angeles) ; D . L . Stevens, Ph .D . Michigan State.
Assistant Professors:
H . S . Banton, Ph .D . Georgia State;
T. P. Boehm, Ph .D . Washington;
J. M. Wachowicz, Jr ., Ph .D. Illinois (Champaign-
Urbana) ; R. A . Weir, Ph .D . North Carolina.
5002 Non-Thesis Graduate Completion (3-15) Required
for the non-thesis student not otherwise registered
during any quarter when such a student uses
university facilities and/or faculty time before degree
is completed . May not be used toward degree
requirements . May be repeated . S/NC only . E
6000 Doctoral Research and Dissertation (3-15) E
FINANCE AND INVESTMENTS
5010 Financial Management and Asset Valuation
(3) Analysis of decision making in financial management
. Process by which a firm is valued ; roles of
investors, financial markets, instruments, risk and
expected returns . Capital budgeting process with
respect to identifying relevant variables, understanding
alternative capital budgeting tools, decision
rules and decision-making criteria . Capital
budgeting decision examined under conditions of
uncertainty . Alternative risk methods . Prereq : Economics
5010 ; Statistics 5010 . Prereq or coreq : Accounting
5030 . W, Sp
5020 Financial Decision Making and Analysis (3)
Decision making relating to management of short
term assets and liabilities . Development of theory of
capital structure, financing and divided policy. Introduction
to quantitative models for management
of asset flows under uncertainty . Issues relating to
leasing, mergers and bankruptcy . Decision making
skills in competitive simulation exercise, Finansim.
Prereq : 5010 ; Economics 5020 . Prereq or coreq.
Management Science 5010 ; Statistics 5020. F, Sp,
Su
5110 Theory of Financial Management (3) Financial
decision making in firm with objective of maximizing
shareholder wealth . Investment decision, capital
costs and financing decision, and dividend decision
of firm . Prereq : 5050. Coreq : Statistics 5311.
5120 Quantitative Techniques in Financial Management
(3) Applications of mathematics, probability,
and statistics to model building and testing in
finance . Prereq : 5020; Statistics 5010. F, W
5130 Financial Administration (3) Cases and
readings within firm ; refined techniques of analysis;
optimal financing decisions ; capital cost measurement
; utilization of capital markets ; general corporate
financial theory . Prereq : 5020 . W, Sp
5140 Seminar : Managerial Finance (3) Applications
of theory and quantitative techniques to solution of
current problems in managerial finance . Prereq:
5120 or 5130 . Sp

42
College of Business Administration
5420-30 Investments (3, 3) Investment decision
process, factors influencing portfolio policies and
security prices ; financial statement analysis;
stock-price valuation models . Must be taken in sequence
. F, W; W, Sp
5440 Commodity Futures and Stock Options (3)
Trading in commodity futures markets and in "put
and call" stock options; factors influencing commodities
and options prices ; option valuation models
. Prereq : 5420.
5800 Executive-in-Residence Seminar for MBA (3)
Practical aspects of financial management and investments.
Leading industry, banking, and governmental
personnel conduct class . Prereq : Consent of
department . Sp
5990 Research in Finance (3) Directed research on
topic of mutual interest to the student and staff
member . Prereq : 5020 . May be repeated . Maximum
6 hrs.
6410 Analysis of Financial Decisions (3) Micro- and
macroanalysis of financial problems and financial
decisions . Sp.
6420 Theory of Finance (3) Theory of financial decision
making under conditions of certainty and uncertainty
. Application of theory of choice to allocation
of financial resources over time with reference
to financing decisions, investment decisions, and
the determinants of the cost of capital . F
6510 Seminar in Financial Management (3) Employment
of quantitative techniques in formulation
and solution of financial management problems . W
MONETARY POLICY AND
FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS
5810 Financial Markets and Intermediaries(3) Capital
formation and allocation of capital in U .S . economy
and abroad . Process of saving, partial institutionalization
of these savings, investments of
financial intermediaries, efficiency of allocation
process and effect on economy, and impact of financial
institutions on financial markets . (Same as
Economics 5810.) W
5820 Monetary Theory and Policy (3) Relationship
of money, credit and liquidity to income, interest
rates, employment and prices as well as examination
of effect of monetary policy on economic activity
. Prereq : Economics 5020 or equivalent . (Same as
Economics 5820.) F
5830 Commercial Bank Management (3) Bank
management decision-making analysis of changes
in banking environment and structure ; acquisition
and management of funds ; current banking problems
. Prereq : Consent of instructor . (Same as Economics
5830 .) F, Sp
6110-20 Seminar : Monetary Theory (3, 3) Study of
money, credit, and liquidity as related to income,
interest rates, employment, output, and prices.
6810 Financial Institutions and Markets (3) Theory
of financial markets, role of financial institutions,
and analysis of market efficiency.
GOVERNMENTAL FINANCIAL
ADMINISTRATION
5710 Public Finance: Revenues (3) Allocative, distributive,
and stabilization effects of alternative revenue
systems. Prereq or coreq : Economics 5020 or
equivalent . (Same as Economics 5710.) F
5720 Public Finance: Expenditures (3) Functions
and growth of public sector, public goods, and
benefit/cost analysis. Prereq or coreq : Economics
5020 or equivalent . (Same as Economics 5720 .) W
5730 Finance Administration of Government (3)
Budgeting and cash management in public sector.
Prereq : Economics 5020 or consent of instructor . Sp
5740 Seminar in Public Finance (3) Selected topics:
public choice, pricing government services, fiscal
policy, and fiscal dynamics . Prereq : 5710 . (Same as
Economics 5740.) Sp
6710-20 Seminar: Fiscal Theory and Public Finance
(3, 3) Advanced topics in fiscal theory and policy.
(Same as Economics 6710-20 .)
INSURANCE
5110 Theory of Risk Management (3) (For students
with no background in risk and insurance .) Risk
management and manageable risks facing individual
and firm . Analysis of risk management techniques
with emphasis on insurance as a tool . W
REAL ESTATE AND
URBAN DEVELOPMENT
4900 Aspects of Urban Environment (4) Interdisciplinary
course in urban problems . Prereq : Consent
of instructor . (Same as Architecture 4900 and Psychology
4900 .) S/NC only . E
5110 Urban Economic Analysis (3) Urban economics
. Land value and use . Analysis of current
urban problems in United States. Prereq : Economics
5050-60 or equivalent . F
5120 Real Estate Analysis (3) Analysis of real property
investment, real estate finance and appraisal
theory . Prereq : Economics 5050 or equivalent . W
5130 Housing and Urban Land Markets (3) Analysis
of housing demand, supply and location . Segregation
and housing discrimination . Impact of urban
renewal and public policy on housing markets. Prereq
: 5010 or consent of instructor . SP
5140 Real Estate Investment and Taxation
Analysis (3) Analysis of economic factors and institutions
which underlie real estate investment decision
making . Case method utilized . Prereq : 5120
or consent of instructor. Sp
Management
Professors:
H . D. Dewhirst (Head), Ph .D . Texas;
R . W. Boling, Ph .D . Stanford;
M . Gordon, Ph .D . California;
H . W. Henry, Ph .D . Michigan;
A . H . Keally (Emeritus), MBA Pennsylvania;
J. M . Larsen, Ph .D. Purdue ; S . K . Reed,
Ph .D . Edinburgh ; S . C . Vance,' Ph .D.
Pennsylvania ; G . H . Whitlock, 2 Ph .D . Tennessee.
Associate Professors:
F. A. Chamblin, MBA Indiana ; O . S. Fowler,
Ph .D . Georgia ; R. C . Maddox, Ph .D . Texas;
C. W . Neel, Ph .D . Alabama.
Assistant Professors:
J . A . Bachmann, Ph .D. Virginia Polytechnic
Institute ; M . C. Rush, Ph .D . Akron ; J. E. Thiel,
Ph .D . Indiana ; C . R . Woo/lam,
M .A., M .S ., Miami (Florida).
4801-02-03 Readings and Research in
Personnel-Management (1, 2, 3) Prereq : 4460,
Statistics 4310, and consent of instructor. E.
5000 Thesis (1-15) E
5002 Non-Thesis Graduation Completion (3-15)
Required for the non-thesis student not otherwise
registered during any quarter when such a student
uses university facilities and/or faculty time before
degree is completed . May not be used toward degree
requirements . May be repeated . S/NC only . E
5010 Organization Theory and Behavior (3) Application
of organization theory, organizational behavior
research and management concepts to organizational
problems . F, W, Su
5020 Operations Management (3) Management
processes of planning, operating and control of
production systems . Management concepts and
quantitative techniques with systems framework to
operating problems . Prereq : 5010 ; Management
Science 5010 ; Statistics 5020 . F, Sp, Su
5050 Production Management (3) Analysis of production
function with emphasis upon application of
mathematical-statistical methods . (For MBA students
only. Available only as stated on page 35 .)
5110 Organization Theory 1(3) Analysis and design
of organization structure . F
5120 Organization Theory II (3) Dynamics of organization
; leadership, motivation, informal organization
. Prereq : 5110.
5130 Managerial Planning and Control (3) Processes
of management planning and controlling with
emphasis on long-range corporate planning . Sp.
'William B . Stokely Professor of Management
2 Alumni Distinguished Service Professor .
5170-80-90 Proseminar in Industrial and Organizational
Psychology (3, 3, 3) Introduction to basic
concepts and ideas required for graduate study in
industrial and organizational psychology . Must be
taken in sequence during the student's first year.
(Same as Psychology 5170-80-90 .) F ; W ; Sp
5210 Personnel Management (3) Analysis and appraisal
of the personnel function . F
5220 Wage and Salary Administration (3) Analysis
of problems, programs, and practices. W
5230 Human Problems in Administration (3) Review
and critique of research in industrial human relations
. (Same as Psychology 5450 .)
5250-60-70 Industrial and Organizational Psychology
(1-3, 1-3, 1-3) Reading in industrial and organizational
psychology . Prereq : Consent of instructor.
S/NC or letter grade . E
5320 Management Problems in Industrial Research
(3) Basic administrative problems encountered
in management of industrial technological research
and engineering programs, and comparable
programs in which professional personnel predominate
. F, A
5410-20-30 Production Management (3, 3, 3) Quantitative
approach to solution of production management
problems. Prereq : 36 hrs of mathematics
and statistics, including 3 hrs of computer programming,
or equivalent and consent of instructor.
5610-20 Organizational Behavior (3, 3) Behavioral
methodology and perspective, including review of
empirical behavioral research in organizations.
Must be taken in sequence . F ; W
5710 Management of Foreign Operations (3)
Analysis of operational environment of international
business firms and impact of internal and external
factors on managerial decisions . Readings and
cases. Sp
5810 Energy Management : Theory and Practice (3)
Management of energy resources in operating systems
; decision criteria, trade-offs, system analysis,
energy audits, technical parameters, conservation
methods, worldwide energy supply and demand,
new energy technologies.
6000 Doctoral Research and Dissertation (3-15) E
6110 History of Management Thought (3) Significant
historical ideas leading to present state of art of
management.
6120 Advanced Organizational Theory (3) Analysis
of functioning of complex organizations : structure,
culture, and adaptation.
6130 Seminar in Contemporary Management Issues
(3) Contemporary management policy issues.
May be repeated.
6250-60-70 Seminar in Industrial and Organizational
Psychology (3, 3, 3) Advanced problems in
organizational psychology . Areas include performance
evaluation, executive development, group
process, and morale . (Same as Psychology 6250-
60-70 .)
6380 Seminar in Industrial and Organizational Psychology
(3) (Same as Psychology 6380 .)
6900 Field Work In Industrial and Organizational
Psychology (1-15) Supervised practice . One credit
hr for each 30 hrs of such practice . Maximum 15
credits . (Same as Psychology 6900 .) E
Management Science
MAJOR DEGREE
Management Science Ph .D.
Professors:
C . E . Bell (Chairperson), Ph .D . Yale;
R . S . Garfinkel, Ph .D . Johns Hopkins.
Associate Professor:
R . E . Rosenthal, Ph .D . Georgia Institute of
Technology.
Management Science Committee:
Members of the Management Science faculty
and in addition : R . W. Boling, Management ;

J. S . Bradley, Mathematics;
R . L . Church, Civil Engineering ; E. Glustoff,
Economics ; S . Selkow, Computer Science;
R. E. Shrieves, Finance ; C. C . Thigpen,
Statistics.
MBA CONCENTRATION
Management Science 5310-30-40 forms the
nucleus of a 12 to 18 hour concentration in
management science for MBA students . See
pages 35-37 for further MBA details.
MASTER OF SCIENCE PROGRAM
See page 94 for details of the Master of
Science program in Management Science.
THE DOCTORAL PROGRAM
The Ph .D . program in Management Science
is designed to prepare students for
management positions, research, and
teaching related to the application of
mathematical tools in the administration of
complex organizations . Three primary
objectives of the program are:
(1) to provide, through management
science course work, a thorough knowledge
of common Management Science/Operations
Research mathematical models and their
uses ;
(2)to provide sufficient advanced study in
an applied concentration area to qualify the
graduate for a joint faculty position in the
concentration area as well as in management
science . The candidate may choose from the
business functional areas (accounting,
finance, marketing, production management,
and transportation and logistics) or other
disciplines, e .g ., forestry, ecology, and public
administration;
(3) to develop in the student, through
course work in mathematics, statistics, and
computer science, a high degree of
mathematical maturity which will serve the
graduate well throughout a life-long career,
whether in management, research, or
teaching.
Degree Requirements . General University
requirements for the doctoral degree are
stated on page 24.
Course Work . A minimum of 72 quarter
hours of course work taken for graduate
credit (exclusive of thesis or dissertation) is
required . The candidate must complete a
minimum of 36 quarter hours at The
University of Tennessee, Knoxville, at least 9
of which must be at the 6000 level . Entering
students who have completed graduate
studies in applicable fields will be granted
course credits for work which is equivalent to
required courses in the program.
The program includes approximately 24 to
30 quarter hours of course work in the applied
concentration area.
Qualifying Examinations . The student must
demonstrate mastery of probability theory
and statistical inference (Statistics
5110-20-30) by passing a written qualifying
examination or by presenting other evidence
of mastery of the material satisfactory to the
faculty.
Mastery of 18 quarter hours in mathematics
course work must be demonstrated by
passing a written qualifying examination or
by presenting other evidence of mastery of
the material satisfactory to the faculty . Topics
normally include matrix methods
(Mathematics/Computer Science 5655-65-75)
and real analysis (Mathematics 4510-20-30).
Other options may be approved.
There is no foreign language requirement .
These requirements generally are
completed by the end of the first year of the
program.
Preliminary Examination . Prior to
admission to candidacy for the degree, and
normally after completion of the second year
of the program, the student must pass a
written preliminary examination covering the
theory of deterministic and stochastic
management science models . Topics
included in this examination are determined
on an individual basis . Students will be
expected to demonstrate an integrative ability
that goes beyond simple mastery of course
content.
Research and Dissertation . The student
must complete 36 quarter hours of
Management Science 6000, Doctoral
Research and Dissertation, through which
he/she is expected to make a significant
contribution to the science . A final oral
examination is conducted over the
dissertation and such other segments of the
program that the faculty committee deems
appropriate. This effort, which is beyond the
minimum 72 hours of course work, normally
is completed in the third year of the program.
Prerequisites for Management Science
Courses . The Management Science Program
is interdisciplinary and students in other
degree programs are encouraged to enroll in
management science courses. Course
prerequisites are designed to indicate the
level at which courses are taught . Interested
students whose prior course work does not
match the prerequisites are encouraged to
seek the instructor's guidance and consent to
enroll.
5000 Thesis (1-15) E
5002 Non-Thesis Graduation Completion (3-15)
Required for the non-thesis student not otherwise
registered during any quarter when such a student
uses university facilities and/or faculty time before
degree is completed . May not be used toward degree
requirements . May be repeated . S/NC only . E
5010 Quantitative Analysis for Management Decisions
(3) Assignment, transportation and general
linear programming problems ; decision theory,
Markov chains and queuing . Prereq : Statistics 5010.
Prereq or coreq : Statistics 5020 . May not be taken
for credit by students who receive credit for 5310. W,
Sp
5310-20-30 Management Science Methods (3, 3, 3)
5310-Linear programming procedures and sensitivity
analysis ; transportation problem and introduction
to network analysis . Prereq : Fundamentals
of matrix algebra and differential calculus ; proficiency
in a computer language. 5320-Dynamic, integer,
and nonlinear programming . Prereq : 5310.
5330-Simulation techniques . Markov analysis, and
queuing models . Prereq : Statistics 5110 or Mathematics
4750-60 or Mathematics 4650 ; proficiency in
a computer language . F ; W ; Sp
5335 Mathematical Programming Computational
Systems (2) Practical aspects of using state-of-theart
mathematical programming systems . Students
will write compatible matrix generation and report
writing software for specific applications. Sp
5340 Application of Management Science Methods
(3) Application of methods from 5310-20-30 to
large-scale management problems . 5330 may be
taken concurrently . Su
5810 Special Topics in Management Science (3)
Prereq : Consent of instructor . May be repeated.
Maximum 9 hrs.
5910 Management Science Problems (1-6) Directed
study on subject of mutual interest to student and
staff member. E
6000 Doctoral Research and Dissertation (3-15) E
College of Business Administration 43
6110-20-30 Models for Production Systems (3, 3, 3)
Seminar providing research practice to enhance
professional development of doctoral students . Investigation
of existing mathematical models for
production processes and opportunities for original
research.
6210-20 Network Flows (3, 3) In-depth treatment of
widely applied network optimization algorithms including
transportation and transshipment ; primaldual
and primal basis-tree methods ; multicommodity,
multiterminal and dynamic flows ; flow with
gains ; and other advanced topics. Prereq : 5310 or
equivalent . A
6310 Integer Programming (3) Theoretical and
computational aspects of linear programming with
integer variables, branch and bound, cutting plane,
and group theoretic algorithms . Prereq : 5310 or
equivalent . A
6410 Large Scale Mathematical Programming (3)
Development of solution strategies for linear programming
problems that have many constraints,
many variables or extremely sparse constraint matrices
. Prereq : 5310 or equivalent . A
6510 Nonlinear Optimization (3) Solution of constrained
and unconstrained nonlinear optimization
problems focusing on algorithms that have performed
well in recent practice . Prereq : 5310 or
equivalent. A
6610 Markovian Decision Models (3) Formulation
and analysis of Markov Chain models ; Markov Chain
models which incorporate decisions-their formulation,
application and solution through policy iteration
. Stochastic dynamic programming models in
continuous time . Prereq : 5330 . F
6620 Queuing Models (3) Application and mathematical
analysis of models of congestion . Basic
birth-death process models, other Markovian models
; non-Markovian models for systems with general
service or arrival patterns, priority customers or
other complicating assumptions ; queues in series.
Prereq : 5330 or Mathematics 4750-60. Sp
6710 Location Models (3) Application of linear, nonlinear
and network optimization techniques to problems
of optimal location of new facilities . Prereq:
5310 or equivalent . A
6810 Special Topics (3) Prereq : 5310-20-30 and
consent of instructor . May be repeated . Maximum 9
hrs.
6910-20-30 Management Science Seminar (1-3, 1-3,
1-3) Subjects selected from current management
science literature . F ; W ; Sp
Marketing and
Transportation
G. N. Dicer (Head), DBA Indiana.
Marketing
Professors:
D . W . Cravens, DBA Indiana ; G . E. Hills, DBA
Indiana ; R. B. Woodruff, DBA Indiana.
Associate Professors:
D J . Barnaby, Ph .D . Purdue ; E . R . Cadotte,
Ph .D . Ohio State ; J. R. McMillan, Ph .D . Ohio State;
R . C. Reizenstein, Ph .D . Cornell;
G . D . Sentell, DBA Indiana.
Assistant Professors:
F. L . Barbour, Ph .D . Illinois ; L . R . Duffus, M .S.
Purdue ; R . L . Jenkins, Ph .D . Ohio State;
R . L. Spiro, Ph .D . Georgia.
5002 Non-Thesis Graduation Completion (3-15)
Required for the non-thesis student not otherwise
registered during any quarter when such a student
uses university facilities and/or faculty time before
degree is completed . May not be used toward degree
requirements . May be repeated . S/NC only . E
5010 Marketing and Distribution Management (3)
Analysis of current marketing and distribution structure
institutions, functions, and marketing problems
. Systems concepts and analytical decision
process. Prereq or coreq : Business Law 5010 ; Economics
5020 ; Statistics 5010 . F, W, Sp

44
College of Business Administration
5020 Marketing Strategy and Decision Making (3)
Management of basic marketing functions . Integration
of functional decisional areas into development
of marketing strategy, both domestic and international
. Prereq : 5010 ; Economics 5020 . Prereq or
coreq : Management Science 5010 ; Statistics 5020.
F, Sp, Su
5200 Marketing Management (3) Management of
basic marketing functions . Case problems and marketing
decision simulation . Prereq : 5050 or equivalent.
5210 Sales Force Management (3) Basic communication
theory affecting objectives and problems of
sales force management . Recruitment, selection,
training, motivation, evaluation, and control of sales
force ; sales forecasting, territory design, and routing
. Prereq : 5020 . F
5220 Promotion Management (3) Management of
promotional activities within firm : advertising, publicity,
and sales promotion . Emphasis on advertising,
setting objectives, budgeting, segmentation,
media selection, and evaluation of effectiveness.
Prereq : 5020 . Sp
5230 Analysis and Design of Marketing Systems (3)
Macroinstitutional approach to marketing system.
Conceptual framework for examining marketing
agency and channel interrelationships, public policy,
cost and efficiency, and innovation in marketing
from viewpoint of decision maker . Prereq : 5020. Sp
5300 Marketing Research (3) Investigation and solution
of problems ; application of research methods
to functional areas of marketing . Research concepts,
methods, and techniques . Prereq : 5020;
Statistics 5010 . F, W
5350 Buyer Behavior Analysis for Marketing (3)
Buyer behavior patterns with emphasis on implications
for marketing analysis and executive action.
Marketing and behavioral sciences . Prereq : 5020 . F,
Su
5400 Analyzing Market Opportunity for Marketing
Decisions (3) Basic determinants of opportunity
within markets, framework for identifying and organizing
information required to assess market opportunity
. Approaches to analyzing buyers in markets,
forecasting extent of demand, analyzing
industry/channel/competitor service . Emphasis on
applying market opportunity analysis results to
marketing decisions . Prereq : 5020. W
5410 Advanced Marketing Strategy (3) Components
of marketing strategy including development
of marketing mix. Consideration of alternative strategies
. Coordination and control of marketing activities.
Prereq : 5300 and 5350 . Sp
5450 International Marketing Management (3) Development
and management of international marketing
programs . Problems involved in marketing
goods and services in foreign markets . Political, cultural,
and economic conditions in different countries
. Prereq : 5020. W
5990 Research in Marketing (3) Directed research
on subject of mutual interest to student and staff
member. Prereq : 5020 and 5300 . May be repeated.
Maximum 6 hrs.
6000 Doctoral Research and Dissertation (3-15) E
6050 Macro/Theoretical Foundations of Marketing
(3) Fundamental nature and history of marketing
processes . Role of marketing theory in developing
marketing discipline and in research process.
Environmental/public policy dimensions of marketing
decision making . Prereq : Consent of instructor.
A
6100 Design and Measurement in Marketing Research
(3) Advanced design and measurement issues
. Theoretical scaling considerations, applications
of multidimensional scaling techniques, and
conjoint analysis . Prereq : Consent of instructor . A
6150 Marketing Research Applications (3) Application
of multivariate research tools to functional
areas of marketing . Prereq : Knowledge of multivariate
analysis and consent of instructor . A
6200 Buyer Behavior (3) Behavioral processes of
individuals and groups in roles as buyers of goods
and services . Prereq : Consent of instructor . A
6250 Selected Problems in Consumer Behavior (3)
Information search processes, attitude models, attitude
theory, and consumer satisfaction . Prereq:
Consent of instructor . A
6300 Marketing Decision Models (3) Model building
process including application of variety of models to
marketing decision making . Bayesian analysis,
simulation models, brand switching models,
stochastic models, dynamic models, and mathematical
models . Prereq : Consent of instructor . A
6350 Current Topics in Marketing (3) Specific topics
will vary with each course offering, but could
include : nonbusiness marketing applications, macroenvironmental
issues, market segmentation, children's
television advertising, international marketing
issues, marketing channels, and related issues.
Prereq : Consent of instructor.
Transportation and Logistics
Professors
F . W. Davis, Jr., Ph .D . Michigan State ; G . N . Dicer,
DBA Indiana ; J . L . Frye, Ph .D . Florida;
F . L. Hendrix, Ph .D . North Carolina;
E. P. Patton, Ph .D . North Carolina.
Associate Professors:
C . J . Langley, Jr ., Ph .D . Pennsylvania State;
R . A . Mundy, Ph .D . Pennsylvania State.
Assistant Professor:
J. H . Foggin, DBA Indiana.
5002 Non-Thesis Graduation Completion (3-15)
Required for the non-thesis student not otherwise
registered during any quarter when such a student
uses university facilities and/or faculty time before
degree is completed . May not be used toward degree
requirements . May be repeated . S/NC only . E
5050 Survey of Transportation and Logistics (3)
Logistical demands made by society and specific
users upon nation's transportation system and problems
facing carriers and government in meeting
these demands . (May not be included in a concentration
or minor in transportation .)
5110 Theory and Functions of Economic Regulation
(3) Development of economic and philosophic
basis of regulation . Critical analysis of impact of
regulatory decisions on managerial options . F
5120 Management and the Pricing Problem (3) Critical
analysis of application of economic theory and
regulatory restraints to pricing of carrier services .W
5130 Transportation Management Problems (3)
Analysis of significant transportation problem areas
with consideration of proposed solutions . Sp
5210 Business Logistics (3) Development of concepts
to guide analysis and design of logistics systems.
Scope and importance of temporal and spatial
decisions in firm's total strategy . Emphasis on top
management integration of physical distribution
operations with marketing, production, and other
decision areas . W, Su
5220 Physical Distribution Strategy (3) Development
and administration of basic logistical policies.
Analysis of physical distribution and supply problems
with emphasis on executive action . Practical
applications through case approach and simulation
game . Prereq : 5210 ; Statistics 5010 . Sp
5510 Urban Transportation Policy (3) Movement of
people, goods and information in urbanized areas
with special emphasis on formulation of national,
state and local policy toward firms providing services
. F.
5810 International Transportation Policy (3) Comparative
analysis of transport systems in other countries
. Analysis of U .S . policy relative to international
transportation . Sp
5910 Transportation Law and Carrier Liability (3)
Legal rights and responsibilities of carriers and users
. Procedures before regulatory agencies and
analysis of regulatory statutes with appropriate
agency and court decisions . Su
5920 Current Topics in Transportation and Logistics
(3) Seminar to study current policy or problem
area in transportation or logistics . Topic selected
will be announced prior to each offering . May be
repeated . Maximum 6 hrs.
5990 Research in Transportation and Business
Logistics (3) Directed independent research on the
subject of mutual interest to student and staff
member . Prereq : 12 hrs in transportation . May be
repeated . Maximum 6 hrs.
6000 Doctoral Research and Dissertation (3-15) E
6110 Seminar in National Policy (3) Critical analysis
of contemporary national transportation policy issues
. Prereq : 5110. F
6210 Seminar in Transportation and Logistics
Models (3) Analysis of current quantitative
methodologies used in transportation and logistics
research . Prereq : Statistics 5010 and 5020, Management
Science 5010, or equivalents. W
6220 Transportation and Logistical Systems-
Analysis and Simulation (3) Directed independent
research, analysis, and simulation of transportation
or logistics system . Prereq : 6210 . Sp
Office Administration
J . Stallard, Program Director
Professors:
D. Reese, Ph .D . Iowa ; E . R . Smith, Ph .D.
Ohio State ; G . A . Wagoner, M .S . Indiana.
Associate Professors:
B. J . Brown, Ed . D . Tennessee ; L . M . Fox,
Sp . Ed . Peabody ; D . Hampton,
Ed .D. Northern Illinois ; H. G . Henry,
M .S . Tennessee ; J . Stallard, Ph .D . Ohio State.
Assistant Professors:
P . G . Campbell, M .S . Austin Peay ; H . Petree,
M .S . Tennessee ; C . S . Sheddan,
M .S . Tennessee.
Courses numbered below 5000 are not
available for credit in the MBA program.
4310 Business Letter Writing (3) Principles, practices,
and mechanics of effective business letters
and memoranda ; principles applied by solving
communication cases ; emphasis placed on letters
and memos as initial sources of ideas in communications
system of the business firm . E
4320 Business Report Writing (3) Basic principles
and procedures of originating and disseminating
business reports, both formal and informal in style;
writing techniques for short and long reports;
graphic presentation and interpretation ; use of primary
and secondary data for reports . E
4420 Advanced Transcription (3) Improvement of
ability to transcribe mailable copy from dictation of a
wide variety of correspondence ; emphasis on competencies
needed to meet occupational standards.
Prereq : 4410 . F
4510 Office Management (3) Strategic and operational
planning of office objectives ; relating tasks
and human resources to objectives ; recruiting,
selection, training, and development of office staff;
directing of office staff through leadership, motivation,
communications ; measurement of office performance,
comparison to standards, and corrective
actions ; and applications of decision making to the
off ice . Sp
4520 Office Systems (3) Synthesis of systems and
subsystems applicable to centralized and decentralized
office functions . Emphasis placed on cost
analysis in contemporary office environment,
technology, and research analysis. Sp
4810-20-30 Problems in Office Administration (1-3,
1-3, 1-3) Subject and title vary each quarter . May be
repeated . Maximum 3 hrs for each course.
5011 Problems in Lieu of Thesis (3)
5050 Data Processing in Business (3) Fundamentals
of data processing, computer programming and
applications, systems design . (Available only as
stated on page 35 .) E
Statistics
MAJOR DEGREE
Statistics M .S.
Professors;
C. C. Thigpen (Head), Ph .D . Virginia Polytechnic
Institute ; D . S. Chambers, MBA Texas;
R. A . McLean, Ph .D . Purdue.

Associate Professors:
H. A . Lasater, Ph .D. Rutgers ; J. W. Phi/pot,
Ph .D . Virginia Polytechnic Institute;
R. D . Sanders, Ph .D . Texas ; D . J. Wheeler,
Ph .D . Southern Methodist ; M . S . Younger,
Ph .D . Virginia Polytechnic Institute.
Assistant Professors:
G . B . Ranney, Ph .D . North Carolina State;
S. W . Ward, Ph .D. Virginia Polytechnic Institute.
THE MASTER'S PROGRAM
The M .S. program in Statistics is designed
to provide students a basic foundation in
theoretical and applied statistics for
meaningful careers as consulting and
practicing statisticians. A candidate should
possess an undergraduate degree with a
strong background in calculus, but no
restrictions are imposed regarding the
undergraduate major . The typical Master of
Science degree program in Statistics is as
follows:
Statistics Major Area Quarter Hours
Probability theory 3
Theory of statistical inference 6
Additional coursework in statistics
as approved by the student's
committee 9
Additional coursework as approved
by the student's committee 9
Minor Area
Selected with the approval of both
the Department of Statistics and
the department in which the work
is to be taken 9
Thesis* 9
Total minimum hours 45
Statistics courses numbered 4000 and above
presuppose familiarity with the basic
probability distributions in statistics and with
the general concepts of statistical estimation
and hypothesis testing . Students unfamiliar
with these concepts should seek advice from
a statistics advisor concerning prerequisite
course work.
3450 Statistics for Engineering (3) Survey of statistical
methods with special application for engineering
students ; frequency distributions, selected
sampling distributions, some tests of significance.
Cannot be taken for credit concurrently with 2100.
Prereq : Mathematics 2840. E
4250 Nonparametric Methods (3) Measures of association,
two-sample tests, analysis of variance
with ranked data, paired and multiple comparisons
in preference testing ; questionnaire evaluation . Sp
4310 Regression Analysis (3) Linear regression and
correlation, multiple regression, stepwise methods,
polynomial regression, use of dummy variables . Use
of standard regression computer programs.
Elementary theory and applications . E
4410 Design of Experiments (3) Principles and procedures
for efficient experimental design . Randomization,
choice of size and number of experimental
units, utilization of blocking arrangements.
Interpretation of experimental data . W, Su
4415 Sampling Techniques and Theory (3) Procedures
used in probability sampling for a variety of
arrangements of statistical universes and development
of estimators and standard errors associated
with the sampling schemes . Some properties of estimators
. Determination of sample size . Not available
for credit to students with credit for 3410 . F, W,
Sp
5000 Thesis (1-15) E
5002 Non-Thesis Graduation Completion (3-15)
Required for the non-thesis student not otherwise
registered during any quarter when such a student
- Twelve hours of approved course work, to include Statistics
5610, may be substituted for the thesis requirement .
uses university facilities and/or faculty time before
degree is completed. May be repeated . S/ NC only . E
5010 Probability and Statistical Inference (3) Fundamentals
of probability, discrete and continuous
probability models, mathematical expectation, and
inference concerning means . Prereq or coreq:
Mathematics 5052 or equivalent and a computer
programming course . May not be taken for credit by
students who receive credit for 5110 . F, W
5020 Statistical Methods (3) Regression and correlation
models, basic time series analysis and forecasting
; inferences about one or more proportions,
and tests for independence . Prereq : 5010 . W, Sp
5050-60-70 Statistical Analysis for the Behavior
Sciences (3, 3, 3) 5050-Probability distributions,
sampling distributions, estimation and hypothesis
testing . Parametric and nonparametric procedures.
Prereq : 1 yr college mathematics and one course in
statistics . 5060-Linear and multiple correlation
methods, correlation for ranked and grouped data.
Continuation of 5050 . 5070-Analysis of variance
and covariance ; design of experiments . Parametric
procedures . A continuation of 5050. F ; W ; Sp
5110 Introduction to Probability Theory (3) Classical
probability and distribution theory . Prereq:
Elementary linear algebra and calculus of several
variables . F
5120-30 Theory of Statistical Inference (3, 3) Introductory
theory underlying common statistical procedures
of hypothesis testing and estimation . Prereq
; 5110 . W, Sp
5210 Stochastic Processes I (3) Random walk models,
Markov chains, renewal theory, Markov processes,
birth and death processes, queuing theory.
Prereq : 5110 and Mathematics 4150, 4510-20-30.
5211 Elementary Statistics (3) Introductory statistics
for graduate students . Probability, sampling distributions,
estimation, and hypothesis testing . Emphasis
on interpretation and decision making. Not
available for credit in any College of Business Administration
degree program . F, Su
5250-60-70 Applied Statistics for Engineering and
Natural Sciences (3, 3, 3) 5250-Sampling plans,
quality control charts, contingency tables, simple
linear regression, analysis of variance and
covariance . Prereq : 3450. 5260-Multiple regression
and correlation, weighted least squares,
polynomial models, use of dummy variables, nonlinear
least squares estimation . Prereq : 5250.
5270-Completely randomized, block, nested and
nested factorial, split plot and sequential designs
with associated analysis. EVOP and response surface
exploration . Prereq : 5260.
5312 Statistical Methods (3) Significance testing,
applications of Chi-square statistic, analysis of variance,
least squares, and linear regression . Prereq:
5311.
5610 Special Topics in Statistics (3) Prereq : Consent
of instructor . May be repeated . Maximum 9hrs.
6060 Applied Multivariate Analysis (3) Canonical
correlation ; discriminant analysis for several
groups, and for equal and unequal covariance matrices
; principal component analysis ; Hotelling'sT 2 ,
multivariate analysis of variance and covariance.
Prereq : 1 yr applied statistics including analysis of
variance and multiple regression analysis . W
6070 Factor Analysis (3) Principal component
analysis and principal factor analysis ; estimates of
communalities ; methods of rotation ; interpretation
of factors ; cluster analysis . Prereq : 6060 . Sp
6210 Stochastic Processes II (3) Special analysis,
time series, linear and nonlinear systems . Prereq;
5210 .
College of Business Administration 45

College of Communications
Donald G . Hileman, Dean
Paul G . Ashdown, Assistant Dean for
Undergraduate Studies
George A . Everett, Assistant Dean for
Graduate Studies
The College of Communications offers two
graduate degrees with a major in
Communications, the Master of Science
(M .S.) degree and the Doctor of Philosophy
(Ph .D .) degree.
In addition, Communications is available as
a minor for students majoring in other
departments . Required course work will be
selected after discussion with the major
advisor and an advisor from the College of
Communications.
The College's news-editorial and
advertising sequences are accredited by the
American Council on Education for
Journalism . It is a member of the American
Association of Schools and Departments of
Journalism and the Broadcast Education
Association.
MASTER OF SCIENCE
The Master of Science degree with a major
in Communications is offered for students
who primarily desire (1) advanced
preparation in effective communication for
mass media and other fields of applied
communications, or (2) a deeper
understanding of the communication
process and the social role of the mass media.
The prospective student who is interested
only in acquiring basic skills in journalism,
advertising, or broadcasting is advised to
consider a second baccalaureate rather than
an advanced degree . (Note : There is no M .S.
in Journalism or Advertising or Broadcasting
at this institution . Students desiring a major in
one of these fields must take the B .S.
program .)
Applicants must meet admission
requirements of the University Graduate
School. In addition they must complete the
Graduate Record Examination, the California
Psychological Inventory, and application
forms as required by the College of
Communications . All application materials
will be screened by an admissions committee
authorized by the Graduate Studies
Committee of the College of
Communications.
New students may be admitted to the
program at any time ; however, beginning
enrollment is limited to the summer and fall
quarters each year . Unless necessary
materials are received at least six weeks
before registration, applications may not be
processed in time for admission to full
potential candidate status in the first quarter.
In these cases, the student may still qualify for
non-degree or provisional status.
The student may choose either of two
tracks, both leading to the M .S . in
Communications and both requiring a thesis:
The academic track is designed for the
student who wishes to emphasize advanced
study of the theory and effects of
communications . A minimum of 45 hours of
approved graduate work is required:
-12 hours of core courses:
Communications 5100, 5120, 5140 and 6100,
the first three of which must be taken during
the first two quarters of the student's
program, except with written approval of the
Assistant Dean for Graduate Studies for the
College. In addition, students who earned
their Bachelor's degrees outside the field of
Communications will normally be required to
add Communications 5130 to their core;
-24 hours of selected courses within the
College, including at least 9 hours at the 5000
level;
-9 hours of thesis work
(Communications 5000).
This track is assumed to be the logical
choice for students interested in subsequent
entry into a doctoral program . Advising of
students in this track is supervised by the
Assistant Dean for Graduate Studies for the
College.
The professional track is designed for the
student who desires the graduate degree but
wishes to emphasize a particular professional
area, such as advertising, broadcasting,
journalism, or public relations . A minimum of
46
45 hours of approved graduate course work is
required:
-9 hours of core courses:
Communications 5100, 5120 and 5140, which
must be taken during the first two quarters of
the student's program, except with written
approval of the Assistant Dean for Graduate
Studies for the College;
-15 hours in a major area within the College,
including at least 6 hours at the 5000 level;
-9 hours of thesis work (Communications
5000) ;
-at least 12 hours in a minor area approved
by the major advisor, of which at least 6 hours
must be at the 5000 level.
In addition, students with Bachelor's
degrees in other cognate areas will be
required to complete prerequisites as
designated by their advisors . Adivising for the
professional track will be supervised by the
chairperson of the appropriate department of
the College . Students who have had no
courses in their major areas of concentration
may expect to spend six or more full-time
quarters in the program.
After the formal program of courses and
research in either track is completed, the
student must pass an oral examination
conducted by his/her graduate committee.
Communications majors in the M .S.
program must demonstrate ability to use a
typewriter proficiently within their first
quarter in residence.
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY
The Ph .D. degree with a major in
Communications is intended to prepare
scholars for teaching, research,
administration, and service in the field of
human communications.
The program is interdisciplinary, consisting
of a required core curriculum and
recommended emphasis outside the College
in the related social and behavioral sciences.
The program is flexible and will
accommodate a wide variety of career goals
in communications.
The Master's degree is not required for
entry into or completion of the doctoral
program. Program planning, however, will

permit the Master's degree to be earned if
desired . Students lacking academic or
professional experience in communications
will be required to take prerequisite courses.
In general, however, the program may be
completed within three academic years of
full-time study beyond the Bachelor's degree.
The following are normally minimal
requirements for admission to full potential
candidate status : (a) a 3 .0 (4 .0 system) grade
point average in undergraduate studies, or
3.5 for graduate work if applicant holds a
Master's degree ; (b) above the fiftieth
percentile in verbal and quantitative aptitude
on the Graduate Record Examination ; (c)
completion of the California Psychological
Inventory ; (d) endorsement by at feast three
former teachers or professional colleagues
chosen by the Graduate Studies Committee;
(e) a statement of the applicant's goals and
reasons for pursuing the doctorate . Personal
interviews with members of the Graduate
Studies Committee may be required.
Professional experience in some field of
communications is a highly desirable
criterion for admission.
The following program represents work
normally required for an individual with only
the Bachelor's degree and no technical
competence : (a) prerequisite courses offered
by the College of Communications and
approved by the major advisor for applicants
lacking the necessary academic and/or
professional background ; (b) core
curriculum : 33 hours of course work ; (c)
primary concentration in communications:
15-18 hours of course work ; (d) secondary
concentration in a cognate minor subject
normally outside communications : 12 hours
of course work ; (e) technical competence
area in either teaching, research, or
administration : 15-18 hours of course work
and, for those who lack appropriate
professional experience, an internship the
equivalent of 9 credit hours ; (f) research tool:
12 hours of course work, e .g ., statistics,
foreign language, or computer science ; (g)
dissertation : 36 hours of Communications
6000.
The following courses represent the
required core curriculum (beyond the
Bachelor's degree) : Communications 5100,
5120, 5140, 6100, 6200.
One of the following : Communications
6300, 6310, 6320.
For the teaching or administrative technical
competence area : a one-week, non-credit
computer program course and Statistics
5211, or Sociology 5320 and Statistics 4250;
for the research technical competence area:
Statistics 5010 and 5020.
Continuing and Higher Education 5450.
Management 5110-20 (or equivalent
courses approved by committee).
Admission to candidacy must be attained at
least three quarters prior to graduation and
requires successful completion of a
preliminary examination
REQUIRED SCHOLASTIC AVERAGE
A student in the College of
Communications whose graduate grade
point average, not including incomplete
grades, is below 3 .0 at any time after the end
of 12 hours of graduate credit will be placed
on probation . A student on probation will be
dropped from the program unless his or her
cumulative graduate grade point average is
3.0 or higher at the end of the probationary
period . The probationary period is defined as
the next 12 quarter hours of graduate course
work attempted which is specified in the
student's degree program . Exceptions to this
policy may be made only with the approval of
the Assistant Dean for Graduate Studies of
the College of Communications upon the
recommendation of the student's faculty
committee.
Communications
Research Center
The Communications Research Center is a
vital adjunct to the communications graduate
program. Objectives of the Center are : (a) to
conduct original research in mass and public
communication ; (b) to disgeminate
research-generated information ; and (c) to
provide research services to faculty and
students, professional communicators, and
others interested in improving the quality of
human communications.
Departments of
Instruction
Planned course offerings in the College of
Communications for a full calendar year are
published in the College newsletter the
preceding November . This information is
available from the Dean's Office, 302
Communications Building, 974-3031.
Communications
MAJOR DEGREES
Communications M .S ., Ph .D.
Professors:
J . B . Haskins, Ph .D . Minnesota ; D. G . Hileman,
Ph .D . Illinois ; D . W. Holt, Ph .D.
Northwestern ; J . R . Lynn, Ph .D . Southern Illinois;
S . K. Zeigler, Ph .D . Michigan State.
Associate Professors:
G . A . Everett, Ph .D. Iowa ; H . H . Howard,
Ph .D . Ohio ; E . F. Shaw, Ph .D . Stanford.
5000 Thesis (1-15) E
5002 Non-Thesis Graduation Completion (3-15)
Required for the non-thesis student not otherwise
registered during any quarter when such a student
uses university facilities and/or faculty time before
degree is completed. May not be used toward degree
requirements . May be repeated . S/NC only . E
5100 Introduction to Graduate Studies (3) Scope
and methods of advanced study in communications.
Information sources, literature review methods,
scholarly style, thesis and degree requirements and
procedure, overview of traditional and behavioral
research methods . Su, F
5120 Research Methods (3) Communications research,
strategy and methodology . Scientific process,
bases for derivation and verification of hypotheses,
and basic methods of designing research in
communications . Su, F
5130 Advanced Principles of Mass Communications
(3) Proseminar covering all phases of mass
communications including history, development
and current status of communication industry, principles
of broadcasting, and principles of advertising.
5140 Mass Communication Theory (3) Critical
appraisal of selected hypotheses and theoretical
orientations in research literature of mass media.
Introduction to theoretical conceptualization and its
relationship to research methodology. Application
of theory to contemporary mass communication
College of Communications 47
problems. Prereq : 5100 . Recommend prereq : 5120.
F, W
5150 Seminar in Communications Issues (3) Contemporary
topics in communications . Prereq : 5100
and 5140, or consent of instructor . May be repeated.
Maximum 6 hrs.
5970 Independent Study (3) Reading, research, or
projects on special topics in communication . On
individual basis, under faculty direction, with consent
. May be repeated.
6000 Doctoral Research and Dissertation (3-15) E
6100 Seminar in Communications Theory (3) Intensive
analysis of selected theories and supporting
research data dealing with source, message, media,
receiver, or situational variables in process of communication
. Prereq : 5140 . Recommended prereq:
5100.
6200 Seminar in Communication Topics (3) Identification,
presentation and analysis of special issues
and problems in communication . Organization and
strategy in writing research proposals . Prereq : 5100,
5120, 5140 . Recommended prereq : 6100 or consent
of instructor.
6300 Survey Research Methods in Communications
(3) Survey methods applied to opinion and
communications media research problems . Planning,
sampling, questionnaire construction, data
gathering (personal, mail, and telephone), data
processing and interpretation . Attitude measurement
and message pretesting applications . Prereq:
5120 or consent of instructor.
6310 Experimental Research Methods in Communications
(3) Experimental methods applied to
communications research problems . Causal inferences
from various research designs . Control,
single-factor, and multifactor experimental designs.
Laboratory and field experiment situations . Prereq:
5120 or consent of instructor. Prereq or coreq : Basic
statistics.
6320 Seminar in Historical Research Methods in
Communications (3) Materials and methods in historical,
descriptive, and legal research in communications
theory and behavior. Prereq : 5100, 5120.
Recommended prereq : 5140, 6100 . A
Advertising
Professors:
R. Joel (Head), M .A . Wisconsin ; A . D . Fletcher,
Ph .D . Illinois ; D . G . Hileman, Ph .D.
Illinois ; S . K. Zeigler, Ph .D.
Michigan State.
3630 Advertising Copy and Layout (4) Ideas and
their translation into persuasive words and pictures.
Principles and techniques of copy and layout . Lecture
and labs . Prereq : 3000 with grade of "C" or
better or consent of instructor . F, W, Sp
4000 Advanced Advertising Copy and Layout (4)
Creative strategy and execution of advertisements
for mass media . Problems in idea creation for advertisers
. Lectures and labs . Prereq : 3630 with grade of
"C" or better or consent of instructor. F, W
4360 Advertising Media (3) Media, markets, and audiences
. Evaluation of media in relationship to
communication needs of advertisers . Prereq : 3000
with grade of "C" or better or consent of instructor.
E
4460 Cases and Problems (3) The case approach to
the study of advertising problems . Analysis of campaigns
and trends . Prereq : 3630, 3650 and 4360 or
consent of instructor . F, W
4470 Advertising Campaigns (4) Application of
theory in planning and execution of campaigns.
Market and consumer research ; development and
allocation of budgets . Choice of appeals and approaches
; media selection ; preparation of advertisements
. Prereq : 3650, 4000 and 4360 or consent
of instructor . W, Sp
5310 Current Issues in Advertising (3) Current socioeconomic,
legal, ethical, and cultural issues in
advertising and communication to determine advertising's
role in and responsibility toward society.
Emphasis on both marketing and behavioral science
aspects of advertising . Consideration of

48 College of Communications
creativity, media, management, and research . Extensive
individual reading ; preparation and delivery
of papers.
5350 Advanced Advertising Research (3) Nature,
scope, and application of research including measurement
of advertising, media audiences, and
evaluation of messages . Prereq : 4460 or consent of
instructor.
5510 Creative Projects (3) Creative or problem solving
interests related to advertising . Designed for the
advanced student who wishes to apply theory and
skills to specific problems. Prereq : 4000 and 4460 or
consent of instructor . May be repeated.
5970 Independent Study (3) E
Broadcasting
Professor:
D . W . Holt (Head), Ph .D . Northwestern.
Associate Professors:
H . H. Howard, Ph .D . Ohio ; I . G . Simpson,
M .S . Syracuse
Assistant Professors:
F. A . Lester, M . A . Tennessee ; R. A . Shirley,
M . A. Tennessee ; M. K. Sidel, Ph .D.
Northwestern.
3360 Television and Radio Advertising (3) Principles
of successful radio-television advertising ; emphasis
on media research, rate structure, programming,
creativity ; television commercials . W, Sp
3650 Radio-Television Writing (3) Theory and technique
of writing broadcasting scripts except news
and dramatics. Special events, interviews, musical
scripts, radio talks, documentaries, and promotion
material . F, W, Sp
4010 Speech for Broadcasting (3) Fundamental
broadcast conditions affecting the announcer ; pronunciation
and oral interpretation of general American
speech ; Spanish, Italian, German, and French
pronunciation . Prereq : Speech 2311 . ', W
4020 Radio Production (3) Study of radio productions,
past and present . Familiarization with production
tools and techniques . Group and individual
production activities . Prereq : 2750 or consent of
instructor . Cannot be taken for graduate credit by
communications majors . E
4030 Television Production (3) Overview of elements
of television production : cameras, sound,
lighting, film, videotape recording, optics, and
studio control centers . Presented with the layperson
and professional broadcast student in mind . Prereq:
4020 or consent of instructor . Cannot be taken for
graduate credit by communications majors . E
4040 Advanced Television Production (3) A semiindependent
course in program origination, producing,
directing and performing with orientation to the
professional broadcast student . Prereq : 4030 or
consent of instructor . Sp
4610 Broadcast News Operation (3) Theory and
practice in covering local news and public affairs
events for radio and television . Gathering and production
of news broadcasts, using tools of broadcast
newsperson . Prereq : 3610 and 3670 or consent
of instructor. 2 hrs and 1 lab. Sp
4670 Radio-Television Management (3) Business
policies and practices of networks and stations . Departmental
functions, cost and income figures, sales
techniques, promotion, advertising agencies, and
governmental regulations . Lectures by commercial
broadcasters. Prereq : 2750 or consent of instructor.
F, Sp, Su
4680 Broadcast Sales Management (3) Problems
and practices of television and radio sales, case
studies in sales development pricing, promotion,
and other areas of sales management . Prereq : 2750
or consent of instructor. Sp
5410 Educational Broadcasting (3) Summary,
analysis, application, and evaluation of television
and radio broadcasting for educational purposes.
Sp
5510 Creative Projects (3) For students having specialized
broadcasting interests or those who wish
extensive directed study in creative writing or production
projects. May be repeated . E
5610 Public Affairs Broadcasting (3) News and public
affairs function in broadcasting stations and networks,
including management, economics, personnel
utilization, sources of program materials, ethical
and legal aspects . Public affairs program development,
particularly press conferences, interviews,
and news specials . Prereq : 3610 or consent of instructor
. W
5620 Broadcast Law and Regulations (3)
Sociopolitical control of broadcasting ; effect of
laws, regulations, and public pressures upon station
policies . Emphasis on unique situation of broadcasting
among media in terms of regulation . Prereq:
Journalism 4410 or 5210 or consent of instructor . F
5630 Broadcast Documentary Writing (3) Role of
documentary in radio and television . Research, writing,
and critique of documentary programs . Sp
5650 Radio-Television Program Development (3)
Planning basic program structures for broadcasting
stations . Historical trends in programming and current
programming practices as related to audience
requirements, governmental policy, and competitive
conditions . Individual studies of program development
on both local station and network levels.
Prereq : 2750 or consent of instructor . Su, F
5970 Independent Study (3) E
School of Journalism
Professors:
J. A . Crook (Director), Ph .D. Iowa State;
D . C . Cade, Ph .D . Iowa ; J. B . Haskins, Ph .D.
Minnesota ; J . Hohenberg, B . Litt . Columbia;
B . K . Leiter, Ph .D . Southern Illinois ; J . R . Lynn,
Ph .D . Southern Illinois.
Associate Professors:
J. N . Adamson, M .S . Tennessee ; P . G . Ashdown,
Ph .D . Bowling Green ; G . A . Everett, Ph .D .,
Iowa ; E . F. Shaw, Ph .D . Stanford;
F. B. Thornburg, M . A . Florida.
Assistant Professor:
J. P. McKerns, Ph .D . Minnesota
3120 Writing Feature Articles (3) Selection of topics
and practice in writing feature articles for newspapers,
magazines, and company publications . Prereq
: 2220 or consent of instructor . E
3410 Communications Law (3) Statutory law and
judicial precedents affecting mass communications
media . Libel, contempt of court, invasion of privacy,
copyright . Broadcasting, advertising and postal
regulations . E
3710 Public Relations (3) Theories and principles of
public relations. Overview of PR as a management
tool of business, government, institutions, and organizations
. Cannot be taken for graduate credit by
communications majors . E
3720 Advanced Public Relations (3) Preparation of
communications materials to gain support from various
publics ; planning public relations programs.
Prereq : 3710. F, Sp
3810 Specialized Publications (3) Editorial and design
considerations for company publications and
small magazines . Prereq : 2230 and 3310 or consent
of instructor . W, Sp
3990 Journalism Research Methods (3) Use of social
science research methods in journalism with
emphasis on survey techniques. Interpretation and
communication of research findings to public . W,
Sp
4130 Editorial Writing (3) Analysis of editorial
policies, practices, pages . Writing of editorials and
columns, with emphasis on study and use of rhetorical
devices and logic . Sp
4150 Issues in Journalism (3) Topics vary . May be
repeated . Maximum 6 hrs.
4310 Reporting Public Affairs (3) Reporting news of
courts, politics, and government . State, county and
local coverage . Prereq : 2230 and senior standing . F,
Sp
4410 Mass Media and Society (3) Roles and responsibilities
of mass media in society . Critique of mass
media performance . Media codes and controls on
the media . E
4420 Newspaper Management (3) Daily and weekly
business operations . Developments in newspaper
management . Sp
4560 Investigative Reporting (3) Investigative and
interpretive reporting of complex or specialized subjects
to place news in perspective or to clarify situations.
Emphasis on writing for publication . Prereq:
2220 . W
4710 Public Relations Cases (3) Case studies and
application of public relations principles to problems
in business and industry, government, institutions,
trades and professions ; solving problems in
public relations situations . Prereq : 3720. Sp
4810 Journalism in the High School (3) Functions
and methods of high school publications. Staff organization,
writing and editing techniques, editorial
problems, and business management . Su
4910 News and Feature Photography (3) Advanced
principles and methods in black-and-white photography
. Emphasis on news and feature photographs,
and picture stories . Prereq : 3910 or consent of instructor.
4950 International Communications (3) Communication
of news and opinion among nations and
under varying types of political and economic systems
; world news organizations, the press as a factor
in international affairs ; barriers to the flow of
information ; comparison of world press systems . F
4970 Independent Study (3) May be repeated.
Maximum 6 hrs.
5210 Government and the Press (3) Historic and
current problems in the relations of executive, judicial,
legislative, and regulatory segments of governmental
and press . Prereq : 3110 or consent of
instructor . W
5250 Public Opinion and Mass Media (3) Nature of
public opinion with emphasis on role of press in its
formation and how the press in turn is influenced by
by public opinion . Prereq : 4410 or consent of instructor
. W, Su
5510-20-30 Writing and Editing Projects (3, 3, 3)
Specialized writing or editing interests, such as agriculture,
politics, labor, finance, science, for technical
as well as general publications . Prereq : 2220 or
2230.
5560 Magazine Article Writing (3) Techniques of
writing in-depth articles for mass circulation magazines
. Organizing and presenting material. Problems
in specialized areas, such as business, science,
agriculture, the humanities . Prereq : 3120 or consent
of instructor. Sp
5710 Studies in Public Relations Communications
(3) Problems of communication between institutions
and organizations and their publics . Case histories
and evaluations of programs. Prereq : 3710 or
consent of instructor . Sp
5810 Magazine Editing and Production (3) Analysis
of editorial and production problems of general, regional,
and specialized publications. Reader interest
evaluation . Individual editorial projects . Prereq:
Consent of instructor . F
5950 Communications and International Development
(3) Seminar emphasizing mass media in national
and international development . Communications
and change in developing countries . Problems
in international and cross-cultural communications.
Prereq : 4950 or consent of instructor.
5970 Independent Study (3)

College of Education
William H . Coffield, Dean
E . Dale Doak, Associate Dean for
Undergraduate Programs
Helen B . Watson, Associate Dean for
Graduate Studies
Madge M . Phillips, Director, School of
Health, Physical Education, and
Recreation
Charles M . Peccolo, Director, Bureau of
Educational Research and Service
The faculty of the College of Education is
committed to performing three major
functions : (1) to provide professional
preparation for teachers, administrators, and
school service personnel at undergraduate
and graduate levels ; (2) to collaborate with
school personnel, educational agencies,
professional groups, and others interested in
the evaluation and improvement of
educational opportunities, programs, and
services; and (3) to promote and conduct
experimental and research studies in
education.
The College of Education holds
membership in the American Association of
Colleges for Teacher Education . All
certification and degree programs through
the doctoral level are fully accredited by the
National Council for Accreditation of Teacher
Education, the Southern Association of
Colleges and Schools, and the Tennessee
State Department of Education.
The College of Education, through the
Graduate School, offers programs leading to
the Master of Arts in College Teaching, the
Master of Science degree, the Specialist in
Education degree, and the Doctor of
Education and Doctor of Philosophy degrees.
MASTER OF SCIENCE
On the Master's level professional study
may be planned (1) in one of the areas listed
on page 8, (2) in appropriate combinations of
these areas, or (3) in combinations of one or
more of these areas with appropriate subjects
or areas in other colleges.
SPECIALIST IN EDUCATION DEGREE
This degree may be earned in Educational
Administration and Supervision, in
Educational Psychology and Guidance, in
Curriculum and Instruction, in Safety
Education and Service, or in
Vocational-Technical Education.
DOCTORAL DEGREES
The College of Education offers programs
of advanced study leading to the Doctor of
Education degree in the major areas listed on
page 8, and to the Doctor of Philosophy
degree in Health Education.
Bureau of Educational
Research and Service
Four major types of activities-research,
development, educational services, and
publications-are channeled through the
Bureau of Educational Research and Service
(BERS), located in Claxton Education
Building . The research activities relate to the
development of research proposals,
conducting research, and assisting others in
development of research proposals in the
College of Education . Developmental
activities relate to change efforts in curricular
content and instrumental methodolgy.
Educational services include a wide list of
activities such as in-service educational
programs, consultant services, and
administrative training programs . Official
publications of the College of Education are
developed through the Bureau . A limited
number of graduate student assistantships
are available.
The Educational Opportunities Planning
Center and the School Planning Laboratory
are integral parts of the Bureau of
Educational Research and Service.
EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITIES
PLANNING CENTER
The Educational Opportunities Planning
Center (EOPC) works with school districts in
the Tennessee-Kentucky area to help meet
their desegregation and sex discrimination
needs by assisting with needs assessment
and by helping develop plans to meet the
needs. Staff members provide in-service
training for local district personnel . Such
49
training is directed toward solutions of
curricular, human relations, and other types
of problems created or compounded by
school desegregation and sex discrimination.
On-site evaluation of locally installed
practices and continuing cooperative
evaluation of the progress of local programs
are additional major efforts . This program is
funded by the U .S. Office of Education.
SCHOOL PLANNING LABORATORY
The School Planning Laboratory (SPL),
located in Claxton Education Building,
assists schools and colleges in integrating
curriculum offerings with architectural
designs, organizing regional institutes to
promote innovative construction concepts,
encouraging full staff utilization to secure an
optimal learning environment, facilitating
renovative projects within existing buildings,
and conducting custodial clinics on proper
maintenance techniques . Course work
relating specifically to school planning is
offered through the Department of Education
Administration and Supervision, while
two-year graduate assistantships are under
the administrative auspices of the Laboratory.
Departments of
Instruction
Art and Music Education
C. H . Ball, Head
Art Education
MAJOR
Art Education
Professor:
J . W. Robertson, Ed .D . Columbia.
Associate Professor:
H . N. Hull, Ed .S . Peabody.
Assistant Professors:
P. Johansen, Ed .D . Indiana;
J . P. Watkins, M .S . Tennessee.
DEGREE
M .S.
The Master of Science degree in Art
Education is offered for art teachers,
supervisors, and art-trained persons holding

50 College of Education
the baccalaureate degree . The program
provides both thesis and non-thesis options.
Moreover, it is possible to achieve Tennessee
Certification in art while pursuing the
Master's degree program.
The thesis option requires 45 quarter hours
as follows :
Quarter
hours
1. Art Education 5310, 5320 and
electives
18
2. Education Curriculum and Instruction
5710, and electives 9
3. Minor (selected with committee) 9
4. Thesis (Art Education 5000)
9
The non-thesis option requires 45 quarter
hours as follows :
Quarter
hours
1. Art Education 5210, 5310, 5320,
and electives
21
2. Education Curriculum and Instruction
5800, and electives
9
3. Minor (selected with committee) 9
4. Electives
The thesis option requires satisfactory
completion of an oral examination prior to
awarding the degree, while the non-thesis
option requires satisfactory completion of a
final written comprehensive examination.
Both the oral and written exams are
conducted by the student's Master's degree
committee.
Not all courses in art education are offered
regularly each quarter, so the student should
plan his or her program carefully with a
faculty advisor.
3210 Art in the Secondary School Program (3) Program
planning ; materials and equipment ; relation to
other school experiences . Classroom observation.
Prereq : 9 hrs art education . 1 hr and 2 labs . F, Sp
3920 Clay in School Program (3) Exploring methods
of hand-built forms, glazing and firing procedures.
Prereq : 2100 . 1 hr and 2 labs . F, Sp
3930 Textiles in School Program (3) Exploration of
processes of weaving, stitchery, batik, and silk
screen . Prereq : 2100 . 1 hr and 2 labs.
4120 Designing of Teaching Aids for Art in School
Program (3) Design and preparation of charts, exhibitions,
slides, films, and other teaching aids for
grades one through twelve . Prereq : 2100 or consent
of instructor . 1 hr and 2 labs . W, Su
4130 Three-Dimensional Design in School Program
(3) Exploration of wood, wire, metal, plastics, and
other sculptural materials . Prereq : 2100 or consent
of instructor . 1 hr and 2 labs . F, Sp
4150 Lettering, Posters, and Displays In the School
Program (3) Design and layout ; techniques and procedures
. Prereq : 2100 or consent of instructor . 1 hr
and 2 labs . W, Su
4160 Appreciation of the Arts in the School Program
(3) Prereq : 2100 or consent of instructor . 1 hr
and 2 labs . Su
4350-60-70 Problems in Art Teaching (3, 3, 3) Prereq
: Consent of instructor. E
5000 Thesis (1-15) E
5002 Non-Thesis Graduation Completion (3-15)
Required for the non-thesis student not otherwise
registered during any quarter when such a student
uses university facilities and/or faculty time before
degree is completed . May not be used toward degree
requirements . May be repeated . S/NC only . E
5210 Organization, Administration, and Supervision
of Art in the School Program (3) W
5310 Art in Education (3) Historical background,
current philosophy, theory, and trends ; nature and
function of aesthetic behavior in visual arts ; relationships
to psychology, sociology, and anthropology
. F
6
5320 Program Development In Art Education (3)
Objectives, organization, content selection,
facilities, and equipment ; supervision ; evaluation;
professional growth ; leadership and community relationships
; art for special student . Sp
5850-60-70 Problems in Art Education (3, 3, 3) Prereq
: Consent of instructor . E
Music Education
MAJOR
DEGREE
Music Education
M .S.
Professors:
C . H. Ball (Head), Ph .D . Peabody;
A . W. Humphreys, Ed .D . Illinois ; W. J . Julian,
Ph .D . Northwestern.
Associate Professors:
W. H . McDaniel, M .S . Tennessee ; J. O . Mintz,
Ed .D . Columbia ; A . W . Tipps, Ph .D . Michigan.
Assistant Professor:
M. C. Moore, Ph .D . Michigan.
Thesis and non-thesis programs lead to the
Master of Science degree in music education.
Prerequisite preparation : undergraduate
degree or equivalent in music education.
All graduate students in music education
must pass proficiency examinations in music
theory and applied music.
Requirements for thesis program : 45
quarter hours including thesis (9 hours), the
music education major (18 hours), minor
areas in music (9 hours), and professional
education (9 hours) . Required courses : Music
Education 5000, 5210, 5220, 5230 ; Curriculum
and Instruction 5710.
Requirements for non-thesis option:
1 . Minimum of 51 quarter hours of course
work with a minimum of 26 hours at the 5000
level.
2. Evidence of ability to understand and
interpret research through completion of:
a. Curriculum and Instruction 5610 or
equivalent.
b. Music Education 5710.
c. Satisfactory performance of research
activities in required courses in music
education listed below.
3. Curriculum:
a. A major : at least 27 quarter hours in
music education.
b. A minor : at least 15 quarter hours in
music.
c. 9 quarter hours in professional
education, including Curriculum and
Instruction 5610 and Educational Psychology
4760 or equivalents and a 3-hour elective.
With the exception of the required courses
listed and with approval of the student's
advisor, courses may be selected as
described more fully above . This providesthe
flexibility necessary for the student to pursue
in some depth specialized interests and
needs in the following areas of music
teaching : Elementary ; Secondary (Junior and
Senior High) ; Vocal (Choral) ; Instrumental
(Band and Orchestra) ; and Supervision.
4. Specific course requirements:
a. Music Education Foundation (15 quarter
hours) including : One seminar (3 hours),
5210, 5240, 5250, 5710.
b. Music: Six quarter hours in applied
music (piano ; voice ; a band or orchestra
instrument ; or theory and composition).
c. Education (limited elective of 6 quarter
hours) : Educational Psychology 4760 or 5050,
5320, or other appropriate course in
educational psychology with 3 hours credit.
5. Electives (with approval of advisor):
a. Music Education : 12 credit hours from
courses numbered 5000 .
b. Music : 9 credit hours from courses at
the 3000, 4000, or 5000 levels . No courses
required in the undergraduate curricula may
be included.
c. Education : 3 credit hours, elected from
other departments in Education.
6. Evaluation (in addition to routine
examinations in courses):
a. Written comprehensive examination in
major and minor fields.
b. The student shall elect one of the
evaluation procedures below (with approval
of advisor and committee):
(1) Oral examinations in major and minor
fields .
(2) A public recital in principal instrument,
piano, or voice.
(3) The presentation in public performance
of an original musical composition(s)
accepted by the committee as music suitable
for school music performing groups.
(4) Plan, rehearse and conduct a full public
performance of music by junior or senior high
school music groups . This shall be worked
out as a long-term project under the
supervision of the student's committee.
7 . Student's Committee : A minimum of
three faculty members-the advisor from
music education ; one member from music;
one member from education.
4441-42-43 Teaching Class Piano (1, 1, 1) For
majors in music, music education, or elementary
education . Prereq : Consent of instructor . F, W, SP
4450 Music in Special Education (3) Techniques
and materials for exceptional children . Prereq:
3110-20.
4460 Marching Band Techniques (3) Functions, organization,
and direction of a school marching
band . Prereq : Consent of instructor . Coreq : 3511 . F,
Su
5000 Thesis (1-15) E
5002 Non-Thesis Graduation Completion (3-15)
Required for the non-thesis student not otherwise
registered during any quarter when such a student
uses university facilities and/or faculty time before
degree is completed . May not be used toward degree
requirements. May be repeated . S/NC only . E
5150 Studies in Secondary School Music (3) Development
of understandings regarding growth patterns
and processes through music experiences;
cultural and community influences on secondary
school music, problems in administration and
teaching of music in secondary school ; relationship
of music with humanities in curriculum . Sequel to
3150.
5210 Psychological Foundations of Music (3) Perception
; function ; aesthetics ; talent measurement;
implications for teaching theory and practice . A review
of classic and current experimental studies.
Prereq : Consent of instructor . Su
5220 The Administration and Supervision of School
Music (3) Improvement of teacher-learning, childlearning
process in music education . Problems of
supervision, research, and in-service education,
teacher preparation, and guidance.
5230 Comparative Teaching Procedures in Music
Education (3) Modern teaching theories and their
implications.
5240 Evaluation Procedures in Music Education (3)
Tests, measurements, and evaluation of musical
development of students at all levels . Standard educational
measurements and teacher-made tests
applicable to music and specialized evaluative
techniques for use in classroom situations . Uses of
musical aptitude and achievement tests . Statistical
measures applied to learning music . Prereq : General
psychology, educational psychology, and
elementary statistics . Su
5250 The Role of Music in Education (3) For school
personnel, other than music teachers, on the role of
music in public education . No previous experience
in music required . Su

5260 Music for Early Childhood (3) Prereq : 3120 or
3130 or consent of instructor.
5270 Studies of Music for Children in the Primary
Grades (3) Children's growth processes in music for
Grades 1-3, and musical experiences . For major in
music education and/or elementary education . Prereq
: 3120 and 3130 or consent of instructor.
5320 Advanced Choral Literature and Conducting
(3) Reading, conducting, and interpreting vocal
scores suitable for school, college, church, and
community groups ; emphasis on contemporary and
standard major choral works . Prereq : Undergraduate
degree with a major in music or music
education ; 4450, 4510 or equivalent.
5350-60-70 Special Problems in Music Education
(3, 3, 3) Current problems in music education at all
levels of instruction and in various specialized areas
of music curriculum . Prereq : 5710 or equivalent and
consent of instructor. E
5410 Advanced Band Literature and Conducting (3)
Reading, conducting, and interpreting band scores
suitable for school, college, and community bands;
emphasis on contemporary and standard band literature
. Prereq : Undergraduate degree with a major in
music or music education ; 4330 or equivalent.
5510-20-30 The Talent Education Program of
Shinichi Suzuki (2, 2, 2) Study of the psychology,
procedures and literature utilized by Shinichi
Suzuki in Talent Education program in Japan . Prereq
: Consent of instructor . F, W, Sp
5710 Reserch in Music Education (3) Prereq : Consent
of instructor . Su
5810 Seminar (3) Music teaching in primary and
intermediate grades. Survey of research, professional
literature and development of bibliography.
Laboratory activities . Projects . Prereq : Admission to
M .S . program.
5820 Seminar (3) Music teaching in vocal and general
music areas of junior high school curriculum.
Survey of research, professional literature and development
of bibliography . Laboratory activities.
Projects . Prereq : Admission to M .S . program.
5830 Seminar (3) Music teaching in instrumental
areas of the elementary, junior high, and senior high
curricula . Survey of research, professional literature
and development of bibliography . Laboratory activities.
Projects . Prereq : Admission to M .S . program.
5840 Seminar (3) Music teaching in vocal, theoretical,
historical, and appreciation area of the secondary
school curricula . Survey of research, professional
literature and development of bibliography.
Laboratory activities . Projects . Prereq : Admission to
M .S. program.
Continuing and Higher
Education
MAJOR DEGREE
Adult Education M .S.
Professors:
M . C . McInnis, Jr . (Head), Ph .D . Florida State;
W . H . Coffield, Ph .D . Iowa ; J. P . Goodard, Ed .D.
Tennessee ; J . M . Peters, Ed .D . North Carolina
State ; E . A' . Ramer (Emeritus), Ed .D . Columbia.
Associate Professor:
K . O. McCullough, Ph .D . Florida State.
Assistant Professor:
W . D . Barton, Ed.D . Tennessee.
The Master of Science degree in Adult
Education is offered for teachers,
administrators, counselors, and community
specialists . The degree program has two
options . A thesis option requires a minimum
of 45 hours, with 18 hours in the major field,
15 hours of electives, 3 hours of educational
research, and 9 hours of thesis preparation.
The non-thesis option requires a minimum of
51 hours, with 24 hours in the major field, 24
hours of electives, and 3 hours of research
methods. For each option, 9 hours must be
completed in the behavioral sciences .
minor may be developed from the hours
alloted to electives . The thesis option requires
satisfactory completion of a final oral
examination, and the non-thesis option
requires satisfactory completion of a final
written comprehensive examination.
5000 Thesis (1-15) E
5002 Non-Thesis Graduation Completion (3-15)
Required for the non-thesis student not otherwise
registered during any quarter when such a student
uses university facilities and/or faculty time before
degree is completed . May not be used toward degree
requirements . May be repeated . S/NC only . E
5060 Adult Education : A General Survey (3) Historical
development, philosophies of adult education,
agencies, programs, current issues, and literature of
adult education . F, Sp
5110 Seminar in College Teaching (3) Effective college
teaching ; testing and measurement ; recent research
in college instruction ; major problems and
issues in higher education . Required of candidates
for the MACT degree . S/NC only . Sp
5360-70-80 Problems in Continuing and Higher
Education (1-3, 1-3, 1-3) Independent study of problems
and special institutes . S/NC only . E
5410 College and University Law-The Legal Environment
(3) Legal precedent affecting organization,
administration, and financing of public higher education
. Academic freedom, faculty termination, taxation,
private support, religion, tort liability,
administrative law, academic due process, and affirmative
action in employment. W
5420 College and University Law-Constitutional
Rights and Responsibilities of Students (3) (Same
as Educational Psychology and Guidance 5420) Sp
5430 College and University Law-Tort Liability
and Risk Management (3) Legal precedent concerning
liability exposure of public institutions of
higher education . Personal and institutional liability
. Basic principles of risk management and liability
insurance . Prereq : 5410 and 5420, or consent of
instructor.
5440 American Higher Education (3) Purposes,
functions, organizations, and programs . F, Sp
5450 Instruction in Higher Education (3) Problems,
procedures, and techniques . W
5460 Adult Development (3) Changes in characteristics
of the adult over the life span and implications
for adult education . F
5470 The Curriculum of Undergraduate Higher
Education (3) Background, content, and organization
of instructional programs, trends, and evaluation
procedures, including accreditation activities.
5510 Governance of Colleges and Universities (3)
Development, change, trends, process, and structure
of collegiate governance . F
5550 Fiscal Problems in Higher Education (3) Revenue
sources and fiscal management in public and
private colleges and universities . Sp
5660 Program Planning in Continuing and Higher
Education (3) Theory and method for planning adult
education programs . W
5860 The Community-Junior College (3) History and
role of two-year college, major functions, organization
and administration, problems, and issues . E
5955-65-75 Practicum in Continuing and Higher
Education (1-3, 1-3, 1-3) Supervised practice in
selected areas of instruction or administration of
continuing or higher education programs . S/NC
only . E
5960-70-80 Seminar in Continuing and Higher Education
(1-3, 1-3, 1-3) Problems and issues confronting
professionals in fields of adult or higher education
. E
6450 Advanced Seminar in Program Planning (3)
Concepts and theories related to program planning
in continuing and higher education . Prereq : 5660 or
equivalent.
See also course listings under the
Departments of Curriculum and Instruction,
Educational Administration and Supervision,
and Educational Psychology and Guidance.
Curriculum and
Instruction
MAJORS DEGREES
Curriculum M .S.
Curriculum and Instruction Ed .S ., Ed .D.
Elementary Education M .S.
English Education M .S.
Foreign Language Education M .S.
Instructional Materials M .S.
Mathematics Education M .S.
Science Education M .S.
Social Science Education M .S.
Professors:
J. J . Belton (Head), Ed .D . California (Berkeley);
J. E . Alexander, Ed .D . Kentucky;
C . B . Allison, Ph .D . Oklahoma ; K . J. Blank,
Ph .D . Ohio State ; B . L . Broman, Ed .D.
Tennessee ; P . C . Burns, Ph .D . Iowa;
W. L. Butefish, Ed .D . Texas Tech ; I . N . Chiles
(Emeritus), A . M . Missouri ; M. A . Christiansen,
Ph .D . Kansas ; E . S . Christen bury (Emeritus),
Ph .D . Georgia ;'A . R . Davis,
Ph .D . Ohio State ; D . J . Dessart, Ph .D.
Maryland ; E. D. Doak, Ed .D . Colorado;
H . Frandsen, Ph .D . Illinois ; R . L . French,
Ph .D . Ohio State ; L . O . Haaby, Ed .D . Columbia;
R. Howard, Ph .D . Ohio State ; A . M. Johnston,
Ph .D . Chicago ; L . N . Knight, Ph .D.
Texas ; A . Malik, Ed .D . Columbia;
N . Mays, Ph .D . Southern Illinois;
W. C. Murphy, Ph .D . Alabama ; J . R. Ray,
Ed .D . Tennessee ; R . S . Thurman, Ed .D.
George Peabody ; T. N . Turner, Ed .D.
Pennsylvania State ; A . L . Wantling (Emeritus),
Ph .D . Ohio State ; A . P. Wishart, Ph .D.
Texas ; W. W. Wyatt, Ed .D . Missouri.
Associate Professors:
L . C. Cagle, Ed .D . Georgia ; C. A . Chance,
Ph .D ., Ohio State ; C . L. Faires,
Ph .D . Kent State ; A . D. Grant, Ph .D.
Wisconsin ; W. H . Heflin, Ph .D . Florida State;
R. L . Hodge, Ph .D . Texas ; P . E . Huff,
Ph .D . Ohio State ; K . J . Jost, Ed .D . Oklahoma;
B . M. Kolker, Ed .D . Indiana ; M . E . Myer,
Ph .D . Florida ; C . E . Roeske, Ph .D. Ohio State;
T. K. Ryan, Ed .D . Ball State ; W. S. Slawson,
Ed .D . Virginia ; P . N. Terwilliger,
Ed .D . Pennsylvania State.
Assistant Professors:
M. F . Kalinowski, Ed .D . Massachusetts;
A . M. Rutherford, M .A. Virginia;
A . A . Van Fleet, Ph .D . Florida;
C. A . Washbon, Ph .D . Maryland ; S . J . Wynn,
M .S .Tennessee.
Graduate programs are designed to
improve scholarship and educational
competence in a number of areas leading to
the Master of Science degree, the Specialist
in Education degree, or the Doctor of
Education degree.
THE MASTER'S PROGRAM
For the Master of Science degree, thesis
and non-thesis options are available in the
following majors : Curriculum, Elementary
Education, English Education, Foreign
Language Education, Instructional Media
and Technology, Mathematics Education,
Science Education, or Social Science
Education . The non-thesis option requires
the completion of 51 quarter hours of course
work.
THE SPECIALIST PROGRAM
The Educational Specialist degree program
with a major in Curriculum and Instruction
will encompass concentrations in the
following areas : curriculum, elementary
education, English education, foreign
language education, instructional media and
technology, mathematics education, science
education, social science education.
The program includes a minimum of 90

52
College of Education
quarter hours of graduate study . If the student
has earned the Master's degree, a maximum
of 45 hours of the Master's work may be
credited to the 90 hour Ed .S . requirement . (45
hours of 5000-level courses are required .) The
program must also include the following:
1. A minimum of 12 hours taken in one of
the eight areas listed below.
2. A minimum of 12 hours taken within the
College of Education in areas other than the
student's major area.
3. A minimum of 12 hours taken outsidethe
College of Education.
4. A minimum of 9 hours earned through
the writing of a thesis . (Students who have
written a thesis for the Master's degree may
be exempted from a thesis in the Ed .S.
program provided, in the judgment of the
student's committee, the thesis meets the
standards of research appropriate for the
Ed .S . degree .)
5. A minimum of 45 elective hours taken
according to a plan jointly developed by the
student and the major professor in terms of
the student's professional goals.
THE DOCTORAL PROGRAM
The doctoral major in Curriculum and
Instruction may include emphasis upon the
following fields : curriculum, social
foundations, educational research,
elementary education, English education,
foreign language education, mathematics
education, science education, social science
education.
For further information, write the
Department of Curriculum and Instruction.
4010 International Education : Europe and the
Americas (3) Historical, philosophical, and
sociological foundations ; special reference to England,
USSR, France and Germany.
4110 Education in Cultural Perspective (3) Contribution
of anthropological concepts (primarily concepts
of culture) to understanding of education
processes, problems, and thought in our society and
others . (Same as Anthropology 4110 .)
4111 Non-Western Education : Anthropological
Approaches (3) (Same as Anthropology 4111 .)
4150 School Library Administration (3) (Same as
Library and Information Science 4150 .)
4210 Curriculum in Elementary School Social
Studies (3) Survey of current curricular approaches
and trends in elementary school social studies . Prereq
: Teaching experience or student teaching . Sp,
Su
4215 Teaching Elementary School Science (3)
Methods and materials used in teaching science in
elementary school . Developmental and diagnostic/
corrective programs . Not open to students with recent
courses or background in teaching elementary
school science.
4216 Teaching Elementary School Mathematics (3)
Methods and materials used in teaching mathematics
in elementary school . Developmental and
diagnostic/corrective programs . Not open to students
with recent course or background in teaching
elementary school mathematics . W, Su
4217 Teaching Elementary School Language Arts
(3) Methods and materials used in teaching elementary
school language arts . Development of functional
relationships with other curriculum areas,
diagnostic procedures, and corrective work . Not
open to students with recent course or background
in teaching elementary language arts.
4240 Classroom Instructional Organization (3) Developing
understandings and skills relating to
grouping, individualization, space utilization, organization,
grading, integration, and achieving an
effective social environment . For elementary classroom
teacher . Prereq : Senior standing.
4250 Initiating the Activities Program (3) Prereq :
Educational Psychology 2430, 6 hrs of methods of
teaching in elementary school.
4260 Philosophy of Education (3) Truth, knowledge,
and valuation in relation to work of the schools.
Prereq : 3010, Educational Psychology 2430 or 3810,
or equivalents . E
4261 Educational Classics (3) Discussion of
selected writings on education from Plato to Dewey.
4280 Diagnosis and Correction of Classroom Reading
Problems (3) Prereq : 3280 or equivalent . E
4300 Developmental Reading in Secondary School
and Community College (3) Approaches and materials
for teaching basic reading skills and organizing
reading classrooms and/or laboratories at middle
school, secondary school, and community college
level . Prereq : Consent of instructor.
4301 Teaching Developmental Reading (3)
Methods and materials used in teaching reading in
the elementary school . Includes development of
functional relationships with other curriculum
areas, diagnostic procedures and remedial work.
Not open to students with recent course work or
background in the teaching of reading . E
4303 Language Development of Children : Birth-
Preadolescence (3) In-depth view of language development
from birth through preadolescence ; application
of process of language development to
instructional programs for early and middle childhood.
4304 Developing Reading Skills in Content Fields
(3) Approaches and techniques for teaching reading
skills in content areas of school program . Emphasis
on middle school and secondary school programs.
Prereq : Consent of instructor.
4340 The Junior High School and Middle School (3)
To identify and analyze distinguishing characteristics
of the Junior High and Middle School curriculums.
4350-60-70 Problems in Teaching English (3, 3, 3)
4351-61-71 Problems in Teaching Mathematics (3,
3, 3)
4352-62-72 Problems in Teaching Social Studies (3,
3, 3)
4353-63-73 Problems in Teaching Science (3, 3, 3)
4354-64-74 Problems in Teaching Language Arts
(3, 3, 3)
4355-65-75 Problems in General Curriculum (3, 3, 3)
4356-66-76 Problems in Instructional Materials (3,
3, 3)
4357-67-77 Problems In Teaching Foreign Languages
(3, 3, 3)
4359-69-79 Problems in Teaching Conservation (3,
3, 3)
4381 Problems in Early Childhood Education (3)
May be repeated . Maximum 9 hrs . 6 hrs can be taken
concurrently.
4400 Problems in Improvement of Instruction (1-3)
Special conferences, workshops, or in-service programs
designed for improvement of instruction.
May be repeated . Maximum 9 hrs . S/NC only.
4410 Educational Sociology (3) (Same as Sociology
4410 .)
4450 Teaching in Kindergarten : Overview (3) Relationship
of kindergarten to total elementary program
; goals ; historical settings and current developments
. E
4451 Teaching in Kindergarten : Program Development
(3) Curriculum planning and organization
; classroom management . Prereq : Consent of
instructor . E
4630 Current Educational Problems (3)
4654 Programs, Methods and Materials in Environmental
and Science Education (3) Instructional
materials, teaching methods, curricular programs
and issues in environmental and science
education.
4750 Utilization of Instructional Media (3) Introduces
the basic communications process, need for
instructional media, instructional development,
selection and utilization of media, and basic
software production techniques . (Same as Library
and Information Science 4750 and Vocational-
Technical Education 4750 .) E
4840 Introduction to Data Processing in Education
(3) Analysis of current activities in field of educational
data processing . Emphasis on curricular, administrative,
and research opportunities in education,
using modern electronic data processing
methods and machines.
4860 Programmed Learning (3) Theories of learning
as related to technology of programmed instruction;
techniques and applications of programming . Prereq
: Psychology 3210, Educational Psychology
3730, or consent of instructor . (Same as Psychology
4860 .) 2 hrs and 1 lab.
5000 Thesis (1-15) E
5002 Non-Thesis Graduation Completion (3-15)
Required for the non-thesis student not otherwise
registered during any quarter when such a student
uses university facilities and/or faculty time before
degree is completed . May not be used toward degree
requirements . May be repeated . SINC only . E
5040 Seminar in Elementary School Language Arts
(3) Analysis of current issues related to elementary
school language arts education . Emphasis on individual
student presentations, projects, and investigations
. Prereq : At least 1 yr teaching experience
(K-9), or consent of instructor.
5070 Seminar in Intercultural Education (3)
Analysis of selected problems : political factors in
creation of educational policy ; social stratification
and its bearing on education in elite and mass
societies ; relation of education to manpower planning
and technological change ; and others.
5100 History of European Education (3) Ancient
Greece to development of national school systems.
5110 History of Education (3) Foundations for American
education . E
5120 Principles of Education (3) A philosophic approach
. Prereq : 4260.
5140 Comparative Philosophies of Education (3)
Educational theory and policy proposals of the
major philosophic schools of thought. Prereq : 4260
or equivalent.
5141 Pragmatism in Education (3) Effects of American
pragmatist tradition on educational policy and
practice. Prereq : At least one course in history or
philosophy of education.
5142 The Existential Student (3) Literature of existentialism
as source for harmonizing student ' s educational
goals and curriculum.
5143 Supervised Readings in Philosophy of Education
(3) Prereq : At least 9 hrs history or philosophy of
education.
5150-60-70 Seminar (1-3, 1-3, 1-3) Curriculum,
elementary education, secondary education, or social
foundations as they relate to goals of students '
programs . Maximum 9 hrs . S/NC only.
5180-90-200 Seminar Educational Specialist Research
and Thesis (3, 3, 3)
5210 Seminar in International Education: Asia and
Africa (3) Historical, philosophical, and sociological
foundations ; special reference to Japan, China, India,
and Nigeria.
5211 Instructional Strategies in Elementary School
Social Studies (3) Specific teaching methods and
instructional procedures for organizing social
studies learnings . Prereq : Undergraduate social
studies course or equivalent.
5220 Supervised Readings in International Education
(3) Supervised readings and research in any
area of international education, with emphasis on
historical, philosophical and sociological foundations
. Prereq : Consent of instructor.
5230 Diagnosis and Remediation of Arithmetic Difficulties
(3) Problems in learning arithmetic concepts
. Emphasis on tools and strategies for diagnostic
teaching of arithmetic . Prereq : 5290 or 5825, or
consent of instructor. F, Su
5240 Creative Thinking and Expression in the
Elementary School (3) Gives students opportunity

to examine development of creative potential across
academic curriculum of elementary school . Prereq:
Consent of instructor . Sp, Su
5250 Secondary School Instruction (3)
5270 The Elementary School Curriculum (3)
Theoretical background and experimental approaches.
5280 The Teaching of Language Arts in the
Elementary School (3) Trends, issues, and research
in content and method for the language arts program,
grades 1-8 . Prereq : 3260 or consent of instructor.
5281 Teaching Social Studies in the Elementary
School (3) Recent trends, issues, and research findings
. Credit cannot be earned for both 5281 and
5970.
5282 Teaching Science in the Elementary School
(3) Trends, issues, and research in content and
method for elementary program.
5283 Programs and Materials In Teaching Elementary
Science (3) Analysis of new and innovative science
program materials, instructional strategies inherent
in teaching of these materials . Prereq : 5282
or equivalent, or consent of instructor.
5284 Seminar in Teaching Elemenrary Science (3)
Analysis of current curricular issues related to
elementary science education . Emphasis on individual
student presentations, projects, and investigations
. Prereq : 3720, 4215, or 5282 or equivalent, or
consent of instructor . At least 1 yr teaching experience
(K-9).
5290 The Teaching of Mathematics in the Elementary
School (3) Trends, issues, and research in content
and method for mathematics program, grades
1-8. Prereq : 3350 and Mathematics 2110-20-30 or
consent of instructor . F, Su
5291 Programs and Materials in Elementary
School Language Arts (3) Programs and special
instructional aids associated with language arts.
Prereq : 5280 or equivalent, or consent of instructor.
5292 Seminar in Research and Theory in Teaching
Mathematics In the Elementary School (3) Systematic
study of research and theory and their application
to teaching of mathematics . Prereq : 3350 or
equivalent, consent of instructor, and 1 yr of teaching
experience . Su
5302 Psychology of Reading (3) The reading act,
relationship between learning theory and reading,
role of reading in child's overall intellectual development
. Prereq : Undergraduate reading course
or consent of instructor.
5303 Methods and Materals for Teaching Critical
Reading (3) Instructional techniques, methods, and
materials for development of higher level comprehension
skills, concepts, and attitudes for creative
(or productive) and critical (or evaluative) reading
. Prereq : 3280, 4300, 4301, or at least one course
in fundamentals of teaching.
5304 Programs and Materials for Reading Instruction
(3) Examination, selection, and use of materials
in reading program, distinguishing between approaches
and materials for teaching reading . Prereq
: 3281 or 4300 or consent of instructor.
5305 Trends and Issues in Teaching Reading (3)
Critical analysis of new programs, materials, innovations,
and developments in reading . Prereq : An undergraduate
course in reading or consent of instructor.
5308 Teaching Reading to the Linguistically Different
Learner (3) Language characteristics and special
reading problems pertaining to linguistically different
learner . Prereq : Undergraduate reading
course, 4300 or 4301 or consent of instructor.
5307 Assessment and Correction of Classroom
Language Arts Difficulties (3) Classroom approaches
to assessing and correcting language arts
(other than reading) difficulties . Prereq : 5040 or
5280.
5350 Curriculum Development and Evaluation (3)
5360-70 Curriculum Development in the Local
School (3, 3)
5365 Mathematics Laboratories in Elementary
School (K-9) (3) For elementary school teachers
dealing with activity-oriented mathematics laboratory
materials and pedagogical strategies. Theoretical
considerations and development of curricula
and materials for laboratory . Prereq : Consent of instructor
. Sp, Su
5380 Diagnosis of Remedial Reading Problems (3)
Prereq : 4280.
5381 Remediation of Remedial Reading Problems
(3) Prereq : 5380 or consent of instructor.
5382 Development Reading Practicum (3) Diagnosing
and teaching children having developmental
and corrective reading needs . Prereq : 4280.
5383 Remedial Reading Practicum (3) Prereq : 5381.
5390 Organization and Administration of Reading
Programs (3)
5410 The High School Curriculum (3) Theoretical
background and experimental approaches . E
5530 Curriculum Laboratory for High Schools (3)
Production of syllabi, courses of study, source units,
and other materials . E
5580 Curriculum Planning and Development (3)
5610 Educational Statistics (3)
5620 Problems in Direction and Supervision of Student
Teaching (3)
5630 Practicum in the Individualization of Instruction
(3) Prereq : 4810-20.
5640 Newer Trends in Elementary Education (3)
Trends in classroom procedures, equipment, and
materials of instruction ; problems involving improvement
of instruction . W, Su
5650-60 Curriculum Laboratory for Elementary
Schools (3, 3) Production of syllabi, courses of
study, source units, and other materials.
5670 Curriculum Laboratory for Early Childhood (3)
Sp, Su
5680 Teacher-Parent-Community Relations (3) Development
of techniques for effective relations between
parents and teachers . Roles and expectations
of parents and teachers, parent involvement, and
influence of community on educational process . W
5690 Design of Instructional Media (3) Design and
application of instructional development model to
arrive at solutions to instructional problems, development
and design of a learning sequence or
module, using appropriate media in actual learning
setting . Prereq : 4750 or consent of instructor.
5691 Advanced Production of Audiovisual
Software (3) Lettering, overhead projectuals,
mounting-preserving, synctaping, photocopying,
non-photographic slides, and videotaping for producing
classroom audiovisual software . Prereq:
5690 or consent of instructor, Library and Information
Science 4750 or equivalent . (Same as Library
and Information Science 5691 .)
5692 Evaluation of Instructional Media (3) Evaluating
and recycling media prototype to meet needs
and objectives of learners . Prereq : 5691 or consent
of instructor.
5693 Administering Instructional Media Programs
(3) Duties, functions, and responsibilities of media
professionals developing and administering media
program in various organizational and learning settings.
Prereq : 5691, 5692, or consent of instructor.
5694 Utilization of Educational Television and
Radio (3) Use of noncommercial educational TV and
radio in schools and colleges . Prereq : Consent of
instructor.
5695 Research in Instructional Media (3) Media research
and its application toward improvement of
instruction and learning . Prereq : Consent of instructor.
5696 Practicum Experience in Instructional Media
(3) Practicum experience in professional media role
as identified by student in various organizational
and learning settings . Prereq : Consent of instructor.
5710 Techniques of Research in Education (3)
Study and application.
5720 Classroom Observation and Analysis (3)
Classroom observation and analysis procedures ;
development of objective observation and analysis
skills, examination of existing observation systems.
5790 Career Development : Workshop (1-6) (Same
as Educational Psychology 5790).
5800 Seminar in Cooperative Curriculum Research
(3) Action research procedures and their application
to programs . E
5820 Seminar in the Teaching of Mathematics (3)
Analysis of teaching strategies related to subject
matter and learner problems . Student presentations
initiate discussion sessions. Prereq : At least 1 yr
teaching experience (mathematics grades 7-12) or
consent of instructor. Sp
5825 Teaching Mathematics in the Middle and
Junior High School (3) Problems related to teaching
mathematics in middle and junior high schools . Understanding
structure of mathematical concepts,
strategies, methods, and materials for teaching . Materials
suitable for individualized instruction, mathematical
laboratories, and independent study . Opportunities
for individual projects . Prereq : 3350 or
3751-52 or equivalent . Su
5830 Seminar in Mathematics Education (3) Current
curricular issues . Emphasis on individual student
projects and investigation . W
5835 Teaching Mathematics in the Senior High
School and Community/Junior College (3) Curriculum
and teaching problems . Methods of teaching
"analysis" courses such as Algebra II,
trigonometry, analytic geometry and calculus . Prereq
: 3751-52 or equivalent . Su
5841 Trends and Issues in Early Childhood (3) Historical
background, trends, and issues as basis for
evaluating current programs ; materials and techniques
of teaching . F, Sp
5842 Problems in Education : Early Childhood Education
(3) May be repeated . Maximum 9 hrs . Six hrs
may be taken concurrently.
5843 Seminar In Early Childhood Education (3)
Analysis of research in early childhood education
(K-3) with emphasis on application to programs and
methods of instruction . Prereq : 5710 or 5800 or
equivalent . W
5844 Mathematics in Early Childhood Education (3)
Behavioral characteristics of children in regard to
mathematics, content materials and functional instructional
settings, and teaching strategies for development
of mathematical ideas . Prereq : 3350 or
equivalent . Su
5845 Social Studies and Science in Early Childhood
Education (3) Integrative approaches to and
substantive classification systems of content areas
of social studies and science for early childhood
years. Emphasis on selection of appropriate social
studies and science content and approaches for the
young child . Prereq : 3270 and 3720 or equivalent. F,
Su
5846 Language Arts in Early Childhood Education
(3) Language development of young learner with
emphasis on teaching methods, procedures, program
and materials in early childhood language arts
program . Prereq : 3260 and 3280-81 or equivalent.
5850-60-70 Problems in Education : English (3, 3, 3)
5851-61-71 Problems in Education : Mathematics
(3, 3, 3)
5852-62-72 Problems in Education : Social Studies
(3, 3, 3)
5853-63-73 Problems in Education : Science (3, 3, 3)
585464-74 Problems in Education : Language Arts
(3, 3, 3)
5855-65-75 Problems in Education: General Curriculum
(3, 3, 3)
5856-66-76 Problems in Education : Instructional
Materials (3, 3, 3)
5857-67-77 Problems in Education : Foreign Languages
(3, 3, 3)
5859-69-79 Problems in Education : Conservation
(3, 3, 3)
5899 Field Experience (1-6) Application of curricular
and instructional principles, methods, and materials
in schools. Program prerequisites must be met,

and consent of instructor required . May be repeated
. Maximum 12 hrs . S/NC only.
5900 Seminar in the Teaching of English In the
Secondary School (3) Su
5901 Linguistics and the Teacher of English (3)
Analysis and application of linguistics in the classroom
. Su
5902 Teaching Composition in the High School (3)
Techniques for teaching rhetoric . W
5903 Teachning Fiction In the Secondary School (3)
Reading, study, and analysis of literary selections. F
5904 Teaching the Mass Media in the English
Classroom (3) Nature of mass media and importance
to American education and life . Sp
5905 Teaching English in the Community/Junior
College (3) Emphasis on thorough understanding of
communication needs of community/junior college
students and objectives, strategies, and materials
for meeting these needs . Su
5906 Teaching Poetry in Grades 7-12 (3) Materials
and strategies for teaching poetry . F
5907 Teaching Drama In Grades 7-12 (3) Strategies
and materials for teaching drama . W
5908 Developing Speaking and Listening Skills In
Grades 7-12 (3) Strategies and materials for teaching
skills of speaking and listening . Sp
5909 Instructional Theory and Design (3) For those
individuals at Master's and doctoral levels who have
interest in intensive study of instructional process
and its relationship to curriculum and learning.
5910-20-30 Problems in Lieu of Thesis (3, 3, 3)
5911 Directing the Forensic Program (4) (Same as
Speech 5911 .)
5912 Play Production in Secondary Schools (4)
(Same as Theatre 5912 .)
5950 The Function of the Thinking Process in Education
(3) Analysis of thinking process for purpose
of tracing its implications for education theory and
practice.
5960 The Teaching of Natural Science (3) Teaching
strategies, testing and evaluation techniques, and
professional guidelines for program planning in science.
5961 Seminar in Science and Environmental Education
(3) Recent developments in science education
of concern to classroom instruction . Particular
emphasis on interrelationships of environmental
factors on science education . W
5970 The Teaching of the Social Studies (3) Su
5980 Projects, Programs, and Materials in Social
Studies (3) Projects and aids associated with each
social science discipline . W
6000 Doctoral Research and Dissertation (3-15) E
6010 Studies in English Education (3) Reading and
study in various areas of teaching of English : composition,
language, and literature . Su
6020 Seminar in Teaching the Social Studies (3)
Problems associated with classroom instruction in
junior and senior high schools . Su
6030 Research and Theory in Teaching Reading (3)
Research and theory in application to teaching of
reading ; research design as it applies to reading
investigations . Prereq : Two 5000-level courses in
reading . W
6031 Seminar in Reading and Language Arts (3)
Topics new to broad area of language arts . Two
topics each term chosen by need and instructor(s).
Prereq : 5000-level course in reading and in language
arts . Su
6040 Seminar in Curriculum and Instruction (1) Required
three quarters . S/NC only . E
6060 Advanced Study of Methodology in the
Elementary School (3) (Continuation of 5640) Consideration
to recent and current literature in field
and to sound educational practices in guiding learning
of children . Prereq : 5640 or consent of instructor
. W
6080 Advanced Seminar in Philosophy of Educa-
tion (3) Some selected philosophical issues in education
. Prereq : At least 2 courses in history or philosophy
of education.
6081 Phenomenology and Education (3) Selected
philosophical issues in education . Prereq : At least 2
courses in history or philosophy of education.
6082 Philosophical Analysis and Education (3)
Philosophical analysis of language and concepts in
educational research and writing . Prereq : At least 2
courses in history or philosophy of education.
6150 Education as Social Policy (3) Education as
instrument of national or cultural well-being ; problems
faced by society in shaping educational program
; comparisons of education in this country and
in other nations.
6210 Seminar in Elementary School Social Studies
Research (3) Current research in elementary social
studies, status of research in field, needed
research-related research from other fields . Prereq:
Undergraduate course and one graduate course in
social studies, or equivalent . Su
6230 Programs for Curriculum Improvement (3) W
6250 Seminar in History of Education (3) May be
repeated with consent of instructor.
6282 Advanced Studies in Elementary School Science
(3) Critical analysis of current research in
elementary school science . Prereq : Undergraduate
course and one graduate course in science, or
equivalent.
6350 The Professional Education of Teachers (3)
Basic theories, programs, and practices.
6400 The Dynamics of Educational Change (3)
Causes of lag between educational theory and practice
; factors useful in reducing this lag.
6500 Advanced Studies in Early Childhood Education
(3) May be repeated . Maximum 6 hrs.
6510 Advanced Studies in Elementary School Language
Arts (3) Critical research analysis of selected
issues in elementary school language arts . Prereq:
5280 or equivalent and consent of instructor . Sp
6710 Advanced Educational Statistics (3)
6720 Interpretation of Data (3) Types of data in published
materials in education ; principles of sound
interpretation.
6730 Theory and Evaluation in Curriculum Planning
(3) Application of principles of evaluation to
curriculum programs in elementary and secondary
schools . Prereq : 5270 or 5410 or equivalent.
6731 Studies in Curriculum Theory and the Structure
of Knowledge (3) Major curriculum theories,
models, and designs ; structures of knowledge and
structures of disciplines in elementary and secondary
school programs . Prereq : 5270 or 5410 or
equivalent.
6740 Curriculum Workshops in Instructional Improvement
(3) Observation and participation in
workshops sponsored by College of Education;
evaluation of workshop approaches to teacher education
and instructional improvement.
6750-60-70 Problems in Curriculum and Instruction
(3, 3, 3)
6830 Studies in Mathematics Education (3) Reading
and study related to historical trends and issues
in mathematics education in United States providing
broad perspective on current curricular problems
and future trends . Prereq : 5830 or consent of
instructor.
6850 Principles of Educational Leadership (3) Conflicting
concepts, with application to major problems
in instruction, supervision, and administration.
6899 Internship (1-6) Advanced level experiences in
application of principles and practices of curriculum
development and instructional improvement
. Program prerequisites must be met and consent
of instructor required . May be repeated.
Maximum 12 hrs . S/NC only .
MAJOR DEGREES
Educational Administration M.S ., Ed .S.
and Supervision T ;. Ed .D.
Professors:
D . H . Stollar (Head), Ph .D . Ohio State;
C. M. Achilles, Ed .D . Rochester ; O. B . Graff 1
(Emeritus), Ph .D . Ohio State ; J. T . Lovell, Ed .D.
Florida ; O . K . O'Fallon, Ed .D . Colorado;
C. M . Peccolo, Ph .D . Iowa ; R . K . Roney, Ed .D.
Tennessee; C . K. Tanner, Ed .D . Florida State;
F. M . Trusty, Ed .D. Stanford ; G . C . Ubben, Ph .D.
Minnesota ; F . P . Venditti, Ed .D . Colorado State.
Associate Professors:
H. F . Aldmon, Ed .D . Tennessee;
G. W. Harris, Jr ., Ph .D . Michigan ; P. M. Husen,
Ed .D . Stanford.
Programs are planned for (1) students
preparing for administrative positions
normally found in the educational structured.
the state ; (2) students preparing for the
position of supervisor of education ; (3)
administrators and supervisors in service
who wish to improve their professional
competence ; (4) students and teachers
preparing for teaching positions involving
administrative responsibilities ; and (5)
students preparing for teaching educational
administration or for administrative positions
in higher education.
In addition to M .S. and Ed .D . degrees, a
special two-year graduate program is offered
which leads to the Ed .S. (Specialist in
Education) degree and which provides
advanced preparation for applicants judged
to be potentially competent school
administrators.
5000 Thesis (1-15) E
5002 Non-Thesis Graduation Completion (3-15)
Required for the non-thesis student not otherwise
registered during any quarter when such a student
uses university facilities and/or faculty time before
degree is completed . May not be used toward degree
requirements . May be repeated . S/NC only . E
5100 Internship in Educational Administration (3)
May be repeated with consent of department.
Maximum 6 hrs. E
5130 Introduction to Educational Administration (3)
Tasks, functions, and processes of educational administration
; organization and structure of educational
programs and institutions. E
5180-90-200 Educational Specialist Research and
Thesis (3, 3, 3) E
5220 Philosophy and Theory in Educational Administration
(3) Philosophical and theoretical foundations
of educational administration, programs, and
institutions, within the framework of American culture
. F, W, Su
5230 Seminar in the Behavioral Sciences in Educational
Administration (3) Key behavioral science
concepts/constructs and their application in administration
such as semantics, communication, leadership,
change process, organizations and organizational
behavior, motivation and morale, role
theory . W, Sp, Su
5290 The Politics of Education (3) Special emphasis
on leadership structures, operational beliefs, and
communication of ideas with regard to community
decisions concerning education . E
5310 School Administration and Civil Rights Issues
(3) To help school administrators meet responsibilities
and resolve problems stemming from civil
rights legislation pertaining to race, sex, and the
handicapped . A

5420 District Level Administration (3) Role of central
administrative team, and relationships, behaviors,
and competencies to develop an effective
school organization . F
5430 Building Level Administration (3) For beginning
school principals and administrators, and for
those operating in rural elementary, secondary, or
consolidated schools . W, Su
5440 Introduction to Law, Finance, and Business
Management at the Building Level (3) Orientation
for beginning principals for basic foundations of the
American legal system ; how case law effects daily
building level operations ; building level methods of
fiscal and logistical support measures . F, W, Su
5450 Organization of the School Program (3) For
principals and supervisors ; conceptual and technical
skills in organizing school program including
curriculum, instruction, student grouping, staff,
schedules, and space . F, Sp, Su
5460 Personnel Administration : Local School (3)
Planning personnel needs ; job analysis ; recruitment
; selection ; placement ; orientation of new staff;
fair employment and dismissal ; and contract administration
for both professional and supporting staff.
W, Su
5470 Introduction to School Facility Planning (3)
For school administrators ; facility planning ; skills in
building planning, use and evaluation . F, Su
5480 Instructional Supervision-Local School (3)
Developing a concept of supervision ; instructional
help, support, and service for teachers ; supervision
of curriculum ; staff development ; and staff evaluation
. F, Sp, Su
5530 Introduction to Educational Planning (3)
Processes for improving decision-making function
through both quantitative and qualitative planning
techniques . Relating educational policy analysis to
educational planning . F, Su
5540 Tennessee School Law (3) Vol . 49 Tennessee
Code Annotated, related State Department
Minimum Rules, Regulations and Reporting System
. Sp, Su
5560 Research for Educational Administrators (3)
Descriptive, experimental, and quasiexperimental
designs to help student without quantitative background
to read and understand technical literature.
Primarily for nonthesis option students . Should be
taken early in M .S . or Ed .S . program . W, Su
5580 Seminar in Communication Skills for Educational
Administrators (3) Identification, development
and use of interpersonal and group related
communication skills . F, Sp
5711 Problems in Educational Administration and
Supervision : School Operation (3) May be repeated.
E
5712 Problems in Educational Administration and
Supervision : Higher Education (3) May be repeated.
E
5713 Problems in Educational Administration and
Supervision : State School Administration (3) May
be repeated . E
5714 Problems in Educational Administration and
Supervision : Preparation Programs (3) May be repeated
. E
5715 Problems in Educational Administration and
Supervision : Community Education (3) Independent
study of administrative problems . May be repeated
. E
5751 Problems in Educational Administration and
Supervision : Theory (3) May be repeated . E
5752 Problems in Educational Administration and
Supervision : Finance (3) May be repeated . E
5753 Problems In Educational Administration and
Supervision : Transportation (3) May be repeated . E
5754 Problems in Educational Administration and
Supervision : Business Management (3) May be repeated
. E
5755 Problems in Educational Administration and
Supervision : Personnel (3) May be repeated . E
5756 Problems in Educational Administration and
Supervision : School Plant (3) May be repeated . E
5757 Problems in Educational Administration and
Supervision : Organization and Structure (3) May be
repeated . E
5758 Problems in Educational Administration and
Supervision : School Law (3) May be repeated . E
5759 Problems in Educational Administration and
Supervision : Supervision (3) May be repeated . E
5770 Maintenance of School Plants (3) Skills in
operating school custodial and maintenance programs
. Sp
5810 Survey Research Methods (3) Overview of descriptive
studies, data collection, analysis, and interpretation
for survey studies and school surveys,
strategies for descriptive research in education . W,
Sp, Su
5850-60-70 Independent Study in Educational Administration
(3, 3, 3) Prereq : Consent of instructor . E
5890 Decision Making and Decision Theory In Educational
Organizations (3) Theoretical constructs
undergirding executive decision making ; direct application
of decision theory problem-solving activities
for preservice and practicing administrator.
Executive decision making at several administrative
levels in complex educational organization . S/NC
only . A
5900 Special Topics (3) May be repeated . E
5910-20-30 Problems in Lieu of Thesis (3, 3, 3) E
5950 Elementary Administrators Seminar (3) For
in-service training of elementary school administrators
. Developments, problems, programs, and
trends of elementary schools and management
skills of elementary school administrators . Prereq:
Presently an elementary school administrator or
consent of instructor. May be repeated . S/NC only . F
5960 Middle School Administrators Seminar (3) For
in-service training of middle school administrators.
Developments, problems, programs, and trends of
middle schools and management skills of middle
school administrators . Prereq : Presently a middle
school administrator or consent of instructor . May
be repeated . S/NC only . F
5970 Secondary Administrators Seminar (3) For
in-service training of secondary school administrators
. Developments, problems, programs, and
trends of secondary schools and management skills
of secondary school administrators . Prereq : Presently
a secondary school administrator or consent
of instructor . May be repeated . S/NC only . F
6000 Doctoral Research and Dissertation (3-15) E
6040 Seminar in Educational Administration and
Supervision (1) Required three consecutive quarters
. S/NC only . E
6100 Internship in Educational Administration (3)
May be repeated at discretion of student's committee
. Opportunity for doctoral students and advanced
graduate students to gain experience in performance
of critical tasks of educational administration
under supervision of practitioner and University
representative . E
6110 Administrator Update (3) Current topics of
concern to practicing school administrators,
selected each quarter and presented by a specialist.
Prereq : Presently a school supervisor or administrator,
or consent of instructor .May be repeated.
S/NC only . E
6190 Administration in Higher Education (3) Developing
conceptual understanding of administrative
theory and practice in higher education . F, Sp
6220 Programs for the Professional Preparation of
Educational Administrators and Supervisors (3) A
6340 Current Trends in School Law (3) Logical arrangement
of case and statutory material for public
school administration ; in-depth examination of
problems concerning the law and public education.
W, Su
6380 Instructional Supervision-School District (3)
Definition and analysis of instructional supervision
at the school district level . Supervisory operations
including goal development ; curriculum development
; instructional support, help, and service for
teachers and administrators ; personnel development
; program evaluation . W, Su
College of Education 55
6420 School Board-Superintendency Relationships
(3) The local unit of school administration.
school district and its governing body, board of
education or school board . Sp
6440 School Business Management (3) Emphasizes
superintendency team concept ; planning,
procurement and utilization of fiscal resources . F,
Su.
6450 Grant and Contract Proposal Preparation (3)
Grants and contracts processes in education . Basic
concepts applicable to other special agencies . Sp
6460 School Personnel Administration (3) Personnel
administration functions for professional and
supporting staff in educational organizations . Recruitment,
selection, placement, personnel policies,
employee wage and salary administration, fringe
benefits, collective negotiations, human relations,
staff development, and staff evaluation . F, W, Su
6480 Special Topics in School Personnel Administration
(3) Human problems in school personnel
administration ; staff planning, record systems, personnel
policy development ; collective bargaining in
education ; and staff evaluation . May be repeated.
Maximum 12 hrs . F, W, Sp
6530 Futuristic Educational Planning Methods (3)
Methods for describing alternative futures . W
6540 Contemporary Economics and Educational
Finance (3) Contemporary educational finance
policies and their influence on educational service
and program, national economy, welfare of individuals,
and welfare of the nation . F, Su
6550 State-Federal Relations in Education (3) Purposes
and functions of federal/regional/state/local
educational agencies, organizational control and
political variables . Major education laws, rule and
regulation-making process, grants and contracts as
inter-level policy instruments . F, Su
6560 Legal Foundations of Public Education (3)
Legal framework and theoretical concepts that impinge
on operation of schools within present legal
structure of the United States . Sp
6580 Seminar in Managing Conflict (3) Learning
about and experiencing various forms of conflict . W,
Su
6750-60-70 Independent Studies in Educational
Administration and Supervision (3, 3, 3) Prereq:
Consent of instructor . May be repeated . E
6800 Administration of Complex Educational Organizations
(3) Concepts and theoretical formulations
to understand, analyze, evaluate, and change
complex educational organizations . W, Sp
6870 Advanced Study in School Facility Planning
(3) In-depth experiences in development of educational
specifications and techniques of leadership in
creation of quality educational facilities . W
6900 Special Topics (3) May be repeated . E
6981 Specialized Seminar: School Operation (3) E
6982 Specialized Seminar: Higher Education (3)
Current policy development, organizational relationships,
and administrative issues in higher education
. W, Su
6983 Specialized Seminar : State School Administration
(3) E
6984 Specialized Seminar : Preparation Programs
(3) E
6990 Specialized Doctoral Seminar in Politics of
Education (3) Political theories and practices as
they affect operation of public school system . Appropriate
interdisciplinary discussions based on literature
and research from education, sociology.
and political science . One field inquiry . Prereq:
5290, 5810 or equivalent or consent of instructor. A
6991 Specialized Seminar : Theory (3) E
6992 Specialized Seminar : Finance (3) E
6994 Specialized Seminar : Business Management
(3) E
6995 Specialized Seminar : Personnel (3) E
6996 Specialized Seminar: School Plant (3) Theory
and practice in planning and operating educational
facilities : related research in education and other

56 College of Education
disciplines ; implications for further research ; application
of existing knowledge to known school facility
settings . Prereq : Consent of instructor. A
6997 Specialized Seminar in Organization and
Structure (3) Organizational theories in education
including systematic review of status of organizational
and leadership research in education and related
disciplines ; implications for further research;
application of existing theory and research to
known educational settings . Prereq : Consent of instructor
. A
6998 Specialized Seminar: School Law (3) E
6999 Specialized Seminar: Supervision (3) Sp
Educational Psychology
and Guidance
MAJORS
DEGREES
Guidance
M .S.
College Student Personnel
M .S.
Educational Psychology M .S.
Educational Psychology
and Guidance
Ed .S, Ed .D .
Professors:
L .M. DeRidder, (Head), Ph .D . Michigan;
S . C . Dietz, Ed .D . Arizona State ; S . W. Huck,
Ph .D. Northwestern ; S . B . Lord, Ph .D . Indiana;
E . W. McClain, Ph .D . Texas ; W . A . Poppen,
Ph .D. Ohio State ; C . L. Thompson,
Ph .D . Ohio State ; R . L . Williams, Ph .D . George
Peabody.
Associate Professors:
K . L. Davis, Ed .D. Georgia ; D . J. Dickinson,
Ed .D . Oklahoma State ; J . W. Edgerly,
Ed .D . Tennessee ; T. W . George, Ed .D . Tennessee;
M. A . Hector, Ph .D . Michigan State;
N. M . Meara, Ph .D . Ohio State ; K . K . Swander,
Ph .D . Florida.
Assistant Professors:
G . D . Cleghorn,* Ed .D . Tennessee ; D . C. Johnson,'
Ph .D . Oregon ; L.M . Kindall, Ed .D . Tennessee;
R . L . Nash,* Ed .D . Colorado.
Graduate programs (thesis or non-thesis
option) lead to the Master of Science degree
with majors in College Student Personnel,
Educational Psychology (also with a
concentration in school psychology), or
Guidance, with concentrations in elementary
or secondary guidance ; to the Specialist in
Education degree, and to the Doctor of
Education degree, both with concentrations
in educational psychology, guidance, school
psychology, counselor education,
counseling in college and mental health
centers, educational measurement and
research, career development, and sex-fair
counseling and teaching . Appropriate
courses taken in this department and in the
Department of Psychology will satisfy
requirements for certification as a school
psychologist . Write the department for
information concerning the program
requirements . Application deadlines to Ed .D.
are February 1 and May 1 ; Ed .S . and M .S.
deadlines are October 15, February 1, May 1,
and July 15.
4110 Psychology of Sex Role Development (3)
Examination, from both a theoretical and research
base, of factors which contribute to sex role development
and definition in society and role of education
in these changes . For student with minimal
background in behavioral sciences . F, Sp, Su
4130 Mental Health (3) Studies and exploration of
positive mental health . Application of mental health
criteria to a study of one's self based on a battery of
personality assessment instruments.
4350-60-70 Problems in Educational Psychology
and Guidance (3, 3, 3) E
4440 General Evaluation Procedures for Public i
Schools (3) Prereq : 2430 or equivalent . E
4554-55-56 Student Leadership Workshops (1, 1, 1)
Small group and individualized experiences to develop
knowledge and skills in leadership roles . Sections
are designed for resident assistants, student
government leaders, student activities, and other
student organizations . Prereq : Consent of instructor
. S/NC only. E
4640 Standardized Testing (3) Use and interpretation
of standardized group instruments in assessment
of intelligence, aptitude, achievement, vocational
interests, and personality adjustment . E
4650 The Construction of Classroom Tests (3) Concerned
with teacher-made classroom tests : instructional
objectives, principles of test construction,
item analysis, evaluating a test's reliability and validity,
interpretation of test scores, relationship between
testing and grading . W, Su
4760 Advanced Child Study (3) Prereq : 2430 or 3810
or consent of instructor . W, Su
4800 Psychology of the Disadvantaged Child (3)
Significant behavioral differences and causes ; appropriate
intervention approaches . F
4810 Psychoeducational Aspects of Appalachian
People (3) Exploration of psychology of people of
Appalachian region through examination of history,
culture, and role of education . W, Su
4820 Psychology of the Inner-City School Child (3)
Exploration of psychological, educational, and social
factors affecting children in inner-city schools.
Sp
4890 Differential Psychology (3) Nature and
sources of individual differences in behavioral
characteristics, and differences between racial,
ethnic, socioeconomic, sex, and other groups.
4910 Diagnostic and Corrective Teaching (3) Practical
procedure for improving pupil's learning . F
5000 Thesis (1-15) E
5002 Non-Thesis Graduation Completion (3-15)
Required for the non-thesis student not otherwise
registered during any quarter when such a student
uses university facilities and/or faculty time before
degree is completed, May not be used toward degree
requirements . May be repeated . S/NC only . E
5040 Guidance and Pupil Personnel Services in
Education (3) (Same as Vocational-Technical Education
5040 .) F, Su
5050 Children and Adolescents (3) Mental, social,
physical, and emotional growth, development, and
learning of children and adolescents ; prevention,
identification, and remediation of learning problems
. W, Su
5060 Group Approaches with Students (3) Knowledge
and skills appropriate to functioning with
groups in counseling ; psychological and parent
education . F, W, Su
5070 Seminar in Elementary School Guidance (3)
Trends, role, function, and administration of guidance
in elementary school . Sp
5099 Field Work (1-6) Practical experience in departmentally
approved field placement . Supervision
by field and University personnel . Program prerequisites
to field work must be met . May be repeated.
Maximum 6 hrs . S/NC only.
5100 Developmental Psychology (3) (Same as Psychology
5100 .) F, W, Su
5110 Psychology of Women (3) Past and current
educational and psychological theory and practice
with special attention to assumptions and practice
in regard to women : social context in which various
theories were developed and current theories and
research focusing on women and/or sex differences
. Prereq : 4130 or basic course in personality
theory . E
5111-12-13 Seminar in Current issues in School
Psychology (1, 1, 1) (Same as Psychology 5111-12-
13 .) S/NC only.
5120 Seminar in Bias-Free Counseling (3) Feminist
psychology, bias-free education, and counseling.
Prereq : 4110 and 5110 or consent of instructor . May
be repeated . Maximum 9 hrs .
5140.50-60 Psychoeducational Assessment (3, 3,
3)(Same as Psychology 5140-50-60 .)
5149-59-69 Practicum in School Psychology I (2, 2,
2) (Same as Psychology 5149-59-69.) S/NC only.
5180-90-200 Educational Specialist Research and
Thesis (3, 3, 3) E
5210 Interpreting Published Articles: Statistics (3)
Descriptive and experimental research in educational
psychology, guidance and counseling, and
college student personnel . Prereq : Non-thesis option
students only or consent of instructor . F, W, Su
5220 Interpreting Published Articles : Research
Design (3) For students not conducting research
projects ; interpret and evaluate statistical tables and
statistical tests as reported in journals. Prereq : 5210
or consent of instructor . W, Sp, Su
5319 Field Work in School Psychology : Level I (2)
5320 Advanced Classroom Behavior Modification
(3) Current research in psychology and its application
to educational problems . E
5330 Theory and Research in Human Learning (3)
Contemporary learning theory ; current research
and its influence upon school practice . F
5331 Current Developments In Human Learning (3)
Sp
5340 Group Dynamics (3) Principles of group
dynamics as they apply to a variety of group settings.
Group counseling, personal growth, and group
leadership skills . (Same as Psychology 5340 .) E
5350 Educational Applications of Cognitive
Theories (3) Developmental theory of Jean Piaget
and implications for education . Related theories
such as Bruner and Ausubel.
5420 College and University Law-Constitutional
Rights and Responsibilities of Students (3) Legal
precedent affecting student personnel services in
public higher education . Student discipline, housing,
dress, organizations, activities, fees, tuition,
and related federal regulations . (Same as Continuing
and Higher Education 5420 .) Sp
5550 Student Personnel in Higher Education (3)
Philosophy and scope.
5560 The College Student (3) Nature, characteristics,
and needs.
5570 Case Studies in College Student Personnel
(3) Prereq : 5550 or consent of instructor.
5720 Evaluation in Education (3) Techniques and
instruments for identifying and appraising social
values, the thinking processes, social adjustment,
emotional needs, personal interests, and problems.
5780 Career Development : Theory and Research
(3) F, Su
5785 Career Development: Program Development
Implementation and Evaluation (3) Career development
and prevocational programs and
projects . K-adult with emphasis on development,
implementation, and evaluaton . Prereq : 5780 or equivalent,
or consent of instructor. Sp.
5790 Career Development : Workshop (1-6) Designed
for in-service training of school personnel.
Developments, problems, and programs and trends
related to career development . May be repeated.
Maximum 6 hrs . (Same as Curriculum and instruction
5790 and Special Education 5790 .)
5840 Student Appraisal (3) Gathering, interpreting,
and using data for development of guidance programs
and individual counseling . Prereq : Educational
Psychology or Psychology 4640 or equivalent
in standardized testing, (Same as Psychology 5840 .)
W
5850-60-70 Special Topics and Problems in Educational
Psychology and Guidance (1-6, 1-6, 1-6) May
be repeated . May be taken for letter grade or S/NC . E
5880 Career Development : Occupational and Educational
Resources (3) Gathering, interpreting, and
using educational, social, occupational, and community
information in the guidance program;
sources, types of materials, and occupational filing
plans . For use both in group and individual guidance
programs . W, Su

5885 Career Development : Field Experience (1-3)
Application of career development principles and
practices in school, community, business, and/or
industry . May be taken concurrently or separately:
5780, 5785, 5790, 5880, and/or consent of instructor.
May be repeated . Maximum 6 hrs . E
5890 Counseling Theories and Techniques (3)
Presentation, demonstration, and application of
counseling theories and techniques. Open to students
interested in the counseling process . (Same
as Psychology 5890.) F, W, Su
5897 Prepracticum (3) Didactic experiences and
counseling simulations in learning laboratory.
Coreq : 5890 . E
5910-20-30 Problems in Lieu of Thesis (3, 3, 3)
5940 Counseling Practicum (3) Supervised practice
in counseling in elementary or secondary school
guidance and/or student personnel work . Prereq
:4640, 5060 (or 5340), 5890, 5897 or consent of
instructor . May be repeated with consent of department
. Maximum 6 hrs . E
5945 Group Counseling Practicum (3) Supervised
practicum in group counseling with children and/or
adults . Prereq : 5340, 5890, 5897, and 5940 and consent
of instructor. May be repeated with consent of
department . Maximum 6 hrs.
5950-60 Theory and Practice of Consultation (3, 3)
(Same as Psychology 5950-60 .)
5959-69 Practicum in Consultation (2, 2) (Same as
Psychology 5959-69 .) S/NC only.
5980 Organization and Administration of Counselor
Programs (3) Basic principles, procedures,
and policies . Prereq : 4130, 4640 or consent of instructor
. Sp, Su
5990 Practicum in College Student Personnel (3)
Prereq : 5550-60-70 or consent of instructor. May be
repeated with consent of instructor . Maximum 9 hrs.
E
6000 Doctoral Research and Dissertation (3-15) E
6040 Seminar In Educational Psychology and
Guidance Required 3 quarters . F
6099 Internship (1-6) Supervised employment at
departmentally-approved internship sites . Prereq:
Consent of instructor . May be repeated . Maximum
12 hrs . S/NC only.
6110 Application of Research Design in Educational
Psychology and Guidance (3) Research design
and statistical analysis unique to educational
psychology, counseling, and college student personnel
. Emphasis on designs "experimental" in nature
. Prereq : 2 courses in statistics or consent of
instructor . F, Sp
6120 Application of Experimental Research Design
in Educational Psychology and Guidance (3) Experimental
designs used by researchers in educational
psychology, counseling, and college student personnel
. Prereq : 6110 or equivalent . W, Sp
6319 Field Work in School Psychology : Level 11 (2)
(Same as Psychology 6319 .)
6550-60-70 Seminar in College Student Personnel
(2, 2, 2) Issues in college student personnel, college
counseling, student development, etc. Prereq : Consent
of instructor, admission to the doctoral program
. S/NC only.
6610-20-30 Seminar in Dissertation Proposal Writing
(2, 2, 2) Preparation and evaluation of dissertation
proposals . Prereq : Two consecutive statistics
courses or consent of instructor . F, W, Sp
6650-60-70 Systems Approaches in Psychological
Services (3, 3, 3) (Same as Psychology 6650-60-70 .)
6659-69-79 Practicum In School Psychology 111(2, 2,
2) (Same as Psychology 6659-69-79 .) S/NC only.
6750-60-70 Problems in Educational Psychology
and Guidance (3, 3, 3) S/NC only . E
6810 Seminar in Counseling (3) Selected counseling
theory, topics, issues . Prereq : 5890 or consent of
instructor . May be repeated . F, W, Sp
6840-50-60 Seminar In Professional Issues (1, 1, 1)
Job selection, convention participation, publishing,
writing grant proposals, consulting, etc . For final
year doctoral students only . S/NC only . F, W, Sp
6910 Special Topics Seminar (3) Exploration of
specific research or theoretical topics with students
who have necessary background . Topic will vary
from quarter to quarter, depending upon instructor.
Prereq : Advanced standing as doctoral student . May
be repeated . S/NC only . W, Sp
6941-42-43 Practicum in Guidance, Counseling,
and Personnel Services (3, 3, 3) Supervised practice
in application of guidance tools and techniques.
Minimum : 90 clock hours each quarter . Prereq : 5890
and consent of instructor . E
6944-45-46 Teaching Practicum in Educational
Psychology and Guidance (3, 3, 3) Prereq : Acceptance
in doctoral program and consent of instructor.
May be repeated . Maximum 6 hrs for each course . E
6950 Counseling Supervision (3) May be repeated
with consent of advisor . Prereq : 5890, 5940, 6810,
6941 . S/NC only . E
Special Education
and Rehabilitation
MAJORS DEGREES
Special Education M .S.
Vocational Rehabilitation Counseling M .S.
Professors:
R. M . Frey (Head), Ed .D . Illinois ; E. E . Doll,
Ph .D . Pennsylvania ; C . H . Hargis, Ed .D.
Colorado State ; W. M . Holbert, Ph .D.
Texas ; J . H. Miller, Ed .D . Auburn.
Associate Professors:
J . L. Cassell, Ph .D . Kansas ; L . J. Coleman,
Ph .D . Kent State ; C . R . Colvin, Ed .D.
Virginia ; F . V. Essery (Emeritus), Ph .D.
Michigan ; T. George, Ed .D . Tennessee;
M .C . Hannum, Ed .D. Northern Colorado;
C. G . Maisel, M .Ed . Texas ; J . M. Nadolsky,
Ed .D . Auburn ; W. J. Schindler, Ph .D.
Kent State ; W. E . Woodrick, Ed .S . Mississippi State.
Assistant Professors:
J. W. Grimes, Ph .D . Georgia ; R. E. Kretschmer,
Ph .D . Kansas ; O . Welch, Ed .D . Tennessee.
Instructors:
R. E. Bynum, Ed .D. Tennessee ; K . Karner,
B . S . Maryville ; R . Sandefur, B .S.
Tennessee ; C. Walker, M .Ed . Georgia State;
K. M. Warden, M .S . Tennessee.
Lecturers:
R. D . Avans, M .S . Tennessee ; Z . H . Brody,
M .A . Tennessee ; H. L . Byrd, Jr., M .S.
Tennessee ; O . E . Reece, B .S . Memphis State.
The Department of Special Education and
Rehabilitation provides competency-based
programs and experiences to prepare
regular, special education, and rehabilitation
personnel to work with exceptional persons:
children and adults . Specialized courses may
be distributed over the several areas of
exceptionality with emphasis in an area of
special interests or need. Facilities are
available for continuous observation and
participation in direct relationships with
handicapped children and adults who are
hospitalized, homebound, or in residential
schools, special classes, or regular classes.
Course sequences may be planned in
specialized areas to include (1) hearing
impaired ; (2) gifted ; (3) learning disabilities;
(4) mentally retarded ; (5) multiple disabilities;
(6) socially or emotionally maladjusted ; (7)
rehabilitation counselor education ; (8)
disability evaluation education ; (9) general
special education and rehabilitation.
Programs lead to the Master of Science l
degree in Special Education with an
College of Education 57
emphasis in one of the specialized areas.
Among the areas of specialization available is
disability evaluation (non-thesis only).
Under the sponsorship of Social and
Rehabilitation Services, a specialized
institute for the preparation of professionals
to adapt their skills toward services to hearing
impaired and deaf people is provided.
For further information write the
department head.
EDUCATION OF THE
HEARING IMPAIRED
4000 Rehabilitation Practicum (3) Evaluation of
client data practicing rehabilitation prognosis . Prereq
: 4230 . F, Sp
4190 Speech Development of Hearing Impaired (3)
Anatomy and physiology of speech system . Relationship
of hearing to speech development.
Theories and techniques of speech development
and improvement ; for hearing impaired children.
Prereq : Audiology and Speech Pathology 3050.
(Same as Audiology and Speech Pathology 4190 .) F,
Su
4200 Practicum in Speech Development of Hearing
Impaired (3) Applications of theories and techniques
of speech development and improvement
with hearing impaired children . Prereq : 4190 and
consent of instructor . (Same as Audiology and
Speech Pathology 4200.) W, Sp
4210 Language Development of Hearing Impaired I
(3) Systems by which formal language is presented.
(Same as Audiology and Speech Pathology 4210 .) F,
Su
4220 Language Development of Hearing Impaired
II (3) Techniques ; various systems by which formal
language is presented . Prereq : 4210 or consent of
instructor . (Same as Audiology and Speech Pathology
4220 .) W, Su
4230 Communication Processes for the Hearing
Impaired I (3) Various communicative skills required
by hearing impaired person ; speech and language
development ; auditory training, speech reading,
manual language and its relation to other forms
of communication . Observations and practicum.
(Student must acquire a degree of proficiency in use
of manual language .) Prereq : Consent of instructor.
E
4231 Communication Processes for Hearing Impaired
II (3) Intermediate course in manual communications
skills and techniques with emphasis on
vocabulary development with receptive and expressive
fluency. Prereq : 4230 or consent of instructor
. A
4240 Nature of Hearing Impairments (3) Basic principles
of audiology : anatomy and physiology of
hearing ; nature and causes of hearing loss;
methods and instrumentation for assessment of
hearing level ; interpretation of audiograms ; selection
and use of hearing aids ; relation of audiologic
services to medical and other rehabilitation disciplines
. Observations and practicum . F, Sp
4250 Introduction to the Psychology and Education
of the Hearing Impaired (3) For those planning to
enter field of teaching deaf and hard-of-hearing . Review
of history of education of deaf. Research
studies relating to psychology, social adjustment,
and learning of deaf . Survey of professional literature
in area of deaf child and adult . (Same as Audiology
and Speech Pathology 4250 .) E
4280 Curriculum Development in Elementary and
Secondary Schools for Hearing Impaired (3) Adaptation
of curriculum development and methods in
public school education to meet needs of deaf and
hard-of-hearing students in residential and integrated
settings . W, Su
4290 The Teaching of Reading to Hearing Impaired
Children (3) Readiness activities, developmental
approaches, theories, and specialized materials for
curricula in teaching reading . W, Su
4870 Student Teaching with Hearing Impaired
Children (9) Supervised practicum with preschool,
day school, and residential pupils . S/NC only . F, W,
SD

58 College of Education
4871 Practicum with Hearing Impaired Children (6)
S/NC only . F, W, Sp
5220 Linguistics in the Education of the Hearing
Impaired (3) Recent research and developments in
linguistics related to hearing impaired . F, Su
5240 Seminar in Language Remediation for the
Hearing Impaired (3) Current and recent developments
in educational methodologies and to
research pertaining to teaching language to hearing
impaired . Research and materials current in use of
various sign language systems and adaptions . Emphasis
on approaches which accommodate and assist
integration of hearing impaired children in regular
classrooms . W, Su
5280 Seminar on Educational Implications of Language
Deficiency (3) Readings, discussion, and
projects on impact of language deficiency on educational
programming for children with language deficiency
. Sp, Su
5310-20-30 Manual Communication (2, 2, 2) Basic
and advanced skills in fingerspelled and signed
forms of communication . Emphasis on ability to express
and receive the manual forms . Prereq : Consent
of instructor . Must be taken in sequence . F, Su;
W, Su ; F
5490 Educational and Vocational Guidance of the
Deaf and the Hard of Hearing (3) Evaluation ; test
techniques for diagnosis and guidance ; social and
personality adjustment ; occupational opportunities
F, Sp
5540 Seminar in Language Pathology (3) (Same as
Audiology and Speech Pathology 5540 .)
5820 Curriculum Development Applied to Programs
for the Hearing Impaired (3) Current curriculum
trends adapted for hearing impaired individuals
. New curriculum options in education of
these children . Current education theories for programs
for hearing-impaired children . Prereq : Curriculum
and Instruction 5580 or equivalent and consent
of instructor. Sp
EDUCATION OF THE
MENTALLY RETARDED
4110 The Nature and Concept of Mental Retardation
(3) Identification, description, and study. E
4120 Education of the Mentally Retarded Child (3)
Philosophy and rationale underlying teaching and
guidance of mentally retarded ; methods and materials
in special and regular classes . Prereq or coreq:
4110 . E
4440 High School Program for the Mentally Retarded
(3) Trends, issues and research relating to
core and work study programs . E
4810 Student Teaching Mental Retardation (3) Prereq
: Major in education of mental retardation . S/NC
only . F, W, Sp
4811 Student Teaching Mental Retardation (9) Prereq
: Major in education of mental retardation . S/NC
only . F, W, Sp
4922 Student Teaching of the Educable Mentally
Retarded (3) Observation and supervised practicum
. S/NC only . E
5111 Psychology of Mental Retardation (3) Intellectual
functioning, psychological theories and learning
interrelations and theoretical and educational
implications emphasized . Prereq : 4110 . F, Su
5112 Psychology of the Severely Mentally Retarded
(3) Program and curriculum development for
training/education of severely retarded in public
schools, institutions and privately operated schools
and workshops. Su
5113 Advanced Curriculum for the Mentally Retarded
(3) Educational models, methodologies, and
curriculum in education of mentally retarded children
and adults . Emphasis on varied curriculum alternatives
to retarded child's education . Sp, Su
MULTIPLE DISABILITIES
4130 Education of the Brain-Injured Child (3) Nature
of brain-injured child ; skills for indentifying educational,
physical, and emotional characteristics ; special
educational techniques . E
4150 Education Problems of Hospitalized and
Homebound Children (3) School and home responsibility
for physical care and social relationships,
educational adjustment, vocational needs, and
cooperation with related service resources . E
4840 Educational Problems of the Cerebral Palsied
Child at Home and School (3 ;i Physical, social, and
educational needs of cerebral palsied ; evaluative
techniques ; related services . A
4921 Student Teaching in Crippling and Special
Health Conditions (3-15) Observation and supervised
practicum in home, hospital, and classroom.
S/NC only . E
EDUCATION OF THE
EMOTIONALLY DISTURBED
4610 Nature and Characteristics of Learning and
Behavior Disorders (3) Forms of academic and socially
disturbing behavior, degrees of severity, possible
causes, and relationships to each other . Relationships
with respect to personality characteristics
and development factors interpreted through behavioral
and psychodynamic theory as well as practical
situations in which learning and behavior disorders
may occur. E
4620 Education of the Emotionally Disturbed Child
(3) Managing behaviors, models for instruction,
teaching techniques and materials, and teacherpupil
family interpersonal relationships as basic to
academic achievement for the pupil . Prereq : 4610.
W, Su
4630 Practicum in Residential Settings Serving
Children with Disturbing Behavior (3) Practice in
scientifically identifying, observing, and recording
disturbing behaviors . Initiating behavior changes
regarding academic and social behaviors . To perform
in a tutorial capacity within a residential classroom
; and to take part in discussion and evaluation
of relevant academic curriculum and reinforcement
schedules. Prereq : 4610 and 4620 or consent of instructor
. A
4640 Practicum in Public School Systems Serving
Children with Learning and Behavior Problems (6)
Academic tutoring in a teacher/aide capacity within
regular classrooms . Particular emphasis and practice
in individualizing instruction for learning and
behavior problem children within the regular classroom
setting . Discussion and evaluation of relevant
methods and materials unique to each teaching
situation . Prereq : 4610 and 4620 or consent of instructor.
A
4924 Student Teaching of the Emotionally Disturbed
(9) Individual tutoring and classroom observation
and teaching . Prereq or coreq : Curriculum
and Instruction 4720 or 4820 . S/NC only . A
REHABILITATION COUNSELOR
EDUCATION
5100 Orientation to Rehabilitation (3) History,
philosophy, and legal bases for rehabilitation
movement ; case finding, intake, diagnosis, physical
restoration, counseling, training, placement,
follow-up ; relation to programs of allied agencies,
rehabilitation teams ; facilities and programs in hospitals,
institutions, community agencies, and service
groups . Attention to specialization in disability
categories such as mentally ill, mentally retarded,
and blind . F
5115 Caseload Management in Rehabilitation (3)
Techniques and procedures involved in management
of caseloads in state rehabilitation agencies
and public/private rehabilitation facilities ; analysis
of appropriate industrial management models related
to rehabilitation programs ; and simulated experience
in work planning, decision making, and
case selection . W
5120 Psychosocial Aspects of Disability (3) Medical
aspects and psychological impact of major disabilities
; rehabilitation processes including implications
of family and community . Sp
5121 Job Development and Placement in Rehabilitation
(3) Identifying work for handicapped persons;
utilization of occupational resource materials and
techniques including field experiences for analyzing
jobs, procedures necessary for helping a handicapped
individual successfully adjust to a work environment
and assessment of future trends within
labor market . Su
5130-40 Seminar in Rehabilitation (3, 3)
5141 Diagnostic Vocational Evaluation in Rehabilitation
(3) Process, principles, and techniques used
to diagnose vocational assets and liabilities of
handicapped individual including functional
analysis of biographical data and use of evaluation
interview . W
5142 Prognostic Vocational Evaluation in Rehabilitation
(3) Process, principles, and techniques used
to determine and predict work behavior and vocational
potential . Includes rationale underlying selection
and use of occupational exploration programs,
work samples, situational tasks, simulated work experiences,
and job tryouts in vocational evaluation.
Prereq : 5141 Sp
5143 Interpretation of Vocational Evaluation Data
in Rehabilitation (3) Procedures, principles, and
techniques used in interpretation of vocational
evaluation data to handicapped adults, to referral
agency, and to facility staff . Interpretation of data
through the formal staff conference, vocational
counseling report writing, and follow-up . Prereq:
5141 and 5142 . Su
5144 Development and Supervision of Client
Evaluation Programs (3) Procedures involved in establishment
and maintenance of effective vocational
evaluation programs . Determining and planning
amount of floor space, type of equipment, type
and number of staff, and lines of communication
essential to maintenance of vocational evaluation
programs . Effective supervisory, referral, recording,
budgeting, and staff development practices . Prereq:
5141, 5142 and 5143, or consent of instructor. Su
5145-46-47 Practicum in Rehabilitation (3, 3, 3)
Supervised experience in area of rehabilitation with
emphasis on application of concepts, principles,
and skills acquired in previous or concurrent course
work . Prereq : Consent of instructor. W ; Sp ; Su
5150-60 Internship in Rehabilitation (9, 9)
5170 Systematic Human Relations Training (3) Active
listening, observing verbal and nonverbal behavior,
empathetic understanding, and communicating
with handicapped individuals . F
5180 Approaches to Rehabilitation Counseling (3)
Approaches and techniques in individual and group
counseling with handicapped adults to further develop
student's counseling skills . Problem-solving
techniques and utilization of alternative modes of
counseling procedures in rehabilitation . Prereq:
5170 or consent of instructor . W
DISABILITY EVALUATION EDUCATION
5700 Evaluation and Mobilization of Community
Resources (3) Issues, processes, and programs relating
to community resources and service integration
with emphasis on social and rehabilitation
facilities and agencies. Assessment utilization and
mobilization of community resources to facilitate
development of innovative service programs for
handicapped . W
5710 Medical Aspects of Disability 1 (3) Etiology,
clinical signs, symptoms and diagnostic procedures
related to musculoskeletal, neurological, circulatory,
and respiratory diseases/disorders . Effect on
structure and function of human body . Restorative
measures to eliminate or minimize resulting handicaps
; skills necessary to communicate effectively
with lay persons and medical community on evaluation
of impairments and administration of appropriate
rehabilitation services . W
5720 Medical Aspects of Disability II (3) Etiology,
clinical signs, symptoms and diagnostic procedures
related to neoplastic, skin, digestive, genito-urinary,
endocrine, mental, visual and hearing disorders . Effect
on structure and function of the human body.
Restorative measures to eliminate or minimize resulting
handicaps ; skills necessary to communicate
effectively with lay persons and medical community
on evaluation of impairments and administration of
appropriate rehabilitation services. Sp
5730 Vocational Assessment in Disability Evaluation
(3) Vocational assessment : resource materials;
criteria for vocational assessment of disability insurance
claims under Social Security ; on-site job
analysis and case file vocational assessment experiences
. Prereq : Admission to program in disability
evaluation or consent of instructor. Sp

5740 Disability and Work In Society (3) Relationship
of work to physical, social, psychological, and economic
development of disabled individual . Process
and techniques of vocational evaluation, work adjustment
services in rehabilitation . F
5750 Principles and Problems of Disability Evaluation
(3) Individual identification and analysis of principles
and problems of disability evaluation process
or structures ; emphasis on problems of disability
evaluation process or structures, and innovation,
exploration of alternatives, and sharing experience
within group . Prereq : 5700 or consent of instructor.
W
5760 Seminar: Functional Capacity Assessment (3)
Criteria for residual functional capacity assessment
in disability insurance claims evaluation ; problems
in achievement or acquisition of residual functional
capacity assessments. Prereq : 5710-20 or consent
of instructor. Su
5770-71 Current Problems In Disability Claims
Evaluation (1-3, 1-3) Current problems in process,
content, or administration of disability claims evaluation
; workshops in identification and proposal of
alternative solutions . May be repeated with consent
of instructor . S/NC only. A
SCHOOL SPEECH AND
HEARING THERAPY
4030 The Public School Speech and Hearing Program
(3) Organization, administration, and procedures
. F, Sp
4040 Appraisal of Speech and Language Disorders
(4) (Same as Audiology and Speech Pathology
4040 .)
4310 Stuttering (3) (Same as Audiology and Speech
Pathology 4310.)
4320-30-40 Clinical Practice in Speech Pathology
(1-6, 1-6, 1-6) (Same as Audiology and Speech
Pathology 4320-30-40 .)
4341 Clinical Practice In Speech Correction in the
Public Schools (3) Prereq : 4030, 4320-30-40 and
consent of instructor. S/NC only . F, W, Sp
4342 Seminar in Speech Correction in Public
Schools (3) Prereq : 4030, 4320-30-40 and consent of
instructor . F, W, Sp
4400 Voice Disorders (4) (Same as Audiology and
Speech Pathology 4400 .)
4450-60-70 Clinical Practice in Audiology (1-6, 1-6,
1-6) (Same as Audiology and Speech Pathology
4450-60-70.)
4720 Audiology II (4) (Same as Audiology and
Speech Pathology 4720 .)
4930 Aural Rehabilitation : Speechreading and Auditory
Training (3) (Same as Audiology and Speech
Pathology 4930 .)
4940 Introduction to the Verbo-Tonal System (4)
(Same as Audiology and Speech Pathology 4940 .)
5040 Advanced Clinical Practice in Audiology
Study and Practice (1-6) (Same as Audiology and
Speech Pathology 5040 .)
5380 Cerebral Palsy (3) (Same as Audiology and
Speech Pathology 5380 .)
5390 Cleft Palate (3) (Same as Audiology and
Speech Pathology 5390 .)
5540 Seminar in Language Pathology (3) (Same as
Audiology and Speech Pathology 5540 .)
EDUCATION OF THE
VISUALLY HANDICAPPED
4160 Education of Partially Sighted Children (3)
Curricular adjustments and materials ; home visits
for parents' cooperation in medical care and special
needs . A
4850 Eye Problems Encountered by the Teacher (3)
Eye anatomy and hygiene ; common diseases and
defects ; testing and treatment ; educational adjustments
for specific eye conditions; related service
resources . A
4923 Student Teaching of the Partially Seeing (3)
Observation and supervised practicum in special
and regular classes . S/NC only . A
GENERAL COURSES
3333 Education of the Exceptional Child (3) Principles,
characteristics, and special needs ; local and
state programs for diagnosis and care ; educational
provision in regular or special classes ; home teaching
; social and vocational guidance . E
3520 Language-Speech Handicapped Child in the
Classroom (3) Recognizing and understanding
speech problems ; observing normal and defective
speech development in children ; incorporating
speech improvement activities into the curriculum.
For students not majoring in speech and hearing . E
4350-60-70 Problems in the Education of Exceptional
Children (3, 3, 3) Prereq : Consent of instructor
. E
4740 Diagnostic and Remedial Approaches in Special
Education and Rehabilitation (3) Critical
examination of specialized tests and methods employed
in measurement of educational needs of
children and adults who are mentally retarded,
learning disabled, multiple handicapped or physically
handicapped . E
5000 Thesis (1-15) E
5002 Non-Thesis Graduation Completion (3-15)
Required for the non-thesis student not otherwise
registered during any quarter when such a student
uses university facilities and/or faculty time before
degree is completed . May not be used toward degree
requirements . May be repeated . S/NC only . E
5260 Education of Gifted Children (3) Curricular and
social adjustments . E
5400 Assessment and Remedlation of Learning
Disabilities (3) Identification and remediation of
learning problems of children : neurological and
medical aspects ; task analysis of cognitive, affective,
and psychomotor skills ; formal diagnostic testing
material emphasizing cognitive development.
Optimizing teaching instruction combined with a
prescriptive teaching approach to learning disabilities
. F, Su
5401 Prescriptive Teaching for Children with
Learning Disabilities (3) Diagnostic test materials to
assess functional levels of ability followed by specific
remedial recommendation consistent with
functional ability level . Emphasis on reading and
mathematics skill development . Materials designed
for ethnic population, high interest-low vocabulary,
assessing sensory, linguistic, and motor development
. W, Su
5402 The Exceptional Child in the Regular Classroom
(3) Adoption, modification, delivery, and maintenance
of instructional activities for exceptional
child within regular classroom . Learning and
academic considerations stressed . Prereq : 5401 or
consent of instructor . A
5403 Resource Teachers for the Handicapped (3)
To help students acquire the skill to maintain mildly
handicapped children in regular public education
environments ; job descriptions and expectations,
interpersonal relations, assessments of abilities,
modifications of curriculum content, and applied
teaching methodologies . A
5410 Instructional Media for the Handicapped : Design,
Production, and Evaluation of Prototypical
Curriculum Materials (9) Perception, communication,
and learning theories ; media design and
advanced production techniques ; evaluation procedures
. Emphasis on planning and producing
prototypical media materials specifically designed
to meet needs of handicapped learners . Enrollment
limited to persons holding major responsibilities for
media in program for handicapped or similar setting
. (For Summer Media Institute only .) A
5450-60-70 Experience In Teaching and Supervision
of Exceptional Children (1-6, 1-6, 1-6) E
5510-20-30 Administrative Practlcum on Problems
in Institutional Care of Children (3, 3, 3) Physical
and social development ; business and personnel
management . Prereq : Training and experience in
institutions for children, or consent of instructor . A
5550-60-70 Problems In the Education of Exceptional
Children (3, 3, 3) E
5620 Counseling Parents of Exceptional Children
(3) Interpreting exceptionalities (handicapped and
College of Education 59
gifted) to parents and helping in understanding and
acceptance of the child in school/home. E
5630 Psychology of the Exceptional Child (3) Entire
field of exceptional children . Characteristics, needs,
and scope of each group . Educational provisions.
Importance of public attitude. Social guidance and
personality development . Consideration of vocational
problems . Opportunity to expand study upon
a particular group of exceptional children . F, Su
5790 Career Development : Workshop (1-6) (Same
as Educational Psychology 5790 .) A
5830 Seminar : Issues and Theories in the Education
of the Exceptional Child (3) Current trends in
education of exceptional child, application of philosophical
approaches to education, analysis of current
theories of integration as applied to exceptional
child . Current research concerning education
and/or rehabilitation of exceptional persons . Prereq
: Curriculum and Instruction 5800or Educational
Psychology 5210 and consent of instructor . A
5910-20.30 Problems in Lieu of Thesis (3, 3, 3) E
5970 Juvenile Delinquency and the School (3) Responsibilities
of school in studying sources of
maladjustment ; school function in community programs
for children's welfare ; curricular adjustments
; directed study of socially maladjusted children,
environment, and programs for meeting
needs . A
Vocational-Technical
Education
MAJORS
DEGREES
Agricultural Education
M .S.
Business Education M .S ., MACT
Distributive Education M .S.
Industrial Education
Vocational-Technical
M .S.
Education M .S ., Ed .S ., Ed .D.
Professors:
J . I . Matthews (Head) Ph .D . Arizona State;
R. J. Woodin (Emeritus), Ph .D . Ohio State.
Agricultural Education : G . W. Wiegers, Jr., Ed .D.
Missouri . Business Education : E . R. Smith, Ph .D.
Ohio State ; G . A. Wagoner (Chairperson), M .S.
Indiana . Home Economics Education : I . Brown
(Emeritus), Ph .D. Ohio State ; N . P . Logan
(Chairperson), Ed .D . Tennessee . Distributive
Education : C. B . Coakley (Chairperson), Ph .D.
Wisconsin . industrial Education : R . W. Haskell,
Ph .D . Purdue ; J. L . Reed (Chairperson),
M .S . Oklahoma.
Associate Professors:
W. A . Camerson, Ph .D . Ohio State ; M . D. Miller, Ed .D.
Oregon State ; Agricultural Education : D . G . Craig,
Ed .D . Cornell ; J. D . Todd (Chairperson), Ed .D.
Illinois . Business Education : B . J . Brown, Ed .D.
Tennessee ; B . J . Radcliff, M .S . West Virginia;
J. J. Stallard, (Chairperson), Ph .D . Ohio
State . Distributive Education : D . E . McNelly,
Ed .D . Missouri . Home Economics
Education : J. H . McInnis, Ph .D . Florida State:
S. W. Miller, Ph .D . Ohio State ; H . Stark
(Emeritus), M . E . Colorado State . Industrial
Education : J. Bies, Ph .D . Missouri;
D. V. Brown, Ed .D . Utah, P .E . ; G . D . Cheek,
Ph .D . Kansas State ; R . Hanson, Ph .D. Purdue.
Assistant Professors:
Industrial Education : G . K. LaBorde, Ed .D.
Tennessee ; T . L. Powell, M .S . Oklahoma.
Instructor:
R. Pierce, M .A . East Tennessee State.
THE MASTER'S PROGRAM
Each vocational service area (agricultural
education, business education, distributive
education, industrial education and
vocational-technical education) offers similar
programs leading to the Master's degree.
Both thesis and non-thesis options are
available . Details regarding the Master's
programs of each of the service areas may be
obtained from the chairpersons of the
different services.
The M .S. degree with a major in
Vocational-Technical Education is available

60 College of Education
with concentrations in agricultural
education, business and office education,
distributive education, general
vocational-technical education, home
economics education, industrial education,
and technical education.
Requirements are:
Concentration' 18 hrs
Research 6 hrs
Electives 12 hrs
Thesis Option 9 hrs
Problems in Lieu
of Thesis Option 9 hrs
15 Course Option 2hrs
Total 45-51 hrs
All course work must be approved by the
student's committee.
The MACT is also available in the business
education area.
THE SPECIALIST PROGRAM
The Ed .S . degree program, which is a thesis
or non-thesis program, is a cooperative
undertaking involving all vocational service
areas. Options are available in agricultural,
business, distributive, and industrial
education and in general
vocational-technical education.
THE DOCTORAL PROGRAM
The comprehensive Ed .D . program in
Vocational-Technical Education is designed
to provide for achieving professional
objectives, developing needed
competencies, and gaining desirable
experiences and understanding of
vocational-technical areas.
The Vocational-Technical Education
doctoral curriculum consists of the following:
professional education core, 9 hours ; service
area, 18 hours ; vocational-technical
education, 18-27 hours ; cognate fields, 9-18
hours ; research techniques, 15 hours
(consult advisorfor details) ; and dissertation,
36 hours . A minimum of 120 hours above the
baccalaureate is required.
4750 Utilization of Instructional Media (3) (Same as
Curriculum and Instruction 4750 and Library and
Information Science 4750 .)
5000 Thesis (1-15) E
5002 Non-Thesis Graduation Completion (3-15)
Required for the non-thesis student not otherwise
registered during any quarter when such a student
uses university facilities and/or faculty time before
degree is completed . May not be used toward degree
requirements . May be repeated . S/NC only . E
5010 History and Organization of Vocational-
Technical Education (3) Vocational and technical
education in public schools through analysis of social
forces, legislation, and organization models.
5011-21-31 Problems in Lieu of Thesis (3, 3, 3)
5020 Competency Based Vocational Education (3)
Introductory, comparative, and practical approaches
to competency-based curricula and materials
in vocational and technical education.
5040 Guidance and Pupil Personnel Services in
Education (3) (Same as Educational Psychology
5040 .)
5180-90-200 Educational Specialist Research and
Thesis (3, 3, 3) Selection, analysis, and completion
of a problem necessitating original investigation,
beneficial to investigator and vocational-technical
field.
'Student must meet the service area entrance
requirements for the concentration selected . General
vocational-technical education requires 6 hrs
Vocational-Technical Education 5250 and 5010.
2 9 hrs course work approved by graduate committee in
area of emphasis outside of area of concentration .
5250 Issues and Trends in Vocational-Technical
Education (3) Issues, trends, problems, and innovations
in vocational-technical education.
5260 Continuing Education in Vocational-
Technical Education (3) Importance, objectives,
historical development, psychological and sociological
formulations . methods and techniques,
research, and evaluation.
5270 Placement, Follow-up and Evaluation Procedures
in Occupational Education (3) Methods and
procedures in establishing placement programs,
follow-up procedures, evaluation, and curriculum
revision in occupational education.
5300 Occupational Program Development for Disadvantaged
Persons (3) Problems of the academic,
socioeconomic, cultural and/or other handicaps
that prevent individuals from succeeding in regular
vocational education programs.
5310 Supervision of Vocational-Technical Education
(3) Supervision of program planning, coordination,
and instruction . Roles and functions of supervisors.
5810 Principles and Objectives of Vocational-
Technical Education (3) Fundamental principles
and contemporary objectives for vocationaltechnical
education.
5850-60-70 Problems in Vocational-Technical Education
(1-6, 1-6, 1-6) May be repeated . Maximum 9
hrs.
6000 Doctoral Research and Dissertation (3-15) E
6040 Seminar in Vocational-Technical Education
(1, 1, 1) Required 3 consecutive quarters during residency.
S/NC only.
6210 Curriculum Planning in Vocational-Technical
Education (3) Prereq : Curriculum and Instruction
5410 or equivalent.
6220 Program Planning and Development in
Vocational-Technical Education (3) Planning
vocational-technical and work force state, local, and
institutional programs : research in planning, advisory
committees, planned change, administrative
structures, and evaluation procedures.
6230 Evaluation of Vocational-Technical Education
Programs (3)
6310 Administration of Vocational-Technical Education
(3)Administrative principles and relationship
to vocational and technical training.
6411-12-13 Internship in Vocational and Technical
Education (3, 3, 3) Field experiences in selected
areas of vocational and technical education . S/NC
only.
Agricultural Education
4510-20-30 Problems in Agribusiness Education
(1-6, 1-6, 1-6) May be repeated . Maximum 9 hrs.
4710-20-30 Seminar in Agricultural Education (1, 1,
1) Prereq : 4350 or consent of department head.
5000 Thesis (1-15) E
5002 Non-Thesis Graduation Completion (3-15)
Required for the non-thesis student not otherwise
registered during any quarter when such a student
uses university facilities and/or faculty time before
degree is completed . May not be used toward degree
requirements . May be repeated . S/NC only . E
5011-21-31 Problems In Lieu of Thesis (3, 3, 3)
5110 .20-30 Current Literature (1, 1, 1)
5320-30 Agricultural Education in Off-Farm Agricultural
Occupations (3, 3) Developing occupational
experience programs ; course planning, and teaching
procedures . Prereq : 4350.
5340 Agricultural Education for First-Year
Teachers (3) Adjustment to situation in which employed
; group meetings in selected centers, and visits
by instructor. Prereq : 4350.
5470 Adult Education in Agriculture (3)
5480 Supervision of Student Teaching in Agricultural
Education (3)
5490 Supervised Occupational Experience in Agriculture
(3) Prereq : 4350.
5620 Teaching Agricultural Mechanization in Vocational
Agriculture (3) Prereq : 4350.
5750-60-70 Special Problems in Agricultural Education
(3, 3, 3) May be repeated . Maximum 18 hrs.
Business Education
4230 Curriculum Construction in Business Education
(3) Aims, principles, practices and problems in
construction of business curricula for various types
of educational institutions in which business subjects
are taught.
4610-20-30 Problems in Business Education (3, 3, 3)
5000 Thesis (1-15) E
5002 Non-Thesis Graduation Completion (3-15)
Required for the non-thesis student not otherwise
registered during any quarter when such a student
uses university facilities and/or faculty time before
degree is completed . May not be used toward degree
requirements . May be repeated . S/NC only . E
5011 Problems in Lieu of Thesis (3)
5110 Graduate Seminar In Current Problems (3)
5111-12-13 Graduate Seminar : Current Problems In
Business Education (1, 1, 1)
5120 Graduate Seminar in Tests and Measurement
(3)
5130 Graduate Seminar in Guidance (3)
5140 Organization and Operation of Area Vocational-Technical
Schools (3) (Same as Industrial
Education 5140 .)
5410-20-30 Practicum in Business Education (2, 2,
2)
5510 Evaluation of Research in Business Education
(3) Prereq : Curriculum and Instruction 5610 or
equivalent.
5611-21 Problems in Business Education : Typing
(3, 3)
5612-22-32 Problems in Business Education:
Shorthand (3, 3, 3)
5623-33 Problems in Business Education : Bookkeeping
and Accounting (3, 3)
5614 Methods and Materials for Vocational Office
Education (3) Methods and materials for vocational
office education programs. Development of instructional
aids, recent developments and research, individualized
instruction, and occupational clusters for
VOE.
5624 Problems in Business Education : Clerical
Practice (3)
5615-25-35 Problems in Business Education : General
Business (3, 3, 3)
5618 Organization and Management of Vocational
Office Education Program (3) Developing office occupations,
guidelines in cooperatives, laboratory,
and model office programs . Physical facilities, instructional
aids, related instructional activities
(clubs), enrollee, instructor and advisory committees.
5628 Problems in Business Education : Administration
(3)
6110-20-30 Current Issues in Business Education
(3, 3, 3)
6210-20-30 Advanced Studies in Business Education
(3, 3, 3)
6410 Higher Education for Business (3)
Distributive Education
4130 Areas of Distribution (3) Marketing, product or
service technology, social skills, basic skills, and
distribution as these areas affect the distributive
education curriculum in secondary and postsecondary
programs.
4140 Supervised Distributive Experience (3)
Minimum 200 hours experience in approved distributive
business ; concurrent analytic project .

4310 Organization and Operation of Distributive
Education Programs (3) Background and development
needs, federal and state legislation ; curriculum
implications ; establishing, evaluating, reporting,
and improving the programs.
4320 Methods and Materials in Distributive Education
(3) Prereq : 4310 or consent of instructor.
4330 Coordination Techniques in Distributive Education
(3) Selecting training agencies ; job analysis;
selecting and briefing training supervisors ; advisory
committees ; adult and other community services.
Prereq : 4310, 4320.
4510-20-30 Problems in Distributive Education (1-3,
1-3, 1-3) Research problems in teaching and coordinating
distributive education programs . May be
repeated . Maximum 18 hrs.
5000 Thesis (1-15) E
5002 Non-Thesis Graduation Completion (3-15)
Required for the non-thesis student not otherwise
registered during any quarter when such a student
uses university facilities and/or faculty time before
degree is completed . May not be used toward degree
requirements . May be repeated . S/NC only . E
5110 Administration and Supervision of Distributive
Education (3) Operation of a distributive education
program and work of city or county supervisor.
Understanding and appreciating problems from
high school principal's and department head's point
of view . Trends in distributive education ; community
surveys, state plans, teacher-coordinator qualifications,
changing curriculum.
5120 Organizing and Teaching Adult Distributive
Education (3) Planning, organizing, promoting,
teaching, and evaluating continuing education programs
in distributive education ; utilizing trade associations,
employment agencies, business groups,
and advisory committees in implementation.
5210-20-30 Special Problems in Distributive Education
(3, 3, 3) Individual research, conferences, and/or
workshops in teaching and supervising high school,
postsecondary, and adult programs.
5616-26-36 Problems in Distributive Education : Retailing
(3, 3, 3)
Home Economics Education
5000 Thesis (1-15) E
5002 Non-Thesis Graduation Completion (3-15)
Required for the non-thesis student not otherwise
registered during any quarter when such a student
uses university facilities and/or faculty time before
degree is completed . May not be used toward degree
requirements . May be repeated . S/NC only . E
5110 Advanced Methods of Teaching Homemaking
Classes for Adults (3)
5130 Furthering Good Human Relationships in the
Classroom (3) Relationships between problems in
human relations, basic needs of individuals, techniques
of interpersonal relations and social values
in developing more effective teacher education programs.
5220 Evaluation in Home Economics Education (3)
Purpose of evaluation in development of home economics
programs ; techniques used in evaluation.
Techniques for determining progress of students;
individual problems of evaluation.
5310 The Problem Method of Teaching Home Economics
(3) Underlying philosophy ; skills and techniques
. Observation and discussion.
5440 Curriculum Development and Implementation
in Family Relationships Instruction (3) Content
for teaching family relationships. Selected materials
and methods, appropriateness for reaching curriculum
objectives in family relationships.
5520 Teaching Home Economics in College (3)
Methods, organization, and evaluation.
5530 Organization of the Homemaking Curriculum
in Secondary Schools (3) Recent advances in home
economics education . Development of teaching material
in relation to total homemaking program in
secondary school-day-school, adults, home experience,
and Future Homemakers of America.
5610 Supervision of Home Economics in the Public
Schools (3) For teachers with successful experience
in vocational home economics preparing for supervisory
positions in vocational education . Program
planning, organization, and administration . Field
contacts with urban and rural programs.
5620 Wage Earning Programs in Home Economics
(3) Planning, establishing, and implementing wage
earning programs in home economics.
5710-20-30 Special Problems for Non-Thesis Students
(3, 3, 3)
5810-20-30 Problems in Home Economics Education
(1-3, 1-3, 1-3) May be repeated . Maximum 3 hrs
per course.
5910-20 Seminar in Home Economics Education (3,
3) Research literature and techniques . Prereq : Consent
of instructor.
Industrial Education
3110 History and Philosophy of Industrial Education
(3)
3210-20-30 Part-Time Programs in Cooperative Industrial
Training (3, 3, 3) Principles of organization,
methods, and materials.
3310 Shop Organization and Management (3)
3320-30 Materials and Methods for Teachers of
Shop and Related Subjects (3, 3)
3340 School Shop Safety (3)
3610 Development and Utilization of Advisory
Committees (3) Craft advisory committees, selection,
organization, implementation, and utilization.
4110 Foremanship Training by the Conference
Method (3)
4120-30 Job Analysis (3, 3) Principles, practice, instructional
methods.
4310-20 Curriculum Building in Trade and Industrial
Subjects (3, 3) Course material in trade subjects,
results of job analysis, checking sheets and
individual job sheets in both trade and related subjects
. Prereq or coreq : 4120.
4510-11-12 Seminar in Industrial Education (3, 3, 3)
Educational innovations, current events, problems,
and other topics associated with the field of industrial
education.
4520-21-22 New Developments in Industrial Education
(3, 3, 3) Developments, pressing problems, and
recent trends in field of industrial education as presented
by a coordinating instructor in conjunction
with knowledgeable resource personnel.
4621 Special Topics in Drafting (3) Industrial practices
in specialized areas of drafting selected for the
individual student . Prereq : 6 hrs drafting.
4622 Construction Processes (3) Construction processes
of industry and their relationship to careers.
Prereq : 3662.
4670 Manufacturing Processes (3) The manufacturing
processes of industry and their relationship to
careers . Prerq : 2621, 2641, 2660, 3651, or consent of
instructor.
4671 Materials and Processes (3) Organic and inorganic
materials and processes used to produce
finished products . Content, curriculum and techniques
of laboratory operation . Prereq : Consent of
instructor.
4682 Power and Energy (3) Development, control,
transmission, conversion, interrelationship of
power sources ; content, curriculum, and techniques
of laboratory operation . Prereq : Consent of
instructor.
5000 Thesis (1-15) E
5002 Non-Thesis Graduation Completion (3-15)
Required for the non-thesis student not otherwise
registered during any quarter when such a student
uses university facilities and/or faculty time before
degree is completed . May not be used toward degree
requirements . May be repeated . S/NC only . E
5110-200 Administration and Supervision of Industrial
Education (3, 3, 3) Principles of vocational education
; relationships with general education and
trade and labor organizations ; administering and
College of Education 61
supervising schools and classes under federal vocational
education acts.
5140 Organization and Operation of Area
Vocational-Technical Schools (3) Area vocationaltechnical
school concept ; administration and
supervision of vocational and technical education
programs in area schools . (Same as Business Education
5140 .)
5210-20-30 Special Problems in Industrial Education
(3, 3, 3)
5310 Methods of Research in Industrial Education
(3)
5410 Improving Teachers in Service (3) Problems of
coordination in part-time and apprentice training
programs.
5420 Advisory Committees and Apprentice Training
(3)
5430 Vocational School Administration and Management
(3)
5440 Advanced Methods of Teaching Skills and
Technical Information (3) Proper selection and effective
application of contemporary methods and
techniques in teaching of specialized skills and
technical related information.
5510-20-30 Seminar in Industrial Technical Education
(3, 3, 3) Ramifications of vocational and technical
innovations in trade and industry in relation to
increasingly technically oriented society . Prereq:
B .S . in Industrial Education and teaching experience.
5540 New Developments in Industrial Technical
Education (3) Prereq : B .S . in Industrial Education
and teaching experience.
School of Health,
Physical Education,
and Recreation
Madge M . Phillips, Director
Graduate programs are available to
students preparing for (1) teaching and
research positions in colleges, high schools
and elementary schools ; (2) administrative
and supervisory work in athletics, health
education, physical education, and
recreation ; (3) recreation specialist positions
in various public, voluntary, private, and
commercial agencies and institutions ; and (4)
public health positions in community health
education, health planning and
administration, and environmental health.
THE MASTER'S PROGRAM
Four programs leading to the Master of
Science degree are available : Physical
Education, Recreation, Safety Education and
Service, and School Health Education.
Forty-five quarter hours are required for the
M .S . Approximately 23 quarters hours of work
selected from courses numbered 5000 and
above are included in the M .S . requirement.
Course selection shall be made according to
each student's professional interests in
health, physical education, safety, or
recreation with the approval of the major
professor . Non-thesis options are available in
all M .S. degree programs . A 3 quarter-hour
course in research techniques and/or
statistics and/or a seminar in research will be
required . Each non-thesis degree candidate
will take a final comprehensive examination.
Programs leading to the Master of Public
Health are also available in community health
education, health planning/administration,
and occupational/environmental health and

62 College of Education
safety . Fifty-four quarter hours are required
for the M .P .H . degree . One full quarter of field
practice is required . During field practice, no
student shall hold a full-time job except by
special permission of the division
chairperson. Students may be placed in all
parts of this country.
DOCTORAL PROGRAM
The Doctor of Education and the Doctor of
Philosophy degrees are offered in Health
Education . See further description under
Health Education.
The Doctor of Education degree is offered
with a major in Physical Education and two
collateral areas of study . The curriculum to be
pursued will be determined by the student
and a doctoral committee . Selection of this
curriculum will be based on the past training,
experience, and interest of the student.
The basic requirements for admission are:
a. A minimum of 40 (physical education) or
50 (health education) quarter hours.
b. Submission of satisfactory scores on the
aptitude section of the Graduate Record
Examination is required for all doctoral and
specialist programs.
c. A superior grade point average.
d. Submission of satisfactory references
relating to training, employment, and
character.
e. Evidence of successful teaching or
potential for success in the major area of
study.
Graduate Assistantships . A variety of
graduate assistantships are offered in health
education, physical education, safety
education, and recreation to qualified women
and men who are graduates of accredited
colleges or universities . These assistantships
are open to students in the Master's and
doctoral programs.
Assistantships are made available by local
schools, agencies, and the School of Health,
Physical Education, and Recreation in return
for part-time services rendered . The services
may consist of teaching physical education
classes, teaching health classes, teaching
safety classes, leading recreational activities,
supervising recreation field work students,
and/or directing or helping to manage
extracurricular programs . Students
interested in these opportunities should file
their applications before February 1 . Letters
should be addressed to : The School of
Health, Physical Education, and Recreation,
The University of Tennessee, Knoxville,
Tennessee 37916.
Public Health Traineeships . A few Public
Health Traineeships are offered for Master of
Public Health candidates concentrating in
community health education . These are
provided by the United Public Health Service.
Letters should be addressed to : Health and
Safety Division, The University of Tennessee,
1914 Andy Holt Avenue, Knoxville, Tennessee
37916 .
Departments of
Instruction
Division of Health
and Safety
MAJORS
DEGREES
Health Education
Ed .D . Ph .D.
Public Health M .P .H.
Safety Education and Service M .S ., Ed .S.
School Health Education M .S.
Professors:
R . H. Kirk (Chairperson), H .S .D . Indiana;
W. J . Huffman, Ed .D . Illinois ; B . C. Wallace,
Ed .D . Colorado State.
Associate Professors:
A . J . Brown, Ed .D . Tennessee ; C . B . Hamilton,
Dr. P .H . Oklahoma ; J. Gorski, Dr . P .H.
California (Los Angeles) ; M . A . Milliken,
(Emeritus), M .A . Yale ; A . F. Thompson, Ph .D.
Michigan State.
Assistant Professors:
J . Ellison, Ed .D . Tennessee ; V . Pressly, Ed .D.
Tennessee.
Lecturers:
M . Duffy, M .D . Pennsylvania ; H. P . Hopkins, Ph .D.
North Carolina.
The Health and Safety Division offers the
following degree programs:
Master of Public Health degree with a major
in Public Health . Option in community health
education is accredited by the American
Public Health Association . Options with
specialization in health
planning/administration or
occupational/environmental health and
safety are also available.
Master of Science degree with a major in
School Health Education or Safety Education
and Service (thesis and non-thesis options).
Non-thesis option requires 45 quarter hours
of course work.
Educational Specialist degree in Safety
Education and Service.
Doctor of Education degree in Health
Education.
Doctor of Philosophy degree in Health
Education.
Public Health
3000 Foundations of Health Science (3) In-depth
study of content areas relating to personal health
and contemporary health problems, i .e ., mood modifying
products, consumer health, international
health, personal health practices, reciprocal relationships
involving humans, disease and environment
. E
3210 First Aid and Emergency Care (4) Theory and
practice of first aid and emergency care . Instruction
in medical self-help . Course leads to Red Cross Certification
in Advanced First Aid and Emergency
Care . (Applicant must be at least 18 years of age for
certification .) (Same as School Health 3210 .) E
3310 Communicable and Noncommunicable Diseases
(3) Modern concepts of diseases ; etiology of
common communicable and chronic disease problems
including prevention and control . Prereq : 1 yr
of biological science and 1 course in bacteriology . F,
W, Sp
3320 Sanitation (3) History of sanitary awakening;
disease-producing relationships and controls of water,
sewage, refuse, milk, meat and other foods, air,
insects, and soil ; sanitation of homes, swimming
pools, industrial plants, markets, restaurants,
camps, and public bathing places . Healthful school
living as affected by buildings and grounds, lighting,
acoustics, thermal control, and safety provisions.
Prereq : 1 yr biological science, 1 course in microbiology
. 2 hrs and 1 lab. E
4120 Community Health Problems-Alcoholism (3)
Explores problems of alcoholism regarding overall
health of community . Emphasis placed on factors
making alcoholism a serious public health problem.
Various types of educational programs to control
the disease covered . F
4130 Community Health Problems-Suicide (3) Explores
problems of suicide regarding overall health
of community . W
4140 Community Health Problems-Death Education
(3) Exploration of ramifications of death and
dying as related to personal and community health.
E
4210 Urban and Industrial Health (3) Health problems
created by a burgeoning population and the
megalopolis ; industrial health problems of concern
to management, supervisor, and industrial worker,
control of occupational diseases, poisons, accidents,
and other conditions incidental to industry.
Sp
4220 Communications for Better Health (3) Selective
study of communications in health enterprise.
Consideration in logical progression of the problems
of transmitting current and new information to
practitioners ; communications among members of
the modern health teams, among health agencies,
and use of mass media for transmitting health information
. W, Sp
4410 Consumer Health and Safety Education (3)
Survey of major consumer health and safety problems
; selecting . purchasing, and financing of safety
and medical services . E
4411 Instructor's Advanced First Aid and
Emergency Care (3) Designed to teach first aid.
Satisfactory completion qualifies one for American
National Red Cross Certification as an Advanced
First Aid and Emergency Care Instructor . (Applicant
must be at least 21 years of age .) Prereq : 3210 or
valid Advanced First Aid and Emergency Care Certificate
. F, W, Sp
4420 Drug Abuse Education (3) Drug abuse problem
and suspected causes ; pharmacology of drugs and
their effect on society and methods of drug abuse
education . F, Sp
4700-10-20 Field Practice in Public Health (3, 3, 3)
Field practice in public health under supervision of
public health profession . S/NC only . E
4730 Workshop in Public Health Education (3-6) For
teachers, nurses, case workers, sanitarians, and
other voluntary and public health agency personnel;
emphasizes the problem-solving approach through
small group interaction, case method, and critical
incident technique . May be repeated . Su
4840-50-60 Problems in Public Health Education (1,
1, 1) Individual identification and study of current
problems in public health education . Extensive
reading of literature required . E
5002 Non-Thesis Graduation Completion (3-15)
Required for the non-thesis student not otherwise
registered during any quarter when such a student
uses university facilities and/or faculty time before
degree is completed . May not be used toward degree
requirement . May be repeated . S/NC only . E
5010-20-30 Workshop in Public Health (3-6, 3-6, 3-6)
Designed to deal with specific public health problems
in short or extended period of time . Su
5070-80-90 Field Practice and Seminar in Public
Health (3-5, 3-5, 3-5) Internship or field experience
under professional supervision in public health.
S/NC only . E
5110 Environmental Health (3-5) Varied environmental
factors within general framework of air, food,
water, shelter, transportation as they affect humanity's
survival, prevention of disease, performance
and enjoyment . Lecture, demonstrations, laboratory,
and field practice . Prereq : Consent of instructor
. Su
5120-30 Occupational Health and Safety (5, 5) Occupational
health and safety theory and practice
related to overall improvement of community health
and safety . Lecture, demonstrations, and field practice
. Prereq : Consent of instructor . F, W

5150 Industrial Toxicology (3) Elements of industrial
toxicology as they relate to the improvement of
occupational safety and health . Prereq : Consent of
instructor . Sp
5220 Health and Sickness in the Focus of Public
Health Education (2) Formulation of models of positive
health within life cycle and within community:
types of sickness afflicting individuals and groups . 1
hr and 2 labs . Su
5410 Epidemiology (3) Incidence and prevalence of
disease in man . W, Su
5420 Administration of Public Health (3) Administrative
considerations of public health agencies
including governmental aspects, legal bases, organizational
principles, personnel factors, fiscal
management, and public relations . F, W, Sp
5430 Vital and Medical Statistics (4) Application of
basic statistical principles to living things . F, W, Sp
5440 Methods and Materials in Public Health Education
(4) Theory and practice in use of communication
techniques and materials in community health
education . 3 hrs and 2 labs . W
5540 Factors in Problem Solving for Community
Health (5) Test skills in communications and group
process en route to problem identification, objective
setting, problem solving and planning for health
education . 4 hrs and 2 labs . W
5550 The Public Health Educator in Community Organization
and Development (4) Overview of health
organizations and agencies in the community prefaces
exploration of conflicting theories and divergent
styles of practice in community organization
and development . Laboratory to delineate a community
near campus and to practice . 2 hrs and 4
labs . F
5560 Functions and Roles of the Public Health Educator
(3) Professional scene is examined with special
attention to roles and functions . Consideration
of philosophy and motivation and differences between
health education service and health education
program for community learning levels . 1 2-hr
lecture-seminar session per week . F
5580 Physical Activity and Health (5) (Same as
Physical Education 5580 .)
5705-10-15 Advanced Professional Health Education
: Health Planning I, II, Ill (3-5, 3-5, 3-5) Theory
and practice in selected areas . F, W, Sp
5730 Dental Health Education (3-5)
5735 Emergency Medical Services (3-5) Sp
5745 Family Health Unit (3-5)
5750 Health and Medical Care Legislation and Law
(3-5) Su
5755 Health Facilities Administration (3-5) W
5760 Health Services Administration (3-5) F
5785 Occupational Health Unit (3-5) Sp
5790 Self-Care Unit (3-5) Sp
5795 The Training of Paramedical Personnel (3-5)
5840-50-60 Problems in Public Health Education
(1-3, 1-3, 1-3) Individual identification of current issues.
Extensive reading and critical analysis of literature
. E
6000 Doctoral Research and Dissertation (3-15) E
6030 Critical Analysis of Writing and Research in
Health Education (3) (Same as School Health Education
6030 .) F
6050-60 Seminar in Health Education (3, 3) (Same
as School Health Education 6050-60 .) W, Sp
6210 Health Aspects of Gerontology (3) Su
6220 Seminar on the Nation's Health (3) F
6230 International Health (3) W
Safety
3520 Principles of General Safety (3) Deals with
principles, practices, and procedures in general
safety . Covers safety problems in school, traffic, recreation,
industry, home, and other public areas . E
4010-20-30 Problems in Safety (1-3, 1-3, 1-3) Individual
identification and study of current problems
in safety . E
4410 Driver and Traffic Safety Education (5) Preparation
and teachers of driver education in schools
and colleges . Students are required to teach at least
one nondriver . Valid driver's license required . 3 hrs
and 2 labs . E
4420 Advanced Driver and Traffic Safety Education
(5) Development of competence in teaching of driver
education through use of simulation, multimedia,
and multiple-car driving range . Emphasis placed on
teaching skills and supervision . Prereq : 4410. E
4430 Sports Safety (5) Accident prevention and injury
control in sports activities ; philosophy of sports
safety ; human environmental factors and interrelationship
in sports injury and control ; risk-taking and
decision solution strategies ; and contributions of
sports medicine to safety . 3 hrs and 2 labs. Su
4720 Workshop in Safety (3-6) Deals with special
safety education problems . For advanced undergraduate
students, graduate students, teachers,
supervisors, and administrators . May be repeated.
Su
5000 Thesis (1-15) E
5002 Non-Thesis Graduation Completion (3-15)
Required for the non-thesis student not otherwise
registered during any quarter when such a student
uses university facilities and/or faculty time before
degree is completed . May not be used toward degree
requirements . May be repeated . S/NC only . E
5320 Behavioral Problems in Safety Education and
Accident Prevention (3) Problems of behavior,
causes of accidents, and application of principles of
psychology in development of safe behavior in all
segments of our environment . F
5330 Problems and Research in Accident Prevention
(3) Analysis of safety problems found in wide
variety of accidents that occur in community ; findings
of current research in behavioral sciences as
related to variation incidence of accidents . Sp
5340 Organization, Administration, and Supervision
of Safety Programs (3) National, state, and
local level programs including administrative, instructional,
and supervisory aspects . Basic emphasis
on implementation of relevant programs . W
5350 Civil and Defense Education (3) Civil and defense
problems : tornadoes, floods, fires, mass civil
disorders, and nuclear and personnel attack by alien
countries . Sp
5720-30-40 Graduate Workshop in Safety (3-6, 3-6,
3-6) Deals with specific safety problems . Special
safety problems in a concentrated period of time . Su
5810-20-30 Problems In Safety (1-3, 1-3, 1-3) Individual
identification and study of problems in safety.
Extensive reading and critical analysis of safety literature
. E
5870-80-90 Current Issues in Safety Education (1,1,
1) E
6010-20-30 Internship and Research in Safety (3, 3,
3) Allows the student opportunities for engaging in
field experience so that a significant problem in that
experience will be identified, researched, and reported
on in acceptable form . E
School Health
3210 First Aid and Emergency Care (4) (Same as
Public Health 3210 .) E
3410 School Health Instruction (3) Selection of
health content in the school curriculum . E
3420 School Health Services (3) Development,
maintenance, and protection of health of students
including examination, screening, special services,
communicable disease control, emergency care,
and school health records . F, W, Sp
3510 The School in Community Health (3) Role of
teacher in community health education ; school's
responsibility in promoting healthful living and the
place of existing media and agencies in program.
Not open to health and physical education majors . E
3610 Methods in Elementary Health Instruction (3)
Preparation and presentation of health topics .
College of Education 63
Teaching method emphasized and student participation
stressed . Required for elementary teachers.
Prereq : 3510or Public Health 1110 or Nutrition 1230.
E
3620 The Teaching of Sex Education (3) Trends.
content, methods, and materials in sex education . F,
W, Sp
3650 Methods In Secondary Health Instruction (3)
Preparation and presentation of health topics.
Teaching method emphasized and student participation
stressed. E
4710 Workshop in School Health Education (3-6)
For advanced students, teachers, school administrators,
nurses and other paramedical school personnel
. Lectures, demonstrations, films, field trips.
and supervised research in special health problems.
May be repeated . Su
4810. 20-30 Problems in School Health Education
(1, 1,1) Individual identification and study of current
problems in school health education . Extensive
reading of literature . E
5000 Thesis (1-15) E
5002 Non-Thesis Graduation Completion (3-15)
Required for the non-thesis student not otherwise
registered during any quarter when such a student
uses university facilities and/or faculty time before
degree is completed . May not be used toward degree
requirements . May be repeated . S/NC only . E
5010 Problems and Practices in School Health (3)
Comprehensive study and analysis of the principles,
problems, systems, and trends of and in school
health . F
5020 Teaching of Sex Education and Human Sexuality
(3) Analysis and explanation of theory, methods
and materials for planning, organizing and teaching
sex education and human sexuality in schools and
other community settings . Sp
5510 Curriculum Construction in School Health Instruction
(3) Analysis of school health instruction
programs in elementary and secondary schools.
Planning and construction of health curricula to
meet needs, interests, and abilities of pupils . W
5520 Evaluation in School Health Instruction (3)
Principles of objective tests construction ; place of
behavior and attitude scales, check lists, questionnaires,
surveys, and inventories in evaluation of
health instruction . Includes criticism of several
commercially prepared tests and construction and
standardization of test . W
5530 School Health Program Surveys (3) Techniques
and standards used in surveying total school
health program ; relative contribution of health instruction,
health services, and healthful environment
as each contributes to well being of individual
students . Survey of existing school health program.
Sp
5620 School Health Administration and Supervision
(3) Analysis of various types of administrative
control ; budgetary problems ; education-public
health dilemma ; responsibilities of school health
personnel . Resource materials include case studies
of on-going school health programs . Sp
5630-40 Workshop in School Health Education (3, 3)
Designed for graduate students, inservice teachers,
and other health professionals . Emphasis in any
workshop to be placed on one critical health issue.
Su
5720-30-40 Graduate Workshop in Health Education
(3-6, 3-6, 3-6) Deals with specific health problems
. Designed especially to explore special health
problems in a concentrated period of time . Su
5810-20-30 Problems in School Health Education
(1-3, 1-3, 1-3) Individual identification and study of
current issues in school health education . Extensive
reading and critical analysis of literature . E
6000 Doctoral Research and Dissertation (3-15) E
6030 Critical Analysis of Writing and Research in
Health Education (3) (Same as Public Health 6030 .)
F
6050-60 Seminar in Health Education (3, 3) (Same
as Public Health 6050-60 .) W, Sp

64 College of Education
Division of Physical
Education
MAJOR
Physical Education
DEGREES
M .S., Ed .D.
Professors:
J . E . Acker, M .D . Tennessee ; G. F. Brady
(Emeritus), Ph .D . Iowa ; E . K . Capen
(Emeritus) . Ph .D . Iowa ; B. D . Franks
(Chairperson), Ph .D . Illinois : A . J . Kozar,
Ph .D . Michigan ; W . P. Liemohn, Ph .D . Iowa;
M. M. Phillips, Ph .D . Iowa ; B . A . Plotnicki
(Emeritus), Ed .D . Boston ; H . B. Watson, Ph .D.
Michigan ; H . G . Welch, Ph .D . Florida.
Associate Professors:
E. T . Howley, Ph .D . Wisconsin ; N. E. Lay,
Ph .D . Florida State ; B . J. Mead, Ph .D.
Purdue ; C. A . Wrisberg, Ph .D . Michigan.
Assistant Professors:
P. A . Beitel, Ed .D . North Carolina (Greensboro);
P. A . Boroviak, M .S . Tennessee;
R . Croskey, M .F .A . Southern Methodist ; C. Fox,
M .F .A . Southern Methodist ; J. L . Lewis,
Ed .D . Tennessee ; M. G . McCutchen, Ed .D.
North Carolina (Greensboro) ; W. J . Morgan,
Ph .D . Minnesota ; B. L . Morgenegg, Ed .D.
Teacher's College, Columbia ; B . G . Ulrich,
M .A . North Carolina.
The Physical Education Division offers the
following degree programs:
Master of Science degree in Physical
Education (thesis and non-thesis programs).
Doctor of Education degree in Physical
Education with concentrations in exercise
physiology, motor behavior, adapted physical
education, and philosophical and
sociological foundations.
3050 Rhythmic Analysis (2) Emphasis on analysis of
organic movement . Prereq : Consent of instructor. A
3090 History of Dance and the Related Arts I (2)
Dance history and the arts related to it from beginnings
in primitive societies through the nineteenth
century . F
3151 History of Dance and the Related Arts II (2)
Survey of dance and the arts related to it, tracing
their development in the twentieth century . W
3430 Adaptive Physical Education Laboratory (1)
Practical work, including student teaching, supplementing
4110 . F, W, Sp
4010 Advanced Modern Technique (2) Development,
integration, and synthesis of previous dance
vocabulary ; emphasis on advanced practice and
principles . Prereq : 3030 . May be repeated.
Maximum 6 hrs . Available to dance majors and
minors or with consent of instructor. F, W
4020 Practicum in Dance Production (2) Prereq:
Consent of instructor . W
4060 Advanced Composition (4) Application of
compositional, production and administrative skills
culminating in presentation of two complete choreographic
works. Prereq : 3062, 4020. A
4070 Stagecraft for Dance Production (2) Equipment,
light design, properties, sets, and stage management.
4110 Adaptive Physical Education (3) Classification
of atypical students who require modified programs
in physical education ; activities and class organization
suitable for required or special physical education
classes . E
4140 Measurement and Evaluation In Physical
Education (3) Relationship of measurement and
evaluation in physical education . Administration
and critique of appropriate measures of physical
fitness, sports skills and knowledge . W, Sp, Su
4150 Creative Rhythms for Children (3) Methods
and materials for grades 1-6 . 3 hrs and 1 lab . F
4880 Motor Behavior : A Theoretical Perspective (4)
Examines motor behavior from information processing
perspective and applies current research to
support theoretical base . Prereq : Senior or graduate
standing or consent of instructor. F
4890 Motor Behavior Laboratory (2) Beginning experience
in methodology and instrumentation for
assessing factors related to or affecting motor
learning/performance . Prereq or coreq : 4880 or
consent of instructor. Prereq : 4140 and/or 5320 or
consent of instructor. W, Sp
5000 Thesis (1-15) E
5002 Non-Thesis Graduation Completion (3-15)
Required for the non-thesis student not otherwise
registered during any quarter when such a student
uses university facilities and/or faculty time before
degree is completed . May not be used toward degree
requirements . May be repeated . S%NC only . E
5110 Administrative Problems in Health and Physical
Education (3)
5120 Problems of the Curriculum in Physical Education
(3)
5130 Methods In Physical Education (3) Characteristics
of different school age levels, and applications
of learning procedures in physical activities at
these levels.
5140 Advanced Philosophy of Sport (3) Critical
examination of most rigorous and sophisticated
essay pieces concerning metaphysical, epistemological,
and axiological status of sport . Prereq:
Consent of instructor . W
5150 Systematic Philosophic Analyses of Sport (3)
Critical examination of most comprehensive, systematic,
and revealing accounts of metaphysical.
epistemological, and axiological status of sport.
Prereq : 5140 or consent of instructor . Sp
5220 Readings in Physical Education (3) Comprehensive
review of literature in physical education
and related areas. F
5230 Supervisory Problems in Physical Education
(3) For students interested in supervision of physical
education teachers.
5310 Analysis of Basic Motor Skills (3) Mechanical
analysis of basic motor skills, emphasizing application
of these skills to physical education and athletics
. W
5320 Seminar In Research Techniques in Physical
Education (3) Evaluation of appropriate research
techniques in physical education . F
5330 Psychology of Sport (3) Human behavior in
sport context . Prereq : General psychology course
and consent of instructor . W
5340 Motor Behavior and Skill Acquisition (3) Application
of research on human movement behavior
to sport and physical education . Prereq : 4880 or
consent of instructor . W
5410-20-30 Specialization Study in a Selected
Physical Education Area (1-3, 1-3, 1-3) Advanced
comprehensive study in selected specialized area
within general fields of physical education . Prereq:
Consent of instructor . E
5500 Advanced Klneslology (3) Action of muscles
involved in fundamental movements, calisthenics,
sports, and gymnastics . Prereq : 3320 or equivalent,
Sp
5510 Selected Topics in Anatomy (3) Intensive
study of various systems of human body . Prereq:
5500 or equivalent . May be repeated with consent of
instructor. S/NC only . Su
5550 Physical Rehabilitation (3) Physical disabilities
and rehabilitation techniques . Prereq : 5500 or
equivalent . F
5580 Physical Activity and Health (5) Relationship
of physical exercise to longevity, weight control,
cardiovascular diseases, low back pain and other
disorders, mental health, growth, and aging . Applications
for maintenance of health . Prereq : Course in
physiology of exercise or consent of instructor . 5
lectures per week . (Same as Public Health 5580 .) F
5600 Applied Physiology (6) Principles of physiology
with special emphasis on application of physiological
findings to practical problems related to
human function . Prereq : 1 yr general chemistry, or
consent of instructor.
5610 Advanced Exercise Physiology (4) Principles
of energy transfer in humans with special emphasis
on integration of organ systems in adapting to requirements
of muscular exercise . Prereq : Zoology
4940 or equivalent . Recommended : 1 yr chemistry,
physics, and mathematics . 3 hrs and 1 lab. W
5620 Experimental Techniques in Applied Physiology
(3) Laboratory course in experimental methodology
and instrumentation . Respiratory and blood
gas analysis, human calorimetry, blood chemistry,
and pulmonary function tests . May be repeated with
consent of instructor . S/NC only.
5650 Social-Psychological Dimensions of Physical
Activity (3) Examination of social-psychological factors
which influence performance in physical activity
with emphasis on research . Prereq : Psychology
3120 or equivalent . Sp
5810-20-30 Seminar in Physical Education (1, 1, 1)
Current issues and problems in physical education
with emphasis on outstanding studies and research
in field . E
5910-20-30 Problems and Projects in Physical Education
(1-3, 1-3, 1-3,) Problems of professional interest
and value to the individual student, selected by
the student and approved by the major professor.
S/NC only . E
6000 Doctoral Research and Dissertation (3-15) E
6010 Seminar in Physical Education (1) Research
topics in literature related to physical education.
May be repeated with consent of instructor . S/NC
only . E
6220 Independent Research (3) Selection of topic,
development of procedure . and conduct of study
including final writing of research paper . S/NC only.
E
6330 Advanced Motor Behavior (3) Theoretical issues
of contemporary significance in human motor
behavior. Prereq : 5340 or consent of instructor . Sp
6410 Practicum in Kinesiology (3) Electromyography
laboratory and film analysis of sports skills.
Prereq : 5310, 5500 and Physics 2210 or equivalent.
May be repeated with consent of instructor . S/NC
only.
6510-20 Issues and Problems in Physical Education
(3, 3) Critical examination and evaluation of
current issues and problems in physical education.
Sp, Su
6610 Seminar in Applied Physiology (2) Prereq:
5610 .May be repeated with consent of instructor.
S/NC only . F, Sp
6640 Research Participation in Applied Physiology
(1-6) Advanced research techniques under supervision
of faculty member whose research area coincides
with interests of student . Prereq : Consent of
instructor . May be repeated with consent of instructor
. S/NC only . F
6810-20 Practicum (2, 2) Intern experience in areas
of major interest . S/NC only . E
Division of Recreation
MAJOR
Recreation
Professor:
M . L . Peters (Chairperson), Ph .D . Illinois.
Assistant Professors:
M . J . Carter, Re .D . Indiana ; K. L . Krick, Re .D.
Indiana.
DEGREE
M .S.
The Recreation Division offers the
following degree program:
Master of Science degree in Recreation
(thesis and non-thesis programs) with
concentrations in general recreation,
recreation administration, and therapeutic
recreation.
4130 Recreation Administration (3) Introduction to
recreation administration, including planning, personnel,
areas and facilities, program services, finances
. and public relations . Prereq : 3140, 3200,
3880, or consent of instructor . F, W
4200 Survey of Recreation for Special Populations
(3) Responsibility of recreation profession to minority
groups whose leisure opportunities and needs
may require special servicing . Prereq : 3140, 3200,
3880, or consent of instructor . F, Sp
4500 Specialized Study in a Selected Area of Recreation
(1-9) Comprehensive study in a selected
specialized area within the broad field of recreation.
For recreation students only . Prereq : Consent of

instructor . May be repeated with consent of division.
Maximum 9 hrs. E
5000 Thesis (1-15) E
5002 Non-Thesis Graduation Completion (3-15)
Required for the non-thesis student not otherwise
registered during any quarter when such a student
uses university facilities and/or faculty time before
degree is completed . May not be used toward degree
requirements . May be repeated . S/NC only . E
5130 Interpretations of Leisure (3) Concepts of leisure
including social, psychological, cultural, and
philosophical ; recreative uses of leisure . Prereq:
3140 or consent of instructor . F
5140 Leisure Service Delivery Systems (3) Various
systems-public, private, and commercialinvolved
in provision of leisure services for community
at large . Prereq : Consent of instructor . F
5150 Current Issues in Recreation (3) Identification
and consideration of broad issues-social, environmental,
ethical-which currently have greatest
impact on use of leisure, and implications for recreation
administrator . Prereq : Consent of instructor.
Sp
5420 Therapeutic Recreation (3) Role of recreation
in lives and treatment of persons with disabilities-mental,
physical and medical . Possibilities
for helping ill and disabled realize their
fullest potential . Prereq : Consent of instructor . W
5250 Implementations of Recreation Services for
the III or Disabled (3) Policies and guidelines for
organizing and implementing programs of recreation
for ill or disabled in treatment centers and
other community agencies . Prereq : 4200 or consent
of instructor . Sp
5260 Leisure and Mental Health (3) Relationship
between leisure activity and mental health, with emphasis
on its use in therapeutic recreation . Prereq:
Psychology 3650 or equivalent, and consent of instructor.
W
5300 Seminar in Recreation (1) Presentation and
general discussion of students' research studies,
projects, and thesis in recreation . Prereq : Consent
of instructor . May be repeated. Maximum 6 hrs.
S/NC only . F, W
5340 Administration of Recreation Funds (3) Development
and management of budgets for recreation
agencies with special emphasis on obtaining
federal funds appropriated specifically for recreation,
management of revenue received, and exploration
of funding alternatives . Prereq : 4130 . Sp
5350 Organizational Policies for Recreation (3) Advanced
study in the analysis of organizational
policies and functions of management in recreation.
Prereq : 4130 . W
5360 Management and Operation of Recreation
Facilities (3) Management process as it pertains to
operation of recreation facilities . F
5440 Problems and Projects in Recreation (1-9) Individual
research on problem of special significance
to student . Research projects of limited nature
undertaken in lieu of thesis . May be repeated.
Maximum 9 hrs . New problem must be undertaken
for each repetition . E
5450 Specialized Study in Recreation (1-9) Advanced
comprehensive study in selected specialized
area within leisure and recreation field . Prereq
: Consent of instructor . May be repeated.
Maximum 9 hrs. E
College of Education 65

college of Engineering
F . N . Peebles,' Dean
W . K . Stair, Associate Dean
W . A . Miller, Associate Dean
Graduate degree programs of the College
of Engineering provide opportunities for
advanced study leading to the Master of
Science degree, the Master of Engineering
degree, and the Doctor of Philosophy degree.
For a listing, consult majors and degrees
available on page 8.
OFF-CAMPUS GRADUATE INSTRUCTION
BY VIDEOTAPE-ELECTROWRITER
Since 1966, the College of Engineering has
made use of electronic communication
techniques to reach students beyond the
confines of Knoxville classrooms . These
remotely-taught classes make the specialized
talents of engineering college faculty
available to students at off-campus centers
and industrial sites . This effort makes use of
videotapes prepared from a regular
on-campus class in specially-equipped
classrooms . The tapes contain a visual and
audible record of a professor's lecture and
discussions with the on-campus classes and
are played back at remote locations.
Telephone/Electrowriter contact is
established periodically between the
professor and the off-campus class to allow
full discussion and questions before or after a
tape is played . Occasional visits by the
professor are made to each remote class and
students visit the Knoxville campus at
selected times.
Graduate courses have been offered to
students at other campuses and established
centers of the UT System (Chattanooga,
Kingsport, Martin, Nashville, and Tullahoma).
A limited number of graduate courses have
also been made available to engineers in
industrial plants . Such courses are also
offered to students using classroom facilities
at Jackson State, Columbia State, and
Walters State Community Colleges.
'Alumni Distinguished Service Professor .
The remotely-taught courses offered by
UTK carry full graduate credit toward the
Master's degree under authorization of the
regional accrediting agency, the Southern
Association of Colleges and Schools.
YEAR-IN-JAPAN M .S . PROGRAM
This is a unique program allowing
American engineering students to develop
some understanding, both scientific and
cultural, of Japan . It allows an M .S . candidate
to obtain a degree from UTK while carrying
out research work at a Japanese university.
The program requires approximately two
years, one year being spent in Japan and the
remaining period being spent at UTK to fulfill
the course requirements and to write the
thesis or project report, as appropriate to the
particular department . The program is
administered in the framework of each
department's regular graduate program
except that the research is done in Japan.
Although the language of communication
in Japan would be English, cultural
understanding is one of the important
objectives of the program and as such a
participant would be asked to begin Japanese
language study . At the option of the
department, up to 6 hours of graduate credit
may be allowed for language study, either at
UTK or in Japan.
Financial support for living expenses in
Japan and for the roundtrip transportation
can usually be arranged through fellowships
from the Japanese Ministry of Education.
Engineering
Experiment Station
F . N . Peebles, Director
W. K. Stair, Associate Director
The Station is organized to conduct
investigations in fundamental engineering
science and to aid in the development of the
state's resources and industries as far as
funds available will permit.
The Station may also make special
arrangements with any person or company to
study any technical question within the
capacity of its resources, and to report the
66
results exclusively to the company requesting
the study . In such case, the whole expense
will be carried by the parties requesting the
investigation.
Engineering
Administration
MAJOR DEGREE
Engineering Administration M .S.
Committee:
H . L . Loveless, Chairperson, J . F . Bailey,
F . A . Chambin, E . C . Huebschmann,
J . R . McMillan, R . E . Shrieves, W . G . Sullivan.
A program of study leading to the degree of
Master of Science with a major in Engineering
Administration is offered . This program is
aimed at providing education for graduate
engineers in the organization and direction of
work in engineering functions, at a level
which requires understanding of such areas
as marketing, finance, and industrial
relations . It should be emphasized that this is
an engineering program, aimed at preparing
individuals for line management positions in
construction, design, development, and
manufacturing where both technical and
nontechnical factors exert significant
influence on the success of a given activity.
The program does not provide the
opportunity for in-depth study of any of the
traditional areas of business administration.
Students with such interests are advised to
consider graduate programs available in the
College of Business Administration.
To be admitted to the Graduate School as a
potential candidate fora Master's degree with
a major in Engineering Administration, the
applicant must submit reasonable evidence
of ability to pursue graduate studies at an
acceptable level of performance . In general,
the applicant should have graduated from a
recognized undergraduate institution in
engineering with a satisfactory grade point
average . In addition, applicants must satisfy
one of the following experience
requirements : (1) at least two years of
engineering experience after graduation if a
full-time student or(2) current employment in
engineering work if a part-time student.

THE MASTER'S PROGRAM
Minimum requirements for the Master's
degree are the satisfactory completion of the
following courses:
1. An Engineering Core, 27 hours of
graduate credit consisting of Engineering
Administration 5900, at least three courses
chosen from Industrial Engineering 4150,
5110, 5520, and 5710, and a complement of
engineering courses normally selected from
the student's undergraduate major
department or from courses of other
departments pertinent to the program.
2. A Business Administration Core, 15
hours of graduate credit consisting of
Accounting 5810, Finance 5050, Marketing
5050, Management 5130, and Transportation
5210 .
3. General Electives, 9 hours of graduate
credit chosen from computer science,
economics, engineering, management
science, mathematics, psychology, statistics,
and other program-related disciplines.
The program requirement totals 51 hours of
graduate course credit . No thesis is required.
A final oral and written examination must be
passed on the work offered for the degree.
Course prerequisites for the program are
Accounting 2110, Computer Science 3150,
Industrial Engineering 4520, and Statistics
3450 or their equivalents . None of these
prerequisites may be counted as part of the 51
hours of credit offered for the degree . These
course prerequisites will be waived upon
presentation of evidence of competency in
the course subjects . Other prerequisite
courses may be required, depending upon
the student's background and the electives
chosen.
5002 Non-Thesis Graduation Completion (3-15)
Required for the non-thesis student not otherwise
registered during any quarter when such a student
uses university facilities and/or faculty time before
degree is completed . May not be used toward degree
requirements . May be repeated . S/NC only . E
5900 Project in Engineering Administration (3)
Study and formal report of engineering administration
topic, normally performed during last quarter of
work toward degree . For M .S . in Engineering Administration
candidates only . May be repeated.
Maximum 3 hrs credit to be applied toward degree.
Must register for 5900 until project is complete.
S/NC only . E
Departments of
Instruction
Chemical, Metallurgical
and Polymer Engineering
MAJORS DEGREES
Chemical Engineering M .S ., Ph .D.
Metallurgical Engineering M .S ., Ph .D.
Polymer Engineering M .S ., Ph .D.
Professors:
H. F . Johnson (Head), D .Eng . Yale;
D . C. Bogue, Ph .D . Delaware ; B . S . Borie,
Ph .D . Massachusetts Institute of Technology;
C . R. Brooks, Ph .D . Tennessee ; E . S. Clark, Ph .D.
California (Berkeley) ; L . W . Crawford,'
Ph .D . Cincinnati ; O. L . Culberson, Ph .D . Texas;
J. F. Fellers, Ph .D. Akron ; G . C . Frazier, Ph .D.
Johns Hopkins ; J . M . Holmes, Ph .D . Tennessee;
H. W. Hsu, Ph .D . Wisconsin ; S . H . Jury
(Emeritus), Ph .D . Wisconsin ; S . H . Jury (Emeritus),
Ph .D . Cincinnati ; C . D . Lundin, Ph .D . Rensselaer
Polytechnic ; C . J. McHargue, Ph .D.
Kentucky ; C . F . Moore, Ph .D . Louisiana State;
B. F . Oliver, Ph .D . Pennsylvania State ;
J. J. Perona, Ph .D . Northwestern ; J . W. Prados,
Ph .D . Tennessee ; J . E . Spruiell, Ph .D.
Tennessee ; E . E . Stansbury,' Ph .D . Cincinatti;
C. O . Thomas, Ph .D . Tennessee;
R . A . Vandermeer, Ph .D . Illinois Institute of
Technology ; J . S . Watson, Ph .D. Tennessee;
J. L . White,' Ph .D . Delaware ; M . A. Wright,*
Ph .D . Wales.
Associate Professor:
W. T. Becker, Ph .D . Illinois.
Assistant Professors:
D. D . Bruns, Ph .D . Houston ; P . J . Meschter,
Ph .D . Pennsylvania.
Lecturers:
L. Dresner, Ph .D . Princeton ; H . W. Hoffman,
D .Eng . Johns Hopkins ; R . N . Lyon, Ph .D.
Michigan ; D . L . McElroy, Ph .D . Tennessee;
T. D . Parish, Ph .D . Rice ; W. H . Seaton, Ph .D.
Ohio State ; E. von Halle, Ph .D . Tennessee;
M. E . Whatley, Ph .D . Iowa State.
Graduate programs lead to the degrees of
Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy
in Chemical Engineering with concentrations
in chemical engineering, chemical
bioengineering, advanced control systems,
and polymer science and engineering, in
Metallurgical Engineering, and in Polymer
Engineering.
THE MASTER'S PROGRAM
Minimum departmental requirements
include the satisfactory completion of:
1. A major consisting of 18 to 27 quarter
hours of graduate courses in chemical
engineering, metallurgical engineering, or
polymer engineering . The polymer
engineering major must include Polymer
Engineering 5110, 5230, 5310, 5410, and
5510 . 2
2. One or two minors or collateral work, 9
to 18 hours total in engineering, chemistry,
mathematics, physics, or other related fields.
3. Master's thesis, 5000, totaling 9 to 18
quarter hours.
4. Active participation in graduate
seminars in the department . Resident
students must register for the appropriate
5010 every quarter offered.
5. Final examination covering thesis,
related fields, and graduate course work.
THE DOCTORAL PROGRAM
Students applying for entrance into the
doctoral program must display concrete
evidence of ability to perform and report
independent research to the satisfaction of
the department . The Master's thesis may be
offered as such evidence.
Department requirements consist
essentially of the satisfactory completion of:
1. Graduate courses in chemical
engineering, metallurgical engineering, or
polymer engineering amounting to
approximately 36 quarter hours, at least 12 of
which must be in 6000 series courses . The
polymer engineering major must include
Polymer Engineering 5110, 5210, 5230, 5310,
5410, 5510, and Chemistry 5140.
2. Supporting courses in related scientific
and engineering fields amounting to
approximately 36 quarter hours, subject to
approval by the student's faculty committee.
These related fields will normally include
chemistry, mathematics, physics, and
engineering.
'Alumni Distinguished Service Professor.
'Space Institute, Tullahoma.
2 May be substituted for by students with significant
experience in polymer research .
College of Engineering 67
3. The preliminary examination, usually
given in two parts, and covering such
materials as chemical, metallurgical, and
polymer engineering operations and
processes, thermodynamics, technology,
mathematics, physics, chemistry, and other
related fields.
4. Active participation in graduate
seminars conducted by the department.
Resident students must register for the
appropriate 5010 every quarter offered.
5. Reading knowledge of a foreign
language relevant to the candidate's research
program ; selection of language to be made in
consultation with the faculty committee.
Appropriate languages are French, German,
Italian, Japanese, Russian.
PROGRAM OPTIONS IN POLYMER
SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING
M .S . and Ph .D . degrees with specialization
in polymer science and engineering are
possible through two routes-one in the
department (through chemical or
metallurgical engineering) with an
engineering emphasis, and a second in ajoint
program with the Chemistry Department
having a chemical emphasis.
The specialization program in the
department requires, for the M .S . degree, a
thesis in the field, completion of Polymer
Engineering 4910, 5110, 5310, 5410, and
either 5230 or 5210 plus active participation in
the Polymer Seminar. The Ph .D. candidate
must meet the above requirements, pass a
special written examination in polymer
science and engineering, and complete an
additional academic program to be specified
by the student's committee.
M .S . and Ph .D. degrees in the joint
specialization program with the chemistry
department require a thesis or dissertation in
the field . Chemical and metallurgical
engineering departmental requirements
include completion of Polymer Engineering
4910 and 4920, Chemistry 5531 and 5140, plus
active participation in the Polymer Seminar.
Ph .D. students must also pass a special
written examination as well as complete the
above requirements.
Chemical Engineering
3410 Flow of Fluids (4) Differential and overall
momentum balances, mechanical energy balances;
flow in tubes, piping systems, and packed beds;
metering devices, pumps . Prereq : Chemical and
Metallurgical Engineering 2020, Mathematics 2850.
3 hrs and 1 lab.
3420 Heat Transfer (4) Differential and overall energy
balances ; steady and unsteady state, heat conduction
in simple geometries ; heat transfer in tubes
and heat exchangers ; condensation and boiling;
radiation . Prereq : 3410 . 3 hrs and 1 lab.
3440 Stagewise Operations (3) Analytical and
graphical methods applied to stagewise separatory
operations.
3450 Diffusional Operations (3) Diffusion, simultaneous
heat and mass transfer, applications including
humidification, gas absorption, extraction . Prereq
: 3420, Chemical Engineering 3040.
3610 Introduction to Process Dynamics and Control
(3) Introduction to concepts of process
dynamics and control . Steady-state analysis of
chemical process control systems . Unsteady state
nature of chemical processes . LaPlace transform
techniques, block diagram algebra and transfer
functions . Mathematical models for several processes
are developed and analyzed in detail . Prereq:
Mathematics 2840.
3620 Chemical Process Control (3) Basic control

68 College of Engineering
theory applied to chemical processes : feed-back
control systems, cascade control, feed-forward control,
stability analysis, frequency response . Survey
of modern control of typical industrial unit operations
. Prereq : 3610.
4110 Chemical Engineering Data Analysis (3) Analytical
and experimental identification of system extremals
; statistical properties of samples and source
systems ; empirical modeling of processes ; statistical
process control . Prereq : 3420 and Mathematics
3150.
4120 Probabilistic Chemical Engineering Systems
(3) Experiment designs, simulation of stochastic
systems, predictive techniques, and analysis of networks
in the process industries . Prereq : 4110.
4130 Introduction to Optimization (3) Principles and
applications of optimization techniques to chemical
process design ; unconstrained optimization, equality
constrained optimization, inequality constrained
optimization, and dynamic programming . Prereq:
Mathematics 2840.
4410 Design of Separation Processes (3) Mass
transfer theory applied to design of materials separation
processes . Prereq : 3440-50.
4420 Process Design and Economic Analysis (3)
Development of basic information on a process into
an integrated plant design considering mass and
energy balances, product specifications, equipment
characteristics, capital investment, operating costs
and economic merit . Prereq : 4410, 4530.
4430 Special Problems in Design and Economics
(3) Extension of 4420 for student participation in the
American Institute of Chemical Engineering annual
contest problem ; other advanced design projects.
Prereq' 4420.
4450 Hydrocarbon Processing (3) Study of specialized
characterization of physical properties of
fossil fuel raw materials and products, and of processes
for conversion of fossil fuel raw materials into
products needed in industrial energy, industrial raw
material and consumer markets . Prereq : 3440.
4470 Sulfur Removal from Coal and Associated
Problems (3) Chemical and physical properties of
domestic coals, sulfur distributions ; beneficiation
by both physical and chemical methods ; fluidized
bed combustion with both natural and synthetic Sox
sorbents ; stack gas SO x scrubbing. Prereq : Consent
of instructor.
4480 Coal Processing to Liquid Fuels (3) Characterization
of various methods ; modeling of conversion
processes and estimation of maximum yields;
water and oxygen requirements ; pyrolysis ; catalytic
hydrogenation ; reactor design considerations ; review
and critique of selected articles from both the
current literature and patents . Prereq : Consent of
instructor.
4530 Chemical Engineering Reaction Kinetics (3)
Chemical reaction rates in closed and flow systems;
interpretation of laboratory and pilot plant data;
reactor design . Prereq : 3420, Chemistry 3430.
4540 Fluid-Solid Operations (3) Heat and mass
transport in fixed and fluidized beds : applications
include absorption, ion exchange crystallization.
Prereq : 3440-50.
4620 Process Modeling, Simulation, and Control of
Chemical Processes (3) Development of process
models, experimental process identification, process
computer simulation, conventional and nonconventional
feedback control, advanced control
concepts . Prereq : 3620 or equivalent background in
basic control theory and differential equations.
4730 Mass and Energy Flow in Biological Systems
(3) Basic physiochemical and organizational principles
applicable to biological systems . Derivations of
general equations of biomass and energy transfer.
Thermodynamics of transport and equilibrium in
biological systems . Discussion of Volterra's equation
and biological clocks. Prereq : Consent of instructor.
4740 Introduction to Transport Phenomena in
Biological Systems (3) Application of principles of
transport phenomena to biological systems . Transfer
of chemical energy and various cellular active
transports ; structure and rheology of physiological
fluids, membrane and interfacial phenomena ;
analysis and design of artificial organs . Prereq:
3440, 3450 or consent of instructor.
4750 Microbiological Process Engineering (3) Application
of chemical engineering principles and
design concepts to microbiological processes ; continuous
culture of microorganisms, food processing
and pharmaceutical processes . Prereq : 3440, 3450
or consent of instructor.
4760 Principles of Biochemical Separation (3) Fundamental
aspects and similarities of modern
biochemical separation methods ; classroom demonstrations,
design of production and analytical systems
. Prereq : Consent of instructor.
4781-82-83 Topics In Chemical Bioengineering (3,
3, 3) Problems of interest in chemical bioengineering
. Prereq : Consent of instructor.
4810-20-30 Special Problems in Chemical Engineering
(3, 3, 3) Chemical engineering problems
related to recent developments in industrial practice
. Prereq : Consent of instructor.
5000 Thesis (1-15) E
5010 Graduate Seminar (1) Prereq : Admission to
graduate program . May be repeated . E
5050 Engineering Analysis (3) Analytical formulation
and solution of chemical, metallurgical and
polymer engineering problems involving deformation
of solids, heat transfer and motion of fluids.
(Same as Metallurgical Engineering 5050 and
Polymer Engineering 5050 .)
5120 Heat Convection (3) Analysis of heat convection
in fluids under viscous and turbulent flow conditions,
emphasizing analytical approach ; simultaneous
diffusion of momentum and heat . Prereq:
5050.
5130 Methods of Optimization (3) Principles and
applications of various mathematical programming
techniques to chemical process design and control;
variational method, maximum principle, dynamic
programming, and geometric programming . Prereq
: 4130.
5210 Process Dynamics (3) Analysis of recycle operations,
steady state simulation and optimization of
typical processes.
5250 Chemical Process Industry Economics (3)
Analysis of economic components of chemical
processes, internal economics of chemical enterprise,
decision making for investment in capital
facilities . Prereq : 4120-30, 4420.
5310 Thermodynamics of Heterogeneous Equilibrium
(3) Phase rule ; equilibrium between phases;
composition relationship between phases ; ideal and
nonideal solutions . Prereq : 3040.
5320 Statistical Thermodynamics (3) Basic concept
of statistical mechanics and application to evaluation
of thermophysical properties . Prereq : 5310.
5510 Chemical Reactor Design (3) Nonideal flow
patterns in chemical reactors ; diffusion and reaction
in two phase systems ; introduction to
heterogeneous catalysis and reactor stability . Prereq
: 4530.
5610 Stagewise Mass Transfer Operations (3) Equilibrium
stage, concepts applied to mass transfer operations,
emphasizing nonisothermal and multicomponent
systems.
5620 Differential Mass Transfer Operations (3) Differential
mass transfer operations ; falling film,
packed tower and bubble contracting devices;
nonisothermal and multicomponent systems ; current
theories of mass transfer ; mass heat and
momentum transfer analogies . Prereq : Mathematics
2840.
5810 Mechanics of Viscous Flow (3) (Same as Engineering
Science and Mechanics 5220 .)
5900 Special Topics In Chemical Engineering (3)
Special topics of current interest to chemical engineers
. May be repeated . Maximum 9 hrs.
6000 Doctoral Research and Dissertation (3-15) E
6130 Process Optimization (3) Optimization of
chemical process equipment and systems by various
techniques ; static and dynamic systems. Prereq
: 5130 .
6210 Advanced Diffusional Operations (3) Fixed
and fluidized bed operations, stagewise and differential
mass transfer bed concepts . Prereq : Consent
of instructor.
6250 Venture Analysis in the Process Industries (3)
Interactions among line functions of typical chemical
company in application of modern decision
theory and mathematical models to achieve optimum
product investment decision in face of external
competition . Prereq : 5250.
6310 Thermodynamics of Irreversible Processes
(3) Thermodynamic treatment of irreversible chemical
processes, transport processes, coupling
phenomena, with special emhasis on topics and
methods of interest to engineering and bioengineering
students . Preeq : 5310.
6320 Statistical Thermodynamics of Nonequilibrium
System (3) Review of elementary kinetic
theory, introduction to modern kinetic theory, development
of equations for thermal conductivity.
viscosity, and diffusion coefficients for pure gases
and gas mixtures . Prereq : 5320.
6410 Stability Phenomena in Chemical Engineering
: Discrete Systems (3) Instabilities in chemical
process systems, including reactors and separation
equipment . Emphasis on formulation of models, associated
conservation equations, and methods of
solution . Prereq : 5510.
6420 Stability Phenomena in Chemical Engineering
: Continuous Systems (3) Hydrodynamic instabilities
and instabilities in fluids based upon interaction
of fluid dynamic phenomena with heat
transfer, diffusion and chemical reactions . Emphasis
on formulation of problems and methods of solution
. Stability of jets and formation of emulsions,
Benard instability, Maragoni turbulence . Prereq:
5810 and 5620 or equivalent.
6510 Applied Chemical Reaction Kinetics (3) Chemical
reactions in gas and liquid phases, heterogeneous
catalysis, catalyst effectiveness and role of
transport in kinetics . Emphasis on development of
phenomenological description although mechanistic
models are discussed . Prereq : 5510.
6520 Catalytic Reactor Design (3) Principles of
kinetics, heat and mass transfer applied to design
and analysis of hetergeneous catalytic reactors.
Prereq : 6510.
6710 Process Dynamics (3) Development of
dynamic models of process equipment from conservation
and rate laws ; testing of models by frequency,
step, and pulse response methods . Prereq:
Consent of instructor.
6900 Advanced Topics of Chemical Engineering (3)
Advanced topics of current interest to chemical engineers
. May be repeated . Maximum 9 hrs.
Metallurgical Engineering
3050 Production Metallurgy (3) Thermodynamic
and kinetic principles of roasting, smelting, refining.
Prereq : Chemical and Metallurgical Engineering
3040.
3060 Metallurgical Kinetics (3) Application of principles
of chemical reaction kinetics, fluid flow, and
heat and mass transfer, to pyro-, hydro-, and electrometallurgical
processing . Reaction order and
basic rate laws ; activated complex theory ; principles
of adsorption and catalysis . Roasting of
sulfides ; reduction of oxides ; smelting ; refining;
electrolysis ; and leaching . Prereq : 3050 ; Chemical
Engineering 3410 and 3420 or equivalent . 3 hrs or 2
hrs and 1 lab.
3110 Engineering Materials I (4) Introductory
course correlating the atomic, crystal, and microstructure
of solids with mechanical, physical, and
chemical properties of engineering significance . 3
hrs and 1 lab.
3120 Engineering Materials II (3) Extension of 2110
or 3110 with emphasis on control of mechanical
properties of materials by specification of composition,
thermal, and mechanical treatment ; correlation
of resultant properties with service
performance . Suggested for mechanical, civil, and
industrial engineering students.
3130 Engineering Materials III (3) Extension of 2110
or 3110 with emphasis on control of electrical and

magnetic properties of materials by specification of
composition, thermal, and mechanical treatment;
correlation of resultant properties with service performance
. Suggested for electrical engineering students.
3140 Engineering Materials IV (3) Extension of 2110
or 3110 with emphasis on materials processing,
specification and evaluation . Suggested for mechanical
and industrial engineering students.
3150 Engineering Materials V (3) Extension of 3110
with emphasis on the mechanisms and control of
reactions of engineering materials with aqueous,
nonaqueous, and gaseous environment . Prereq:
3110 or equivalent.
3160 Engineering Materials VI (3) Extension of 2110
or 3110 with emphasis on materials of significance
in nuclear engineering ; nuclear reactor construction
materials, nuclear fuel materials, and interaction
of radiation with solids to produce changes in
engineering properties . Suggested for nuclear and
mechanical engineers.
3210 Plastic Deformation (4) Phenomena and
theory of plasticity of single and polycrystalline materials
. Applicable concepts of crystallography and
x-ray diffraction ; use of stereographic projections.
Prereq : Chemical and Metallurgical Engineering
2030.
3220 Diffusion and Annealing (3) Introduction to
solid state kinetics ; point defects, solid solutions,
diffusion equations and mechanisms, annealing of
cold worked structures . Prereq : 3210 ; Mathematics
2840.
3230 Phase Transformations (4) Thermodynamic
and structural factors governing binary equilibrium.
Ternary systems . Kinetics and morphology of precipitation
and phase transformations in simple and
complex systems. Prereq : 3220 . 3 hrs and 1 lab.
3310 Biomedical Applications of Materials for Life
Scientists (3) Principles of engineering materials;
metals, polymers, and ceramics ; methods of fabrication
of components ; corrosion ; applications of
prosthetic devices and dental materials . Prereq:
Chemistry 1110-20-30 or equivalent.
3520 Materials Behavior and Chemical Process
Equipment Design (3) Mechanical, metallurgical
and chemical considerations in design of chemical
processing equipment . Prereq : Chemical and Metallurgical
Engineering 2030 or equivalent ; 3150 ; and
Chemical Engineering 3420 . (Same as Engineering
Science and Mechanics 3520 .)
3710 Metallurgical Applications in Manufacturing
Technology (3) Fabrication methods and principles
of mechanical/thermal processing for finished and
semifinished articles ; casting, powder metallurgy,
plastic forming, joining, heat treatment . Prereq:
2110 or equivalent.
4240 Engineering Materials Design (3) Property
control through composition, heat treatment and
transformation in ferrous alloys . Plain carbon steels,
alloy steels, and tool steel processing for property
selection and service requirements . Prereq : 3230 or
consent of instructor.
4250 Design and Analysis (3) Design and laboratory
sessions on analysis of materials, requirements and
performance in engineering structures and components
. Prereq : Senior standing.
4510 .20 X-Ray Diffraction and Crystallography (3,
3) Lecture and laboratory work in crystallography,
projections, x-rays, diffraction phenomena and
techniques, introduction to structure determinations
. The first quarter serves as an introduction to
the subject . 2 hrs and 1 lab.
4540 Fracture-Safe Design (3) (Same as Engineering
Science and Mechanics 4540.)
4610 Physical Properties of Materials (3) Electron
theory of solids, types of bonding in solids ; thermal,
electrical, and magnetic properties of materials ; relationship
between metallurgical structure and
properties. 3 hrs or 2 hrs and 1 lab.
4730 Mechanical Metallurgy I (3) Elastic behavior.
Description of stress, strain, and elastic constitutive
relations . Effects of composition, microstructure,
and loading on mechanical behavior . Failure by
yielding . Prereq : 2110 or 3110 or Chemical and
Metallurgical Engineering 2030. Suggested for mechanical
engineering, engineering mechanics and
engineering science students . 3 hrs or 2 hrs and 1
lab.
4740 Mechanical Metallurgy 11(3) Ductile and brittle
fracture, creep and stress rupture, fatigue, and residual
stresses . Effects of state of stress, loading
rate, time, temperature, and metallurgical structure.
Prereq : 3120 or 3230, and 4730 or Mechanical Engineering
3650 or consent of instructor . Also
suggested for mechanical engineering, engineering
mechanics, or engineering science students . 3 hrs
or 2 hrs and 1 lab.
4760 Casting and Welding (3) Principles and processes
of casting and welding ; heat transfer, solidification,
segregation, gas-metal and slagmetal
interactions, thermal treatments, associated stresses
. Prereq : 3120 or 3230 . 3 hrs, or 2 hrs and 1 lab.
4770 Mechanical Metallurgy III (3) Finite plastic
strain . Plastic stress-strain relations . Principles of
fabrication : forging, swagging, extrusion, rolling,
deep drawing . Prereq : 4730 or consent of instructor.
Suggested for mechanical engineering, engineering
mechanics, and engineering science majors . 3
hrs or 2 hrs and 1 lab.
5000 Thesis (1-15) E
5010 Graduate Seminar (1) Prereq : Admission to
graduate program . May be repeated . E
5050 Engineering Analysis (3) (Same as Chemical
Engineering 5050 .)
5110 Point Defects and Dislocations (3) Theoretical
and experimental analysis of point, line, and planar
imperfections in solids . Prereq : 4730 or consent of
instructor.
5120 Plastic Deformation 1(3) Geometry and mechanisms
of plastic deformation of single crystals ; slip
and twinning ; work hardening ; effects of temperature
and alloying on short-term loading . Prereq:
5110.
5130 Plastic Deformation 11 (3) Plastic deformation
of polycrystalline materials ; theoretical and experimental
analysis of texture formation resulting from
deformation and annealing . Prereq : 5120.
5140 Diffusion and Annealing in Solids (3) Analysis
of models and experimental observations relating to
phenomenological and mechanistic description of
diffusion and annealing of point defects and cold
work.
5150 Phase Transformations 1 (3) Analysis of models
and experimental observations relating to phase
transformations by nucleation and growth ; solidification,
precipitation, spinodal decomposition . Prereq
: 5140.
5170-80 Plastic Deformation III (3, 3) Fundamental
analysis of processes of creeps, fatigue, and fracture
in materials . Prereq : 5130.
5210-20-30 Welding Metallurgy (3, 3, 3) Welding
processes and physical metallurgy of welding, including
power supplies, heat flow, residual stresses,
solidification, and solid state reactions, for both
simple and complex alloys . Current theories of cold
cracking, hot cracking and porosity formation are
developed . Prereq : Physical metallurgy.
5310 Solidification and Crystal Growth I (3) Solute
redistribution, thermodynamic considerations,
kinetic, convection and fluid flow effects on the solid
to liquid transition . Prereq : Mathematics 4550.
5410-20-30 Advanced X-Ray Diffraction (3, 3, 3) Review
of mathematical techniques ; generalized diffraction
theory, analysis of scattered intensity in reciprocal
space ; relationship of scattered intensity to
thermal motion, order-disorder, particle size and lattice
faults . Introduction to crystal symmetry, space
group theory, and crystal structure problems ; some
laboratory work . Prereq : Mathematics 4610.
5510-20 Applied Properties of Solids (3, 3) Properties
of solids ; crystallography, x-rays, properties of
single and polycrystalline materials, kinetics and
thermodynamics of solid reactions, diffusion.
5540-50 Electron Microscopy I and II (3, 3) Kinematical
and dynamical diffraction theories are developed
and their application to electron diffraction
patterns and contrast effect in transmission electron
College of Engineering 69
miscroscopy are discussed . Special attention is
given to metallurgical applications such as plastic
deformation, fracture, precipitation, and phase
transformations . Prereq : 4510-20.
5610-20 Radiation Effects on Materials (3, 3) Interaction
of radiation with solid matter, radiationinduced
changes in physical and mechanical properties,
theory and experiment . Effect of radiation on
solid state reactions . Phenomena associated with
use of engineering materials in radiation environments
. Prereq : Mathematics 4540, Physics 3730 or
consent of instructor.
5750 Corrosion (3) Analysis of corrosion processes
in terms of polarization measurements and the
Pourbaix diagram . Influence of stress, temperature,and
localized conditions contributing to pitting,
crevice, and stress corrosion.
5810. 20-30 Special Topics in Metallurgy (3, 3, 3)
Lectures and recitation on more recent advances in
metallurgy and related fields.
5840-50 Metallurgy of Deformation and Fracture (3,
3) Theoretical and engineering analysis of effect of
stress state, strain rate, environment, temperature,
and metallurgical structure on mechanical behavior
in service, testing, and fabrication.
5910-20-30 Metallurgical Thermodynamics (3, 3, 3)
Application of thermodynamic and physiochemical
methods to metals and metallurgical reactions . Relation
of theory and experiment to structure of liquid
and solid solutions, and to alloy systems.
6000 Doctoral Research and Dissertation (3-15) E
6110-20-30 Theoretical Metallurgy (3, 3, 3) Phases
of solid state physics applicable to metallurgy ; elasticity,
introductory quantum theory, specific heats,
electron theory, electrical and thermal conductivity,
magnetic properties, theory of alloy formation . Prereq
: 4610 or Physics 3720 ; Mathematics 4550 and
consent of instructor.
6210-20-30 Rate Process in Metallurgy (3, 3, 3)
Theoretical and practical considerations of rate
process in solids such as diffusion, recrystallization
and grain growth, and phase transformations.
6320-30 Solidification and Crystal Growth II and III
(3, 3) Fluid flow, magnetohydrodynamic effects in
incompressible liquid conductors, morphology,
stability of steady state coupled heat and mass
transfer processes in liquid to solid transition, multiphase
solidification, composites, nonsteady state
dendritic phenomena, some nucleation phenomena.
Prereq : 5310.
6410.20 Thermodynamics of Solids (3, 3) Classical
and statistical thermodynamic analysis of stability of
solid solutions, compounds and ordered phases.
Prereq : 5910-20-30 or consent of instructor.
6810 Mechanical and Physical Properties of Crystals
I (3) Anisotropic behavior of crystalline materials
treated by matrix and tensor techniques.
Property classification according to transformation
behavior . Prereq : Core curriculum in Metallurgical
Engineering and Mathematics 4050 or 4710 or consent
of instructor.
6820 Mechanical and Physical Properties of Crystals
11(3) Continuation of Metallurgical Engineering
6810 with emphasis on transport phenomena and
irreversible thermodynamics . Prereq : 6810 or consent
of instructor.
6830 Seminar in Anisotropic Properties of Crystals
(3) Selected topics of current interest in the area of
anisotropic behavior of crystalline materials . Prereq
: 6810 or 6820, or consent of instructor. May be
repeated.
Polymer Engineering
4910 Applied Polymer Science (3) First course in
the physical properties of polymers . Polymer structure,
crystalline and glass transitions, physical
properties of amorphous and crystalline polymers,
crystallization kinetics and mechanical properties
are discussed . Not for credit for Polymer Engineering
majors.
4920 Polymer Processing (3) Rheological properties
of polymer melts and solutions, viscometry, unit
operations of fiber, plastics and rubber industries:
dimensional analysis and scale-up, flow through

70 College of Engineering
dies and pipelines, screw extrusion, spinning of fibers,
injection molding . Not for credit for Polymer
Engineering majors.
4930 Principles of Fiber and Textile Engineering (3)
Chemical and crystalline structure of important fibers
; melt, wet and dry spinning of manmade fibers;
drawing and texturizing ; preparation of yarn ; dyeing,
weaving and knitting . Emphasis on quantitative
aspects.
4940 Plastics Fabrication Operations (3) Lecture
and laboratory course treating unit operations of the
plastics industry . Types and mechanisms of operation
of machinery used and the structure and properties
of fabricated parts . Operations to include extrusion,
coextrusion, injection molding including
structural foam, thermoforming, blow molding, rotational
molding.
5000 Thesis (1-15) E
5010 Graduate Seminar (1) Prereq : Admission to
graduate program . May be repeated . E
5050 Engineering Analysis (3) (Same as Chemical
Engineering 5050 .)
5110 Structural Characterization of Polymers (3)
Experimental methods of determining nature of
transitions and structural characteristics of polymers
most pertinent to plastics, fibers, and rubber
applications . Methods of determination of tacticity,
crystalline structure, orientation, morphology including
x-ray diffraction, nuclear magnetic resonance,
and electron microscopy. Coreq : 4910 or
equivalent.
5210 Mechanics of Polymer Fluids and Solids (3)
Equations of motion and application to polymer
melts and glassy and crystalline polymer solids.
Non-Newtonian fluid mechanics including viscometric
flows and lubrication theory . Torsion,
bending, and buckling behavior of solid polymers,
foams, and composites . Rheo-optical behavior of
polymer melts and photoelastic stress analysis.
5230 Mechanical Behavior of Solid Polymers (3)
Application of linear viscoelasticity and large deformation
elasticity to solid polymer (especially vulcanized
rubber and crystalline polymer) properties.
Dynamic modulus and loss tangent, wave propagation,
friction, tearing, tensile failure, abrasion . Experimental
methods of determining properties . Prereq
: Engineering Science and Mechanics 3311.
5310 Polymer Solution Properties and Characterization
(3) Molecular weight determination,
chromatography, solution thermodynamics, phase
separation ; application to synthetic and naturally
occurring macromolecules . Prereq : Undergraduate
physical chemistry.
5410 Rheology and Polymer Processing (3)
Methods for determining the rheological properties
of polymer melts, solutions and suspensions ; linear
viscoelasticity, simple nonlinear constitutive relationships,
viscous heat generation ; application to
processing particularly extrusion, injection molding,
film production.
5510 Modern Research Tools and Instruments for
Polymer Science (3) Laboratory course in methods
of characterization of polymers; gel permeation
chromatography, intrinsic viscosity, spectral
analysis, measurement of melt flow properties,
calorimetry, and dynamic mechanical measurements
. Coreq : 5310.
5710 Phase Transformations in Polymer Systems
(3) Analysis of nucleation and growth of phases in
polymer systems, spinodal decomposition, application
to crystallization from the melt, precipitation
from solution.
5810 Physical Properties of Polymer Structures (3)
Molecular weight and composition distributions in
copolymers plus structures of two phase block
polymers and polymer mixtures as related to glassy
and crystalline transitions, phase incompatibility,
thermal-mechanical, and optical properties.
5910-20-30 Selected Topics in Polymer Science (3,
3, 3) Advanced problems in modern polymer research
of current interest to engineers . Prereq:
4910, 4920 or equivalent.
6000 Doctoral Research and Dissertation (3-15) E
6110 Optical Properties of Polymers (3) Maxwell's
equations and electromagnetic theory of light, optical
properties of isotropic and anisotropic dielectrics
including theory of birefringence, applications
to spherulitic structures and fibers studies of Stein,
light scattering from polymer films.
6150 Advanced X-Ray Diffraction Methods for
Characterization of Macromolecules (3) Classical
methods of crystal structure determination ; Patterson
and Fourier functions ; helical nets and Bessel
function techniques ; levels of order, thermal motions,
defects, order-disorder transitions and paracrystallinity
. Precision and Weisenberg photography,
single crystal and powder diffractometry with
applications to synthetic and biological macromolecules.
6210 Nonlinear Viscoelasticity (3) Tensor formulation
of constitutive equations of viscoelastic materials
subjected to large deformations . Integral, differential,
and acceleration tension formulations.
Applications to polymer flow problems . Prereq:
5210 or equivalent . (Same as Engineering Science
and Mechanics 6800 .)
6220 Advanced Methods of Polymer Processing (3)
Application of theories of rheological properties and
structures formation to analysis of polymer process
operations . Prereq : 5210.
6230 Advanced Mechanical Behavior of Polymers
(3) Stress analysis with emphasis on developing
constitutive equations for yielding behavior of solid
polymers, failure analysis and general deformation
mechanics of solid polymers . Relation of microscopic
properties to molecular structure.
6610 Advanced Industrial Polymer Chemistry (3)
Chemistry and properties of new polymeric engineering
materials ; highly integrated engineering
and chemical approach . Prereq : Consent of instructor.
6910.20-30 Recent Advances in Polymer Science
and Engineering (3, 3, 3) Treatment of latest developments
in science and technology of polymers.
May include topics of morphology, structure,
characterization . Prereq : Consent of instructor.
Civil Engineering
MAJORS
DEGREES
Civil Engineering M .E ., M .S ., Ph .D.
Environmental Engineering M .E ., M .S.
Emeritus Professors:
F . C . Larson, M .S . Virginia Polytechnic
Institute, P .E. ; E . G . Shelton, MCE Brooklyn
Polytechnic, P .E.
Professors:
W. L. Grecco (Head), Ph .D . Michigan State, P .E .;
O . S . Beard, J . D . American University, P .E .;
E. G . Burdette, Ph .D . Illinois, P .E . ; J . W. Fortey,
Doctorate, d'Universite de Toulouse (France);
F. A . Gifford, Ph .D . Pennsylvania State;
D. W. Goodpasture, Ph .D. Illinois, P .E .;
W. A . Goodwin, M .S . Kentucky, P .E .;
K. W. Heathington,' Ph .D . Northwestern, P .E .;
J. B . Humphreys, Ph .D . Texas A&M, P .E .;
B . D . Marks, Ph .D . Oklahoma State, P.E .;
R. A . Minear, Ph .D . Washington ; B . A . Tschantz,
D .Sc . New Mexico State, P .E . ; C . R . Walker,
S. M . Massachusetts Institute of Technology,
P .E . ; F. J . Wegmann, Ph .D . Northwestern.
Associate Professors:
W. J . Boegly, Jr ., Ph .D . Purdue ; W . F . Brandes,
M .S . Illinois, P.E . ; M. S. Bronzini, Ph .D.
Pennsylvania State, P .E . ; A . Chatterjee,
Ph .D . North Carolina State, P .E . ; R. L . Church,
Ph .D . Johns Hopkins ; W . T. Davis, Ph .D.
Tennessee ; J . H . Hansen, Ph .D. Missouri ;'
D . C. Jameson, Jr., M .S . Tennessee, P .E .;
G. D . Kressin, J . D . Tennessee ; A . B. Moore,
M .S . Tennessee ; D . E. Overton, Ph .D.
Maryland, P .E . ; R . F. Tiry, B .S.
Marquette, P .E . ; D . W . Weeter, Ph .D.
Purdue, P.E.
Assistant Professors:
G . A . Briggs, Ph .D . Pennsylvania State;
S . L . Hanna, Ph .D . Pennsylvania State;
E. S. Hougland, Ph .D . Virginia Polytechnic Institute;
R . B . Jackson, M .S . Illinois
Lecturers:
J. M . Corum, Ph .D . Illinois ; C . Franks, B .S.
Tennessee ; B . J . Frederick, BCE Clarkson
On leave .
College of Technology ; D . L . Garrett,
B .S . Purdue ; G . J . Hyfantis, Ph .D.
Vanderbilt ; R. L. Jolley, Ph .D.
Tennessee ; T. L . Miller, Ph .D . Tennessee.
The Departmnet of Civil Engineering offers
degrees leading to the Master of Science,
Master of Engineering, and Doctor of
Philosophy with a major in Civil Engineering,
concentrating in environmental engineering,
structural engineering, soils engineering and
materials, and transportation engineering;
and to the Master of Science and Master of
Engineering in Environmental Engineering
with concentrations in water quality, water
resources, and air quality.
MASTER OF SCIENCE PROGRAM
The Master of Science programs in Civil
Engineering and in Environmental
Engineering are offered to graduates of
recognized undergraduate curricula.
Departmental requirements provide that for
a major in Civil Engineering, the Bachelor's
degree must be in civil engineering, or certain
undergraduate prerequisite courses must be
taken before admission to candidacy for the
Master of Science in Civil Engineering.
CIVIL ENGINEERING
The Department of Civil Engineering offers
two options for the Master of Science degree
in Civil Engineering.
Option I: A minimum of 45 quarter hours,
including at least 9 hours of thesis, is
required.
Option II : A minimum of 48 quarter hours,
including a 3 quarter-hour special problems
is required . The special problem will
culminate in a written report which must be
approved by the student's major professor.
ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING
For a major in Environmental Engineering
the Bachelor's degree may be in fields other
than civil engineering . In some cases
prerequisite undergraduate courses may be
indicated, and in general these must be
completed before courses for graduate credit
can be taken.
The Department of Civil Engineering offers
both thesis and non-thesis options for work
toward the Master of Science degree in
Environmental Engineering.
Option I : The student must present a
minimum of 45 quarter hours of approved
graduate courses. The major shall include a
minimum of 9 quarter hours of thesis and 18
quarter hours credit of approved
environmental engineering course work . A
minor may be selected but is not necessarily
required.
Option II : The student must present a
minimum of 48 quarter hours of approved
graduate courses . The major shall include a
minimum of 27 quarter hours of approved
environmental engineering course work . A
minor may be selected but is not necessarily
required.
Option I or II must be approved by the
department.
Normally, the graduate program of study
will be adjusted by the head of the department
and the student's committee to suit the
individual academic requirements.
MASTER OF ENGINEERING PROGRAM
Graduate programs in Civil Engineering
and in Environmental Engineering leading to
the degree of Master of Engineering are
available to qualified graduates of
ECPD-accredited undergraduate curricula in

civil engineering or environmental
engineering . At least one-third of the program
of study must be classified as engineering
design . The student's advisor will assist in
planning the program of study to ensure that
it includes the necessary design content . The
thesis and non-thesis options noted under the
Master of Science programs are available
under these programs.
THE DOCTORAL PROGRAM
A graduate program leading to the degree
of Doctor of Philosophy is offered in Civil
Engineering.
Specific departmental requirements for the
Ph .D . degree include the following:
u 1 . A minimum of 108 quarter hours credit
beyond the Bachelor's degree, exclusive of
credit for the M .S . thesis . Of this number, a
minimum of 36 quarter hours credit in
Doctoral Research and Dissertation will be
required.
2. A minimum of 36 quarter hours of
graduate courses in the Civil Engineering
Department, exclusive of thesis or
dissertation credit, at least 9 hours of which
must be 6000-level courses.
3. Supporting courses in related scientific
and engineering fields, amounting to
approximately 36 quarter hours, subject to
approval by the student's faculty committee.
These related fields will normally include
such disciplines as mechanics, chemistry,
mathematics, microbiology, physics, and
other engineering fields . A minimum of 12
quarter hours of mathematics will be required
beyond the civil engineering undergraduate
requirements.
4. One foreign language if the student's
faculty committee feels that a reading
knowledge of a foreign language is crucial to
the student's research efforts.
5. Upon completion of at least one-half of
all course work, each student must pass a
preliminary examination.
6. After completion of the dissertation,
prior to graduation, each student must pass a
final examination administered by a faculty
committee.
Civil Engineering
4120 Concrete Design (3) Reinforced concrete continuous
beams and floor slabs ; footings, and retaining
walls . Prereq : 4110 and 4410 . Sp
4220 Foundations and Substructures (3) Foundations
explorations ; principles of design of dry and
subaqueous foundations . Prereq : 3310 . Sp, Su
4230 Legal and Ethical Aspects of Engineering (3)
Legal principles underlying engineering work ; laws
of contracts, torts, agency, real property ; problems
of professional registration and ethics . F
4240 Structural Design (3) Plastic theory, eccentric
connections, industrial building design, timber design
. Prereq : 3230 and 4410 . 2 3-hr periods . F, Sp
4260 Photogrammetry (3) Methods of plotting maps
from aerial photographs ; stereoscopic plotting instruments
; applications . Prereq : 2360 or Forestry
Summer Camp for forestry majors. F
4420 Analysis of Framed Structures (3) Maximum
stresses due to moving loads ; uses of influence
lines ; lateral forces due to earthquake and wind;
analysis of portals, building frames and space
frames . Coreq : 4410 . W
4430 Construction Methods and Equipment (3)
Fundamental operations in construction and selection
of equipment : production rates, balancing of
equipment, and cost estimates . F, W
4510-20 Advanced Structural Design (3, 3) Plastic
design in steel in 4510 ; design of typical short span
highway bridges in 4520 . Prereq : 3230 for 4510 ; and
3230 and 4110 in 4520 . W ; Sp
4530 Cost Comparison in Design and Construction
(3) Cost of engineering and construction . Cost comparison
of alternate designs with emphasis on applications
to civil engineering problems . Prereq or
coreq : 3230, 4110.
4540 Computer Utilization (3) Computer use, economic
justification, and extent of use by industry.
Utilization of computers for solution of civil engineering
problems . Prereq or coreq : 3230 . F, W
4550 Engineering Behavior of Soils (3) Plastic and
elastic behavior of soils, determination and use of
engineering properties of in-situ soils . Prereq : 4220
or consent of instructor. 2 hrs and 1 lab. F
4560 Stabilization of Soils (3) Mechanical stabilization
of soils by compaction, drainage, and blending;
chemical stabilization of soils with admixtures ; waterproofing
and modifying soils with additives . Prereq
: 3310 . 2 hrs and 1 lab . W
4620 Airport Planning and Design 1(3) Emphasis on
airport master planning . Included for consideration
on the air side are runway configuration, capacity,
geometrics and lighting ; on the land side are included
terminal layout and design and ground access
systems and parking . Prereq : 3600 and 3610.
Sp
4640 Traffic Engineering (3) Characteristics of
driver, vehicle and roadway and their interrelationship
; traffic studies ; basic considerations of traffic
circulation and control ; elements of urban transportation
planning studies . F
4660 Airport Planning and Design II (3) Integration
and application of principles of airport master planning
for purpose of site selection and design of an
airport facility through a comprehensive team
project, includes environmental evaluation of design
. Prereq : 4620 . 1 hr and 2 labs . Su
4710 Portland Cement Concrete Mix Design (3)
Properties and tests of portland cement concrete,
methods of concrete mix design, nondestructive
concrete evaluation testing, use of concrete admixtures
. Prereq : 3710 . 2 hrs and 1 lab . F
4720 Asphalt and Bituminous Concrete (3) Properties
and tests of asphalts and asphaltic mixes, mix
design of bituminous concrete . Emphasis on use of
asphalt in transportation construction projects . Prereq
: 3710 .2 hrs and 1 lab . W
4731-32 Earthquake Resistant Structures I, II (4, 4)
(Same as Architecture 4731-32 .) Su
4800 Introduction to Civil Engineering Systems (3)
Methods of modeling civil engineering systems and
their specific application to problems of transportation,
environment, water resources and materials.
Prereq : Senior standing or consent of instructor . Sp,
Su
4850 Elementary Structural Matrix Methods (4)
(Same as Engineering Science and Mechanics 4850
and Architecture 4850.) Su
5000 Thesis (1-15) E
5002 Non-Thesis Graduation Completion (3-15)
Required for the non-thesis student not otherwise
registered during any quarter when such a student
uses university facilities and/or faculty time before
degree is completed . May not be used toward degree
requirements . May be repeated . S/NC only . E
5110-20 Statically Indeterminate Structures (3, 3)
Deflections of beams and trusses ; analysis by force
methods and by slope-deflection in 5110 ; analysis
by moment distribution and other displacement
methods, secondary stresses in 5120 . W ; F
5140 Statically Indeterminate Structures (3)
Analysis of complex planar and space frames . Prereq
: 5110 and 5120 . Sp
5150 Matrix Formulation of Structural Problems (3)
Review of matrix algebra, vectors, stability considerations
; stiffness and flexibility analysis of plane
trusses, general members and structures composed
of general members . Prereq : 4540 or consent of
instructor. F
5160 Analysis and Design of Plate Structures (3)
Bending and buckling of plates ; analysis and design
College of Engineering 71
of bridge and building floors and structural plate
components . Prereq : 5110. F
5170 Introduction to Structural Dynamics (3)
Analysis of free and forced vibrations, and transient
response of structures having many degrees of
freedom ; elastoplastic behavior considered for
structural systems ; approximate design methods
developed . Prereq : 5120, 5150 . Sp
5180 Finite Element Structural Analysis (3) Application
of finite element method to structural analysis;
plane stress, plane strain, axisymmetric, and threedimensional
elements ; use of typical computer programs,
Prereq : 5150, and Engineering Science and
Mechanics 5860 . (Same as Engineering Science and
Mechanics 5180 .) Sp, A
5220 Pavement Design (3) Pavement loads ; pavement
design ; design practices ; construction and
maintenance . Prereq : 3310 . Sp
5240 Advanced Properties of Materials : Cement
and Concrete (3) Permeability and durability ; volume
changes and creep ; elastic and thermal properties
of concrete, special types of concrete ; causes of
failure . Prereq : 4710 . W
5250 Advanced Properties of Materials : Bituminous
Substances and Mixes (3) Serviceability concepts
; pavement failures and remedies ; bituminous
pavement maintenance techniques ; other uses of
asphalt products . Prereq : 4720 . Sp
5270 Planning and Transportation (3) Preparation
of transportation and elements of comprehensive
development plans . Analysis of relationships between
various transportation modes and between
transportation and other community features.
(Same as Planning 5270 .) W
5310 Engineering Practice (3) Valuation and feasibility
studies ; depreciation and useful life ; engineering
economics . F
5320-30 Engineering Practice Applied to Administration
of Engineering Projects (3, 3) Engineering
administration ; planning of governmental and industrial
projects ; cost estimates and methods of
financing . W ; Sp
5420 Structural Model Analysis (3) Experimental
methods of shear, moment, and stress analysis.
5430-40-50 Construction Management I, II, III (3, 3,
3) Management and organization of heavy and building
construction projects . Prereq : 4430 or consent
of instructor . F ; W ; Sp
5460-70 Construction Estimating 1, 11 (3, 3) Project
costs, estimating techniques ; market cost conditions
and feasibility of design as it applies to costs.
Prereq : 4430 or consent of instructor . W ; Sp
5550 Soil Mechanics-Plastic Equilibrium (3) Failure
theories ; earth pressure analysis, bearing capacity
analysis, and slope stability analysis . Prereq:
3310 or consent of instructor . F
5560 Soil Mechanics-Elastic Behavior (3) Stressdeformation
characteristics, consolidation, settlement
analysis . Prereq : 3310 or consent of instructor.
W
5570 Soil Mechanics-Seepage (3) Saturated flow
through embankments, filter design criteria, seepage
forces and velocities, subdrains, and embankment
failures. Prereq : 3310 or consent of instructor.
Sp
5610 Behavior of Steel Structures (3) Behavior of
structural steel members due to static and fatigue
loading ; relation between research results and current
specialization for design . Prereq : 3230 . W
5730 Prestressed Concrete (3) Properties of prestressing
materials and anchorage systems;
methods of pretensioning and posttensioning;
analysis and design of members and continuous
structures . F
5740 Behavior of Reinforced Concrete Members
(3) Ultimate strength and behavior of reinforced
concrete members ; relation between research results
and current specifications for design . Prereq:
4120 . W
5800 Urban Systems : Engineering and Management
I (3) Management of various urban systems
usually under city manager and/or city engineer.
Organization, finance, personnel administration,

72 College of Engineering
purchasing and equipment management and dealing
with engineering consultants as each deals with
municipal public works . Prereq : Graduate standing
in Civil or Environmental Engineering or consent of
instructor . W, A
5805 Urban Systems : Engineering and Management
I1 (3) Continuation of 5800. Management and
engineering of urban streets, including lighting,
cleaning and snow removal, water supply and
waste-water draininage, solid waste, air pollution
and regulations . Prereq : 5800 . Sp, A
5810 Traffic Engineering-Characteristics (3)
Driver-vehicle-roadway system ; level-of-service
concept of capacity . Coreq : Statistics 3450 . 2 hrs
and 1 2-hr lab . F
5820 Traffic Engineering-Operations (3) Fixedtime
and volume-density controllers ; progressive
systems ; one-way operations ; reversible flows ; system
operation, including computerized networks;
legal aspects of operational controls . Prereq : 5810.
2 hrs and 1 2-hr lab . W
5840 Geometric Design (3) Advanced theory and
practice in the geometric design of highways . Prereq
: 4600 . Sp
5850 Functional Design of City Streets and Urban
Freeways (3) Effect of street systems upon urban
growth and development ; classification and function
of streets ; design features, including cross section,
intersections, utility considerations, parking,
effect of mass transportation ; channelization ; marketing
; lighting ; freeway, frontage road, surface
street system . Prereq : Consent of instructor . Su
5960 Urban Transportation Planning (3) Prediction
of traffic demands and vehicular flows ; land use
planning ; parking needs . Prereq : 5810. F
5870 Public Transit Planning (3) Person movement
by bus, rapid rail and taxicab transit . Nature of public
transit ; its various roles and how they fit community's
need ; user preferences ; modal split models;
total social, political, economic and technical impacts
of public transit . Prereq : 4600 or graduate
standing . W, A
5890 Traffic Accident Reconstruction (3) Proper
traffic accident data collection and analysis as basis
of designing accident prevention or control programs
. Many contributing factors to an accident;
proximate and secondary accident causes as they
relate to roadway improvements . Prereq : 4640 or
5810 or consent of instructor . Sp, A
5900 Special Problems in Civil Engineering (1-9) To
fulfill the special problem requirement in the nonthesis
program . Enrollment limited to civil engineering
students in non-thesis program . Prereq : Consent
of instructor . May be repeated . Maximum 9 hrs.
S/NC only. E
5910-20-30 Special Topics (3, 3, 3) Analysis and design
of certain civil engineering structures not included
in other courses such as arches, long span
and movable bridges, complicated trusses . E
6000 Doctoral Research and Dissertation (3-15) E
6610 Behavior of Steel Bridges and Buildings (3)
Behavior, analysis, and design of plate girders, columns
and composite members subjected to static
and dynamic loading . Prereq : 5170 and 5610 . Sp, A
6740 Behavior of Reinforced Concrete Beams and
Frames (3) Ultimate strength and behavior of
statically indeterminate reinforced concrete structures
; applicability of elastic analysis to framed
structures ; limit analysis . Prereq : 5120 and 5740 . Sp,
A
6750 Behavior of Reinforced Concrete Slabs (3)
Behavior, analysis and design of reinforced concrete
slabs ; finite element solutions . ACI Code
methods ; yield-line theory. Prereq : 5740, 5160 or
Engineering Science and Mechanics 6310 . Sp, A
6830 Traffic Flow Theory (3) Queuing theory, Markov
processes, Monte Carlo methods, simulations of
various conditions and/or designs. Prereq : 4540 or
Mathematics 3150 ; 5820.
6860 Statewide Passenger Transportation Planning
(3) Comprehensive multimodal transportation
plan, intercity traffic models, functional classification,
programming and scheduling . Emphasis on
government policy decisions, as they affect air and
highway investments . Prereq : 5860 . W, A
6870 Future Transit Technology and Research (3)
New transit systems and new technology ; identification
of possible research areas in technology and
planning process and possible research designs.
Prereq : 5870 . Sp, A
6880 Planning Models for Transportation System I
(3) Analytical analysis of trip generation employing
mathematical, statistical, and computer science
techniques . Modal split, trip distribution, and trip
assignment . Statistical procedures integrated into
urban transportation planning process . State-ofthe-art
and new modeling techniques . Prereq : 5860
or 5270 . Mathematics 3150 and Statistics 3450. W, A
6890 Planning Models for Transportation Systems
II (3) Analytical analysis of modal split, trip distribution,
and trip assignment . Mathematical, statistical,
and computer science techniques in modeling
process . Models integrated for urban transportation
planning process. Prereq : 6880. Sp, A
6910-20-30 Special Topics in Civil Engineering (3, 3,
3) Selected advanced problems of current interest in
civil engineering . Prereq : Consent of instructor . E
Environmental Engineering
3000 Introduction to Environmental Engineering (3)
Introduction to human interaction with the air, water,
and land environment in which one lives ; role of
engineering in environmental control . F, W
4030 Environmental Engineering Chemistry (3)
Fundamentals of chemistry related to generation,
formation, and removal of environmental contaminants.
Analytical techniques for evaluation of specific
air, water, and solid waste pollutants . Prereq:
3000 and Chemistry 1130 . F
4150 Urban Water Management (3) Introduction to
urban water modeling ; evaluation of optimum urban
water policies ; formulation of system constraints
and analysis of decision-making process ; management
of storm water for beneficial use . Prereq : 3000
and 3330 . Sp
4210 Water Resources Engineering Design (3)
Elements of water resource structures and systems,
including reservoirs, dams, control works, and open
channel design . Dam safety control, environmental
impact of reservoir projects . Prereq : 3330 or consent
of instructor . F
4220 Water Resources Engineering Development
(3) Multiobjective evaluation procedures for comparing
and selecting among water resources
development alternatives ; achieving project optimality
; single- and multi-purpose projects ; special
topics in new developments in water resources engineering
. Prereq : 3330 or consent of instructor . W
4330 Hydrologic Design (3) Application of frequency
and regression analysis to hydrologic design
of water resources system ; unsteady surface
runoff and streamflow modeling ; urban peak runoff
design using kinematic wave theory ; evaluation of
effects of land use changes on streamflow quantity
and quality. Prereq : 3330 . W
4510 Elements of Water and Wastewater Transportation
Systems (3) Introduction to theory and design
of water transportation and distribution systems and
wastewater collection systems. Prereq : 3120 and
3330. F, W
4520 Elements of Water and Wastewater Treatment
Systems Designs (3) Introduction to unit
operations and processes employed in physical,
chemical, and biological treatment of water and
wastewater . Application of unit operations and processes
in design of water and wastewater treatment
plants . Prereq : 3000 and 3120 . Sp, Su
4530 Sanitary Engineering Laboratory (3) Physical,
chemical, and bacteriological analysis of water and
wastewater . Prereq : 4030 . 3 labs . W
4600 Solid Waste Management (3) Quantities and
characteristics of solid wastes ; collection methods
and equipment ; disposal and recycle techniques;
economics ; planning and management . Prereq:
3000. Sp
4700 Air Pollution-Air Resources Management (3)
Introductory course on concepts of air pollution ;
analysis of relationship among emission sources,
meteorology and topographic factors, and adverse
effects on receptors ; engineering approaches for air
pollution control . Sp
4810 Water Law (3) Survey study in water law, including
case studies and water law doctrines . (Same
at Water Resources Development 4810.)
4820 Environmental Engineering Law (3) Legal aspects
of water and air pollution, drainage, land use
controls and environmental impact statements with
emphasis upon federal-state relations, recent legislation
and court decisions, and enforcement . Prereq
: Senior standing . F
5000 Thesis (1-15) E
5002 Non-Thesis Graduation Completion (3-15)
Required for the non-thesis student not otherwise
registered during any quarter when such a student
uses university facilities and/or faculty time before
degree is completed. May not be used toward degree
requirements . May be repeated . S/NC only . E
5150 Water and Urban Welfare (3) Social, environmental,
and economic impact on planning and
management of urban water systems . Emphasis
upon conflict and choice, reconciliation between
environmental and development values, measurement
of social well-being and quality of life parameters
. Analyzing multiobjective policy alternatives
with selected case studies . Prereq : Consent of instructor.
5160 Planning and Utilities (3) Planning for
adequate water supply and sewage waste disposal
in the urban environment . Impact of utility patterns
on area development, and problems of utility service
policies . Not for civil engineering majors . (Same as
Planning 5160 and Water Resources Development
5160 .)
5230 Surface Water Transport Processes (3)
Dynamics of flow in catchments, streams, lakes and
estuaries . Hydrodynamic dispersion, diffusion,
boundary layer effects, unsteadiness, kinematic
wave approximation . Geometric and hydraulic
nonuniformities . Prereq : Engineering Science and
Mechanics 3110 or consent of instructor . F
5232 Sediment Transportation (3) Sediment properties
and measurements ; bed loads and suspended
load movement ; erosion, scour, transportation and
deposition of sediments by flowing water ; silting of
reservoirs and related topics . Prereq : 5230. W
5234 Flood Damage Reduction (3) National, regional,
local flood problems ; hydrologic design
criteria ; traditional flood control measures ; land use
controls and adjustments ; floodproofing, flood insurance,
and other flood damage reduction elements
; interdisciplinary approach in floodplain
management ; case studies . Prereq : Consent of instructor
. Sp
5261 Basic Principles of Remote Sensing (3) Applications
of remote sensing in agriculture, engineering,
forestry, meteorology, land use planning, and
resource management ; properties of electromagnetic
radiation including wave theory, physical and
geometric optics, and the interaction of EM radiation
and matter ; current data handling technology.
Prereq : Consent of instructor.
5262 Remote Sensing Data Acquisition (3) Active
and passive sensors, their areas of special application
and limitation ; description of remote sensing
platforms, including the Earth Resources Satellite
Communication Systems ; mission planning . Prereq
: 5261 or consent of instructor.
5263 Remote Sensing Data Analysis and Interpretation
(3) Manual and automatic methods of data
analysis and interpretation, formating and display,
pattern recognition techniques ; use of automated
data processing equipment for data storage, retrieval,
analysis and classification . Prereq : 5261,
Mathematics 3150, Statistics 3450.
5301 Stormwater Modeling I (3) Interpretation of
hydrologic data using methods of systems analysis.
Hydrologic components are analyzed as linear and
nonlinear systems integrated into mathematical
models of watershed response . Optimizing model
parameters with illustrative examples . Prereq : Consent
of instructor . W
5302 Stormwater Modeling II (3) Continuous

streamflow records interpreted using methods of
stochastic hydrology, including flow frequency and
time series analysis . Hydrologic design of water resources
systems using streamfiow simulation techniques
including autoregressive and fractional
gaussian noise models . Prereq : Consent of instructor
. Sp
5310 Groundwater Transport Processes (3)
Dynamics of flow in porous media with emphasis on
physical processes important in subsurface hydrology
. Hydrodynamic dispersion, anisotropy, layered
soils, and unsaturated flow phenomena . Analytical
solutions of flow equations . Dupuit approximation,
analog and numerical methods, Hele-Shaw, and
graphical solutions . Prereq : Engineering Science
and Mechanics 3110 or consent of instructor.
5330 Descriptive Hydrology (3) Occurrence and description
of elements of hydrologic cycle, effects on
earth and relation to humans . Not for civil engineering
majors. (Same as Water Resources Development
5330 .)
5400 Introduction to Environmental Systems (3)
Models of air and water quality, water resources,
solid waste disposal, and location of central
facilities ; exposure to current literature on environmental
management problems ; optimization of
these systems . Prereq : Graduate standing, Civil Engineering
4800 or consent of instructor . Sp
5501 Water and Wastewater Treatment Theory I (3)
Theory of unit operations employed in sanitary engineering
. Prereq : 4520 . F
5502 Water and Wastewater Treatment Theory II
(3) Theory of physical, chemical, and biological processes
employed in sanitary engineering . Prereq:
5501 . W
5513 Advanced Water and Waste Treatment Systems
(3) Theory, operation, and use of advanced
water and waste treatment systems. Emphasis on
those systems used for wastewater reclamation.
Prereq : 5502 . Sp
5530 Environmental Engineering and Natural System
Behavior (3) Relationship between environmental
engineering and natural system behavior,
focusing on eutrophication and limiting nutrient
concept in relation to research and translation into
law and wastewater engineering practice.
Seminar-open discussion format . Prereq : Graduate
standing or consent of instructor . Sp
5551 Water Quality Management (3) Water quality
control objectives, methods, and philosophies;
water quality criteria ; effect of various uses on water
quality ; receiving water characteristics and waste
assimilation capacity ; regulatory standards ; economic
considerations . Prereq : 3000 or consent of
instructor . W
5561 Environmental Management of Water Quality
(3) Water quality management and concepts of quality
as a dimension of water ; effects of agriculture,
domestic, and industrial use upon water quality;
legal and administrative aspects, waste assimilative
capacity and wasteload allocation ; and engineering
management of water quality via nonstructural as
well as biological, physical/chemical and advanced
teeatment processes . Prereq : 3000 or equivalent . Sp
5582 Microbiology for Sanitary Engineers (3) Microorganisms
and microbiological processes significant
in sanitary engineering, including basic microbiology,
detection and identification, enzymes,
metabolic reactions, energy transfer, synthesis and
growth ; aerobic and anaerobic biological treatment
processes . Prereq : Graduate standing . Sp
5593 Advanced Sanitary Engineering Laboratory
(3) Techniques used in analysis of water and wastewater.
Application of modern instrumental procedures
for physical, chemical, and biological
analysis . Prereq : 4530 . 3 labs . Sp
5600 Solid Wastes (3) Magnitude and characteristics
of solid waste problem ; methods for collection
and disposal of solid wastes, including sanitary
landfill, incineration, composting, proposed new
technologies, and recycling . Prereq : Graduate engineering
major or consent of instructor . F
5610 Solid Waste Disposal (3) Problems in the areas
of landfill design and costing, incinerator design
and costing, and special topical areas . Prereq : 5600.
W
5620 Solid Waste Collection Systems (3) Analysis
and design of collection systems, methods of collection,
crew size, routing of vehicles, efficiency of collection
systems, and management planning . Prereq:
5600 . Sp
5700 Planning and Air Pollution Control (3) Relationship
between air pollution, area development,
and urban growth . Social, economic, and political
processes involved in air pollution control.
5710 Air Pollution Control Engineering (3) Emission
control systems for industrial and power generating
processes, stack sampling methods, air monitoring,
dispersion of pollutants . Prereq : 4700 and Engineering
Science and Mechanics 3110 . F
5720 Air Pollution Particle Collection Theory (3)
Mechanics of particles suspended in gaseous
medium including particle motion, coagulation, and
aerodynamic capture of particles. Prereq : 4700 and
Engineering Science and Mechanics 3110 . W
5725 Air Quality Modeling and Impact Assessment
(3) Techniques to assess the air quality impact of
major transportation projects and industrial air pollution
sources . Application of atmospheric dispersion
models and evaluation of meterological and air
quality data . Prereq : Graduate standing, Computer
Science 3150 . Sp
5730 Air Pollution Control Device Design (3) Design
and evaluation of systems used to control emission
of gaseous and particle air pollutants . Comprehensive
design of specific devices and systems . Prereq:
5720 . Sp
5735 Industrial Source Sampling (3) Sampling
methods for gaseous and particulate air pollutant
emissions from industrial processes . Prereq:
Graduate standing . 2 hrs and 1 lab . Su
5740 Dynamical and Physical Meteorology (3)
Physical principles of the atmospheric sciences.
Atmospheric energetics, general circulation, perturbation
theory, vorticity theory, the equation of
motion, solar and terrestrial radiation, thermodynamics
of dry and moist air . Prereq : Mathematics
4550 and Engineering Science and Mechanics
3110 or equivalent.
5750 Turbulence in the Atmosphere (3) Theoretical
boundary layer mean wind and temperature profiles
derived and related to observations . Estimating surface
fluxes, energy spectra, and cospectra . How
theories can be applied to describe changes in turbulence
in air flow over urban areas. Mechanisms of
formation of clear air turbulence in shear zones in
free atmosphere . Prereq : 5740.
5760 Diffusion in the Atmosphere (3) Movement and
dilution of natural or man-made material released
into the atmosphere . Basic theory. Rise of buoyant
plumes, relation between Eulerian and Lagrangian
spectra, differences between instantaneous and
continuous sources, diffusion in a zone of wind
shear and diffusion from urban area sources . Prereq
: 5740.
5900 Special Problems in Environmental Engineering
(1-9) To fulfill the special problem requirement in
the non-thesis program . Enrollment limited to environmental
engineering students in the non-thesis
program . Prereq : Consent of instructor . May be repeated
. Maximum 9 hrs . S/NC only . E
5910-20-30 Special Topics (3, 3, 3) Problems and
topics related to current developments in field of
environmental engineering not included in other
courses . E
5990 Environmental Engineering Seminar (1) All
phases of environmental engineering including reports
on current research at The University of Tennessee,
Knoxville . Course credit not applicable to
graduate degree program . Prereq : Active graduate
standing in environmental engineering . May be repeated
. S/NC only . F, W, Sp
6110-20 Advanced Topics in Fluid Mechanics and
Convective Transfer (3, 3) (Same as Engineering
Science and Mechanics 6110-20 .)
6230 Kinematic Wave Theory (3) Approximations of
DeSaint Venet equations by kinematic wave theory
applied to overland flow and streamflow . Criteria for
approximation and methods of linkage of infiltration,
overland flow and streamfiow . Prereq : 5230 or
equivalent . Sp, A
College of Engineering 73
6500 Industrial Waste Treatability and Process
Control (6) Sources and characteristics of industrial
wastes ; treatment alternatives related to ultimate
disposal, treatability and process control studies of
physical, chemical, and biological processes using
laboratory bench-scale treatment units . Prereq:
5513 and 5593. Field trips, 2 hrs and 4 labs . Su
6820 Advanced Theory and Applications in Water
Resources Energy Systems I (3) Advanced theory
on convective and conductive heat transfer, turbulent
heat diffusion and mass transport mechanisms
in open channels, applications in evaporation,
thermal plant discharge heat dispersion, and
stratified flow phenomena . Prereq : 6110 or equivalent.
6910-20-30 Special Topics in Environmental Engineering
(3, 3, 3) Selected advanced problems of
current interest in environmental engineering . Prereq
: Consent of instructor . E
NOTE : Prerequisite to all graduate courses : Consent of
instructor.
Electrical Engineering
MAJOR DEGREES
Electrical Engineering M .S ., M .E., Ph .D.
Professors:
J . M . Gouge (Head), Ph .D . Georgia Institute
of Technology, P .E . ; I. Alexeff, Ph .D.
Wisconsin, P .E . ; J. M. Bailey, Ph .D.
Georgia Institute of Technology ; A . O . Bishop,
Ph .D . Clemson ; T. V . Blalock, Ph .D . Tennessee;
R. E. Bodenheimer, Ph .D . Northwestern;
R. C . Gonzalez, Ph .D . Florida ; W . L . Green,
Ph .D . Texas A&M ; G . W. Hoffman, Ph .D.
Harvard ; E . C. Huebschman, Ph .D . Texas";
J. C . Hung, Ph .D . New York, P .E .;
E. J . Kennedy, Ph .D. Tennessee, P .E .;
W. O. Le/fell (Emeritus), M .S . Tennessee;
M. O. Pace, Ph .D . Georgia Institute of
Technology ; P. Z. Peebles, Ph .D . Pennsylvania;
J . F. Pierce,' Ph .D . Pittsburgh, P .E .;
R . W. Rochelle, Ph .D . Maryland ; J . R . Roth,
Ph .D . Cornell ; B. Smith, M .S . Illinois,
P .E . ; F . W. Symonds, Ph .D . Nottingham (UK);
J . D . Tillman, Ph .D . Auburn ; C . H . Weaver,
Ph .D . Wisconsin, P .E.
Associate Professors:
D . W. Bouldin, Ph .D . Vanderbilt; E . L . Hall,
Ph .D. Missouri ; H. P. Neff, Ph .D.
Auburn, P .E . ; T. W. Reddoch, Ph .D . Louisiana
State ; D . Rosenberg, Ph .D . New York;
H . M. Scull (Emeritus), M .S. Columbia, P .E .;
J. W. Waller, Ph .D . Tennessee.
Assistant Professors:
J. D . Birdwell, Ph .D . Massachusetts Institute of
Technology ; J . S . Lawler, Ph .D . Michigan State.
MASTER OF SCIENCE PROGRAM
Graduate work leading to the Master of
Science degree in Electrical Engineering may
be completed during one academic year of
full-time study, or the degree may be obtained
in two or three years of study in the evening.
Graduate assistantships are available for
outstanding students, who may obtain the
Master's degree in one calendar year.
Specific departmental requirements
include:
1. Electrical Engineering 5070-80 and
5710 . Electrical Engineering 5710 is normally
available in both fall and spring quarters.
Students electing courses such as 5650-60,
5720-30, or 5750-60 which require 5710 as a
prerequisite should register for 5710 in the fall
quarter.
2. Nine quarter hours of graduate credit in
'Space Institute, Tullahoma.
'Distinguished Service Professor .

74 College of Engineering
mathematics consisting of Mathematics
4710, 4550, and 4250, or 4510-20-30 . Other
4000-5000 level mathematics courses
approved by the student's Master's
committee must be substituted for any of the
above course material covered in
undergraduate work.
3. An additional 18 quarter hours of
5000-level work in electrical engineering or 9
quarter hours of 5000-level work in one area
of electrical engineering and 9 quarter hours
of 5000-level work in another area approved
by the student's Master's committee.
The 18 quarter hours of 5000-level work in
Electrical Engineering must be divided
equally between two different electrical
engineering areas.
4. Master's thesis, totaling 9 quarter hours
or more.
5. A final oral examination covering the
thesis and related course work.
MASTER OF ENGINEERING PROGRAM
A graduate program leading to the Master
of Engineering degree is available to qualified
graduates of ECPD-accredited
undergraduate curricula in electrical
engineering or its equivalent.
Specific degree requirements which must
be met include:
1. Electrical Engineering 5070-80 and
5710 .
2. Nine quarter hours of graduate credit in
mathematics consisting of Mathematics
4710, 4550, and 4250, or 4510-20-30. Other
approved 4000-5000 level mathematics
courses must be submitted for any of the
above course material covered in
undergraduate work.
3. An additional 18 quarter hours of
5000-level work in electrical engineering or 9
quarter hours of 5000-level work in one area
of electrical engineering and 9 quarter hours
of 5000-level work in another area approved
by the student's Master's committee.
The 18 quarter hours of 5000-level work in
electrical engineering must be divided
equally between two different electrical
engineering areas.
4. Master's thesis, totaling 9 quarter hours
or more.
5. A final oral examination covering the
thesis and related course work.
A minimum of one-third of the program
must be in engineering design, and one-third
in one of, or a combination of, advanced
math, computer sciences, basic sciences, or
engineering sciences.
DOCTORAL PROGRAM
The Ph .D . degree with a major in Electrical
Engineering may be pursued in the areas of
circuit theory, computers, electro-optics,
communication theory, electromagnetic
theory, plasma engineering, power systems,
solid-state electronics, and control systems.
Specific departmental requirements for the
Ph .D. degree include the following:
1. A Master of Science or Master of
Engineering degree.
2. Aminimumof72quarterhoursofcourse
work beyond the B .S. degree excluding
thesis, research, and dissertation credit.
3. A minimum of 36 quarter hours credit in
doctoral dissertation.
4. One foreign language if the student's
faculty committee feels that a reading
knowledge of a foreign language is crucial to
the student's research efforts .
5. Satisfactory performance on both a
basic and an advanced preliminary
examination . The basic examination consists
of a 3-hour written examination in each of the
following five areas : (1) networks,
(2) electronics, (3) electro-magnetics,
(4) power, (5) systems and computers.
The advanced examination is in the student's
major area and is prepared by the student's
doctoral committee . The advanced
examination must be passed and a formal
dissertation proposal accepted by the
student's doctoral committee before the
student is reported as ready for admission to
candidacy for the Ph .D . degree. The basic
examination is normally taken after the
completion of 36 hours of graduate course
work. A minimum of 27 hours of graduate
work must be completed after the student has
taken the basic part of the preliminary
examination the first time.
6. Participation in departmental seminars.
The 72 quarter hours of course work must
satisfy the following requirements:
a. A minimum of 36 quarter hours of work
in electrical engineering at the 5000 and 6000
levels.
b. A minimum of 12 quarter hours of
6000-level course work. At least 3 quarter
hours of this work must be in an area other
than the student's major area.
c. A minimum of 18 hours of mathematics,
including Mathematics (or Physics)
5610-20-30 and 9 hours of mathematics at the
4000 level or above.
Courses required in electrical engineering
undergraduate curriculum cannot be used in
either the M .S . or Ph .D . programs . In addition,
4000-level courses in electrical engineering
may not be used if 5000-level courses are
available in the same area.
Many of the electrical engineering courses
are offered in the evening . Engineers working
in industry are encouraged to participate in
the department's graduate program.
Departmental graduate programs
providing special opportunities for academic
and research work in areas pertinent to
atmospheric and space flight are also
available at the Space Institute, Tullahoma.
3010 Transient Analysis (3) Analysis of transient
response of networks and systems; Laplace transform
method and classical differential equation
methods for system analysis ; complex frequency
concept and pole-zero concepts ; applications to
engineering problems. Prereq : 2030.
3040 Basic Communication Systems (3) Fourier
series and transforms . Network response to signals
and noise . Elements of amplitude, frequency and
phase modulation systems for analog messages.
Noise performance . Fundamentals of broadcast AM,
broadcast FM, FM stereo and television systems.
Prereq : Mathematics 2850 .3 hrs including biweekly
lab.
3050 Basic Field Theory (3) Forces between
charges, electric and magnetic fields, Gauss's law
and divergence, potential and line integrals, material
bodies, polarization, magnetic circuits, Maxwell's
equations, dynamic potentials . Prereq : Mathematics
2860.
3060 Propagation I (3) Plane waves, reflection,
guided waves, transmission lines, standing waves,
impedance, impedance matching, graphical
methods, rectangular wave guides . Prereq : 3050 . 3
hrs including biweekly lab.
3080 Energy Conversion (3) Magnetic circuits,
transformer theory and operation, principles of electromechanical
energy conversion with emphasis on
input-output characteristics ; steady-state analysis
of induction motors and d .c . machinery . Prereq
3040 . Includes biweekly lab .
3090 Energy System Operation (3) Synchronous
machines, transmission-lines, and transformers as
power system elements ; power system representations,
per unit calculation, symmetrical components,
and fault studies . Prereq : 3080 . Includes
biweekly lab.
3100 Random Signals and Noise in Engineering (3)
Theory of random signals and spectral analysis of
noise as applied to engineering problems . Random
signal response of linear networks . Transformation
of random signals by nonlinear networks . Prereq:
3010 and 3040 . 3 hrs including biweekly lab.
3110 Basic Electrical Engineering-Circuits and
Fields (3) For non-electrical engineering majors.
Prereq : Mathematics 2850, Physics 2310-30 . 3 hrs
including biweekly lab.
3120 Basic Electrical Engineering-Electronics (3)
For non-electrical engineering majors . Prereq:
3110 . 3 hrs including biweekly lab.
3130 Basic Electrical Engineering-Machinery (3)
For non-electrical engineering majors . Prereq:
3110. 3 hrs including biweekly lab.
3180 Logic Design of Digital Systems (3) Introduction
to boolean algebra and design of combinational
circuits. Presents gate and flipf lop characteristics.
Design of clocked sequential circuits and other systems
containing memory. Introduction to minicomputer
architecture and system components to include
basic structure and function of arithmetic,
storage, input-output, and control systems . Instruction
set capabilities and machine language programming
. Prereq : 3010, Computer Science 3150 . 3
hrs including biweekly lab.
3190 Plasma I (3) Engineering applications of physical
electronics, plasma effects and devices . Topics
include electrostatic precipitators and plasma light
sources, laser operation and applications (electrooptics),
and MHD, controlled thermonuclear and
other techniques of advanced power production.
Prereq : Physics 2310-20-30 . 3 hrs including
biweekly lab.
3720 Linear Systems Analysis (3) Steady-state and
transient response ; log-frequency, gain-phase, and
polar plots ; block diagram transformation ; signal
flow graphs ; analogous systems, properties of second
order systems ; introduction to feedback theory;
stability criteria . Prereq : 3010 and Mathematics
3150 . Coreq : 3180. 3 hrs including occasional labs.
3810 Basic Electronics 1(3) Band theory fundamentals
; theory and applications of p-n junctions ; simple
power supplies ; theory of operation of field-effect
transistors and applications in simple circuits.
Coreq : 2030. 3 hrs including project laboratory.
3820 Basic Electronics 11 (3) Physical operation of
bipolar transistors and vacuum tubes with applications
in basic amplifiers . Integrated circuit fundamentals
. Prereq : 3810.3 hrs including project laboratory.
3830 Basic Electronics III (3) Frequency and transient
response of open-loop transistor amplifiers.
Fundamentals of integrated-circuit operational
amplifiers and applications in basic feedback configurations.
Basic digital switching circuits . Prereq:
3820 . 3 hrs including project laboratory.
4020 Direct Electrical Energy Conversion (3) Basic
principles, typical devices and applications for production
of electrical energy by thermoelectric effects,
thermionic conversion, magnetohydrodynamics,
solar cells, and fuel cells . Laboratory demonstrations
. Prereq : 3050, 3190 and 3810.
4080 Microwave Circuits and Electronics (3) Circuits
represented by wave shattering, isolators,
gyrators, couplers, microwave vacuum diodes and
klystrons, crossed field devices, parametric
amplifiers, power generator semiconductors, varactor
semiconductors . Prereq : 3060 . 3 hrs including
biweekly lab.
4090 Propagation II (3) Metal tube, dielectric rod,
and stripline waveguides . Waveguide resonators
and other loading components . Design of structures
utilized for microwave power transmission and for
microwave integrated circuits . Prereq : 3060 .4labs.
4100 Digital Communication Systems (3) Principles
of pulse and digital communication systems . Sampling
theorems, pulse amplitude, duration, and posi-

tion modulation methods. Quantization, coding,
and pulse code modulation . Generalized digital signals
and carrier modulation with digital waveforms.
Delta, adaptive delta, delta-sigma, and delta PCM
systems . Prereq : 3100.
4350 Elements of Network Synthesis (3) Energy
relationships in networks . Quadratic forms.
Positive-real functions ; properties and tests . Synthesis
of L-C networks by Cauer's and Foster's
methods. RL and RC networks . Application to the
synthesis of lossless two-ports in form of ladder
networks.
4370 Introduction to Feedback System Design (3)
Mathematical formulation of control systems;
steady state error and error constants ; root-locus
method ; optimum gain adjustments ; compensation
networks ; introduction to compensation . Prereq:
3720. Lab optional.
4410 Power System Components and Control (3)
Analysis of power system components and their interconnection
. Studies in control of power and frequency
as well as voltage and reactive power. Prereq
: 3090.
4420 Power Systems Analysis (3) System studies
including load flow, faults, and stability . Prereq:
3090.
4430 Transmission, Distribution, and Protection (3)
Studies in underground and d .c . transmission ; consideration
of over-voltages and insulation requirements
; system protection against faults . Prereq:
3090.
4460 Lasers and Masers (3) Introduction of principles
of laser and maser operation based on classical
concepts and electrical engineering analogies.
Consideration of practical devices and applications.
4470 Plasma II (3) Magnetohydrodynamics . Prereq:
3190.
4480 Plasma III (3) Macroscopic plasma equations,
particle orbits, interactions, oscillations and waves.
Prereq : 3190.
4490 Electro-optics (3) Fourier optics . Diffraction,
lenses, coherent and incoherent imaging . Engineering
applications ; holography.
4500 Electro-optics Detection and Instrumentation
(3) Sensitivity, resolution (frequency response) and
noise concepts of and practical engineering data for
both spatial recording media (e.g . photographic
emulsions) and temporal detectors (e .g . photodiodes)
will be given . The last third of the course will
be devoted to selected electro-optic instrumentation
systems (e .g . laser light scattering, optical data
processing, holographic interferometry).
4540 Antennas and Propagation (3) Dipole and
linear antennas, arrays and other simple antennas.
Antenna gain, impedance and other parameters.
Wave propagation in free space, earth's troposphere
and ionosphere. Wave reflections from earth.
Prereq : 3060.
4570 Electro-Acoustics (3) Reproduction of
monophonic and stereophonic sound, microphones,
loud speakers, disc recording, magnetic
recording, film recording ; acoustics of studios, auditoriums.
4600 Analog Signal Processing Circuits for Electronic
Instrumentation (3) Operational amplifiers,
instrumentation amplifiers and other integrated circuits
in signal processing . Active filters, amplifiers,
attenuators, function generators, active rectifiers,
and synchronous demodulators . Analysis of interfacing
problems between transducers and signalprocessors.
Prereq : 3830 . 3 hrs including project
laboratory.
4610 Analog-Digital Systems (3) Principles of
analog computing components . Applied to analog
computing to include problem set-up and scaling.
Characteristics of analog multipliers, dividers and
function generators are developed . Presents comparators,
digital to analog conversion, and analog to
digital conversion techniques . Prereq : 3180 and
3830 . 3 hrs including biweekly lab.
4620 Sequential Machine and Digital System
Theory (3) Considers design aspects of pulse-mode,
clock-mode, and level-mode sequential circuits.
Theory and characteristics of one- and two-
dimensional iterative networks . Design of large
scale digital systems using MSI and LSI
technologies . Introduces principles of reliability and
error detection in digital systems . Prereq : 3180 .3 hrs
including biweekly lab.
4630 Digital System Organization and Design (3)
Considers system organization of digital systems
including minicomputer and microprocessor architectures
and comparisons. Characteristics of
ALU and CPU structures, storage systems (RAM,
ROM, and PROM building blocks), and input-output
systems are developed . Control unit organization to
include serial-parallel modes of operation,
synchronous-asynchronous time sequencing and
microprogramming of control functions . Prereq:
3180 . 3 hrs including biweekly lab.
4660 Bioelectric Instrumentation (3) Nature and
origin of bioelectric potentials, transducers,
amplifier requirements, recording systems and
noise problems.
4680 Electronic Amplifiers (3) Feedback amplifier
principles . Wideband linear amplifiers . Audio and
radio-frequency power amplifiers . Prereq : 3830,
3720. 3 hrs including project laboratory.
4690 Communications Electronics (3) Receiver and
transmitter circuits for communications. Prereq:
3040, 3830 . 3 hrs including project laboratory.
4700 Digital Integrated Electronics (3) Comparators,
logic gates, flip-flops. registers, counters,
memories, analog switches, AID and D/A conversion,
clipping . clamping and sweep circuits . Prereq:
3830, 3180 . 3 hrs including project laboratory.
4740 Integrated Circuits (3) Processing and fabrication
of active and passive components for
monolithic and hybrid circuits . Design techniques
for linear and digital circuits . Prereq : 3830 . 3 hrs
including project laboratory.
4780 Synchronous Machines (3) Development of
2-axis model for synchronous machines . Applications
to analysis of steady state and transient operation
. Excitation and governor control . Prereq : 3090.
4790 Electromechanical Components of Control
Systems (3) Characteristics and analysis of electromechanical
devices used in control systems.
Single phase induction motors, servo motors,
tachometers, synchros . Dynamic behavior of d .c.
machine systems . Applications in industrial process
control . Prereq : 3080 and 3720.
4800 Hardware-Software Interface in Minicomputer
and Microprocessor System Design (3)
Presents minicomputer and microprocessor interface
design . Hardware-software interaction and
trade-off . Priority interrupt structures are discussed
and utilized . Telecommunications are developed.
Project oriented, contract course . Completion of
two projects, one utilizing a minicomputer and the
other a microcomputer, are minimal course requirements
. Prereq : 3180.
4810 Discrete-Data Systems (3) Introduction to
analysis and design of discrete data control systems
using frequency domain techniques. Real-time digital
filtering techniques ; application of digital computers
in closed-loop feedback systems.
4820 Introduction to Pattern Recognition (3) Role of
pattern recognition within framework of artificial intelligence
. Topics dealing with the design of learning
and adaptive machines. Typical applications of
pattern recognition to problems of practical significance
. Computer simulation of elementary pattern
recognition problems . Prereq : Either 3100 and
Computer Science 3150, or Statistics 3450 and
Computer Science 1510 . (Same as Computer Science
4820 .)
4830 Digital Image Processing (3) Principal
methods for coding, storing, and processing images
by means of digital computers. Computational algorithms
for image operations . Prereq : 3100 and
Computer Science 3150, or Statistics 3450 and
Computer Science 1510 . (Same as Computer Science
4830 .)
4850 Small Computer Systems (3) Basic structure
of small computer systems, input-output techniques,
interrupt structures, peripheral devices, system
software and assembly language programming.
Course is project oriented . Prereq : Basic Engineering
1410, Computer Science 1510 or 3150 or consent
College of Engineering 75
of instructor . (Same as Computer Science 4850 .)
4910-20-30 Special Electrical Engineering Problems
(3, 3, 3) Problems in electrical engineering
involving library and experimental research.
5000 Thesis (1-15) E
5040-50-60 Electrical Engineering Research (3, 3,
3)
5070-80 Modem Transform Methods (3, 3) Laplace
transform and complex variable theory.
Z-transform, difference equations and distributed
parameter systems.
5110 Introduction to Network Analysis (3) Topological
considerations in writing network equations.
Transient and steady-state analysis using Laplace
transforms . Two-port parameters. Passivity, reciprocity
and activity. Conventional filter theory. Impedance
and frequency transformations . Coreq:
5070.
5120 Network Synthesis and Design (3) Frequency
domain and time domain synthesis of network functions
; realization of one-port and two-port networks
by R, L, and C elements ; approximation problem and
filter design ; computer aided techniques . Prereq:
5070 or equivalent.
5130 Advanced Network Analysis (3) Mathematical
definition of feedback . Return difference and return
ratio . Sensitivity . A thorough study of Bode's
theorems on feedback . Stability . Relations between
parts of network functions . Prereq : 5070.
5170 Bioengineering Systems I Models, Systems
Analysis and Simulation (3) Modeling techniques
applied to physiological systems. Systems properties
of resistance, impedance, and storage are investigated
. Analog and digital simulation of biological
systems . Prereq : 4370 or consent of instructor.
5180 Bioengineering Systems II Bioelectric
Phenomena (3) Electrical phenomena associated
with biological systems as stimuli and responses.
Quantitative theories in neurophysiology and electrocardiography
. Prereq : 4660 or consent of instructor.
5190 Bioengineering Systems Ill Instrumentation
and Analysis (3) Process by which information is
gathered and transmitted from biological system
under test and process by which this information is
treated, to signal analysis and modeling, to
maximize yield of meaningful information about
original biological system . Prereq : 4660 or consent
of instructor.
5210-20 Advanced Electrical Machinery (3, 3) Fundamental
processes of electromechanical energy
conversion ; application in conventional devices.
Differential equations for rotating machinery, Park's
transformation and two-axis model, transient behavior
of isolated and interconnected rotating machines
. Prereq : 4780 or equivalent.
5230 Advanced Electrical Machinery Applications
(3) Linear motors ; pole amplitude modulation and
other speed control techniques ; variable frequency
operation . Prereq : 5210.
5240-50-60 Control Systems Design I, II, III (3, 3, 3)
Analysis and design of continuous and digital control
systems using classical and modern techniques.
Feedback theory ; system modeling ; stability
analysis ; system response analysis ; design of estimator
and observer ; system compensation . Emphasis
on engineering aspects of control systems.
Coreq : 5070 or equivalent.
5271 Modern Systems Theory 1(3) Introduction to
linear systems theory . State-space model, linear
dynamical system, state transition map, matrix exponential,
controllability, observability, realization
theory, pole placement, observers, stability theory
for linear systems . Prereq : Consent of instructor.
5281 Modern Systems Theory 11(3) Optimal estimation
theory . Probability theory and stochastic processes,
uncertain dynamical systems, estimation and
filtering theory, Wiener filtering, the Kalman filter
and its extensions . Prereq : 5271 or consent of instructor.
5291 Modern Systems Theory 111(3) Optimal control
theory . Deterministic optimal control theory,
minimum principle, Hamilton-Jacobi equation and
dynamic programming, stochastic control theory,

76 College of Engineering
stochastic dynamic progamming, dual control problem
and separation principle, linear quadratic gaussian
control problem, relationship between uncertainty
and stability. Prereq : 5271, 5281 or consent of
instructor.
5310 Basic Requirements for Plasma Fusion (3)
Historical study of fusion systems in nature . Lawson
break-even criterion . Inertial fusion systemshydrogen
bomb, laser fusion, and electron-beam
fusion . Magnetically-confined plasma systems, tokamak,
mirror system, and exotic systems . Confinement,
stability, and heating . Possibility of
fusion-fission hybrids . Prereq : Consent of instructor
or plasma engineering or plasma physics background
or employment in fusion work.
5320 Diagnostics for Fusion (3) Hot plasma. Simple
gross measurements-resistivity and diamagnetism.
Microwave methods . Charge-exchange techniques.
X-ray diagnostics. Spectroscopy and its limitations.
Future possibilities . Prereq : Consent of instructor or
plasma engineering or plasma physics background
or employment in fusion work.
5330 Engineering of Fusion (3) Materials in a thermonuclear
environment . Magnetic field production.
Diverter design . Blankets and breeding of tritium.
Radiological safety . Cost of controlled fusion
power. Prereq : Consent of instructor or plasma engineering
or plasma physics background or employment
in fusion work.
5340 Introduction to Quantum Electronics (3) Interaction
of poly- and monochromatic radiation with
atoms and molecules . Comparison of classical and
quantized oscillator models for emission and absorption
. Oscillator spectral line, shape for amplification
by stimulated emission of radiation and
schemes for obtaining population inversion . Coreq:
Mathematics 4710 or equivalent.
5350 Properties of Quantum Devices (3) Optical
resonant cavity theory and design : steady-state and
Q-switched operation . Stable modes of oscillation.
Modulation and stabilization techniques . Laser output
power spectral line shape and noise considerations
. Operational characteristics of NH3
maser and ruby, plasma, and semiconductor diode
lasers. Prereq : 5340 and Mathematics 4710 or
equivalent.
5360 Application of Quantum Electronic Devices
(3) Coherence properties of laser radiation and
"beat-frequency" experiments . Lasers in communication
and instrumentation systems. Specific application
examples : plasma diagnostics, Raman emission
spectroscopy, optical harmonic generation,
holography, metal-working, and biological and
medical uses. Prereq : 5340 and Mathematics 4710
or equivalent.
5370 Advanced Direct Electrical Energy Conversion
1(3) Theory, latest devices, and applications for
production of electrical energy by solid state means
of thermoelectric and photovoitaic effects . Prereq:
4020 or Mechanical Engineering 4150 or equivalent,
or consent of instructor.
5380 Advanced Direct Electrical Energy Conversion
II (3) Theory, latest devices, and engineering
applications for production of electrical energy by
gaseous means of thermionic, magnetohydrodynamic,
and electrogas-dynamic effects . Prereq
: 4020 or Mechanical Engineering 4150 or equivalent,
or consent of instructor.
5390 Advanced Direct Electrical Energy Conversion
III (3) Prereq : 5370 and 5380, or equivalent.
5410 Power System Networks (3) Sequence impedances
for transmission lines, machines, and transformers
. Formation of system network characterizations
such as Z bus, Ybus, and others . Computer
methods . Prereq : Graduate standing or consent of
instructor.
5420 Fault and Load Flow Studies (3) Analysis of
power system under shunt and series fault conditions
. Computer methods for fault studies . Load
flow problem is formulated with computer methods
emphasized . Prereq : 5410 or consent of instructor.
5430 Power System Stability and Control (3)
Analysis of power systems for steady-state and
transient stability . Computer methods . Analysis of
control problem including load frequency and system
control . Prereq : 5420.
5440 Distribution System (3) Electric power distribution
with particular reference to utility systems.
System growth and planning, operation and regulation
. Prereq : 4410, 4420, 4430 or equivalent.
5460 Selected Topics in Power Systems (3) To meet
special needs of students . Possible topics : power
systems reliability, interconnected system theory,
power plant operation, electrical transients in power
systems, and power system relaying . Prereq : Consent
of instructor. May be repeated with consent of
department.
5510-20-30 Advanced Analog Electronics (3, 3, 3)
Physical operation of modern electronic devices
with emphasis on semiconductor devices such as
diodes, bipolar transistors, J-FETs, and MOSFETs.
Small-signal equivalent circuits and noise models of
active devices . Design and analysis of linear wideband
low-noise feedback amplifiers and radiofrequency
amplifiers using discrete, monolithic and
hybrid devices ; voltage and current regulators, including
switching regulators . Use of specialized
electronic systems in analog signal processors . Advanced
topics in analog electronics from current
literature . Prereq : 4370, 4600, 4680, 4740 or consent
of instructor . Coreq : Math 4510 or 4710 . Project laboratory
included.
5540 Thick-Film Hybrid Microcircuits (3) Processing
and basic design techniques for prototype production
of hybrid thick-film integrated circuits; from
circuit design through packaging ; properties of
thick-film pastes ; cost-effective design techniques.
Project oriented, includes biweekly laboratory.
5570-80-90 Advanced Electronic Switching Circuits
(3, 3, 3) Switching circuits using active devices in
discrete, monolithic, and hybrid configurations;
clipping and clamping circuits, negative resistance
circuits, comparators, time-base generators, sweep
circuits, blocking oscillators, analog switches, logic
families, registers and counters, analog-to-digital,
and digital-to-analog converters, and digital
memories . Prereq : 4700 or consent of instructor.
Project laboratory included.
5610-20 Logic Design and Finite Automata Theory
(3, 3) Design considerations for combinational and
sequential circuits . Iterative networks . Fault diagnosis
of logic circuits . State identification and structure
realizations of sequential machines . Prereq:
4610-20-30.
5615-25 Introduction to Switching Theory and
Logic Design (3, 3) Boolean algebra and applications
. Combinational switching circuits . Sequential
machines . Information structures and sub-systems.
For computer science majors and those without
prior experience in hardware and logic design . Prereq
: Elementary linear algebra and calculus of several
variables . 4 labs per quarter.
5630 Digital System Architecture (3) System organization
. Hardware. Structures. Memory hierarchy
. Input-output considerations . Microprogram
control . Pipeline processing . Interface standards.
Prereq : 4610-20-30.
5635 Introduction to Digital Computer and Analog
Systems (3) Analog components . Analog to digital
conversion techniques . Organization of digital data
processors. Memory, arithmetic and control structures
. Microprogramming . For computer science
majors and those without prior experience in hardware
systems . Prereq : 5615-25 . 4 labs.
5650-60 Electronic Communication Systems (3, 3)
Information transmission in communications systems
; mathematical treatment of modulation and
demodulation in analog and pulse-type systems.
Bandwidth requirements, noise, system performance
in noise . All modern systems ; emphasis on
digital data systems . Prereq : 5710.
5670-80 Pattern Recognition (3, 3) (Same as Computer
Science 5840-50 .)
5690 Artificial Intelligence (3) (Same as Computer
Science 5210 .)
5710 Random Process Theory for Engineers (3)
Probability and random variables as approaches by
set theory . Statistical averages and transformations
of random variables . Random processes, stationarity,
correlation functions and temporal analysis,
power spectrum and spectral analysis as applied to
response of systems to random signals .
5720-30 Prediction, Filtering and Detection Theory
(3, 3) Matched filters . Wiener's theory of filtering and
prediction in linear systems . Optimum prediction
and filtering using sampled signals . Extension of
results to nonlinear systems . Theory of detecting
signals in noise . Prereq : 5710.
5740 Digital Processing of Signals (3) Analysis of
discrete signals ; sampling theorem and its implication
; frequency domain design of digital filters ; time
domain design of digital filters ; quantization effects;
processing of digital signals ; discrete Fourier transform
. Prereq : 4100 or equivalent.
5750-60 Radar Systems Analysis (3, 3) Basic radar
principles . Detection systems . Conical scan and
monopulse tracking radar. Antennas, transmitters,
low-noise receivers, target characteristics, signal
design, resolution and accuracy . Prereq : 5710.
5770 System Identification (3) Various identification
schemes ; deterministic, stochastic, and hierarchical
methods . Applications in all areas of
engineering and science . Prereq : Consent of instructor.
5800 Power Transmission Lines (3) New and unconventional
power transmission systems . Transmission
line parameters for overhead and underground
lines . Corona and radio interference of high
voltage transmission . Insulation coordination and
protection . Design procedures for high voltage
transmission . Prereq : 4410-20-30 or equivalent.
5810-20 Electromagnetic Fields (3, 3) Vector
analysis, Maxwell's equations, special relativity,
plane waves, reflections, waves in anisotropic
media, guided waves, rectangular and cylindrical
wave guides, radiation from current elements.
Coreq : Mathematics 4510 or 4710.
5830 Linear Antennas and Antenna Arrays (3)
Hertzian dipole, linear antennas, impedance loop
antennas, receiving antennas, linear arrays. Prereq:
5820.
5840 Aperture Antennas (3) Huygens principle,
equivalent currents, Fourier transform and optical
transfer function . Horn, lens, and reflector antennas
. Prereq : 5820.
5850 Microwave Electronics (3) Space charge
waves on electron beams, coupling between beams
and guided waves, Klystrons, magnetrons, traveling
wave amplifiers and backward wave oscillators . Prereq
: 5820.
5860 Electromagnetic Wave Propagation (3) Wave
propagation in isotropic and anisotropic media,
transmitted power, stored energies, propagating
and nonpropagating modes, orthogonality properties,
boundary and radiation conditions, sources.
Prereq : 5820.
5870 Introductory Microwave Networks (3) Circuit
equivalents for n-port, junctions, obstacles, loading
and fillings . One way and two way devices, directional
devices, parameter measurements, reflection
charts . Prereq : 5810 . Coreq : 5820.
5940-50 Advanced Small Computer Systems (3, 3)
Real-time applications, memory and CPU organization,
interface software, and peripheral devices of
minicomputer and microprocessor system are
studied . Project-oriented supported by hardware
and software interface design . Prereq : 4850 or
equivalent or consent of instructor . (Same as Computer
Science 5940-50 .)
6000 Doctoral Research and Dissertation (3-15) E
6240-50-60 Advanced Systems Theory I, II, III (3, 3,
3) Advanced topics in modern theory . Topics vary.
6240-Game theory, dual control problem, information
structure and control, hierarchical systems, reliable
control . 6250-Algebraic and geometric systems
theory, systems defined on groups . 6260-
Qualitative analysis of systems, nonlinear systems
analysis, stability theory . Need not be taken in sequence
. Prereq : 5271-81-91 or consent of instructor.
6270-80-90 Special Topics in Systems Methodology
(3, 3, 3) Advanced topics of current interest to
system analysts and engineers . Discussion of new
developments as found in current literature. Prereq:
Consent of instructor.
6340-50-60 Special Topics in Quantum Electronics
(3, 3, 3) Advanced topics in quantum devices and

applications . Prereq : 5340. Coreq : Mathematics
5610.
6410-20-30 Modern Techniques of Electric Energy
Systems (3) Analysis of electric energy systems . Influence
of recent engineering advances on system
performance . Prereq : 5070-80, 9 hrs of 5000-level
power courses.
6500-10 Electrical Conduction in Gases and
Plasma Physics (3, 3) (Same as Physics 6500-10 .)
6610-20-30 Microwave Networks (3, 3, 3) Mu Itiports.
Scattering and transfer representations . Synthesis
of distributed networks . Reciprocal and nonreciprocal
devices . Resonators, directional couplers,
junctions . Symmetries of junctions . Measurements,
display of measurement data . Prereq : 5810-20.
Coreq : Mathematics 5610.
6650 Advanced Antenna Theory (3) Cylindrical dipole
. Hallen's equation . King's integral equation,
current distribution, terminal impedance, and
mutual impedance between several dipoles . Prereq:
5810-20 and Mathematics 4250 and 4550.
6660 Electromagnetic Diffraction and Scattering
(3) Diffraction of electromagnetic waves by spheres
and cylinders, ground wave propagation problem,
modern approximate methods, creeping waves.
Prereq : 5810-20 and Mathematics 4250 and 4550.
6710-20-30 Network Synthesis (3, 3, 3) Synthesis of
one-, two-, and n-port networks for prescribed frequency
and time domain conditions . Approximation
of prescribed network characteristics by functions
suitable for synthesis . Recent contributions to topological
synthesis . Prereq : 5110-20-30.
6750 Detection Theory (3) Detection theory applied
to communication and radar detection systems . Detection
of known signals and signals with unknown
parameters . Optimal filters for detection and their
synthesis . Parameters estimation theory . Adaptive
systems . Sequential detection theory of Wald and
Finn . Target Fluctuation Models . Suboptimal detection
methods . Prereq : 5710 or consent of instructor.
6760 Coding Theory (3) Mathematical structure of
algebraic and probabilistic codes . Coding metrics
and bounds, linear codes, linear feedback shift registers,
convolutional codes, burst-error-correcting
codes and decoding methods . Prereq : 5710 or consent
of instructor.
6800-10-20 Advanced Topics in Electronic Instrumentation
(3, 3, 3) Selected advanced topics in
electronic instrumentation based on particular interests
of students . Fundamental physical
processes in instrumentation transducers including
thermoelectric, magnetoelectric, electromechanical
and quantum-mechanical devices . Physical operation
of modern discrete, monolithic, and hybrid
electronic structures and their application in signal
processors. Resolution, sensitivity, response time,
and noise considerations in signal processors used
in modern electronic instrumentation . Prereq:
5510-20-30 . Coreq : Mathematics 5610.
6910-20-30 Advanced Sequential Machine and Automata
Theory (3, 3, 3) Finite-state models ; algebraic
structure of .sequential machines including
decomposition, partition-pairs and semigroup
theories ; identification experiments, measurement
and control of sequential machines ; regular expressions
and machine specifications reliability.
Threshold logic. Random processes in sequential
machines . Prereq : 5610-20-30 . Coreq : Mathematics
5610.
Engineering Science
and Mechanics
MAJOR DEGREES
Engineering Science M .S ., Ph .D.
Professors:
W. T. Snyder (Head), Ph .D . Northwestern;
J. E . Akin, Ph .D . Virginia Polytechnic Institute,
P .E . ; T. G . Carley, Ph .D . Illinois, P .E . ; A . H . Eraslan,
Ph .D . North Carolina State; J . H . Forrester, Ph .D.
Iowa State, P .E . ; C . W. Lee, Ph .D . Illinois Institute of
Technology ; W. A . Miller, Ph .D . Georgia
Institute of Technology, P .E . ; F . N. Peebles, Ph .D.
Tennessee, P .E . ; H . Pih, Ph .D . Illinois
Institute of Technology ; C . J . Remenyik,
Ph .D . Johns Hopkins ; C. D . Scott,
Ph .D . Tennessee ; L . R . Shobe, M .S . Kansas
State (Emeritus), P .E . ; D . G . Thomas, Ph .D . Ohio
State, P .E.
Associate Professors:
L . Adler, Ph .D . Tennessee ; A . J . Baker, Ph .D.
New York; D . A . Hobson, B .S . Manitoba,
P .E . ; R . J. Jendrucko, Ph .D . Virginia, P .E .;
K. H . Kim, Ph .D . North Carolina State;
A . Mathews, Ph .D . Illinois, P .E . ; W . E . Scott,
Ph .D . Johns Hopkins ; J. E. Stoneking, Ph .D.
Illinois, P.E . ; R. E . Tooms, M . D . Tennessee;
J . Wasserman, Ph .D . University of Cincinnati, P .E.
Graduate programs leading to the degrees
of Master of Science and Doctor of
Philosophy with a major in Engineering
Science are available to graduates of
recognized curricula in engineering,
mathematics, or one of the physical or
biological sciences . Program options include
solid mechanics, fluid mechanics and
biomedical engineering . In the biomedical
and engineering science option,
interdisciplinary programs are arranged to
meet individual needs or interests . Each
applicant will be advised as to any
prerequisite courses before entering a
program ; the student's program of study
must be approved by his/her advisory
committee, and must comply with the
requirements of the Graduate School . The
student's major professor may be selected
from a department other than the Department
of Engineering Science and Mechanics.
A departmental application is required in
addition to the Graduate School application.
The names and addresses of four references
must be included with the departmental
application.
The flexibility and interdisciplinary aspect
of the program options are intended to be of
particular interest to prospective students
currently employed in research,
development, or design activities and whose
interests in continuing education (either
full-time or part-time) lie at one of the
interfaces between science and engineering,
or can best be met by interdisciplinary study
in engineering . The department's course
offerings and research activities are also
intended to meet the needs of students who
seek preparation for employment in
engineering areas requiring :specialization in
mechanics, or in related interdisciplinary
studies such as biomechanics.
THE MASTER'S PROGRAM
Two M .S . plans are offered : Plan I requires a
thesis, while Plan II does not . The second plan
is offered to meet the needs of engineers
employed in industry, or those who plan to
teach in community colleges and technical
institutes . It will be available, however, to any
student who, in the opinion of his/her
advisory committee, can benefit from
additional course work more than from work
on a thesis.
In Plan I a minimum of 45 quarter hours,
including the thesis is required . In Plan II a
minimum of 48 hours is required . The
requirements include the following:
Hours Credit
Plan I Plan ll
Mathematics 9 9
Engineering courses 18 27'
(Major option ; may include
'Engineering courses under Plan II may include advanced
laboratory work or special problem work, for example
Engineering Science and Mechanics 5910 or analogous
courses in other departments .
College of Engineering 77
but is not restricted to
courses offered by the
Engineering Science and
Mechanics Department .)
Related courses (May in- 9 12
elude additional courses in
mathematics, computer
science, or the physical and
life sciences as well as
engineering courses .)
Thesis 9 -
A final examination is required under both
plans, covering graduate course work and the
thesis (if any).
THE DOCTORAL PROGRAM
General policies and requirements of the
Graduate School relating to admission,
residence, languages, research,
examinations, faculty advisory committee,
and admission to candidacy apply to this
program.
Specific departmental requirements for the
Ph .D. degree include:
1. A minimum of 108 quarter hours credit
beyond the Bachelor's degree, exclusive of
credit for the Master's thesis . These shall
include a minimum of 36 quarter hours credit
in Doctoral Research and Dissertation and a
minimum of 72 quarter hours credit in other
courses.
2. A minimum of 36 quarter hours in
engineering graduate courses, exclusive of
thesis and dissertation credit . These courses
will normally be numbered 5000 and above,
with at least 12 quarter hours of 6000-level
courses, which constitute one or two areas of
concentration selected by the student . The
number of courses in this group to be taken
will depend on the program selected by the
student and the approval of his/her advisory
committee.
3. A minimum of 18 quarter hours in
mathematics or computer science in courses
numbered 4000 and above, exclusive of a first
course in ordinary differential equations.
4. Aminimumof9quarterhoursofcourses
numbered 5000 and above, offered in
departments other than mathematics,
computer science, and the student's major
department and which are not included in the
areas of concentration under item 2.
5. Active participation in graduate
seminars and colloquia.
6. Preliminary examination consisting of a
written qualifying examination and an
advanced examination . The qualifying
examination covers areas of engineering
science and mathematics, for the most part at
a level and scope expected of well-qualified
recipients of a Bachelor's degree in
engineering . The advanced examination
requires demonstration of special
competence in the areas of concentration
selected by each student under item 2.
7. Submission of a written proposal for
dissertation research to the student's
advisory committee . Oral defense of the
proposal is normally required when the
student takes the advanced portion of the
preliminary examination.
8. Submission of a dissertation which
meets the requirements of the Graduate
School, the department, and the student's
advisory committee.
3311 Mechanics of Materials (4) Concepts of stress
and strain ; stress-strain relations and Mohr's circle;
static analysis of members ; area moment of inertia;
stress and displacement analysis of axially-loaded

78 College of Engineering
members ; torsion ; bending . Not for departmental
graduate credit. Prereq : Basic Engineering 1310.
Coreq : Mathematics 2850.
3410 Introduction to Biomedical Engineering (4)
Designed to introduce the facets and opportunities
of biomedical engineering, and to provide basic
terminology and background knowledge for further
courses in the field . Subjects include anatomy, physiology,
biomaterials, mathematical models of body
systems . Coreq : Mathematics 2840 or consent of
instructor.
3420 Introduction to Clinical Engineering (3) Designed
to train students in life sciences, health professions,
and engineering in use and applications of
medical instruments . Body systems are introduced,
and instruments used in care of those systems are
explained and demonstrated . Prereq : 3410 or consent
of instructor.
3430 Perspectives on Medical Ceramics (3) Details
development of implant material from both an engineering
and a medical viewpoint . Demonstrates
results of combined efforts of physician and
biomedical engineer. Audiovisual aids and models
are used to reinforce lecture topics . Prereq : 3410
and Metallurgical Engineering 2110.
3439 Medical Ceramics Laboratory (1) Surgical observations
and laboratory experiments to illustrate
design and application parameters . Design project
or paper required . Coreq : 3430.
3520 Materials Behavior and Chemical Process
Design (3) (Same as Metallurgical Engineering
3520 .)
3700 Dynamics (4) Kinematics of rigid bodies ; mass
moments of inertia ; coulomb friction ; kinetics of
rigid bodies using force, mass, acceleration ; workenergy
; impulse-momentum . Not for departmental
graduate credit . Prereq : 2705 or Basic Engineering
1320, Mathematics 2840.
3710 Intermediate Dynamics (3) Three-dimensional
dynamics of particles and rigid bodies ; dynamics of
bodies with varying mass ; central force motion;
LaGrange's equations . Prereq : 3700 . Mathematics
2850.
4420 Engineering Aspects of Infection Control (3)
Biomedical engineer's role in infection control will
be related to hospital and clinical activities . Fluid
flow phenomenon, pressure measurement
methods, and basic bacteriological and mycological
tests will be demonstrated . Course identifies new
and critical role for biomedical engineering in health
care systems, and includes analysis of hospital
facilities and monitoring systems . Prereq : 3410 or
consent of instructor.
4430 Orthopedic Biomechanics (3) Introduction to
engineering principles and applications in orthopedics
and rehabilitation . Topics include statics,
Newton's laws of motion, stresses in simple sections,
engineering materials, and biological materials
. Prereq : Consent of instructor.
4500 Applied Mechanics for Life Scientists (4) Concise
and broad coverage of basic principles and
concepts of mechanics . Fundamental concepts,
statics, vibrations, continuum mechanics and properties
of materials . Applications in engineering and
medicine . Prereq : Mathematics 1860 or consent of
instructor.
4520 Biomedical Fluid Mechanics (3) Discuss objectives,
review foundations and present developments
in biomedical and fluid mechanics.
Properties of human blood and blood vessels, determinants
of cardiac performance, analysis and
measurement of flow and pressure in arteries, nontraumatic
study of circulatory system, mechanics of
microcirculation . Applications to areas of
hemolysis, thrombosis, and fluid dynamics of heart
assist devices . Prereq : 4500 or a course in fluid mechanics
or consent of instructor.
4529 Biomedical Fluid Mechanics Laboratory (2)
Measurement and recording of flow characteristics
in biological systems . Project and/or term paper required
. Coreq : 4520.
4530 Biomechanics (3) Discuss objectives, review
foundations and present developments in areas of
mechanical properties of living tissues, biomechanics
of injury and prosthesis, material cornpatability
of prosthetic devices and biomechanical
problems related to impact . Prereq : 4500 or consent
of instructor.
4540 Fracture-Safe Design (3) A critical review of
mechanical properties of materials that are indicative
of fracture resistance, including transition temperature,
R-curves, stress intensity factors, and
J-integrals ; the use of these properties in design.
Prereq : 3310 and Metallurgical Engineering 2110.
(Same as Metallurgical Engineering 4540 .) 3 hrs or 2
hrs and 1 lab.
4580 Principles of Nondestructive Testing (3)
(Same as Physics 4580 .)
4610 Experimental Stress Analysis (3) Basic concepts
; theory, techniques, and instrumentation of
resistance strain gages ; theory and techniques of
brittle coating method ; introduction to other stress
analysis methods. Prereq : 3310, Electrical Engineering
2020 or 3110 .2 hrs and a 3-hr lab.
4620 Dynamic Data Acquisition (4) Instrumentation
of measuring systems for dynamic events and responses
; signal conditioning ; oscillographs, oscilloscopes,
and magnetic tape recording ; telemetry
and data transmission ; data processing . Prereq:
3311, 3700, Electrical Engineering 3120. 3 hrs and a
3-hr lab.
4630 Introductory Photomechanics(3) Introduction
to photoelasticity, photoelastic coating method.
Moire method, interferometry, and holography . Prereq
: 3310, Physics 2320 . 2 hrs and a 3-hr lab.
4710 Fundamentals of Vibrations (3) Free and
forced vibrations of dampened and undampened
lumped parameter systems ; energy methods . Prereq
: 2720, Mathematics 2840.
4780 Engineering Acoustics (3) Concepts of acoustics
. Measures of sound and their units . Noise generation
and transmission . Noise control principles
and application . Materials and procedures for noise
abatement . Prereq : Introductory course in vibration
or acoustics.
4810-20 Engineering Analysis (4, 3) Integration of
fundamental physical laws and mathematical
methods of analysis with emphasis on application to
realistic engineering problems . Prereq : 3110, 3311,
and Mathematics 3150.
4850 Elementary Structural Matrix Methods (Same
as Civil Engineering 4850 and Architecture 4850 .)
4910 Special Engineering Science Topics (3) Problems
related to recent developments and practice.
Open to juniors or seniors with consent of instructor
. May be repeated . Maximum 6 hrs.
5000 Thesis (1-15) E
5002 Non-Thesis Graduation Completion (3-15)
Required for the non-thesis student not otherwise
registered during any quarter when such a student
uses university facilities and/or faculty time before
degree is completed . May not be used toward degree
requirements . May be repeated . S/NC only . E
5110-20 Fluid Dynamics (3, 3) Kinematics of fluids,
vorticity, rate deformation, plane and axially symmetric
stream functions ; Navier-Stokes equation,
exact solutions, creeping flow and boundary-layer
approximations ; nonviscous flow, potential theory,
complex potentials, conformal mapping . Prereq:
5800.
5130 Introduction to Turbulence (3) Macroscopic
effects, analogies, statistical treatment, correlation
functions, energy spectra, diffusion ; application of
turbulent jets and pipe flow . Prereq : 5800.
5140 Finite Element Methods in Fluid Mechanics
(3) Computational fluid mechanics using finite element
techniques . Basic methodology ; initial-value
techniques ; matrix interaction ; accuracy and convergence
concepts . Laminar and turbulent boundary
layer flow ; inviscid and aerodynamic flows;
incompressible viscous flows with separation and
recirculation . Prereq : 5110 and 5860.
5180 Finite Element Structural Analysis (3) (Same
as Civil Engineering 5180 .)
5220 Mechanics of Viscous Flow (3) Viscous forces
in flow phenomena ; application of Navier-Stokes
equations ; numerical methods of solutions ; stressoptic
methods of laminar flow analysis . Prereq:
Mathematics 4610 . (Same as Chemical Engineering
5810 .)
5310-20-30 Advanced Mechanics of Materials (3, 3,
3) Advanced topics in mechanics of materials;
elementary theory of elasticity . Prereq : 3311 and
Mathematics 4610.
5410-20 Theory of Elasticity (3, 3) Stress, strain in
three dimensions ; torsion and bending of prismatical
bars ; axisymmetric stress distribution ; stress
concentration ; plane stress, plane strain . Prereq:
5800.
5430 Thermal Stresses (3) Heat conduction ; thermoelastic
equations ; thermal stresses in beams,
rings, plates, and shells ; thermal buckling problems.
Prereq : 5410 or 5310-20-30, and Mechanical Engineering
3440.
5440 Theory of Linear Viscoelasticity (3) Linear viscoelasticity
of solids ; quasistatic problems ; vibrations
problems ; dynamic problems ; stability problems
; foundations of three-dimensional linear viscoelasticity.
Prereq : 5800.
5550 Fracture Mechanics (3) Equilibrium cracks
and crack propagation . Numerical methods for determination
of fracture mechanics parameters . Prereq
: 5800, Metallurgical Engineering 4730 or Mechanical
Engineering 5540.
5630-40 Photoelasticity (3) Physical optics, wave
motion, polarized light, basic principles of photoelasticity,
equipment, and techniques, application
to two-dimensional elasticity and stress concentration,
numerical methods in photoelastic stress
analysis, photoelastic coating methods, threedimensional
photoelasticity. Prereq : 3311, Mathematics
4610, and consent of instructor . 5640 : 2 hrs
and 3 labs.
5710-20 Advanced Dynamics (3, 3) Physical laws
relative to translating and rotating reference frames;
rigid body dynamics ; variational methods ; Lagrange's
equations ; Hamilton's principle . Prereq:
3710 or 4710, Mathematics 4610.
5730 Advanced Vibrations (3) Vibrations of multiple
degree of freedom lumped parameter systems . Iterative
and approximate solutions . Introduction to random
vibrations . Prereq : 4710 and 4850.
5740 Vibrations of Continuous Media (3) Equations
of motion for strings, rods, beams, membranes,
plates, and shells ; natural modes and frequencies;
response of damped and undamped components to
applied dynamic loads ; approximate methods of solution
. Prereq : 5410 and Mathematics 4550.
5750 Orbital Mechanics (3) Planetary, satellite, and
astronautical orbits and trajectories ; orbital perturbations;
classical principles of minimization . Prereq
: 3710 and 4710.
5800 Introduction to Continuum Mechanics (3)
Fundamentals of mechanics of solids and fluids;
Cartesian tensors ; stress, deformation, and flow in
continuous medium ; constitutive equations, applications
to solids and fluids . Prereq : 3130 and 3311 or
equivalents, Mathematics 4610.
5840 Perturbation Methods in Mechanics (3) Regular
and singular perturbation methods for solution
of linear and nonlinear differential equations . Problems
in solid mechanics, fluid mechanics and
dynamics . Prereq : Mathematics 4550.
5860 Introductory Finite Element Methods (3) General
finite element procedure ; convergence requirements
; programming concepts . Stress
analysis, heat transfer, fluid flow, and solution of
differential equations . Prereq : 5800 or 5310, or Mechanical
Engineering 5540, or consent of instructor.
5910 Special Topics in Engineering Mechanics (3)
Mechanics problems related to recent developments
. Prereq : Consent of instructor . May be
repeated with consent of department.
6000 Doctoral Research and Dissertation (3-15) E
6110-20 Advanced Topics in Fluid Mechanics and
Convective Transfer (3, 3) Survey of literature on
advanced convective momentum, heat, and mass
transfer ; boundary layer theory based on the
Navier-Stokes equations ; boundary layer stability
analysis ; phenomenological theories of turbulence;
turbulent boundary layer flow ; high speed flow of
phenomena in nonreacting and reacting systems.
Prereq : 5110-20-30 or equivalent ; Mathematics
4610, 4540-50, 4710 . (Same as Environmental Engineering
6110-20.)

6140 Advanced Finite Element Methods in Fluid
Dynamics (3) Computational fluid dynamics using
finite element methodology . Formulation for twoand
three-dimensional, multispecies compressible
flows, second-order turbulence closure ; parabolic
Navier-Stokes equations . Multidimensional, turbulent,
and reacting flows . Prereq : 5130 and 5140.
6230-40-50 Theory of Turbulence (3, 3, 3) Mathematical
description of turbulence ; isotropic turbulence,
energy spectra, Kolmogoroff's hypothesis;
large and small eddy structure by turbulent flows;
turbulent diffusion by continuous movement ; applications
to turbulent jets, wakes, pipe flow, and
boundary layers . Prereq : 5110-20-30. Coreq : Mathematics
5610-20-30.
6310 Theory of Plates (3) Classical theory of bending
of plates of various shapes ; thick plates ; plates
of variable thickness ; buckling and large deflection
problems . Prereq : 5310-20-30.
6320 Analysis and Design of Thin Shell Structures
(3) Geometry of surfaces, derivation of thin shell
theory, and applications of theory for structural engineer.
Prereq : 6310 or Civil Engineering 5160.
6330 Theory of Elastic Stability (3) Theory of elastic
stability of prismatic bars, rings, plates, and shells.
Prereq : 5310-20-30
6340 Theory of Plasticity (3) Yield conditions ; strain
hardening ; general constitutive equations ; plastic
potential ; uniqueness theorems ; extremum and variational
principles ; problems in perfectly plastic solids
; finite plastic deformations ; piecewise linear
plasticity . Prereq : 5410 and Mathematics 4550.
6610 Photoelasticlty (3) Stress-optic law in three
dimensions and index ellipsoid, rotational effects in
three-dimensional photoelasticity, techniques and
applications of three-dimensional photoelasticity,
scattered light method, dynamic photoelasticity,
photothermoelasticity, photoplasticity and photoviscoelasticity,
recent developments in photoelasticity
. Prereq : 5640, 5420 and consent of instructor . 2
hrs and 3 labs.
6710 Impact and Stress Waves in Solids (3) Mechanical
impact ; wave propagation in elastic solids;
impact and waves in elastic rods, beams, and plates;
contact problems in impact of elastic bodies;
dynamic loading in viscoelastic and plastic materials
; dynamic properties and materials . Prereq : 5410.
Coreq : Mathematics 5630.
6800 Nonlinear Viscoelasticity (3) (Same as
Polymer Engineering 6210 .)
6810 Energy Methods (3) Virtual work, minimum
potential energy, and complementary energy ; Castigliano's
theorem, Hamilton's principle, and Lagrange's
equations of motion ; variational methods;
examples from theory of structures, plates and
shells, buckling, vibrations, and advanced
dynamics. Prereq : 5710-20 and Mathematics 5610-
20-30.
6910 Special Topics in Engineering Mechanics (3)
Advanced problems of interest in mechanics,
worked either as group or individually . Prereq : Consent
of instructor. May be repeated with consent of
department.
NOTE : Not all of the above courses will be offered in any one
year.
Industrial Engineering
MAJOR DEGREES
Industrial Engineering M .S ., M .E.
Professors:
J . N. Snider (Head), Ph .D . Ohio State, P .E .;
D . C . Doulet, M .S . Tennessee, P .E .;
H. P. Emerson (Emeritus), S .B . Massachusetts
Institute of Technology, P.E . ; R. M . LaForge,
(Emeritus), M .S . Georgia Institute of
Technology, P .E . ; H. L . Loveless, M .S . North
Carolina State, P .E . ; W. G . Sullivan, Ph .D . Georgia
Institute of Technology, P.E.
Associate Professors:
J . R. Buchan, M .S . Georgia Institute of
Technology ; W. W. Claycombe, Ph .D . Virginia
Polytechnic Institute, P .E . ; D . H . Hutchinson,
Ph .D . Georgia Institute of Technology .
Assistant Professors:
E. L . Deporter, Ph .D . Virginia Polytechnic
Institute ; M. L . Eaton, M .S . Clarkson, P .E .;
M . K. Goodman, M .S . Tennessee, P.E.
THE MASTER'S PROGRAM
A graduate program leading to the degree
of Master of Science is open to graduates of
recognized undergraduate curricula in
industrial engineering or to graduates of
otherengineering curriculawhotakeupto 15
quarter hours of prerequisite course work . A
non-thesis option with 45 hours of course
work plus a 3-hour design project is available.
Graduate work in Industrial Engineering
provides for concentrations in operations
research, industrial administration,
manufacturing and production systems,
human factors engineering, and systems
engineering . Either one or two minors can be
elected in Engineering, Mathematics,
Psychology, Business, Computer Science,
Statistics or Economics.
MASTER OF ENGINEERING PROGRAM
This professional degree program is
intended as a culmination year in a five-year
baccalaureate-master program which
emphasizes engineering design and
professional practice . Admission
requirements include those presented above
plus the requirement of a Bachelor's degree
from an ECPD-accredited engineering
program . This 45-quarter hour program
requires 18 hours of course work in an
industrial engineering core, 9 hours of
technical methods electives, 9 hours of
industrial engineering design electives and
9-hour thesis or design project.
4060 Material Requirements System Design (3)
Theory and applications of forecasting, production
planning, inventory analysis, planning and control,
and systems design and implementation . Design of
the material requirements process as an integrated
system . Prereq : 3510-20 . Not available for graduate
credit for industrial engineering students.
4080 Forecasting Methods in Industrial Engineering
(3) Application of technological forecasting
techniques to industrial engineering problems . Includes
moving averages and exponential smoothing,
linear and polynomial regression models, autocorrelated
time-series analysis, Delphi methods
and other selected industrial forecasting methods.
Prerq : 4060.
4150 Project Control with CPM and PERT (3) A study
of project planning and control based primarily on
"critical path" techniques, including resource allocation,
time-cost trade-off algorithms, multi-project
control, and computer programs. Prereq : 3430.
4160 Materials Handling (3) Analysis and planning
for the overall problem of moving, packaging, and
storing of materials : equipment comparison and
selection ; cost analysis. Prereq : 4520 and Engineering
Science and Mechanics 3310 . Not available for
graduate credit for industrial engineering students.
4170 Automatic Process Control (3) Characteristics
of automatic processes and controllers ; elementary
open and closed loop analysis, and applications to
industrial control system . Prereq : Mathematics 2860
and Engineering Science and Mechanics 2720.
4230 Scheduling Systems (3) Performance measures
for job shop and flow shop scheduling, including
both static and dynamic conditions, as well as
techniques for generating production schedules.
Deterministic and probabilistic dispatching conditions
. Prereq : 3520.
4250 Work Measurement Applications (3) Application
of learning curves, queuing theory, standard
data methods and incentive systems to the design of
industrial work situations.
4520 Engineering Economy (3) Methods and problems
in selection or replacement of equipment . Decisions
among engineering alternatives, involving
College of Engineering 79
capital recovery, economic life of equipment, and
rate of return on investment . Not available for
graduate credit for industrial engineering students.
4530 Case Studies in Engineering Economy (3) Extension
of basic engineering economy principles to
actual problems faced by competitive firms and regulated
industries . Case studies taken from literature
form basis of classroom discussion . Out-of-class
assignment is made which involves working with
local companies to evaluate make or buy options,
leasing versus cash purchases, equipment replacement
studies, energy source economies. Prereq
: 4520.
4540 Industrial Development (3) Factors other than
mechanical or chemical which enter into successful
establishment of manufacturing enterprise . Cost
and location studies and market analysis to determine
the commercial feasibility of new plants or
projects.
4590 Simulation (3) Generation of outcome of complex
random process by computer. Models of complex
systems using available simulation languages.
Simulation as design tool in industrial systems . Prereq
: 3430 and Computer Science 3150.
4830 Health Systems Engineering (3) Hospital
management systems and means by which they may
be improved through application of modern industrial
engineering principles and techniques.
4860 Industrial Systems Analysis (3) Matrices and
linear vector spaces for industrial systems models.
Laplace and Z-transform techniques and applications
. General system description and modeling.
Applications to industrial processes and systems.
Prereq : 3510, 3520 and Mathematics 2860 . Not
available for graduate credit for industrial engineering
students.
4910-20-30 Special Industrial Engineering Topics
(3, 3, 3) Prereq : Consent of instructor . May be repeated.
4950 Industrial Safety (3) Development of organization
and programs for prevention and control of
accidents with emphasis on OSHA Rules and Regulations.
5000 Thesis (1-15) E
5002 Non-Thesis Graduation Completion (3-15)
Required for the non-thesis student not otherwise
registered during any quarter when such a student
uses university facilities and/or faculty time before
degree is completed . May not be used toward degree
requirements . May be repeated . S/NC only . E
5110 Work Design (3) Advanced methods analysis of
design and improvement of work systems, human
factors, workers' response and management participation
. Prereq : Motion and time study or work
methods and design.
5210 Advanced Work Measurement (3) Characteristics
of predetermined time systems, application
to formula construction, and practice in application.
Prereq : 3600 or 3620.
5240 Facilities Planning and Design (3) Modern materials
handling techniques, computer-aided layout
techniques, applications of operations research
models, and use of these to design manufacturing
facility . Prereq : Production facilities planning or
consent of instructor.
5250 Advanced Scheduling (3) Scheduling problems
with mathematical closed form solutions . Application,
analysis, and development of heuristic
procedures for scheduling . Emphasis on objectives
and costs of scheduling . Prereq : 4230.
5260 Information Systems Design (3) Systems engineering
approach to information systems design.
System model, analysis, and evaluation of information
systems, information objectives and design
criteria . Optimization and simulation in system design.
5280 Production and Inventory Systems (3) Application
of OR techniques to production and inventory
systems. Closed form solutions, search techniques,
and use of available computer codes . Prereq
: 5700. Coreq : 5710.
5340 Applied Decision Theory (3) Application of
theory of decision making to problems in industrial
engineering . Decision making under conditions of

80 College of Engineering
incomplete information . Bayesian and Neyman-
Pearson statistical decision models, utility functions,
value of information, linear and quadratic loss
analysis and parallel and sequential decision processes
. Prereq : Statistics 3450.
5360 Statistical Methods in Industrial Engineering
(3) Density functions and their properties . Analysis
and interpretation of data collected in application of
industrial engineering techniques. Prereq or coreq:
Statistics 3450.
5420 Reliability Engineering (3) Reliability concepts,
failure distribution, equipment reliabilities,
time dependent and Markov dependent systems.
Maintenance data analysis and replacement problem
. Prereq : Statistics 3450.
5520 Advanced Engineering Economy (3) Basic
engineering economy principles . After-tax equipment
replacement problems and lease-buy problems.
Alternative formulations of capital budgeting
problems. Statistical methods for dealing with uncertainty
(closed-form analysis in Monte Carlo simulation).
Inflation in economic comparisons . Decision
trees and sequential decision trees and sequential
decision trees and sequential decision situations.
Prereq : 4520 and Statistics 3450.
5600 Human Factors Engineering (3) Human
characteristics which influence design of tools,
equipment, environments, and products . Modeling
of humanity as process or system controller . Prereq:
Consent of instructor.
5610 Human Factors Engineering (3) Human
operator, performance characteristics, and environmental
requirements . Formal description of
human operator's transfer characteristics through
quasilinear models and models describing operator
as information processor. Prereq : 5600.
5700 Optimization Methods in Industrial Engineering
(3) Operations research . Analytical techniques
required in 5710, 5720, and 5730. Classical optimization
theory, N-dimension geometry and calculus of
variations, selected areas of operations research.
Prereq : Computer Science 3150 and matrix algebra.
5701 Operations Research Applications (3) Survey
of operations research techniques with emphasis on
application to industrial engineering problems . Prereq
: Mathematics 2860 (or equivalent), Statistics
3450, computer programming . Available for credit
only to students without a B .S . degree in industrial
engineering.
5710 Linear, Quadratic and Dynamic Programming
(3) Mathematical programming ; linear programming,
quadratic programming, and dynamic programming
. Computer solutions to programming
problems. Prereq : Computer Science 3150 and matrix
algebra.
5720 Queuing Models, Inventory, and Simulation
(3) Waiting line models and inventory systems.
Simulation methods and computer simulations
applied to inventory and waiting line problems . Networks
and maximal flow with applications to transshipment
and transportation problems . Prereq:
5700 and 5360.
5730 Game Theory and Random Processes (3) Operations
research including game theory with applications
to decision making in competitive environment,
and random processes with applications to
queuing, inventory models and decision making.
Prereq : 5360.
5810 Theory of Industrial Automatic Control (3) Industrial
control systems . Modes analysis with Laplace
and Z-transforms . Compensation technique
using root locus and Bode plots. Simulation and
state variables as aid in model synthesis . Prereq:
4170.
5830 Health Systems Engineering II (3) Health systems
for analysis, control, and improvement of function
and total health system . Prereq : 4830.
5840 Air Traffic Control Systems (3) Current systems
of air traffic control . Stochastic systems and air
traffic control . Design and use of applicable system
models. Prereq : Statistics 3450, Computer Science
3150.
5850 Dynamic System Simulation (3) Development
and use of models for computer simulation of
dynamic systems . Simulation techniques in systems
design. Prereq : 4590 and Computer Science 3150 .
5900 Design Project (1-9) Industrial engineering
topic to fulfill design project requirement in nonthesis
program . Enrollment limited to industrial engineering
students in non-thesis program . May be
repeated . Maximum 9 hrs.
5910-20-30 Special Topics in Industrial Engineering
(3, 3, 3) Special problems for students qualified
to do individual or group research projects . Prereq:
Consent of instructor . May be repeated . Maximum 9
hrs.
6400 Probabilistic Methods in Engineering Systems
(3) Applications of probabilistic methods . Advanced
topics in reliability, renewal theory, maintenance,
and Markov processes . Prereq : 5360 and
5420 or 5730.
6520 Operations Research Models In Engineering
Economy Decisions (3) Traditional capital planning
and budgeting techniques ; operations research approaches
to capital budgeting problems. Mathematical
programming and computer simulation . Interrelated
projects, uncertain cash flows, and
choice of appropriate evaluation criteria . Prereq:
5520, 5710.
6700 Nonlinear Programming (3) Optimization
techniques for static and dynamic nonlinear systems
subject to various constraints . Applying optimization
theory to solve nonlinear optimization
problems . Variable metric methods, search
methods, constrained nonlinear programming, and
penalty function methods . Prereq : 5700.
6730 Dynamic Programming (3) Solving multi-stage
optimization problems as sequence of single-stage
optimization problems . Computational and theoretical
aspects of dynamic programming . Decision
making under certainty and risk . Prereq : 5710.
6740 Advanced Topics in Optimization of Dynamic
Systems (3) Multi-stage optimization theory. State
increment dynamic programming, adaptive optimization
theory, and other selected topics . Prereq:
6730.
6910 Advanced Topics in Industrial Engineering (3)
Will cover topics not covered in other graduate
courses . A forum for advanced graduate students to
study individually or in group as appropriate . Prereq
: Graduate standing and consent of instructor.
May be repeated with consent of department.
Mechanical and
Aerospace Engineering
MAJORS DEGREES
Aerospace Engineering M .E ., M .S ., Ph .D.
Mechanical Engineering M .E ., M .S ., Ph .D.
Professors:
M . W. Milligan (Head), Ph .D . Tennessee, P .E.;
J. F . Bailey,' Ph .D . Lehigh, P .E .;
A. J. Edmondson, Ph .D . Texas A. & M ., P.E .;
W. Frost', Ph .D . Washington (Seattle);
B. H. Goethert-, Ph .D. Berlin, Germany;
K. E. Harwell*, Ph .D . California Institute of
Technology ; J. W. Hodgson, Ph .D . Georgia
Institute of Technology, P .E . ; R. W. Holland,
M .S . Tennessee, P .E . ; W . S. Johnson, Ph .D.
Clemson, P .E . ; E . Lumsdaine, Ph .D. New Mexico
State ; R. L . Maxwell, M.S . Case
Western Reserve, P .E . ; F . Shahrokhi*, Ph .D.
Oklahoma ; F. H. Speckhart, Ph .D . Georgia
Institute of Technology, P .E . ; J. Wu-, Ph .D.
California Institute of Technology ; Y. L . Wu*,
Ph .D . California Institute of Technology;
R. L . Young`, Ph .D. Northwestern, P.E.
Associate Professors:
S . E . Becker, Ph .D. North Carolina State, P .E .;
C. W. Brown, M .S . Tennessee, P.E .;
S . N . Chaudhuri*, Ph .D . Indian Institute;
F . G . Collins*, Ph .D. California (Berkeley);
J . A . Euler, Ph .D . Purdue, P .E . ; T. Feagin*,
Ph .D . Texas; E. G . Keshock, Ph .D . Oklahoma
State ; R. J. Krane, Ph .D . Oklahoma;
J . R. Maus, Jr .-, Ph .D . North Carolina State;
T. H . Moulden*, Ph .D . Tennessee ; R . L . Reid
Ph .D . Southern Methodist, P .E . ; G . V. Smith,
Ph .D . Pennsylvania State, P .E . ; J. W. White,
Ph .D . Stanford ; H . J . Wilkerson, Ph .D . Tennessee,
P .E.
Assistant Professors:
R. Arimilli, Ph .D . Virginia Polytechnic Institute;
J. K. Koester', Ph .D . California Institute of
Technology ; M. Parang, Ph .D . Oklahoma .
GRADUATE STUDY PROGRAMS
Graduate programs in Mechanical
Engineering or Aerospace Engineering are
available which lead to the degrees of Master
of Engineering, Master of Science, and
Doctor of Philosophy with concentrations in
solar energy, energy conversion and
utilization, power generation, machine
design and dynamics, aerodynamics and
gasdynamics, aeroacoustics, stress analysis,
propulsion, heat transfer, fluid mechanics,
and thermodynamics. In addition to the
general policies and requirements of the
Graduate School, each student must
satisfactorily complete a program of study
which has been approved by the student's
committee . Specific program requirements t
are given below.
MASTER OF ENGINEERING PROGRAMS
Entrance into the Master of Engineering
program is restricted to qualified graduates of
ECPD-accredited undergraduate curricula in
mechanical or aerospace engineering . At
least one-third of the program of study must
be classified as engineering design . The
student's advisor will assist in planning the
program of study to ensure that it includes the
necessary design content . Three program
options (thesis, course, and problems) are
described below . Note that some students
may not be eligible for the course option.
MASTER OF SCIENCE PROGRAMS
Entrance into the Master of Science
programs is available to qualified graduates
of recognized undergraduate curricula in
mechanical or aerospace engineering and to
qualified graduates of other curricula who
satisfy the necessary prerequisites.
Three program options (thesis, course, and
problems) are described below. Note that
some students may not be eligible for the
course option.
MASTER'S PROGRAM OPTIONS
Three program options are available:
A . The Thesis Option . The requirements of
this option are that the student must
satisfactorily complete a program of study
that includes:
1. Aminimumof36quarterhoursofcourse
work which includes at least 18 quarter hours
of graduate (5000-level or above) courses in
mechanical and/or aerospace engineering
and normally 9 quarter hours of course work
(4000-level or above) in mathematics.
2. A minimum of 9 quarter hours of credit in
thesis.
3. Participation in the departmental
seminar programs.
4. Submission and defense of a written
thesis which demonstrates the ability to
conduct and report on an independent
investigation.
5. Passing a final examination on all work
submitted for the degree.
B . The Course Option . Normally, this
program is restricted to those students who
have had significant engineering work
experience . The evaluation of the work
experience and the final selection of the
student's program of study are left to the
student's committee . The requirements of
this option are that the student must
'Alumni Distinguished Service Professor.
'Space Institute, Tullahoma .

satisfactorily complete a program of study
that includes:
1. Aminimumof45quarterhoursofcourse
work which includes at least 27 quarter hours
of graduate (5000-level or above) courses in
mechanical and/or aerospace engineering
and normally 9 quarter hours of course work
(4000-level or above) in mathematics . No
more than 3 quarter hours of engineering
course work may be below the 5000 level.
2. Participation in the departmental
seminar program.
3. Passing a comprehensive written final
examination on all course work submitted for
the degree . The student's committee will be of
sufficient size to include all the study areas
reflected in the course program.
C. The Problems Option . The requirements
of this option are that the student must
satisfactorily complete a program of study
that includes:
1. A minimum of 36 quarter hours of course
work which includes at least 18 quarter hours
of graduate (5000-level or above) courses in
mechanical and/or aerospace engineering
and normally 9 quarter hours of course work
(4000-level or above) in mathematics.
2. A minimum of 9 quarter hours credit in
Selected Engineering Problems (5900) . A
written report must be presented for each
problem investigated.
'ut 3 . Participation in the departmental
seminar program.
4. Passing a comprehensive written final
examination of all course work submitted for
the degree and an oral examination of all
work (including problems) submitted for the
degree.
THE DOCTORAL PROGRAM
Admission into the doctoral program will be
granted to those applicants who have
demonstrated superior achievement in their
engineering backgrounds.
The student must satisfactorily complete an
approved program of study which normally
includes:
1. A minimum of 72 quarter hours credit
beyond the Bachelor's degree, exclusive of
credit for the M .S. thesis or problems.
2. A minimum of 36 quarter hours of credit
in doctoral dissertation.
3. A minimum of 18 quarter hours in
mathematics in courses numbered 4000 or
above.
4. A minimum of 36 quarter hours in
mechanical and/or aerospace engineering
courses numbered 5000 and above, with at
least 12 quarter hours of 6000-level courses.
These are exclusive of thesis, problems or
dissertation credit.
5. Participation in the departmental
seminar program.
GRADUATE CREDIT FOR
UNDERGRADUATE COURSES
Junior (3000-level) and senior (4000-level)
mechanical and aerospace engineering
courses may be taken for graduate credit by
non-mechanical or non-aerospace
engineering majors, if approved by the
student's major department . Mechanical or
aerospace engineering majors may not
normally use more than one 4000-level
engineering course to meet their advanced
degree requirements . Non-mechanical or
non-aerospace engineering graduate
students should consult with instructors
regarding prerequisites for undergraduate
courses.
Mechanical Engineering
3000 Energy-An Overview (4) Introduction to
available energy resources, recovery and utilization;
power generation techniques including conservation
schemes ; emphasis on the resourcesenvironment-human
interaction associated with
energy ; primarily for non-engineering students.
3110 Applied Engineering Thermodynamics (3)
Energy and laws governing energy transformations;
thermodynamic properties ; applications to engineering
problems.
3311 Engineering Thermodynamics (3) Energy and
laws governing energy transformations ; thermodynamic
properties.
3330 Engineering Thermodynamics (3) Properties
of gases and mixtures ; chemical reactions ; equilibrium
; applications to mechanical engineering problems.
3410 Fluid Flow (3) Development of continuity,
momentum and energy principles for fluid systems;
applications of mechanical and aerospace engineering
problems.
3440 Heat Transfer (3) Heat transfer processes, heat
conduction, thermal radiation.
3520-30-40 Thermal Sciences (3, 3, 3) Fundamental
principles of thermodynamics and transport
phenomena as applied to engineering design . To be
taken in sequence.
3610 Mechanics of Machinery-Kinematics (3) Machine
motions, graphical and analytical methods;
instantaneous centers ; velocities ; accelerations.
3620 Mechanics of Machinery-Dynamics (3) Applications
of Newton's laws, work, energy, and impact
to machinery . Force analysis of mechanisms,
balancing, gyroscopic effects, flywheels . Prereq:
3610.
3630 Mechanics of Machinery-Vibrations (3) Free
and forced vibrations of single and multiple degree
vibrating systems . Balancing of machinery.
3650 Introduction to Machine Design (3) Ductilebrittle
behavior of materials under static and cyclic
loading . Stress concentration, design factors and
theories of failure . Changes in material behavior in
processing and fabrication . 2 hrs and 1 2-hr lab.
3910 Engineering Analysis (3) Advanced analysis
techniques for problems of aerospace and mechanical
engineering . Emphasis on approximate
methods.
4140 Energy Conversion Systems (3) Laws governing
energy transformations and their application to
power plants.
4150 Energy Conversion Systems (3) Operating
and design characteristics of new technology energy
conversion systems, selected direct conversion
techniques.
4160 Energy Conversion Systems (3) Economic
and technical design parameters as applied to
power plants for public utilities or industrial applications
; selected design and layout problems.
4170 Turbo-Machinery (3) Basic principles of
turbo-machinery ; systematic methods or analysis,
design, performance evaluation.
4180 Energy Production and Utilization (3) Thermodynamics
constraints on energy production;
comparison of power generation methods ; evaluation
of new energy sources and concepts; energy
conservation schemes.
4220 Environmental Noise (3) Basic principles of
acoustics-measurement and control of noise in industrial
and community environments.
4420 Heat Transfer (3) Heat transfer by free and
forced convection, heat transfer in phase change,
heat transfer in high speed flow, heat exchanger
applications.
4450 Lubrication (3) Hydrodynamic theory of lubrication
of sliding bearings ; application of Navier-
Stokes equations to infinite and finite bearings ;
College of Engineering 81
analytical and numerical solutions ; applications to
design.
4471-91 Experimental Mechanical Engineering (3,
3) Experimental methods and measurements of
force, length, time, temperature, pressure, transport
rates, and physical properties . Planning, conducting,
analyzing, and reporting experimental tests run
according to test standards and other specifications.
4510 System Dynamics (4) Analytical models of
physical systems, linearization, Laplace transforms,
dynamic characteristics and stability of systems,
numerical simulations, and analog computer solutions
. Not for departmental graduate credit.
4520-30 Creative Design (3, 3) Application of engineering
principles to the solution of current problems
with emphasis on design innovation.
4821 Manufacturing Processes (3) Comparison of
machining methods ; plastic production ; metrology.
4622 Tool Design (3) Principles underlying tool and
die design, design of high-volume production tools
and molds, work holding fixtures.
4623 Numerical Control Processing (3) Application
of data processing to machine tool control . Machine
language and computer utilization . Automatic tool
changing and transfer machines.
4624 Manufacturing Engineering Systems Design
(3) Design of complete manufacturing system for a
particular product : manufacturing planning, tool
and fixture design, selection of manufacturing operations,
redesign of product to reduce cost.
4825 Manufacturing Process Engineering I (3)
Product specification : dimensional analysis of size
and form ; true position tolerance theory ; tolerance
analysis; and workpiece control for production to
tolerance.
4631 Energy Methods in Mechanical Design (3) Application
of strain energy principles in complex
beams and structures.
4632 Application of Lagrangian Mechanics in Vibration
Problems (3) Generalized coordinates and
multiple degree of freedom vibrating systems.
4633 Matrix Analysis (3) Application of matrices to
solution of complex structures and lumped parameter
vibrating systems.
4660 Materials and Manufacturing Process (3)
Selection of materials in design process, emphasizing
relationship between stress and strain analysis,
material properties, environment, temperature,
manufacturing technology and cost.
4670 Machine Elements (3) Application of strength
and properties of materials, design factors, theories
of failure to design machine elements, springs and
shafting, selection of sleeve and rolling element
bearings.
4680 Machine Elements (3) Application of strength
and properties of materials, design factors, theories
of failure to design of cams, gearings, brakes and
clutches ; selection of chains and belting.
4890 Machine Design (3) Innovative design of complete
machine ; documentation including specifications,
design calculations, working drawings
and cost analysis. Written and oral report.
4710 Thermal Environmental Systems (3) Vapor
compression and absorption cycles ; heat pump systems
; moist air properties ; psychrometric processes.
4720 Thermal Environmental Systems (3) Design
analysis of air washers, cooling towers and extended
surface coils ; solar radiation ; building heat
transmission ; physiological effects.
4730 Thermal Environmental Systems (3) Design of
heating ventilation and air conditioning systems.
4740 Solar Energy Utilization (3) Nature and availability
of solar radiation ; review of selected heat
transfer topics pertinent to solar energy collection
and use ; design analysis of solar energy collectors
and method of storage ; selected applications.
4810 Internal Combustion Engines (3) Thermochemical
phenomena in internal combustion
and propulsion engines . Combustion, detonation,

82 College of Engineering
equilibrium, dissociation . Analysis of internal combustion
engines using ideal and real fluids.
4830 Propulsion System (3) Design of propulsion
engine and supporting systems.
4910-20-30 Selected Topics In Mechanical Engineering
(3, 3, 3) Problems related to developments
and practice in mechanical engineering.
5000 Thesis (1-15) E
5002 Non-Thesis Graduation Completion (3-15)
Required for the non-thesis student not otherwise
registered during any quarter when such a student
uses university facilities and/or faculty time before
degree is completed . May not be used toward degree
requirements. May be repeated . S/NC only . E
5110 Conduction Heat Transfer (3) Analysis of
steady state and transient heat conduction by analytical
and numerical techniques . Prereq : 3910, 4420
and Mathematics 3150.
5120 Convection Heat Transfer (3) Equations of viscous
fluid flow, energy equation, convection
analysis of internal and external flows including effects
of variable heat flux, surface temperature, and
fluid properties . Prereq : 5310 or equivalent.
5130 Radiation Heat Transfer (3) Properties of
radiating media . Diffuse, specular and directional
interchange for grey and non-grey surfaces . Gas
radiation . Prereq : 3440.
5140 Phase Change Heat Transfer (3) Prereq : 5120.
5210 Classical Thermodynamics (3) Macroscopic
thermodynamics with emphasis on First and Second
Law analyses, equilibrium criteria, and thermodynamics
of phase relationships. Prereq : 3330.
5220 Microscopic Thermodynamics (3) Thermodynamic
properties, kinetic theory and statistical
mechanics . Prereq : 5210.
5230 Special Topics in Thermodynamics (3) Prereq:
Consent of instructor.
5310 Intermediate Fluid Mechanics (3) Vector descriptions
in fluid mechanics ; derivation of basic
equations ; two-dimensional potential flows ; viscous
flows with emphasis on boundary-layer theory . Prereq
: 3410.
5410-20-30 Research in Mechanical Engineering
(3, 3, 3) Design of experiments ; data analysis ; experimental
investigation.
5510-20-30 Mechanical Engineering Design (3, 3, 3)
Design of mechanical engineering units and systems.
5540-50-60 Advanced Strength of Materials (3, 3, 3)
Elementary theory of elasticity ; energy methods.
Prereq : 3650 and 3910.
5610-20-30 Experimental Stress Analysis (3, 3, 3)
Theory of elasticity ; experimental methods ; photoelasticity,
strain gages, lacquer coatings.
5640-50-60 Advanced Machine Design (3, 3, 3) Design
of bearings, gears, shafting ; lubrication.
5670-80-90 Dynamics of Machinery (3, 3, 3)
Dynamics of machinery ; vibrations ; bal6ncing
flywheels and governors.
5710 Metal Machining (3) Analytical approach to
mechanics of machining . Basic phenomena-plastic
flow, fractures, friction and wear . Prereq : 3650,
3440, and Metallurgical Engineering 2110.
5800 Transfer Matrix Methods in Elastomechanics
(3) Application of transfer matrix methods to static
and dynamic lumped parameter elastic systems in
mechanical engineering . Calculation of forced response,
mode shapes, and natural frequencies of
beams and rotating shafts having complex end conditions.
Balancing of rotating shafts . Accuracy and
numerical considerations. Prereq : Graduate standing
in engineering and consent of instructor.
5810-20-30 Rocket Propulsion System (3, 3, 3)
Rocket propulsion fundamentals . Chemical, electrical
and nuclear propulsion systems.
5840-50-60 Turbomachinery Systems (3, 3, 3) Design,
development, and systems integration of
turboengine components . Prereq : First year
graduate standing and consent of instructor.
5870 Dynamic Modeling and Simulation (3) Model-
ing physical systems including mechanical, thermal,
hydraulic . pneumatic and electromechanical systems
. Techniques for experimentally determining
system parameters . Analog and digital computer
simulation techniques . Prereq : 3630, 4420, and
Aerospace Engineering 3511.
5900 Selected Engineering Problems (3-9) Selected
problems in mechanical engineering to fulfill requirement
of Problems Program . Enrollment limited
to students in Problems Program . Prereq : Consent
of advisor . May be repeated . S/NC only.
5950 Seminars (1) All phases of mechanical engineering,
including reports on current research at
The University of Tennessee, Knoxville . May be repeated
. S/NC only.
5990 Special Topics in Mechanical Engineering
(1-3) May be repeated.
6000 Doctoral Research and Dissertation (3-15) E
6110-20 Advanced Topics in Fluid Mechanics and
Heat Transfer (3-3) Advanced theory and applications
of fluid mechanics and heat transfer ; natural
convection, two-phase flows, high speed reacting
and non-reacting flows, advanced boundary layer
techniques . Prereq : Consent of instructor.
6130-40 Advanced Radiation Heat Transfer (3, 3)
Radiation heat transfer in absorbing, emitting and
scattering media ; interaction of thermal radiation
with conduction and convection heat transfer ; radiation
heat transfer in hypersonic flow ; radiative
characteristics of luminous flames and nonuniform
gases ; scattering by planetary atmosphere . Prereq:
5110-20-30 ; Mathematics 4550.
6420 Selected Topics In Thermodynamics (3) Comparison
of macroscopic and microscopic approach;
equilibrium of pure substance ; meta-stable states.
Prereq : Consent of instructor.
6430 Selected Topics in Thermodynamics (3)
6610 Engineering Vibrations (3) Mechanical transients.
Linear and nonlinear single degree of freedom
systems. Prereq : Consent of instructor.
Aerospace Engineering
3610 Dynamics (3) Newton's Law : work-energy
impulse-momentum, Lagrange equations, central
force, gyroscopic effects . Applications to aerospace
systems.
3620 Mechanical Vibrations (3) Free and forced vibrations
of single and multiple degree vibrating systems,
balancing of rotating machinery.
3630-40 Structural Analysis of Aerospace Vehicles
(3, 3) Fundamentals of structural analysis as applied
to configurations of aerospace interest . Introduction
to aeroelasticity phenomena . Must be taken in
sequence.
4110 Aerodynamic Fundamentals (3) Atmosphere,
dynamics and thermodynamics of perfect gases,
fluid flow types, airfoil theory, wing theory, drag . For
non-aerospace engineering majors only.
4120 Aircraft Propulsion and Performance (3)
Propellers, propulsion systems for aircraft, static
performance and special performance problems,
maneuvers, control surfaces, stability and control.
For non-aerospace engineering majors only.
4210 Compressible Flow (3) One-dimensional
internal flow ; shock and expansion waves ; friction
and nonadiabatic flow.
4220 Low Speed Aerodynamics (3) Potential flow
theory ; kinematics and dynamics of perfect fluids;
analysis and design of aerodynamic bodies.
4230 Viscous Flow (3) Boundary layer theory ; laminar
and turbulent flow ; compressibility effects ; numerical
solution methods.
4240 Astronautics (3) Propulsion, trajectories,
guidance, control, and atmospheric reentry of space
vehicle systems.
4250 Propulsion (3) Principles of propulsion devices
; turbojet, ram-jet, and rocket engines.
4260 System Design (3) Synthesis of aerospace system
. Design report on the system.
4471-91 Experimental Aerospace Engineering (3,
3) Experimental methods and measurements of
force, length, time, temperature, pressure, transport
rates and physical properties . Planning, conducting,
analyzing, and reporting experimental tests run
according to test standards and other specifications.
4510 Airplane Performance (3) Introduction to airfoil
and wing characteristics, drag ; propellers ; static
performance and maneuvers ; theory and design of
control surfaces ; stability.
4910 Selected Topics In Aerospace Science (3)
Current problems in aerospace science ; topics in
science and engineering required for an understanding
of the several areas of aerospace science.
5000 Thesis (1-15) E
5002 Non-Thesis Graduation Completion (3-15)
Required for the non-thesis student not otherwise
registered during any quarter when such a student
uses university facilities and/or faculty time before
degree is completed . May not be used toward degree
requirements . May be repeated . S/NC only . E
5110 Fundamentals of Aerodynamics (3) Kinematics
and dynamics of perfect fluids ; potential flow
about a body ; conformal mapping ; hodographs.
Prereq : 4220 or Mechanical Engineering 5310,
Mathematics 4250.
5120 Experimental Methods in Fluid Mechanics (3)
Experimental techniques with laboratory experiments
; hot wire anemometry and turbulence measurements,
flow visualization, wind tunnel tests
(supersonic and subsonic), water table experiments,
supersonic flow measurements, boundarylayer
measurements . Prereq : 4210-20-30 or Mechanical
Engineering 5310.
5150.60 . 70 Air Vehicle Aerodynamics and Performances
(3, 3, 3) Application of aerodynamics to air
vehicles to provide estimates of performance, stability,
and control characteristics for subsonic to
hypersonic speeds . Relations among thrust, drag,
lift and altitude . Propulsion systems, vehicle performance
characteristics, and trajectory optimization
. Prereq : 4220.
5210-20 Aerodynamics of Compressible Fluids (3,
3) One-dimensional flow ; waves ; small-perturbation
theory, slender body theory ; similarity rules ; method
of characteristics . Prereq : 4210 for 5210, and 5210
for 5220.
5240 Dynamics of Viscous Fluids (3) Equations of
viscous fluid flow ; laminar and turbulent flow ; transition
; separation ; boundary layer theories ; exact
and approximate solutions . Prereq : Mechanical Engineering
5310 or equivalent.
5250 Introduction to Hypersonic Flow (3) Slender
body flow ; similitude ; Newtonian theory ; blunt body
flow ; viscous interactions ; free molecule and
rarefied gas flow . Prereq : 5240.
5260 Selected Topics in Aerodynamics (3) Transonic,
supersonic, and hypersonic flow theories . May
be repeated . Maximum 9 hrs.
5270-80-90 Aerospace Ground Test Facilities (3, 3,
3) Atmospheric models and similarity considerations
. Aerodynamic test facilities including
wind tunnels, shock tubes, hotshots and ballistic
ranges ; propulsion test facilities for air breathing
and rocket engines . Space environment . Theoretical
and practical considerations of space environment
test facilities . Prereq : 5240, Mechanical Engineering
5130 and 5230.
5310 Magnetohydrodynamics (3) Electromagnetic
field theory ; chemical kinetics, thermodynamic and
thermophysical properties of gas plasmas ; governing
equations and applications . Prereq : 4220 and
Mathematics 4710.
5340-50 Atmospheric Entry (3, 3) Motion and heating
along ballistic and lifting trajectories; dynamic
stability ; heat protection systems . Prereq : 5220.
Recommended : 5240.
5440-50 Transonic Flow (3, 3) Theoretical and experimental
aspects . 5440-Nature of flow at transonic
speeds and delineation of specific problemsnonlinear
nature of flow, strong viscous interaction,
development of small disturbance equations and
similarity parameters, shock-wave in transonic flow
and assumption of irrotational motion, solution
techniques . 5450-Shock-wave boundary layer interaction
and consequences, design of shock-free

flows, wind tunnel testing at transonic speeds, interference
problems . Prereq : 5220 or equivalent.
5510-20-30 Aerospace Mechanics (3, 3, 3) Principles
of mechanics applicable to aerospace vehicles
including equations of motion, multibody problems,
and trajectory analysis . Prereq : Mathematics 4710.
5540-50 Aerospace Vehicle Stability and Control (3,
3) Aircraft stability and control . Static and dynamic
longitudinal, directional, and lateral stability and
control . Coupled modes . Motion with free and fixed
control surfaces throughout flight speed range . Automatic
stability and control . Application to missiles.
Prereq : 4230 and 5530.
5560 Vertical or Short Take-Off and Landing Aircraft(3)
Analysis of performance and inherent stability
and control of rotary wing, tilt wing, vectored lift
and jet vertical riser type aircraft . Problems encountered
in vertical and transition flight modes . Simulation
facility development and flight testing . High lift
airfoils . Automatic controls . Prereq : 5550.
5570 Aerospace Vehicle Flutter and Vibration (3)
Aeroelastic phenomena . Structural and aerodynamic
operators . Stability criteria for airfoils
operating in oscillating stream . Two- and threedimensional
flutter of wings, control surfaces, and
empennages over wide flight speed range . Prereq:
4230 and 5530.
5580-90 Aeroelasticity (3, 3) Dynamics of elastic
structures under aerodynamic loading . Self-excited
instability . Aeroelasticity of all types of aerospace
vehicles throughout flight speed range . Derivation
of aerodynamic operators . Forced response, static
and dynamic Eigen-values of simplified structures.
Application to typical modern system . Prereq : 5570.
5610 Applied Acoustics (3) Energy flow in acoustics,
general equations of sound propagation in
nonhomogeneous moving medium, sound waves
due to turbulence, vortical sound, pseudosound,
propagation and absorption of sound in ducts, instrumentation
and measuring techniques . Prereq:
Consent of instructor.
5620 Aeroacoustics I (3) Special topics and recent
research results in field of aeroacoustics . Turbomachinery
noise, jet noise, and general theoretical
developments, empirical equations . Prereq : 5610.
5810 Aviation Systems : An Overview (3) Aviation
systems, present and future, emphasis on systems
approach . Socioeconomic base, aerospace and
propulsion technology, meteorology, air traffic control
airport-community interface, and technological
trends and developments pertinent to present status
and future development of air transportation . For
non-aerospace and non-mechanical engineering
majors only. Prereq : 4120.
5820 Air Vehicles (3) Current capabilities and future
requirements for air transport vehicles . Parameters
significant for air vehicle type selection . Integration
of air vehicle into aviation system . For nonaerospace
and non-mechanical engineering majors
only . Prereq : 5810.
5900 Selected Engineering Problems (3-9) Selected
problems in aerospace engineering to fulfill requirement
of Problems Program . Enrollment limited
to students in Problems Program . Prereq : Consent
of advisor. May be repeated . S/NC only.
5950 Seminars (1) All phases of aerospace engineering,
including reports on current research at The
University of Tennessee, Knoxville . May be repeated
. S/NC only.
5990 Special Topics in Aerospace Engineering
Credit to be arranged ; 3 hrs maximum each quarter.
6000 Doctoral Research and Dissertation (3-15) E
6310 Magnetohydrodynamics I (3) Electromagnetic
field equations, motion of single charged particle,
statistical description of plasma, Boltzmann equation,
conduction and diffusion in ionized gases . Prereq
or coreq : 5240 . Prereq : Mathematics 5610,
Physics 4220.
6320 Magnetohydrodynamics II (3) Continuum
magnetohydrodynamic equations . Alfven and shock
waves, exact solutions for magnetohydrodynamic
channel flows, one-dimensional model of channel
flow, magnetohydrodynamic boundary layer . Prereq
: 6310, Mathematics 5620 .
6330 Magnetohydrodynamics III (3) Engineering
applications of magnetohydrodynamics, propulsion
and power generation . Prereq : 6320, Mathematics
5630.
6410 Physical Gasdynamics (3) High-speed, high
temperature flow of gas from molecular point of
view ; molecular concepts and simple kinetic theory;
equilibrium properties of gases and gas mixtures
from steady-state kinetic theory chemical thermodynamics,
and statistical mechanics . Prereq:
5220 and Mechanical Engineering 5220.
6420 Physical Gasdynamics (3) Continuation of
6410 ; flows of gas mixtures in local thermodynamic
and chemical equilibrium ; physical and chemical
basis of rate equations ; flow with vibrational and
chemical nonequilibrium . Prereq : 6410.
6510-20-30 Advanced Aerodynamics (3, 3, 3) Subsonic,
transonic, supersonic, and hypersonic flows
treated in a generalized and unified manner with
combined viscous/inviscid effects . Relationships
among various regimes of fluid flows . Fundamental
assumptions, limitations of approximations and
consequences . Foundations of gas dynamics with
emphasis on applications to airplane, rocket,
ground testing, and jet propulsion . Discussion of
special topics according to students' interest . Prereq
: 5110, 5220, and 5240 or equivalent.
6810 Advanced Boundary Layer Theory (3) Derivation
and critical review of governing equations.
Asymptotic solutions ; similarity methods ; boundary
layer transformations . Approximate integral
methods to include compressibility and heat transfer
. Attached and separated flows ; shock-waveboundary
layer interaction . Prereq : 5220, Mechanical
Engineering 5120, and Physics 5630.
6910 Advanced Topics in Gasdynamics (3) Selection
of topics based on particular interests of students
: nonequilibrium transport phenomena, radiation
gasdynamics, nonequilibrium gasdynamic
flows, advanced kinetic theory, perturbation techniques.
Prereq : Consent of instructor . May be repeated
. Maximum 9 hrs.
Nuclear Engineering
MAJOR DEGREES
Nuclear Engineering M.S ., M .E ., Ph .D.
Professors:
P. F . Pasqua (Head), Ph .D . Northwestern, P .E .;
J. B . Fussell, Ph .D . Georgia Institute of
Technology ; T. W . Kerlin, Ph .D . Tennessee;
J. E . Mott, Ph .D . Minnesota ; J . C . Robinson, Ph .D.
Tennessee ; P .N. Stevens, Ph .D . Northwestern, P .E.
Associate Professors:
H . L . Dodds, Ph .D .Tennessee, P .E .;
H . C . Roland, Ph .D . Tennessee.
Assistant Professors:
E. M . Katz, Ph .D . Tennessee ; L . Miller,
Ph .D . Texas A & M, P .E . ; B . Upadhyaya, Ph .D.
University of California.
The Department of Nuclear Engineering
offers degrees leading to the Master of
Science, Master of Engineering, and Doctor
of Philosophy with concentrations in nuclear
dynamics, nuclear reliability and risk, and
radiation transport.
MASTER OF SCIENCE PROGRAM
A graduate program leading to a degree of
Master of Science is available to graduates of
recognized undergraduate curricula in
engineering and physics . Each applicant will
be advised as to the necessary prerequisite
courses before he/she enters the program.
The student must complete a program of
study of 45 quarter hours which has been
approved by the student's advisory
committee and which includes the following:
1. A major consisting of a minimum of 18
quarter hours of graduate courses in nuclear
engineering.
2. A minor of 9 quarter hours in
mathematics, statistics or computer science.
3. Nuclear Engineering 5000, Master's
College of Engineering 83
thesis.
4 . Final examination covering the thesis
and graduate course work.
An alternate program is available for the
Master of Science degree which involves
engineering practice rather than a thesis . The
student must complete a program of study
which includes the following:
1 . Thirty-six quarter hours of course work
similar to the requirements for the regular
Master of Science program (see above).
2. Twenty-four quarter hours of Nuclear
Engineering 5980 . A student usually registers
for 6 hours of Nuclear Engineering 5980 each
quarter and investigates problems assigned
by a member of the faculty . At the end of each
quarter the student submits a written report
and makes an oral presentation of the work.
3. Final examination covering graduate
course work and practice school problems.
MASTER OF ENGINEERING PROGRAM
A graduate program in Nuclear
Engineering leading to the degree of Master
of Engineering is available to those graduates
with an accredited engineering degree or one
which satisfies ECPD basic level criteria.
In addition to Graduate School
requirements the following degree
requirements must be met:
1. Thirty-six quarter hours of course
work,l8ofwhich must be in graduate nuclear
engineering.
2. A minimum of 9 hours of design project,
thesis, or 24 hours of Nuclear Engineering
Practice (5980) . Documentary proof of
significant engineering experience may be
submitted in lieu of the design project, thesis
or Nuclear Engineering Practice, but in this
case 45 hours of course work are required.
3. Nine hours of course work submitted
must be from out of department.
4. A minimum of one-third of the program
must be in engineering design, and one-third
in one of, or a combination of, advanced
math, computer sciences, basic sciences, or
engineering sciences.
5. A candidate must pass a final oral
examination on all work presented for the
degree.
THE DOCTORAL PROGRAM
Students in the field of nuclear engineering
desiring to study for the degree of Doctor of
Philosophy must have a Bachelor of Science
or Master of Science degree from a
recognized university, with a major in
engineering or physics, and present at least a
B average . All candidates will be required to
demonstrate general competence in the
preliminary examination in the areas of
engineering science, mathematics, and
physics . At the same time, all candidates will
be required to demonstrate special
competence in nuclear design.
Specific course requirements for the Ph .D.
degree in Nuclear Engineering include:
1. A minimum of 72 quarter hours credit
beyond the Bachelor's degree, exclusive of
credit for the M .S. thesis or Nuclear
Engineering Practice.
2. A minimum of 36 quarter hours of credit
in doctoral research.
3. A minimum of 45 quarter hours in nuclear
engineering courses numbered 5000 and
above (or the equivalent), with at least 12
quarter hours of 6000-level courses . These
are exclusive of thesis or dissertation credit.
4. A minimum of 18 quarter hours in

84 College of Engineering
mathematics, computer science, or statistics
in courses beyond nuclear engineering
undergraduate requirements . Must be
numbered 4000 or above.
5. A minimum of 9 quarter hours in courses
numbered 5000 or above from a department
other than nuclear engineering . The choice
depends on the student's overall program
and should expand his/her knowledge in a
given field.
6. A reading knowledge of one foreign
language will be determined by the student's
doctoral committee.
4110-20-30 Introduction to Nuclear Reactor Theory
(3, 3, 3) Nuclear structure ; radioactive decay laws;
neutron interaction ; fission process, chain-reacting
systems ; diffusion equation including multigroup
diffusion theory, neutron moderation ; reactivity
coefficients ; perturbation theory. Prereq : Physics
3730 or consent of instructor . F, W, Sp
4140 Thermonuclear Systems (3) Fusion reactions;
properties of plasmas ; plasma containment ; plasma
diagnostics ; thermonuclear devices . Prereq:
Physics 3730, Mathematics 4550 . F
4210-20-30 Nuclear Engineering Laboratory (3, 3, 3)
Radiation detection and counting instrumentation,
counting statistics, half-life and decay schemes,
gamma spectrometry, cross-section measurements,
analog computation, diffusion properties of neutrons,
critical loading experiments, control rod calibration,
statistical weight, shielding, xenon poisoning,
prompt critical reactor behavior, fission density
and adjoint flux . Prereq or coreq : 4110 or equivalent.
F, W, Sp
4610-20-30 Reactor Power Systems (3, 3, 3) Nuclear
structure, decay laws, neutron diffusion, time behavior
of reactors, heat removal, analysis of reactor
power plants ; economic, safety, and environmental
aspects of nuclear power . Prereq : Mathematics
4610, non-nuclear engineering students only . F, W,
Sp
4710 Energy Transport (4) Development of differential
and integral energy conservation equations;
conduction, convection, and radiation heat transfer;
applications to nuclear reactor fuel elements and
heat exchangers . Prereq : 3730 . F
4720 Reactor Thermal Design (4) Hydrodynamics
and heat transfer in boiling systems ; boiling crises;
fuel element thermal design, steam generator design
. Prereq : 4710 . W
4730 Nuclear Reactor Design (3) First order reactor
design, integration with non-nuclear heat transfer
and power conversion system, economic evaluation
; optimization procedures, description of typical
systems. Coreq : 4130 . Sp
4810 Radiation Shielding (3) Types of radiation
sources, gamma ray and neutron attenuation,
biological effects of radiation, shield design . Prereq:
Physics 3730, Mathematics 4550 . Sp.
4820 Reactor Kinetics and Controls (3) Derivation
of kinetic equations ; basic kinetic parameters;
transient response with feedback ; control and protective
systems . Prereq : 4110 . W
4840 Nuclear Reactor Safety (3) Presentation of
reactor safety concepts and criteria ; credible accidents
; fission product release and transport ; containment
systems ; accident analysis ; engineered
safeguards . Prereq : 4120.
4930 Nuclear Fuel Management (3) Discussion of
problems associated with processing of nuclear materials
; fuel cycle analysis ; burnup calculation . Prereq
: 4120. W
5000 Thesis (1-15) E
5002 Non-Thesis Graduation Completion (3-15)
Required for the non-thesis student not otherwise
registered during any quarter when such a student
uses university facilities and/or faculty time before
degree is completed . May be repeated . S/NC only . E
5110-20-30 Transport Processes in Nuclear Engineering
(3, 3, 3) Momentum and heat transport;
development of conservation equations ; elementary
theory of turbulence ; heat transfer and flow through
conduits ; conduction ; radiation ; reactor core ther-
mal analysis . Prereq : 4720 or equivalent, Mathematics
4710, 4550 . F ; W ; Sp
5210 System Dynamics (3) Transient analysis, Laplace
transforms, frequency response, stability (linear
and non-linear), and sensitivity analysis by state
variable methods . Dynamic analysis of distributed
systems . Prereq : Consent of instructor . F
5220 Reactor System Dynamics (3) Application of
methods of general system dynamics to reactor systems
. Modeling of neutronic and non-neutronic
processes . Dynamics, stability, and control of zero
power reactors and power reactor systems . Prereq:
5210, 4130 or equivalent . W
5230 Experimental Methods in Reactor Dynamics
(3) Measuring system dynamic characteristics in
time domain and frequency domain . Measurement,
analysis, and interpretation of dynamics data using
random and deterministic system perturbation . Prereq
: 5220 . Sp
5240 Reactor Instrumentation (3) Instrument components
and systems for operation, control, and
safety of nuclear reactors ; role of instrumentation in
public health and safety ; engineered safeguards for
nuclear power plants. Prereq : 4820, or consent of
instructor . A
5310-20-30 Nuclear Systems Reliability (3, 3, 3) Systems
reliability analysis as applied to nuclear systems
. Qualitative and quantitative methods . Coreq:
Statistics 3450. F ; W ; Sp
5510-20-30 Nuclear Systems (3, 3, 3) Various reactor
types ; flow diagrams, themodynamic analysis,
control methods, component descriptions of power
systems using various reactor types and nuclear
power economics . Prereq : 4610-20-30 or equivalent
or consent of instructor.
5710-20-30 Nuclear Design (3, 3, 3) Analytical techniques
for neutronic aspect of nuclear reactor core
design . Multigroup discrete ordinate theory, multigroup
PN theory, integral transport theory, perturbation
theory, and others . Generation of required
multigroup constants formulated with available
point data and Nordheim treatment in slowing down
region and gas kernel in thermal region . Prereq:
4130 or equivalent . F ; W ; Sp
5740 Reactor Shielding (3) Application of analytic
solutions of Boltzman transport equation to shield
design problems . Spherical harmonics, moments
methods, numerical solutions, adjoint calculations,
and invariant imbedding cases studied . Prereq:
4810 . F
5790 Monte Carlo Shield Design (3) Analysis of
radiation transport problems in shielding by Monte
Carlo Analysis method . Random sampling, evaluation
of integrals, analog particle transport, techniques
of variance reduction . Prereq : 4810. W
5840-50 Fast Breeder Reactors (3, 3) Special
characteristics of fast breeder reactors ; emphasis
on LMFBR . Need for breeders ; neutron physics and
thermal characteristics of reactor core ; development
status of engineering components ; fuel cycle
cost analysis ; safety ; coolants other than sodium;
world status of development.
5970 Special Topics in Nuclear Engineering (3)
Lectures and recitation on recent advances in nuclear
engineering . Prereq : Consent of instructor.
May be repeated with consent of department.
5980 Nuclear Engineering Practice (3-12) Experiences
in solving and reporting on engineering problems
. Prereq : Approval of Nuclear Engineering
Department . May be repeated . Only Alternate Plan
students may take this course . S/NC only. E
6000 Doctoral Research and Dissertation (3-15) E
6110-20-30 Selected Topics in Reactor Theory (3, 3,
3) Transport theory, control rod theory, and perturbation
theory . Selected topics from literature . Prereq
: Consent of instructor . F, W, Sp
6140 Radiation Shielding (3) Advanced topics in
radiation shielding . Monte Carlo techniques and
space radiation problems . Natural space radiators,
energy-source radiators, dose conversion, probability
. Selected neutron, gamma, and space-radiation
shielding problems . Prereq : Consent of instructor.
Sp
6150 Reactor Dynamics (3) Special topics in reactor
dynamics and control . Prereq : Mathematics 5630.
Su
6410 Selected Topics in Nuclear Systems Reliability
Engineering (3) Advanced state-of-the-art topics
in nuclear systems reliability engineering and risk
assessment. Prereq : 5330 or consent of instructor.
6710 Two-Phase Flow and Heat Transfer (3) Pool
boiling and flow boiling ; hydrodynamics of twophase
flow, boiling crises, two-phase instabilities.
Prereq : 5130 or equivalent . Su

.-( 'V
trl t : ,zc : yr
.b . .r~s .~ . i tr, ~
Mrad 5 . fz~ 1? , . _ . L
4 ,rf .; l
``
l~' UF 4 ' 1 R.,
~_, r. 1 7 :.In r 1~ +EaG ry . -RI
att a Ott nth
Nancy H . Belck, Dean
Lura M . Odland, Dean Emerita
Grayce E . Goertz, Associate Dean
Virginia S . Anagnost, Assistant Dean
Graduate study programs lead to the
degree of Master of Science in Child and
Family Studies ; Consumer Studies and
Housing : Public Policy ; Interior Design and
Housing ; Food Science ; Food Systems
Administration ; Vocational-Technical
Education (concentration in home
economics education) ; Nutrition ; and
Textiles and Clothing. Graduate study
programs lead to the degree of Doctor of
Philosophy in Home Economics with three
options : interdisciplinary, food science, and
nutrition . Graduate programs provide
advanced specialized training needed for
college and university teaching, for
leadership positions in governmental and
professional agencies, in the various
professions in business, for secondary school
and adult teaching, for research and for
extended services.
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR
GRADUATE STUDENTS
Requirements for graduate study are
prescribed bythe Graduate School and by the
student's major department . Students
lacking adequate preparation may be
required to take additional courses at the
undergraduate level as prerequisites to
graduate study . A student deficient in English
may be required to take courses as necessary
to remove the deficiency.
APPLICATIONS FOR ADMISSION
Two copies of the student's transcript and
an application for admission are submitted
directly to the Graduate School . In addition, a
College of Home Economics application and
three letters of reference are sent to the
Associate Dean of the College of Home
Economics . (Forms may be obtained from the
college .)
The Graduate Record Examination scores
for the aptitude test including the
quantitative, verbal, and analytical sections
are required for the application for admission
in the interdisciplinary doctoral program, the
Master's program in Child and Family
Studies, and the Master's program in
Consumer Studies and Housing : Public
Policy.
In submitting applications for admission to
graduate study in home economics, students
are requested to indicate choice of major area
of study.
GRADUATE ASSISTANTSHIPS
AND FELLOWSHIPS
Information and application forms
regarding graduate assistantships,
fellowships and general requirements for
admission to graduate study may be obtained
from the department head in the area of the
student's major interest or from the Associate
Dean of the College of Home Economics for
the interdisciplinary doctoral program.
PROGRAMS LEADING TO THE
DEGREE OF MASTER OF SCIENCE
Thesis Option.
Majors and minors are offered in the
following areas:
Child and Family Studies
Consumer Studies and Housing:
Public Policy*
Interior Design and Housing
' Requirements include Interior Design and Housing 5615
or Child and Family Studies 5170; Child and Family Studies
5700 or Planning 5100 or Economics 5340 or Agricultural
Economics 4320 ; and Home Economics 5600. Three-hour
course in research methods or statistics . Twenty-four hours
in consumer studies or housing to include 9 hours of Child
and Family Studies 5000 or Interior Design and Housing
5000.
Consumer studies courses to be selected from Child and
Family Studies 5140, 5170, 5180, 5700, 5800, 5900 ; Interior
Design and Housing 5120 ; Food Science 4040 ; Textiles and
Clothing 5180 ; Agricultural Economics 4710 ; Economics
5050-60; Political Science 5641, 5670-80, 5710 ; Library and
Information Science 5250.
Housing courses to be selected from Agricultural
Mechanization 5110, 5610; Interior Design and Housing
4320, 5615, 5510-20-30 ; Planning 5360-80, 5455 ; Geography
5520.
Twelve hours in an area of home economicsother than the
area (consumer studies or housing) chosen above.
Minimum 27 hours in and 9 hours outside College of Home
Economics . Minimum of 27 hours 5000. 6000 level courses
and total minimum of 45 hours . Courses may be used to meet
more than one requirement but all minimum requirements
will need to be met .
` y F F~!"9 a Y'`"(1llP} t .K to ,
t~~
!4Y
.1;01 :11 atapirtoF.11,141
'~fluff'
'~ '~Q r3R T, !;' ti Tf H! r
iifp-.fr , i ;49'
art= s tit 13Jtt3.
:111ifsCi e'44 -n .s ,O
^ UC lgv ..rrr-,~ ;j -'-, : ~^T l~lIS
to ittitit•at=J►Bri"~ 3Lt^t mac . .
"'Atilt rf&,s ;:
h l4 ~' .f~ .T'~tYJ
{A) i U h IL). R c of W4oct ;
,c•..''fll4C .t''iilQ 1 `
*tl .2W ,
Food Science
Food Systems Administration
Nutrition
Textiles and Clothing
iC~ 7'11 :^K31f y1}
Attii3f':
Major (includes minimum of
9 hours of 5000 courses) 18 hrs
Thesis 9 hrs
Collateral area(s) of study
(includes minimum of 6 hours
of 5000 courses) 18 hrs
(Minimum of 18 hours of 5000-level
exclusive of thesis .)
Total 45 hrs
In some instances two related collateral
areas may be selected with 9 hours in each
area and a minimum of 3 hours of a 5000
course' in each.
Collateral area(s) of study may be chosen in
an area other than in home economics with
the approval of the appropriate professors.
An oral examination is required.
Note : Nine hours is the maximum credit allowed
for special problems work and seminar
work in any one area of home economics.
Non-Thesis Option:
The non-thesis option is available for all
majors listed under the thesis option and is
the only option available for public health nutrition.
In addition to the regulations of the
Graduate School, the non-thesis program of
study for all majors except Consumer Studies
and Housing : Public Policy* will consist of
45 credit hours with a minimum of 24 hours in
the major field and 18 hours at the 5000 and
6000 level . A minimum of 27 hours of 5000
and 6000 level courses is required in the program
. Some majors may require 9 hours in
one collateral area.
Request for the non-thesis option must be
made in writing by the student to the
department head not later than the end of the
first term in residence.
"Requirements include those listed under the thesis
option for the major in Consumer Studies and Housing:
Public Policy except that 21 hours are needed in consumer
studies or housing to include Home Economics 5060 (6
hours), or Child and Family Studies 5060 or Interior Design
and Housing 5060.
r. :

86 College of Home Economics
DOCTORAL PROGRAMS
The doctoral program in Home Economics
provides three options for study:
interdisciplinary, food science, and nutrition.
The interdisciplinary option is available in all
departments in the College.
The doctoral program with a major in Home
Economics requires:
1. A minimum of 96 quarter hours in
courses beyond the Bachelor's degree
exclusive of credit hours for the Master's
thesis to include a minimum of 12 quarter
hours of 6000-level courses.
2. Selection of an option and fulfillment of
the requirements as supervised by the faculty
committee.
3. The faculty committee for each doctoral
student shall determine whether a reading
knowledge of a foreign language is required.
4. Written preliminary examinations.
5. Doctoral research and dissertation
(minimum 36 hours ; maximum 48 hours) may
be included in the 96 hours presented for the
degree.
6. A final examination.
Option Requirements:
Interdisciplinary option:
1. Home Economics 6110-20, 6210.
2. Twenty-four to 36 hours from at least two
departments in the College of Home
Economics representing one of the following
concentrations:
Individual and Family Behavior as related to
development and change throughout the
human life cycle . Emphasis may be on:
normal developmental processes, in
individuals and families ; socialization
through childhood, adolescence, and
adulthood ; behavior in diverse environmental
and cultural settings; interaction processes
within families ; community services and
planning to meet development needs of
individuals and families.
Physiological Development and Well-being
in humans throughout the life cycle.
Emphasis for particular age groups may be
on : physiological response to nutrient intake,
improvement of nutritional status through
informed community action ; cultural,
economic and technological influences on
food selection.
Environmental Factors in design, space
planning, housing, food service systems,
clothing, and textiles as they relate to human
needs . Emphasis may be on the impact of:
cultural, sociological, psychological, and
economic change ; technological
developments ; aesthetics in improving the
quality of the environment.
Consumers' Economic and Social
Well-being throughout the life cycle.
Emphasis may be on : the relationship
between family structure and
decision-making processes in the use of
human resources ; the effects of social,
macro- and microeconomics and political
development on consumption patterns and
other behavior ; community programs to meet
the socioeconomic needs of consumers.
3. Fifteen to 24 hours in cognitive or
supporting courses (mainly from
departments in other colleges in the
University) including courses to give
sufficient competence in statistics or
research methods needed for dissertation
research . Additional courses will
complement the option emphasis and
dissertation research area .
4. Doctoral research and dissertation will
be based on a problem within the
interdisciplinary option concentration.
Food science option and food science with
concentration in food systems
administration:
1. Three hours in research methods from
Food Science 5510 or 5520 or Food Systems
Administration 5210 ; 6 hours from Food
Science 5610-20-30-40, 6110, Food Systems
Administration 6110 ; and Zoology 5350 or
equivalent.
2. Twenty-four hours in 5000- and
6000-level courses in food science or in food
systems administration.
3. Nine hours in a collateral area (upon
approval of student's faculty committee,
4000, 5000, and 6000 courses in collateral
area may be substituted for 5000 and 6000
courses in food science or in food systems
administration).
4. Minimum of 4 hours of credit in doctoral
seminar.
Nutrition option:
1. Thirty hours of 5000 or 6000 courses in
nutrition exclusive of research and Zoology
5350 or equivalent.
2. Nine hours in a collateral area (upon
approval of student's faculty committee,
4000, 5000, and 6000 courses in collateral
area beyond the 9 hours may be substituted
for 5000 and 6000 courses in nutrition).
3. Minumum of 4 hours of credit in doctoral
seminar.
SPECIAL WORKSHOPS
Workshops on special topics of current
interest are offered periodically by the
different departments in the College of Home
Economics . These are of special interest to
those desiring to work for advanced degrees.
Announcements are sent upon request.
GRADUATE PROGRAMS FOR
HOME ECONOMICS EXTENSION
Graduate programs at both the doctoral
and Master's levels are available for students
interested in home economics extension . At
the doctoral degree level, programs of study
may be planned in the interdisciplinary or in
the food science or the nutrition options . A
Master's degree major in Consumer Studies
and Housing : Public Policy is particularly
suitable for students interested in home
economics extension, although Master's
programs may be planned in any subject
matter area of home economics with
agricultural extension education as a
collateral area . Additionally, four-week
courses are offered in February each year for
students particularly interested in home
economics extension . Students interested in
a graduate program and/or the four-week
courses should contact the Associate Dean of
the College of Home Economics.
Departments of
Instruction
Child and
Family Studies
MAJORS DEGREES
Child and Family Studies M .S.
Consumer Studies and
Housing : Public Policy
Home Economics
M .S.
Ph .D .
Professors:
N . H . Belck (Dean), Ph .D . Michigan State;
R. L . Highberger Ph .D . Iowa.
Associate Professors:
R . L. Cromwell, Ph .D . Minnesota;
J. L . Cunningham, Ph .D . Michigan State;
D . B . Eastwood, Ph .D . Tufts ; V . M. Nordquist,
Ph .D . Tennessee ; R . M. Swagler, (Acting Head)
Ph .D . Ohio State ; P. White, Ed.D.
Tennessee.
Assistant Professors:
M. F . Kalinowski, Ed .D . Massachusetts;
P . Nowicki, M .S .M . Florida International;
G . Peterson, Ph .D . Brigham Young;
L. Southworth, Ed .S . Tennessee ; S . Twardosz, Ph .D.
Kansas.
4110 Student Teaching in Preschool Settings (6)
Increasing responsibility for planning and guiding
groups of young children under supervision of head
teacher includes 2 hr weekly seminar. Prereq : 1500,
3210, 3300, 3350; 3360 recommended. E
4210 Family Finance (3) Analysis of alternative ways
of meeting financial problems encountered during
life cycle of family . E
4220 Conserving Time and Energy In the Home (3)
Application of management principles to homemaking
activities ; evaluation of equipment, work centers
and work procedures in terms of time and energy
demands . Adaptations for the handicapped.
4260 Adult Development and Aging (3) Adult life in
our society. Adjustment to internal and environmental
changes through middle and aged years . Prereq:
2110 or Home Economics 1510 or equivalent background
in adult development or consent of instructor.
4350 Advanced Child Development (3) Survey of
selected theories relevant to child development with
emphasis on research literature and research methodology
. Prereq : 4 hrs psychology and 6 hrs child
development or equivalent . W
4420 Learning Experiences with Parents (3)
Dynamics of parent-teacher interaction . Emphasis
on a variety of techniques for developing communication
and working relationships between parents
and teachers through experiences in a variety of
settings. Prereq : 3210 or Home Economics 1510 . W
4430 Family Relationships (3) Interpersonal relationships
among family members and societal roles.
Prereq : 3510 or 3515 . Sp
4610 Child in the Community (3) Needs of children;
community agencies meeting these needs ; visits to
agencies contributing to the welfare of children.
Prereq : 2110 or Home Economics 1510 or equivalent
. W
4620 Administration of Programs for Young Children
(3) Planning for staffing, housing, feeding,
scheduling, and financing for day care of infants and
young children, nursery school programs, and specialized
programs for deprived preschool children.
Prereq : 3350 or 4110.
4630 Field Work in Child, Family and Consumer
Studies (3-15) Opportunity for students to work in
nursery schools or community agencies ; focus on
children, families, and/or consumer concerns . Hrs
arranged . Prereq : Consent of instructor. May be repeated
. Maximum 15 hrs . S/NC only. E
4710 Contemporary Developments (1-3) Student or
staff-initiated course for study of special topic(s)
pertinent to the field ; topics selected to be determined
by students and instructor with departmental
approval . Elective credit only . Prereq : Consent of
instructor . May be repeated with departmental approval
. Maximum 9 hrs.
4810 Afro-American Families (3) Historical background,
contemporary family structure and relationships
; emerging needs and programs . Prereq : 4
hrs in social sciences.
4830 Consumers and the Market (3) Analysis of
elements in marketplace which create problems for
consumers. Special attention is given to consumer
decision making, need for information and constraints
and opportunities associated with government
protection of consumers . Prereq : Economics
2110 . W, Sp
5000 Thesis (1-15) E ' ~ uF er . ;. ; 0713

5002 Non-Thesis Graduation Completion (3-15)
Required for the non-thesis student not otherwise
registered during any quarter when such a student
uses university facilities and/or faculty time before
degree is completed . May not be used toward degree
requirements . May be repeated . S/NC only . E
5060 Practicum (1-12) Field experience in selected
agencies and organizations that focus on solutions
to problems in consumer studies . Prereq : Consent
of instructor . S/NC only . E
5110 Field Work in Family Life (3) School and community
programs concerned with education for family
living . Prereq : Consent of instructor. May be repeated
. Maximum 9 hrs . S/NC only . E
5140 Consumption and Standards of Living (3)
Economic and welfare aspects of consumption.
Analysis of factors associated with changes in the
standard of living . Review of major consumption
studies . Prereq : 4830 or 5170 or consent of instructor.
5150 Assessment of Family Behavior (3) Methods
of measurement related to study of family . Current
methodological issues . Prereq : 5410 or 5530 or consent
of instructor.
5160 Management of Time and Energy in the Home
(3) Labor-saving methods and devices for ablebodied
and handicapped . Survey of literature . Current
trends and methods of research . Prereq : 4220
or consent of instructor.
5170 Consumer Economics (3) Consumer functions
in economy ; structure of consumer markets ; government
action relating to consumers ; factors affecting
prices of consumer goods.
5180 Family Financial Consultation (3) Analysis of
family expenditure patterns, common financial difficulties,
avenues by which families are assisted.
Field experience with consumer consulting services
. Prereq : 4210, 4830 or 5170 . Sp
5190 Standards in Consumer Protection (3) Product
and performance standards in consumer protection
.Theoretical and operational questions relating
to standards : analysis of costs and benefits to consumers
. Prereq : 4830, 5170 or consent of instructor.
5210 Theories of Child Development (3) Prereq:
4350 or equivalent . W
5220 Family Life Programs (3) School and community
programs in family life ; survey and evaluation;
students concentrate on type best suited to their
experience and future professional orientation . Prereq
: 3 hrs child development, 3 hrs family relationships,
3 hrs sociology . 2 hrs and 1 lab.
5310 Theory and Research on Human Sexuality (3)
Cultural, social, and psychological dimensions of
human sexuality . Major contributions from anthropological,
sociological, and personality theory
and research . W
5410 Advanced Family Relationships (3) Problems
in modern family life ; individual adjustments, group
relationships . Prereq : 3515, 4430, or consent of instructor.
5420 Parents and Children (3) Common problems of
young children faced by parents and teachers ; emphasis
on methods available to modify problem behavior.
5430 Families in Crisis (3) Interpersonal transactions
in disordered family behavior . Prereq : 5410 or
equivalent . W
5510 Survey of Research in Child and Family
Studies (3) Research literature ; locating, abstracting,
reporting research studies . Prereq : 3515 or 4430
or consent of instructor . W
5530 Research Methods in Child and Family
Studies (4) Research procedures in child and family
behavior ; basic methodology of behavioral sciences
. Recommended as prerequisite to beginning
thesis work in this area . Prereq : 9 hrs child and
family studies. 3 lectures and 1 discussion.
5540 Learning in Preschool Programs (3) Description,
analysis and evaluation of various preschool
models and programs . Prereq : 6 hrs in child and
family studies or preschool education . Sp
5550 Supervision in Preschool Programs (3) Guidance
of students working in nursery school and day
care centers . Guiding students through seminar
discussion, individual conferences, and various
evaluation techniques . Prereq : 5540 .3 hrs and 1 2-hr
lab.
5610 Theories of Management in the Family Environment
(3) Fundamental management concepts,
development and application to current family situations.
5620 Nursery School Administration (3) Organization
and operating schools and play groups for preschool
children . Housing, staff, schedules, programs,
financing . Prereq : 4110 or equivalent.
5630 Seminar in Infant Development (3) Theory and
research relating to development during infancy.
Prereq : 3220.
5640 Teaching Child and Family Studies (5) Seminar
and practicum in techniques for teaching child
development and family relationships . Prereq : Consent
of instructor . S/NC only.
5700 Current Programs and Trends in Child and
Family Studies (1-3)Trends in family living and implications
of recent developments and research relating
to children and families . Prereq : Consent of
instructor . May be repeated. Maximum 9 hrs.
5800 Problems in Child, Family and Consumer
Studies (1-3) Advanced study of child development
and family variables in family planning programs.
Internship in planned parenthood programs and
clinic . May be repeated . Maximum 9 hrs.
5850 Children's Effects on Parents and Marriage
(3) Theory and research about how children change
parents and influence marital relationships . Prereq:
4430 or consent of instructor.
5900 Seminar in Child and Family Studies (1-3) Prereq
: Consent of instructor . May be repeated.
Maximum 9 hrs.
6110 Seminar in Child Development, Family Relationships
and Consumer Studies (3) Issues and
changing concepts in field . Prereq : Two 5000-level
courses in child, family and consumer studies . May
be repeated . Maximum 9 hrs.
6250 Advanced Topics (3) Individual study and
group discussion of current problems . Prereq : Consent
of instructor. May be repeated . Maximum 9 hrs.
6310 Individual and Family Development-
Physiological Determinants (3) Family members'
physiological potential, development, and status.
Family's contribution to members' physiological potential
for growth and development and to realization
of human potential . Prereq : 6 hrs advanced
child and family studies, 4 hrs nutrition, 4 hrs physiology,
or equivalent . Sp
6320 Individual and Family Development : Cognition
(3) Processes through which human individuals
learn to recognize their world . Cognitive processes
involved in development across life span, focus on
research findings and methodology . Prereq : 5210,
5530, 5630, or equivalent . W
6330 Individual and Family Development : Socialization
(3) Processes of socialization throughout life
cycle . Family as primary socializing agent . Prereq:
5210, 5410, or equivalent.
6410 Theory Construction in Family Studies (3)
Process and application of theory construction in
contemporary research areas and family studies.
Emphasis on understanding, criticizing and constructing
theoretical models based on research findings
. Prereq : 5410 or consent of instructor.
6450 Conceptual Frameworks for the Family (3)
Theoretical perspectives for understanding
families. Exploration and applications of
frameworks on theoretical and research levels . Historical
to contemporary development of family
studies . Prereq : 5410 or consent of instructor . Sp
6540 Seminar in Programs for Infants and Preschool
Children (3) Research related to programs
for infants and young children . Various program
models for education of infants and young children,
methods of working with parents, and student training
programs. Prereq : 5210, 5540 or equivalent.
6610-20 Applied Behavior Analysis in Natural Settings
(3, 3) Individual supervision in application of
applied behavior analysis in natural settings. Prereq
: 5420 or consent of instructor .
6710 Elements of Consumer Choice (3) Analysis of
consumer decision making, theory of consumer
choice . Impact of affluence on consumers, and consideration
of dynamic aspects of consumer behavior,
including roles of aspirations, expectations, uncertainty
and information . Prereq : 5170 or consent
of instructor.
6720 Consumer Protection (3) Consumer protection,
regulatory agencies . standards, information
disclosure and other consumer protection legislation
. Assumptions involved in these efforts and relative
success of different strategies . Prereq : 5170,
5190 or consent of instructor.
Food Science,
Nutrition, and Food
Systems Administration
MAJORS DEGREES
Food Science M .S.
Nutrition M .S.
Food Systems Administration M .S.
Home Economics Ph .D.
Professors:
R. E . Beauchene (Head), Ph .D . Kansas State;
A. M. Campbell, Ph . D . Cornell ; G . E. Goertz,
Ph .D . Kansas State ; M. J. Hitchcock, Ph .D.
Wisconsin ; L . M . Odland (Dean Emerita),
Ph .D . Wisconsin, D .Sc . Rhode Island ; J . R. Savage,
Ph .D . Wisconsin ; J . T. Smith, Ph .D . Missouri;
M. A . Smith (Memphis), Ph .D . Tennessee.
Associate Professors:
B. L . Beach, Ph .D . Wisconsin ; D . W. Hubbard,
Dr. P. H . Tulane ; D . E . Lyon, M .S . Cornell;
M. P. Penfield, Ph .D . Tennessee ; D . Sashon,
Ph .D . Illinois ; M . N . Traylor, M .P.H.
California (Berkeley).
Assistant Professors:
F . E. Andrews, Ph .D . Ohio State ; J. B . Bittle
(Memphis), Ph .D . Tennessee ; M . D. Brooks
(Memphis), M . S . Alabama ; G . W . Disney, Ph .D.
Tennessee ; J. D. Skinner, Ph .D . Oregon State.
Food Science
4000 Origin of Food and Foodways (3) Food origin
and development of individual and group foodways.
Prereq : 8 hrs social science or humanities . F, W
4010 Introductory Experimental Food Science (3)
Physical and sensory evaluation in experimentation
with fats, high protein foods, and batter and dough
systems . Prereq : 3510 . 2 hrs and 1 lab . W, Sp
4020 Experimental Food Science (3) Individual experimentation
and its relation to the research literature
. Prereq : 4010, Nutrition 3320 recommended . 1
hr and 2 labs. Su, A
4040 Food in Contemporary Society (3) Consumer's
options, responsibility and potential influence with
respect to food supply . F, W
4100 Food Preservation (3) Application of basic
principles and research finding to food preservation
in home . Prereq : 1010, 4 hrs microbiology, and Nutrition
3310 or equivalent . 2 hrs and 1 lab . F
5000 Thesis (1-15) E
5002 Non-Thesis Graduation Completion (3-15)
Required for the non-thesis student not otherwise
registered during any quarter when such a student
uses university facilities and/or faculty time before
degree is completed . May not be used toward degree
requirements. May be repeated . S/NC only . E
5140 Foods and Nutrition : Physicochemical Principles
(3) Thermodynamics ; physicochemical properties
of proteins, carbohydrates and lipids ; chemistry
of colloid state ; chemical kinetics ; specialized kinetics
of enzymatic processes. Prereq : Nutrition 3330
and Mathematics 1540 or equivalent . Sp, A
5510 Food Texture (3) Classification of foods according
to textural parameters ; instrumentation in
evaluation of textures . Prereq : 4010 or Food
Technology 4920 ; Plant and Soil Science 3610 or
equivalent ; or consent of instructor . W
5520 Food Sensory Testing Methods (3) Principles
and methodology of sensory evaluation of food ; application
of methods ; analysis of sensory data . Pre-

88 College of Home Economics
req : 4010 ; Plant and Soil Science 3610 or equivalent;
or consent of instructor . Sp
5530 Advanced Experimental Food Science (3) Application
of research methods to individual problems
. Prereq : 5510-20 or consent of instructor. Su, A
5550 Food Behavior of the Individual (3) Development
of and changes in choices of food and food
habits of individual . Prereq : 4000, 3 hrs of nutrition,
or consent of instructor. Sp, Su
5560 Foodways in the United States (3) Current
foodways of selected subcultures in United States
and historical basis for their development . Prereq:
4000, 3 hrs of nutrition, or consent of instructor . W;
Sp
5610-20 Advanced Food Science (3, 3) Biochemical
and biophysical interactions in food . Prereq : 4010;
Nutrition 3320 or equivalent, or consent of instructor
. W ; Sp
5630 Carbohydrates and Fats in Relation to Food
Science (3) Physical and chemical characteristics of
sugars, starches, and fats with emphasis on their
behavior in food . Prereq : 4010 ; Nutrition 3320-30 or
equivalent.
5640 Proteins in Relation to Food Science (3) Physical
and chemical characteristics of the proteins of
milk, eggs, flour, and meat with emphasis on their
behavior in food . Prereq : 4010 ; Nutrition 3320-30 or
equivalent.
5700 Current Programs and Trends in Food Science
(1-3) Recent advances in food science, impact
on curricular considerations, and implications for
teachers, extention workers, and dietitians . Prereq:
Consent of instructor. May be repeated.
5800 Problems in Food Science (1-3) Advanced
study from field of food science . Prereq : Consent of
department head and professor in charge of investigation
. May be repeated.
5850 Field Experience (3-9) Experience in foodrelated
industry or agency under supervision of faculty
member . Prereq : Consent of instructor.
5900 Seminar (1-3) Prereq : Consent of instructor.
May be repeated . Maximum 3 hrs. S/NC only.
6000 Doctoral Research and Dissertation (3-15) E
6110 Advanced Topics in Food Science (3) Comprehensive
individual study and group discussion of
topics related to current problems in food science.
Prereq : Consent of instructor. May be repeated.
6210 Food Dispersions (3) Physical characteristics
of solutions, colloidal dispersions,and suspensions
in relation to treatments applied . Prereq : 5530.
6310-20 Structure of Food Plants and Animal Tissues
(3, 3) Histological structure of food plants and
animal tissues related to physical characteristics
and chemical properties of components . Prereq:
5630-40.
6510-20 Food and Sociocultural Change (3, 3) Critical
evaluation of factors and interrelationships affecting
food intake and consumption patterns . Must
be taken in sequence . Prereq : 5550 or 5560 ; or consent
of instructor. F ; W
6900 Seminar (1-3) May be repeated . S/NC only.
Nutrition
3310 Organic Chemistry (4) Emphasis on subjects
leading to 3320-30, Textiles and Clothing 4220 . Prereq
: General Chemistry . 3 hrs and 1 lab . Not for
graduate credit to departmental majors . F, Sp
3320 Food Analysis (4) Elementary quantitative
analysis ; typical food analyses . Prereq : 3310 or
equivalent . 3 hrs and 1 lab . Not for graduate credit to
departmental majors. W, Su
3330 Physiological Chemistry (3) Metabolism of
carbohydrates, lipids, and proteins. Role of vitamins
and minerals . Not for graduate credit to departmental
majors . Sp, Su
3339 Physiological Chemistry Laboratory (1) Prereq
: 3320 ; Coreq : 3330 .1 lab . Not for graduate credit
to departmental majors . Sp, Su
4010 Reproductive and Developmental Nutrition
(3) Nutritive requirements for expectant mothers,
infants, and preschool children . Prereq : 3020, 3050,
or 3410. 2 hrs and 1 lab . F
4020 Nutrition for Children, Adolescents and
Adults (3) Application of basic principles and research
findings to good nutrition for children, adolescents
and adults . Prereq : 3020, 3050, or 3410 . 2
hrs and 1 lab.
4030 Community Nutrition (3) Nutrition problems
and services in the community ; supervised field experiences
are integral part of the course . Prereq:
3020, 3050, or 3410 . Sp
4110 Introduction to Nutrition Research (3) Discussion
of principles and laboratory experiences . Prereq
: 3410 or equivalent . 2 hrs and 1 lab . Sp
4230 Nutrition in Disease (4) Nutrition problems in
diseases influenced by diet . Prereq : 3410 . W, Su
4231 Clinical Experiences in Dietetics (1) Planned
clinical experiences applying principles of nutrition
in disease . Coreq : 4230 . Su
4240 Nutrition in Disease II (3) Interdisciplinary lectures
and discussions on the metabolic processes of
normal and diseased organs and/or tissues and the
dietary or behavior modifications required . Prereq:
4230. Designed for senior students in the coordinated
undergraduate program in dietetics . F
4430 Diet and Drug Therapy (3) Effect of drug
therapy on absorption and utilization of nutrients,
and effect of diet on absorption, utilization and toxicity
of drugs . Prereq : 3410 or consent of instructor.
W.
5000 Thesis (1-15) E
5002 Non-Thesis Graduation Completion (3-15)
Required for the non-thesis student not otherwise
registered during any quarter when such a student
uses university facilities and/or faculty time before
degree is completed . May not be used toward degree
requirements . May be repeated . S/NC only . E
5110 Advanced Physiological Chemistry (4)
Bioenergetics and related metabolism of nutrients.
Prereq : 3330 or equivalent . 3 hrs and 1 lab . F
5120 Advanced Physiological Chemistry (3) Nutritional
factors in relation to body fluids, gas transport,
and endocrine function . Prereq : 3330 . W
5140 Foods and Nutrition : Physicochemical Principles
(3) Thermodynamics; physicochemical properties
of proteins, carbohydrates and lipids ; chemistry
of colloid state ; chemical kinetics ; specialized kinetics
of enzymatic processes . Prereq : Nutrition 3330
and Mathematics 1540 or equivalent . Sp, A
5210 Advanced Nutrition (3) Critical review of fundamentals
. Prereq : 3330, 3410. F
5230 Experimental Methods in Nutrition (3) Use of
small animals in experimental nutrition . Prereq:
3320-30, 3410. 2 hrs and 1 lab . F
5240-50 Research Techniques (3, 3) Analytical
methods for assay of food and biological materials.
Human metabolic balance experiments . Prereq:
5230 . 3 labs . A
5310 Community Nutrition (3) Nutrition problems
and practices in community ; supervised field work.
Prereq : 3410 and consent of instructor . 3 labs . F
5320 Community Nutrition (3) Observations and participation
in nutrition programs of local and state
agencies . Prereq : 5310 and consent of instructor . 3
labs . W
5330 Community Nutrition (3) Nutrition programs of
state and federal agencies ; preparation of material
for nutrition education ; supervised field work. Prereq
: Consent of instructor. 3 labs . Su
5340 Field Study in Community Nutrition (1-12) Personal
participation in and analysis of state or regional
community nutrition program . Location of
in-depth study to be selected in consultation with
instructor . Prereq :5320 and consent of instructor.
S/NC only. Sp
5350 Mental Retardation or Other Developmental
Disorders of Childhood (3) Multidisciplinary core
course required of all full-time students in training at
Child Development Center, UT Center for the Health
Sciences, Memphis . Prereq : Consent of department
head . F, W, Sp
5410-20 Human Nutrition (3, 3) Functions of carbohydrates,
proteins, fats, minerals and vitamins.
Nutritional requirements of humans throughout life
span and practical problems in meeting requirements
. Prereq : 3410 and 5110 . W ; Su
5430 Physiological Bases for Diets in Disease (3)
Developments in dietary treatment of disease in
which nutrition plays a major role . Prereq : 5210 or
equivalent . Su
5440 Maternal and Child Nutrition (3) Principles of
prenatal, infant and child nutrition . Prereq : 5410-20.
Su
5450 Survey Methods in Human Nutrition (3) Food
consumption, food practices and nutritional status
of population groups . Prereq : 5210 or 5410-20.2 hrs
and 1 lab.
5460 World Food Supply and Human Nutrition (3)
Food supplies and food practices as related to
human nutrition throughout world . Regional, national
and international agencies concerned with
food and nutrition problems . Prereq : 5210 or 5410-
20 . Sp
5470 Nutrition and Aging (3) Nutritional problems of
aging individual, nutritional requirements, dietary
intakes, and effect of nutrition on rate of biological
aging . Prereq : 5210 or consent of instructor . W
5610 Nutrition in Mental Retardation and Developmental
Disorders (1-12) Interdisciplinary
diagnosis and treatment of developmentallyhandicapped
child . Role of nutritionist ; clinical experience
and lectures at Child Development Center,
Center for the Health Sciences, Memphis . Prereq:
Consent of department head . E
5700 Current Programs and Trends in Nutrition
(1-3) Recent developments in field of nutrition and
implications for teachers, extension workers, dietitians,
public health nutritionists, and others in related
fields . Prereq : Consent of instructor . May be
repeated . Maximum 9 hrs.
5800 Problems in Nutrition (1-3) Advanced study
selected from field of nutrition . Prereq : Consent of
department head and professor in charge of investigation
. May be repeated . Maximum 9 hrs.
5900 Seminar (1-3) Prereq : Consent of instructor.
May be repeated . Maximum 3 hrs. S/NC only.
6000 Doctoral Research and Dissertation (3-15) E
6110 Proteins and Amino Acids (3) Lectures, reports,
and discussions . Prereq : 5410-20. Sp, A
6120 Mineral Metabolism (3) Lectures, reports, and
discussions of functions of minerals in physiological
processes . Prereq : 5410-20 . Sp, A
6130 Lipid Metabolism (3) Lectures, reports, and
discussions . Prereq : 5410-20.
6140 Vitamin Metabolism (3) Lectures, reports, and
discussions . Prereq : 5410-20 . A
6210 Advanced Topics in Nutrition (1-3) Recent advances,
concepts, research techniques, and current
problems . Prereq : 5410-20 or consent of instructor.
May be repeated . Maximum 9 hrs . F
6900 Seminar (1-3) May be repeated. Maximum 9
hrs . S/NC only . E
Food Systems Administration
4130 Food Systems Administration (3) Functions of
management applied to food service systems . Prereq
: 3110 . F
4140 Food Systems Personnel Development (3)
Development of training programs for food systems
personnel . Prereq : 4130 or consent of instructor . W
4150 Design and Layout of Food Service Systems
(3) Design of physical facilities and selection and
purchasing of equipment for food service systems.
Prereq : 3110 or consent of instructor . Sp
4250 Food and Lodging Managerial Cost Control
(3) Cost analysis for control . Use of financial statements
for decision making for food and lodging
systems . Prereq : 4130, Accounting 2130 . W, Sp
4260 Food and Lodging Physical Plant, Planning
and Maintenance (4) Feasibility, planning, development
and construction of food and lodging

physical plant and maintenance . Electrical, mechanical,
heating, plumbing, air conditioning and
ventilation and illumination systems . Types of building
materials and construction . Prereq : 3110, 4150
or consent of instructor . 3 hrs and 1 lab . W
4270 Tourism, Food and Lodging Information Systems
(3) Qualitative and quantitative analysis of information
systems for decision making in food and
lodging operations or other operations related to
tourist industry. Prereq : 4130, 4250, Computer Science
1410 . Sp
5000 Thesis (1-15) E
5002 Non-Thesis Graduation Completion (3-15)
Required for the non-thesis student not otherwise
registered during any quarter when such a student
uses university facilities and/or faculty time before
degree is completed . May not be used toward degree
requirements . May be repeated . S/NC only . E
5110-20 Experimental Quantity Food Study (3, 3)
Analysis of food production, holding environment,
and service problems related to quality of food prepared
in volume . Management resources . Prereq:
4130, 3110, or consent of instructor . Su, A
5210 Methods of Food Systems Research (3) Research
methods applicable to food systems administration
. Prereq : 4130, Statistics 5211 or equivalent.
W, A
5220 Experimental Design of Food System
Facilities (3) Environment in which food is prepared,
held, and served in volume . Prereq : 4150. Su
5230 Food Systems Evaluation (3) Management resources
in food systems . Standards for control . Prereq
: 4130, or consent of instructor . F
5240 Financial Management of Food Systems (3)
Analysis and control of food systems income and
expenses . Forecasting business cycles . Processing
of data . Prereq : 4130. Sp
5310 Administration of Food Service Delivery Systems
(3) Role and responsibilities of administrator in
maintaining desired qualitative and quantitative
standards in food service delivery system . Prereq:
3110 or consent of instructor. W, A
5500 Clinical Training in Health Care Agencies (3)
Instructional and supervisory techniques in clinical
settings by nurses and dietitians for training of
entry-level health care providers . Prereq : Nursing
4760 or consent of instructor.
5700 Current Programs and Trends in Food Systems
Administration (1-3) Recent advances in food
systems administration and implications for dietitians,
school food service directors, and others in
related fields . Prereq : Consent of instructor . May be
repeated.
5800 Problems in Food Systems Administration
(1-3) May be repeated.
5850 Field Experience (3-9) Planned administrative
experience in food service system . Prereq : Consent
of instructor.
5900 Seminar (1-3) Prereq : Consent of instructor.
May be repeated . Maximum 3 hrs . S/NC only.
6110 Advanced Topics in Food Systems Administration
(3) Comprehensive individual study and
group discussion of current problems in food systems
administration . Prereq : Consent of instructor.
6210 Manpower Planning and Training for the Food
Service Industry (3) Identification of manpower
needs by skill levels ; programs for personnel in food
service industry. Prereq : 4140, 5210 or consent of
instructor . Sp
6310-20 Quantitative Methods to Control Resources
In Food Service Systems (3, 3) Interrelationships
of resources and evaluation of efficiency
and effectiveness in food service systems . Prereq:
5230 or consent of instructor . Taken in sequence.
Credit for 6310 contingent upon completion of 6320.
Su, A
6900 Seminar (1-3) May be repeated . S/NC only . E
Home Economics
MAJOR
Home Economics
DEGREE
Ph .D .
Professors:
N. H . Belck, (Dean), Ph .D . Michigan State;
L. M . Odland (Dean Emerita), Ph .D . Wisconsin,
D .Sc . Rhode Island ; G . E . Goertz
(Associate Dean), Ph .D . Kansas State.
Assistant Professor:
V. S. Anagnost (Assistant Dean), M .S . Tennessee.
5060 Practicum (1-12) Field experience in selected
organizations that focus on interdisciplinary solutions
to multilevel problems of society . Prereq : Consent
of instructor . May be repeated . Maximum 12
hrs.
5100 International Studies (1-15) Student- or staffinitiated
course for study in foreign country of
topic(s) pertinent to field . Topic to be determined by
student and instructor with department and college
approval . May be repeated . Maximum 15 hrs.
5210 History and Philosophy of Home Economics
(3) Historical development of home economics ; survey
of concepts and philosophy of component disciplines
and analysis of current programs ; emphasis
on projection of future developments.
5220 Development of Community Services Programs
(3)
5230 Evaluation of Community Services Programs
(3) Purposes of evaluation, clarification of objectives
and procedures for determining progress.
5600 Home Economics In the Community (3) Role of
home economists in community and how interactions
among professionals of all community
resources facilitate finding solutions for and/or
solving problems of individuals, families, and
communities related to quality of life . Prereq : Agricultural
Economics 4320 or Economics 5340 or
Planning 4100 or Child and Family Studies 5700 or
consent of instructor.
5700 Current Programs and Trends in Human Resource
Development (1-3) Current developments in
area related to human resources and impact on society
through community services programs and
other programs in education, business, and government
. Prereq : Consen : of instructor . May be repeated.
Maximum 9 hrs.
5800 Problems in Community Services(1-3) Prereq:
Consent of professor in charge of investigation . Hrs
and credit to be arranged . May be repeated.
Maximum 9 hrs.
5900 Seminar in Human Resource Development
(1-3) May be repeated . S/NC only.
6000 Doctoral Research and Dissertation (3-15) E
6110-20 Theoretical Issues In Human Resource
Development (3,3) Interdisciplinary approach to development
and use of human resources in solution
of family and consumer problems . Prereq : 12 hrs of
5000-level courses representing 2 areas of home
economics . F ; W
6210 Professional Issues in Human Resource Development
(3) Role and philosophy, and administrative
procedures for human resource development.
Prereq : 12 hrs of 5000-level courses representing 2
areas of home economics. Sp
6310 Advanced Topics (3) Comprehensive individual
study and group discussion of individual and
family behavior, physiological development and
well-being, environmental factors, and economic
and social well-being . Prereq : 6110. May be repeated.
6500 Methodological Issues in Home Economics
(3) Advanced methodology in home economics, interdisciplinary
research methods and issues . Prereq
: 1 graduate-level course in research methodology
or consent of instructor.
6900 Seminar (1-3) May be repeated . S/NC only.
Home Economics
Education
Graduate study in home economics
education provides for an M .S . in
Vocational-Technical Education
(concentration in home economics
education) and opportunity for participation
in the Ed .D . program in Vocational-Technical
Education in the College of Education . (See
page 61 for staff and course offerings .)
Interior Design
and Housing
MAJORS DEGREES
Interior Design and Housing M .S.
Consumer Studies and Housing:
Public Policy M .S.
Home Economics Ph .D.
Professor:
R. G . .Blakemore (Head), PhD . Florida State.
Associate Professor:
W. Moran, M .S . Wisconsin.
Assistant Professors:
A . K . Farkas, Ph .D . Minnesota ; K. Tepel, M .S.
Massachusetts.
A student's course of study includes
intensive training in interior design as well as
courses dealing with the broader aspects of
design . All student programs include:
Seminar in Design (5040), Advanced Design
Studio (5050), and research methods.
The interdisciplinary program in Consumer
Studies and Housing : Public Policy is
available to students with interest in the social
science approach to housing . Courses
dealing with interior design or the design
aspects of housing may be elected.
ACQUISITIONS AND EXHIBITIONS
For interior design majors, the department
reserves the right of acquisition and
exhibition of work completed in its studios
under the guidance of the faculty.
Prospective graduate students should submit
a portfolio of their undergraduate studio work
to the department . This portfolio may include
slides or original work.
4130 Contemporary Design (3) Furnishings and interiors
; economic, technological and sociological
influences on the development of design ; changing
living conditions ; interrelation of architecture and
furnishings . Significant designers and their work . W
4155 Interior Space Planning I (6) Analysis, planning
and design of office environment ; includes
contract specifications . Prereq : 3256 or equivalent.
F
4156 Interior Space Planning II (6) Studio problems
involving large scale nonresidential interior spaces
such as restaurants, transportation facilities, stores,
institutions . Prereq : 4155 or consent of instructor. W
4320 Family Housing Problems (3) Housing requirements
of families . Reading and judging house
plans ; effective use of space ; maintenance problems
; housing regulations and restrictions ; site
selection and neighborhood development ; financing
procedures . Prereq : 6 hrs from Economics
2110-20-30. Sp
4330 Care and Repair of Household Equipment (3)
Care of equipment to give maximum service in relation
to operation and service cost ; understanding of
common repair problems . Prereq : 2430 . 1 hr and 2
labs.
5000 Thesis (1-15) E
5002 Non-Thesis Graduation Completion (3-15)
Required for the non-thesis student not otherwise
registered during any quarter when such a student
uses university facilities and/or faculty time before
degree is completed . May not be used toward degree
requirements . May be repeated . S/NC only . E
5040 Seminar In Design (3) Intensive reading, discussion
and critical evaluation of twentieth-century
design concepts, persons, motivation, and creative
components leading to visual innovation.
5050 Advanced Design Studio (4) Strength, structural
variability, and form potentials of design mate-

90 College of Home Economics
rials ; search for aesthetic potential in depth.
5060 Practicum (1-12) Field experience in selected
agencies and organizations that focus on solutions
to problems in housing.
5120 Historic Interior Design (3) Research studies of
historic design developments . Variable course content,
emphasis on interior design, furniture and/or
accessories for England, Scandinavia, Mediterranean
area and/or America . May be repeated.
Maximum 18 hrs.
5210 Furniture Appreciation (3) Aesthetic qualities
of past and present styles . Significant structural and
formal characteristics.
5310 Interior Design (3) Advanced problems in
planning and design of interior space ; application of
research information in making design decisions.
Prereq : Consent of instructor.
5410 Advanced Problems (3) Individual development
of techniques and appreciation . Prereq : 9 hrs
related art or equivalent.
5510 Environmental Factors in Interior Design (3)
Human factors and associated research techniques
related to design of interior architectural
environments-derivation of design implications
from anatomy, physiology, anthropometry, and behavioral
sciences . Prereq : 6 hrs behavioral science,
and 6 hrs natural science or consent of instructor.
5520 Environmental Factors in Interior Design (3)
Systematic design methodology as applied to design
of microenvironments using human factors information
. Prereq : 6 hrs behavioral science, and 6
hrs natural science or consent of instructor.
5530 Environmental Factors in Interior Design (3)
Human factors and systematic design methodology
applied to analysis, synthesis, and evaluation of
research-oriented interior design projects . Comprehensive
design research project by 2- or
3-member teams . Prereq : 6 hrs behavioral science,
and 6 hrs natural science or consent of instructor.
5610 Furniture Design (3) Analysis of human factors
data in design of body support, task support, and
storage furniture pieces and systems ; production of
construction drawings and scale models . Prereq:
Consent of instructor . Sp
5613 Housing Management (3) Role and functions
of housing management specialist in problems of
private and assisted housing management. Prereq:
4320 or consent of instructor.
5614 Housing Regulations and Controls (3) Function
of regulations and other control practices and
mechanisms as determinants of nature, availability
of housing in local communities by various user
groups . Prereq : 4320 or consent of instructor.
5615 Housing Programs and Policies (3) Analysis of
private and public programs and policies to promote
realization of suitable homes and living environments
for families . Economic and social problems
related to national housing objectives . Prereq : 4320
or consent of instructor.
5620 Experimental Methods in Household Equipment
(3) Research methods and techniques in determining
performance of household equipment.
Prereq : 2430 or consent of instructor . 1 hr and 2
labs.
5630 Environmental Requirements for Family Work
Centers (3) Trend in planning work center areas
such as kitchens and laundries ; adequacy, convenience,
surface treatment, facilities and costs ; problems
of installation and remodeling.
5815 Environmental Design Research (1-3) Evaluation
and application of research methodologies to
interior design problems . Hours and credit arranged
. Prereq : 5510-20-30 or equivalent and consent
of department head and instructor in charge of
investigation . May be repeated . Maximum 9 hrs.
5820 Interior Design (1-3) Advanced study in interior
design . Hours and credit arranged . Prereq : Consent
of department head and professor in charge of investigation
. May be repeated . Maximum 9 hrs . E
5830 Problems in Housing (1-3) Advanced study in
housing . Hours and credit arranged . Prereq : Consent
of department head and professor in charge of
investigation . May be repeated . Maximum 9 hrs . E
5910-20-30 Seminar (1-4, 1-4, 1-4) Hours and credit
arranged . Prereq : Consent of instructor.
6110 Contemporary Housing Issues and Problems
(3) Individual study and group discussion of various
issues and problems related to housing . Prereq:
Consent of instructor.
6120 Advanced Topics in Housing Research (3)
Various concepts, theories and methodologies of
social sciences in housing research . Prereq : Consent
of instructor.
6210 Environmental Design Analysis (3) Advanced
methodology in psychobiology of environmental
design, multidisciplinary research data and
methods . Prereq : 5510-20-30.
6420 Perspectives in Interior Design (3) Historical
influences related to contemporary concepts in interior
design . Prereq : 5040, 6 hrs of graduate level
art history, or consent of instructor.
Textiles and Clothing
MAJORS degrees
Textiles and Clothing M .S.
Home Economics Ph .D.
Associate Professors:
I. M . Ford, (Acting Head) Ph .D . Pennsyivania State;
M. F . Drake, Ph .D . Pennsylvania State;
B. C . Goswami, Ph .D . Manchester (England).
Faculty Associate:
T. L . Vigo, Ph .D . Tulane.
Assistant Professors:
C. E. Cox, Ph .D . Tennessee ; L . A . Kocher,
Ph .D . California (Davis).
4210 Elementary Textile Microscopy (3) Microscopic
techniques as applied to the study of textile
fibers and fabrics . Prereq : 4040 .1 hr and 21abs.W, A
4240 Design Analysis II (3) Interpretation of dress
design terminating in finished garments developed
through the media of draping.
5000 Thesis (1-15) E
5002 Non-Thesis Graduation Completion (3-15)
Required for the non-thesis student not otherwise
registered during any quarter when such a student
uses university facilities and/or faculty time before
degree is completed . May not be used toward degree
requirements. May be repeated . S/NC only . E
5110 Textiles Testing and Methods of Research in
Textiles (3) Physical and chemical testing . Research
methods . 3 labs . Sp
5120 Advanced Problems in Textiles and Clothing
(3) Refresher course ; new developments in textiles.
Selecting fabrics, agencies aiding consumer, and
individual problems in textile field . 2 hrs and 1 lab . F
5130 Advanced Tailoring (3) Comparison of hand
tailoring and trade methods used in making suits,
coats, or costumes . 3 labs.
5150 Principles of Design Analysis (3) Application
of flat pattern theory to garment design incorporating
relationships of fabric geometry, texture, hand,
and surface ornamentation to design . Prereq : Consent
of instructor . 1 hr and 2 labs . W
5160 Review of Literature (3) Intensive survey and
evaluation of recent literature ; implications for
further research . F
5170 Social, Psychological and Economic Aspects
of Clothing (3) Clothing as it relates to human behavior.
Prereq : 6 hrs or equivalent from each of following
areas: sociology, psychology, economics . W
5180 Advanced Textile Economics (3) Economic
problems or problem areas of current importance in
textile and apparel industries-production, consumption,
and governmental policy . Prereq : 3420, 6
hrs economics or consent of instructor. W
5210 Evaluation of Instructional Materials in the
Field of Textiles and Clothing (3) Evaluating instructional
materials in communicating information in
various areas of textiles and clothing . 1 hr and2labs.
5220 Historic Textiles (3) Development of textile industry
in world ; fibers used, design, and color . F
5240 Practicum (1-9) Off-campus experience with
business, industry, governmental agencies and civic
groups ; preplanned ; supervised . Prereq : Consent of
major advisor and department head . May be repeated
. Maximum 9 hrs . S/NC only.
5250-60-70 Problems in Textile Chemistry (4, 4, 4)
Theoretical and experimental study of chemistry of
textile fibers including polymerization, reactions,
dyeing, and finishing . 5250 must be taken first, 5260
and 5270 need not be taken in sequence . 5250-
Emphasis on structure ; property relationships and
reactions of fibers . 5260-Emphasis on fabric
finishes . 5270-Emphasis on dyes and dyeing . Prereq
: 3420 or equivalent ; 1 qtr organic chemistry . 2
hrs and 2 labs.
5310 Fashion Analysis (3) Fashion as social and
economic force ; evolutionary theories of fashion
operation . Prereq : 6 hrs each of sociology and economics.
5320 Problems in Historic Costume (3) Variable flow
of styles in relation to cultural determinants . Prereq:
3480 or consent of instructor. May be repeated.
Maximum 9 hrs . W
5700 Current Programs and Trends in Textiles and
Clothing (1-3) Pertinent developments and trends in
textiles and/or clothing and implications for new
types of programs, techniques and/or curricula approaches.
Content and emphasis vary according to
changes in field and needs of groups serviced . Prereq
: Consent of instructor . May be repeated.
Maximum 9 hrs.
5800 Problems in Textiles and Clothing (1-3) Advanced
study selected from field of textiles and
clothing . Prereq : Consent of department head and
professor in charge of investigation . May be repeated
. Maximum 9 hrs.
5900 Seminar in Textiles and Clothing (1-3) Prereq:
Consent of instructor . May be repeated . Maximum 9
hrs. E
6010 Advanced Studies in Textiles and Clothing (3)
Independent analysis of major philosophies,
theories, methods, and research . Prereq : 5160 or
consent of instructor . May be repeated . Maximum 6
hrs.
6110 Selected Issues in Textiles and Clothing (3)
Advanced topics of current significance. Prereq:
Consent of instructor . May be repeated . Maximum 9
hrs.
6140 Selected Behavioral Theories in Clothing (3)
Role of clothing in functioning of people, utilizing
behavioral theories . Prereq : 5170, 6 hrs of graduate
level sociology or psychology, or consent of instructor.
6150 Social-Psychological Theories of Clothing
Consumption (3) Analysis and evaluation of social
science theories of consumer behavior in relation to
textiles and apparel . Prereq : Child and Family
Studies 5170, 6 hrs of graduate level sociology or
psychology, or consent of instructor.
6160 Textile Flammability (3) Factors affecting textile
flammability as consumer issue. Standards, regulations,
test methods, economic impact . Prereq:
5120, 5150, 5250, or consent of instructor.
6170 Physical Performance Behavior of Textile
Structures I (3) Fundamentals of yarns and fabric
structures ; relationship of structure to physical
characteristics of textile materials . Prereq : 5120, or
consent of instructor.
6910 Seminar in Textiles and Clothing (1-3) May be
repeated . Maximum 6 hrs .

MAJOR DEGREE
Aviation Systems M.S.
Lead Professor:
M. A . Wright, Ph .D. Wales.
Professors:
W. Frost, Ph .D . Washington ; W. F. Jacobs,
Ph .D . Goettingen (Germany) ; A . A . Mason, Ph .D.
Tennessee ; J. M. Wu, PH .D . California Institute
of Technology ; R. L. Young, Ph .D.
Northwestern.
Associate Professors:
F.G . Collins, Ph .D . California (Berkeley);
R . D . Kimberlin, M .S . Tennessee ; J. R. Maus,
Ph .D . North Carolina State.
Assiatant Professors:
W. B . Baker, Jr., Ph .D . Tennessee ; W . J. Boaz,
M .S . Florida State ; V. K. Smith, Ill, Ph .D.
Georgia Institute of Technology.
The University of Tennessee Space Institute
offers a program leading to the Master of
Science with a major in Aviation Systems . The
Aviation Systems program is designed for
those who possess a Bachelor's degree in
engineering or science and who wish to study
under a "systems philosophy" toward
careers in research and development or
administration in various phases pertinent to
aviation . The program features 18 quarter
hours major field credit in various aspects of
aviation systems, 6 or more quarter hours
credit in each of the areas of research,
development and administration, and
electives which permit further specialization
to either area.
To qualify for admission to this program,
the applicant must possess a Bachelor's
degree in engineering or science from a
recognized institution, show evidence of
ability to pursue and benefit from the
program, and fulfill The University of
Tennessee Graduate School admission
procedures and grade point standards.
Subject matter prerequisite to the program
includes basic knowledge of computer
utilization as represented by Computer
Science 3150 or equivalent, a background in
statistics as represented by Statistics 3450 or
equivalent, a basic understanding of
aerodynamic fundamentals, aircraft
propulsion and performance as represented
by Aerospace Engineering 4110 and 4120 or
equivalent, a background in accounting as
represented by Accounting 5010 or
equivalent basic accounting courses, a basic
knowledge of economics as represented by
introductory economics or equivalent.
Both thesis and non-thesis programs are
available. The thesis program involves
satisfactory completion of the following
minimum requirements:
1. 18 hours in the major field of aviation
systems.
2. For the research and development area,
6 quarter hours in Industrial Engineering 5700
and 5710; for the administration area, 6
quarter hours in Economics 5030 and
Accounting 5810, for a total of 12 quarter
hours.
3. 6 hours of electives selected from the
major field, engineering and/or the areas in
item 2.
4. 9 hours in Aviation Systems 5000,
Thesis, hence demonstrating the ability to
conduct and report on an independent
investigation.
5. Defense of thesis and completion of final
examination.
The non-thesis program will be permitted in
special circumstances and involves
satisfactory completion of the following
minimum requirements:
1. 18 hours in the major field of aviation
systems.
2. For the research and development area,
9 quarter hours in Industrial Engineering
5700, 5710, and 5720 ; for the administration
area, 9 quarter hours in Economics 5030,
Accounting 5810 and Finance 5010-20, for a
total of 18 quarter hours.
3. 6 hours of electives in one of the areas in
item 2.
4. 6 hours of electives in the major field,
engineering and/or the areas of item 2.
5. Satisfactory completion of 3 quarter
hours in Aviation Systems 5100, Project in
Aviation Systems.
6. Satisfactory completion of a
comprehensive final written examination on
all course work submitted for the degree and
defense of the project course paper.
The thesis program involves 45
quarter-hour credits minimum while the
non-thesis program involves 51 quarter-hour
credits minimum.
Courses suitable for credit in the major field
include : Aerospace Engineering 5810 and
5820, Industrial Engineering 5840; Aviation
Systems 5070, 5080, 5090, 5210, 5220, and
5970.
Electives typical of those suitable for credit
in the area of aviation systems, research and
development include : Aerospace
Engineering 5150-60-70 ; Computer Science
3510-20, 4550 and 5655-65-75 ; Industrial
Engineering 4060, 4150, 4230, 5720, 5730,
6700, 6730 ; Mathematics 4225-35-45,
4510-20-30 ; Metallurgical Engineering
5810-20-30 ; and Statistics 3450.
Electives typical of those suitable for credit
in the area of aviation systems, administration
include : Accounting 5020 ; Business Law
5010 ; Economics 5020 ; Management 5130;
Marketing 5010-20 ; Transportation 5050,
5130, 5210-20, and 5910.
5000 Thesis (1-15) E
5070 Airports and the Community (3) Structure of
airports and their communities . Technology and
economics of cargo, baggage, ticket and passenger
handling . Airport management, economics and
logistics . Interfaces with the community, collection
and distribution, demand requirement analyses,
types of developments and their projections. Prereq
: Aerospace Engineering 5810.
5080 Collection and Distribution (3) Capabilities,
technology, plans, programs and developments for
collecting and distributing passengers and freight
to and from various types of airports . Ground, water,
air and mixed transportation modes, present and
future ; requirements analysis, and model analysis of
the system . Prereq : Aerospace Engineering 5810.
5090 Governmental Policies for Aviation (3)
Theoretical and legal basis for economic and governmental
regulation of aviation . Historical and
legislative development of aviation regulatory agencies,
organizational structure and administrative
and enforcement procedures . Prereq : Aerospace
Engineering 5810.
5100 Project in Aviation Systems (3) In-depth study
and formal report on aviation systems topic, normally
performed during last quarter of work toward
degree in non-thesis program . For aviation systems
degree candidates only.
5210-20 Experimental Flight Mechanics (3, 3) Flight
mechanics, experimental techniques. Speciallyequipped
airborne laboratory allows active student

92 Intercollegiate Programs
participation in series of experiments demonstrating
acquisition of flight test data . Tests conducted
covering broad range of aircraft performance, stability,
and control characteristics . Development of
theory necessary to support class experiments, test
techniques, instrumentation and data reduction
methods . 5210 emphasizes performance ; 5220 emphasizes
stability and control . Prereq : Aerospace
Engineering 4120.
5970 Special Topics in Aviation Systems (3) Current
problems in aviation systems . Prereq : Consent
of instructor. May be repeated with consent . See
also course descriptions for Aerospace Engineering
5810, 5820, and Industrial Engineering 5840.
Ecology
MAJOR
Ecology
J . Frank McCormick, Director, Ph .D. Emory
DEGREES
M .S .,Ph .D.
The Graduate Program in Ecology offers
Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy
degrees . This interdepartmental program
provides advanced courses in contemporary
ecology for students from undergraduate
programs in basic and applied biology, social
sciences, mathematics and engineering.
Research opportunities in both fundamental
and applied ecology are intended to prepare
students for academic careers as well as
professional positions in industry or
government . The Environmental Sciences
Division of the Oak Ridge National Laboratory
and the Tennessee Valley Authority provide
advisors and research facilities . The Great
Smoky Mountains, Cumberland Plateau,
valley and ridge topography, TVA lakes and
wild rivers provide locally a spectrum of
natural habitats and consequent biological
diversity which is truly unique . In addition,
faculty research programs provide
opportunities for student research elsewhere
on this continent and abroad.
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
Requirements for admission to this
program are : (1) admission to the Graduate
School ; (2) at least 12 quarter hours of college
chemistry, 9 quarter hours of college
mathematics, and 4 quarter hours of ecology
at the upper division level ; (3) departmental
application and 3 rating forms ; (4) the
Graduate Record Examination.
Application forms for admission should be
obtained from the Graduate School . Inquiries
concerning the admission requirements
should be addressed to the Director,
Graduate Program in Ecology, University of
Tennessee, Knoxville, Tennessee 37916.
ADVISORS
Advisors are selected from ecologists in
several departments of the University who
have competence in the area in which the
student expects to work . Entering students
should consult early with the Director of the
program on the choice of a faculty advisor
who will become the chairperson of the
student's faculty committee.
THE MASTER'S PROGRAM
The minimum 45 quarter hours of graduate
credit shall include 18 hours of ecology
courses (exclusive of thesis), of which 6 hours
shall be in Ecology 5210-20-30 and at least 8
additional hours in ecology courses
numbered above 5100; 9 hours of thesis in
Ecology 5000, and 18 additional hours in an
ecology or supporting courses . To insure an
interdepartmental program, the required
minimum 45 hours shall include no more than
18 hours of non-thesis courses from any one
department of instruction.
The general requirements for this Master's
degree are listed on page 9.
A minor in ecology shall include Ecology
5210-20-30 (6 hours) and at least 3 additional
hours in approved ecology courses.
THE DOCTORAL PROGRAM
The requirements for this degree are in
general the same as those of the Graduate
School with the following two exceptions : (1)
each student's faculty committee shall
consist of at least two members from the
department in which the dissertation is being
supervised and at least two from outside this
department ; (2) this doctoral program must
include Ecology 5210-20-30 and a minimum
of 9 quarter hours of courses numbered
above 6000 . A student cannot enroll for
dissertation until the research proposal has
been discussed and approved by the doctoral
committee.
Shared Faculty
H. Ambrose, Ph .D. Zoology ; C . C. Amundsen,
Ph .D . Botany ; S . I. Auerbach, Ph .D . O .R .N .L .;
E . Bacon, Ph .D . TVA ; J .W . Barrett, Ph .D.
Forestry ; A . Blaylock, Ph .D . O .R .N .L .;
L . Brattsten, Ph .D . Biochemistry ; R . Brocksen,
Ph .D. O .R .N .L . ; E . R. Buckner, Ph .D. Forestry;
D. L . Bunting, Ph .D. Zoology ; G . M . Burghardt,
Ph .D . Psychology ; R. Burgess, Ph .D . O .R .N .L .;
L. M . Callahan, Ph .D . Horticulture and
Landscape ; J. R . Carter, Ph .D . Geography;
E . E . C. Clebsch, Ph .D . Botany ; C . Coutant,
Ph .D . O .R .N .L . ; R . Dahlman, Ph .D . O .R .N .L .;
B . Dearden, Ph .D . Forestry ; H . R . DeSelm, Ph .D.
Botany ; R. W . Dimmick, Ph .D . Fisheries and
Wildlife ; A. Echternacht, Ph .D . Zoology;
D. A . Etnier, Ph .D. Zoology ; R . Farmer, Ph .D.
TVA ; H . A . Fribourg, Ph .D . Plant and Soil
Science ; C. W. Gehrs, Ph .D . O .R .N .L .;
C. W. Gist, Ph .D . O .R .A.U . ; G . Golf, Ph .D.
O .R .N .L . ; T. Hallam, Ph .D . Mathematics;
W. F. Harris, Ph .D . O .R .N.L . ; R. L . Hay, Ph .D.
Forestry ; A . Henderson, Ph .D . O .R .N .L .;
J .S . Hilty, Ph .D . Agricultural Biology ; D . D . Huff,
Ph .D . O .R .N .L . ; L . F . Johnson, Ph .D . Agricultural
Biology ; J .F . McCormick, Ph .D. Botany;
R. Milleman, Ph .D . O .R.N .L . ; R . A . Minear, Ph .D.
Environmental Engineering ; J .O. Mundt, Ph .D.
Microbiology ; J. Olson, Ph .D . O .R.N .L .;
R. O'Neill, Ph .D . O .R .N .L . ; W . L . Parks, Ph .D.
Plant and Soil Science ; P . Parmalee, Ph .D.
Anthropology ; M . R . Pelton, Ph .D . Fisheries and
Wildlife ; C. D . Mess, Ph .D . Agricultural Biology;
D . Reichle, Ph .D . O .R.N .L . ; J. C . Rennie, Ph .D.
Forestry ; J . H. Reynolds, Ph .D . Plant and Soil
Science ; S. Riechert, Ph .D. Zoology ; G . Sayler,
Ph .D . Microbiology ; K . F. Schell, Ph .D . Forestry;
T. H . Schmudde, Ph .D . Geography;
G . Schneider, Ph .D. Forestry ; L. F . Seatz, Ph .D.
Plant and Soil Science ; J . I . Sewell, Ph .D.
Agricultural Engineering ; H . Shugart, Ph .D.
O .R .N .L . ; W. O . Smith, Ph .D . Botany;
M . E . Springer, Ph .D . Plant and Soil Science;
H . D . Swingle, Ph .D . Plant and Soil Science;
J. T. Tanner, Ph .D . Zoology ; E . Thor, Ph .D.
Forestry ; R. I . Van Hook, Ph .D . O.R .N .L .;
W. Van Winkle, Ph .D . O .R .N .L . ; S . M. Wallace,
Ph .D. Sociology ; M. C. White, Ph .D . Zoology;
M.C. Whiteside, Ph .D. Zoology ; L . Wilson, Ph .D.
Fisheries and Wildlife ; J . Witherspoon, Ph .D.
O .R .N .L . ; F. W . Woods, Ph .D. Forestry.
Courses
The following courses are those offered
directly by the Ecology Program and those
which, although listed in other departments,
have been approved to satisfy Master's
degree requirements . Additional ecology
courses are described elsewhere in the
catalog under the departments identified in
the following list.
Agricultural Biology
4010 Biology of Soil Microorganisms (4)
Agricultural Economics and Rural Sociology
4330 Land Economics (3)
5420 Advanced Land Economics (3)
Anthropolgy
4360 Field Work in Physical Anthropology (3-9)
4640 Zooarcheology (3)
4960 Primate Paleontology (3)
4970 Human Paleontology (4)
5970 Emergence and Early Evolution of Man (3)
Botany
4310 Plant Ecology (4)
5340 Plant Geography (4)
5350 Analysis of Plant Communities (4)
5510-20-30 Systems Ecology (3, 3, 3)
5830 Field Methods in Plant Ecology (4)
6320 Ecosystems of the World (3)
Ecology
5000 Thesis (1-15) E
5100 Special Problems In Ecology (1-3) Individual
investigations in ecology . May be repeated with
consent of instructor . Maximum 3 hrs.
5210.20. 30 Principles of Ecology (2, 2, 2) Theories
and problems in ecology. Comparisons between
land, freshwater, and marine environments, including
humanity's role in the world's ecosystems . Must
be taken in sequence . Prereq : 4 hrs of ecology at the
upper division level.
5310 Ecology for Planners and Engineers (3)
Ecological principles and effects that humancaused
changes have on living organisms . Lectures
and field trips . For students in Graduate School of
Planning and Environmental Engineering.
5320 Implementation of Environmental Policy (3)
Goals and problems of environmental legislation,
especially National Environmental Policy Act; purpose,
preparation, and evaluation of environmental
impact statements and similar multidisciplinary
studies. Prereq : 5210 or 5310, or Environmental Engineering
4820.
5610 Environmental Toxicology (3) (Same as
Biochemistry 5610.)
5640 Techniques In Environmental Toxicology (2)
(Same as Biochemistry 5640 .)
6000 Doctoral Research and Dissertation (3-15) E
6100 Special Topics In Ecology (3) Seminars on
advanced topics and recent developments in ecology
. Prereq : Consent of instructor . May be repeated.
6110 Seminar in Animal Behavior (2)
6120 Seminar in Aquatic Ecology (2)
6130 Seminar in Physiological Ecology (2)
6140 Seminar in Community Ecology (2)
6150 Seminar in Radiation Ecology (2)
6160 Seminar in Systems Ecology (2)
6431 Current Topics In Environmental Toxicology
(1) (Same as Biochemistry 6431 .)
Economics
4260 Economics of Resources and Environmental
Policies (3)
Environmental Engineering
4530 Sanitary Engineering Laboratory (3)
4600 Solid Waste Management (3)
4700 Air Pollution-Air Resources Management (3)
5593 Advanced Sanitary Engineering Laboratory
(3)
5700 Planning and Alr Pollution Control (3)
5710 Air Pollution Control Engineering (3)

Forestry, Wildlife, and Fisheries
4450 Game Mammals (4)
4460 Game Birds (4)
5210 Seminar in Wildlife Conservation (3)
5220 Seminar in Forest Tree Biology (3)
5240 Seminar in Forest Genetics (3)
5460 Predator Ecology (3)
Geography
4720 Data Mapping (4)
4740 Remote Sensing : Types and Applications (4)
5550 Topics in Geography of Land-Surface System
(3)
5610 Topics in Climatology (3)
5740 Advanced Topics in Remote Sensing (3)
Geology
4230 Paleoecology (4)
4240 Paleobotany (4)
4510 Principles of Geomorphology (4)
5290 Quaternary Problems (4)
5915 Regional Geomorphology (4)
Nuclear Engineering
5210 System Dynamics (3)
Philosophy
4710 Philosophy of Natural Science (4)
5550-60 Philosophy of Science (4, 4)
6550 Seminar in Philosophy of Science (4)
Plant and Soil Science
4320 Soil Formation, Morphology and Classification
(4)
5240 Soil Productivity and Management (3)
5250 Pedology (4)
5810 Crop Climatology (4)
5820 Advanced Crop Physiology and Ecology (4)
Psychology
4900 Aspects of Urban Environment (4) S/NC only.
5750 Ethological Psychology (3)
Sociology
4110 Population Problems (4)
4330 Urban Ecology (4)
6180 Theory and Method of Human Ecology (3)
Zoology
4200 Ichthyology (5)
4240 Animal Ecology (4)
4660-70 Limnology (4, 4)
4700 Arachnology (4)
5570 Animal Populations (3)
5860 Geographic Distribution of Animals (4)
Industrial and
Organizational
Psychology
MAJOR DEGREES
Industrial and
Organizational Psychology M .S., Ph .D.
Committee:
J. M . Larsen, Jr . (Chairperson) ; W. H. Calhoun;
F. A . Chamblin; H . D. Dewhirst; M . E. Gordon;
J. W. Lounsbury ; M . C . Rush ; E. D . Sundstrom;
D . J . Wheeler; G . H. Whitlock.
(For complete Faculty Listing, see
Departments of Management and
Psychology)
The Master's and doctoral programs are
offered jointly by the Department of
Psychology and the Department of
Management . They are designed to prepare
students for personnel, managerial, and
organizational research, for university
teaching, and for consulting relationships
with industry . The emphasis is upon applied
research utilizing a thorough theoretical
background, including classical and modern
organization theory, organizational behavior,
psychology, and management . The programs
are administered by a joint committee of the
two departments, appointed by the Vice
Chancellor for Graduate Studies and
Research on recommendations from the two
department heads.
It is intended that students entering the
program will represent widely different
undergraduate and graduate backgrounds
including psychology, business
administration, engineering, science, and
liberal arts . The first-year program provides
the opportunity to take courses which will
assist the student to attain a reasonable level
of sophistication in areas of deficiency.
ADMISSION PROCEDURE
Applicants for admission should request
forms and materials from both the Graduate
Office and the Chairperson, Industrial and
Organizational Psychology Program, 413
Stokely Center for Management Studies.
Two separate applications must be
completed : one application for admission to
the Graduate School and one application for
admission to the Industrial and
Organizational Psychology program.
Deadline : For fall entrance, all materials
should be received by the Vice Chancellor for
Graduate Studies and Research no later than
March 1 if you wish financial assistantship
consideration . Standards : At least 9 quarter
hours of college mathematics and one course
in statistics are required . Ordinarily, an
undergraduate grade-point average of 2 .5 or
above is required, with no evidence of special
weakness in mathematics and physical
sciences.
Test scores on the Graduate Management
Admission Test or on each section of the
aptitude portion of the GRE are preferred.
Customarily, those students admitted to the
Program have performed at or above the 63rd
to 65th percentile on each portion of these
tests . (This corresponds to a raw score of
approximately 500 on each of the tests .) The
advanced section for psychology (GRE 81) is
required of all applicants regardless of
whether their scholastic aptitude is assessed
with the GRE or GMAT.
THE MASTER'S PROGRAM
I . Course Requirements
A. Management or Psychology 5170, 5180,
5190 .
B. Statistics 5050-60-70 and 3 hours of
applied psychometrics.
C. Eighteen hours of additional course
work to be selected primarily from among the
5000-level course offerings in management
and psychology[e.g ., Management 5110,
5120, 5220, 5230 .]
D. Nine hours of Psychology or
Management 5000 (Master's Thesis).
II . Program Requirements
The Ph .D . program requirements described
below in sections II A, II B, and II G comprise
the major requirements for a Master's degree .
Intercollegiate Programs 93
An oral examination covering the thesis and
related topics must also be completed.
THE DOCTORAL PROGRAM
I. Course Requirements
A. Minimum course requirements:
1. Management or Psychology 5170, 5180,
5190 .
2. Statistics 5050-60-70 . Exemption by
petition.
3. Minimum of three 6000-level seminars
to be selected from Psychology or
Management 6250, 6260, 6270, and
Management or Psychology 6380*
4. 36 hours of Psychology or Management
6000.
B. Recommended electives:
1. For preparation for advanced section
(81) GRE : Psychology courses as
appropriate.
2. For students who require preparation in
psychometrics : Applied psychometrics.
3. For students who require preparation in
management : Management 5110, 5120, 5220,
5230 .
4. For students who wish to pursue special
research interests aside from their
dissertation : Management 5250, 5260, 5270,
Management or Psychology 6900.
5. Courses available in areas related to
industrial and organizational psychology:
a. Through College of Business
Administration;
b. Through College of Liberal Arts;
c. Others as approved by advisor.
II . Program Requirements**
A. Attainment of a B average*** in
Management or Psychology 5170, 5180, 5190.
B. Completion of a comprehensive
examination in general psychology within no
more than two years of entry by attaining a
score of 650 on the GRE Advanced Test in
Psychology.
C. Completion of a general preliminary
examination in scientific methodology before
beginning the third year of study . This
examination covers the following specific
areas : statistics, psychometrics,
experimental design.
D. Completion of a special preliminary
examination in the area of the student's major
research and professional interest . A student
is expected to take this examination by the
end of twelve quarters. This examination may
be repeated once, normally no later than six
months after the first attempt, at the
discretion of the student's doctoral
committee.
E. By the end of nine quarters a student is
expected to choose a major advisor
(Chairperson of Doctoral Committee).
F. Completion of an oral examination
following the preparation of a doctoral
dissertation . This examination covers the
field of doctoral research and related topics,
and must be passed at least four weeks prior
to the awarding of the degree.
G. Maintenance of at least 3 .0 grade point
average.
May be repeated for additional credit.
Any student in the doctoral program may be required to
prepare a Master 's thesis by the Industrial and
Organizational Psychology Committee . This policy will be
implemented by the committee at such time as a review of the
student's record suggests that additional data on the
qualifications for pursuing a Ph .D. are required.
"'See program handbook for definition of a B average.

94 Intercollegiate Programs
Management Science
MAJOR
Management Science
DEGREE
M .S.
Committee:
C. E. Bell (Chairperson), Management Science;
R . W. Boling, Management ; J . S . Bradley,
Mathematics ; R . L . Church, Civil Engineering;
R . S . Garfinkel, Management Science;
E. Glustoff, Economics ; R. E. Rosenthal,
Management Science ; S . Selkow, Computer
Science ; R. E. Shrieves, Finance ; C . C . Thigpen,
Statistics.
THE MASTER'S PROGRAM
The M .S. program in Management Science
is designed as preparation for a career in the
application of quantitative techniques for the
solution of management problems in large
organizations . The program's flexibility also
makes it appropriate as preparation for
doctoral study in Management Science.
Management Science course work will
expose students to both the theoretical
development of quantitative techniques and
their application to managerial decision
making . In addition to the development of
sufficient mathematical maturity for creative
use of quantitative skills, the program allows
concentrated study in an area of application
within the College of Business
Administration . With the wide-spread
application of management science
technology, the student may (with the
approval of the Management Science
Committee) choose an applied concentration
in a field outside the College of Business
Administration.
Applications are encouraged from all
majors, but mathematics background
equivalent to the completion of at least two
years of college calculus and proficiency in a
computer language (e .g. Computer Science
3150) is required . The program is designed to
be completed in one calendar year of full-time
study, but applications are also encouraged
from prospective part-time students .
Course Requirements Quarter
Hours
Management Science 5310-20-30-35-40 14
Applied concentration area
(approved by advisor) 12
Statistics 5110 3
Statistics elective (5000 level
or above) 3
Mathematics (4000 level or above) 6
Electives selected from mathematics,
statistics, computer science,
and/or management science 6
Electives in any area approved by
advisor 6
Total 50
A thesis option is available which
substitutes 9 hours of thesis credit for the
following 14 hours of course work:
Management Science 5335-40, and one
3-hour course in the applied concentration
area and 6 hours of electives in any area . The
Management Science Committee will work
closely with the student in tailoring a program
to his/her needs. The committee must
approve a tentative overall program during
the student's first quarter and must approve
all courses on a quarter-by-quarter basis.
Recognizing the diverse backgrounds and
needs of Management Science M .S . students,
the Management Science Committee is
prepared to waive some of the above
requirements on an individual basis . For
example, an undergraduate mathematics
major with a strong background may be
allowed to take 6 additional hours of electives
in place of the mathematics requirements . On
the other hand, a student lacking experience
in rigorous senior-level mathematics courses
will be asked to take such courses to fulfill the
6-hour mathematics requirement. The total
course load will remain 50 hours for all
non-thesis students and 45 hours for all thesis
students ; however, the number of hours of
electives can be reasonably expected to vary
between 6 and 18 as a function of prior
background.
For course listings and description of the
Ph .D . program in Management Science, refer
to the Department of Management Science,
College of Business Administration.
Water Resources
Development
William F . Brandes, Director, Water Resources
Research Center
3410 Principles of Ground Water Geology (3) (Same
as Geology 3410 .)
3565 Introduction to Public Administrative Organization
and Management (4) (Same as Political Science
3565.)
4110 Managerial Economics (3) (Same as Economics
4110.)
4810 Water Law (3) (Same as Environmental Engineering
4810 .)
5000 Thesis (1-15) E
5130 Planning Research Methods I (2) (Same as
Planning 5130 .)
5160 Planning and Utilities (3) (Same as Environmental
Engineering 5160 and Planning 5160 .)
5340 Hydrology of Agricultural and Forest Lands
(3) (Same as Agricultural Engineering 5340.)
5410-20-30 Interdisciplinary Seminars (3, 3, 3) Problems
relating to comprehensive water resource development
; flood management, hydroelectric
power, navigation, recreation, alternatives in water
resource planning, tomorrow in today's planning,
project formulation and justification, direct and indirect
economic consequences, state and local participation,
and municipal and industrial uses of
water developments.

ct+5'
tt•04
a
tt'~•'t2s(fw.
€ a~hi
'Yte?ixlFRSalt2~'` ,
aat{:;' trim! ; . :. rif~it 's
:Jt27ihRflS :v :

3510 Peoples and Cultures of Mainland Asia (3)
Ethnographic survey of the indigenous cultures of
mainland Asia . Cultural diversity and human ecology
in area perspective . Recommended prereq:
2530.
3530 Peoples and Cultures of Africa (3) Ethnographic
survey of the aboriginal cultures of sub-
Saharan Africa . Cultural diversity and human ecology
in area perspective . Recommended prereq:
2530 . F
3540 North American Indian (3) An ethnographic
survey of cultures of Arctic, Southwest, Plains and
Eastern Areas . Emphasis on cultural differences of
peoples occupying these areas during precolonial
period . Recommended prereq : 2530 . F or Sp
3555 Cherokee Ethnohistory (3) Survey of
sociopolitical aspects of internal affairs and external
relationships from first European contact to
present . Emphasis on eighteenth and nineteenth
centuries.
3580 Peoples and Cultures of Mesoamerica (3)
Ethnographic survey of aboriginal peoples and
post-conquest changes in Indian cultures . Emphasis
upon analysis of small rural communities using
modern village studies as source material . Recommended
prereq : 2530 . A
3610 Archaeology of United States and Canada (3)
Survey of prehistoric peoples north of Mexico from
initial occupation to European contact . Recommended
prereq : 2530. F
3620 European Prehistory I (3) Cultural developments
during Paleolithic, Mesolithic, and
Neolithic . Recommended prereq : 2520 . W, A
3630 European Prehistory II (3) Cultural developments
during Metal Ages. From the close of
Neolithic through Iron Age . Recommended prereq:
2520 . 3620 and 3630 should be taken in sequence.
W, A
3640 Ancient Civilization of Mesoamerica (3) Introduction
to archaeology of areas of advanced Indian
culture in Mexico and Central America beginning
with earliest cultures and proceeding to contact
with Europeans . Recommended prereq : 2520.
3660 Prehistory of Tennessee (3) History of archaeological
research in Tennessee and survey of
prehistoric American Indian cultures identified
through research . Sp
3670 Principles of Archaeology (3) Research strategies
in archaeological excavation, interpretation,
and explanation . Prereq : 2520 or consent of instructor
. A
3700 Forms of Folklore (4) Introduction to the anthropological
study of folklore.
3710 Survey of European Folk Cultures (3) Material
and other aspects of folk life as expressed in beliefs,
art, and folklore, under changing historical and social
conditions.
3800 Language and Culture (3) Relationship between
linguistic categories and patterns of culture.
Prereq : 2540 or consent of instructor . Recommended
: 2530.
3811 Introduction to Museology (3) (Same as Art
3811 .)
3900 Human Osteology (4) Intensive examination of
the human skeleton . Prereq : 2510 and consent of
instructor . 3 hrs and 1 lab . F
3920 Principles of Physical Anthropology (3) Survey
of materials and methods in physical anthropology
. Recommended prereq : 2510.
3930 The Biology of Races of Man (3) Processes of
racial differentiation ; criteria of significant differences
among existing stocks ; influence of biology
and culture in race formation ; analysis of studies
concerning blood groups, race mixture, constitution
growth and nutrition . Recommended prereq:
2510. Sp
3950 Human Identification (3) Introduction to techniques
in identification of human skeletal material in
forensic medicine . Sp, A
4110 Education in Cultural Perspective (3) (Same as
Curriculum and Instruction 4110 .) F
4111 Non-Western Education : Anthropological
Approaches (3) Analysis of traditional educational
practices among non-Western peoples and problems
encountered from application of Western
models of education among those peoples . Particular
attention is paid to American Indians, African
tribal groups and Asian cultures . (Same as Curriculum
and Instruction 4111 .) W
4200 Contemporary North American Indian (3) Survey
of Indian cultures from initial Euro-American
contact to present ; emphasis on culture change,
U .S . Government Indian policy, reservation life . Prereq
: 2530 or consent of instructor . A
4210 Ethnographic Research Techniques (3)
Methods of collecting, ordering, and utilizing data.
Prereq : Consent of instructor . A
4240 Applied Cultural Anthropology (3) Applications
of anthropological theory, methods and findings
in programs of community and national development,
public health, international aid, and military
assistance . Examination of the roles of anthropologists,
questions of values and ethics in intervention
schemes, and of organization of planned
changes in applied programs . Intensive analysis of
selected case studies . Prereq : 2530. A
4250 Medical Anthropology : Lecture (3) A survey of
medical anthropology . Emphasis on Western and
non-Western cultural aspects of health, disease,
treatment, death, and related concepts . Focus on
analyses and descriptions of anthropological
fieldwork . Sp
4259 Medical Anthropology : Laboratory (3)
Fieldwork in medical anthropology . Emphasis on
cultural aspects of health, disease, and death in industrial
societies and folk medicine systems which
coexist with Western, technical medicine . Coreq or
prereq : 4250 . A
4300 Readings In Anthropology (1-9) Intensive reading,
problem oriented . Prereq : Consent of instructor.
May be repeated . Maximum 9 hrs . E
4340 Field Work In Archaeology (3-9) Practicum
work surveying, excavating, processing, and analyzing
of data ; intensive reading . Prereq : 2510-20-30
and consent of instructor. May be repeated.
Maximum 9 hrs.
4360 Field Work in Physical Anthropology (3-9)
Practicum in collection and analysis of human
biological data . May include either skeletal or living
populations . Prereq : 2510-20-30 and consent of instructor
. May be repeated . Maximum 9 hrs.
4400 Cultural Ecology (3) Survey of concepts and
methods in studying dynamic interaction between
cultures and their environments . Topics include
ecological theory, methods of analysis, and application
from selected case studies . Prereq : 2520, 2530,
3410 or consent of instructor . A
4420 Dynamics of Culture (3) Culture change: innovation,
diffusion and acculturation ; cultural continuity
and stability . Prereq : 2530 or consent of instructor
. A
4430 Personality and Culture (3) Analysis of relation
among individual, society and culture . Application
of psychological techniques in cross-cultural
studies . Cultural differences and their influence on
group behavior. Prereq : 2530 or consent of instructor.
4440 Urban Anthropology (3) Survey of theoretical
and methodological issues anthropologists encounter
researching cross-cultural urban settlements
. Focus on anthropological perspective and
urban problems and planning . Prereq : 3450 or consent
of instructor . A
4480 Current Trends in Anthropology (3) Analytical
integrative review in symposium of the current debates,
research directions, theories, fieldwork
methods, and general assumptions of the four subfields
of anthropology : archaeology, physical anthropology,
linguistics, and cultural anthropology.
Sp
4490 Cross-Cultural Survey of Sex Roles and Behavior
(3) Examination of sex roles and sex behavior
from cross-cultural and diachronic viewpoints.
Draws disparate and scattered studies together and
attempts to arrive at conclusions on questions as
how sex roles are learned, the parameters of acceptable
sexual behavior and degrees of tolerance
for sexual deviation in various cultures .
4510 Peoples of China II : Chinese Society After
1839 (3) Anthropological survey of Chinese society
and culture in the period of intense Western contact,
rejection of the West, and development of modern,
communist Chinese society and culture. Prereq:
2530 or consent of instructor. Recommended prereq
: East Asian course.
4550 Indians of the Southeastern United States (3)
Survey of Southeastern Indian cultures ; emphasis
on aboriginal adjustment to environment ; lifeways
of Southeastern Amerind groups prior to Euro-
American contact . Prereq : 2530, 3540 or consent of
instructor.
4560 Cherokee Ethnology (3) Intensive survey of
ideology and material aspects of Cherokee culture
existing at time of first European contact.
4570 Peoples of Southeast Asia (3)Su rvey of representative
ethnic groups and indigenous cultures of
mainland and island Southeast Asia . Problems of
contemporary culture changes . Prereq : 2530, consent
of instructor or an East Asian course.
4580 Asians in the Americas Since 1800 : Anthropological
Perspectives (3) Character, factors,
and motivations in Asian immigration to North, Central
and South America . Assimilation pattern and
enclave communities are major topics . Major focus
on United States.
4590 Peoples of Japan (3) Analysis of the culture
diversity and unity of peoples of Japan . Prereq : 2530
or consent of instructor . Recommended : 3510 or an
East Asian course.
4600 Method and Theory in American Archaeology
(3) Historical development of New World archaeology
with emphasis on theory and field techniques.
Prereq : 2520 or consent of instructor . F
4610 African Prehistory (3) Survey of cultural history
in Africa, south of the Sahara, from earliest
evidence of human activity to time of European contact
. Prereq : 2520 or consent of instructor . A
4640 Zooarchaeology (3) Basic osteological studies
of vertebrate classes ; emphasis on aboriginal human's
utilization of native animals in subsistence
and culture . Identification, analysis, and interpretation
of archaeologically derived molluscan and
vertebrate remains. F
4650 Archaeology of Southeastern United States
(3) Intensive study of prehistoric American Indian.
Special emphasis on Tennessee prehistory. Prereq:
3610 or consent of instructor . W, A
4660 Prehistory of Northwest North America (3)
Survey of archaeological research and prehistoric
cultures in Northern Great Basin, Columbia Plateau,
Northwest Plains, and Northwest Coast . Recommended
prereq : 2520 . A
4720 American Folklore (3) Anthropological perspectives
of folklore of geographical regions and
ethnic groups of the United States . Prereq : 3700 or
consent of instructor.
4740 Southern Appalachian Folk Culture (4)
Research-oriented course dealing with wide range
of traditional culture in Southern Appalachia : settlement
patterns, folk housing, economy, clothing,
belief, speech, art, song, dance, and oral traditions
and customs . Prereq : Consent of instructor . Maybe
repeated.
4750 Mexican Folklore (3) Anthropological perspectives
on folklore of Mexico and Spanish speaking
southwestern United States . Prereq : 3700 or consent
of instructor and a reading knowledge of
Spanish.
4870 Cherokee Language (3) Linguistic survey of
structure of the Cherokee language.
4930 Physical Growth and Constitution (3) Comparative
growth patterns throughout the human life
cycle, skeletal and dental maturation ; sex differences
in growth ; human constitutional types . Prereq
: 2510 or consent of instructor . A
4950 Primate Studies (3) Survey of field and laboratory
investigations of comparative anatomy and
non-human primate behavior . Prereq : 2510 or consent
of instructor . F
4960 Primate Paleontology (3) Survey of fossil primate
forms ; origin and evolution of major primate

lineages, emphasizing the earliest Hominid and related
forms . Prereq : 2510 . Recommended prereq:
Zoology 4380 . W
4970 Human Paleontology (4) Survey of human fossil
record from Australopithecines to appearance of
anatomically modern man . Emphasis on functional
morphology and phylogenetic relationships of fossil
remains. Prereq : 2510 . Recommended prereq : 4960
and Zoology 4380. Sp
4975 Human Paleontology Laboratory (1) Detailed
examination of casts and other materials pertinent
to study of human paleontology . Prereq or coreq:
4970 . Sp
5000 Thesis (1 . 15) E
5010 Graduate Research (1 . 9) Independent investigation
of special problems in anthropology . E
5100 Seminar in Cultural Anthropology (3-9)
5101 Foreign Study (1-12) See page 95.
5102 Off-campus Study (1-12) See page 95.
5103 Independent Study (1-12) See page 95.
5140 Seminar in Zooarchaeology (3) Approaches to
analysis and interpretation of archaeological
faunas . Intensive reading ; evaluation and discussion
of major faunal studies, guides to identification,
methods of presenting faunal data . May be repeated
. Maximum 6 hrs . A
5149 Laboratory Studies of the Vertebrate Skeleton
(4) Examination and comparison of skeletons of
major groups of fish, amphibians, reptiles, birds,
mammals . Oriented toward identification of archaeologically
derived faunas . May be repeated.
Maximum 8 hrs . Sp, A
5159 Laboratory Study of the Mollusca (4) Examination
and identification of terrestrial and freshwater
mollusks of eastern U .S . Emphasis on living and
archaeologically derived pelecypods . Prereq : 4640.
1 hr and 3 labs . Sp . A
5160 Seminar in Archaeology (3-9) Theoretical and
practical issues central to contemporary archaeology
. Prereq : Consent of instructor . May be repeated.
Maximum 9 hrs.
5200 Special Topics In Anthropology (3) Lecture
and/or seminar course for advanced students on
selected topics of current interest to field of anthropology
as a whole . Prereq : Consent of instructor
. May be repeated . Maximum 9 hrs.
5210 Community Anthropology : The Local Community
(3) Ethical issues, researcher models and
research methods on local community . Prereq : 4440
or consent of instructor . A
5340 Fieldwork in Archaeology (3-9) Practicum
work surveying, excavating, processing, and analyzing
of data ; intensive reading . Prereq : 9 hours of
introductory anthropology and consent of instructor
. May be repeated . Maximum 9 hrs.
5400 History of Anthropological Theory (3) Theoretical
contributions of more influential anthropologists
. Prereq : Consent of instructor . A
5440 Peasant Societies (3) Critical analysis of existing
literature and theories regarding rural-urban
polarities, interactions, and different cultural manifestations
of agricultural populations . Prereq : Consent
of instructor . A
5450 Comparative Social Organization (3) Social
structure in nonliterature societies . Kinship, age,
sex, locality, and other factors in determining relations
between individuals and groups . Prereq : At
least one area course . A
5460 Quantitative Methods in Anthropology (3) Application
of quantitative methods to anthropological
data . Correlation and derivative procedures, distance
analysis, discriminant analysis, and implementation
of computer routines . Prereq : Statistics
2100 or equivalent . F
5470 The Healer in Cross-cultural Perspective (3)
Graduate seminar dealing with socialization,
methods of diagnosis, and therapeutic modes of
healers in predominantly non-Euro-American
milieu . Prereq : 4250 . W
5600 Theory in Archaeology (3) Review of development
of archaeological theory . Coverage up to and
including recent systems approaches . F
5610 Problems in North American Archaeology (3)
Seminar to explore specific research problems in
North American archaeology . Research topics on
prehistoric ecology and settlement patterns in North
America . Prereq : Consent of instructor . May be repeated
. Maximum 6 hrs . A
5620 Problems in Old World Archaeology (3)
Selected topics and research problems in European,
Asian, and African prehistory investigated in
depth . Prereq : Consent of instructor . May be repeated
. Maximum 9 hrs. (Same as Classics 5620 .)
5630 The Maya (3) Intensive survey of Mayan culture
of Yucatan and Guatemala from pre-Columbian
times to present . Prereq : 3580 . A
5640 Archaeological Resource Management (3)
Theory and practice-public, conservation, contract,
and salvage/research archaeology . Legislation,
contracts, responsibilities, and certification;
agencies and policies ; project design, administration,
and logistics ; standards of field work, analysis
and publication ; archaeology and public ; conservation
archaeology as career . May be repeated.
Maximum 6 hrs . W
5660 Seminar in Prehistoric Lithic Technology (3)
Analysis of techniques employed in production of
prehistoric stone industries ; raw materials employed
; resultant implements, morphology and
function ; and typological constructs utilized in archaeological
analysis . Prereq : Consent of instructor.
5670 Seminar on Aboriginal Lithic Resources (3)
Training and research in stone materials utilized by
prehistoric populations-properties, natural occurrence
and geological context, relative abundance
and quality extraction and distribution, processing
and ultimate forms and functions . Theory
and implementation of regional resource surveys,
discrete regions in terms of lithology and cultural
homogeneity, particularly East and Middle Tennessee
. Input from professional geologists, and field
research . Recommended prereq : 5660.
5700 Theory in Folk Culture Studies (3) Seminar
analyzing major theoretical viewpoints of European
and American folklore and folklife study trends from
inception to present.
5710 Problems in Folk Culture Studies (3) Topical
seminar dealing with selected problems and aspects
of tiaditionai behavior in Euro-American culture.
Prereq : Consent of instructor . May be repeated.
Maximum 6 hrs.
5900 Dental Anthropology (3) Dental anatomy,
theories of dental evolution, genetic and environmental
influences controlling dental morphology,
comparative primate dental morphology, dental trait
analyses, use of dentition for skeletal aging, and
dental casting . Prereq : 3900 . A
5910 Measurement of Man (3) Techniques of measuring
and describing skeletal material and human
subject with emphasis upon practical applications
to growth, nutrition and human engineering . Prereq
: Consent of instructor . A
5920 Advanced Physical Anthropology (3) Intensive
investigation of theory and problems in physical anthropology.
5930 The Human Skeleton in Forensic Medicine (3)
Application of physical anthropology to problems in
human identification . Determination of age, race,
and sex of skeleton and preparation of reports for
legal medicine . Prereq : 3900 . Sp
5940 Skeletal Biology of Early Human Population
(3) Practical and theoretical approaches to analysis
of prehistoric human skeletal populations . Demography,
vital statistics, pathology, nutrition, and measures
of biological relationships as they relate to
population as adaptive unit. Prereq : 3900 . F
5945 Comparative Primate Anatomy (4)
Laboratory-oriented course dealing with functional
anatomy of primates . Musculoskeletal system and
evolution of various primate adaptive patterns . Prereq
: Osteology and one dissection course in zoology.
5950 Paleopathology (4) Identification and descriptive
analysis of pathological conditions affecting
human skeleton . Roentgenological, histological,
and gross visual examination of skeletal material.
Prereq : 3900 and/or consent of instructor . Lecture
and lab .
College of Liberal Arts 97
5960 Dermatologlyphics (3) Methods of dermatoglyphic
analysis ; genetics and population variation
of various dermatoglyphic elements ; forensic applications
: relationships to various genetic and
chromosomal abnormalities . Prereq : Consent of instructor.
5970 Emergence and Early Evolution of Man (3)
Ancestry and evolutionary significance of Australopithecines
. Prereq : 4970 or consent of instructor
. W, A
5980 Neanderthal Man and Human Evolution (3)
Morphology, distribution, and evolutionary relationships
of Neanderthals. Prereq : 4970 or consent
of instructor . W, A
5990 Human Variation (3) Nature of human biological
variation with emphasis on microevolutionary
processes responsible for establishing and maintaining
variation and relationship of variation to
population structure . Prereq : 3930 or consent of
instructor . A
6000 Doctoral Research and Dissertation (3-15) E
6410-20-30 Seminar in Guttural Anthropology (3, 3,
3) Seminar is offered each quarter primarily for doctoral
candidates.
6610 Selected Topics in Archaeology (3) May be
repeated . Maximum 9 hrs.
6910 Selected Topics in Physical Anthropology (3)
May be repeated . Maximum 9 hrs.
6970 Seminar in Human Paleontology (3) Prereq:
4970 or consent of instructor.
Archaeology-Greek
and Roman
See Classics
Art
MAJOR DEGREES
Art M .A., M .F .A.
Professors:
D. F. Kurka (Head) Ph .D . New York;
R. A . Clarke . M .S . Wisconsin ; D. G . Cleaver,
Ph .D . Chicago . a . S . Falsetti, M .S . Ohio State;
P . R . Livingston, M .F .A . Wisconsin ; W. F. Loy,
M .F .A . Wichita ; B . G . McKeeby, M .F .A . Tulane;
P . G . Nichols, M .F .A. Michigan ; W. H . Stevens,
M .F .A . Illinois ; C . C. Sub/ett.
Associate Professors:
S. J . Blain, M .F .A . Wisconsin;
R . H. Daehnert, M .F .A. Wisconsin;
W . C . Kennedy, M .F .A . Wisconsin ; R. LeFevre,
M .F .A . Rochester Institute of Technology;
W . E. Leland, M .F .A . Tennessee ; F. Martinson,
Ph .D . Chicago ; F . Moffat, Ph .D . Chicago;
D . Peacock, M .F .A. Iowa ; F . C . Stewart,
M .F .A . Claremont ; L. D . Wiesener, M .F .A.
Florida State ; R . P . Young, M .A . Columbia.
Assistant Professors:
M . C . Clauser, M .F .A . Michigan;
J . F. Darrow, Ed .D . Illinois State;
M . B . Goldenstein, M .F .A . Nebraska;
W . C . Jackson, M .F .A. Tennessee ; A . Neff,
Ph .D . Pennsylvania ; T. J. Riesing, M .F .A.
Nebraska ; R. R . Steinmetz, M . Phil . Yale;
B . R . Wells, M .F .A . Indiana.
Instructor:
F . Bahou, M .F .A . California (Los Angeles).
The Art Department offers two graduate
degrees : Master of Arts and Master of Fine
Arts . In order to become a candidate, the
applicant must be admitted by the Graduate
School and approved by the Department of
Art . In addition to the admission requirements
of the Graduate School, the Department of Art
specifically requires the following:
1. A detailed letter of intent.
2. Three letters of recommendation from
former professors or professionals in the
field .
3. An undergraduate major in art or
evidence of equivalent proficiency .

98 College of Liberal Arts
4. A portfolio to be evaluated by the faculty.
Application forms and further information are
available by writing to the Department of Art.
MASTER OF ARTS
Areas of concentration consist of ceramics,
communication design, drawing,
fiber-fabrics, painting, printmaking,
sculpture, and watercolor. One year of
residence is required .
Curriculum :
Quarter
hours
Thesis 9
Area of concentration 12
Drawing and composition 3
Art history 9
Electives
12
Total
45
The thesis is a critical essay relevant to the
area of concentration . The M .A. thesis may
not be used to fulfill the project in lieu of
thesis requirements for the M .F .A . A graduate
exhibition is required . Final examination is
oral.
MASTER OF FINE ARTS
The Master of Fine Arts is the terminal
degree in studio art . It is offered with
concentrations in ceramics, communication
design, drawing, fiber-fabrics, painting,
printmaking, sculpture and watercolor.
Inter-area concentrations are available with
consent of the faculty.
Six quarters beyond the baccalaureate
degree are required in residence . Residence
is defined by the Department of Art as (1) a
minimum enrollment of 6 hours per quarter,
and (2) use of Department of Art facilities so
that students are available for discussion and
criticism . Final examinations are oral,
concurrent with project exhibition .
Curriculum :
Quarter
hours
Project in Lieu of Thesis 30
Major area 30
Art history 12
Electives 10
Seminar in Art Criticism 4
Seminar in Art History 4
Total 90
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS FOR M .F .A.
1. Successful completion of 30 hours of
studio in concentration area . Inter-area
studies must normally be approved by the
faculty no later than the third quarter in
residence . Fifteen hours of the major must be
in second year courses.
2. Twelve hours of art history for graduate
credit.
3. Seminar in Art History (4 hours) and
Seminar in Art Criticism (4 hours).
4. Ten hours of electives which may
consist of any committee-approved
combination of graduate credit courses
outside the student's departmental
concentration.
5. First year evaluation : At the end of the
three quarters in residence the student must
present work for evaluation by the faculty and
receive permission to continue in the
program.
6. Second year evaluation : With
completion of all course work the student
must present work for evaluation by the
faculty and receive permission to register for
Projects in Lieu of Thesis (Art 5999).
7. Art 5999, Projects in Lieu of Thesis (30
hours) is a third year of semi-independent
study .
8. Exhibition and oral examination : With
the completion of all requirements for the
M .F .A. the student must produce an
exhibition, and, in the presence of the work,
must satisfactorily complete an oral
examination.
GRADUATE MINOR IN THE
HISTORY OF ART
A graduate minor in Art History may be
arranged with the consent of the student's
committee, the instructors involved, and the
Graduate School . Prerequisite is an
undergraduate Art History minor, or its
equivalent, and reading knowledge of
French, German, or Italian, unless waived by
the art history faculty.
3516 Typography (4) Theories and techniques of
typesetting and printing as fine art medium . Creative
problems using type and printing presses . May be
repeated . Maximum 12 hrs.
3517 Airbrush (4) Technique of airbrush . Emphasis
on skill and creative applications . For art majors
only . F, Sp
3704 Medieval Art (4) Byzantine and western art of
Middle Ages : manuscript illumination, mosaic,
Romanesque pilgrimage church, Gothic cathedral.
F
3705 Northern European Painting : 1350-1600 (4)
From courtly art of late Middle Ages to Northern
Renaissance . Jan van Eyck, Roger van der Weyden,
Bosch, and Durer ; early printmakers . A
3715 Early Italian Renaissance Art : 1300-1450 (4)
Development and exploration of naturalism . Revival
of antiquity and development of theories of perspective
in Early Renaissance . Duccio, Giotto, Masaccio,
Donatello, Botticelli . A
3716 The Art of Italy, 1475-1575 (4) Leonardo da
Vinci, Michelangelo, Titian, Raphael, Pontormo and
Giorgione . F
3725 Art of Southern Europe and New World,
1550-1830 (4) Tintoretto, El Greco, Caravaggio, Zurbaran,
Velazquez, Bernini and Goya . Artistic relations
between Iberia and Latin America . Sp
3726 The Art of Northern Europe, 1550-1675 (4)
Concentrated study of Bruegel, Rubens, Rembrandt,
Georges de La Tour, Vermeer, Poussin and
Hals. W
3735 History of Nineteenth-century Painting in
Europe and America (4) Emphasis on France ; Neoclassicism,
Romanticism, Friedrich, Constable,
Turner, Corot and Barbizon landscapists, Hudson
River Group, pre-Raphaelite Brotherhood, Manet,
Courbet, Impressionism, Eakins, Homer, Seurat
through Cezanne . W
3736 History of Twentieth-century Painting in
Europe and America (4) Fauvism, Die BrUcke,
Cubism, Der Blaue Reiter, Futurism, Dada and Surrealism,
geometric abstraction, social commentary
painting, Abstract Expressionism in the U .S .A. and
parallels in Europe ; Pop, Op, Minimal, and Concept
Art . F
3745 History of Modern Architecture in Europe and
America (4) Survey of nineteenth-century styles,
Sullivan and skyscraper . Twentieth century : Viennese
leaders, the Bauhaus, Gropius, Van der Rohe,
Le Corbusier, and Wright . Aalto to Kahn . Tange and
Metabolism, Archigram, Soleri, and Venturi . F . W
3746 History of Modem Sculpture in Europe and
America (4) From 1800 to 1900 ; Neoclassicism to
Rodin . From 1900 to present : emphasis on Cubism,
Constructivism, Expressionism, Assemblage, Pop,
Primary Forms, Environments, and Earthworks . Sp
3763 Crafts in America (4) Craft movement ; growth
and development . Educational, social, economic,
and aesthetic values . Role of designer in society as
producer and teacher.
3765 History of North American Art (4) Survey of
landmarks in painting, architecture, sculpture, and
design from prehistory to 1900. F
3766 History of Twentieth-century American Art (4)
Analysis of developments in architecture, painting,
sculpture, and design from 1900 . W
3775 Art of Indian Asia (4) History of Indian art with
consideration of art of Central Asia and Southeast
Asia . Sp
3776 Chinese Art (4) F
3777 Japanese Art (4) F
3811 Introduction to Museology (3) Concepts, practices
and historical development of museums of art,
archaeology, anthropology and science . (Same as
Anthropology 3811 .)
3935 Film Design (4) Theory and practice of film
making . Prereq : 2935 . F, W . Sp
4006 Special Topics (2-4) Student- or instructorinitiated
course offered at convenience of department
. Prereq : Determined by department . May be
repeated . Maximum 16 hrs.
4015 Individual Problems (4) Prereq : Consent of
instructor . May be repeated . Maximum 12 hrs.
4106 Special Topics in Drawing (4) Student- or
instructor-initiated course offered at convenience of
department . Prereq : Determined by department.
May be repeated . Maximum 16 hrs.
4115 Drawing IV (4) Individualized pursuit of personal
drawing techniques and concepts ; individual
and group critiques ; weekly life drawing sessions.
Prereq : 12 hrs 3115 . May be repeated. Maximum 12
hrs . E
4119 Advanced Design Studio (4) To explore
strengths, structural variability and form potentials
of design materials, aesthetic potential . Prereq:
Senior or graduate standing or consent of instructor.
4206 Special Topics in Painting (4) Student- or
instructor-initiated course offered at convenience of
department . Prereq : Determined by department.
May be repeated . Maximum 16 hrs.
4215 Painting IV (4) Individual concepts of personal
expression with varied media on canvas . Pererq : 12
hrs 3215 for art majors ; consent of instructor for
non-majors. May be repeated . Maximum 12 hrs . E
4256 Special Topics in Fiber and Fabrics (4) Student-
or instructor-initiated course to be offered at
convenience of department . Prereq : Determined by
department . May be repeated . Maximum 16 hrs.
4270 Fabric Design IV : Advanced Projects (4) Prereq
: 3270 . May be repeated . Maximum 12 hrs.
4275 Fiber Design IV : Advanced Projects (4) Prereq
: 3275 . May be repeated . Maximum 12 hrs.
4315 Watercolor IV (4) Individual concepts in personal
expression with varied water-based media in
paper. Prereq : 12 hrs 3315 fo art majors ; consent of
instructor for non-art majors . May be repeated.
Maximum 12 hrs . E
4406 Special Topics In Sculpture (4) Student- or
instructor-initiated course offered at convenience of
department . Prereq : Determined by department.
May be repeated . Maximum 16 hrs.
4415 Sculpture IV (4) Individual development of
sculptural problems and techniques . May be repeated
. Maximum 12 hrs. E
4470 Wood Design : Advanced Practical Construction
(4) Application of laminations, carving and jointing
techniques in designing and construction of
contemporary furniture . Prereq : 2450 or consent of
instructor . May be repeated . Maximum 12 hrs.
4506 Special Topics in Communication Design (4)
Student- or instructor-initiated course offered at
convenience of department . Prereq : Determined by
department . May be repeated . Maximum 16 hrs.
4515 Corporate Design (4) Concepts of corporate
graphics in all areas of design and illustration . Prereq
: 3535 . May be repeated . Maximum 12 hrs . F, W,
Sp
4516 Portfolio and Exhibition Techniques (4) Application
of design principles to promotion, construction,
display and evaluation for two- and threedimensional
artists . Prereq : Senior or graduate
standing or consent of instructor . Sp

4545 Visual Communications Seminar (2) Political,
social, economic and ethical problems of contemporary
designer . Sessions with outside guest
speakers and field trips . Prereq : 4515. W
4606 Special Topics in Printmaking (4) Student- or
instructor-initiated course offered at convenience of
department . Prereq : Determined by department.
May be repeated . Maximum 16 hrs.
4615 Intaglio IV (4) Photographic, collage techniques,
combine printing with other print media.
May be repeated . Maximum 12 hrs . F, W, Sp
4616 Lithography IV (4) Extensive use of aluminum
plates, color combine printing, photographic techniques
. May be repeated . Maximum 12 hrs . F, W, Sp
4617 Screen Printing (4) Traditional hand cut and
photographic stencils ; combine printing on paper
and other surfaces . May be repeated . Maximum 12
hrs . F, W, Sp
4855 Studies in Art History (2) Concentration in
selected areas . Prereq : 16 hrs of art history and
consent of instructor . May be repeated . Maximum 6
hrs.
4956 Special Topics in Ceramics (4) Student- or
instructor-initiated course offered at convenience of
department . Prereq : Determined by department.
May be repeated . Maximum 16 hrs.
4960 Ceramics IV: Advanced Projects (4) Prereq:
3960 . May be repeated . Maximum 12 hrs . F, W, Sp
4970 Glaze Calculation (4) Prereq : Senior or
graduate standing and consent of instructor . W
4971 Kiln Construction (4) Prereq : Senior or
graduate standing and consent of instructor . Sp
5000 Thesis (1-15) E
5002 Non-Thesis Graduation Completion (3-15)
Required for the non-thesis student not otherwise
registered during any quarter when such a student
uses university facilities and/or faculty time before
degree is completed . May not be used toward degree
requirements . May be repeated . S/NC only . E
5011-21-31 Exhibition in Lieu of Thesis (3, 3, 3)
5101 Foreign Study (1-12) See page 95.
5102 Off-campus Study (1-12) See page 95.
5103 Independent Study (1-12) See page 95.
5115 Graduate Drawing 1 (2-6) May be repeated.
Maximum 18 hrs . F, W, Sp
*5125 Graduate Drawing II (2-6) May be repeated.
Maximum 18 hrs . F, W, Sp
5215 Graduate Painting I (2-6) May be repeated.
Maximum 18 hrs . F, W, Sp
•5225 Graduate Painting II (2-6) May be repeated.
Maximum 18 hrs . F, W, Sp
5255 Graduate Fiber and Fabrics I (2-6) May be
repeated . Maximum 18 hrs. F, W, Sp
'5275 Graduate Fiber and Fabrics II (2-6) May be
repeated . Maximum 18 hrs . F, W, Sp
5315 Graduate Watercolor I (2-6) May be repeated.
Maximum 18 hrs . F, W, Sp
*5325 Graduate Watercolor II (2-6) May be repeated.
Maximum 18 hrs . F, W, Sp
5415 Graduate Sculpture I (2 .6) May be repeated.
Maximum 18 hrs . F, W, Sp
`5425 Graduate Sculpture II (2-6) May be repeated.
Maximum 18 hrs . F, W, Sp
5515 Graduate Communication Design I (2-6) May
be repeated . Maximum 18 hrs . F, W, Sp
'5525 Graduate Communication Design II (2-6) May
be repeated . Maximum 18 hrs . F, W, Sp
5615 Graduate Printmaking-Lithography 1(2-6) May
be repeated . Maximum 18 hrs . F, W, Sp
5616 Graduate Printmaking-Intaglio I (2-6) May be
repeated . Maximum 18 hrs . F, W, Sp
5617 Graduate Printmaking-Screen Printing I (2-6)
May be repeated . Maximum 18 hrs . F, W, Sp
•5625 Graduate Printmaking-Lithography II (2-6)
May be repeated . Maximum 18 hrs . F, W, Sp
*5626 Graduate Printmaking-Intaglio II (2-6) Individual
problems with etching and engraving . May be
repeated . Maximum 18 hrs . F, W, Sp
'5627 Graduate Printmaking-Screen Printing II
(2-6) May be repeated . Maximum 18 hrs . F, W, Sp
5755 Reading and Research in Art History (2) Prereq
: Consent of instructor . May be repeated.
Maximum 6 hrs.
5770 Seminar in Art History (4) A
5900 Seminar in Art Criticism (4) Theory and practice
. Intended for majors in studio art . A
5955 Graduate Ceramics I (2-6) May be repeated.
Maximum 18 hrs . F, W, Sp
*5975 Graduate Ceramics II (2-6) May be repeated.
Maximum 18 hrs . F, W, Sp
5999 Projects in Lieu of Thesis (10) Prereq : All
graduate course work and successful second year
evaluation by the graduate faculty . May be repeated.
Maximum 30 hrs . E
'Graduate II courses must be preceded by successful
first year evaluation by the faculty.
Audiology and
Speech Pathology
MAJORS DEGREES
Audiology M .A.
Speech and Hearing Science Ph .D.
Speech Pathology
M .A.
Professors:
H . L . Luper (Head), Ph .D . Ohio State ; S. Adler,
Ph .D . Ohio State ; C . W . Asp, Ph .D . Ohio State;
P . J. Carney, Ph .D. Iowa ; D . M . Lipscomb, Ph .D.
Washington ; I . Nabelek, Sc .D . Prague;
H . A . Peterson, Ph .D . Illinois ; B . Silverstein,
Ph .D . Purdue.
Associate Professors:
S . B . Burchfield, Ph .D . Michigan State;
C . G . Maisel, M .Ed . Texas.
Assistant Professors:
A . O. Diefendort, Ph .D . Washington ; E. Ireland,
Ph .D . Iowa ; C . J . Ferrell, M . A . Tennessee.
THE MASTER'S PROGRAM
A major is offered in Audiology or in Speech
Pathology. A minor is offered in each of the
two areas when approved by the department.
The intent of each major program is to
provide the student with the scholarly and
professional skills necessary for functionipg
as an independent professional clinician in
any clinical environment . Within this broad
coverage of speech pathology or audiology, it
is possible for a student to specialize to some
extent . For example, in the M .A. in Audiology
program, a student may emphasize
audiological assessment, aural
habilitation-rehabilitation, medical or
pediatric, or industrial audiology . Within the
M .A . in the Speech Pathology program, a
student may emphasize language disorders,
cultural language differences, or speech
disorders such as aphasia or stuttering.
Students interested in specializing beyond
the typical broad M .A. program should
consult the department office or their advisor
for lists of suggested courses, practica and
independent studies.
Students majoring in the two areas are
expected to complete the academic
requirements for clinical certification from
the American Speech and Hearing
Association, including the required number
of clock hours of clinical practicum . An
exception to this rule must be approved by the
Department Curriculum Committee.
Enrollment in clinical practicum courses is
required for all clinical practice experiences.
If the undergraduate preparation does not
include sufficient course work in speech
College of Liberal Arts 99
pathology, audiology, psychology, and
related fields, the student may be required to
make up such deficiencies.
Students may elect either the thesis
program or the non-thesis option . Students in
both programs are required to take 5110 and
5119 . The Master's program with the thesis
will include a minimum of 45 quarter hours of
approved graduate credit, including 9 quarter
hours of 5000 credit in the preparation of an
acceptable thesis representing original
independent work, and a final oral
examination . At least one-half of these total
courses must be at the 5000 or 6000 level, no
more than 9 hours of which may be thesis
courses . Students in the non-thesis option
program must present a total of 48 quarter
hours of approved graduate credit and pass a
final written examination . A minimum of 24
quarter hours must be at the 5000 or 6000
level. The decision as to choice of the thesis
or non-thesis program is normally made
following completion of 5110 and a
conference with the student's advisor.
THE DOCTORAL PROGRAM
The Ph .D . program in Speech and Hearing
Science seeks to develop individuals for
research or college teaching careers in the
field of speech and language pathology,
audiology, or speech and hearing science.
This degree program is research oriented,
with primary emphasis upon developing the
scientific and cognitive skills which allow
individuals to identify and independently
study important questions concerning the
human act of oral and aural communication.
Students will be expected to master the
accumulated knowledge in the area of:
1. Basic speech, hearing and language
processes;
2. Speech, hearing and language
disorders;
3. Related disciplines providing insight
into human communication processes;
4. Technical skills in instrumentation and
experimental design which enable the
student to investigate problems pertaining to
speech and hearing processes.
The program will normally consist of three
or more calendar years of graduate study
beyond the Master's degree with the first year
being devoted primarily to formal course
work and the last year to full-time research
culminating in the doctoral dissertation.
Specific programs of study will be
determined by the student in consultation
with his/her faculty committee . In addition to
the general Graduate School requirements,
specific requirements for the degree of
Doctor of Philosophy in Speech and Hearing
Science will include:
1. Successful completion of course work
in the study of one or more research tools, or
other specific scientific methodological
vehicles pertinent to the research interests of
the candidate . The choice of research tool(s)
is subject to departmental approval.
2. A minimum of 9 quarter hours of
graduate credit obtained in course work in a
cognate field outside the Department of
Audiology and Speech Pathology . These
hours are in addition to those required in item
1 above.
3. Sufficient course work within the
department but outside the area of
specialization to give a broad foundation and
understanding .

100
College of Liberal Arts
4. A comprehensive examination to
demonstrate a general knowledge of the
basis of audiology, speech and language
pathology, and speech and hearing science;
advanced knowledge of the specifics of the
area of specialization.
5. Research and dissertation to give at
least 36 hours of graduate credit (6000 level).
6. A final oral examination.
4040 Appraisal of Speech and Language Disorders
(4) Diagnostic procedures for children and adults
with speech and language problems including observation
and practice with diagnostic tests . Prereq:
3050 . (Same as Special Education 4040.) F, Sp
4070 Free Association (4) Oral and written free association
as process for diagnosing and treating
communication disorders . Includes didactic selfanalysis
. W
4190 Speech Development of the Hearing Impaired
(3) (Same as Special Education 4190 .)
4200 Practicum in Speech Development of the
Hearing Impaired (3) (Same as Special Education
4200.)
4210-20 Language Development of the Hearing
Impaired I, II (3, 3) (Same as Special Education
4210-20 .)
4250 Introduction to the Psychology and Education
of the Hearing Impaired (3) (Same as Special Education
4250.)
4310 Stuttering (3) Nature and treatment . Review
and integration of various theories. (Same as Special
Education 4310 .) F, Su
4320 Clinical Practice in Speech Pathology (1-6)
Prereq : 3040, 305D, 3310, 4040, and consent of instructor.
(Same as Special Education 4320) . S/NC
only . E
4330 Clinical Practice in Speech Pathology (1-6)
Prereq : 4320 and consent of instructor . (Same as
Special Education 4330 .) S/NC only . E
4340 Clinical Practice in Speech Pathology (1-6)
Prereq : 4330 and consent of instructor . (Same as
Special Education 4340) . May be repeated . S/NC
only . E
4400 Voice Disorders (4) Etiology, diagnosis, and
treatment of organic and functional voice disorders.
Prereq : 3065 . (Same as Special Education 4400 .) W,
Su
4450 Clinical Practice in Audiology (1-6) Prereq:
4720 and 4930 . (Same as Special Education 4450) . E
4460 Clinical Practice in Audiology (1-6) Prereq:
4450, 4720 and 4930 . (Same as Special Education
4460) . E
4470 Clinical Practice in Audiology (1-6) Prereq:
4460, 4720, and 4930. May be repeated . Maximum 9
hrs . (Same as Special Education 4470 .) E
4520 Speech Pathology (3) Independent study of
special problems in speech pathology . Prereq : Consent
of instructor. E
4550 Problems in Speech Pathology (1-6) Prereq:
Consent of instructor . E
4560 Problems in Audiology (1-6) Prereq : Consent
of instructor . May be repeated . Maximum 6 hrs . E
4610 Introduction to Language Pathology in Children
(4) Nature, etiology and treatment of language
retardation . Observation in language clinic is available
. Prereq : 3200 . F, Sp
4620 Birth Defect Syndromes and Language Retardation
(3) Examination of research literature relevant
to birth defects and language retardation including
clinical, educational and socioemotional
implications of such disorders . Prereq : 4610 or consent
of instructor . F
4630 Practical Applications of Language Habilitation
Techniques (3) Discussion and demonstration
of various methods and procedures used in treating
language retarded children . Prereq : 4610 or consent
of instructor . W
4640 Parent Participation in Language Habilitation
Programs (3) Nature of counseling and educational
relationships with parents of exceptional children
including emotional support for families, behavior
management strategies, home training methods.
Prereq : 4610 or consent of instructor . Sp
4650 Speech and Language of the Culturally Different
Child (3) Discussion of speech and language
differences of children of various minority groups,
of different ethnic and class membership and from
different geographic regions ; their causes, and their
effects upon educational programs . F, W, Su
4660 Topics in Language Retardation and its
Habilitation (3) Lectures on selected topics by representatives
of such fields as special education,
early childhood education, educational psychology,
genetics, and psychology. Prereq : 4610 or consent
of instructor . Su
4720 Audiology II (4) Basic principles of clinical
audiometry ; pure-tone, speech, masking and overview
of special auditory tests . Prereq : 3710 . (Same
as Special Education 4720.) W, Su
4760 Introduction to Hearing Conservation (4)
Roles of noise-hazard evaluation, medical monitoring,
health education, hearing protective devices,
administrative controls, and acoustical engineering
controls in hearing conservation . Prereq : 3710.
Coreq : 4720 . F, Su
4930 Aural Rehabilitation : Speechreading and Auditory
Training (3) Rehabilitation of acoustically impaired
by maximizing use of residual hearing and
utilizing speechreading as receptive communicative
process . Prereq : 4720 . (Same as Special Education
4930 .) F, W, Su
4940 Introduction to the Verbo-Tonal System (4)
Prereq : 3710 or 4700. Recommended prereq : 4930
and 3050 . (Same as Special Education 4940 .) F, W,
Su
5000 Thesis (1-15) E
5002 Non-Thesis Graduation Completion (3-15)
Required for the non-thesis student not otherwise
registered during any quarter when such a student
uses university facilities and/or faculty time before
degree is completed . May not be used toward degree
requirements . May be repeated . S/NC only . E
5040 Advanced Clinical Practice in Audiology
Study and Practice (1-6) Prereq : 4720 and 4930 . May
be repeated . Maximum 12 hrs . (Same as Special
Education 5040.) E
5045 Practicum in Hearing Aid Orientation and
Communication Counseling (1-6) Practical exposure
to counseling hard of hearing and family members
concerning use and expectations of hearing
aids, suggestions for better use of communication
skills . Prereq : 4720, 4930, and consent of instructor.
May be repeated . Maximum 9 hrs . E
5050 Practicum in Verbo-Tonal Habilitation (1-6)
Prereq : 4940, 5950, or consent of instructor . May be
repeated . Maximum 9 hrs . E
5051 Practicum in Aural Rehabilitation (1-6) Prereq:
4720 and 4930 . May be repeated . Maximum 9 hrs . E
5060 Anatomy and Physiology of Speech (3) Structure
and function of neuromuscular system involved
in breathing, phonation, resonation, and articulation
. Prereq : 3065 . F, W
5070 Anatomy and Physiology of Hearing (3) Structure
of human ear, pathology of hearing impairment,
and psychoacoustics of audition . Prereq : 3710. F
5071 Physiological Acoustics and Electrophysiology
(3) Techniques for electrophysiological measurement
of auditory sensitivity, sound transmission
by ear, distortion in ear, and ear as analytic mechanism
. Prereq : 4720, 5070 or consent of instructor.
Sp, Su
5100 Comparative Anatomy of the Peripheral Auditory
Structures (3) Tutorial laboratory course in
comparative anatomy of temporal bone employing
microscopic dissection techniques . Prereq : 5070 or
consent of instructor . E
5110 Introduction to Research in Speech and Hearing
(3) Analysis of research techniques, application
of statistics, and completion of pilot research
project . Prereq : Elementary statistics. F, W, Su
5117 Instrumentation in Audiology and Speech
Pathology (2) Principles of instrumentation used in
audiology and speech pathology. Prereq : 3010 . W,
Sp
5119 Laboratory in Instrumentation in Audiology
and Speech Pathology (1) Laboratory assignments
designed to familiarize student with instruments for
measuring speech and hearing processes . Prereq:
5117 . E
5200 Seminar on Stuttering (3) Current significant
research in problem of stuttering . Prereq : 4310 or
consent of instructor . W, Su
5201 Aphasia (3) Historical review of aphasia literature
; theories of brain functioning, aphasic classification
and terminology, tests and rationale for testing,
etiology, therapy considerations and prognosis
for recovery . Prereq : 5060 or equivalent or consent
of instructor . W, Su
5320-30-40 Advanced Clinical Practice in Speech
Disorders (1-6, 1-6, 1-6) Prereq : Consent of instructor
. 5340 may be repeated . Maximum 9 hrs . S/NC
only . E
5350-60-70 Advanced Clinical Practice in Speech
Diagnosis (1-6, 1-6, 1-6) Prereq : 4040, 4340 or equivalent
. 5370 may be repeated . Maximum 9 hrs . S/NC
only . E
5380 Cerebral Palsy (3) Neurological foundations
and speech and language training . Prereq : 5060.
(Same as Special Education 5380 .) F
5381 Adult Dysarthria (3) Neuromotor organization
for speech production ; types of adult dysarthria and
associated neuromuscular symptomatology ; diagnosis
and management of adult dysarthric speakers.
Prereq : 5060 . Su
5390Cleft Palate (3) Etiology, diagnosis and clinical
management of cleft palate speakers, emphasis on
speech . Prereq : 3310 . (Same as Special Education
5390 .) W, Su
5440 Hearing Aid Evaluation (3) Procedures in assessing
benefits of amplification of sound for acoustically
handicapped . Evaluation methods, binaural
vs . monaural, prescription fitting . Prereq : 4720 . Sp
5450 Sound Measurement and Audiometer Calibration
(3) Noise measuring systems and techniques
; factors in military and industrial audiology,
role of audiologist in industry . Prereq : Basic Acoustics
or consent of instructor . W
5460 Advanced Audiometry (3) Theory and practice
of advanced pure tone and speech audiometry ; instrumentation
and interpretation of audiometric
findings with differential diagnosis . Prereq : 4720 . F
5470 Impedance Measurement in Audiology (3)
Theoretical considerations behind emergence of
impedance measurement in clinical measurement
of hearing . Practical experience in using several impedance
measuring devices . Prereq : 4720 and 5070.
W
5490 Practicum in Hearing Conservation (1-6)
Supervised on-site experience in hearing conservation
programs at industrial settings . Prereq : 5040.
May be repeated . Maximum 6 hrs. E
5500 Seminar in Audiology (3) Significant research
in various areas of audiology . Prereq : Consent of
instructor . May be repeated . Maximum 16 hrs . F, Sp
5503 Special Auditory Tests (3) Theoretical and
practical considerations of auditory procedures
used for differentiating between cochlear vs . retrocochlear
auditory lesions, identifying central auditory
lesions and nonorganic hearing loss . Prereq:
5460 . S
5505 Special Problems in Audiology (1-6) Prereq:
4720 or equivalent and consent of instructor . May be
repeated . Maximum 6 hrs. E
5520 Seminar in Speech Pathology (3) Current significant
research in speech pathology . Topics vary
from quarter to quarter . Prereq : 12 hrs in speech
pathology. May be repeated with consent of department
. Maximum 12 hrs . E
5540 Seminar In Language Pathology (3) Nature,
etiology and treatment of retarded language development
in children . Prereq : 4610 (Same as Special
Education 5540.) W
5550 Special Problems in Speech Pathology (1-3)
Prereq : Consent of instructor . May be repeated.
Maximum 6 hrs . E
5560 Independent Study in Speech Pathology (1-3)

Prereq : Consent of instructor . May be repeated.
Maximum 6 hrs . E
5600 Independent Study in Audiology (1-6) Special
reading, consultation, and research activities in field
of audiology . May be repeated . Maximum 6 hrs . E
5610 Practicum : Language Pathology in Children
(3) Seminar and/or practicum involving discussion
and utilization of testing tools and analyses of
habilitative philosophies, specialties and techniques
. Prereq : Consent of instructor . May be repeated
. Maximum 9 hrs.
5651 Seminar in Language Differences (3) Significant
research relevant to language differences of
culturally different children . Prereq : 4650 . Su
5730 Hearing Disorders (3) Advanced study of auditory
disorders commonly encountered in medical
environment . Etiology, pathology and evaluative
procedures to differentiate lesions of auditory
mechanism . Field trips may be required . Prereq:
4720 or equivalent and 5070 . Su
5740 Pediatric Audiology (3) Advanced study of
theoretical and practical considerations of procedures
to evaluate hearing of infants and small children
. Prereq : 4720 or equivalent . Sp
5750 Educational Audiology (3) Advanced case
management of hearing impaired child : audiology
follow-up, educational alternatives, teacher and
parental counseling, social adjustment, classroom
,acoustics and state and federal guidelines . Prereq:
5040 and 5440.
5790 Seminar in Psycholinguistic Concepts in
Speech Pathology (3) Psycholinguistic concepts
and information theory in studying the normal acquisition
of language and certain disorders of language
. Prereq : Consent of instructor . (Same as Psychology
5790 .) Sp
5950 The Verbo-Tonal System (3) Theory, procedures
and instrumentation of Verbo-Tonal System in
habilitation, rehabilitation, diagnosis, speech
therapy, and foreign languages . Prereq : 3710 . Recommended
prereq : 3050, 4720, and 4930. F, W, Su
6000 Doctoral Research and Dissertation (3-15) E
6010 Experimenal Phonetics (3) Acoustical and
physiological analyses of speech production and
perception . Prereq : 5119 or consent of instructor . F
6019 Experimental Phonetics Laboratory (2) Must
be taken concurrently with 6010.
6020 Psychoacoustics (3) Auditory reception and
perception of nonspeech stimuli . Prereq : 6010 . W
6029 Psych acoustics Laboratory (2) Must be taken
concurrently with 6020. W
6060 Applied Anatomy and Physiology of Speech
Mechanism (3) Dissection and related readings.
Prereq : 5060 or equivalent . Sp
6069 Laboratory in Applied Anatomy & Physiology
of Speech Mechanism (2) Must be taken concur-
- rently with 6060 . Sp
6070 Experimental Techniques in Cochlear Physiology
and Neurophysiology (3) Prereq : 5070 or
equivalent . A
6080 Seminar In Speech Science (3) Advanced
study of experimental areas such as speech physiology,
acoustic analysis, recognition, perception
and intelligibility of speech, communication theory,
and psycholinguistic measurement of speech and
language . Topics vary from quarter to quarter . Prereq
: 6010 or consent of instructor . May be repeated.
Maximum 9 hrs . Sp, A
6090 Seminar In Hearing Science (3) Advanced
study of perception of nonspeech acoustic signal;
detectability, pitch, loudness, differential threshold,
adaptation, and fatigue . Prereq : 6020 or consent of
instructor . May be repeated . Maximum 9 hrs . W, A
6110 Experimental Design in Speech and Hearing
(3) Analysis of experimental design in theses and
related journals. Psychophysical methods for data
acquisition . Generation of experimental designs
based on parametric and nonparametric statistics.
Prereq : 5110 or equivalent and consent of instructor
. S
6117 Theories of Hearing (3) Physiological process
basic to classical theories of hearing related to sen-
sitivity ; loudness ; pitch : and discrimination of
acoustic stimuli . Prere9 : 5070 or consent of instructor.
W, A
6119 Advanced Instrumentation in Speech and
Hearing Science (3) Selection, use and calibration
of instrumentation used in speech and hearing research
. Prereq : 5117, 5119 or equivalent . W, A
6500 Advanced Seminar in Audiology (3) Prereq:
Consent of instructor . May be repeated . Sp, A
6520 Advanced Seminar in Speech and Language
(3) Topics vary from quarter to quarter but include
advanced study of aberrations of voice, articulation,
speaking time and rhythm, language development
or use, and language symbolization . Prereq : Consent
of instructor . May be repeated . F, Sp, Su
6560 Directed Research (1-6) Participation in ongoing
or non-dissertational research . Prereq : Consent
of instructor . May be repeated . Maximum 12 hrs . E
6570 Directed Study in Speech Pathology (1-3) May
be repeated . Maximum 9 hrs . E
6580 Directed Study in Audiology (1-3) May be repeated
. Maximum 9 hrs. E
6590 Directed Study in Speech Science (1-3) May
be repeated . Maximum 9 hrs . E
6600 Directed Study in Hearing Science (1-3) May
be repeated . Maximum 9 hrs . E
Biochemistry
MAJOR DEGREES
Biochemistry M .S ., Ph .D.
Professors:
K. J . Monty (Acting Head), Ph .D . Rochester ; J. E.
Churchich, Ph .D . Sheffield (England) ; T. P. Salo
(Associate Head), Ph .D . Michigan.
Associate Professors:
S. W. Hawkinson, Ph .D. Chicago ; J . G . Joshi,
Ph .D . Poona (India).
Assistant Professors:
L. B . Brattsten, Ph .D . Illinois ; R . Bryant,
Ph .D . Illinois ; R. H . Feinberg, Ph .D.
California (Berkeley) ; L . Huang, Ph .D.
Michigan State.
The graduate program consists of an
orientation examination to determine the
most suitable course work for the incoming
graduate student, successful completion of a
series of graduate courses and seminars, and
a qualifying examination at the end of the first
year. In addition, the M .S. degree requires
research leading to the writing and oral
defense of a thesis, while the Ph .D . degree
requires successful completion of
preliminary examinations, and extensive
research leading to the Ph .D . dissertation and
its oral defense.
The orientation examination : Given fall
quarter at 9 :00 a .m . on the Thursday prior to
the week in which classes begin, is taken by
all incoming students without exception . The
purpose of the examination is to aid in placing
students in the proper courses to help ensure
their success in the graduate programs . The
examination will cover analytical, organic and
physical chemistry and biochemistry . If the
student's undergraduate program does not
show appropriate courses in one of the
subjects, the student will not take that part of
the examination but will be enrolled in a
suitable course . The results of the
examination will help determine appropriate
course work.
The qualifying examination : At the
conclusion of the first year's work in
5510-20-30, 5310-20-30 and 4230, a
comprehensive qualifying examination
covering all of the material will be taken by all
first year graduate students, without
exception, in the first week of the summer
quarter. On the basis of results of the
College of Liberal Arts 101
examination, the student will be counseled
conc@rning hi§lh@r futur@ in the biochemi gtN
program.
THE MASTER'S PROGRAM
This program requires about two years of
full-time study and provides both breadth and
depth of training by mixing classroom
instruction with research laboratory
experience . Students completing this
program will have a sound foundation in
modern biology and chemistry and will be
equipped to follow and absorb future
advances in these fields . Recent graduates of
this program are now involved in such
occupations as industrial pharmaceutical
research, junior college and high school
teaching, hospital laboratory work . cancer
research, scientific journalism, and pursuit of
Ph .D . degrees.
Candidates usually should offer course
work covered by an undergraduate major in
either biology or chemistry . Departmental
requirements consist of the satisfactory
completion of 45 credit hours of graduate
work and the mastery of the subject matter of
the following courses:
1. Introductory Organic Chemistry with
laboratory (at least one year)*, at least one
quarter of analytical chemistry, and a
minimum of three quarters of approved
physical chemistry.
2. A minimum of 12 quarter hours of
approved biology courses beyond the
introductory level, including at least 3 hours
of genetics and 3 hours of physiology.
3. An orientation examination as described
above.
4. Biochemistry 5510-20-30, 5310-20-30,
4230 ; and at least one special topics course
(5450), or 5610 or 5110 or 5120 or 5130 or
5210 .
5. A qualifying examination as described
above.
6. At least 9 hours of advanced
lecture-seminar courses from the following:
Biochemistry 6410, 6010.
7. At least 9 hours of Master's research and
a thesis.
8. A final comprehensive examination
which will cover both the thesis endeavor and
the subject matter of the course
requirements.
THE DOCTORAL PROGRAM
An incoming student must present course
work covered by an undergraduate major in
either chemistry or biology . Departmental
requirements for the awarding of the Ph .D.
include mastery of the subject matter
indicated in the following list of courses.
Course contents listed in items 1 and 3 are
prerequisites to taking preliminary
examinations; applicants usually should
expect to complete these requirements within
the first two years of graduate school.
1 . Introductory Organic Chemistry with
laboratory (at least 1 year)*, at least one
quarter of analytical chemistry, Chemistry
4510`, Introductory Physics', Differential and
Integral Calculus* ; at least three quarters of
approved graduate courses in chemistry or
physics, for example : Chemistry
5110-20-30-35, Chemistry 5340, Physics
5210-20-30, Physics 5440, Physics
5510-20-30 ; plus minimum of three quarters
'Though completion of these courses or the equivalent is
required, they may not be taken for graduate credit .

102 College of Liberal Arts
of approved physical chemistry
(Biochemistry 4210-20-30, or Chemistry
4910-20 and Biochemistry 4230, or Chemistry
3410-20-30) and at least 18 hours of biology
beyond the introductory level including at
least 3 hours of genetics and 3 hours of
physiology . At least 3 hours must be graduate
credit in an approved area of specialization
which should be identified early so that
necessary prerequisites can be taken.
2. Orientation examination.
3. Biochemistry 5510-20-30, 5310-20-30,
4230.
4. In addition tothe coursese listed in item 3
above, four courses selected from those
numbered 5110 or higher, excluding 5300 or
5640 .
5. Qualifying examination.
6. Participation in Biochemistry 6410 and in
the advanced biochemistry seminars 6010
during the entire period of residence.
7. Preliminary examination : Students who
pass the comprehensive qualifying
examination with sufficiently high marks and
those who complete a mandatory M .S . degree
(required prior to the preliminary
examination) will take the examination, at a
time and of a format compatible with
Graduate School requirements as
determined by the student's committee.
8. A dissertation reporting the results of
original and significant research carried out
during the term of candidacy.
9. A final examination which will be
concerned primarily with the student's
dissertation.
Petitioning for Master's degree : Students
who have passed the preliminary examination
in the Ph .D. program may petition the
department for award of a Master's degree.
The additional requirements for such a
degree shall be:
a. The completion of at least 45 hours of
approved course work for graduate credit, at
least half of which must be at or above the
5000 level;
b. The preparation of a research
manuscript suitable for submission for
publication in a major scientific journal;
c. The oral defense of that manuscript
before an examining committee of three
faculty members appointed by the head of the
department, at least two of whom shall be
members of the department.
4110-20 Cellular and Comparative Biochemistry (4,
4) Electrotype behavior ; chemistry and structure of
proteins ; enzyme behavior and biological function;
catabolism and energy capture ; synthetic
metabolism ; nucleic acid function, protein synthesis
and biochemical genetics ; regulation of biological
processes . Must be taken in sequence . Prereq:
Chemistry 3211-21-31, 3219-29-39, and 1 course
from Biology 1210-20-30 or Botany 1110-20. 3 lectures
and discussion . F, W, Sp ; W, Sp, Su
4119 Cellular and Comparative Biochemistry Laboratory
(2) Basic biochemical procedures of general
application in biochemistry and molecular biology.
Prereq or coreq : 4110 . F, W
4210-20 Introduction to Physical Biochemistry (3, 3)
4210-Introduction to thermodynamics ; phase stabilty
and phase change ; chemical potential ; osmotic
pressure ; activity and the Debye-Huckel model;
electrochemistry; membrane permeability .4220-
Elements of statistical mechanics, diffusion, collision
theory ; chemical kinetics and transition state
theory, higher order kinetics ; specialized kinetics of
enzymatic processes ; some biopolymer considerations
. Prereq : Mathematics 1840-50-60,
Chemistry 3211-21-31 and 3219-29-39, and an introductory
course in biology . F ;W
4230 Introduction to Physical Biochemistry (3)
Physical characterization of macromolecules;
polarized light, absorption and fluorescence,
sedimentation and transport hydrodynamics, electrophoretic
mobility, light scattering, and structural
x-ray crystallography of proteins and nucleic acids.
Prereq : 4220 or Chemistry 3430,or equivalent . Sp
5000 Thesis (1-15) E
5010 Biochemical Techniques (2) Theory and laboratory
practice in chromatographic and electrophoretic
techniques in isolation and characterization
of macromolecules of importance in
biochemistry and molecular biology . Prereq : 4119
or equivalent . Open to undergraduates with consent
of department.
5110 The Metabolism of Nitrogen Containing Compounds
(3) Nitrogen fixation . Synthesis and degradation
of amino acids, purines, pyrimidines and nucleic
acids . Prereq : 4110-20.
5120 Biochemistry of Mitochondria and Selected
Organelles (3) Organization of compartmented
metabolic systems in mitochondria and other cell
organelles . Supramolecular organization,
bioenergetics, transport systems, drug metabolism,
oxygen toxicity and defense mechanisms, nitrogen
fixation and photosynthesis . Emphasis on experimental
approaches . Prereq : 4120 or 5510 or equivalent.
5130 Protein Structure and Enzyme Function (3)
Physicochemical properties of proteins ; primary,
secondary, tertiary and quaternary structure ; denaturation,
renaturation and other conformational
change ; structure-function correlations ; coenzyme-specific
models of catalysis ; steady-state,
transient, relaxation, and allosteric kinetics of
catalysis . Prereq : 4110 and either 4220 or Chemistry
3430.
5210 Structure and Function of Biological Membranes
(1) Structural organization of biological
membrane components . Dynamic properties as
studied biochemically and biophysically . Selective
topics of membrane functions related to structural
organization.
5220 Structures and Functions of the Nucleic Acids
(3) Chemistry of nucleic acids ; hydrogen bonding
and double-stranded structures ; coiling, supercoiling,
and other higher order structural considerations
; biosynthesis of DNAs and RNAs ; repair
mechanisms ; degrading mechanisms ; mechanisms
of genetic information storage and retrieval . Prereq:
4110-20 or equivalent.
5230 Protein Synthesis and Its Role In Metabolic
Regulation (3) Mechanism of assembly of peptide
chains ; ribosome structure and function ; deciphering
and genetic code ; regulation of transcriptional
and translational events (induction, repression,
etc .) . Prereq : 4110-20.
5300 Graduate Research Participation (3-9) May be
repeated . Maximum 12 hrs.
5310-20-30 Experimental Techniques (2, 2, 3) Tutorial
laboratory course in modern experimental
methodology and instrumentation . Intended primarily
for departmental majors . F ; W ; Sp
5450 Special Topics (1-3) Registration only by prior
arrangement with department. May be repeated.
5510 Properties of Blomolecules Related to Function
(3) Structures, chemical and physical properties
of biomolecules developed from theoretical and experimental
points of view to explain actions and
interactions . Prereq : Chemistry 3211-21-31;
Chemistry 2140 recommended . Prereq or coreq:
4210, Chemistry 4910 or equivalent . F
5520 Molecular and Cellular Basis of Metabolic
Regulation (3) Regulation of metabolic pathways
dependent on energy demands of organism and on
synthesis of macromolecule precursors . Prereq:
5510 or consent of department . Coreq : 4220 or
Chemistry 4920 or equivalent . W
5530 Biosynthesis and Regulatory Functions of Informational
Molecules (3) DNA, RNA, and Proteins:
Roles in replication, transcription, translation and
metabolic regulation . Prereq : 5520. Coreq : 4230 . S
5610 Environmental Toxicology (3) Basic concepts
in toxicology, interactions at subcellular, cellular,
organ, organismal, population, and environmental
levels, legal aspects . Major emphasis on biochemical
toxicology . Prereq : 4110-20, Chemistry 3211-
21-31, Chemistry 4910-20-30, or consent of instructor
. (Same as Ecology 5610.) W
5640 Techniques in Environmental Toxicology (2)
Survey of experimental techniques for assessment
of presence, toxicity, and impacts of pollutants in
global ecosystem . Laboratory exercises focus on
analytical, biochemical, and bioassay methods employed
in toxicological studies . Prereq : Chemistry
2140-2149 and 3211-21-31,1 yr of physics ; or consent
of instructor. (Same as Ecology 5640 .) Sp
6000 Doctoral Research and Dissertation (3-15) E
6010 Advanced Biochemistry Seminar (1) Topics to
be covered posted in spring quarter for following
year . Invited speakers of note will participate . May
be repeated . Maximum 9 hrs . S/NC only . F, W, Sp
6410 Current Topics in Biochemistry (1) Seminars
and lectures dealing with current advances in field
of chemical biology. May be repeated with consent
of department . S/NC only . F, W, Sp
6420 Current Topics in Biological Membrane Research
(1) Current literature on biological membrane
research . Prereq : 4110-20 or equivalent . May
be repeated . Maximum 9 hrs. S/NC only. (Same as
Microbiology 6420) . F, W, Sp
6431 Current Topics In Environmental Toxicology
(1) Critical reviews of research problems and
methods in environmental toxicology ; behavioral
toxicology, biochemical and ecological effects,
biostatistics and epidemiology . Presentations by
students, faculty and guest lecturers from academia
and industry . May be repeated with consent of department
. Maximum 6 hrs . (Same as Ecology 6431 .)
S/NC only . F, W, Sp
6450 Advanced Special Topics (1-3) Registration
only by prior arrangement with department . For students
who have passed Ph .D. preliminary examination
or are in advanced state of graduate studies.
Topic title posted in advance . May be repeated.
Maximum 9 hrs.
Biology
MAJOR
Biology
DEGREE
MACT
The Master of Arts in College Teaching
program is administered by an
interdepartmental committee composed of
one representative from each of the following
departments : Biochemistry, Botany,
Microbiology and Zoology . Inquiries
regarding the program should be addressed
to the chairperson of the committee.
The admission requirements are:
1. Bachelor's degree with satisfactory
record.
2. Nine quarter hours of college
mathematics.
3. Twelve quarter hours of physical
sciences.
4. Twelve quarter hours of general
biology, general botany, or general zoology.
5. Eighteen quarter hours of advanced
biology courses.
Requirements for the degree:
All candidates for the MALT degree in
Biology will meet a minimum distribution of
graduate and undergraduate courses as
follows:
1 . Eight quarter hours in each of the
following:
a. Taxonomy and/or Ecology.
b. Morphology, Developmental Biology
and/or Anatomy.
c. Physiology and/or Biochemistry.
d. Genetics, Cytology and/or Cytogenetics.
2. Eighteen quarter hours of graduate
credit in each of two of the following four
fields: biochemistry, botany, microbiology,

zoology or 36 quarter hours of graduate credit
among the four fields as specified by the
interdepartmental committee administering
the MACT program in Biology.
3. At least 21 quarter hours of course work
in requirement 2 (not including special
projects and thesis) numbered at the 5000 or
6000 level.
4. At least 9 quarter hours of Master's
research and an acceptable thesis.
5. Total graduate credit in the biological
sciences (or appropriate supporting fields) of
57 quarter hours (including that in items 1, 2,
3, and 4).
6. A three-quarter, 1-hour seminar (or
seminar series) on the problems and
techniques of college teaching.
7. Six quarters of part-time, supervised
college teacher-internship training.
8. A final comprehensive oral examination
covering the thesis endeavor and the subject
matter of the course requirements.
Botany
MAJOR degrees
Botany M .S ., Ph .D.
Professors:
R . W. Holton (Head), Ph .D . Michigan;
E . E . C. Clebsch, Ph .D . Duke ; H. R . DeSelm,
Ph .D . Ohio State ; W . R . Herndon, Ph .D.
Vanderbilt ; L . W . Jones, Ph .D . Texas;
J . F. McCormick, Ph .D . Emory ; F. H. Norris,
Ph .D . Ohio State ; J . S . Olson, Ph .D . Chicago;
R. H. Petersen, Ph .D . Columbia ; A . J . Sharp
(Emeritus), Ph .D . Ohio State ; P. L . Walne, Ph .D.
Texas.
Associate Professors:
C. C. Amundsen, Ph .D . Colorado ; J . D . Caponetti,
Ph .D . Harvard ; A . M . Evans, Ph .D . Michigan;
A . S . Heilman, Ph .D . Ohio State ; R. R . Henke,'
Ph .D . Miami (Ohio) ; K . W. Hughes, Ph .D.
Utah ; O . J. Schwarz, Ph .D . North Carolina
State ; H . H . Shugart, Ph .D . Georgia.
Assistant Professors:
L . G . Hickok, Ph .D . Massachusetts; B. Mullin,
Ph .D . North Carolina State ; E . E . Schilling, Ph .D.
Indiana ; D . K. Smith, Ph .D . Tennessee;
W. O . Smith, Ph .D . Duke.
The Department of Botany offers the Master
of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees
with concentrations in anatomy, bryology,
cytology, cytogenetics, ecology, genetics,
lichenology, morphology, mycology,
photobiology, physiology, phycology,
pteridology, and taxonomy.
Requirements for admission : In addition to
the general Graduate School requirements
(see page 11) the botany department also
strongly recommends submitting aptitude
and advanced scores from the Graduate
Record Examination, at least three letters of
recommendation from academic or
professional persons, a short statement
describing probable areas of interest in
botany, and the following specific
courses : (1) general botany or biology, 12
quarter hours ; (2) advanced botany or
closely allied biological sciences, 18 quarter
hours ; (3) physical sciences ; general
inorganic chemistry, 12 quarter hours
organic chemistry and physics highly
recommended ; (4) college mathematics, 9
quarter hours.
General degree requirements are given
on pages 8-9 . Special departmental
requirements include successful completion
of the following.
'Comparative Animal Research Laboratory, Oak Ridge .
THE MASTER'S PROGRAM
A. Thesis Program
1. Satisfactory preparation of a written
formulation and as oral defense to the
student's committee of a research proposal
suitable for a thesis problem . Must be
completed before enrollment in Botany 5000.
2. Satisfactory performance on an
examination in one modern foreign language
or an A or B in French 3030 or German 3030
(can also be applied to the doctoral program).
3. Satisfactory completion of 2 credit
hours at the 6000 level.
*4. Preparation of a written thesis and its
oral defense.
5. Presentation of a thirty-minute
departmental seminar.
6. Educational service is required of each
graduate degree candidate and such service
will include teaching and/or ancillary services
performed in the department related to the
instruction of courses.
B. Non-Thesis Program
1. Satisfactory completion of 51 quarter
hours of approved graduate courses of which
30 quarter hours must be in botany including
Botany 5003 and 5004.
2. Satisfactory completion of 2 credit
hours at the 6000 level.
3. Educational service is required of each
graduate degree candidate and such service
will include teaching and/or ancillary services
performed in the department related to the
instruction of courses.
*4. Satisfactory performance on a final
written examination on all work offered for
the degree . The department may or may not
follow this examination with an oral
examination.
THE DOCTORAL PROGRAM
1 . Satisfactory presentation of a written
formulation and oral defense to the student's
committee of a research proposal suitable for
a dissertation problem . Must be completed
before enrollment in Botany 6000.
*2. Satisfactory performance on a written
comprehensive preliminary examination.
3. Presentation of one or more cognate
areas outside of the department totaling 9
graduate credit hours with at least a B
average.
*4 . Satisfactory performance on an
examination in one modern foreign language
or an A or B in French 3030 or German 3030.
'5. Satisfactory completion of 9 credit
hours at the 6000 level (excluding
dissertation).
6. Preparation of a written dissertation
and its oral defense.
7. Presentation of a one-hour
departmental seminar near the end of the
doctoral program.
8. Educational service is required of each
graduate degree candidate and such service
will include teaching and/or ancillary services
performed in the department related to the
instruction of courses.
`Note : Graduate School requirements are
denoted by an asterisk . These requirements
should be interpreted as minimal
requirements and specific stipulations or
requirements such as additional foreign
languages, additional oral preliminary
examinations may be required by the
individual student's faculty committee.
"3010-20 Plants in Evolution (4, 4) Monera to angiospermae
; emphasis on evolutionary relation-
College of Liberal Arts 103
ships, morphology and development . Prereq : 6 hrs.
in biological sciences . F, W
**3030 Field Botany (4) Study of plants in natural
environments including plant identification, collection,
preservation and basic ecological concepts.
Prereq : 6 hrs in biological sciences . Sp, Su
3031-32 Field Botany (4, 4) Emphasis on fall and
winter flora respectively . Prereq : 3030 . Need not be
taken in sequence . W
**3050 Socioeconomic Impact of Plants (3) Significance
of plants in origin and development of human
cultures, evolution of cultivated plants, and role of
plants in present civilizations . Occasional field trips.
Sp, Su
**3070 Genetics and Society (3) An introduction to
genetics, anthropology and evolution with emphasis
on their implications for human society . (Same as
Anthropology 3070 .)
**3090 Biology and Human Affairs (3) Basic biological
principles involved in deterioration and preservation
of an environment in which human cultures
may survive . F
3130 Introductory Plant Pathology (4) (Same as Agricultural
Biology 3130 .)
"3210 Introductory Plant Physiology (4) Organismal
physiology of plants ; water relations, mineral
nutrition, morphogenesis, elements of metabolic
processes, effects of age, light, natural rhythms,
temperature and other environmental factors . Lecture
and lab . Prereq : 1 yr general chemistry and 1 yr
biological science . F, Sp, Su
4017 Field Mycology (3) Field experience on identification
of higher fungi . Frequent field trips, field
recognition of species and habitats ; laboratory sessions
. Prereq : 6 hrs botany . Recommended prereq:
Botany 3010-20 or equivalent. Su, A
4021 Field Bryology (3) Field experience on identification
of mosses and liverworts . Frequent field trips,
field recognition of species and habitats, laboratory
sessions . Prereq : 6 hrs of botany . Recommended
prereq : Botany 3010-20 or equivalent . Su, A
4022 Field Lichenology (3) Field experience on
identification of lichens . Frequent field trips, field
recognition of species and habitats ; laboratory sessions.
Prereq : 6 hrs botany . Recommended prereq:
Botany 3010-20 or equivalent. Su, A
4023 Field Agroatology(3) Field experience on identification
of grasses . Frequent field trips, field recognition
of species and habitats ; laboratory sessions.
Prereq : 6 hrs botany . Recommended prereq:
Botany 3010-20 or equivalent. Su, A
4030 Mechanisms of Plant Speciation (4) Processes
of plant speciation emphasizing population genetics,
isolation, drift, hybridization, variation in populations,
establishment of population barriers and
other aspects of plant speciation . Prereq : 3010-20
and Biology 3110 . W, A
4045 Aquatic Vascular Plants (3) Field experience
on identification of aquatic vascular plants . Frequent
field trips, field recognition of species and
habitats . Prereq : 6 hrs botany . Recommended prereq
: Botany 3010-20 or equivalent . Su, A
4050 Synantherology (3) Field experience on identification
of compositae . Frequent field trips, field
recognition of species and habitats ; laboratory sessions.
Prereq : 6 hrs botany. Recommended prereq:
Botany 3010-20 or equivalent . Su, A
4055 Identification of Woody Plants (3) Field identification
of native trees, shrubs and woody vines of
Southern Appalachians . Use of identification manuals,
recognition of key characteristics, significant
aspects of natural history of local species . Characterization
of major woody plant communities of region
. Prereq : 6 hrs botany. Recommended prereq:
Botany 3010-20 or equivalent . Su, A
4061 Field Phycology (3) Field experience on identification
of fresh water algae . Frequent field trips,
field recognition of species and habitats ; laboratory
sessions . Prereq : 6 hrs botany . Recommended prereq
: Botany 3010-20 or equivalent . Su, A
"Not for graduate credit for botany majors .

104 College of Liberal Arts
4075 Botanical Photography (3) Photography of
natural history subjects and achievement of technical
and aesthetic skills and knowledge to produce
illustrations for class, seminar or public lecture.
Landscape, habitat, close-up and small object photography,
in color, using 35 mm format . Limited
shared equipment available . Students encouraged
to use own equipment . Film and processing costs
paid by student . Photos processed and critiqued in
class. Prereq : 6 hrs of botany . Recommended Prereq
: Botany 3010-20 or equivalent . Su, A
4080 Field Pteridology (3) Field experience on identification
of ferns and fern allies. Frequent field trips,
field recognition of species and habitats, laboratory
sessions . Prereq : 6 hrs of botany . Recommended
prereq : Botany 3010-20 or equivalent . Su, A
4120 Plant Anatomy (4) Comparative structure of
vascular plants . Prereq : 1110-20. Sp
4240 Paleobotany (4) (Same as Geology 4240 .)
4310 Plant Ecology (4) Interactions between individuals,
species, communities and their environments
. Circulation of energy and matter in ecosystems.
Weekly field trips or laboratory periods, and at
least two weekend field trips . Prereq : 3030 or equivalent
. F, Sp, A, Su, A
5000 Thesis (1-15) E
5002 Non-Thesis Graduation Completion (3-15)
Required for the non-thesis student not otherwise
registered during any quarter when such a student
uses university facilities and/or faculty time before
degree is completed . May not be used toward degree
requirements . May be repeated . S/NC only . E
5003-04 Non-Thesis Research (3, 3) Library, field, or
laboratory research under supervision of staff
members . Not for thesis candidates.
5011 Mycology (4) Intensive survey of fungi, including
all major classes, utilizing lecture, laboratory
and field information . Occasional field trips . Prereq:
3010. 3 hrs and 1 lab . Sp
5012 Morphology and Evolution of the Phycomycetes
(4) Similar to 5090, but dealing with
Phycomycetous fungi . Prereq : 5011 or consent of
instructor.
5021 Bryology (4) Taxonomy, phylogeny, ecology,
physiology, and developmental morphology of
bryophytes with emphasis on field studies and current
research . Prereq : 3020. 1 hr and 3 labs. W
5022 Lichenology (4) Taxonomy, phylogeny, ecology,
economics and symbiosis of lichens with emphasis
on field studies and current research . Prereq:
3010, 5011 or 4017 . Recommended prereq : 5061 . 1
hr and 3 labs . F, A
5031 Vascular Plant Taxonomy (4) Family characteristics
of vascular plants, including principles of
phylogeny and classification, based primarily on
plants of local flora . Prereq : 3030 or equivalent . 2 hrs
and 2 labs . Sp
5061 Phycology (4) Intensive, comparative study of
major divisions of algae, both freshwater and
marine . Taxonomical, ecological, morphological,
developmental and phylogenetic aspects . Field and
laboratory studies, identification and classification;
introduction to experimental phycology. Prereq:
3010 or consent of instructor . 2 hrs and 2 labs. Sp, A
5065 Phytoplankton Ecology (4) Interaction between
environment and phytoplankton . Nutrient uptake,
primary production, competition, ecological
theory applied to phytoplankton communities, and
physiological adaptations by populations to environment
. Prereq : 3010 or consent of instructor . F
5070 Principles of Biological Illustration (3) Principles
and application of photography, including
photomicrography and photomacrography, drawing
graphics, and other methods for recording and
presentation for research and publication of data in
pictorial or graphic form . 1 hr and 2 labs . W
5080 Pteridology (4) Evolutionary study of lower
vascular plants : morphology, cytology, ecology, life
cycles and classification . Biosystematic studies and
recognition of local species . Prereq : 3020-30 or
consent of instructor. 2 hrs and 2 labs or field trips.
F, A
5090 Morphology and Evolution of Basidiomycetes
(4) Structure and function of somatic and sexual life
cycles as applied to evolution in group . Cultures and
specimens in laboratory . Prereq : 3010 or equivalent.
F, A
5120 Agrostology (4) Collection, identification,
classification, and phylogeny of tribes of grasses.
Prereq : 3030 or consent of instructor . 2 hrs and 2
labs . F, A
5150 Advanced Morphology of Flowering Plants (4)
Vegetative and reproductive organography: regulatory
physiology, floral development, pollination
mechanisms, embryology and deviations, seed and
fruit development . Prereq : 3020-30 or 4120 ; 3210 or
consent of instructor . Sp, A
5160 Biosystematics (4) Major experimental
methods used in systematics and application to
specific types of systematic problems . Cytotaxonomy,
numerical taxonomy and chemotaxonomy.
Prereq : Consent of instructor . F, A
5210 Advanced Plant Physiology I (3) Plant cell
metabolism : carbon, nitrogen and sulfur assimilation,
respiration and biosynthesis of specialized
plant products such as terpenoids, alkaloids and
pigments . Prereq : Chemistry 3231 . F
5220 Advanced Plant Physiology II (3) Photophysiology,
response of plants to light : photochemistry,
photosynthesis, and phytochrome
mediated responses . Water and solute uptake, loss,
and movement ; translocation ; and fundamentals of
mineral nutrition . Prereq : 5210 or Biochemistry 4120
and plant or cell physiology course . Recommended
prereq : 1 yr of physics . W
5235 Advanced Plant Physiology 111(3) Growth and
differentiation of plants at molecular, cellular and
organismic levels . Hormonal regulation of development
; macromolecular interpretation of differentiation
dormancy ; germination ; flowering ; and
senescence . Prereq : 5210 or Biochemistry 4120 and
a plant cell physiology course . Recommended prereq
: 5220.
5290 Quaternary Problems (4) (Same as Geology
5290 and Zoology 5290 .)
5310-20-30 Special Problems in Botany (1-6, 1-6,
1-6)
5340 Plant Geography (4) Distribution of ecosystems
with emphasis on American types . Vegetation,
climatic and historical aspects . Prereq : 4310 . 2 hrs
and 2 labs. W
5350 Analysis of Plant Communities (4) Plants as
species and ecosystems components considered
from standpoint of genecology, ordination, and
ecosystem function . Prereq : 4310 . 2 hrs and 2
periods (field trips) . Sp
5360 Marine Ecology (3) Relationships of marine
organisms to environment and their interactions
with each other . Trophic relationships in neritic,
coastal and estuarine ecosytems ; succession;
deep-sea ecology; stability . Prereq : One previous
ecology course . W
5410-20-30 Seminar in the Teaching of College
Botany (1, 1, 1) Objectives in teaching of general
botany . Supervised teaching in general course:
seminars in techniques, testing, concepts, and materials
. Required of teaching assistants . Prereq:
Consent of instructor . S/NC only . F; W ; Sp
5440 Seminar in Botany (1) Readings and discussions
of current literature and/or selected topics in
botanical research . May be repeated . Maximum 12
hrs . S/NC only . E
5510-20-30 Systems Ecology (3, 3, 3) 5510-Nature
of ecological systems. System state and change of
state . Elementary network conceptions of ecosystem
. Prereq : 4310 or Zoology 4240 ; last qtr general
mathematics or equivalent . 5520-Flows of energy
and materials in ecosystems . Analog computation,
application to multicompartmental exchanges . Advanced
network concepts . Problems in ecosystem
optimization and adaptation . Prereq : 5510 . 5530-
Development, dynamics and disruption of ecosystems.
Statistical models of community structure and
change . Application of digital computers in simulation
and data-processing . Prereq : 5510 . F ; - ; W
5780 Plant Cytology (4) Intensive consideration of
cellular organization, structure and function, with
emphasis on correlation where possible of ultrastructure,
biochemistry and function of subcellular
organelles . Principles and application of various
analytical and electron microscopic techniques ; cell
fractionation and isolation of subcellular components
; differentiation and analytical centrifugation:
photomicrography and microcinematography . Intended
for graduate students in the biological sciences
. 2 hrs and 2 labs. F, A
5810 Cytogenetics (4) Chromosome structure and
behavior during mitotic and meiotic divisions in relation
to structural changes, genetic controls, hybridization,
speciation, and polyploidy . Laboratory
emphasis on normal and aberrant meiotic systems
and somatic chromosomes from plants and animals.
Prereq : Biology 3110 and at least 6 additional hrs in
biological sciences . Sp
5820-21-22-23-24 Methods and Instrumentation in
Laboratory Investigation (1, 1, 1, 1, 1) Laboratory
course providing project experience and theoretical
background in various research methods . Ionexchange
resins, adsorption spectrometry, disc
electrophoresis, polarography, zonal and ultracentrifugation,
gas chromatography, automatic analyzers,
microscopy, culture methods, use and detection
of radioisotopes, and others . Prereq : Course in
plant physiology, Chemistry 3211-21-31 or equivalent,
Physics 2210-20-30 or equivalent . S/NC only . E
5830 Field Methods In Plant Ecology (4) Analysis of
plant communities and environments, including
field experience . Prereq : 4310, 5340, 5350 .2 hrs and
2 periods (field trips) . Sp
5850-51-52-53-54 Methods and Instrumentation in
Field Investigations (1, 1, 1, 1, 1) Intensive field work
using appropriate methods and instrumentation.
Topics vary according to needs of students . May be
repeated with consent of instructor . S/NC only.
5870 Experimental Plant Genetics (4) Genetics of
plants stressing molecular aspects and including
mechanisms of gene action, controlling elements,
transformation, cytoplasmic inheritance, and adaptation
. Prereq : Biology 3110 and Chemistry 3231 . 3
hrs and 1 lab . W
5910-20 Developmental Plant Morphology (3,1) Developmental
morphology of plants from aspect of
phenomena of morphogenesis-correlations, polarity,
symmetry, differentiation, regeneration, tissue
mixtures, abnormal growth, environmental and genetics
factors . Prereq : 3010-20 or 4120, and 3210 or
5210 for 5910 ; 5910 for 5920, 2 hrs and 1 lab for 5910;
1 lab for 5920 . F ; A ; W
6000 Doctoral Research and Dissertation (3-15) E
6010 Advanced Topics in Morphology of Vascular
Plants (2-4) Needs of students determine content.
Topics selected from broad categories of experimental
anatomy, morphology, and morphogenesis.
Prereq : 3020-30, 4120, 5910-20 or consent of instructor
. May be repeated with consent of department.
6060 Advanced Topics In Cryptogamic Botany (2-4)
Advanced studies and current research in experimental
phycology, mycology, bryology, pteridology,
or developmental morphology of cryptogams . May
be repeated with consent of department.
6210 Photobiology (3) Interaction of nonionizing
radiation with living systems . Prereq : Physics 2210•
20-30 or equivalent ; Biochemistry 4110.
6310 Advanced Topics in Cytology and Cell Biology
(2-3) Requirements and interests of students determine
topics, such as actions of chemicals on actively
dividing cells, current ultrastructural research
in selected cytoplasmic organelles and cellular systems,
experimental cytology, cellular control of nucleic
acid biosynthesis . Prereq : 5780 or Zoology
4310 ; Biology 3110; Biochemistry 4110-20 . May be
repeated with consent of department.
6320 Ecosystems of the World (3) Classification and
characterization of world's regional ecosystems. Interrelations
of climate, topography, soils, vegetation,
and fauna. Prereq : 5340.
6420 Advanced Topics in Genetics (2-4) Literature
survey of selected topics from all areas of genetics.
Prereq : Biology 3110 ; Biochemistry 4110-20. May be
repeated with consent of department . F, A
6620 Seminar In the History of Botany (2)
6820 Advanced Topics In Plant Physiology (4) Requirements
of student determine content, including

growth and growth hormones ; minor element nutrition
; photoperiodism ; radiation effects . Prereq:
5210 ; 1 yr college physics . May be repeated with
consent of department.
6830 Advanced Topics in Ecology (2-4) Needs of
student determine content, including community
analysis ; biogeochemistry ; bioclimatology ; geneo
and paleoecology ; radiation ecology ; and system
ecology. Prereq : 4310, 5340, 5350. May be repeated
with consent of department.
6930 Advanced Topics in Systematic Botany (2-4)
Needs of student determine content, such as morphology
and evolution of vascular plants ; bibliosystematics
(systematic literature and code of nomenclature)
; experimental taxonomy ; current research
in systematics ; systems of classification . Seminars
or lectures and labs depending on subject . Prereq:
3020-30, 5031 . May be repeated with consent of department.
Chemistry
MAJOR DEGREES
Chemistry M .S ., MACT, Ph .D.
Professors:
G . Mamantov (Head), Ph .D . Louisiana State;
N. S. Bowman, Ph .D. Princeton ; C. A . Buehler'
(Emeritus), Ph .D . Ohio State ; W. E . Bull,
Ph .D . Illinois ; J. O . Chambers, Ph .D . Kansas;
C. J . Collins, Ph .D . Northwestern ; J. A. Dean,
Ph .D . Michigan ; J . F. Eastham, Ph .D.
California (Berkeley) ; W. H . Fletcher,
Ph .D. Minnesota ; C. W . Keenan, Ph .D . Texas;
D. C . Kleinfelter, Ph .D. Princeton ; J . W. Larsen,
Ph .D . Purdue ; M. H. Lietzke, Ph .D . Wisconsin;
G . D . O'Kelley, Ph .D . California (Berkeley);
J . R . Peterson, Ph .D . California (Berkeley);
G . K . Schweitzer', Ph .D . Illinois ; D. A . Shirley
(Emeritus), Ph .D . Iowa State ; H. A . Smith
(Emeritus), Ph .D . Harvard ; W. T. Smith
(Emeritus), Ph .D . Ohio State ; W . A . Van Hook,
Ph .D . Johns Hopkins ; E . L . Wehry, Ph .D.
Purdue ; T . F. Williams', Ph .D.
London ; J . H. Wood (Emeritus), Ph .D.
North Carolina.
Associate Professors:
J . E . Bloor,Ph .D . Manchester ; G . W . Kabalka,
Ph .D . Purdue ; J. F. Kinstle, Ph .D . Akron;
C. A . Lane, Ph .D . California (Berkeley);
R. M . Magid, Ph .D . Yale ; R . M. Pagni,
Ph .D . Wisconsin.
Assistant Professors:
J . L . Adcock, Ph .D . Texas ; F . A . Grimm, Ph .D.
Cornell ; J. D . Kovac, Ph .D . Yale ; L . J . Magid,
Ph .D. Tennessee ; F. M . Schell, Ph .D . Indiana;
C . Woods, Ph .D . North Carolina State.
Students majoring in Chemistry for the
Master's or doctoral degree are required to
present as a prerequisite one year each of
general, analytical, organic and physical
chemistry with a satisfactory record, Students
lacking any of these prerequisites may be
admitted with appropriate deficiencies which
must be removed without graduate credit.
For students minoring in Chemistry, the
prerequisite is two years of chemistry
including quantitative analysis.
THE MASTER'S PROGRAM
The department offers specialization in
seven areas for the M .S . degree : analytical
chemistry, environmental chemistry, energy,
inorganic chemistry, organic chemistry,
polymer science, and physical chemistry.
The requirements for the M .S . degree in
Chemistry consist of the satisfactory
completion of:
1. Research and a thesis to give 9 to 18
hours of graduate credit (5000).
2. Chemistry 4160-70 and two of the
following : 5511, 5521, 5531.
3. Sufficient additional graduate course
'Alumni Distinguished Service Professor .
work in chemistry and/or a related field to
make an overall total of 45 hours.
These additional hours must include one of
the following sequences : 5110-20-29-30,
5250-59-60-69-70-79, 5340-50, 5410-20-30,
5710-20-30.
4. Participation in seminar (5911-21-31)
during the entire period of graduate study.
(No more than 3 credit hours of seminar may
be applied to the above requirements .)
5. A final oral examination.
A program leading to the M .S. degree with
specialization in polymer science is
conducted jointly with the Department of
Chemical, Metallurgical, and Polymer
Engineering, which offers a degree with
similar specialization . This specialization
requires satisfactory completion of:
1. Research and thesis to give 9 to 18 hours
of graduate credit (5000).
2. Chemistry 4160-70, 5531, 5140-50,
Polymer Engineering 4910.
3. Sufficient additional graduate course
work in chemistry and/or related fields to
make an overall total of 45 hours.
4. Participation in Chemistry Seminar
(5911-21-31) and the Polymer Seminar
Program during the entire period of graduate
study.
5. A final oral examination.
The requirements for the M . S . degree in
Chemistry with specialization in environment
or energy consist of the satisfactory
completion of:
1. Research and a thesis on an
environment- or energy-related problem to
give 9 to 18 hours of graduate credit.
2. Chemistry 4160-70 and two of the
following : 5511, 5521, 5531.
3. Sufficient additional graduate course
work in chemistry and/or related fields to give
a total of 45 hours . For emphasis in
environment, these additional courses must
include Chemistry 5220, 5250-59-60-69-70-79,
Ecology 5310, and Environmental
Engineering 4030 . For emphasis in energy,
these additional courses must include
Chemistry 5410, 5610-20-30, a chemistry
sequence (Chemistry 5110-20-30-35 or
5250-60-70 or 5420-30 or 5710-20-30,5810),
and Mechanical Engineering 4180 . All course
selections must be approved by the
appropriate departmental committee.
4. Participation in seminar (5911-21-31)
during the entire period of graduate study.
(No more than 3 credit hours of seminar may
be applied to the above requirements .)
5. A final oral examination.
MASTER OF ARTS IN
COLLEGE TEACHING
The requirements for the MACT degree in
Chemistry consist of the satisfactory
completion of:
1. Chemistry 4160-70 and two of the
following : 5511, 5521, 5531.
2. Research and a thesis to give 9 hours of
graduate credit (5000).
3. Sufficient additional graduate course
work in chemistry and/or a related field to
make an overall total of 60 hours . The
additional hours must include two of the
following sequences : 5110-20-29-30,
5250-59-60-69-70-79, 5340-50, 5410-20-30,
5710-20-30.
4. Participation in seminar (5911-21-31)
durin g the entire period of graduate study. No
more than 3 credit hours of seminar may be
College of Liberal Arts 105
applied to the above requirements.
5. A final oral examination.
THE DOCTORAL PROGRAM
The department offers specialization in
nine areas for the Ph .D . degree : analytical
chemistry, chemical physics, environmental
chemistry, energy, inorganic chemistry,
organic chemistry, physical chemistry,
polymer science, and theoretical chemistry.
For the Ph .D. degree in Chemistry with
specialization in analytical, inorganic,
organic, physical, or theoretical chemistry,
the satisfactory completion of the following is
required:
1. Research and a dissertation to give at
least 36 hours of graduate credit (6000).
2. Chemistry 4160-70 and two of the
following : 5511, 5521, 5531.
3. Participation in seminar (5911-21-31)
during the entire period of graduate study.
4. Thirty-nine hours of additional graduate
course work including at least 6 hours at the
6000 level and one of the following groups : (a)
for analytical 5250-59-60-69-70-79 ; (b) for
inorganic, 5420, 5710-20-30 ; (c) for organic.
5110-20-29-30-35 and at least 9 hours from the
following courses : 5250-60-70, 5340-50,
5410-20-30-50, 5710-20-30; (d) for physical,
5340-50, 5410-20-30-50 ; (e) for theoretical,
5340-50, 5410-20-30-50, Physics 5210.
Graduate course work in related fields may be
used for undesignated course work in this
requirement upon approval of the student's
faculty committee.
5. A comprehensive advanced examination
in the field of specialization.
6. Demonstration of a reading knowledge of
one of the following languages : French,
German, Russian, or an approved alternate.
7. A final oral examination.
The requirements for the Ph .D . degree in
Chemistry with specialization in environment
or energy consist of the satisfactory
completion of:
1. Research and a dissertation on an
environment- or energy-related problem to
give at least 36 hours of graduate credit.
2. Chemistry 4160-70 and two of the
following : 5511, 5521,5531.
3. Participation in seminar (5911-21-31)
during the entire period of graduate study and
a six-month internship in a governmental or
industrial laboratory.
4. Thirty-nine hours of additional graduate
course work including 6 hours at the 6000
level. For emphasis in environment, these
additional courses must include Chemistry
5220, 5250-59-60-69-70-79, Ecology 5310,
Environmental Engineering 4030, plus
selected courses from other areas of
chemistry, environmental engineering,
meteorology, microbiology, health physics,
ecology, computer science, statistics, and
industrial health . For emphasis in energy,
these additional courses must include
Chemistry 5410,5610-20-30,a chemistry
sequence (Chemistry 5110-20-30-35 or
5250-60-70 or 5420-30 or 5710-20-30, 5810),
Mechanical Engineering 4180, plus other
course selections from areas such as
catalysis, heterogeneous equilibria, kinetics,
thermal science, combustion and propulsion
engines, resource economics, nuclear
engineering, and electrical engineering . All
course selections must be approved by the
appropriate departmental committee.
5. A comprehensive advanced examination .

106 College of Liberal Arts
6. Demonstration of a reading knowledge of
one of the following languages : French,
German, Russian, or an approved alternate.
7. A final oral examination.
For the Ph .D . degree in Chemistry with
specialization in chemical physics, the
satisfactory completion of the following is
required:
1. Research and a dissertation to give at
least 36 hours of graduate credit (6000).
2. Chemistry 4160-70 and one of the
following : 5511, 5521, 5531.
3. An examination on the basic principles of
mechanics, electricity, and magnetism.
4. Chemistry 5410-20-30-50, 5110-20 or
5710-20, 6730 or 6810; Mathematics 4540,
4610,4710 ; Physics 4610-20-30, 5110-20-30,
5210, 5610-20-30.
5. The requirements listed in items 3, 5, 6,
and 7 above.
The program in chemical physics is
conducted jointly with the Physics
Department which offers a similar degree.
A program leading to th Ph .D . degree with
specialization in polymer science is
conducted jointly with the Department of
Chemical, Metallurgical, and Polymer
Engineering, which offers a degree with
similar specialization . This specialization
requires satisfactory completion of:
1. Research and a dissertation to give at
least 36 hours of graduate credit (6000).
2. Chemistry 4160-70, 5531, 5140-50, 5160
or 5170, Polymer Engineering 4910.
3. Participation in Chemistry Seminar
(5911-21-31) and the Polymer Seminar
Program during the entire period of graduate
study.
4. Thirty hours of additional graduate
course work, including at least 6 hours at the
6000 level and at least 12 hours from the
Department of Chemistry offerings.
5. A comprehensive advanced examination
in polymer science.
6. Demonstration of a reading knowledge of
one of the following languages : French,
German, Russian, or an approved alternate.
7. A final oral examination.
'3211-21-31 Organic Chemistry (3,3,3) Compounds
of carbon and their reactions, reaction mechanisms,
spectroscopic and other physical properties . Must
be taken in sequence . Prereq : 1110-20-30 . Corresponding
laboratory (3219-29-39) is a coreq for students
not having credit for the laboratory . E
`3219-29-39 Organic Chemistry Laboratory (1, 1, 1)
Experiments on topics discussed in 3211-21-31.
Corresponding lecture (3211-21-31) is a coreq for
students not having credit for the lecture . E
*3410.20-30 Physical Chemistry (3, 3, 3) 3410-
Behavior of gases . First, second, and third laws of
thermodynamics. Introduction to chemical equilibrium
. 3420-Chemical equilibria, phase equilibria
and properties of solutions . Irreversible processes.
Kinetic theory of gases. 3430-Kinetics of chemical
reactions . Introduction to quantum mechanics, application
to simple systems . Molecular spectroscopy
and structure . Prereq : 1 yr of 2000-level
physics and Mathematics 1860, 2840-50 or equivalent
. Coreq : Analytical chemistry . F, W, Sp
•3429-39 Physical Chemistry Laboratory (1, 1)
Gases, liquids, chemical equilibria, solutions, phase
equilibria, reaction kinetics and electrochemistry.
Prereq or coreq : 3420-30 . 1 lab . F, W, Sp
*3511-21-31 Principles of Organic Chemistry (3, 3,
3) Structure and reactivity of aliphatic and aromatic
compounds emphasizing reactions of synthetic utility
. Use of spectroscopic and physical techniques to
elucidate reaction mechanisms . Recommended for
chemistry majors and students planning careers in
physical or biological sciences . Must be taken in
sequence . Prereq : 1110-20-30 . Corresponding labo-
ratory : 3219-29-39 or 3219, 3529-39 as a coreq ; latter
is recommended.
`3529-39 Organic Chemistry Laboratory (1, 1) Experiments
on topics discussed in 3221-31 . Similar to
3229-39 except designed for students who have
need for operating knowledge of various spectroscopic
and chromatographic techniques . Corresponding
lecture (3521-31 or 3221-31) is coreq for
students not having credit for the lecture.
*3810 Radioactivity and its Applicaton (3) Radioactive
materials in tracer and therapeutic applications.
Radioactive decay, detection apparatus and techniques,
tracer procedures and safety precautions in
agriculture, biology, medicine, nutrition . Not for
credit by chemistry or physics majors or minors.
Prereq : 1 yr of general mathematics or equivalent, 1
yr of general chemistry . 2 hrs and 1 lab . Sp
4110 Physical Chemistry (3) Theoretical aspects of
chemical kinetics . Quantum mechanics of atomic
and molecular systems . Molecular symmetry, crystal
structure and solid state . Statistical thermodynamics.
Prereq : 3430 . Coreq : 4119. F, W
4119 Physical Chemistry Laboratory (1) Solutions,
phase equilibria, reaction kinetics and spectroscopy
. The corresponding course 4110 is coreq . F,
W
4160-70 Intermediate Physical Chemistry (3, 3)
(Designed for entering graduate students who have
had one year of physical chemistry .) 4160-The
three laws of thermodynamics, phase equilibria and
solutions, and chemical equilibria . 4170-Gases
and kinetic theory, chemical kinetics, molecular
spectroscopy, and introduction to chemical statistics
. F, W
4210 Advanced Analytical Chemistry (3) Chemical
separations including chromatography, ion exchange
and solvent extraction ; spectrophotometric
techniques . Prereq : Analytical chemistry. W
4219 Advanced Analytical Chemistry Laboratory
(1) Experiments on topics discussed in 4210 . Coreq:
4210 . W
4220 Advanced Analytical Chemistry (3) Electroanalytical
methods of analyses (including potentiometry,
coulometry, polarography, and
voltametry) ; magnetic resonance methods ; mass
spectrometry ; x-ray absorption and fluorescence
techniques . Prereq : Analytical chemistry . Recommended
: 3420 or 4920 . Sp
4229 Advanced Analytical Chemistry Laboratory
(1) Experiments on topics discussed in 4220 . Coreq:
4220 . Sp
4420 Physical Inorganic Chemistry (3) Theoretical
concepts leading to an understanding of inorganic
chemistry ; quantum theory of the atom, principles of
molecular structure, and elementary nuclear
chemistry . Prereq : 3410-20-30, 4110. W
4430 Intermediate Inorganic Chemistry (3) Application
of theoretical concepts to inorganic elements,
their chemical states, and their reactions . Prereq:
4420 . Sp
4510 Organic Qualitative Analysis (3) Identification
of pure organic compounds and mixtures . Prereq:
3211-21-31, 3219-29-39 or 3219, 3529-39 . 3 labs . Not
open to students who have completed 4610 . F
4550 Organic Reaction Mechanisms (3) Prereq : 1 yr
of organic chemistry. W
4610-20 Advanced Chemical Experimentation (2, 2)
Laboratory course in application of modern experimental
techniques to solution of chemical problems
. Synthesis and characterization of organic and
inorganic compounds with emphasis on independent
study using advanced techniques . Prereq:
3231-39 or 3531-39, 3430-39, 4220 .4610 not open to
students who have completed 4510. W, Sp
•4910-20-30 Biophysical Chemistry (3, 3, 3)
Physicochemical principles with application to
biological systems . Must be taken in sequence . Not
open to students having 3410-20-30. 4910-Gas
laws ; first, second and third laws of thermodynamics
; equilibrium . 4920-Solution chemistry
; electrochemistry ; kinetics ; nuclear chemistry.
4930-Elementary quantum chemistry ; optical and
magnetic spectroscopy ; light scattering ; macromolecular
properties . Prereq : 1110-20-30 ; Mathematics
1540-50 or equivalent . F, W, Sp
5000 Thesis (1-15) E
5110-20-30-35 Advanced Organic Chemistry (3, 3, 3,
3) Structure, reactions and reaction mechanisms of
aliphatic, aromatic, and alicyclic compounds . Prereq
: 3211-21-31 . E
5129 Advanced Organic Chemistry Laboratory (3)
Synthesis of organic compounds illustrating modern
techniques . Prereq : 1 yr of organic chemistry . Sp
5139 Spectroscopic Characterization of Organic
Compounds (2) Organic structure elucidation using
spectroscopic methods ; nuclear magnetic resonance,
infrared, and mass spectrometry . Prereq:
3211-19-21-29-31-39 or equivalent.
5140 Introductory Polymer Chemistry (3) Fundamental
principles, role of chemistry in interdisciplinary
field of polymer science ; relation of molecular
structure to bulk properties of polymers . Prereq : 1 yr
each undergraduate organic and physical chemistry
. Sp
5150 Kinetics of Polymerization (3) Kinetics of formation
and molecular weight distributions of
polymers, homogeneous and heterogenenous step
growth and chain growth polymerizations . Prereq:
5140 and 4160-70 or equivalent.
5160 Organic Chemistry of Polymers (3) Synthesis
of monomers ; mechanism, stereochemistry, and
sequence distribution of polymerizations . Formation
of block, graft, and network polymers. Reactions
on polymers, including degradation . Prereq:
5140 and 5531 . A
5170 Physical Chemistry of Polymers (3) Rubber
elasticity ; solution properties of macromolecules;
structural, configurational, and conformational
statistics of polymers. Prereq : 5150. A
5220 Analytical Chemistry of Environmental Pollutants
(3) Application of modern analytical chemistry
to problems in aquatic and atmospheric pollution.
Prereq : 5250-60-70 or consent of instructor . Sp
5240 Electronics for Chemists (4) Includes material
of Chemistry 4640 plus special project . Prereq : Consent
of instructor.
5250-60-70 Advanced Analytical Chemistry (3, 3, 3)
5250-Absorption and emmission spectrophotometry,
structure elucidation by IR, NMR, UV, and
mass spectra ; 5260-Chemical separation methods:
solvent extraction, chromatography, electrophoresis
; radiochemical methods ; fluorescence ; x-ray
methods ; 5270-Electroanalytical, magnetic and
thermal analytical methods ; on stream and automatic
analysis . Prereq : 1 yr of physical chemistry F, W,
Sp
5259-69-79 Advanced Analytical Chemistry Laboratory
(1, 1, 1) Experiments in use of chemical separation
methods and instrumental methods covered
in concurrent lecture course . Prereq : 1 yr of physical
chemistry . Prereq or coreq : 5250 for 5259 ; 5260 for
5269 ; 5270 for 5279 . F, W, Sp
5340 Quantum Chemistry (3) Postulate approach to
fundamental principles of quantum mechanics . Accurate
solutions to Schrodinger equation ; approximate
(ab initio and semiempirical) molecular orbital
methods ; calculation of molecular properties . F
5350 Quantum Chemistry (3) Electronic excited
states ; introduction to group theory ; perturbation
theory ; reactivity of organic molecules . Prereq:
5340 . W
5410-20-30 Advanced Physical Chemistry (3, 3, 3)
5410-Classical thermodynamics . 5420-Molecular
spectroscopy and structure . 5430-Chemical kinetics
. Prereq : 4110 or 4160-70. F, W, Sp
5450 Statistical Thermodynamics (3) Statistical
treatment of solutions . Application of Boltzmann
statistics to chemical systems . Prereq : 5410-20-30. A
5511 Survey of Inorganic Chemistry (3) Atomic
structure, wave mechanical atoms, ionic and covalent
bonding, periodic relationships of elements, inorganic
stereochemistry, coordination chemistry,
and descriptive chemistry of the elements . F
5521 Survey of Analytical Chemistry (3) Volumetric
and gravimetric analysis ; acid-base, oxidationreduction,
complexation and precipitation equilibria
; spectroscopic, electroanalytical, and separation
methods . F

5531 Survey of Organic Chemistry (3) Bonding in
organic molecules, chemistry of hydrocarbons,
alicyclic compounds and conformational analysis,
monotunctional oxygenated derivatives, carboxyl
compounds, stereochemistry, aromatics, and spectral
analysis of organic molecules by infrared, ultraviolet,
nuclear magnetic resonance and mass
spectral techniques . F
5550 Industrial Chemical Research (3) Practice of
modern industrial research taught by case studies
and visiting lecturers from industry . Course content
varies, selected to illustrate good past and current
industrial research practices . Prereq : Completion of
a 5000 chemistry course sequence.
5610-20-30 Chemical Basis of Energy Conversion
(1, 1, 1) Chemistry of various energy and fuel interconversion
systems . Introduction to homogeneous
and heterogeneous catalysis, thermodynamics of
energy conversion systems, fossil fuels chemistry,
and electrochemical and photochemical conversion
systems . Prereq : 5410 and one 5000 sequence . F, W,
Sp
5710-20-30 Theoretical Inorganic Chemistry (3, 3, 3)
5710-Nature of chemical bonding ; ionic, covalent,
metallic, molecular . 5720-Coordination compounds
. 5730-Investigational methods of structural
inorganic chemistry . Prereq : 1 yr of physical
chemistry. F, W, Sp
5810 Nuclear Chemistry (3) Nuclear properties,
radioactivity, radioactive decay processes, nuclear
structure and models, nuclear reactions, radiations
and matter, radiation detection . Prereq : 1 yr of physical
chemistry . A
5911-21-31 Chemistry Seminar(1, 1, 1) Discussion
of departmental research, current research literature
and general topics . May be repeated . Registration
required each quarter except summer resident
graduate students. S1NC only . F, W, Sp
6000 Doctoral Research and Dissertation (3-15) E
6111 Selected Topics in Organic Chemistry (3) Su bject
matter varies among important topics of current
significance . Prereq : Consent of instructor . May be
repeated. Maximum 9 hrs . A
6130 Natural Product Chemistry (3) Structure,
chemistry, and synthesis of naturally occurring substances
of biological or environmental significance.
Course content may vary with each offering to reflect
areas of current chemical interest . Prereq : Two
of 5110-20-30-35.
6150 Theoretical Organic Chemistry (3) Application
of quantum mechanics to organic chemical problems
. Molecular structure of ground and excitedstate
molecules, short-lived species like benzyne
and carbene, transition states, aromatic compounds,
methods for understanding stereo- and regiospecificity
of organic reactions . Prereq : Two of
5110-20-30-35.
6160 Physical Organic Chemistry (3) Solvent and
substituent effects on rates and equilibria of organic
reactions . Organic reaction mechanisms . Prereq:
Two of 5110-20-30-35.
6165 Orbital Symmetry Control (3) Application of
Woodward-Hoffman rules and other theories to
mechanism and stereochemistry of concerted organic
reactions . Prereq : Two of 5110-20-30-35.
6175 Organic Photochemistry (3) Physical and
chemical effects of electron excitation of organic
molecules . Experimental and theoretical techniques
of photochemical importance . Inter- and intramolecular
reactions of alkenes, ketones, dienes,
dienones, aromatic compounds, and other photoactive
species . Prereq : Two of 5110-20-30-35.
6190 Organometallic Chemistry (3) Structure,
bonding and synthesis of organometallic reagents.
Application to current problems in organic synthesis
. Prereq : Two of 5110-20-30-35.
6210 Advanced Analytical Spectroscopy (3) Newer
methods of spectroscopic analysis, including:
transform methods, lasers in spectroscopy, fiber optics,
introductory nonlinear optics, and spectroscopic
techniques for remote sensing . Prereq : 5250.
6211 Selected Topics in Analytical Chemistry (3)
Subject matter varies among important topics of
current significance : environmental chemistry,
spectroelectrochemistry, modern liquid chro-
College of Liberal Arts 107
matography, new electroanalytic methods, Solutions of metals in molten salts . Prereq : 4110 and
bioanalytical methods, and minicomputer and mi- 5410 or equivalent.
croprocessor applications in chemical instrumentation
. Prereq : Consent of instructor. May be re- 6810 Vibrational Problems in Molecular Spectra (3)
peated . Maximum 9 hrs . A
(Same as Physics 6810 .)
6311 Selected Topics in Polymer Chemistry (3)
Subject matter varies among important topics of
current significance . Prereq : Two of 5140-50-60-70
or consent of instructor. May be repeated.
6320 Natural Polymers (3) Structure, modification,
and nonbiochemical utilization of natural polymers
and polymers derived from naturally-occurring
monomers. Prereq : 5140 or two of 5110-20-30-35.
6411 Selected Topics in Physical and Theoretical
Chemistry (3) Subject matter varies among important
topics of current significance . Prereq : Two of
5410-20-30-50, 5340-50 . May be repeated . A
6420 Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (3) Theory of
nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy with
emphasis on high-resolution methods . Applications
to problems in molecular structure and behavior.
Prereq : Two of 5110-20-30-35.
6430 Photochemistry and Radiation Chemistry (3)
Fundamental physical and chemical processes pursuant
to excitation of molecules by photons and
electrons ; multiphoton processes and uses of laser
sources ; fluorescence and phosphorescence ; radiationless
transitions as studied by optoacoustic
spectroscopy ; chemical reactivity of excited states;
ion-molecule and free radical reactions ; electron
capture and electron-transfer processes . Prereq:
5430.
6450 Electrochemistry (3) Electrical double layer;
electrode kinetics ; transport properties of electrolytes
; electroanalytical methods . Prereq : 5430 or
5270.
6475 Electronic Structure of Radicals (3) Applications
of electron spin resonance to study of molecular
conformation, structure, and bonding in organic
and inorganic radicals ; comparison of experimental
results with theoretical predications based on Walsh
rules and on INDO molecular orbital calculations.
Prereq : 5340-50 and 6520.
6480 Statistical Thermodynamics (3) Application of
statistical mechanical methods to systems of chemical
interest such as isotope effects on equilibrium
and rate processes, phase equilibria, condensation
phenomena . Prereq : 5410, 5450.
6495 Advanced Chemical Kinetics (3) Mechanism
of elementary chemical reactions at molecular level
including topics such as dynamics of molecular collisions,
potential-energy surfaces, reactions crosssections,
"direct" vs "complex" modes of reaction,
photofragmentation, energy partitioning and transfer,
chemiluminescence, and chemical lasers. Prereq
: 5430.
6510 Thermodynamics of Solutions (3) Theory of
regular solutions and of electrolyte solutions ; measurement
of activity coefficients and other thermodynamic
properties ; selected topics from literature
. Prereq : 5410.
6520 Magnetic Resonance (3) Principles of magnetic
resonance spectroscopy underlying nuclear
magnetic resonance and electron spin resonance.
Chemical applications to solid and liquid systems.
Prereq : 5340.
6711 Selected Topics in Inorganic Chemistry (3)
Subject matter varies among important topics of
current significance : photoelectron spectroscopy,
transuranium chemistry, organometallic compounds,
inorganic solution kinetics and mechanisms,
crystal chemistry, nonaqueous chemistry,
chemistry of halogens and compounds. Prereq:
Consent of instructor. May be repeated . Maximum 9
hrs . A
6730 Topics in Quantum Chemistry (3) Application
of newer methods to complex systems including
metal complexes, polymers, and molecules of
biological significance . Time dependent phenomena
. (Effect of external fields and collision processes
.) Recent theories of chemical reactivity . Prereq
: 5340-50.
6750 Molten Salt Chemistry (3) Structure, spectroscopic
properties, solution thermodynamics, electrochemistry
and phase equilibria of molten salts .
6811 Selected Topics in Nuclear Chemistry (3) Su bject
matter varies among important topics of current
significance : nuclear decay schemes, nuclear models,
nuclear reaction theory, nuclear detection techniques,
activation analyses . Prereq : Consent of instructor
. May be repeated . Maximum 9 hrs. A
6820 Molecular Vibration-Rotation Theory (3)
(Same as Physics 6820 .)
Classics
Professors:
H . C . Rutledge (Head), Ph .D . Ohio State;
A. Rapp (Emeritus), Ph .D . Illinois
Associate Professors:
G . C. Gesell, Ph .D . North Carolina;
M. L . Henbest, M .A . Arkansas ; J . E. Shelton,
Ph .D . Vanderbilt.
Assistant Professors:
B. J . Levy, Ph .D . Texas ; P . J . Nassen,
Ph .D . Ohio State.
The graduate courses in the Classics
include the wider reading of Greek or Latin
authors in a selected field, a more detailed
study of one of the great departments of
classical literature, and the development of
background for the appreciation of Greek or
Roman life and literature.
Greek
3010 Plato (3) A
3020 Herodotus (3) A
3030 Euripides (2) A
4020 Aeschylus, Sophocles (3) A
4030 Lysias (3) A
4040 Aristophanes (3) A
4050-60-70 Directed Readings in Greek (3, 3, 3) F;
W ; Sp
Latin
3440 Livy (3) A
3450 Pliny and Martial (3) A
3460 Elegiac Poets (3) A
4120 Horace, Satires and Epistles (3) A
4310 Selected Readings from Latin Literature (3) A
4320-30 Selected Readings from Latin Literature
(3, 3) May be repeated . A ; A
4340 Horace, Odes (3) A
4350 Tacitus (3) A
4360 Lucretius (3) A
4370 Readings in Medieval Latin (3) A
5410-20-30 The Latin Epic : Lucretius, Vergil, Lucan
(3, 3, 3) A ; A ; A
5510-20-30 Roman Comedy ; Plautus, Terence (3, 3,
3) A ; A; A
GENERAL COURSES
3210 Early Greek Mythology (3) Comprehensive
study of Greek myths through readings, lectures,
and discussion with emphasis on significance for
Greek thought and religion . Slides and tapes illustrate
influence of Greek myths on art, music, and
literature of ancient Greek and later cultures . (Same
as Religious Studies 3210 .) F
3220 Greek Mythology in the Classical Period (3) A
study of use of myth in literature, history, religion,
philosophy, and art of Classical Age of Greece, and
change of attitude toward myth from earlier periods.
Familiarity with basic Greek myths is assumed.
Readings, lectures, slides, and discussion . (Same as
Religious Studies 3220.) W

108 College of Liberal Arts
3230 Roman Mythology (3) Study of myths created
by Romans, as well as those the Romans borrowed
from the Greeks, with reference to Roman attitude
toward history, religion, and society . Readings, lectures,
slides, and discussion . (Same as Religious
Studies 3230 .) Sp
3310 Art and Archaeology of the Aegean Bronze
Age and Early Greece (3) Troy, the Cyclades Islands,
Greek mainland, and Crete . Emphasis on
palaces of Crete and Mycenae, Tiryns, and Pylos,
their fall, the following Dark Age, and rebirth of
Greek civilization . Illustrated lectures . F
3320 Art and Archaeology of Archaic and Classical
Greece (3) Survey of development of Greek architecture,
sculpture, and painting from 650 B .C . to
death of Alexander. Illustrated lectures . W
3330 Art and Archaeology of Hellenistic Greece
and Rome (3) Hellenistic Greek, Etruscan, and
Roman sculpture, painting, and architecture with
attention to city planning . Illustrated lectures . Sp
3340 Cities of the Greek and Roman World (3) Archaeological
surveyof Greek and Roman cities from
3000 B .C . to 500 A.D . with emphasis on development
of city planning and quality of life . Such cities as
Mycenae, Athens, Priene, Alexandria, Rome, and
Lepcis Magna will be studied . F
3350 Shrines and Sanctuaries of the Greek and
Roman World (3) Survey of major shrines and
sanctuaries of Greek and Roman world with emphasis
on archaeological remains . Such sites as Olympia,
Epidauros, Paestum, Cumae, Praeneste, and
Baalbek will be considered . Readings in selected
classical authors will add to understanding of place
of great shrines and sanctuaries in Greek and
Roman life . Sp
4010 Greek Drama in English Translation (3) Survey
of dramatic masterpieces of Greek literature . A
4210 Teaching of Latin (3) Carries no language
credit . Purposes, techniques, materials, and evaluation
; directed observation in public schools ; preparation
of teaching plans and materials . A
4220 Seminar in Classical Studies (3) Special problems
in literatures and other arts of Greece and
Rome . May be repeated with consent of department.
W
4230 Classical Mythology and its Uses (3) Intensive
review and survey of Greek and Roman mythology.
Emphasis on uses of classical mythology in literature,
music, and plastic arts, especially of modern
times . A
4510 Selected Readings in Latin Literature in
Translation (3) Content varies ; may be repeated with
consent of department . A
5620 Problems in Old World Archaeology (3) (Same
as Anthropology 5620 .) A
Comparative Literature
H . C. Rutledge, Chairperson
4012-22-32 Special Topics in Comparative Literature
(3, 3, 3) Content varies ; may be repeated . F, W,
Sp
4050-60-70 Dante and Medieval Culture (3, 3, 3)
(Same as Italian 4050-60-70 .) A ; A ; A
5012 Comparative Theories of Literature (3) Croce,
Richards, Frye, Wellek, and others . Prereq : Completion
of three literature courses in foreign language
above 3000, or equivalent . F
5022 Approaches in Comparative Literature (3)
French and American schools ; "comparative literature
" vs " general literature " ; Van Tiegham, Carre,
Baldensperger, Wellek. Prereq : 5012 ; completion of
three literature courses in foreign language above
3000, or equivalent. W
5032 Studies in Comparative Literature (3) Independent
research problems . Prereq : 5012 and 5022.
Sp
Computer Science
MAJOR DEGREE
Computer Science M .S .
Professors:
R . T. Gregory (Head), Ph .D . Illinois;
F. Donaldson,* Ph .D . Texas ; R. J. Plemmons,
Ph .D . Auburn (Mathematics) ; G . R . Sherman,
Ph .D . Purdue (Director of Computing Center).
Associate Professors:
R. M . Aiken, Ph .D . Northwestern ; T. Feagin,*
Ph .D . Texas (Aerospace Engineering);
R. C . Gonzalez, Ph .D . Florida (Electrical
Engineering) ; E . L . Hall, Ph .D . Missouri
(Electrical Engineering) ; C . E . Hughes, Ph .D.
Pennsylvania State ; K. C. O'Kane, Ph .D.
Pennsylvania State ; S . M. Selkow, Ph .D.
Pennsylvania ; M. G . Thomason, Ph .D . Duke.
Assistant Professors:
C . P . Huang, Ph .D. New York (Buffalo);
S . R. Jordan, Ph .D . Wisconsin;
D . L . Matuszek, Ph .D . Texas ; J . M. Moshell,
Ph .D . Ohio State ; C. P. Pfleeger, Ph .D.
Pennsylvania State ; D . W . Straight, Ph .D . Texas.
Instructor:
C . W. Thompson, M . A . Texas
ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS
TO M .S . PROGRAM
Upon admission to the Graduate School,
students who wish to enter the Master's
degree program in Computer Science should
have the following background:
1. Mathematical maturity at least
equivalent to that of a student who has
completed the calculus sequence through
one year of multivariable calculus and matrix
algebra.
2. Computer Science 3155 or an equivalent
introductory numerical algorithms course.
3. An introduction to probability and
statistics at least at the level of Statistics 3450.
4. Computer Science 3175 or an equivalent
introductory course in discrete structures
and logical foundations of computer science.
5. Computer Science 3510 and 3520 or
equivalent courses in advanced FORTRAN
programming, machine organization and
assembler language programming.
THE MASTER'S PROGRAM
All students must receive departmental
credit for or exhibit proficiency in the
following courses:
1. Computer Science 4550 and 4510
2. Electrical Engineering 5615-25-35
3. One of the three courses Computer
Science 4710, 4730, or 4225 . The student may
then select either Plan A or Plan B.
Plan A : Thesis Option
1. Complete 36 hours of courses at the
4000 level or above, including at least 18
hours at the 5000 level, exclusive of Electrical
Engineering 5615-25-35.
2. Complete at least 9 additional hours of
thesis credit, Computer Science 5000.
3. Pass an oral examination by a
committee of at least three faculty members.
Plan B: Non-Thesis Option
1. Complete 45 hours of courses at the
4000 level or above, including at least 27
hours at the 5000 level, exclusive of Electrical
Engineering 5615-25-35.
2. Pass written and oral comprehensive
examinations.
Under either plan, courses which are taken
from a department other than computer
science must have the approval of the
Computer Science Department.
3150 Introduction to Numerical Algorithms and
Programming (3) Roots of equations, systems of
linear equations, least-squares data fitting, numeri-
*UT Space Institute.
cal integration, numerical methods for ordinary differential
equations. Introduction to programming in
FORTRAN . 3150 and 3155 may not both be taken for
credit . Students with a knowledge of FORTRAN
should take 3155 . Prereq or coreq : Mathematics
2860. (Same as Mathematics 3150.) E
3155 Introduction to Numerical Algorithms (3)
Roots of equations, systems of linear equations,
least-squares data fitting, numerical integration,
numerical methods for ordinary differential equations.
3150 and 3155 may not both be taken for
credit . Students with no knowledge of FORTRAN
should take 3150 . Prereq : 1510 or 1610 or consent of
instructor . Prereq or coreq : Mathematics 2860.
(Same as Mathematics 3155 .) E
3510 Computer Organization and Programming I
(3) Problem formulation and advanced programming
in FORTRAN ; operation and control of digital
computers . Prereq : 1510, 2510, 3150, or consent of
instructor . E
3520 Assembly Language Programming (3) Machine
assembly language programming . Elementary
computer architecture . Interpretation of memory
dumps . Prereq : 2710 . E
3715 Discrete Structures (3) Introduction to discrete
structures useful in computer science . Sets,
set logic . Relations, functions . Proof techniques, induction,
logic . Graphical representations and algorithms
. Prereq : 1510 or 1610 or 3150 or equivalents
. Prereq or coreq : Mathematics 2860 . (Same as
Mathematics 3715 .) F, Sp
3725 Advanced Discrete Structures (3) Advanced
topics in discrete structures useful in computer science
. Graphs and algorithms for manipulating data,
algebraic structures, Boolean algebra, lattices,
groups, monoids . Prereq : 3715 or equivalent . (Same
as Mathematics 3725) . W
4050 Number Systems for Digital Computers (3)
Floating-point number representation, mixed-radix
number representation, multiple-modulus residue
number representation, finite-segment p-adic
number representation, errors in floating-point
computation, finite fields and exact computation
using digital computers . Prereq : 3155 . A
4225 Numerical Solutions to Equations and Numerical
Approximations (3) (Same as Mathematics
4225 .) F, W
4235 Numerical Methods for Ordinary Differential
Equations (3) (Same as Mathematics 4235 .) W, Sp
4245 Numerical Linear Algebra (3) (Same as Mathematics
4245 .) F, Sp
4310 Statistical Data Processing (3) FORTRAN language
for organization and analysis of scientific
data . SPSS and SAS programs for standard statistical
analyses ; frequency distributions, percentiles,
data reduction correlation and regression, analysis
of variance . Not for credit for computer science
majors . Prereq : Statistics 2100 or equivalent . F, Sp
4330 Independent Study in Computer Science (1-3)
Special project in area of student's primary interest.
To be directed by Computer Science faculty,
perhaps jointly with student's faculty advisor . Prereq
: Consent of instructor . May be repeated.
Maximum 9 hrs.
4340 Interactive Statistical Data Processing (3)
Statistical data processing using interactive computer
system . Timesharing utility and statistics programs
; StatPack, editors, and FORTRAN . Not for
credit for computer science majors. Prereq : Statistics
2100 or equivalent and 4310 or knowledge of a
procedure-oriented language such as FORTRAN . W
4470 Programming Languages (4) Comparison and
analysis of programming languages, design, features
and implementation . Processors, operations,
sequence control, data control, and storage management
. Detailed discussion and programming
experience in LISP and either SNOBOL, APL, or
SIMULA. Prereq : 4510.
4510 Data Structures and Non-Numeric Programming
(3) Data structures and algorithms for their
manipulation . Arrays and orthogonal lists ; stacks,
queues, rings, doubly-linked lists, trees, dynamic
storage allocation ; organization of files, programming
languages for information structures . Prereq:
2710 and 1610 or 2610 .

4550 Systems Programming (3) Computer organization
and advanced programming . Machine language
and design of computers, representation of
information, microprogramming, software systems,
input-output systems, interpreters, macroassemblers
. Prereq : 3520 or equivalent . E
4570 Data Base Management Systems (3) Hierarchical,
network and relational models ; logical and
physical views of data . Data definition and data manipulation
languages . Data independence . Implementation
and operational considerations ; performance,
integrity, security, and reliability . Prereq:
4510 and 4550 or equivalent . W
4610 Operating Systems-Concepts and Facilities
(3) Detailed examination of major operating system.
Memory, processor, device, and data management.
Interrupts, machine-level input-output, loaders and
relocation, device characteristics, data set organizations,
SPOOLing . Prereq : 4510 and 4550. F
4620 Operating Systems-Case Studies (3) Alternatives
in operating system design, dynamic relocation,
paging, segmentation, time sharing, time slicing,
protection, concurrency, real time systems.
Examples from different operating systems
analyzed as appropriate . Prereq : 4610 or equivalent
or consent of instructor . W
4660 Compiler Construction (3) Practical experience
with design of compilers . Scanning, parsing,
semantic processing, code generation and optimization,
error detection and correction . Term project
includes a complete compiler for a small blockstructured
language . Prereq : 4510 . W
4710 Formal Languages and Automata (3) Grammars
of Chomsky hierarchy and their recognizers.
Properties of languages and machines . Emphasis
on regular and context-free languages . Introduction
to computability and enumerability . Prereq : 3715 . F,
Sp
4730 Analysis of Non-Numeric Algorithms (3) Algorithm
design and analysis methods . Computer
representation and generation of configurations.
String matching . Algorithms for sorting and searching
. Optimization techniques, backtrack programming
. Prereq : 4510.
4750 Interactive Computer Graphics (3) Point plotting
vector generation, interactive graphical techniques,
two- and three-dimensional transformation,
perspective depth, hidden line elimination, shading,
software and hardware system design . Discussion
of use of these techniques in design, problem solving,
mapping, architecture, and many other areas.
Prereq : Senior standing in Computer Science . Electrical
Engineering or Geography and a knowledge of
computer programming, or consent of instructor.
(Same as Georgraphy 4750 .)
4820 Introduction to Pattern Recognition (3) (Same
as Electrical Engineering 4820 .) W
4830 Digital Image Processing (3) (Same as Electrical
Engineering 4830 .) Sp
4850 Small Computer Systems (3) (Same as Electrical
Engineering 4850 .) E
4910 Analysis and Management of Computer Installations
(3) Analysis and design of computer systems
; implementation, justification, personnel in
systems ; perspective on system . Prereq : 3520 or
equivalent . W
4980-90 Special Topics in Computer Science (1-4,
1-4) Credit determined at registration . Prereq : Recommendation
of Computer Science staff . May be
repeated with consent of department . Maximum 9
hrs.
5000 Thesis (1-15) E
5002 Non-Thesis Graduation Completion (3-15)
Required for the non-thesis student not otherwise
registered during any quarter when such a student
uses university facilities and/or faculty time before
degree is completed . May not be used toward degree
requirements . May be repeated . S/NC only . E
5010 Computer-assisted Instruction (3) History and
development of CAI systems . Emphasis on studying
success and failure of major projects, future role of
CAI in education . Use of a CAI programming language
to implement a CAI course . Prereq : 3510 or
consent of instructor .
5050 Computer Modeling and Simulation of Physical
Systems (3) Techniques for computer modeling
and simulation . Inputs, driving functions, errors,
outputs, interactive simulations as applied to various
physical systems . Models to represent spatial
relationships. Prereq : 3150 or 3155, and 3520 and
Statistics 3450 . A
5210 Artificial Intelligence (3) Simulation of intelligent
processes by computer . Techniques of representation,
search, and manipulation for various
areas : problem solving, game playing, pattern perception,
theorem proving, semantic information
processing . Computer simulation of Al problems.
Prereq : 4510 or consent of instructor. (Same as
Electrical Engineering 5690.) W
5250 Medical Computing (3) Achievements and
problems associated with application of computer
technology to field of health care . Various areas of
medical computing ; laboratory data systems, patient
monitoring systems, diagnostic assistance, patient
records, automatic history taking, and hospital
administration systems . Prereq : 4510 . Sp
5430 Theory of Compilers (3) Development of major
components of compiler using constructs provided
by formal language theory. Recognizers, symbol tables,
semantic routines, allocation of storage, code
optimization . Prereq : 4510, 4550, and 5750 . A
5455 Finite Difference Methods for Partial Differential
Equations (3) (Same as Mathematics 5455 .) F
5465 Finite Element Methods (3) (Same as Mathematics
5465 .) W
5475 Advanced Topics in Numerical Partial Differential
Equations (3) (Same as Mathematics 5475.)
Sp
5570 Advanced Data Base Management Systems
(3) Data model theory, comparison of several existing
data base systems, implementation technology,
selection and evaluation techniques, integrity, security,
authorization and protection, hardware architectures,
and future trends in DBMS area . Prereq:
4570 or equivalent background . W
5655-65-75 Numerical Mathematics (3, 3, 3) (Same
as Mathematics 5655-65-75.) F, W, Sp
5670-80 Advanced Operating Systems (3, 3) Theory
and analysis of operating systems . Synchronization
and deadlocks . Analysis of operating systems using
mathematical models, simulation, and hardware
and software monitors . Comparison of good heuristic
scheduling algorithms with best possible
schedules ; scheduling anomalies . Case studies of
virtual memory systems . Analysis of page swapping
and placement strategies . Prereq : 4610 or equivalent
or consent of instructor. Sp, A
5710 Finite Automata Theory (3) Finite-state sequential
machines . Minimization, experiments, decomposition
. Regular sets and regular expressions.
Nondeterministic, incompletely specified and linear
automata . Prereq : 4710 . A
5730 Computability and Computational Complexity
(3) Computability and decidability ; Turing machines
and halting problem . Register machines . Recursive
and recursively enumerable sets ; partial and total
recursive functions . Time and space bounded computations
; the Pvs NP problems . Prereq : 4710 . Sp, A
5750 Theory of Formal Languages (3) Phrasestructure
languages, their generators and processors
. Type 0, 1, 2, and 3 languages ; operations on
languages and grammars ; deterministic contextfree
languages . Theory of translation . Prereq : 4710.
W
5775 Combinatorial Algorithms (3) Algorithms for
solving optimization problems in graphs, networks
and matroids . Precise notions of time and space
complexity . Prereq : 4730 . (Same as Mathematics
5775) . A
5810 Information Organization and Retrieval (3)
Organization, storage, searching and retrieval of information
. Development of IR systems from off-line
to modern on-line operations . Information analysis
and dictionary construction and operations . Search
and matching procedures ; retrieval process . Information
dissemination systems. Data base retrieval
systems . Prereq : 4510 or 4550 . F
5840-50 Pattern Recognition (3, 3) Formulation of
pattern recognition problem . Role of pattern recog-
College of Liberal Arts 109
nition within framework of artificial intelligence.
Vector representation of signals . Introduction to
feature extraction problem . Deterministic and statistical
pattern classification algorithms . Syntactic pattern
recognition . Examples of practical applications.
Computer solution of simplified pattern recognition
problems . Prereq : 3150, Statistics 3450 and
Mathematics 4050 or equivalent . (Same as Electrical
Engineering 5670-80.) F, W
5910-20-30 Special Topics in Computer Science
(1-6, 1-6, 1-6) May be repeated . Maximum 9 hrs.
5940-50 Advanced Small Computer Systems (3, 3)
(Same as Electrical Engineering 5940-50 .)
5970 Independent Study in Computer Science (1-3)
Special project under faculty guidance . Prereq:
Consent of instructor . May be repeated . Maximum 9
hrs.
Cultural Studies
Asian Studies
4010-20-30 Readings in Asian Literature (4, 4, 4)
Prereq : Mastery of intermediate level of Japanese,
Chinese, or Arabic and consent of instructor.
4012 Selected Topics In Asian Studies (4) Content
varies . May be repeated . Maximum 12 hrs.
4531-32-33-34 Advanced Chinese (4, 4, 4, 4) Taped
language program . Prereq : 3531-32 or equivalent or
consent of instructor . Must be taken in sequence.
4631-32 Advanced Japanese I, II (4, 4) Reading in
graded primer with attention paid to finer points of
grammar . Conversation, drill and composition practice
with native speaker . Must be taken in sequence.
Prereq : 3632 or equivalent.
Black Studies
3140-50-60 Directed Readings in Black Studies (1,
1, 1) Designed for students who are interested in
doing intensive reading in some area of Black
Studies which is defined by the student and the
instructor . Prereq : 2010 or 2020 and consent of instructor.
4200 Senior Seminar on Pan-Africanism (4) Explores
concepts and philosophers of Pan-
Africanism and implication of this ideology for various
societal institutions.
4300 Resource Materials in Black Studies (4) Introduction
to basic references such as bibliographies,
indices, and listings of audiovisuals in Afro-
American history, African history, and children's literature
. Prereq : 2010 or 2020 or consent of instructor.
4310 Research in Black Studies (4) Deals with Black
experience and research process.
4500 Current Issues and Topics in Black Studies
(3-4) Problems, topics and issues in area of Black
Studies . Content and credit determined by instructor
. May be repeated . Maximum 12 hrs.
4830 Black Women in American Society (4) Historical
and contemporary socio-eco-politico factors in
American society as they relate to the Black woman.
History 1950-60 recommended. Prereq : Consent of
instructor.
4880 Afro-American Psychology (4) (Same as Psychology
4880 .)
Cultural Studies
5101 Foreign Study (1-12) See page 95.
5102 Off-campus Study (1-12) See page 95.
5103 Independent Study (1-12) See page 95.
Linguistics
4000 Topics in Linguistics (3) Content varies . May
be repeated . Maximum 9 hrs.
4020-30 Historical Linguistics, Neogrammarian
School, and Growth of Structuralism (3, 3) 4020-
Traces development of scientific approach to linguistics
from Jacob Grimm and Franz Bopp through
nineteenth century . 4030-Traces change in linguis-

110 College of Liberal Arts
tic interest brought about by Saussure's Cours and
growing impact of anthropology and behaviorism
on linguistic studies.
4440 Sociolinguistics (3) (Same as English 4440 .)
4450 Dialectology (3) (Same as English 4450 .)
4460 Special Topics in English Linguistics (3)
(Same as English 4460 .)
4471-81 English as a Second or Foreign Language
(3, 3) (Same as English 4471-81 .)
Economics
See College of Business Administration.
English
MAJOR DEGREES
English M .A., MACT, Ph .D.
Professors:
J . B. Trahern (Head), Ph .D . Princeton;
E . W. Bratton (Associate Head), Ph .D. Illinois;
P . G . Adams (Director of Graduate Studies),
Ph .D . Texas ; R . Y. Drake, Jr ., Ph .D . Yale;
J . H . Fisher', Ph .D . Pennsylvania;
R. M . Kelly, Ph .D . Duke ; B. J. Leggett,
Ph .D . Florida ; J. E. Reese (Chancellor),
Ph .D . Kentucky ; N . J. Sanders, Ph .D.
Shakespeare Institute, Stratford-upon-Avon;
J . Schneider, Ph .D . Northwestern;
B . T. Stewart, Ph .D . Northwestern ; R . Walker,
M . A . Texas ; T. V . Wheeler, Ph .D . North Carolina;
J. M . White, M . A. Cambridge ; N . Wright 2 ,
Ph .D . Yale.
Associate Professors:
L . H. Burghardt, Ph .D . Chicago ; D . A . Carroll,
Ph .D . North Carolina ; B . K. Dumas, Ph .D.
Arkansas ; A . R. Ensor, Ph .D . Indiana;
B. J . Gaines, Ph .D . Wisconsin ; J. E. Gill, Ph .D.
North Carolina ; R . B . Miller, Ph .D . Brown;
D. A. Myers, Ph .D . Florida ; A . A . Penner, Ph .D.
Colorado ; F . K . Robinson, Ph .D . Texas.
Assistant Professors:
J . A . Armistead, Ph .D . Duke ; D . R. Cox, Ph .D.
Missiouri ; D . F. Goslee, Ph .D . Yale;
N. M . Goslee, Ph .D . Yale ; T. J . A . Heffernan, Ph .D.
Cambridge ; M . A . Lofaro, Ph .D . Maryland;
C. J . Maland, Ph .D . Michigan ; V. C . Martin . Ph .D.
Tennessee ; M . L . Pryse, Ph .D . California (Santa
Cruz) ; M. P. Richards, Ph .D . Wisconsin.
Visting Lecturers:
W. Dykeman, B . A . Northwestern ; G . Griffith,
Ph .D . Vanderbilt; F . M . O'Hara, Ph .D.
Illinois.
Detailed information about the Master's
and doctoral programs, and about individual
graduate courses, may be obtained by writing
the Director of Graduate Studies of English,
McClung Tower . For admission forms, write
to the Graduate School.
THE MASTER'S PROGRAM
The departmental requirements for the
M .A. degree in English include (1) thesis and
36 quarter hours of courses in the Department
of English or 45 quarter hours without a
thesis, (2) evidence of proficiency in one
foreign language, and (3) a final examination.
The courses should include 12 hours at the
6000 level, 12 hours of additional courses at
the 5000-6000 level, and 12 hours at any level
for graduate credit, including the 3000-4000
level.
For the degree of Master of Arts in College
Teaching (MACT) the requirements include
(1) 45 quarter hours of courses in English,
arranged as for the non-thesis M .A ., (2) 2
hours in a special course designed for MACT
students, (3) 3 hours of a tutorial in the
teaching of freshman composition, (4) a
thesis or 9 additional quarter hours of 5000-
'John C . Hodges Professor.
2Alumni Distinguished Service Professor .
and/or 6000-level courses in English, (5)
evidence of proficiency in one foreign
language, (6) a final examination, and (7) a
program of supervised teaching approved by
the department.
THE DOCTORAL PROGRAM
The departmental requirement for the Ph .D.
degree in English is completion of a minimum
of three academic years of resident graduate
study . This includes a balanced program of at
least 72 quarter hours (or the equivalent) in
English : 36 hours at the 6000 level ; 24
additional hours at the 5000-6000 level ; and
12 hours for graduate credit at any level,
including the 3000-4000 level . In addition, 9
(or 8) hours approved by the department must
be taken for graduate credit in a subject or
subjects other than English . Normally a
student with the M .A. from another university
may transfer at least 36 quarter hours.
After all, or most, of the course work has
been taken and after the two language
requirements have been satisfied, the student
will take four preliminary comprehensive
examinations from several areas divided as
the department directs . Successful
completion of these examinations will be
followed by the writing of the dissertation and
by an oral examination in the field of the
dissertation.
Any course in the 5000 or 6000 series may
be repeated for credit with the permission of
the department.
*1211 Written and Oral English for Foreign Students
(6) Rapid review of English grammar structures
and pronunciation with intensive oral, aural,
and written drill . Required during the first quarter of
residence of all foreign students (graduates, undergraduates
and transfer students) who are not excused
from it on the basis of the English Proficiency
Examination required of every new foreign student.
A, B, C, I, F, W grading . Students registered for this
course are permitted to register for only 2 other
courses.
*1221 Written and Oral English for Foreign Students
(6) Emphasis on the more advanced structures
of English grammar and on paragraph writing.
Required during the first quarter of residence of
foreign students who on the English Proficiency
Examination demonstrate need for work in English
structure, but not at the intensive level of English
1211 . Required also of foreign students who complete
1211 . A, B, C, I, F, W grading . Students registered
for this course are permitted to register for
only 2 other courses . E
3070 Modern British Poetry (3) From Housman to
Thomas and more recent poets.
3080 Modern American Poetry (3) From Robinson
to Stevens and more recent poets.
3110-20-30 Romantic Poetry and Prose (3, 3, 3)
3110-Emphasis on Wordsworth and Coleridge.
3120-Emphasis on Byron, Blake, and Scott.
3130-Emphasis on Shelley and Keats . F ; W ; Sp
3135 Tennyson and His Successors (3) Includes
such poetry as that by the Pre-Raphaelites,
humorists, and Decadents.
3136 Browning, Arnold, and Hopkins (3) F
3150 Melville (3) A
3210-20 English Literature and Culture of the
Nineteenth Century (3, 3) Survey of literature dealing
with leading movements in politics, science, religion,
and the arts . 3210-1800 to 1835 . 3220-1835
to 1900. A ; A
3411-12-20-30 Modem Drama (3, 3, 3, 3) 3411-
Continental to 1930. 3412-Continental since 1930.
3420-British . 3430-American.
3510 Sixteenth-century Prose and Poetry (3) More
Not available for graduate credit .
and Wyatt to Spenser . A
3520 Elizabethan Drama (3) Marlowe, Jonson, and
others . A
3530 Jacobean Drama (3) Beaumont and Fletcher
to Massinger and Shirley . A
3610 Restoration and Eighteenth-century Poetry
(3) Emphasis upon Dryden and Pope.
3620 Restoration and Eighteenth-century Drama
(3) Dryden through Sheridan.
3630 Restoration and Eighteenth-century Prose (3)
Defoe, Addison, Steele, Swift, and others.
3670 The Age of Johnson (3)
3710 Literature of English Bible (3) Types of Old
Testament literature, excluding Wisdom literature.
W
3711 Literature of the English Bible (3) Old Testament
Wisdom literature and types of New Testament
literature . Sp
3721 Introduction to Folklore (3) Essential terms
and concepts in modern folklore-folk life studies.
Emphasis on North American materials ; folk tale,
folk song, myth, legend, proverbs, riddles, superstitions,
dance, games, and architecture.
3910-20-30 Comparative Literature (3, 3, 3) 3910-
Ancient. 3920-Medieval and Renaissance.
3930-Modern.
3940 The Novel of the Contemporary Western
World (3) Proust, Joyce, Mann, and others.
4010-20 Shakespeare (3, 3) 4010-Early plays, c.
1590-1601, including Henry IV, Twelfth Night, and
Hamlet. 4020-Later plays, 1601-1613, with emphasis
upon tragedies and dramatic romances. E
4042-43 Topics in Mode and Genre (3, 3) Content
varies . Special topics in principal forms and modes
of British and American Literature, e .g ., comedy,
tragedy, epic, lyric, satire, etc . May be repeated with
consent of department . Maximum 6 hrs each.
4045-46 Topics in Literary Theory and Criticism (3,
3) Content varies . Special topics in theoretical and
practical approaches to British and American Literature
. May be repeated with consent of department.
Maximum 6 hrs each.
4050-60-70 American Novel (3, 3, 3) 4050-From
earliest sentimental novels through Brown, Cooper,
and Kennedy, and major figures to 1875 . 4060-
Henry James and Mark Twain through early works of
Faulkner and Hemingway. 4070-Early thirties to
present . F ; W ; Sp
4090 Topics in Film Study (3) Content varies . Indepth
study of particular directors, film genres, national
cinema movements, or other topics . May be
repeated with consent of department . Maximum 6
hrs.
4140-50 Technical Writing (3, 3) 4140-For students
planning careers in the physical, life and health sciences,
engineering, agriculture, and forestry . Writing
of proposals, laboratory and progress reports,
abstracts and journal articles . 4150-Writing of scientific
feature articles in which data are marshalled
and analyzed for human interest . F, W, Sp ; W
4250 Advanced Fiction-Writing (3) Further development
of skills acquired in basic Writing Fiction
course . Prereq : 3450 or consent of instructor.
4254 Writing the Detective and Mystery Story (3)
Instruction and writing cover entire crime fieldsuspense,
police procedural, private eye, spy, and
adventure fiction . Recommended prereq : 3450-70-
80 or consent of instructor.
4256 Writing Science Fiction and Fantasy (3) Survey
of general development and basic texts of Science
Fiction, Speculative Fiction and Fantasy . Exercises
in writing in genres, in accordance with techniques
learned in basic Writing Fiction course.
4270 Advanced Poetry Writing (3) Further development
of skills acquired in basic Writing Poetry
course . Prereq : 3470 or consent of instructor.
4310-20-30-40 The British Novel (3, 3, 3, 3) 4310-
Defoe to Jane Austen . 4320-Scott to Thackeray.
4330-George Eliot to Galsworthy . 4340-James
Joyce to present .

4440 Sociolinguistics (3) Exploration of language
patterns in terms of correlations between them and
their social context . Examination of effects of language
upon culture, and vice versa . Prereq : 3330 or
consent of instructor . (Same as Linguistics 4440 .)
4450 Dialectology (3) Theories and methodologies
of dialect research, fieldwork and analysis . Prereq:
3340 or consent of instructor. (Same as Linguistics
4450 .)
4455 Varieties of English (3) Theories, methodologies,
and findings of English and American
dialectology with emphasis on implications for cultural
pluralism . Prereq : 3330 or consent of instructor.
4460 Special Topics in English Linguistics (3) May
be repeated with consent of department . (Same as
Linguistics 4460.)
4471-81 English as a Second or Foreign Language
(3, 3) 4471-Applied linguistics in teaching and
learning of English as a second or foreign language.
Phonological and grammatical structure of
present-day English . Analysis of differences
(phonological, grammatical, and lexical) between
English and another language. Prereq : Second year
of a foreign language . 4481-Materials and methods
of language teaching, with emphasis on preparation
of materials and structured teaching situations.
Theory of testing language competence and performance,
with emphasis on construction of tests.
Team teaching with an experienced member of the
staff . Prereq : 4471 . (Same as Linguistics 4471-81 .)
W ; Sp
4610-20-30 Black Literature (3, 3, 3) Trends and developments.
4651 Southern Literature through the Nineteenth
Century (3) Southern writing from colonial period to
end of nineteenth century, including frontier
humorists and local color writers . A
4652 Southern Literature in the Twentieth Century
(3) Modern Southern literary renaissance, the Fugitives
and Agrarians, Faulkner and more recent
writers such as Welty, O'Connor, and Porter . W
4660 Emerson and Thoreau (3)
4680 American Humor through Mark Twain (3)
4721-31-41 Ballad and Folktale (3, 3, 3) 4721-Study
of traditional English and Scottish popular ballads
and their North American variants, 4731-Study of
native American ballad and folktale ; 4741-The folk
narrative : functions, categories, and patterns of
storytelling.
4850 Milton (3) Emphasis on major poems . A
4860 Seventeenth-century Prose and Poetry (3)
Bacon and Donne to Marvell . A
4910-20 Chaucer (3, 3) 4110-Early poems and
Troilus and Criseyde . 4920-The Canterbury Tales.
5000 Thesis (1-15) E
5002 Non-Thesis Graduation Completion (3-15)
Required for the non-thesis student not otherwise
registered during any quarter when such a student
uses university facilities and/or faculty time before
degree is completed . May not be used toward degree
requirements . May be repeated . S/NC only . E
5101 Foreign Study (1-12) See page 95.
5102 Off-campus Study (1-12) See page 95.
5103 Independent Study (1-12) See page 95. E
5110 Teaching Expository Witting (1) Using essays
and personal experience as bases for Freshman
Composition . Weekly sessions on how to prepare
and teach such a course . Grading of sample papers;
supervised teaching ; observation of other sections.
Required of all first-year Teaching Assistants . S/NC
only . F
5120 Teaching Writing about Literature (1) Variety
of literary works as subjects for student response
and analysis . Same format as 5110 . S/NC only . W
5130 Teaching Business and Technical Writing (1)
Forms and strategies appropriate to memo, letters,
abstracts, reports, and proposals . Same format as
5110 . S/NC only . Sp
5150 Old English Prose (3) A
5170-80 History of the English Language (3, 3)
5170-Phonetic transcription, Old English, development
of inflection and syntax . 5180-Middle
and Early Modern English, developments in pronunciation
and vocabulary . F ; W
5210-20-30 Reading in American Literature from
the Colonial Period to the Present (3, 3, 3) F . A ; W, A;
Sp, A
5240 Readings in Black American Literature (3)
Critical analysis of poetry, prose, drama, criticism;
historical and cultural background ; discussion of
relevance or irrelevance of race as influence on text
and reader.
5310 Rhetoric and Composition : Theory and Practice
(3) Concentration on stylistics and types of expository
writing.
5410-20 Readings in Middle English Literature (3, 3)
551020 Readings in Literary Criticism from Plato
and Aristotle to the Present Day (3, 3)
5610-20-30 Readings in English Literature of the
Nineteenth Century (3, 3, 3)
5710-20-30 Readings in English Literature of the
Eighteenth Century (3, 3, 3) A
5810.20-30 Readings In English Literature of the
Renaissance (3, 3, 3)
5860 Introduction to Literary Research (3) Critical
examination of aims of English studies, profession
of English teacher, theory of literature, and methods
of research, including collecting of information,
evaluation of material, and transmitting of results of
scholarship . F
5910-20-30 Readings in English and American Literature
of the Twentieth Century (3, 3, 3)
6000 Doctoral Research and Dissertation (3-15) E
6110-20-30 Studies in Elizabethan Literature (3, 3,
3) A
6140 Studies In Old English Language and Literature
(3) For students who know Old English well and
who wish to do research in literature, structure of
language, paleography, Anglo-Latin backgrounds
and sources, and related topics.
6150 Old English Poetry (3) Prereq : 5150.
6160 Beowulf (3) Prereq : 5150, 6150.
6170 Studies in Middle English (3)
6181-82-83 Studies in English Language (3, 3, 3)
6210 .20 . 30 Studies in American Literature (3, 3, 3)
F ; W ; Sp
6241-42 Studies in Colonial American Literature (3,
3) 6241-From Thomas Harlot through Increase and
Cotton Mather . 6242-From Jonathan Edwards to
adoption of Constitution.
6270. 80 Studies in American Fiction (3, 3)
6310-20-30 Studies in Victorian Literature (3, 3, 3)
6410. 20 .30 Studies in Chaucer (3, 3, 3)
6510. 2030 Studies in Spenser and Milton (3, 3, 3)
6550 Studies In Mode and Genre (3) Content varies.
May treat drama, novel, short story, poetry, or satire,
the comic, the tragic, etc ., depending on professor.
6590 Special Topics (3) Content varies . Humor, history
of ideas, biography, autobiography, literature of
travel, literature and extra-literary disciplines, etc.
6610-20-30 Studies in English Romanticism (3, 3, 3)
6710. 20-30 Studies in Eighteenth-century Literature
(3, 3, 3)
681020.30 Studies in Drama and Theatre (3, 3, 3)
6860 Textual Bibliography and Criticism (3) Study
of evidence gathered from printing process to make
critical judgments about text or literary work . Prereq
: 5860 or consent of instructor.
6910-20-30 Studies in Twentieth-century Literature
(3, 3, 3)
French
See Romance Languages
College of Liberal Arts 111
Geography
MAJOR DEGREES
Geography M .S ., Ph .D.
Professors:
S. R . Jumper (Head), Ph .D . Tennessee;
C. S . Aiken, Ph .D . Georgia ; E . H. Hammond,
Ph .D . California (Berkeley) ; R . G . Long, Ph .D.
Northwestern ; C . W . Minkel, Ph .D.
Syracuse ; T. H . Schmudde, Ph .D.
Wisconsin.
Associate Professors:
T. L . Bell, Ph .D . Iowa ; L . W . Brinkman, Jr.,
Ph .D . Wisconsin ; J . R. Carter, Ph .D . Georgia;
C. T. Paludan, Ph .D . Denver (UT Space Institute);
J . B . Rehder, Ph .D . Louisiana State.
Assistant Professors:
W. N. Cherry, M .S . Tennessee;
B. Ralston, Ph .D. Northwestern.
The Department of Geography offers the
degrees of Master of Science and Doctor of
Philosophy with concentrations in
cartography and remote sensing (M .S . only),
physical geography and human systems,
urban geography, geography of
Anglo-America, and rural and
nonmetropolitan geography.
THE MASTER'S PROGRAM
The department requires a minimum of 45
quarter hours beyond completion of a sound
undergraduate major program . At least
one-half of the total courses in the graduate
program must be at or above the 5000 level, of
which no more than 9 hours may be thesis
courses, and must include 5150, 5160, either
5170 or 4210, and (at each offering during
residency) 5100 . Thesis and final examination
required.
THE DOCTORAL PROGRAM
The doctorate is a research degree and is
granted only to those persons who
demonstrate proficiency in conducting
independent research . Students must have
achieved the equivalent of a comprehensive
Master's program before they will be admitted
to the doctoral program . Course
requirements for the degree shall be
determined by the student's faculty
committee in accordance with specific
interests and needs . The program of study
must include sufficient course work within
the department, but outside the areas of
specialization, to give a broad foundation and
understanding of the discipline . The program
must include 5160, 5170, 5720, and (at each
offering during residency) 5100 . A minimum
of 15 hours in credit must be earned in related
fields outside the department. Competence in
a foreign language, cartography, and
quantitative techniques is required . Other
techniques pertinent to the student's areas of
specialization may be required . The language
will be French or German unless otherwise
approved by the student's faculty committee.
Preliminary examinations required for
admission to candidacy include a written
comprehensive, written examinations on two
special fields, and an oral examination on the
dissertation proposal . Also required is a final
oral examination on the dissertation and on
other aspects of the program as determined
by the student's doctoral committee.
3410 Intermediate Economic Geography (4) Concepts,
theories, and practices in location planning.
Locational patterns in agriculture, manufacturing,
and service activities . F or W
3430 Urban Geography (4) Concepts and theories
concerning development and significance of systems
of cities and internal morphology of cities . F

112
College of Liberal Arts
3450 Rural Geography (4) Geographical appraisal
of rural areas of the United States, including small
towns and urban fringes . Problems and potentials of
rural America . W
3490 Geography of Resources (4) Study of factors
related to variations in resource availability from
time to time and from place to place, with particular
emphasis upon energy and metallic resources . F
3520 The Atmospheric System and Man (4) Overview
of general circulation system leading to world
pattern of climates . Role of climate in agriculture,
architecture, human comfort and economic activity.
F
3530 The Land-Surface System and Man (4) Nature
and regional variations in relationships among surface
form, water, vegetation, and surface materials.
Human as evaluator and agent of change . W, Su
3610 Political Geography (4) Importance of
geographic factors for understanding political relationships
within and between nations ; spatial implications
of political decision-making process ; geography
of administrative units . F
3660 Cultural Geography (4) Basic concepts of culture
; methods and background of cultural geography
; world patterns of cultural phenomena . A
3790 Geography of Middle America (4) Covers
Mexico, Central America, and the West Indies . W
3800 Geography of South America (4) F
3870 Geography of Asia (4) A survey of the physical,
cultural and economic characteristics of the countries
of Asia, excluding the Soviet Union . Sp
3910 Regional Geography of United States and
Canada (4) Major physical, economic, and social
distributions as they interrelate to give distinctive
character to regions of United States and Canada . W
3920 Geography of the American South (4) Geographical
appraisal of southeastern United States,
including physical environment and human resources
. Origin and development of contemporary
economic and cultural traits of the area . F
3940 Geography of Appalachia (4) Interrelation of
physical, economic, and social patterns to give distinctive
character to the region and its parts, especially
Southern Appalachia. Appalachia in perspective
in the current American scene . F
4075 Geography of Transportation (4) Geographic
examination of transportation systems, emphasizing
transport of people on highways and by public
facilities . Relationship of these systems to changing
geography of cities and urban hinterlands . Sp
4100 Quantitative Methods in Geography (4) Geographic
applications of statistical techniques, point
pattern analysis and analysis of areal units . Prereq:
Mathematics 3000 or consent of instructor . W
4210 Problems in Geographic Method (4) Examples
of problems and approach in geographic analysis
and synthesis . Emphasis on character of geographic
data, areal sampling, generalization, classification,
regionalization, and questions of scale . A
4240 Historical Geography of the United States (4)
Survey of changing human geography of United
States during four centuries of settlement and development.
Emphasis upon changing population
patterns, development of agricultural regions and
patterns of urban development . Sp
4510 Principles of Geomorphology (4) (Same as
Geology 4510 .)
4550 Geography of Soils (4) Soils as physical systems
and their relationship to environments . Investigation
of specific cases of the role of soil in management
of environmental systems.
4610 Industrial Geography (4) Factors affecting location
of manufacturing activities, with emphasis on
the United States . Prereq : 3410 or consent of instructor
. A
4630 Geography of Agriculture (4) A
4710 Cartographic Design and Production (4) Principles
and practice of design, construction, and reproduction
of maps. Recommended prereq 3700 2
hrs and 2 labs. Sp
4720 Data Mapping (4) Automated techniques of
representing surfaces, using geographic information
systems . Recommended prereq : 3700 and
knowledge of a computer language . F
4730 Advanced Cartography (4) Map production
from design through color proofs . Prereq : 3700,
4710, and 4720 or consent of instructor . W
4740 Remote Sensing : Types and Applications (4)
Basic principles and uses of aerial photography and
other remote sensing techniques . Emphasis upon
value of various types of imagery for geographic
interpretation and simple mapping . Prereq : Consent
of instructor . W
4750 Interactive Computer Graphics (3) (Same as
Computer Science 4750.)
5000 Thesis (1-15) E
5100 Colloquium in Geography (1) Discussion of
departmental research, current research literature,
and general topics . Registration at each offering
required of resident graduate students . May be repeated
. Maximum 8 hrs . S/NC only . W, Sp
5101 Foreign Study (1-12) See page 95 . E
5102 Off-campus Study (1-12) See page 95 . E
5150 Introduction to Geographical Research (3)
Aims of geographical research ; survey of printed
source materials ; practice in effective presentation
of research findings . F
5160 Research Design and Field Problems (4-6)
Development of research problems, preparation of
appropriate study designs, and practical field application
. W
5170 Geographic Concept and Method (3) Traditional
and modern thought regarding nature, scope,
problems, and methods of geography . A
5200 Special Problems in Geography (2-6) Reading
and research on problems or topics of interest to
individual students . Students must define topic and
receive instructor's approval of study plan before
registering for course . May be repeated with consent
of instructor . E
5250 Topics in Historical Geography (3) Examination
of trends, concepts and methods in historical
geography . Prereq : 4240 or consent of instructor.
May be repeated with consent of instructor.
Maximum 9 hrs . F
5260 Advanced Cultural Geography (3) Geographic
analysis of rural settlement in Eastern United States,
with emphasis upon New England, Tidewater East,
and Upland South, and specific application to
Southern Appalachians . Includes field work and
final paper. Prereq : 3660 or consent of instructor . Sp
5310 Topics in Regional Geography of the United
States (3) Intensive analysis of problems and trends
in one or more regions of United States, excepting
American South . May be repeated with consent of
instructor . Maximum 9 hrs . A
5320 Topics in the Geography of the American
South (3) Geographic perspective on economic and
cultural aspects of southeastern United States . Topics
vary. May be repeated with consent of instructor.
Maximum 9 hrs . A
5410 Advanced Topics in Economic Geography (3)
Examination of trends, problems, and methods in
modern economic geography. Prereq : 3410 or consent
of instructor . May be repeated. Maximum 9 hrs.
A
5520 Advanced Urban Geography (3) Analysis of
research on urban systems, internal morphology,
urban problems and urban spatial behavior . Prereq:
3430 or consent of instructor . A
5550 Topics in Geography of Land-Surface System
(3) Examination of trends, problems, and methods in
geography of land-surface system . Prereq : 3530 or
consent of instructor. May be repeated with consent
of instructor . A
5610 Topics in Climatology (3) Examination of
trends, problems, and methods in modern climatology.
Prereq : 3520 or consent of instructor . May be
repeated with consent of instructor . F
5710 Seminar in Geography (3)
5720 Topics in Quantitative Geography 13) Multivariate
analysis applied to problems in geography :
research problems utilizing appropriate packaged
computer programs; usefulness to geographic research
of techniques developed by other disciplines.
Prereq : 4100 or consent of instructor . Sp
5740 Advanced Topics in Remote Sensing (3)
Applied research using remote sensing and aerial
photographic imagery for interpretation and mapping
of geographic data . Prereq : 4740 or consent of
instructor. Sp
5790 Topics in Cartography (3) Trends, concepts,
problems, and methods in cartography . Prereq:
4730, or consent of instructor . May be repeated with
consent of instructor . Maximum 9 hrs . A
5915 Regional Geomorphology (4) (Same as Geology
5915.)
6000 Doctoral Research and Dissertation (3-15) E
6110-20 Seminar in Economic Geography (3, 3) A
6220-30 Seminar in Urban Geography (3, 3) A
6240-50 Seminar in Historical Geography (3, 3) A
6260-70 Seminar in Cultural Geography (3, 3) A
6310-20 Seminar in Rural Geography (3, 3) A
6410-20 Seminar in Regional Geography of the
United States (3, 3) A
6610-20 Seminar in Regional Geography of Latin
America (3, 3) A
6710-20 Seminar in Physical Geography (3, 3) A
NOTE : Registration in 6000-level courses may be repeated
with consent of department.
Geological Sciences
MAJOR DEGREES
Geology M.S ., Ph .D.
Professors:
K. R. Walker (Head), Ph .D . Yale ; G . Briggs
(Associate Dean), Ph .D. Wisconsin ; H. J . Klepser
(Emeritus), Ph .D . Ohio State ; O . C. Kopp, Ph .D.
Columbia ; R. E. McLaughlin, Ph .D . Tennessee;
D . H . Roeder, Ph .D . Goethe (Germany);
L. A . Taylor, Ph .D . Lehigh ; J . G . Walls
(Emeritus), Ph .D . North Carolina.
Associate Professors:
G. M . Clark, Ph .D . Pennsylvania State;
K . C . Misra, Ph .D . Western Ontario.
Assistant Professors:
T . W. Broadhead, Ph .D . Iowa ; D . W . Byerly,
Ph .D . Tennessee ; P . A . Delcourt, Ph .D.
Minnesota ; J . B . Higgins, Ph .D . Virginia
Polytechnic Institute ; F . B . Keller, M .Phil . Yale;
H. Y. McSween, Jr., Ph .D. Harvard ; A . Tankard,
Ph .D . Rhodes.
THE MASTER'S PROGRAM
The department requires a minimum of 45
quarter hours including at least 18 hours in
courses (other than thesis) numbered above
5000 . A minimum of 24 hours in geology
courses, in addition to thesis, is required.
Students who enter without having had an
acceptable field camp are required to take
Geology 4440, or an equivalent course
elsewhere, as part of the above department
requirements . One year of general physics is
required, if not taken as an undergraduate.
Thesis committee and topic must be
approved by graduate program committee.
Qualifying examination is given the second
quarter.
THE DOCTORAL PROGRAM
Specific course program and thesis topic
determined by candidate's faculty committee.
1 . Program to be determined by faculty
committee . Requirements include aminimum
of 84 quarter hours in courses for graduate
credit, in addition to dissertation . These
courses must include a minimum of 45 hours
in the 5000 or 6000 series, of which at least 15

hours must be in the 6000 series . Up to
one-third of the required hours may be taken
in related fields . A Master's degree is
recommended.
2. Preliminary examination will be both
written and oral . The exam must be taken by
end of the second academic year.
3. Each Ph .D. student must satisfy a
research tool requirement which will be
determined by his/her faculty committee and
which will consist of one of the following:
a. Demonstration by examination of a
reading knowledge in one modern foreign
language in which there is a significant body
of geological literature.
b. Completion of course 3030 in an
appropriate foreign language with a B or
better.
c. Courses (minimum of 6 hours) at 3000
level or higher taken for undergraduate credit
and completed with a B average in
appropriate mathematics, statistics, or
computer science courses . The courses must
be taken during a student's graduate program
and must be approved by the student's entire
committee.
In no case will option c above be available
unless the student has had reading training as
a college undergraduate in an appropriate
foreign language.
3160 Introduction to Earth Materials (4) Study of
minerals and rocks Laboratory includes both hand
specimen and analytical methods of identification.
Prereq : 1410 . 2 hrs and 2 labs.
3180 Mineralogy (4) Introduction to crystallography
and study of minerals . Laboratory includes
hand specimen, chemical and x-ray methods of
identification . Prereq : 1410, Chemistry 1110-20 or
equivalent . 3 hrs and 1 lab . A
3210-20 klveAebrate Paleontology (4, 4) Systematic
review of important netazoan invertebrate fossil
groups . 3210-Porifera to Annelida, including
cnidarians, ectoprocts, brachiopods, and conodonts
. 3220-Mollusca through lesser Chordata, including
arthropods and echinoderms . May be taken
separately or in sequence . Prereq : 3260; Biology
1210. 20 or consent of instructor . 3 hrs and 1 lab or
field period.
3250 Micropaleontology (4) Microscopic remains
of animals and plants with special emphasis on
stratigraphically important groups . Prereq : 3210 or
consent of instructor . 3 hrs and 1 lab.
3260 Palsobiology (4) Introduction to principles
and materials of paleontology as applied to interpretation
of earth history . Prereq : 1420 . 3 hrs and 1 lab
or field period . A
3270 Geological History of Land Organisms (4)
Geological history and development of terrestrial
biota and ecosystem with special emphasis on fossil
record of land plants and vertebrates . Prereq : Biology
1210-20 or consent of instructor . 3 hrs and 1 lab
or field period.
3310 Introductory Petrology (4) Introduction to
classification and properties of igneous and
metamorphic rocks, processes which produce
them, and tectonic environments in which they
form . Laboratory emphasizes both hand specimen
and microscopic study of important rock types . Prereq
: 3180.3 hrs and 1 lab . A
3330 Geology of East Tennessee (4) Lectures and
field excursions . Prereq : 12 hrs of geology and consent
of instructor.
3360 Stratigraphy-Sedimentation (4) Introductory
study of stratigraphic principles and practices and
of sedimentary processes and interpretation of depositional
environments . Prereq : 1420 and 3180 .3 hrs
and 1 lab or field period . A
3370 Structural Geology (4) Introductory discussion
of structures such as folds, faults, joints, cleavage,
and primary structures . Laboratory work
includes depth and thickness problems, structure
sections, structure contour maps . Prereq : 1420,
Mathematics 1840-50 or equivalent . 3 hrs and 1 lab.
A
'3410 Principles of Ground Water Geology (3)
Geological materials and processes affecting the
occurrence and behavior of water . (Same as Water
Resources Development 3410 .) 2 hrs and 1 lab.
'3510 Introductory Environmental Geology (4)
Geologic problems involving earth environment and
resources, and geologic parameters associated with
their control and misuse . Prereq : 1420 or consent of
instructor . 2 hrs and 2 labs or field periods.
'3610 Quaternary Geology for Engineers (3) Erosional
and depositional processes, landforms,
ground water . Prereq : 2610 or equivalent . 2 hrs and
1 lab or field period.
4110 Principles of Economic Geology (4) Formation
of mineral deposits . Prereq : 3180, 3370, or equivalent.
4115 Elementary Applied Geophysics (4) Basic
principles of electrical, seismic, gravity and magnetic
surveying . Recommended : 1420, Physics 2220
or 2320 . 3 hrs and 1 lab.
4130 Sedimentology (4) Introduction to physical
processes of sedimentation : transport of sediments
and formation of sedimentary structures, river flows,
waves, tides, and ocean circulation . Prereq : 3310 . 3
hrs and 1 lab.
4230 Paleoeoology (4) Principles of environmental
analysis applied to fossil assemblages and associated
lithologies. Prereq : 3260 or consent of instructor
. 3 hrs and 1 lab.
4240 Paleobotany (4) Survey of fossil record of
plants with particular emphasis on comparative
morphology and evolutionary trends in major plant
groups, and chronological succession and geographic
distribution of past floras on earth . Prereq:
1420 or 2210; Botany 3010-20 or consent of instructor
. (Same as Botany 4240 .) 3 hrs and 1 lab or field
period.
4250 Evolution of Higher Taxi (4) Current evolutionary
theory in context of paleontology, patterns
of evolution in fossil organisms at family level or
higher . Prereq : 3260. Recommended prereq : 3210-
20. 2 hrs and 1 2-hr seminar.
4280 Biostratigraphy (3) Application of paleontologic
data to stratigraphic study, codification of
stratigraphic nomenclature and recommended
practice. Prereq : 3260 and 3360. 1 hr and 1 2-hr
seminar.
4310 Geologic Mapping (4) Interpretation of maps
and methods of geologic mapping . Prereq : 12 hrs
geology . 3 hrs and 1 lab or field period.
4331 Quaternary Geology of North America (4)
Quaternary geologic processes, stratigraphy,
sedimentology and geomorphology of glaciated
and unglaciated North America and oceans . Prereq:
1410, equivalent course, or consent of instructor . 2
2-hr lectures per week.
4332 Quaternary Paleocology (4) Pollen and
plant-macrofossils, characterization of vegetation
and climate change during Quaternary . Prereq:
Consent of instructor . 2 2-hr lectures per week.
4333 Quaternary Field and Lab Techniques (4)
Techniques for environmental characterization and
reconstructions, pollen and plant-macrofossil identification,
description of site stratigraphy and
sedimentology . Prereq : 1410, equivalent course, or
consent of instructor . 2 hrs and 2 labs.
4370 Tectonic Styles (4) Elements, habitats, and
geotectonic causes of basic styles of tectonic deformation
are presented on maps, sections, aerial
photographs and fabric diagrams . Prereq : 3370 or
consent of instructor . 3 hrs and 1 seminar or lab.
4440 Field Geology (8) Five-week field course, first
term summer quarter . Advanced undergraduates or
first-year graduates in geology . Employs entire time
of students . A report is required, to be submitted no
later than end of fall quarter . Prereq : 12 hrs geology
and consent of instructor.
'Not available for graduate credit for geology majors .
College of Liberal Arts 113
4460 Geologic Photography and Photogrammetry
(4) Principles of terrestrial and aerial geologic photography,
including photographic principles and
practice, geometry of terrestrial and aerial photographs,
and image interpretation . Prereq : 3370 or
consent of instructor. 3 hrs and 1 lab.
4510 Principles of Geomorphology (4) Gradational
processes acting at earth's surface and landforms
produced . Prereq : 1410-20-30 or equivalent . (Same
as Geography 4510 .) 3 hrs and 1 lab.
4550 Optical Mineralogy (4) Identification of
nonopaque substances by immersion methods,
using petrographic microscope.
4610 Principles of Geochemistry (4) Application of
chemical principles to geologic problems . Emphasis
on crystal chemistry and relation between basic
atomic structure and distribution and behavior of
elements in the earth's crust . Prereq : Chemistry
1110-20 or equivalent . Recommended : 3310.
4660 Mineral Phase Equilibria (3) Principles of
phase chemistry and application of phase equilibria
studies in rock-forming mineral systems as aid to
understanding conditions of formation and modification
of rocks . Prereq : 4610 or consent of instructor.
4770 Evolution of Oceans and Continents (4) Introductory
study of origins and changes that have occurred
in earth's crust with emphasis on modern
concepts of continental drift and plate tectonics.
Prereq : 1420.
4780 World Geology of Petroleum (4) Geological
habitat of petroleum deposits, methods of exploration
and reserve assessment, geology and global
distribution of known and potential reserves . Prereq
: 1410 or equivalent and 3360 or equivalent.
4790 Uranium Deposits (4) Distribution, characteristics,
and origin of different types of uranium
deposits . Prospecting and evaluation of uranium
deposits with special reference to domestic potential
resources . Prereq : 4110 or consent of instructor.
3 hrs and 1 lab/field/seminar period.
4810 Special Problems in Geology (1-4) Prereq:
Consent of instructor . May be repeated . Maximum 4
hrs.
5000 Thesis (1-15) E
5050 Geochemistry of Ore Mineral Deposits (3)
Study of ore deposits based on experimental, empirical,
and theoretical geochemical considerations.
Prereq : 4650 and 4110 or consent of instructor.
5069 Experimental Geochemistry Laboratory (1-3)
Independent lab study of problem in geochemistry
using lab techniques . Prereq : Consent of instructor.
5120 Geophysics-Gravity and Magnetic Methods
(4) Potential methods, introduction to geodesy and
paleomagnetism . Prereq : 4115, differential and integral
calculus or consent of instructor . Advanced
engineering mathematics desirable . 3 hrs and 1 lab.
6130 Geophysics-Seismic Exploration Methods
(4) Seismic refraction and reflection methods, introduction
to earthquake seismology and earth's interior
. Prereq : 4115 or consent of instructor . 3 hrs and 1
lab.
5210-20-30 Special Problems in Geology (1-4, 1-4,
1-4)
5290 Quaternary Problems (4) Interdisciplinary approach
to interpretation of physical and biological
phenomena directly or indirectly influenced by
Pleistocene glaciation . Prereq : Elements of geology
(3 quarters) or consent of instructor . (Same as
Botany 5290 and Zoology 5290 .)
5310 Advanced Stratigraphy and Sedimentation (4)
Integrated field-oriented study of sedimentary
rocks, analysis of depositional environments,
paleocurrents, and paleogeographic-paleotectonic
setting . Prereq : 3360 or equivalent, 4130.
5340 Seminar In Local Stratigraphy (1) Stratigraphy
of Knoxville area.
5350 Selected Topics in Geology (1) Presentation of
graduate research, topics from current literature,
and subjects of general interest . Registration required
each quarter except summer for resident
full-time graduate students. S/NC only .

114 College of Liberal Arts
5370 Mesof abric Analysis (4) Techniques of gathering
. processing, and interpreting tectonic mesoscopic
fabric data. Prereq : 3370 . 3 hrs and 1 lab or
field period.
5460 Photogeologic Interpretation (4) Advanced
photogrammetric techniques to obtain geological
measurements from aerial photographs . Practice in
photo interpretation of imagery covering selected
geologic features . Prereq : Consent of instructor.
5470 Plate Tectonics and Orogeny (4) Geometry
and kinematics of plate motion are used to devise
models of geosynclines, fold belts, metamorphic
and plutonic belts, with recent and ancient examples.
Prereq : 3370. 3 hrs and 1 seminar or lab.
5520 Igneous Petrology (4) Genesis and emplacement
of magma, and mineralogical, chemical, and
textural properties of resulting igneous rocks . Laboratory
emphasizes petrographic description and
classification of rocks in thin section . Prereq : 3310
and 4550 . 2 hrs and 2 labs.
5530 Metamorphic Petrology (4) Physical and
chemical characteristics of metamorphic environment,
and effects on texture, chemical composition,
and mineral equilibria . Laboratory emphasis petrographic
description and interpretation of metamorphic
rocks in thin section . Prereq : 3310 and 4550 . 2
hrs and 2 labs.
5540 Terrigenous Clastic Sedimentary Petrology
(4) Field and microscopic analysis of terrigenous
clastic rock types, role of transport and depositional
processes in affecting sediment texture and composition
. Prereq : 3360 or equivalent . 3 hrs and 1 lab.
5550 Carbonate Sedimentology (4) Environments
of deposition of modern and ancient carbonates.
Prereq : 4130 or consent of instructor . Recommended
: 4550 . 3 hrs and 1 lab.
5620 Electron Microprobe and X-Ray Spectrographic
Analysis : Theory and Application (4)
Theory and application of electron microprobe and
x-ray spectrographic analysis to chemical analysis,
emphasis on earth sciences . Prereq : 3180 or consent
of instructor . 2 hrs and 2 labs.
5630 X-Ray Diffraction : Theory and Application (4)
Production and use of x-rays in identifying crystalline
substance ; powder camera, diffractometer,
Gandolfi camera, and single crystal methods . Prereq
: 3180 or consent of instructor . 2 hrs and 2 labs.
5635 X-Ray Diffraction : Single Crystal Techniques
(3) Single crystal diffraction techniques, emphasis
on precession and Weissenberg photography. Crystal
symmetry and diffraction, reciprocal lattice and
Ewald sphere constructions, space group determination
and application to geological problems . Prereq
: Knowledge of introductory crystallography and
consent of instructor.
5640 Clay Mineralogy (4) Origin of clay minerals;
structures and properties ; application of mineralogical
techniques in clay mineral studies . Prereq : 3180
and 5630 or equivalent. 2 hrs and 2 labs . To be
offered on alternate-year basis.
5650 Thermodynamics for Geologists (3) Principles
of chemical thermodynamics related to geologic
processes . Prereq : Chemistry 1110-20-30 and Mathematics
1630 and calculus of a single variable or
equivalents.
5670 Geochemical Prospecting (3) Theory and
practice of geochemical prospecting for metallic
ore deposits, i .e . . use of chemical analyses of rock,
soil, plants, water, and stream sediment for locating
ore . Prereq : 4110 and Chemistry 1110-20-30 or
equivalents.
5690 Cathodoluminescence Petrography (2) Application
to geological problems . Prereq : 3180 and
4550 or consent of instructor . 1 hr and 1 lab.
5710 Advanced Paleontology (4) Fossil invertebrates.
5720 Paleontological Nomenclature and Techniques
(4) Codification of biologic nomenclature as
it applies to paleontology ; basic techniques in preparation
and illustration of paleontologic materials
and manuscript preparation for publication . 3 hrs
and 1 lab.
5750 Petrophysics (3) Fluid and heat flow through
rock . Mohr circle theory and stress-strain behavior
of rock . Prereq : Mathematics 1630 and calculus of a
single variable, Physics 2210-20-30.
5820 Strata-bound and Stratiform Sulfide Deposits
(4) Classification, distribution, characteristics and
genesis of strata-bound and stratiform sulfide deposits
. Mississippi Valley-type Pb-Zn deposits,
strata-bound massive Cu-2n-Pb deposits of volcanic
and sedimentary associations, and stratiform Cu
deposits . Prereq : 4110 or consent of instructor . 2 hrs
and 2 lab/field/seminar periods.
5830 Magmatic Mineral Deposits (4) Classification,
distribution, characteristics and genesis of mineral
deposits related to magmatic processes . Magmatic
segregation deposits of ultramafic-mafic association
and porphry Cu-Mo deposits . Prereq : 4110 or
consent of instructor . 2 hrs and 2 lab/field/seminar
periods.
5840 Ore Petrology (4) Ore mineral assemblages by
reflected-light microscopy . Identification of ore
minerals and interpretation of paragenesis from textures
. Typical samples from different types of ore
deposits, suite of choice . Prereq : 4110 and 4550, or
consent of instructor . 2 2-hr labs.
5850 Regional Studies in Geology (1-3) Literature
study and seminars on specific regions of geologic
interest, supplemented byfield trip . Prereq : Consent
of instructor.
5915 Regional Geomorphology (4) Selected
geomorphologically-related areas, which have
common elements such as history or development,
related processes which have produced genetically
similar assemblages of landforms . May be repeated
with consent of department . (Same as Geography
5915 .)
6000 Doctoral Research and Dissertation (3-15) E
•6110 Seminar in Stratigraphic Geology (3)
•6210 Seminar in Paleontology (3)
*6310 Seminar in Structural Geology (3)
6410 Seminar in Mineralogy (3)
6510 Seminar in Petrology (3)
6610 Seminar in Economic Geology (3)
*6710 Seminar In Geochemistry (3) Prereq : 4610 or
consent of instructor.
•6810 Seminar in Geomorphology (3) Prereq : 4510
or consent of instructor.
NOTE : Registration for 6000-level courses may be repeated
with consent of department. Maximum 9 hrs per course.
Germanic and
Slavic Languages
MAJORS
DEGREES
German M .A ., MACT
German Language and Literature Ph .D.
Emeritus Professors:
E . T. Hankamer, Ph .D . Bonn (Germany);
R . L . W. Nordsieck, Ph .D . Ohio State.
Professors:
H. Kratz (Head), Ph .D . Ohio State ; J . E . Falen,
Ph .D . Pennsylvania ; H . W. Fuller, Ph .D.
Wisconsin ; R . L . Hiller, Ph .D . Cornell;
J . C. Osborne, Ph .D . Northwestern.
Associate Professors:
J . L . Elliott, Ph .D . Michigan;
N . A . Lauckner, Ph .D . Wisconsin ; D . E . Lee,
Ph .D . Stanford ; M. P . Rice, Ph .D . Vanderbilt.
Assistant Professors:
D . M . Fiene, Ph .D . Indiana ; C. J. Mellor, Ph .D.
Chicago ; U. Ritzenhoff, Ph .D . Connecticut.
The Department of Germanic and Slavic
Languages offers three advanced degrees.
They are the Master of Arts (M .A.) in German,
the Master of Arts in College Teaching
(MACT) in German, and the Doctor of
Philosophy (Ph .D .) in German Language and
Literature.
THE MASTER'S PROGRAM
In addition to the general Graduate School
requirements as stated on page 19, the
department requires 36 quarter hours in
approved courses, including at least 18 hours
in courses numbered above 5000 . In addition
to course work, the student is required to
write a thesis, for which he/she may get a
maximum of 9 hours credit . The minimum
quarter hour credit for the M .A . is 45 quarter
hours.
MASTER OF ARTS IN COLLEGE
TEACHING PROGRAM
The MACT program is essentially an
expanded M .A. program . The minimum
requirement is 60 hours of graduate study,
including 9 hours of thesis and a 3
quarter-hour seminar in college teaching.
The aim of this program is to prepare highly
qualified college teachers . Students
receiving the MALT degree would be well
prepared to go to the Ph .D.
THE DOCTORAL PROGRAM
The student must fulfill the general
requirements for the Ph .D . degree set by the
Graduate School . The candidate for the
doctoral degree must complete a minimum of
81 quarter hours of course work beyond the
Bachelor's degree in addition to 36 hours of
doctoral research and dissertation . At least 45
quarter hours of the minimum must be taken
in 5000 or 6000 courses . Of these 45 hours, a
minimum of 18 hours must be chosen from
the proseminar (5200) and the literary or
philological seminars (6210-20-30-40-50-60
and 6310-20-30) . At least 9 hours must be
taken in a cognate field . Students are
encouraged to take additional work in allied
fields. A minor in an allied field must consist
of at least 18 hours of 5000 or 6000 courses.
Students must show a fluent command of
German, both oral and written, and a
knowledge of two foreign languages, French
and another language, such as Italian, Latin
or Russian, appropriate to the field of
research . A preliminary comprehensive
examination, both written and oral, on
German language and literature and the
minor field or fields, must be passed before
the student may be admitted to candidacy.
The student will be examined on an extensive
reading list which covers the whole range of
German literature, and will be expected to
show familiarity with major works of world
literature . The candidate will be required to
defend the dissertation in an oral
examination, which will cover also the
general area of the dissertation . Central
emphasis is put on the doctoral dissertation
as a final test of the candidate 's scholarly
qualifications.
The field of study is divided into (1) German
literature and (2) German (or Germanic)
philology or linguistics. A student may
concentrate on one or the other . Dissertation
and seminar research topics will be chosen in
accordance with the varying preferences and
specific interests of the faculty. Detailed
programs will be established in each case by
the student's faculty committee.
3010-20-30 Elements of German for Upper Division
and Graduate Students (3, 3, 3) Elements of language,
elementary and advanced readings. Open to
graduate students preparing for language examinations,
and upper division students desiring reading
knowledge of the language . Undergraduate credit
only . No credit for students having completed
elementary German . E
3210-20-30 German Literature in English Transla-

tlon (3-4, 3-4, 3-4) No foreign language credit . No
change in credit hours after add deadline . Students
opting for 4 hrs credit will be expected to present an
appropriate amount of extra work above that required
for 3 hrs . F ; W ; Sp
3240 Old Norse Literature in English Translation
(3-4) Prose readings of sagas of Norwegian kings,
great Icelandic family sagas, and Vinland sagas, narrating
discovery of America around year 1000.
Mythological and heroic poems of the Edda.
4110-20-30 Studies in Classical and Modern
Writers (3, 3, 3) Content varies . Prereq : 9 hrs of 3000
courses (exclusive of 3010-20-30, or courses in English
translation) or equivalent . May be repeated
with consent of department.
4140-50 Selected Topics in German Literature from
1750 to the Present (3, 3) Prereq : 9 hrs of 3000
courses (exclusive of 3010-20-30, or courses in English
translation) or equivalent. Su
4160 Studies in German Authors (3) Life and works
of a single outstanding German literary figure . Content
varies . Prereq : 9 hrs of 3000 courses (exclusive
of 3010-20-30, or courses in English translation).
May be repeated . Su
4170Theatrical German (1-3) Performance in one or
more German plays . Prereq : Intermediate German
or equivalent or consent of instructor . May be repeated
with consent of department . W, Sp
4210-20-30 Studies in German Literary Types (3, 3,
3) 4210-Lyric poetry . 4220-Drama . 4230-
Narrative prose . Prereq : 9 hrs of 3000 courses (exclusive
of 3010-20-30, 3210-20-30, 3310) or equivalent
. A
4250 Introduction to Descriptive Linguistics (3)
(Same as French, Russian, and Spanish 4250 .) F
4260 Introduction to Historical and Comparative
Linguistics (3) Linguistic change, protolanguages.
Phonological and morphological change . Cultural,
historical, sociological influences upon the development
of language . Semantic change. Lexicography
. All these topics copiously illustrated by
selected examples from Indo-European languages.
Prereq : 9 hrs of upper division English, or 9 hrs of
upper division courses in a modern or ancient language
(exclusive of German and French 3010-20-30,
courses in literature in translation, and general
courses in Latin and Greek requiring no knowledge
of these languages), or consent of department.
(Same as French, Russian, and Spanish 4260 .) W
4310-20 History of German Language (3, 3)
4610-20-30 German Civilization (3, 3, 3) Prereq : Intermediate
German or equivalent . F ; W ; Sp
4810-20-30 Advanced Conversation and Composition
(3, 3, 3) Prereq : 3810-20-30 or equivalent or
consent of department . F ; W; Sp
5000 Thesis (1-15) E
5101 Foreign Study (1-12) See page 95 . E
5102 Off-campus Study (1-12) See page 95 . E
5103 Independent Study (1-12) See page 95 . E
5200 Proseminar (3) Bibliography ; methods ; illustrative
problems ; preparation of papers . F
5210 .20.30 College Teaching of German (1, 1, 1)
Required of all M .A ., MACT, or Ph .D . candidates,
except those whose previous teaching experience
warrants excuse from this requirement or who wish
to pursue vocations other than teaching . F ; W ; Sp
5410-20. 30 Medieval German Language and Literature
(3, 3, 3) 5410-Introduction to Middle High
German ; 5420-30-Readings in Medieval German
Literature . F ; W ; Sp
5500 Studies In German Literature (3) Content varies
. May be repeated . Maximum 9 hrs . Su
5510 German Humanism and the Reformation (3) A
5520 German Baroque Literature (3) A
5530 The Enlightenment and the Rococo (3) A
5540 German Classicism (3) A
5550 Goethe's Faust (3) A
5560 German Romanticism (3) A
5570 German Realism and Naturalism (3) A
5580 Modem German Literature (1889-1945) (3) A
5590 Modern German Literature (1945-Present) (3)
A
5600 German Literary Theory and Criticism (3) W
5610-20-30-40-50-60 Directed Readings in German
Language and Literature (3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3) E
5710 Introduction to Old Norse (3) Phonology, morphology
and syntax of Old Norse . Representative
readings in Old Norse . A
5720 Readings in Old Norse Prose (3) Intensive
readings of Old Norse prose works . Icelandic saga
as literary genre . A
5730 Readings in Old Norse Poetry (3) Intensive
reading of Eddic poems as a literary genre and repository
of ancient Germanic customs, legends, and
mythology. A
6000 Doctoral Research and Dissertation (3-15) E
6100 Gothic (3) Phonology, morphology, and syntax
of Gothic language . Relationship to Indo-European
languages and other Germanic languages.
Readings from Gothic Bible . A
6120-30 Old High German (3,3) 6120-Introduction:
phonology, morphology, and syntax of Old High
German of eighth and ninth centuries . Dialects.
Representative prose readings. 6130-Literature
and Lingusitics ; prose and poetry of period from
linguistic and literary point of view . Development of
language in Old High German period . A
6140 Old Saxon (3) Phonology, morphology, and
syntax of Old Saxon . Representative readings . A
6210-20-30-40-50-60 Seminar in German Literature
(3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3) May be repeated . E
6310-20-30 Seminar in German and Germanic
Philology (3, 3, 3) May be repeated . E
Russian
3010-20-30 Elements of Russian for Graduate Students
and Seniors (3, 3, 3) For graduate students
preparing for language examinations and seniors
desiring reading knowledge of a second foreign
language . Prereq : 2years of some foreign language
in college or consent of department . Undergraduate
credit only . No credit for students having completed
1 yr of Elementary Russian.
3210 Nineteenth-century Russian Literature in English
Translation (3-4) Realism and the novel ; selections
from works of Pushkin, etc . F
3220 Works of Leo Tolstoy in English Translation
(3-4) War and Peace, Anna Karenina, and other
works . W
3221 Works of F. M . Dostoevsky in English Translation
(3-4) Crime and Punishment, Brothers
Karamazov and other works . F or W
3230 Twentieth-century Russian Literature in English
Translation (3-4) Russian modernism and literature
under the soviets . Sp
3240 The Russian Drama in English Translation
(3-4) Selections from works of Fonvizin, Griboedov,
Pushkin, Gogol, Ostrovsky, Turgenev, Chekhov, and
others. F
3250 The Works of Ivan Turgenev and Anton
Chekhov in English Translation (3-4) Sp
3260 Russian Folklore in English Translation (3-4)
Sp
3270 Russian Philosophical and Theological
Thought (4) A survey of the development of philosophical
and theological thought in Russia from the
Middle Ages to the Revolution . Special emphasis on
the expression of this thought in Russian literature
and literary criticism . No knowledge of Russian required
. (Same as Philosophy 3270 and Religious
Studies 3270.)
4010 Selected Topics in Russian and East European
Studies (3) Interdisciplinary seminar on
selected topic using comparative approach.
4110-20-30 Studies in Major Russian Writers (3, 3,
3) Content varies . Pushkin, Lermontov, Gogol,
College of Liberal Arts 115
Turgenev, Tolstoy, Dostoevsky, Chekhov and
others . Prereq : 9 hrs of 3000 courses (exclusive of
3010-20-30, 3210-20-30-40-50-60-70, 3310) or equivalent
. May be repeated . F ; W ; Sp
4210-20. 30 Studies in Russian Literary Periods (3,
3, 3) 4210-Russian Romanticism . 4220-Russian
Realism . 4230-Russian Modernism . Prereq : 9 hrs
of 3000 courses (exclusive of 3010-20-30, 3210-20-
30-40-50-60-70, 3310) or equivalent . A
4250 Introduction to Descriptive Linguistics (3)
(Same as French, German, and Spanish 4250.) F
4260 Introduction to Historical and Comparative
Linguistics (3) (Same as German, French, and
Spanish 4260.) W
4270 Introduction to Slavic Linguistics (3)
4310-20-30 Advanced Studies in Russian Language
(3, 3,3) Intended primarily for students majoring
or minoring in Russian who are interested in
language and linguistics . Includes problems in
morphology and syntax, stylistics and translation
techniques, and history of Russian language as well
as other special problems for advanced students of
Russian . May be repeated . Maximum 9 hrs each.
4410-20 .30 Directed Readings in Russian (3, 3, 3)
Intended primarily for students participating in program
in Russian and East European Area Studies,
course will involve individual study relating to student's
major field . Prereq : 9 hrs of 3000 courses in
Russian (exclusive of 3010-20-30, 3210-20 . 30-40•
50-60-70, 3310) or equivalent.
Greek
See Classics
History
MAJOR
History
Professors:
L. P. Graf I (Head), Ph .D . Harvard ; E. V. Chmielewski,
Ph .D . Harvard ; J . C . Daniel, Ph .D . Maryland;
R. E . Duncan, Ph .D. California (Berkeley);
H. S . Fink (Emeritus), Ph .D . Princeton;
A . G . Haas, Ph .D . Chicago ; Y . P . Hao, Ph .D.
Harvard ; R . W. Haskins, Ph .D. California
(Berkeley) ; C. O . Jackson, Ph .D . Emory;
M . M . Klein,' Ph .D . Columbia, ; R . G . Landen,
Ph .D . Princeton.
Associate Professors:
P . H . Bergeron, Ph .D . Vanderbilt ; J. D . Bing, Ph .D.
Indiana ; S . R. Blanshei, Ph .D . Bryn Mawr;
J. R . Finger, Ph .D . Washington ; C . W . Johnson,
Ph .D . Michigan ; P. A . Marr, Ph .D . Harvard;
M. C. McDonald, Ph .D . Pennsylvania ; J . H . Morrow,
Ph .D . Pennsylvania ; J . Muldowny, Ph .D.
Yale ; P . J. Pinckney, Ph .D . Vanderbilt;
E. H . Trainer, Ph .D . Emory ; J .G . Utley,
Ph .D . Illinois ; W. B . Wheeler, Ph .D . Virginia.
Assistant Professors:
S. D . Becker, Ph .D . Case-Western Reserve;
J. Bohstedt, Ph .D . Harvard ; N . L . Brann,
Ph .D . Stanford ; S . C . Fanning (Visiting), Ph .D.
Minnesota ; S. J . Klein berg, Ph .D . Pittsburgh;
R. B . Rice, Ph .D . Harvard.
THE MASTER'S PROGRAM
Master of Arts-Plan l : Course
requirements include History 5240, and either
5250 or 5260 ; one M .A. reading course ; at
least 6 additional hours 5300 or above of
which 3 hours must be 6300 or above . Total
hours, including thesis-45.
Plan ll : History 5240, and either 5250 or 5260;
two M .A. reading courses ; 12 additional hours
5300 or above, at least 2 of which must be
6300 or above . Total hours-45 . Plan I and
Plan II require evidence of proficiency in one
foreign language before the M .A. degree is
granted.
' Distinguished Service Professor.
2 Alumni Distinguished Service Professor.
DEGREES
M .A ., MACT, Ph .D .

116 College of Liberal Arts
MASTER OF ARTS IN
COLLEGE TEACHING
Course requirements include History
5240-50-60, 5271-72-73, and Continuing and
Higher Education 5110 . Students must spend
one year as a graduate assistant and one year
as a teaching assistant . Total hours, including
thesis-60 . Students seeking the MACT
degree may substitute 9 quarter hours of
courses numbered 6300 or above for the
Master's thesis.
THE DOCTORAL PROGRAM
1 . Admission : (a) Acceptable scores on the
Graduate Record Examination (General
Aptitude and History Achievement).
(b) Students successfully completing the
M .A . degree at The University of Tennessee
must be recommended by the Department of
History.
(c) Students from other institutions should
have an M .A . degree and must be reviewed
and approved by the Graduate Awards and
Review Committee after their first year of
work at The University of Tennessee.
2 . Residence and Course Work: Beyond the
Bachelor's degree a minimum of 75 credit
hours in course work is required, of which not
less than 45 must be in courses that are
numbered over 5000 . Not less than 6 quarters
of the required 9 quarters of residence work
shall be under the supervision of the staff of
The University of Tennessee.
3 . Language Requirements : Candidates
must possess a reading knowledge of one
foreign language and such additional
languages as may be determined by the
student's committee . Under normal
circumstances, those specializing in
European history will need two languages.
The committee may also specify any other
research tools, such as statistics, essential for
the student's preparation . Upon student
petition, the committee may accept in place of
a language a B or better performance in
appropriate statistical courses and History
5290.
The foreign language requirements may be
satisfied in one of two ways:
(a) By examination . When the student is
ready to take a language examination he/she
should consult with an advisor . The
appropriate forms and the time of the
examination may be obtained from the
Graduate School.
(b) By course work . Upon consultation
with the advisor, a student may elect to
complete an appropriate 3010-20-30
sequence in a language department (or an
intermediate sequence in a language in which
ro 3010-20-30 sequence is available.)
Satisfactory completion requires that a
student must have at least a B in the final
quarter.
4 . Preliminary Examinations and
Committee : Incoming students will be
advised by the department head.
The preliminary examinations must be
taken after all course work is completed,
language requirements fulfilled, and at least
nine months before the degree is expected.
These exams should normally be taken before
beginning the ninth quarter of work toward
the doctorate . The candidate must present
four fields, distributed as follows : one major
field (history) ; two minor fields (history) ; and
one minor field which maybe either in history
or outside the department . In any case, the
student is required to have 9 hours of
graduate work outside the History
Department . Three of the four areas listed
below must be represented by a major or a
minor field, or both.
I. Ancient and Medieval
(1) Ancient Near East
(2) Greece
(3) Rome
(4) Early Middle Ages, 375-1122
(5) Late Middle Ages, 1095-1450
II. Early Modern
(1) Renaissance and Reformation
(2) Europe, 1559-1815
(3) American History to 1815
(4) Latin America 1492-1825
III. Modern
(1) Europe, 1815-1914
(2) European World Since 1914
(3) United States, 1815-present
(4) Latin America, 1789-present
(5) East Asia, 1641-present
(6) Middle East, 1798-present
IV . National, Sectional and Topical
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
(10)
(11)
United
(12)
(13)
(14)
England, 1485-1763
Great Britain, 1760-present
France, 1559-1815
France, 1789-present
Germany, 1555-1806
Germany, 1806-present
Russia, 1600-1800
Russia, 1800-present
Colonialism and Imperialism
Diplomatic History of the States
Social and Cultural History of the
States
The South
Frontier and Westward Movement
Afro-American
Preliminary examinations will be both
written and oral.
5. Dissertation and Final Examination:
Original research forms the basis for the
dissertation . After the dissertation has been
completed, a final oral examination will be
given on the dissertation in its historical
context.
3060. 70. 80 History of Western Religious Thought
and Institutions (3, 3, 3) (Same as Religious Studies
3060-70-80 .)
3140-50-60 History of England (3, 3, 3) 3140-To
1688 . 3150-1689 through the Reform Bill of 1832.
3160-1832 to the present.
3311-21 History of Tennessee (3, 3) 3311-
Eighteenth Century to Civil War Era . 3321-1865 to
present.
3411-12-13 Renaissance and Reformation (3, 3, 3)
3411-Renaissance . 3412-Reformation 1517-1550.
3413-Catholic Reformation and Wars of Religion.
(Same as Religious Studies 3411-12-13 .)
3421-22-23 Early Modern Europe 1600-1815 (3, 3, 3)
3421-Seventeenth-century Europe . 3422-Ancient
Regime . 3423-French Revolution and Napoleon.
3431-32-33 Nineteenth-century Europe (3, 3, 3)
3431-From Restoration to Revolution (1814-1848).
3432-The Period of National Unification (1848-
1871) . 3433-Towards Mass Democracy and World
War (1871-1914).
3445-46 History of France (4, 4) 3445-To 1875.
3446-Since 1871.
3470-80. 90 History of Russia (3, 3,3) 3470-To 1801.
3480-Nineteenth Century . 3490-Twentieth Century.
3610-20 The American Colonies and the American
Revolution (3, 3) 3610-Settlements to 1754.
3620-1754-1789.
3630-40-50 The United States : Formation to Re-
union, 1789-1877 I, II, III (3, 3, 4) 3630-The Early
Nation, 1789-1815 . 3640-Jacksonian era, 1815-
1852 . 3650-Civil War and Reconstruction, 1852-
1877.
3710-20-30 History of Germany (3, 3, 3) 3710-First
Reich to 1713. 3720-Habsburg and Hohenzollern
and Formation of Second Reich, 1713-1890.
3730-From a unified to a divided Germany, 1890 to
present.
3740 The City in Europe, ca . 1200-1900 (3) Survey of
European urban growth, with comparative analysis
of the major periods of urbanization of the thirteenth
and nineteenth centuries . Emphasis on the relationship
between demographic, economic and social
foundations of cities and political and cultural development.
3751-52 Ancient Near Eastern Civilization (3, 3)
3751-Early and Middle Bronze Ages . 3752-Late
Bronze and Iron Ages.
3760-70 The Ancient World (3, 3) 3760-Greece.
3770-Rome.
3780-90 History of the Middle East (3,3) 3780-Rise
and spread of Islamic Civilization to the 16th Century
. 3790-The impact of the West on the Middle
East from the sixteenth century to World War I.
3795 Contemporary Middle East (4) Background of
current problems in the area, from World War Ito
present.
3800 North Africa Since 1830 (3) Morocco, Algeria,
Tunisia, and Libya in the nineteenth and twentieth
centuries.
3810-20-30 History of East Asia (3, 3, 3) 3810-
Traditional China and Japan, ancient to midnineteenth
century. 3820-Modern China, Japan
and Korea, mid-nineteenth century to 1920s.
3830-Contemporary China, Japan, and Korea,
1920s to present.
3870-80-90 History of Latin America (3, 3, 3)
3870-Exploration, conquest, settlement and Colonial
life to 1800 . 3880-Major countries of South
America, 1800 to present . 3890-Mexico, Central
America and the Caribbean, 1800 to present.
3911-21-31 United States, 1877 to the Present I, II,
III (3, 4, 3) 3911-Gilded Age and Progressive Era,
1877-1914 . 3921-WW I, New Deal, WW II, 1914-
1945 . 3931-Since 1945.
4015 Studies In History (3-4) Variable content
course affording opportunity to offer subject matter
not covered in an existing course . May be repeated.
4120-30 History of Colonialism and Imperialism (3,
3) 4120-Background ; age of discovery and exploration
to nineteenth century . 4130-Nineteenth century
to present.
4250-60-70 European Intellectual and Cultural History
(3, 3, 3) 4250-From Reformation to the Scientific
Revolution, 1500-1700 . 4260-From the Enlightenment
to the Age of Realism, 1700-1870.
4270-From Subjectivism to Relativism, 1870present.
4280 Women in European History (4) Comparative
analysis of role and image of women in Medieval,
Renaissance, and Victorian periods . Attention given
to parallel changes in structure of family as well as
relationship between Western Culture and women's
protest movements.
4290 Women in American History (4) Approaches of
4280 applied to American Society.
4310-20-30 History of American Foreign Relations
(3, 3, 3) 4310-Revolution to 1901 .4320-1901-1941.
4330-1941 to present.
4360 The United States in World War II (4) Military,
diplomatic, and domestic experience.
4370 U .S. Military History, 1754 to the Present (4)
Examination of nation's broad strategic aims and
means used to attain them, shifting strategy, tactics
and weaponry involved in our wars, and relationship
between American society and its armed forces.
4380 Civilian-Military Relationships in the Modern
Western World (3) Civilian-military affairs from
about 1900 to 1£80 in Western Europe, Russia and
America ; emphasis in Western Europe : e .g ., Dreyfus
Affair, Army in Nazi Germany, and Truman-
MacArthur controversy.

4410-20-30 Europe in the Twentieth Century (3, 3, 3)
4410-1890-1919 . 4420-1919-1939 . 4430-1939 to
present.
4470 Poland and its Neighbors (3) A survey of Polish
history from its beginnings to present with some
emphasis on the Polish question within context of
modern international affairs.
4480 Russian Intellectual History (3) From
eighteenth century to present, emphasizing problems
of Westernization, nationalism, and revolutionary
tradition.
4490 Soviet Foreign Policy (3)
4500 History of Medieval England (3)
4510-20 Tudor-Stuart England (3, 3) 4510-1485-
1603 . 4520-1603-1714.
4551 Great Britain from Burke to Bright (1780-1848)
(3)
4570 Twentieth-century Britain (3)
4580 Revolution and Reform : Ireland in the
Nineteenth and Twentieth Centuries (4)
4590 History of Canada, 1775-Present (3)
4610-20-30 The American Frontier and Westward
Movement I, II, III (3, 3, 3) Settlement and development
of the "West" throughout American history.
4610-From the Atlantic to the Mississippi . 4620-
30-The Trans-Mississippi West.
4640. 50. 60 Social and Cultural History of the United
States (3, 3, 3) 4640-Colonial Society and Early
Nation to 1825 . 4650-1825-c. 1900 . 4660-1900present.
4670 Cities and Urbanization In American History
(4) Origins, growth and influence of American cities
in development of the nation, from colonial era to
present.
4710-20-30 Medieval History, 500-1450 (3, 3, 3)
4710-Age of Heroes : 500-1000. 4720-Age of
Chivalry : 1000-1300 . 4730-Impact of the Black
Death : 1300-1450.
4741 Italian City-States, 1250. 1500 (3) Evolution of
urban civilization in northern and central Italy in
medieval and Renaissance periods . Architectural
and townscape forms studied in socioeconomic as
well as cultural contexts . Florence is primary focus,
but other major city-states also included.
4770-80 Austria and Central Europe (3, 3) 4770-To
1867 . 4780-Since 1867.
4791 Modernization of the Middle East (3) Advanced
reading and discussion course which
examines key facets of political, economic, and social
dynamics in contemporary Middle East with
emphasis on institution building, elites, and ideology
. Prereq : 3795 or consent of instructor.
4792 Historical Writers in Islamic History (3) Advanced
reading course which introduces the student
to the major historical writers of the Middle
East from lbn Khaldun to modern times . Prereq : 6
hrs Middle East History or consent of instructor.
4811-21 History of Japan (4, 4)
4840 History of Mexico (3)
4850 History of the Caribbean (3) Caribbean region
from discovery and colonization to contemporary
times.
4870-80.90 China (3, 3, 3) 4870-Cultural history of
China . 4880-History of modern China . 4890-
History of contemporary China.
4910-20-30 History of the South (3, 3, 3) 4910-
1607-1840 . 4920-1840-1870 . 4930-Since 1870.
4950-60 The Negro in American History (3, 3) A
history of the American Negro since 1619.
5000 Thesis (1-15) E
5002 Non-Thesis Graduation Completion (3-15)
Required for the non-thesis student not otherwise
registered during any quarter when such a student
uses university facilities and/or faculty time before
degree is completed . May not be used toward degree
requirements . May be repeated . S/NC only. E
5015 Periods In European History (3) May be repeated
. Maximum 9 hrs .
5016 Periods in American History (3) May be repeated
. Maximum 9 hrs.
5101 Foreign Study (1-12) See page 95 . E
5102 Off-campus Study (1-12) See page 95. E
5103 Independent Study (1-12) See page 95. E
5211-5225 M .A. Reading Courses (3 hrs each) Directed
reading courses in preparation for fields required
for Master's oral examination . 5211, Ancient;
5212, Medieval ; 5213, Early Modern Europe ; 5214,
Europe Since 1789 ; 5215, American History to 1815;
5216, American History Since 1789 ; 5217, Latin
America ; 5218, Far East ; 5219, Colonialism and Imperialism
; 5221, England ; 5222, Russia ; 5223, Germany
; 5224, France; 5225, Middle East . Open only to
Master's candidates in history . S/NC only . E
5240 Introduction to Historical Research (3) Principles
and techniques of research in the study of
history . Required of all candidates for advanced degrees
who do not present evidence of similar training
elsewhere . F
5250 European Historiography (3) Introduces the
student to the historical literature of leading European
nations . W
5260 American Historiography (3) Like 5250 in the
American field . W
5271-72-73 The Teaching of College History (0, 0, 3)
Introduction to problems of teaching at college
level. Place of history in curriculum, types and levels
of courses, and techniques of teaching . Prereq:
Consent of instructor . Required of candidates for
the MACT . Credit will be withheld until the completion
of 5273, with grades of "S" or "NC" submitted at
end of each of first two quarters . E
5280 Philosophy and Methodology (3) Philosophies
of history and their relationship to milieux from
which they emerge ; modern trends in historical
methodology . Sp
5290 Quantitative Analysis of Historical Data (3)
Prereq : Sociology 5320 and 5330, or consent of instructor
. Sp
5300 Topics in History (3)
5310 Topics in Women's History (3)
5320 Topics in Historical Editing (3) Principles and
practice of editing documents.
5360 Topics in American Foreign Relations (3)
5410 Topics in Early Modern European History (3)
5440 Revolution and Restoration in Central
Europe, 1780-1850 (3) Reform, resistance, and the
advent of Liberalism and Nationalism.
5444 Topics in French History (3)
5445 Topics in Nineteenth-century European History
(3)
5450 Topics in Twentieth-century European History
(3)
5480 Topics In Russian History (3)
5510 Topics in Tudor-Stuart England (3)
5520 Topics in Modern English History (3)
5550 Reaction and Reform in England, 1789-1848
(3)
5560 Anglo-Irish Relations (3)
5640 Topics in American Social and Cultural History
(3)
5645 Topics in American Urban History (3)
5650 Topics In the American Westward Movement
(3)
5660 Topics in Negro History (3)
5670 Topics in American Colonial History (3)
5675 Topics In the Early National Period of American
History (3)
5680 Topics in Nineteenth-century American History
(3)
5690 Topics in Twentieth-century American History
(3)
5720 Topics in Medieval History (3)
College of Liberal Arts 117
5740 Topics in European Urban History (3)
5750 Topics in Ancient History (3)
5780 Topics in German National Socialism (3)
5790 Topics in Middle Eastern History (3)
5810 Topics in Andean History (3)
5820 Topics in Mexican History (3)
5850 Topics in Chinese History (3)
5860 Topics in Japanese History (3)
5910-20 Topics in Southern History (3, 3) 5910-Old
South . 5920-New South.
6000 Doctoral Research and Dissertation (3-15) E
6210-20-30-40 Directed Readings (3, 3, 3, 3) Individual
readings directed toward preparation for preliminary
examination fields . Open only to candidates
for Ph .D . degree who are in residence and who
have been in residence at least two quarters . Only
one course may be taken in preparation for each of
four fields . Depending on field in which he/she is
reading, student will be assigned to appropriate
member of department . S/NC only . E
6300 Seminar in Special Studies (3)
6310 Seminar in Tennessee History (3)
6350 Seminar in American Diplomatic History (3)
6410 Seminar in Western Europe (3)
6444 Seminar in French History (3)
6480 Seminar in Russian History (3)
6510 Seminar in English History (3)
6610 Seminar in American Colonial History (3)
6620 Seminar in the Era of the American Revolution
(3)
6630 Seminar in Early National Period of American
History (3)
6635 Seminar in Jacksonian Period (3)
6640 Seminar in Social and Cultural History of the
United States (3)
6650 Seminar in the American Westward Movement
(3)
6710 Seminar in Medieval Institutions (3)
6770 Seminar in Central European History (3)
6810 Seminar in Latin American History (3)
6910 Seminar in the Civil War Era (3)
6930 Seminar in Twentieth-century America (3)
6940 Seminar in the History of the South (3)
Note : Registration in topics and seminar courses may be
repeated for credit with consent of department.
Latin
See Classics
Mathematics
MAJOR DEGREES
Mathematics M .M ., M .A ., M .S ., Ph .D.
Professors:
L . K. Barrett (Head), Ph .D . Pennsylvania;
G . E . Albert (Emeritus), Ph .D . Wisconsin;
J . S . Bradley, Ph .D . Iowa ; J. H . Carruth, Ph .D.
Louisiana State ; R . E . Cline, Ph .D . Purdue;
A . J . Daverman, Ph .D . Wisconsin ; D . F. Dessart,
Ph .D . Maryland ; E . D . Eaves (Emeritus), Ph .D.
Texas ; H. Frandsen, Ph .D . Illinois;
D . A . Gardiner, Ph .D. North Carolina State;
R. T. Gregory, Ph .D . Illinois ; T . G . Hallam, Ph .D.
Missouri ; D . B . Hinton, Ph .D . Tennessee;
A . S . Householder (Emeritus), Ph .D . Chicago;
L . H . Husch, Ph .D . Florida State;
R. M . McConnel, Ph .D . Duke ; H. T . Mathews,
Ph .D . Tulane ; D. D . Miller, Ph .D . Michigan;
R . J . Plemmons, Ph .D . Auburn ; K . C. Reddy,'
Ph .D . Indian Institute of Technology (India);
'Space Institute, Tullahoma .

118 College of Liberal Arts
P. W . Schaefer, Ph .D . Maryland;
F . W. Stallmann, Ph .D. Giessen (Germany);
W. R . Wade, Ph .D . California (Riverside).
Associate Professors:
C . E. Clark, Ph .D . Louisiana State ; D . E . Dobbs,
Ph .D . Cornell ; M. D . Gunzburger, Ph .D . New
York ; G . S. Jordan, Ph .D . Wisconsin;
K. R . Kimble,* Ph .D . Ohio State ; G . A . Klaasen,
Ph .D . Nebraska ; Y . Kou, Ph .D . Cincinnati;
H . L . Lee (Emeritus), Ph .D . Duke ; B . S . Rajput,
Ph .D . Illinois ; W. H. Row, Jr ., Ph .D . Wisconsin;
R . Rowlett, Ph .D . Virginia; S. Serbin, Ph .D.
Cornell ; J . Smith, Ph .D . California (Berkeley);
K . Soni, Ph .D . Oregon State ; R . P . Soni, Ph .D.
Oregon State ; C . G . Wagner, Ph .D . Duke;
J. J. Walsh, Ph .D. SUNY.
Assistant Professors:
V. Alexiades, Ph .D. Delaware ; D . F. Anderson,
Ph .D. Chicago ; W. Bran dal, Ph .D . Northwestern;
J. D . Chandler, Jr ., Ph .D . Virginia;
V. A . Dougalis, Ph .D . Harvard ; L . J . Gross, Ph .D.
Cornell ; R . H . Hanks, Ph .D . Minnesota ; M. Miller,
Ph .D. Illinois ; K . Prevot, Ph .D . Massachusetts
Institute of Technology; R. O . Shelton, Ph .D.
Rice ; H. Simpson, Ph .D. California Institute
of Technology ; S . Spector, Ph .D . Carnegie-Mellon;
K. R . Stephenson, Ph .D . Wisconsin;
A . T. M . Wang, Ph .D . Minnesota.
Math 3050, 3060, 3090, 3100, 3110, 3310,
3320, 3330, 3510, and 3720, are intended
primarily for students preparing to teach in
elementary or secondary schools.
Any 3000 or 4000 course in the department
whose course number ends in "O" may be
offered as an honors version . In this case, the
last digit will appear as an "8" and the title will
be preceded by the word"Honors" both in the
timetable and on the student's transcript.
Honors courses listed in the Graduate
Catalog are acceptable for graduate credit.
Such courses may be offered upon the
initiative of interested faculty, students, or the
department head (though in all cases subject
to the approval of the department head).
MASTER OF MATHEMATICS PROGRAM
The Master of Mathematics degree is
intended primarily forteachers of high school
mathematics.
Before admission to this program, the
applicant must have either (a) certification for
teaching secondary mathematics in at least
one of the states of the United States, or (b)
three years of successful elementary or
secondary school teaching experience.
Evidence of the requirement being met must
be supplied by the student.
Applicants for admission to this program
must take the Graduate Record Examination
(aptitude portion), and have had at least one
year of college mathematics including
analytic geometry.
The following requirements must be met:
1 . Completing 45 hours of course work, of
which at least 9 must be at the 5000 level . The
course work must include:
a. 36 hours of mathematics courses
numbered 3050 or above;
b. 9 hours of additional work from
mathematics courses numbered 3050 or
above or from courses in other departments
selected in consultation with the advisor.
2. Passing a comprehensive examination
upon completion of all course work.
THE MASTER'S PROGRAMS
The Master of Arts degree and the Master of
Science degree are designed to prepare
students for industrial employment and for
teaching at the high school and junior college
level.
The department offers two options for
these degrees . The first option requires a
thesis forwhich 9 hours must be earned along
with 36 additional hours of work in acceptable
courses numbered above 4000 . Of the
additional hours, 9 may be in an area outside
the department and 18 must be in courses in
mathematics numbered above 5000.
After two quarters of graduate study, a
student whose supervisory committee gives
its approval may choose the non-thesis
option, for which 45 hours of work in courses
numbered above 4000 are required . Of these,
27 hours (at least 24 of which are in
mathematics) must be in courses numbered
above 5000 . Of the 45 hours, 15 in courses
approved by the supervisory committee may
be taken in fields other than mathematics . For
this option it is also required that a written
comprehensive examination be passed, and
that credit be received for a 3-hour seminar or
reading course (5990-5995) in which a term
paper or project is required.
A student offering mathematics as a minor
for the Master's degree is required to obtain at
least 9 hours of resident graduate credit in
courses numbered above 4000 and approved
by both the major department and the
Department of Mathematics.
THE DOCTORAL PROGRAM
For the Ph .D. in Mathematics, the student
must meet the following departmental
requirements:
1 . Pass written examinations covering four
subjects, at least three of which must be from
the following list:
a. Algebra 5510-20-30
b. Functions of a Complex Variable
5110-20-30
c. Topology 5910-20-30
d. Functions of a Real Variable 5210-20-30
e. Linear Analysis 5250-60
f. Partial Differential Equations 5450-60-70
g. Ordinary Differential Equations
5870-80-90
h. Numerical Mathematics 5655-65-75
i. Mathematical Statistics 5750-60-70
Students may not take examinations in
both d . and e . nor may they take examinations
in both f . and g. as their preliminary
examination subjects.Those students who
choose four from this list must choose two
from a . through e . and the students who
choose only three from this list must choose
one from a . to e.
A student selecting only three from the
above list will also be required to pass a
written exam on an area of applied
mathematics (e .g., Fluids, Elasticity,
Mathematical Ecology) approved as an
examination topic for that student by the
Graduate Committee and the Applied
Mathematics Committee . For a given student
and a given area, the Graduate Committee will
appoint a section of faculty whose
responsibility is to submit a list of topics and
references to the Graduate Committee and
the Applied Mathematics Committee for its
approval.
A student may take as many of the written
examinations as desired at any time these
exams are given subject to the following
conditions:
a. The exams to be taken must be approved
in advance by the student's supervisory
committee.
b. At most 4-n exams may be taken at any
one time, where n denotes the number of
exams previously passed by the student .
c. At mosttwo exams may be taken prior to
passing one language exam.
d. A student may take a collection of
written examinations a maximum of four
times, but no one failing five exams, counting
possible repetitions, will be permitted to take
another round of exams.
2. Pass an intensive exam in the field of
specialization. This exam will be given by a
committee appointed by the department head
at some time after the requirements in 1 . have
been met . A student may take this specialty
exam only twice.
3. The conditions for the doctoral degree
are to include a demonstrated proficiency in
one foreign language, normally from among
French, German, or Russian ; this
requirement is to be met prior to the
examination in the area of specialization . The
student's doctoral committee may require
that the student pass a second language
exam.
In addition, the department requires that
each student take a one year, 6000-level
course in mathematics outside of his/her area
of concentration . The use of the course
selected to fulfill this requirement must be
approved by the department head and either
the student's supervisory committee or the
student's Doctoral Committee . (Such
approval may occur after completion of the
course .)
The written exams mentioned in 1 . are
normally given twice each year, once in the
fall and once in the spring . The fall exams
usually are given before the fall quarter
begins, and the spring exams are given
during the spring quarter.
•3050 Elementary Probability and Statistical
Analysis (3) Combinatorial problems ; sample
spaces, sets, and events ; statistical independence;
axiomatic probability theory; random variables and
their distributions ; simple random processes . Prereq
: 1550-60 or equivalent . W, Sp
*3060 Elementary Statistical Analysis (3) Elementary
probability distributions used in statistics:
binomial, Poisson, and normal and their properties;
sampling theory ; confidence intervals and statistical
tests of hypotheses ; least squares and linear regression
. Prereq : 3050 or consent of instructor . Sp, Su
3090 Polynomials and Rings (3) Introduction to
abstract algebra, beginning with study of integers
followed by more general notion of rings, integral
domains, and fields. Emphasis is given to certain
ring theoretic properties shared by integers and
polynomial rings over certain fields . Prereq or
coreq : 3100 or consent of instructor.
3100 Logic and Sets (3) Elements of mathematical
logic ; elementary algebra of sets . Primarily for students
in the College of Education . Prereq : 1 yr of
college mathematics . Su
*3110 Real Number System (3) Laws of arithmetic;
rational and irrational numbers ; fields. Prereq : 1 yr
of college mathematics . Primarily for students in the
College of Education . Su
3140 Mathematical Modeling (3) Survey of construction
and development of mathematical models
used in science and industry . Markov chains, linear
optimization, graph theory, and differential and integral
equations, understanding of model and associated
scientific problem it approximates.
Projects emphasized . Prereq : 2840-50-60.
3150 Introduction to Numerical Algorithms and
Programming (3) (Same as Computer Science
3150 .) E
3155 Introduction to Numerical Algorithms (3)
(Same as Computer Science 3155 .) E
'These courses are sometimes offered in special summer
institutes for an 8-week period with 4 hrs credit . Such special
courses are designed 3051, 3061, etc .

3220 History of Mathematics (3) Survey of development
of various branches of mathematics, from ancient
to modern times . Prereq : 1860 or 2550 or
equivalent.
3310 Advanced Euclidean Geometry (3) Triangles
and circles, constructions, modern concepts . Prereq
: 1 yr of college mathematics . F
3320 Non-Euclidean Geometry (3) Foundations of
geometry . Elliptic and hyperbolic plane geometry.
Prereq : 1 yr of college mathematics . W
3330 Transformational Geometry (3) Fundamental
transformations in Euclidean geometry . Classification
of isometries and similarities ; symmetries of a
polygon ; inversions. Prereq : 1 yr of college mathematics.
Sp
3510 Intermediate Analysis (3) Primarily for students
in secondary mathematics education . Course
covers elementary calculus from advanced viewpoint
with emphasis on proofs of basic theorems.
Topics covered include limits of sequences and
functions, continuous functions, derivatives, definite
integral, and fundamental theorem of integral
calculus . Prereq : 1550-60 or 1860 . Su
3715 Discrete Structures (3) (Same as Computer
Science 3715 .) E
3720 Theory of Equations (3) Techniques for finding
roots of polynomial equations . Topics covered include
complex, integral, and rational roots, multiple
roots, separation of roots, Sturm's theorem,
Horner's method of approximating roots, and formulas
for quadratic, cubic, and biquadratic equations
. Prereq : 1 yr of college mathematics.
3725 Advanced Discrete Structures (3) (Same as
Computer Science 3725 .)
3780-90 Introduction to Combinatorial Theory (3, 3)
Introduction to problems of arrangement and selection
within discrete systems . Enumeration by recurrence
relations and generating functions, graph
theory, finite geometries and finite fields, partitions,
block designs. Prereq : 2860 or consent of instructor.
F ; W ; or W ; Sp
3810 How To Prove It (3) Course is designed to
improve understanding of nature and methods of
mathematical proof by means of practice and participation
in seminar setting . Variable content but
will include certain standard topics such as elementary
set theory, relations and functions, and mathematical
induction . Coreq : 2850 or 2560 . E
3920-30 Topology of Euclidean Spaces (3, 3) Topics
will include topology of line and plane, separation
properties, compactness, connectedness, completeness,
continuous functions, homeomorphisms,
continua, and topological invariants . Must be
taken in sequence . Prereq : 3810, 2868, or consent of
instructor . W, Sp
3990 Studies In Mathematics (1-4) Credit determined
at registration . Prereq : Consent of instructor.
May be repeated with consent of department.
Maximum 9 hrs.
4050 Matrix Algebra and Applications (3) Matrices,
elementary operations, systems of linear equations,
vector spaces, determinants, eigenvalues and
eigenvectors . Prereq : 2850 or 2560 or consent of
instructor. E
4060-70 Matrix Algebra and Applications (3, 3)
Eigenvalues and eigenvectors, singular values and
singular vectors, unitary and similarity transformations,
quadratic forms, vector and matrix norms,
Jordan canonical form, and related topics . Prereq:
2860 or 4050 . W ; Sp
4120 Linear Algebra (3) Abstract vector spaces,
linear transformations, and their matrices, systems
of linear equations and determinants, inner products,
and diagonalization of symmetric matrices.
Prereq : 2860 or 4050 . F
4150-60 Abstract Algebra (3, 3) Equivalence relations
and partitions, properties of integers, elementary
theory of groups and rings, polynomial rings,
integral domains, divisibility, unique factorization
domains, fields . Must be taken in sequence . Prereq:
2860 or 4050 . W ; Sp
4225 Numerical Solution to Equations and Numerical
Approximations (3) Numerical solution to equations
and numerical approximations . Introduction
to computation, instabilities, rounding errors . Solution
of a single nonlinear equation ; introduction to
iterative methods for linear and nonlinear systems.
Polynomial equations ; power and inverse power
methods for eigenvalues . Approximation by
polynomials, piecewise polynomials, trigonometric
and rational functions . Prereq : 3150 or 3155 . (Same
as Computer Science 4225 .) F, W
4235 Numerical Methods for Ordinary Differential
Equations (3) Interpolation by polynomials and
piecewise polynomials ; quadrature ; single-step and
multi-step methods for differential equations . Stability,
consistency and convergence . Current algorithms,
variable step and order ; stiff systems.
Boundary value problems . Prereq : 3150 or 3155 and
4610 or 4225 . (Same as Computer Science 4235 .) W,
Sp
4245 Numerical Linear Algebra (3) Review of vectors,
matrices, norms . Direct methods for linear
equations . Iterative methods for large, sparse problems
. Orthogonal decompositions, least squares,
and the algebraic eigenvalue problem . Prereq : 3150
or 3155, and 4060 . (Same as Computer Science
4245 .) Sp, F
4250 Elementary Complex Variables (3) Complex
numbers, Cauchy-Riemann equations, elementary
functions, Cauchy's theorem and formula, Taylor
and Laurent series, residues and their applications.
Prereq : 2860 ; one 4000-level mathematics course
recommended . F, Sp, Su
4510-20-30 Introduction to Analysis (3, 3, 3) Real
number system, functions, sequences, limits, continuity,
uniform continuity, differentiation, integration
. Functions of several variables, implicit function
theory . Multiple integrals, infinite series, sequences
and series of functions, uniform convergence,
Taylor series. Should be taken in sequence . Prereq:
2860 . F, Su ; W ; Sp
4540 Infinite Series and Functions of Several Variables
(3) General theory, power series and Taylor's
formula, uniform convergence. Partial differentiation
and maxima and minima for functionsof several
variables . LaGrange multipliers . Prereq : 2860.
4550 Partial Differential Equations (3) Fourier
series ; Fourier integrals ; orthogonal functions ; the
vibrating string ; solution by series ; heat flow . Bessel
functions . Prerq : 2860 .Recommended : 4610 or
4710 . E
4610-20-30 Ordinary Differential Equations (3, 3, 3)
4610-Linear first- and second-order equations.
Power series solutions and Legendre polynomials.
Regular singular points, Frobenius method, and
Bessel equations. Systems of linear differential
equations and the matrix exponential . 4620-
Numerical methods for ordinary differential equations
including one-step methods (Euler, Runge-
Kutta) for initial value problems, multistep methods,
A-stability, and two point boundary value problems.
4630-Special topics which may include existence
and uniqueness, oscillation theory, Liapunov stability,
singular perturbations, and asymptotic solutions.
Prereq : 4610 : 2860 or 4050 ; 4620 : 4050 or
2860 ; and 3150 and 3155; 4630 : 4610 or consent of
instructor . E ; W ; Sp
4640 Calculus of Finite Differences (3) Real difference
equations, applications to problems in engineering
and physics . Prereq or coreq : 4610.
4650-60-70 Introduction to Mathematical Statistics
(3, 3, 3) Introduction to probability ; discrete and
continuous distributions ; correlation, regression,
and statistical independence ; foundations of sampling
theory ; significance tests . Must be taken in
sequence . Prereq : 2860 . F ; W ; Sp
4710 Vector Analysis (3) Fundamental operations,
basis vectors, dot and cross products, directional
derivatives, divergence and curl of vector fields, line
and surface integrals, divergence theorem of Gauss,
and Stokes's theorem . Prereq : 2860 . E
4750-60-70 Introductory Probability Theory (3, 3, 3)
4750-Elementary combinatorial analysis, probabilities
in discrete sample spaces, conditional
probability and stochastic independence, binomial,
Poisson, hypergeometric and normal distributions.
4760-Expectation, conditional expectation and
characteristic function of random variables, infinite
sequences of random variables, the weak and
strong laws of large numbers, and the central limit
College of Liberal Arts 119
theorem . 4770-Markov chains ; limiting probabilities
; steadystate and stationary distributions.
Stochastic processes : Poisson, birth and death processes
; Kolmogorov equations . Prereq : 2840-50-60
F, W, Sp
*4810 Elementary Number Theory (3) Divisibility;
congruences ; theorems of Fermat and Wilson,
primitive roots ; indices, quadratic reciprocity . Prereq
: 2860 or consent of instructor . Su
4980 Readings in Mathematics (1-3) Open to
superior students with consent of department head.
Independent study with faculty guidance . May be
repeated. Maximum 9 hrs.
4990 Studies In Mathematics (1-4) Credit determined
at registration . Prereq : Recommendation of
Mathematics Department faculty member and consent
of department . May be repeated . Maximum 9
hrs.
5000 Thesis (1-15) E
5002 Non-Thesis Graduation Completion (3-15)
Required for the non-thesis student not otherwise
registered during any quarter when such a student
uses university facilities and/or faculty time before
degree is completed . May not be used toward degree
requirements . May be repeated . S/NC only . E
••5011 Elementary Functions from an Advanced
Standpoint for Teachers (3-4) Order and completeness
axioms of real numbers ; limits of sequences.
derivatives of functions ; definitions and derivatives
of exponential, logarithmic and trigonometric functions
; infinite series ; convergence ; Taylor's and
Maclaurin's series ; applications to construction of
logarithmic and trigonometric tables . Prereq : 3510
or 3110 or consent of instructor.
`•5012 Differential Geometry for Teachers (3-4) Advanced
techniques applied to graphing functions.
Curves, surfaces, parametrizations, singular points,
tangent lines and tangent planes, osculating planes.
arc length of curves in plane and curves on surface,
curvature, torsion, asymptotes, local coordinates.
Frenet formulas . Prereq : 1 yr of calculus, or consent
of instructor.
•*5013 Geometry for Teachers (3-4) Primarily for
high school teachers of geometry . Historical and
modern presentations of topics encountered in a
high school geometry class : axioms, synthetic and
metric ; models ; betweenness ; congruence of segments
and triangles ; parallel postulate ; similarity;
area ; ruler and compass constructions ; Klein's Erlangen
Program . Prereq : Consent of instructor.
••5014 Analysis for Teachers (3-4) Functions of
several variables, vectors, limits and continuity, partial
derivatives, directional derivatives and gradient,
implicit function theorem, maxima and minima.
transformations. Prereq : 3510 or consent of instructor.
••5015 Probability and Statistical Inference for
Teachers (3-4) Probability distributions including
binomial, hypergeometric, and Poisson ; moment
generating functions ; expectation of continuous
random variables ; moment generating functions of
uniform and normal distributions . Sampling including
Chi-square, F, and t distributions ; interval estimation
of means and variances ; simple hypothesis
testing . Prereq : 1 yr of calculus and 3050 or consent
of instructor.
5050-60-70 Mathematical Logic (3, 3, 3) Truth functions
; syntax and semantics of some propositional
theory; Gentzen's sequence-calculus and systems
of natural deduction ; algebraic logic ; syntax and
semantics of first order theories ; elementary model
and recursion theory ; consistency, completeness,
decidability.
5051 Introductory Business Mathematics (3)
Graphing of simple equations, straight lines, circle.
parabola, functions, algebra of functions, limits.
continuity, derivatives of algebra functions, applications
to maxima and minima, convexity and concavity,
implicit differentiation, chain rule, higher derivatives,
and applications . Credit available only to
"This course is intended for students in the Master of
Mathematics program and for students in graduate
programs in education . It may not be applied as graduate
credit toward the M .A . or M .S . degree in Mathematics .

120 College of Liberal Arts
satisfy MBA core requirement . Prereq : Math 1550 or
equivalent.
5052 Mathematics for Business Decisions (3) Exponential
function, applications to growth and
decay models, antiderivatives, integration as area,
fundamental theorem of calculus, method of substitution,
integral tables, integration by parts,
Simpson's rule, improper integrals, applications,
functions of two variables, partial derivatives, integration
over simple regions, applications, introductory
matrix algebra, application to solution of simultaneous
equations . Credit available only to satisfy
MBA core requirement. Prereq : Math 5051 or equivalent.
5110-20-30 Theory of Functions of a Complex Variable
(3, 3, 3) Complex numbers ; infinite series ; analytic
functions ; conformal mapping ; analytic continuation
; special functions : Riemann surfaces . Prereq
: 4510-20 for 5110 ; 4530 for 5120 . Must be taken
in sequence . F, W, Sp
5150 Foundations of Analysis (3) Development of
integral, rational, real, and complex number system
from Peano axioms . Prereq : 4510-20.
5160 Foundations of Analysis (3) Propositional
functions and classes ; Boolean algebra . Cardinal
and ordinal arithmetic . Prereq : 4510-20.
5170 Foundations of Analysis(3) Linear continuum.
Point sets in Euclidean spaces . Prereq : 4510-20.
5210-20-30 Theory of Functions of a Real Variable
(3, 3, 3) 5210-Abstract measure spaces, Lebesgue
measure and integration, comparison and Lebesgue
and Riemann integrals, Lebesgue dominated
convergence theorem, Lusin's theorem, Lp spaces.
Vitali Covering Lemma, Lebesgue's Fundamental
Theorem of Calculus . 5220-Banach spaces, Riesz
representation theorems, Hahn-Banach, open mapping,
closed graph and Banach-Steinhaus
theorems . 5230-Absolutely continuous functions
and functions of bounded variation, Radon-
Nikodym theorem . Hahn-Jordan decomposition,
product measures and Fubini theorem . F, W, A
5250-60 Applied Linear Analysis (3, 3) Introduction
to metric and normal linear spaces . Hilbert spaces,
linear bounded and unbounded operators, spectral
theory . Applications to differential and integral
equations, optimization theory, numerical analysis
quantum mechanics . Prereq : 5210 . Must be taken in
sequence . W, Sp, A
5270 Stability Theory and Liapunov's Direct
Method (3) Concept of stability for ordinary differential
equations . Theorems of Liapunov . Domain of
asymptotic stability . Examples from mechanical and
electrical systems . Routh-Hurwitz condition and
Aizerman's problem . Absolute stability and application
to control theory . Prereq : 4530 and 4610, or
4550.
5310-20-30 Introduction to Higher Geometry (3, 3, 3)
Projective spaces ; coordinates and transformations
; conics and quadrics . Elliptic and hyperbolic
geometry from viewpoint of projective geometry.
Prereq : 4150-60 . Must be taken in sequence.
5370-80-90 Mathematical Principles of Fluid Me
chanics (3, 3, 3) Equations of motion, incompressible
flows, flows of compressible perfect gases,
shock waves in perfect fluids, viscous flows and
boundary layer phenomena, additional special topics
. Prereq : 4530 or 4710 or consent of instructor . A
5430 Integral Equations (3) Solution of integral
equations by methods of Fredholm, Volterra, and
Hilbert . Prereq : 4510-20-30.
5440 Calculus of Variations (3) Function spaces,
variation of functional, strong and weak extrema,
necessary conditions for extremum-Euler's equation
. Variational problems in parametric form, functionals
depending on higher-order derivatives . Broken
extremals-Weierstrass-Erdmann conditions.
Quadratic functionals, second variation of functional,
Legendre's condition, conjugate points,
Jacobi's condition, sufficient conditions for weak
extremum . Prereq : 45102030 and 4610. Su
5450-60-70 Introduction to Partial Differential
Equations (3, 3,3) Linear second-order equations in
two variables ; properties of elliptic, hyperbolic and
parabolic equations, separation of variables, and
Fourier series, nonhomogeneous problems, problems
in higher dimensions, multiple Fourier series,
Fourier and Laplace transforms. Prereq : 4510-20-30
and 4610 or consent of instructor. F, W, Sp ; A
5455 Finite Difference Methods for Partial Differential
Equations (3) Finite difference techniques for
solution of parabolic, elliptic, and hyperbolic equations
. Computer implementation, stability, consistency
and convergence ; nonlinear problems;
curved boundaries ; solution of linear systems. Prereq
: 3150 or 3155, and one 4000-level mathematics
course . (Same as Computer Science 5455 .) F
5465 Finite Element Methods (3) Finite element
techniques for solution of ordinary and partial differential
equations . Variational principles, local
bases, rates of convenience, and computer implementation
. Prereq : 3150 or 3155, and 4225 or
consent of instructor . (Same as Computer Science
5465 .)
5475 Advanced Topics In Numerical Partial Differential
Equations (3) Finite element methods for
eigenvalue problems, IV problems, BV problems
with singularities . Other topics, such as special
methods, further study of finite difference methods,
etc . at discretion of instructor . Prereq : 5455-65.
(Same as Computer Science 5475.) Sp
5480-90 Mathematical Programming (3, 3) Optimization
of functions or variables subject to constraints
. Prereq : 3150, 4060 and 4530 . W, Sp
5510-20-30 Introduction to Higher Algebra (3, 3, 3)
Algebraic systems : groups, rings, integral domains,
fields . Must be taken in sequence . F, W, Sp, A
5540 Gaiois Theory (3) Fields and their extensions,
separable and normal extensions, algebraic closure,
groups of automorphisms, fundamental
theorem, solvability of equations, by radicals . Prereq
or coreq : 5520.
5560-70-80 Theory of Matrices In Numerical
Analysis (3, 3, 3) 5560-Fundamental matric identities
and inequalities : Factorization theorems, generalized
reciprocals, Hadamard inequalities,
Lanczos reductions . 5570-Vector and matrix
norms, convergence, domains of inclusion and exclusion
of roots of matrices; the field of values;
minimax and maximin theorems for Hermitian matrices
; Kantorovic inequalities . 5580-Computational
methods for inverting matrices, direct and
by successive approximation ; methods of reduction
to normal form ; successive approximation to roots
of matrices ; measures of error . Prereq : Consent of
instructor.
5590 Theory of Rings (3) Direct and subdirect sums
of rings, prime and maximal ideals ; modules and
rings of endomorphisms ; radicals ; Wedderburn-
Artin structure theory . Prereq : 5520.
5610-20-30 Mathematical Methods in Physics (3, 3,
3) (Same as Physics 5610.20. 30 .) F, W, Sp
5640 Numerical Methods in Physics (3) (Same as
Physics 5640 .)
5655-65-75 Numerical Mathematics (3, 3, 3)
Analysis of direct and iterative methods for solution
of linear algebraic equations ; linear least squares
problem . Theory of difference equations and numerical
methods for ordinary differential equations.
Systems of nonlinear equations and nonlinear least
squares problem . Numerical quadrature . Polynomial
and rational approximation theory . Prereq:
4225-35-45 or consent of instructor . (Same as Computer
Science 5655-65-75.) F, W, Sp
5710-20-30 Tensor Analysis (3, 3, 3) Absolute differential
calculus in three-dimensional Euclidean
space ; differential geometry of curves and surfaces;
applications to physics ; extension to n-dimensional
space . Prereq : Major in mathematics or physics.
Must be taken in sequence.
5750-60-70 Advanced Mathematical Statistics (3, 3,
3) Distribution functions and mathematical expectation
. Standard univariate and multivariate theoretical
distribution and its characteristic functions.
Modern sampling theory of statistical inference, topics
from sequential analysis . Prereq : 4510-20-30.
Must be taken in sequence . F, W, Sp, A
5775 Combinatorial Algorithms (3) (Same as Computer
Science 5775 .)
5810-20-30 Number Theory (3, 3, 3) Arithmetic functions,
distribution of primes, Diophantine equations,
approximation theory, Shnirelman density and
Mann's theorem, quadratic forms, Dirichlet's
theorem, prime number theorem . Prereq or coreq:
5510 for 5810 ; 5520 for 5820.
5840-50-60 Mathematical Ecology (3, 3, 3) Discrete
and continuous models in ecology . Population,
community, and ecosystem models from qualitative
modeling perspective . Physical environmental
modeling effects in ecosystems . Specific ecosystem
models ; predator-prey, competition, parasite-host,
food chains, and food webs . Stochastic growth
models, random model effects . Comparison of
stochastic with deterministic models . Prereq for
5840-50 : 4610, 4050 or consent of instructor; prereq
for 5860 : 4750 or 4650 or consent of instructor.
5870-80-90 Introduction to Ordinary Differential
Equations (3, 3, 3) Existence, uniqueness, extendability,
continuity of solutions ; linear equations,
power series, Frobenius methods for regular singular
equations ; Poincare-Bendixon theory, stability of
critical points ; boundary value problems for linear
systems ; regular and singular perturbation theory
for nonlinear systems . Prereq : 4610, 4050, 4510-20-
30. F, W, Sp, A
5910-20-30 Elementary Topology (3, 3, 3) Topological
spaces ; metrization, homeomorphic invariants
of point sets ; structure of Peano continua . Mapping;
homotopy . Introduction to combinatorial topology.
F, W, Sp, A
5970-80 Mathematical Systems Theory (3, 3) Analytical
approach to discrete and continuous dynamical
systems, fundamentals of control theory, linear
problems, linear perturbation theory, nonlinear
analysis, sensitivity and stability aspects, applications
to ecological systems, role of dynamical
systems in ecological modeling, optimal control
problems . Prereq : 4610, 4050, 4510 or consent of
instructor. F, W, A
5990 Graduate Reading in Mathematics (1-3) Open
to graduate students with consent of department
head . Independent study with faculty guidance . May
be repeated . Maximum 9 hrs.
5991 Seminar Analysis (1-3)
5992 Seminar Topology (1-3)
5993 Seminar Algebra (1-3)
5994 Seminar Foundations (1-3)
5995 Seminar Applied Mathematics (1-3) May be
taken for S/NC or letter grade.
NOTE : Registration for seminars may be repeated with
consent of department.
6000 Doctoral Research and Dissertation (3-15) E
6210-20-30 Functional Analysis (3, 3, 3) Topological
vector spaces, Frechet spaces, bounded linear
transformations, seminorms, Banach-Steinhaus
and Banach-Alaoglu theorems, weak topologies,
Krein-Milman theorem, Banach spaces and their
duals, Goldstein's theorem ; distributions, weak derivatives,
n-dimensional Fourier transforms,
Paley-Wiener theorems, Sobolev spaces, theorems
of Malgrange, Ehrenpreis and Lax ; Banach algebras,
Gelfand transforms, Gelfand-Naimark
theorem, the spectral theorem for normal operators.
6450-60-70 Partial Differential Equations (3, 3, 3)
Advanced topics in classical and modern theoretical
partial differential equations . Prereq or coreq:
5110-20-30 and 521020-30 or consent of instructor.
6510-20-30 Modem Algebra (3, 3, 3) Intensive study
of some major branch of algebraic theory . Subject
matter will vary according to interests and preparation
of students. Prereq : 55102030.
6540-50-60 Theory of Semigroups (3, 3) Congruences
and homomorphisms ; ideal theory; representations,
decompositions, and extensions ; free,
regular, inverse, simple, and completely simple
semigroups. Prereq : 5520.
6570 Theory of Groups (3) Structure of groups, free
groups, nilpotence and solvability, extensions and
products, permutation groups, abelian groups . Prereq
: 5520.
6610-20-30 Advanced Ordinary Differential Equations
(3, 3, 3) Theory of ordinary differential equations
from advanced viewpoint . Topics from current

literature . Subject matter varies according to interests
and preparations of students . Prereq or coreq:
2610 or 4610, 4150-60, and 5110-20-30 or 5210-20-30
or consent of instructor.
6750-60-70 Probability Theory (3, 3, 3) Treatment of
abstract probability theory in modern sense as
branch of measure theory . Probability spaces, random
variables, general theory of distribution functions
and their characteristic functions . Independent
variables and central limit problem ; dependent
random variables. Second order and stationary
stochastic processes and theory of linear prediction
. Prereq : 5210-20-30 . Must be taken in sequence.
6810-20-30 Topological Algebra (3, 3, 3) Topics
chosen from topological semigroups, topological
groups . Lie groups ; transformation groups ; topological
lattices ; relations in topological spaces;
topological rings, fields, algebras . Prereq or coreq:
5910-20. 30.
6910-20-30 Modern Topology (3, 3, 3) Technical
background to current literature in topology . Topics
vary from year to year.
6940-50-60 Introduction to Algebraic Topology (3,
3, 3) Homology, cohomology, and homotopy
theories . Homology and cohomology groups, the
Eilenberg-Steenrod axioms, cup and cap products,
duality theorems, homotopy equivalence, higher
homotopy groups, fiber spaces, spectral sequences.
Prereq : 4160 and 5920.
6991 Seminar Analysis (1-3)
6992 Seminar Topology (1-3)
6993 Seminar Algebra (1-3)
6994 Seminar Foundations (1-3)
6995 Seminar Applied Mathematics (1-3)
6996 Seminar in Numerical Mathematics (1-3)
NOTE : Registration for 6000-level courses may be repeated
with consent of department.
Microbiology
MAJOR DEGREES
Microbiology M .S ., Ph .D.
Professors:
A. Brown (Head), Ph .D . Chicago ; R . W. Beck,
Ph .D . Wisconsin ; J . M . Becker, Ph .D.
Cincinnati ; T. C . Montie, Ph .D . Maryland;
J . O . Mundt, Ph .D. Michigan State;
W. S . Riggsby, Ph .D . Yale;
B. T. Rouse, Ph .D . Guelph (Canada);
J . M . Woodward, Ph .D . Kansas ; C . J. Wust,
Ph .D . Indiana.
Associate Professors:
R. J . Courtney, Ph .D . Syracuse ; R . V. Miller,
Ph .D . Illinois.
Assistant Professors:
D . A . Bemis, Ph .D . Cornell ; D . A . Brian, Ph .D .,
D .V.M . Michigan State ; G . S . Sayler, Ph .D . Idaho.
Lecturers:
H. 1 . Adler, Ph .D . Cornell ; B. B . Bellomy, M .D.
Georgetown ; W . Farkas, Ph .D . Duke;
B . B. Lozzio, M .D . Buenos Aires ; C . L . Lozzio,
M .D . Buenos Aires ; R. W. Tennant, Ph .D.
Georgetown.
Students planning to major in Microbiology
are expected to present, as undergraduate
prerequisites, a minimum of one year of
biology, one year of mathematics including
calculus, two years of chemistry and one year
of physics.
The student's dissertation committee
determines whether a foreign language is
required for the doctoral degree.
3810 Food Bacteriology (3) Standard methods for
examination, cultivation, and identification of bacteria
associated with food fermentation and food
spoilage . Prereq : 2910 or 3700 and Chemistry 2230
or 3211 . Sp
3819 Food Bacteriology Laboratory (2) Laboratory
methods for examination, cultivation, and identification
of bacteria associated with food fermentation
and food spoilage . Prereq : 2919 or 3519 . Coreq:
3810 . Sp
3820 Yeast and Molds (3) Morphology, taxonomy,
and physiology of yeasts, actinomycetes, and fungi
of industrial importance . Prereq : 2910 or 3700, or
consent of instructor . W
3829 Yeasts and Molds Laboratory (2) Laboratory
methods for examination and cultivation of yeasts
and molds. Prereq : 2919 or 3519. Coreq : 3820. W
4110 Physiology of Bacteria (3) Modern concepts of
bacterial physiology and metabolism including cell
structures and function . Prereq : 3700 and 12 hrs of
organic chemistry . W
4119 Bacterial Physiology Laboratory (2) Prereq:
3519 . Coreq : 4110 . W
4130 Taxonomy of Bacteria (3) Bacterial classification
. Prereq : 3700 and 3519 . F
4140 Molecular Genetics (3) Transmission and expression
of genetic information at the molecular
level . Emphasis is on bacterial and viral systems, but
unique features of eukaryotic genetic systems are
included . Prereq : 3700 or consent of instructor . Sp
4149 Techniques in Microbial Genetics (2) Practical
experience in basic techniques in experimentation
in microbial genetics . Coreq : 4140. Sp
4150 Microbial Ecology (3) Application of ecological
principles to study of microbial communities . Emphasis
on functional role of microorganisms in natural
environments . Prereq : 3700, 1 yr of organic
chemistry, Biology 3130, or consent of instructor . Sp
4159 Experimental Microbial Ecology (3) Survey of
techniques for assessment of microbial forms, functions,
activities, and interactions in a variety of
habitats . Prereq : 3519 . Coreq : 4150 or consent of
instructor . 1 hr and 2 labs . Sp
4270 Immunology (3) Principles of inflammation
and immunity, immunoglobulin structure and
theories of formation, complement, hypersensitivities,
cell cooperation in immune mechanisms,
abnormalities of the immune system . Prereq : Biology
3120. (Same as Zoology 4270.) F
4279 Advanced Immunology Laboratory (2) Laboratory
exercises designed to accompany 4270 . Prereq
or coreq : 4270 . F
4320 Pathogenic Bacteriology (3) Disease producing
microorganisms including bacteria, rickettsia,
and chlamydia . Prereq : 3200. W
4329 Pathogenic Bacteriology Laboratory (2)
Techniques for isolation, cultivation, and identification
of pathogenic bacteria . Prereq : 3200 . Coreq:
4320 . W
4330 Medical Mycology (3) Disease-causing fungi;
cytology ; physiology, pathogenesis and immunity;
emphasis on methodology of isolation and identification
. Prereq : 3700 . Sp
4339 Medical Mycology Laboratory (2) Prereq:
3519 . Coreq : 4330 . Sp
4420 Molecular Virology (3) Molecular aspects of
the replication, assembly and expression of viruses,
with emphasis on bacteriophage. Prereq : 3700 . F
4430 Medical Virology (3) General virology with emphasis
on medical aspects . Prereq : 3200. W
4439 Medical Virology Laboratory (2) Laboratory
procedures for isolation, handling and culturing of
animal viruses. Prereq : 3519 . Coreq : 4430 . W
5000 Thesis (1-15) E
5002 Non-Thesis Graduation Completion (3-15)
Required for the non-thesis student not otherwise
registered during any quarter when such a student
uses university facilities and/or faculty time before
degree is completed . May not be used toward degree
requirements . May be repeated . S/NC only . E
5011-12-13-14-15-16 Mini-course in Microbiology
(1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1) Selected, advanced topics in microbiology,
concentrated in time and subject matter
. Consult departmental listing for topics offered.
Prereq : as posted . May be repeated . Maximum 9 hrs.
S/NC only.
5130 Topics in Taxonomy (3) Isolation, cultivation
and taxonomic relationships of schizomycetes, emphasis
upon less frequently encountered orders.
Prereq : 4130. 3 labs .
College of Liberal Arts 121
5310 Selected Topics in Microbiological Research
(3) Literature surveys and laboratory methods for
development and interpretation of microbiological
research . May be repeated.
5350 Advanced Microbiology for Secondary Education
Instructors (4) Major bacterial populations
encountered in natural habitats ; laboratory
methods for isolation and characterization of naturally
occurring microorganisms . Prereq : Consent of
instructor and introductory course in microbiology
and general chemistry . Not for degree credit in microbiology
. Su
5360 Topics in Immunology and Immunochemistry
(4) Molecular and genetic aspects of immunoglobulin
synthesis . Theoretical and practical exercise in
immunochemistry . Prereq: 4270, Biochemistry
4110-20 or equivalent.
5441-42-43-44-45-46 Clinical Microbiology (6, 6, 6, 6,
6, 6) Six quarters, 6 quarter hrs each consisting of
lectures and clinical laboratory experience . Enrollment
by consent of department head.
5510-20-30 Research Problems (3, 3, 3)
5720 Microbial Physiology (3) Lectures and seminars
dealing with current advances in bacterial
physiology including growth and cell structure . Prereq
: 4110 ; Biochemistry 4110-20.
5730 Pathogenesis of Infectious Disease (3) Host
response to infection . Derangement of hostmetabolism
stimulated by microbial invasion,
exotoxins, endotoxins and other factors related to
virulence . Alteration of genetic and hormonal controls
resulting from progressive infection . Prereq:
4320.
5750 The Oncogenic Viruses (3) Lectures and special
laboratory exercises dealing with known tumorinducing
viruses . Prereq : 4430 or consent of instructor
. 2 hrs and 1 lab.
5760 The Bacterial Viruses (3) Lectures and discussions
dealing with bacterial viruses with emphasis
on the biological and chemical consequences of
bacteriophage infection . Text supplemented by
readings from literature . Prereq : 4420; Biochemistry
4110-20.
5819 Molecular Genetics Laboratory (3) Principles
and methods of research in molecular genetics.
Fundamental genetics concepts (mutation, complementation,
recombination) at molecular level.
Studies of lactose operon of Escherichia coll . Prereq
: 4140 and Biochemistry 4110-20 or consent of
instructor.
5820 Microbiology of Foods (3) Lectures and seminars
dealing with current advances and selected
topics in food microbiology with emphasis on analytical
methods, safety and preservation . Prereq:
3810; Biochemistry 4110-20. Recommended prereq:
Food Technology 4920.
5850 Seminar In History of Microbiology (1) Microbiologists
and their achievements from Pasteur to
present . S/NC only.
5910-20-30 General Seminar (1, 1, 1) Reviews of
current literature . May be repeated with consent of
department . S/NC only . E
6000 Doctoral Research and Dissertation (3-15) E
6310 Seminar in Immunology (1) Readings and discussions
based on current literature . May be repeated
. S/NC only . E
6320 Seminar in Microbial Pathogenesis (1)
Readings and discussions based on current literature
. May be repeated . S/NC only . F, W, Sp
6330 Seminar In Microbial Physiology (1) Readings
and discussions based on current literature . May be
repeated . S/NC only . E
6340 Seminar in Microbial Genetics (1) Readings
and discussions based on current literature . May be
repeated . S/NC only . E
6350 Seminar in Virology (1) Readings and discussions
of current literature . May be repeated with
consent of department . S/NC only . E
6360 Seminar in Filamentous Fungi (1) Readings
and discussions based on current literature . May be
repeated . Maximum 9 hrs. S/NC only . F, W, Sp

122 College of Liberal Arts
6370 Current Topics in Environmental Microbiology
(2) Reading, discussions, and critical evaluation
of current literature . May be repeated . Maximum 8
hrs . S/NC only . F
6410 Concepts of Immunity (3) Discussion and
readings of recent advances in immunobiology and
immunopathobiology.
6420 Current Topics in Biological Membrane Research
(1) (Same as Biochemistry 6420 .)
6720 Advanced Topics in Microbial Physiology (3)
Prereq : 5720 . May be repeated with consent of department.
6730 Advanced Topics in Microbial Pathogenesis
(3) Prereq : 5730. May be repeated with consent of
department.
6740 Advanced Topics in Virology (3) Prereq : 4420
or 4430 . May be repeated with consent of department.
6760 Advanced Topics In Microbial Genetics (3)
Prereq : 6340. May be repeated with consent of department.
6810-20-30 Problem Seminar (1, 1, 1) Research
problems and methods, critical analysis of experimental
data and validity of conclusions . May be repeated
with consent of department . S/NC only.
Music
MAJOR DEGREES
Music M .M ., M .A.
Professors:
W. J . Starr, (Acting Head), M . M . Eastman;
W. P . Carter, D.M .A . Eastman ; G . F. DeVine,
Diploma, Schurz (Chicago) ; W. Dorn, M .A.
Columbia ; H. W. Fred, Ph .D . North Carolina;
A . G . Holford, M . M . Northwestern ; C . R. Huber,
Ph .D . North Carolina ; J . J. Meacham, M . M.
Northwestern ; D . L . Neuen, M . M . Ball State;
D . M. Pederson, Ph .D . Iowa ; E . H . Zambara,
M . M . New England Conservatory.
Associate Professors:
G . C. Bitzas, M .M . Converse ; W. Bommelje,
M .M . Tulsa ; J . P . Brock, M .M . Alabama;
J. Coker, M .A. Sam Houston ; F . M. Combs, M .A.
Missouri ; M . Fraley, B . M . Oberlin ; D . Hough,
M .M . Tennessee ; A. E. Johnson, D .M .A.
Stanford ; S . R . Mabry, M .M . Tennessee;
L. W. Michalopulos, M .A. Columbia;
W. P . Scarlett, M .M . Louisiana State;
S . E. Young, Ph .D. North Carolina.
Assistant Professors:
F. Adams, M .M . Tennessee ; P . Horodysky, M .M.
Manhattan Sch . of Music ; K. Jacobs, D .M .A.
Texas : J. Lennon, M .M . Michgian;
K. McClelland, M .A. Columbia ; E . E . Niedens,
M .M Cleveland Institute of Music;
D . Northington, M .M . Cincinnati ; G . Teachey,
D .M .A . Florida State.
The Department of Music offers the
degrees of Master of Music with
concentrations in performance, composition,
theory, choral conducting, Suzuki string
techniques, and piano literature, and the
Master of Arts with a major in Music with
concentrations in theory and musicology.
Applicants for these degree programs must
have completed an undergraduate degree
approximately equivalent in music
requirements to those required in degrees
conferred by The University of Tennessee,
Knoxville, appropriate to the prospective area
of concentration on the Master's level.
Applicants who plan to pursue the degree
in performance (applied music) are required
to audition before the appropriate area
committee . Applicants for admission to the
program in composition must submit scores
and tape recordings of representative works.
All applicants are required to take the
Diagnostic Examinations in music theory and
music history and literature.
General requirements for the Master's
degree begin on page 19 of this catalog .
THE MASTER OF MUSIC PROGRAM
Voice : 45 hours distributed as follows : (a)
12 hours in applied music, (b) 9 hours in
music history/literature or music theory, (c) 6
hours in vocal pedagogy, and (d) 3 hours in
recital or lecture-recital, (e) 3 hours in
ensemble, and (f) 12 hours in elective
(excluding applied music and ensemble).
Piano : 45 hours distributed as follows : (a)
12 hours in applied music, (b) 9 hours in piano
literature and/or pedagogy, (c) 3 hours in
music research, (d) 6 hours in music theory,
(e) 3 hours in ensemble or accompanying, (f) 6
hours in music history/literature, (g) 3 hours
in recital, and (h) 3 hours in music electives.
Piano Literature : 45 hours distributed as
follows : (a) 12 hours in applied music, (b) 12
hours in piano literature and/or pedagogy, (c)
3 hours in music research, (d) 6 hours in
music theory, (e) 3 hours in ensemble or
accompanying, (f) 6 hours in music
history/literature, and (g) 3 hours in recital.
Organ : 45 hours distributed as follows : (a)
12 hours in applied music, (b) 6 hours in organ
literature and/or pedagogy, (c) 3 hours in
music research, (d) 9 hours in music theory,
(e) 3 hours in recital, (f) 6 hours in music
history/literature, and (g) 6 hours in music
electives.
Strings : 45 hours distributed as follows : (a)
12 hours in applied music, (b) 6 hours in area
literature and/or pedagogy, (c) 3 hours in
research techniques, (d) 6 hours in ensemble,
(e) 3 hours in theory, (f) 3 hours in recital, and
(g) 12 hours in music electives.
Wind and Percussion Instruments : 45
hours distributed as follows : (a) 12 hours in
applied music, (b) 6 hours in area literature,
(c) 3 hours in music research, (d) 3 hours in
advanced conducting, (e) 3 hours in music
theory, (f) 3-6 hours in ensemble, (g) 3 hours
in recital, and (h) 9-12 hours in music
electives.
Composition : 45 hours distributed as
follows : (a) 9 hours in applied composition,
(b) 3 hours in music research, (c) 15 hours in
music theory, (d) 6 hours in music
history/literature, (e) 9 hours in thesis, and (f)
3 hours in electives.
Music Theory: 45 hours distributed as
follows : (a) 18 hours in music theory, (b) 3
hours in music research, (c) 6 hours in music
history/literature, (d) 9 hours in thesis, and (e)
9 hours in electives.
Choral Conducting : 45 hours distributed as
follows : (a) 6 hours in conducting, (b) 6 hours
in choral literature/techniques, (c) 3 hours in
music research, (d) 9 hours in theory, (e) 6
hours in ensemble, (f) 3 hours in choral
conducting performance or document, and
(g) 12 hours in electives.
Suzuki String Techniques : 45 hours
distributed as follows : (a) 12 hours in applied
music, (b) 6 hours in Suzuki
literature/techniques, (c) 3 hours in music
research, (d) 3 hours in music theory, (e) 3
hours in recital, (f) 6 hours in ensemble, and
(g) 12 hours in electives.
THE MASTER OF ARTS PROGRAM
Music Theory: 45 hours distributed as
follows : (a) 18 hours in theory, (b) 3 hours in
music research, (c) 9 hours in music
history/literature, (d) 9 hours in thesis ; and (e)
6 hours in electives.
Musicology : 45 hours distributed as
follows: (a) 21 hours in music
history/literature, (b) 3 hours in music
research, (c) 6 hours in theory, (d) 9 hours in
thesis, and (e) 6 hours in electives.
A reading knowledge of French or German
must be demonstrated by candidates for the
Master of Arts degree.
Specific course requirements will be
prescribed by the department for all degree
programs and elective courses must have the
approval of the student's advisor.
3041 Keyboard Harmony (2) Melody harmonization,
figured bass realization, and improvisation . Prereq:
1131-33, and keyboard proficiency at the 2000 level.
3114-24 Choral Arranging (3, 3) Analysis of scores
and writing of arrangements for choruses . 3114male
and female chorus ; 3124-mixed chorus . Prereq
: 3112 or consent of instructor.
3122 Orchestration (3) Advanced techniques in instrumental
writing with emphasis on scoring for the
concert orchestra . Prereq : 3112 or consent of instructor.
3230 The Concerto (3) Survey of literature from
seventeenth century to present.
3240 The Symphony (3) Survey of symphonic literature
from precursors of classical symphony to
present.
3260 Chamber Music (3) Survey of chamber music
from 1750 to present.
3271-81 History of Opera (3, 3) Dramatic, vocal and
orchestral elements in opera of Italian, French, and
German School . 3271-1600-1800 ; 3281-1800 to
present.
3340 Oratorio (3) Choral works other than those
appropriate for use in church.
3950 Evolution of Jazz (3) Study of origin, development
and styles of jazz music and its exponents.
4007-17-27 String Techniques (1, 1, 1) Problems of
string playing, development of string techniques,
styles and interpretation, program building . Prereq:
Consent of instructor.
4041 Styles in Opera Acting (3) Study and practices
of styles in opeja acting based on historical and
national characteristics . Prereq : 3015 or consent of
instructor.
4045 Projects in Opera Theatre (1-3) Prereq : Consent
of instructor . May be repeated.
4050 Advanced Instrumental Conducting (3) Development
of knowledge and skills in instrumental
conducting ; study of various periods and composers
and relationship of different styles to the
conductor's art ; musical analysis and practice in
conducting . Prereq : Music Education 4430 or
equivalent.
4060 Choral Conducting (3) Development of knowledge
and skills in choral conducting ; study of various
periods and composers and relationship of different
styles to the conductor's art ; musical analysis
and practice in conducting . Prereq : Music Education
4420 or equivalent.
4085 Harpsichord Technique (1) Techniques, literature,
performance practice, continuo playing, and
basic tuning and maintenance . Requires a thorough
keyboard background . Prereq : Consent of instructor.
Maximum 3 hrs. May be repeated.
4111-21-31-41 Analysis of Music Literature (3, 3, 3,
3) Detailed examination of musical compositions by
historical period with emphasis on harmony, thematic
material, form and structure . Traditional and contemporary
analytical techniques . 4111-1600-1750.
4121-1750-1825 . 4131-1825-1900. 4141-1890 to
present . Prereq : 3123.
4112 Twentieth-Century Compositional Techniques
(3) Styles and compositional devices from
Debussy to present . Analysis of scores ; idiomatic
writing . Prereq : 2131 or equivalent.
4113 Pedagogy of Music Theory (3) Techniques,
methods and materials involved in college-level
theory programs . Prereq : Consent of instructor.
4114 Stage Band Arranging (3) Analysis of scores
and scoring for the stage band . Prereq : 3112 and
consent of instructor.

4115 Variation (3) Study and application of variation
procedures . Prereq : 3123 or equivalent.
4116 Set Structure in Musical Composition (3)
Theory of sets and its application to analysis of
music . Prereq : Consent of instructor.
4124 Marching Band Arranging (3) Study and application
of techniques employed in scoring for marching
band . Prereq : 3112 or equivalent.
4134 Concert Band Arranging (3) Study and application
of techniques employed in scoring for concert
band . Prereq : 3112 or equivalent.
4210 Music In the Romantic Period (3) Survey of
music from Beethoven through post-Romantic instrumental
and vocal styles.
4230 Contemporary Music : 1945 to Present (3) Survey
of new and avant-garde music in Europe and
America since World War II.
4241 American Music (3) American music from colonial
times to present . Emphasis on twentieth century
. Includes both folk and cultivated traditions.
Prereq : 1210-20 or equivalent.
4261-71 Introduction to Ethnomusicology (3, 3)
Basic attitudes and techniques of ethnomusicology.
Survey of music cultures throughout world . 4261-
Pacific, Near East and Asia . 4271-Africa, Europe
and Americas.
4280 The Mass to 1600 (3) Brief consideration of
background and development of liturgy of the Mass.
Early polyphonic settings of portions of the Mass
through thirteenth century . Earliest settings of the
Ordinary . Development of settings of the Ordinary
from late Middle Ages through Renaissance . Special
consideration of settings of the Requiem.
4290 Gregorian Chant (3) Chants of Latin rite . Masses
and Offices examined as functional music as
well as by type.
4310 History of Art Song (3) Survey of art song from
fifteenth century to 1930.
4315 Wind Chamber Music (3) Study of wind
chamber music from eighteenth through twentieth
century . Emphasis placed on style interpretation,
rehearsal techniques, programming and musical
significance, both historical and theoretical.
4340-50 Works of Bach (3, 3) Detailed examination
of sonatas, chamber, keyboard, and orchestral
works ; cantatas, motets, passions and oratorios.
4340-instrumental works ; 4350-vocal works.
4400 Jazz Directing (1) Rehearsal techniques for
jazz ensembles : special conducting techniques, repertoire,
library systems, programming, and supervised
laboratory experience in rehearsing university
jazz ensembles . Prereq : Enrollment in Applied
Music with jazz emphasis or consent of instructor.
4840 Jazz Pedagogy (1) Methods and materials relating
to teaching of jazz and administering of jazz
program . Prereq : Enrollment in Applied Music with
jazz emphasis or consent of instructor.
4850 Jazz Composition (3) Prereq : Music 4114 and
consent of instructor.
4860 Advanced Improvisation (2) Emphasis on
further development of individual skills and solving
individual problems in jazz improvisation . Prereq:
3052-53.
5000 Thesis (1-15) E
5001 Choral Conducting Document (3) Analyticalcritical-historical-technical
essay on choral music.
5002 Non-Thesis Graduation Completion (3-15)
Required for the non-thesis student not otherwise
registered during any quarter when such a student
uses university facilities and/or faculty time before
degree is completed . May not be used toward degree
requirements . May be repeated . S/NC only. E
•5010 Organ Literature Seminar (3) Topics vary.
Prereq : Organ literature.
5012-22-32 Pedagogy of Voice (2, 2, 2) 5012-
Survey of voice production processes in singing including
: voice classification, quality, diction registration,
breath support, and control . 5022-
Examination of teaching materials, preparation of
programs for various vocal categories and levels of
study . Observation of studio teachings. 5032-
Analysis of the vocal problems of a selected group of
students . Supervised teaching . Prereq : 4012-22-32
or consent of instructor.
*5020 Plano Literature Seminar (3) Topics vary . Prereq
: 3040-50-60.
*5030 Choral Literature Seminar (3) Topics vary.
•5040 Vocal Literature Seminar (3) Topics vary.
5050 Graduate Recital (3)
5051 Opera Performance (3)
5052 Vocal Chamber Music Performance (3)
5053 Choral Conducting Performance (3)
5054 Lecture-Recital (3)
5055-56 Practicum for Instrumental Conductors (1,
1) Intern experience in choral music and in an instrumental
field other than the area of major interest
. S/NC only.
5057 Instrumental Conducting Seminar (3) Rehearsal
and performance problems and techniques allied
to score reading and preparation . Particular attention
to individual problems . Prereq : 4050 or
equivalent.
5060 Seminar in Choral Performance (3) Rehearsal
and performance problems and techniques allied to
score reading and preparation . Particular attention
to individual problems . Prereq : 4060 or equivalent.
'5070 Opera Production (1-3) Prereq : Consent of
instructor.
5080 Instrumental Conducting Performances (1)
Jury performance ; conducting band or orchestra in
public.
*5090 Special Topics In Performance (1-3) Prereq:
Consent of department head.
•5100 Independent Study in Music Theory (1) Prereq
: Consent of department head.
5111 Advanced Harmony (3) Analytic survey of
harmonic trends in compositions from 1700 to
present . Exercises employing and illustrating these
techniques . Prereq : Consent of instructor.
5114 History of Music Theory (3) Work and contributions
of theorists from ancient Greece to present.
Emphasis on 1600 to present . Prereq : Consent of
instructor.
5116 Musical Styles(3) Elements of design and their
role in definition of musical styles. Exercises in aural
and visual identification . Prereq : Consent of instructor.
5121 Analytical Techniques (3) Analytical techniques
with emphasis on contemporary approaches
. Tonal and neotonal music . Prereq : Consent
of instructor.
*5125 Practicum in Computers and Music Research
(3) Programming languages, design and
implementation of projects in musical analysis,
composition and indexing . Prereq : Consent of instructor.
*5150 Seminar in Music Theory (3) Topics vary . Prereq
: Consent of instructor.
'5200 Independent Study in Music History and Literature
(1-3) Prereq : Consent of department head.
5210 Introduction to Music Research (3) Principles
and techniques of research . Required of all candidates
with concentrations in musicology or in music
theory ; recommended for all music students who
intend to enroll in a doctoral program.
5220 Music Bibliography (3) Bibliographic
methods ; illustrative projects in information retrieval
and problem solving in music.
•5270 Seminar in Musicology (3) Topics vary . Prereq
: Consent of instructor.
5315 Band Literature (3) Band literature and origins
of band emphasizing its important, expanded cultivation
during past century in United States and
Europe.
5350 Music In the Middle Ages (3) Emphasis on
early Christian chant, medieval secular song, early
theory, and the development of polyphony and musical
notation.
5352 Music in the Renaissance (3) From 1400 to
1600 . Mass, motet, chansons, madrigal, and other
College of Liberal Arts 123
vocal and instrumental forms and genre.
5353 Music in the Baroque Period (3) From 1600 to
1750; rise of opera and oratorio, church and secular
cantata, instrumental forms, performance practice.
5355 Music In the Classic Period (3) Preclassic
music (Rococo) and music of Haydn, Mozart and
early Beethoven . Includes background of other cultural
and artistic activities.
5400 Musical Aesthetics (3) Nature of music and
musical experience, sense perception and emotions,
value in music, and role of artist in society.
Aesthetic viewpoint of individuals and historical
eras through selected writings.
*5500 Flute (1-4)
*5505 Oboe (1-4)
'5510 Bassoon (1-4)
*5515 Clarinet (1-4)
*5520 Saxophone (1-4)
`5525 Horn (1-4)
•5530 Trumpet (1-4)
•5535 Trombone (1-4)
'5540 Baritone (1-4)
•5545 Tuba (1-4)
•5550 Percussion (1-4)
•5555 Voice (1-4)
•5560 Violin (1-4)
*5565 Viola (1-4)
*5570 Cello (1-4)
*5575 String Bass (1-4)
*5580 Piano (1-4)
•5585 Harpsichord (1-4)
*5590 Organ (1-4)
•5595 Guitar (1-4)
5597 Composition with Electronic Media (1-3) Prereq
: Consent of instructor . May be repeated.
Maximum 9 hrs.
*5599 Composition (1-3) Prereq : Consent of instructor.
••5600 Small Ensemble (1)
••5602 Brass Choir (1)
**5604 Jazz Ensemble (1)
••5606 Trombone Choir (1)
••5610 Percussion Ensemble (1)
••5611 Marimba Choir (1)
•'5612 Baroque Ensemble (1)
••5620 UT Singers (1)
**5630 Chamber Singers (1)
**5632 Collegium (1)
**5634 Saxophone Choir (1)
••5640 Opera Theatre (1)
••5642 Opera Workshop (1)
••5650 Concert Band (1)
••5652 Campus Band (1)
••5654 Varsity Band (1)
**5656 Laboratory Band (1)
'•5657 Marching Band (1)
••5670 Symphony Orchestra (1)
••5680 Concert Choir (1)
"5682 University Chorus (1)
••5684 Campus Chorus (1)
•*5686 Men's Glee Club (1)
••5687 Women's Chorale (1)
**5699 Accompanying (1)
'May be repeated.
"May be repeated. Maximum 6 hrs.

124
College of Liberal Arts
Philosophy
MAJOR
Philosophy
DEGREES
M .A ., Ph .D.
Professors:
J . W. Davis (Head), Ph .D . Emory ; L . B . Cebik,
Ph .D . Nebraska ; R . B . Edwards, Ph .D . Emory;
M. H . Moore (Emeritus), Ph .D . Chicago;
D . Van de Vate, Jr., Ph .D . Yale.
Associate Professors:
R. E . Aquila, Ph .D . Northwestern ; G . G . Brenkert,
Ph .D . Michigan ; G . C. Graber, Ph .D.
Michigan ; B . C. Postow, Ph .D . Yale.
Assistant Professors:
J . O. Bennett, Ph .D . Tulane ; S . H . Cohen,
Ph .D . Northwestern ; K . A . Emmett, Ph .D.
Ohio State ; W. I . Fowkes, Ph .D . Northwestern;
H. P. Hamlin, Ph .D . Georgia ; R . Jones,
Ph .D . Chicago ; M. L . Osborne, Ph .D . Tennessee;
S. Reaven . Ph .D . California (Berkeley).
THE MASTER'S PROGRAM
See general requirements on page 19.
Courses below 4000 may not be taken for
graduate credit by philosophy majors except
with special permission.
THE DOCTORAL PROGRAM
Specific requirements for doctoral
students in Philosophy include a minimum of
three academic years of graduate study
involving at least 72 quarter hours credit in
course work (normally 24 quarter courses or
their equivalent, exclusive of credit for the
thesis and dissertation) of which not less than
45 shall be in courses numbered over 5000,
and of which at least 9 shall be in a subject
other than philosophy . The specific number
and distribution of courses will be determined
by the student's faculty committee.
Two foreign languages, normally French
and German, are required . As an alternative to
the two-language requirement, candidates
for the Ph .D . may elect to demonstrate a
substantially more advanced proficiency in
reading knowledge of one language.
Requirements for this option may be obtained
in the department office.
Registration in any course in the 5000 or
6000 series (except 5050 and 5910-20-30) may
be repeated for credit with the consent of the
department . That is, courses having the same
number, but with different subject matter,
may be taken with each separate subject
description.
MEDICAL ETHICS
The department has an M .A . and Ph .D.
program of graduate study with a
concentration in medical ethics . Details
concerning the program can be obtained
from the department.
RELIGIOUS STUDIES
The department has an M .A. program of
graduate study with a concentration in
philosophy of religion and other religious
studies. Details concerning the program can
be obtained either from the Departments of
Philosophy or Religious Studies.
3111 Ancient Western Philosophy (4) F, W
3121 Medieval Philosophy (4) F, Sp
3131 Seventeenth- and Eighteenth-century Philosophy
(4) E
3141 Nineteenth- and Early Twentieth-century Philosophy
(4) F, Sp
3151 Contemporary Philosophy (4) Survey of recent
movements in philosophy . F
3270 Russian Philosophical and Theological
Thought (4) (Same as Religious Studies 3270 and
Russian 3270 .)
3311-12 American Philosophy (4, 4) 3311-Colonial
to late nineteenth century . 3312-Late nineteenth
century to present . W ; Sp
3320 Philosophy of Law (4) Nature, sources, function
of law . A
3330 Philosophy of History (4) Speculative and critical
aspects of the philosophy of history . A
3410 Philosophical Ideas in Literature (4) Philosophic
assumptions and implications in major literary
works . F, W, Su
3420 Philosophy of Literature (4) Study of the nature,
functions, value and epistemic principles of
literary arts . A
3430 Concepts of Woman (4) Examination of some
of the theoretical foundations of feminism and antifeminism
. F, W, Sp
3440 Social Ethics (4) Ethical theory as related to
politics, economics . law, religion and the family . F
3510 Existentialism (4) E
3550 Marxism as Philosophy (4) W
3650 Philosophy and Religion in India (4) (Same as
Religious Studies 3650 .) F
3660 Buddhist Philosophy and Religion (4) (Same
as Religious Studies 3660 .) W
3671 Religion and Philosophy in China (4) (Same as
Religious Studies 3671 .)
3690 Philosophy of Religion (4) Analysis of basic
issues of religion . (Same as Religious Studies 3690 .)
F, Sp, Su
3720 Science, Technology, and the Modern World:
A Philosophical Approach (4) Nature and limits of
scientific inquiry, and its impact on society . F, Sp
3740-50 Conceptual History of Science (4, 4)
3740-The Scientific Revolution : historical evolution
of thought in astronomy, mechanics and
philosophy of nature up to Newton . 3750-The development
and decline of Newtonian science : historical
evolution of thought on the nature of matter
and of light, and on that of life . Prereq : B hrs of
physical science or consent of instructor . F ; W
3770 Introduction to Philosophy of Science (4)
Standard topics in philosophy of science : scientific
method . nature of laws and theories, problems of
induction, explanation, measurement . No background
in logic presupposed . F
3810 Introductory Symbolic Logic (4) Techniques
for formal analysis of deductive reasoning (propositional
logic and quantification theory .) Sp
3910 Contemporary Aesthetics (4) Philosophical
discussion of contemporary art . F, W, Sp
4000 Special Topics (4) A student- or instructorinitiated
course to be offered at convenience of department
. Subject matter to be determined by
mutual consent of students and instructor with approval
of department . Prerequisites to be determined
by department . May be repeated.
4111-21 Modern Religious Philosophies (4, 4)
(Same as Religious Studies 4111-21 .)
4310 Intermediate Ethics (4) Topics in metaeth ics or
ethics . Sp
4370 Theoretical Issues in Medical Ethics (4) Prereq
: 2310 or 3611 or consent of instructor . (Same as
Religious Studies 4370 .) Sp
4410 Plato (4) Prereq : 8 hrs philosophy or consent of
instructor. A
4420 Aristotle (4) Prereq : 8 hrs philosophy or consent
of instructor . A
4450 Continental Rationalism (4) Prereq : 8 hrs philosophy
or consent of instructor . A
4460 British Empiricism (4) Prereq : 8 hrs philosophy
or consent of instructor. A
4470 Kant (4) Prereq : 8 hrs philosophy or consent of
instructor . A
4480 Advanced Topics in Existentialism and
Phenomenology (4) Prereq : 8 hrs philosophy or
consent of instructor.
4510 Intermediate Symbolic Logic (4) Axiomatic
development of propositional calculus and firstorder
functional calculus . Prereq : 3810 or equivalent.
4511 Advanced Topics in Logic (4) Prereq : Consent
of instructor . May be repeated.
4610 Philosophic Analysis (4) Prereq : 8 hrs philosophy
or consent of instructor.
4620 Philosophy of Mind (4) Problems of mind and
body in relation to consciousness and personal
identity . Prereq : 8 hrs philosophy or consent of instructor.
4630 Philosophy of Language (4) Prereq : 8 hrs philosophy
or consent of instructor.
4710 Philosophy of Natural Science (4) Consideration
of standard topics pertinent to natural science
including reduction of theories and teleological explanation
. Familiarity with symbolic logic is recommended
. Prereq : 3770 or 2 yrs natural science.
4720 Philosophy of Social Science (4) Examination
of methods of inquiry and modes of explanation in
social sciences . Prereq : 3770 or 2 yrs social science.
4810 Metaphysics (4) Prereq : 8 hrs philosophy or
consent of instructor.
5000 Thesis (1-15) E
5050 Symbolic Logic (4)
5080 Philosophy of Logic (4) Nature of logic ; epistemological,
metaphysical and axiological assumptions
and implications in various theories of logic.
Prereq : 4510 or equivalent.
5101 Foreign Study (1-12) See page 95 . E
5102 Off-campus Study (1-12) See page 95 . E
5103 Independent Study (1-12) See page 95 . E
5110-20-30-40-50-60 Studies in the History of European
Philosophy (4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4,) Intensive critical
work on major philosopher or school . 5110-Greek.
5120-Hellenistic or Medieval . 5130-Modern, before
Kant . 5140-Kant . 5140-Nineteenth Century.
5160-Twentieth Century.
5250 Studies in the History of American Philosophy
(4) Intensive, critical work on major philosopher or
school.
5310-20-30 Studies in Value and Normative
Theories (4, 4, 4) 5310-Axiology . 5320-Ethics and
m etaeth i cs . 5330-Aesthetics.
5355 Orientation to Medical Ethics (4) Survey of
ethical theories in application to issues in medical
ethics . (Same as Religious Studies in 5355 .) F
5365 Applied Ethical Theory (4) Single author, tradition,
or topic in ethical theory with special attention
to application to issues in health, business, technology,
ecology, and other practical fields . (Same as
Religious Studies 5365 .) W
5370 Topics in Medical Ethics (4) Prereq : 4370-71 or
consent of Medical Ethics Committee.
5375 Clinical Practicum Orientation (4) Medical
terminology, history of medical ethics ; preparation
for UT Center for the Health Sciences Clinical Practicum
. Sp
5410 Philosophy of History (4) Theories of history
and historical processes.
5430 Philosophy and Literature (4) Mutual influence
of philosophy and literature, possibility of a
philosophy of literature, philosophy of criticism.
5450 The Problem of the Self (4) Current studies in
sociology, social psychology, and philosophy to
amend and elucidate traditional philosophical
treatments of problem of self.
5460 Philosophy of Mind (4) Relation of mental to
physical and of role of words in discourse for mental
activities such as thinking and feeling.
5510-20 Studies in Epistemology (4, 4) 5510-
Modern rationalism : Descartes, Spinoza, Leibniz,
5520-Modern empiricism : Locke, Berkeley, Hume.
5550-60 Philosophy of Science (4, 4) Nature of subject
matter and method of sciences . 5550-Natural
sciences . 5560-Social Sciences.
5610 Recent Developments in Philosophy of Rellgion
(4)

5710 Studies in Metaphysics (4) Metaphysics of
philosopher or systematic philosophic tradition.
5810 Social and Political Philosophy (4)
5950 Clinical Practicum in Medical Ethics (4-12)
Prereq : Consent of Medical Ethics Committee . Open
only to students concentrating in medical ethics.
S/NC only . E
6000 Doctoral Research and Dissertation (3-15) E
6110-20-30 Seminars In the History of European
Philosophy (4, 4, 4)
6150 Seminars in the History of American Philosophy
(4)
6250 Seminar in the Philosophy of Religion (4)
6310 Seminar in Axiology (4)
6370 Advanced Topics in Medical Ethics (4) Prereq:
5370 or consent of Medical Ethics Committee.
6510 Seminar in Epistemology (4)
6550 Seminar in Philosophy of Science (4)
6950 Advanced Residence in Medical Ethics (4-12)
Prereq : Consent of Medical Ethics Committee . Open
only to students concentrating in medical ethics.
S/NC only.
Physics and Astronomy
MAJOR DEGREES
Physics M .S ., MACT, Ph .D.
Professors:
W . M . Bugg (Head), Ph .D . Tennessee;
C. R . Bingham, Ph .D . Tennessee;
R . D . Birkhoff, Ph .D . Northwestern;
M. A . Breazeale, Ph .D . Michigan State;
T. A . Callcott, Ph .D . Purdue;
L. G . Christophorou, Ph .D . University of
Manchester (England) ; G . T. Condo, Ph .D.
Illinois; W . E. Deeds, Ph .D . Ohio State;
J . B . Dicks' 2 , Ph .D . Vanderbilt ; J . L . Fowler,
Ph .D. Princeton ; K . Fox, Ph .D . Michigan;
N . M. Gaiter, Ph .D . Ohio State ; J. H . Gibbons,
Ph .D. Duke ; E. G . Harris, Ph .D . Tennessee;
E. L . Hart, Ph .D . Cornell ; D . T. King,
Ph .D. Bristol University (England);
R . J . Lovell, Ph .D . Vanderbilt ; A . A . Mason, 2
Ph .D. Tennessee ; A. H . Nielsen, Ph .D . Michigan;
F. E. Obenshain, Jr ., Ph .D . Pittsburgh;
R . D . Present,' Ph .D . Harvard ; R . H . Ritchie,'
Ph .D. Tennessee ; H . C. Schweinler, Ph .D.
Massachusetts Institute of Technology;
I.M. Sellin, 4 Ph .D . Chicago ; P.H. Stetson,
Ph .D. Massachusetts Institute of Technology;
J . O. Thomson, Ph .D . Illinois ; T . A . Welton,
Ph .D. Illinois ; J . W. White, Ph .D . North Carolina.
Associate Professors:
L . Adler,' Ph .D . Tennessee ; W. E. Blass, Ph .D.
Michigan State ; R . W. Childers, Ph .D . Vanderbilt;
J . Connel, 2 Ph .D . Colorado State;
H . W . Crater, 2 Ph .D . Yale ; K. E . Duckett, Ph .D.
Tennessee ; W. A . Dunnill, 2 Ph .D . Florida;
O. C . Eldridge, Ph .D . California (Berkeley);
S . Georghiou, Ph .D . Manchester (England);
P . G . Huray, Ph .D . Tennessee;
H . C. Jacobson, Ph .D . Yale ; R . H. Kohl, 2
Ph .D . Ohio State ; J. W . Lewis,' Ph .D . Mississippi;
R . W Lide, Ph .D . Michigan ; W. K . McGregor, 2
Ph .D . Tennessee ; L . R . Painter, Ph .D . Tennessee;
D. J . Pegg, Ph .D . New Hampshire;
L. L . Riedinger, Ph .D . Vanderbilt ; S. Y . Shieh,
Ph .D . Maryland : C. C . Shih, Ph .D . Cornell;
J . R . Thompson, Ph .D . Duke.
Assistant Professors:
M. F . Fair, M .S . Michigan ; M. W. Guidry,'
Ph .D . Tennessee ; T. H. Handler, Ph .D . Rutgers;
D . L . McCorkle, Ph .D. Tennessee ; R. S. Thoe,
Ph .D . Connecticut .
Lecturer:
,fl. L . Becker, Ph .D . Yale.
A student who enrolls in the Graduate
School with the intention of attaining an
advanced degree in Physics shall, in general,
'Alumni Distinguished Professor.
'Space Institute, Tullahoma.
;Ss 'Presently on leave of absence.
'f 4Chancellor's Research Scholar.
"Research Associate Professor .
have completed an undergraduate major in
physics or its equivalent . Physics 3210-20-30,
3710-20-30 or 4110-20-30, 4210-20, 4230 or
4240 constitute the minimum courses
prerequisite to graduate study.
A student who intends to present Physics as
a graduate minor shall, in general, have
completed an undergraduate minor in
Physics or its equivalent . Physics 3210-20,
4210-20 constitute the minimum course work
prerequisite to graduate study.
Graduate programs leading to the degrees
of Master of Science and Doctor of
Philosophy are offered in a number of
specialized fields including chemical physics,
elementary particle physics, atomic and low
temperature physics, health physics,
molecular spectroscopy, nuclear physics,
plasma physics, solid state physics,
theoretical physics, ultrasonics, heavy ion
atomic physics, biophysics, and liquid state
physics.
Departmental graduate programs
providing special opportunities for academic
research work in areas pertinent to
atmopsheric and space flight are available at
the Space Institute, Tullahoma.
All first-year graduate students are required
to take a comprehensive examination in
undergraduate physics during the fall quarter
registration period.
THE MASTER'S PROGRAM
The Physics Department has two Master's
degree programs-thesis and non-thesis.
The thesis program is primarily designed
for students intending to go into industrial or
governmental laboratories as physicists . The
course requirements include 36 quarter
hours in such courses as Physics 4510-20-30,
4610-20-30,5110-20-30,5210-20-30,
5310-20-30, 5610-20-30 and appropriate
courses in related fields. Each candidate
must present an acceptable thesis, equivalent
to 9 hours of credit, and pass an oral
examination on course material and thesis.
The non-thesis program is primarily
designed for students intending to teach in
colleges or universities on the elementary or
intermediate level, or for students specifically
intending to work toward a Ph .D. Students
seeking an M .S. in Physics by this method
must apply to the department's graduate
committee for permission to enroll under this
program . The requirements for the M .S.
under this method are the satisfactory
completion of 45 hours of course work
composed of 27 hours from courses
numbered above 5000 (e .g ., 5110-20-30,
5210-20-30, 5310-20-30) ; 9 hours in a minor
field (e .g ., mathematics) ; and 9 hours from
other courses in physics numbered above
4000 (preferably of advanced laboratory
nature) . In addition, the candidate must pass
a comprehensive examination administered
by the committee.
The Physics Department is also
participating in the program which leads to
the Master of Arts in College Teaching
degree. In addition to the requirements for
either of the Master's programs described
above, the MACT degree in Physics requires
15 more hours of credit, making a total of 60
quarter hours . Nine of these hours are
specified as follows : 3 hours in a seminar
course dealing with general problems of
college teaching ; 3 hours in a seminar course
dealing with special problems in the teaching
College of Liberal Arts 125
of physics ; and 3 hours in a course dealing
with the history and philosophy of physics.
The other 6 hours of course work may be
elected from any of the physics courses
numbered above 5000 . During the two-year
program leading to the MACT degree, the
candidate will be continually engaged in
supervised teaching activities.
THE DOCTORAL PROGRAM
All students are expected to take
5210-20-30, 5310-20-30, 5410-20-30,
5510-20-30, 5610-20-30, 6110-20-30 and 6310.
Physics 6210-20-30 are normally required of
students specializing in nuclear physics,
Physics 6500-10 of students in plasma
physics, Physics 6610-20-30 of students in
health physics, Physics 6710-20-30 of
students in solid state physics, and Physics
6810-20 of students specializing in molecular
spectra . (The Master's degree is not
required .)
A reading knowledge of one foreign
language in which there exists a significant
body of literature is required.
German or French 3030 with a grade of A or
B may be substituted for the corresponding
language examination.
The thesis topic will be chosen with
reference to one of the fields in which
research facilities can be made available
either at the University laboratory or at the
Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Oak Ridge,
Tennessee.
A program leading to the Ph .D . in chemical
physics is conducted jointly with the
Chemistry Department, which offers a similar
degree . Physics departmental requirements
forthe degree in chemical physics include the
successful completion of : Physics 4510,
4610-20-30, 5210-20-30, 5310-20-30,
5410-20-30, 5510-20-30, 5610-20-30,
6110-20-30, and either 6310 or 5720;
Chemistry 4160-70, 5430, and any two
quarters from 5340-50, 6730 or 6810-20.
Astronomy
4110-20-30 Astrophysics (3, 3, 3) Physics of stars
and interstellar matter, planets and interplanetary
matter ; atmospheres, interiors, and evolution;
nebulae, quasars, pulsars . Observational data and
their determination . Current developments . Approach
will be interdisciplinary . Acceptable for
major credit in physics . Prereq : Physics 2330 and
consent of instructor.
Physics
3210-20-50 Mechanics (3, 3, 3) 3210-Statics,
kinematics, and dynamics of a particle . 3220-
Statics, kinematics, and dynamics of systems of particles
and rigid bodies . 3250-LaGrangian and
Hamiltonian equations of motion . Must be taken in
sequence. Prereq : 2320 and Mathematics 2860 . F,
W, Sp, or W, Sp
3230 Heat and Thermodynamics (3) Concepts of
temperature and heat ; laws of thermodynamics ; applications
of laws to simple physical and chemical
problems . Prereq : 2320 or 2330 and calculus ; 3210-
20 or consent of instructor . Sp, Su
3410-20-30 Concepts of Modern Physics (3, 3, 3)
Modern ideas of atomic structure, nuclear changes,
particles, and radiation . Not for credit for physics
majors or minors . Prereq : General physics. Must be
taken in sequence . F, W, Sp
3510-20-30 Physical Measurements (3, 3, 3) Laboratory
measurement of some physical quantities.
Theory supplied where necessary. Prereq : 2310-
20-30 or 2210-20-30, and calculus ; 3510 for 3520 and
3530. 3 labs.
3610-20 Electronics (3, 3) Electronic components
and circuits of interest to physicists. Prereq : 2310-

126 College of Liberal Arts
20-30 or 2210-20-30 and calculus . 3 labs . F, W, Su
3630 Nuclear Electronics Laboratory (3) Elementary
circuits of interest in nuclear instrumentation
are designed and built, and their characteristics are
tested as a function of various parameters . Prereq:
3610-20 . Sp
3710-20-30 Introduction to Atomic and Nuclear
Physics (3, 3, 3) 3710-Special relativity and early
quantum theory . 3720-Atomic and molecular
physics . 3730-Nuclear physics . Prereq : Mathematics
2860 and Physics 2320 for 3710 ; 2338 or 3710
for 3720-30 . E
4040 Foundations of Physics (3) Selected topics
from history and philosophy of classical and modern
physics . Prereq : 1 yr general physics and consent of
instructor. Required of MACT candidates . Sp
4110-20-30 Introduction to Quantum Mechanics (3,
3, 3) Introduction to fundamental principles of quantum
mechanics and methods of calculation . Application
to atomic, molecular, and nuclear physics.
Prereq : 2330 or equivalent, Mathematics 4550. F, W,
Sp, or W, Sp
4140 Elementary Nuclear Physics (3) General
properties of nuclei, two-nucleon systems, nuclear
forces, nuclear models, nuclear reactions, nuclear
disintegrations and beta-decay, nuclear spin and
magnetism. Prereq : 3730 or 4120 . Sp
4160 Physical Acoustics (4) Considerations fundamental
to detailed investigation of any branch of
acoustics ; propagation of acoustic waves in the infrasonic,
the audible, the ultrasonic, and the hypersonic
ranges of frequencies . Prereq : 3210-20, 3230.
3 hrs and 1 lab . Sp
4210-20-50 Electricity and Magnetism (3, 3, 3) Intermediate
level electrostatics ; steady and alternating
currents ; laws of electromagnetism ; Maxwell's
equations ; radiation of electromagnetic waves ; reflection
and refraction ; electromagnetic fields of
moving charges . Must be taken in sequence . Prereq:
2320 or 2220 and Mathematics 2830 . F, W, Sp, or W,
Sp
4230-40 Modern Optics (4, 4) 4230-Geometrical
Optics : Reflection and transmission of light at a
dielectric interface ; paraxial theory of interfaces,
lenses, and mirrors ; thick lenses, lens systems, ray
tracing ; polarization ; imagery ; laser light . 4240-
Physical Optics ; Mathematics of wave motion,
superposition of waves ; interference ; Fraunhofer
and Fresnel diffraction ; Fourier optics ; holography.
Prereq : 4210 or consent of instructor. 3 hrs and 3 hrs
lab . W ; F
4510-20-30 Atomic Physics Laboratory (3, 3, 3,) Experiments
in : fundamental particle properties,
photoelectricity, conduction of electricity through
gases, atomic and molecular spectroscopy, x-ray.
Prereq or coreq : 3710-20-30 . 3 labs . E
4540-50 Experimental Nuclear and Radiation
Physics (4, 4) Interaction of charged particles and
electromagnetic radiation with matter ; theory and
characteristics of various detectors ; statistics of
counting, nuclear properties . Experiments illustrate
recent techniques for investigating the nucleus and
nuclear radiation . Prereq : 2330 . 1 hr and 6 hrs lab . F;
Su
4580 Principles of Nondestructive Testing (3) Detection
and characterization of discontinuities in
materials by nondestructive physical measurements
. Ultrasonic, electromagnetic, holographic
and penetrating radiation techniques are
discussed . Prereq : 2310-20-30 or consent of instructor
. (Same as Engineering Science 4580) . W
4610-20-30 Gaseous and Solid State (3, 3, 3) Kinetic
theory of gases, with emphasis on transport
phenomena. Brownian motion and fluctuations.
Classical theory of elasticity. X-rays and crystal
structure . Theory of ionic lattices . Quantum theory
of specific heats . Electrons in metals according to
classical and Fermi-Dirac statistics . Prereq : 3210-20
or equivalent . Mathematics 4540. F, W, SP
4710-20-30 Introduction to Health Physics (3, 3, 3)
Radioactivity, interaction of electromagnetic radiation
with matter, radiation quantities and units, point
kernel and extended sources, x-rays and gamma
rays, neutron activation, interaction of charged particles
with matter, stopping power, range-energy relations,
counting statistics, shielding, dosimetry,
waste disposal, criticality prevention, radiation biology
and ecology . Prereq : 3730 . F, W, Sp, A
5000 Thesis (1-15) E
5002 Non-Thesis Graduation Completion (3-15)
Required for the non-thesis student not otherwise
registered during any quarter when such a student
uses university facilites and/or faculty time before
degree is completed . May not be used toward degree
requirements . May be repeated . S/NC only . E
5080 Graduate Research Participation (3) Advanced
research techniques under supervision of
staff research director whose research area coincides
with interests of student . Open to all graduate
students in good standing . Prereq : Consent of department
and research director . May be repeated
with consent of department . S/NC only . E
5110-20-30 Introduction to Theoretical Physics (3,
3, 3) Classical theoretical physics, with limited use of
mathematics . Prereq : 3210-20 ; 4210-20 ; advanced
calculus, differential equations, and vector analysis.
F, W, Sp
5210-20-30 Advanced Modern Physics (3, 3, 3)
Basic principles of wave mechanics : one-electron
atom ; vector model ; atomic and molecular spectroscopy
; molecular binding ; relativity; properties of
nuclei (spin, magnetic moments, etc.) ; scattering
phenomena ; nuclear models and forces ; highenergy
physics . Prereq ; 3210-20 . 3710-20-30, 4210-
20, differential equations . Must be taken in sequence.
F, W, Sp
5310-20-30 Advanced Dynamics (3, 3, 3) Equations
of LaGrange and Hamilton, variational principles,
two-body problem, rigid body mechanics, special
relativity, canonical transformations, normal coordinates,
elasticity, fluid mechanics . Prereq or coreq:
5610-20-30 . F, W, Sp
5410-20-30 Electromagnetic Theory (3, 3, 3) Advanced,
detailed treatment of electrostatics ; potential
theory . Dielectrics, magnetostatics and steadycurrent
problems. Magnetic fields of currents and
quasisteady problems . Maxwell's field equations;
their solutions in dielectric and conducting media;
guided waves . Retarded potentials and gauge transformation
. Radiation from Hertz oscillator ; radiation
resistance ; multipole radiation . Failure of nonrelativistic
electrodynamics . Prereq : 4210-20 . Prereq
or coreq : 5610-20-30 . F, W, Sp
5440 Experimental Methods of Infrared and Raman
Spectroscopy (3) Experimental equipment ; instrumental
optics ; detection systems ; analytical
methods . Analysis vibrating-rotating diatomic
molecule . Prereq : 3710-20 or equivalent.
5510-20-30 Advanced Thermodynamics and Statistical
Mechanics (3, 3, 3) Systematic derivation of
thermodynamic formulae ; third law ; low temperature
physics ; phase rule ; free energy and chemical
equilibria . Maxwell-Boltzmann, Bose-Einstein, and
Fermi-Dirac statistics. Ensemble theory; relation of
statistical mechanics to thermodynamics ; distribution
functions and partition functions . Applications
to gases, liquids and solids, including cluster theory
of imperfect gases . Prereq : 3230 . Prereq or coreq:
5310-20, 5610-20-30 . F, W, Sp
5610-20-30 Mathematical Methods in Physics (3, 3,
3) Vector and tensor analysis ; linear algebra, matrices,
vector spaces ; Fourier series and integrals;
spherical harmonics ; Bessel functions ; linear
second-order partial differential equations and their
associated boundary value problems . Variational
calculus ; Green's functions ; integral transform
methods . Special attention to problems arising in
physics . Prereq : Advanced calculus and differential
equations . (Same as Mathematics 5610-20-30 .) F, W,
Sp
5640 Numerical Methods in Physics (3) Numerical
methods available for solution of physical problems,
pointed toward use of automatic computing machinery
; analysis of errors . Prereq : 5610-20-30, or
consent of instructor . (Same as Mathematics 5640 .)
5720 Physics of Polyatomic Molecules (3) Introduction
to electronic structure of molecules and physical
processes of luminescence of these molecules;
theoretical and experimental aspects of intermolecular
and intramolecular electron excitation
energy transfer and charge transfer ; application of
excitation energy transfer and charge transfer in
such field as organic molecular reactivity and organic
scintillation . Prereq : 5210-20 or consent of
instructor . Sp
5910-20-30 Special Problems (3, 3, 3) Specially assigned
theoretical or experimental work on problems
not covered in other courses . E
5911-31 Special Problems in the Teaching of
Physics (1, 1) Design of physics experiments and
demonstrations, construction and analysis of
physics tests and examinations, techniques in presentation
of physics topics, and related problems.
Prereq : Consent of instructor . Required of MALT
candidates.
5990 Seminars (1-3) a . Mechanics ; b . Radiation ; c.
Heat and Thermodynamics ; d . Electricity and Magnetism
; e . Modern Physics . May be repeated with
consent of department . Maximum 27 hrs. E
6000 Doctoral Research and Dissertation (3-15) E
6110-20-30 Quantum Mechanics (3, 3, 3) Fundamental
principles of quantum mechanics and principal
approximation methods . Applications to
atomic, molecular and nuclear physics . Dirac equation
; quantum electrodynamics . Prereq : 4130 or
5210 ; 5310-20-30 or 5410-20-30. Whichever of latter
series not used as prerequisite is considered
corequisite . F, W. Sp
6210-20-30 Nuclear Structure (3, 3, 3) General properties
of nucleus ; two body scattering problems;
saturation and symmetry properties of nuclear
forces ; theory of light nuclei ; nuclear spectroscopy;
special nuclear models ; theory of nuclear reactions;
theory of beta-decay . Prereq : 6110-20-30 . F, W, Sp
6310 Electromagnetic Theory of Light (3) Classical
electron theory including theories of the breadth,
dispersion and absorption ; scattering of light and
x-rays ; dielectric and magnetic properties of gases
and solids . Optical properties of electromagnetic
waves in isotropic media including reflection, refraction
and polarization and also theory of diffraction
. Prereq : 5410-20-30 . Su
6320 Special Relativity (3) Lorentz transformation;
Einstein postulates ; relativistic tensors ; relativistic
mechanics ; relativistic electrodynamics . Prereq:
5310-20-30, 5410-20-30, 6310 . F
6330 General Relativity (3) Tensor calculus ; general
theory of relativity ; gravitational field equations.
Prereq : 6320 . W
6420 Advanced Topics in Classical Theory (3) To
meet special needs of students . Possible fields : advanced
dynamics and hydrodynamics, electromagnetic
theory, statistical mechanics, including
theory of nonequilibrium processes . Prereq : 5310-
-20-30, 5410-20-30, 5510-20-30 . May be repeated
with consent of department.
6430 Advanced Topics in Quantum Theory (3) To
meet special needs of students. Possible topics:
angular-momentum theory, beta-ray theory, theory
of atomic spectra, molecular structure and valence
theory, theory of radiation, electric and magnetic
susceptibilities, high energy processes, scattering
and collision processes, theory of fields . Prereq:
6110-20-30 . May be repeated with consent of department.
6500-10 Electrical Conduction in Gases and
Plasma Physics (3, 3) Electrical conduction in gases
at high and low pressures . Characteristics of spark,
arc and glow discharge . Collective phenomena in a
plasma; plasma oscillation ; magnetohydrodynamics
; instabilities . Topics of current interest
in'astrophysics, geophysics and thermonuclear research
. Prereq : 3710-20-30 and either 5410-20-30 or
Electrical Engineering 5310-20-30. (Same as Electrical
Engineering 6500-10 .) F ; W
6610 Interaction of Radiation with Gases (3) Interaction
of electromagnetic radiation with atoms
and molecules ; oscillator strength, interaction of
charged particles with atoms and molecules ; ionization
; transcitation and light emission . Electron interaction,
transport and capture ; electron swarm
and electron beam experiments . Prereq or coreq:
6110-20-30 . F
6620 Interaction of Electrons with Solids (3) Collisions
with free electrons ; stopping power ; electron
slowing down spectra ; energy straggling ; nuclear
scattering ; electron diffusion ; plasmon effects in ir-

adiated solidi tsehninun in €I@ctron tpoetroscopy
; applications to dosimetry . Prereq or coreq:
6110-20-30 . W
6630 Interaction of Radiation with Matter (3) Topics
in atomic collision theory . Photon-atom interactions
; electron-atom and electron-molecule collisions,
dielectric theory, stopping power, collective
excitations in electronic systems, Cherenkov radiation,
electron transport in gases and solids . Prereq
or coreq : 6110-20-30.
6710-20-30 Advanced Solid State Physics (3, 3, 3)
Lattice dynamics ; phonons ; Brillouin zones ; heat
capacity . Energy band structure of solids ; cohesive
energy ; work function . Crystal oscillator strengths;
effective mass approximation . Dia-, para-, and ferromagnetism
; neutron diffraction . Fermi surface.
Superconductivity . Phonon and electron scattering
from phonons, electrons, and defects . Excitations;
polarons : surface states . F-centers: dislocations;
and other defects . Prereq : 4630, 5210-20 . Prereq or
coreq : 4630 ; 6110 for 6710, 6120 for 6720. A
6810 Vibrational Problems in Molecular Spectra (3)
Normal coordinates and potential functions ; group
theoretical methods and selection rules in gases
and condensed phases . Lasaraman spectroscopy
and nonlinear electrooptical phenomena . Prereq:
5420 or equivalent . (Same as Chemistry 6810).
6820 Molecular Vibration-Rotation Theory (3)
Molecules as vibrating and rotating systems possessing
specific symmetry properties ; quantum mechanical
theory of symmetric and asymmetric
molecular vibrators including vibration-rotation interaction
theory ; intensities and energies of molecular
transitions ; methods of analysis used in high
resolution molecular spectroscopy . (Same as
Chemistry 6820 .)
Political Science
MAJORS DEGREES
Political Science M .A., Ph .D.
Public Administration M .P .A.
Professors:
T. D . Ungs (Head), Ph .D . Iowa ; R. S. Avery
(Emeritus), Ph .D . Northwestern ; D . H. Carlisle,
Ph .D . North Carolina ; L . S . Greene' (Emeritus),
Ph .D . Wisconsin ; V. R. lredell, Ph .D . Chicago;
D . D. Nimmo, Ph .D . Vanderbilt; H. Plaas, Ph .D.
Utah ; N . M. Robinson, Ph .D . Syracuse;
O. H . Stephens, Ph .D . Johns Hopkins;
D . M. Welborn, Ph .D . Texas.
Associate Professors:
R . B . Cunningham, Ph .D . Indiana ; J . Dodd,
Ph .D . Tulane ; A . Elliott, Ph .D . Columbia;
G . Evans, Ph .D . Columbia ; A . H. Hopkins, Ph .D.
Syracuse ; W. Lyons, Ph .D . Oklahoma;
R . L . Peterson, Ph .D . Yale ; G . J . Rathjen,
Ph .D . Michigan State ; T. McN . Simpson, Ph .D.
Johns Hopkins ; T . A. Smith, Ph .D . Ohio State.
Assistant Professors:
W. Fierman, Ph .D . Harvard;
M. R . Fitzgerald, Ph .D . Oklahoma;
P. K . Freeman, M . A . Wisconsin-Milwaukee:
R. A . Gorman, Ph .D . New York; S. M . Neuse,
Ph .D . Texas.
Registration in any courses in the
5000-6000 series may be repeated for credit
with consent of the department.
THE BUREAU OF PUBLIC
ADMINISTRATION
The University maintains in the College of
Liberal Arts a Bureau of Public Administration
for the purpose of promoting sound
governmental administration through
research, publication, and consultation . The
staff is as follows : Professor Ungs (director);
Professors Lyons (associate director),
Fitzgerald, Freeman (assistant professors);
Research Associates Durant, Koehler.
THE MASTER'S PROGRAM
See general requirements on page 19 .
' Distinguished Professor .
MA g TEP'g IN PUBLIC A g MINi§TRATION
Specific requirements for graduation
include:
1. The completion of 54 quarter hours of
approved graduate courses.
2. At least fifty percent of the credit hours
must be in approved courses numbered 5000
and above.
3. Demonstration of command of the
material covered in course work through a
written comprehensive examination which
may be followed by an oral examination.
The 54 quarter hours of graduate courses
comprise 30 quarter hours of core courses
which focus upon general perspectives,
analytical skills, and management skills, a
recommended internship arranged with a
cooperating public agency (9 quarter hours),
and 15 quarter hours in an elective
specialized track developed by the student
with the approval of the coordinator of the
M .P .A . program . The specialized track will
often contain a mix of courses from political
science and one or more outside fields;
examples include general government,
public health administration, fiscal
administration, social services
administration, administration of criminal
justice, urban administration, environmental
and natural resources administration.
Inquiries concerning all programs should
be directed to the Department of Political
Science, Knoxville, Tennessee 37916.
THE DOCTORAL PROGRAM
Specific requirements for the degree of
Doctor of Philosophy in Political Science
include:
1. A minimum of 117 quarter hours,
following the Bachelor's degree, is required.
At least 93 hours shall be in political science.
At least 72 hours in political science shall be
graduate level hours (i .e . earned in 5000- or
6000-level courses) . At least 45 of these
graduate level hours shall be at the 6000 level.
This figure includes 36 hours of credit for the
dissertation.
2. Each Ph .D. candidate must pass an
examination in one foreign language.
Students specializing in some areas may be
required to demonstrate knowledge of a
second language or appropriate research
tools or both.
3. Admission to candidacy shall be based
on written and oral preliminary examinations
which must be passed not later than three
quarters before the date on which the degree
is granted.
4. The candidate must pass a final oral
examination on the doctoral dissertation.
5. Successful completion of the degree
also depends on course performance and
other evidence of professional interest and
conduct.
3545 United States Constitutional Law : Sources of
Power and Restraint (4) Analysis of judicial review,
constitutional powers of President and Congress,
federalism, sources of regulatory authority, and
constitutional protection of political rights. Recommended
prereq : 2510-20 . F, W
3546 United States Constitutional Law : Civil Rights
and Liberties (4) Emphasis on judicial interpretation
of First Amendment freedoms, rights of the accused,
racial equality, and the right of privacy . F, W, Sp
3555 Minority Group Politics in the United States (4)
Content varies from quarter to quarter . May be repeated
with consent of department . Maximum 8 hrs.
W
College of Liberal Arts 127
3565 Introduction to Public Administrative Organization
and Management (4) Organization and
decision-making theory, line and staff services, politics
of organization, leadership, personnel and fiscal
management, administrative responsibility . Recommended
prereq : 2510-20 . (Same as Water Resource
Development 3565 .) F . W, Sp
3566 Public Administration and the Policymaking
Process (4) Public bureaucracies and the
policymaking process, their political environments,
administrative problems associated with policy
making . Recommended prereq : 2510-20 . F . W, Sp
3605 Political Change in Developing Areas (4)
Characteristics and problems of political changes
with primary focus on developing areas . F, Sp
3615-16 Dynamics of Black African Politics (4, 4) F;
W
3621 Contemporary China and Japan (4)
3622 Contemporary South and Southeast Asian
States (4) Analysis of selected states, with emphasis
on problems of development.
3625-26 Latin American Government and Politics
(4, 4) F ; W
3631-32 Government and Politics of the Soviet
Union (4, 4) F ; W
3635-36 Politics in Western Democracies (4, 4)
Political culture, patterns, and institutions of Western
democratic systems . F, Sp, A ; W
3641 Government and Politics of Middle East and
North Africa (4)
3710 State Politics (4) Focus on formal and informal
setting of state government : governors, courts,
legislatures, and state administrators . Attention will
be paid to state government's role in formulating,
enacting, and implementing state policy . F
3720 State Government and Policy Making (4) Nature
and functions of the institutions of state government
: governors, courts, legislatures, and state
administrators . Attention will be paid to state government's
role in formulating, enacting, and implementing
state policy . W
3750 The Urban Polity (4) Analysis of political institutions
and processes in metropolitan areas . W
3760 Urban Policy Process (4) Analysis of urban
problerhs and policies in metropolitan areas . Sp
3796 Contemporary Problems of Soviet Foreign
Policy (4) Sp
3801 Studies in Ancient Political Thought (4) Classical
Greek and Roman political thought . F
3802 Studies in Medieval Political Thought (4) From
Augustine to Luther: emphasis on problems and
theories of religion and politics . W or Sp
3803 Studies in Early Modern Political Thought (4)
Machiavelli through the Enlightenment . W
3804 Studies In Nineteenth- and Twentieth-century
Political Thought (4) Political theories of industrial
and technological societies ; nineteenth and twentieth
century. Sp
3880 American Political Thought (4) Examination of
role of selected political ideas, doctrines. and
themes in America, emphasizing thei, o .., -ior :ment
and relationships to diverse political interests . F
4060 Revolution (4) Characteristics, theories, and
consequences of revolution, with particular focus
on left-wing revolutions and movements . Sp
4410 Law and the Administrative Process (4) Powers
of, procedures of, controls over administrators.
Sp
4535-36 Political Attitudes, Opinions and Communication
(4, 4) Nature, development, formation
and distribution of politically relevant attitudes and
opinions ; role of leadership, persuasion, and communication
in opinion-policy process. F ; W
4540-50 Presidency, Congress and Public Policy (4,
4) The Presidency and Congress within framework
of policy-making process . W ; Sp
4545-46 The Judical Process (4, 4) The study of
courts as components of political systems, and public
policy formulation through judicial decision mak-

128
College of Liberal Arts
ing . Recommended prereq : 2510-20 . Sp ; W
4575 Special Topics In United States Government
and Politics (4) May be repeated with consent of
department . Maximum 8 hrs.
4610 Budgetary Process (4) Fiscal planning, budget
and expenditure processes in government, their policy
and administrative implications . W or Sp
4620 Public Personnel Administration (3) Development
of the merit system in government, career systems,
public personnel management functions, organization
for personnel management. F or W
4665-66 Policy Making in Democracies (4, 4) Comparative
approach to theory and process of making
public policies . F or Sp ; W
4675 Special Topics in Comparative Government
and Politics (4) May be repeated with consent of
department . Maximum 8 hrs.
4701-02 International Organization (4,4) 4701-The
League of Nations and the United Nations . 4702-
Functional and regional organizations . W or Sp
47'1 International Law (4)
4727 Politics of Inter-American Relations (4)
Analysis of selected theoretical and policy issues
concerning international relations in the Americas
with emphasis upon imperialism, intervention, and
the Cuban Revolution, nationalism, foreign assistance,
trade and economic integration . Sp, A
4740-50 Politics and Elections (3, 3) Structure and
function of party system ; nominations and campaigns.
F ; W
4815 Contemporary Soviet Marxism-Leninism (4)
Soviet applications of Marxist-Leninist theory.
4831-32 The Systematic Study of Politics (4, 4)
Scope, methods and procedures of analysis in political
science ; intended primarily for seniors intending
to pursue graduate work and entering graduate
students who have not had such a course . F ; W
4875 Special Topics in Political Thought (4) May be
repeated with consent of department . Maximum 8
hrs.
4940 Politics and the Environment (4) Examination
of formulation and implementation of public
policies relating to physical environment with emphasis
upon water and air pollution control . Sp
4975 Proseminar in Political Science (4) Selected
research for seniors ; primarily for majors . May be
repeated with consent of department . Maximum 8
hrs.
5000 Thesis (1-15) E
5002 Non-Thesis Graduation Completion (3-15)
Required for the non-thesis student not otherwise
registered during any quarter when such a student
uses university facilities and/or faculty time before
degree is completed . May not be used toward degree
requirements . May be repeated . SING only . E
5101 Foreign Study (1-12) See page 95 . E
5102 Off-campus Study (1-12) See page 95 . E
5103 Independent Study (1-12) See page 95 . E.
5110-20 Seminar in Political Theory (3, 3) Selected
political thinkers, schools, historical periods . F ; W.
Sp
5140 Politics, Administration and Community in
Nonmetropolitan Areas (3) Analysis of problems
and processes associated with community development
. Sp
5150 Internship in Political Science (3-9) Open to
students participating in approved internship programs.
May be repeated with consent of instructor.
Maximum 9 hrs. E
5210-20-30 Seminar In World Politics (3, 3, 3) Research
in world problems and organization . F ; W ; Sp
5211 Directed Readings in Political Science (3) May
be repeated with consent of instructor and student's
advisor. Maximum 9 hrs . May be taken for letter
grade or S/NC . E
5250 Seminar In African Politics (3) Selected topics
in African politics.
5270 Seminar in the Politics of Development (3)
Selected topics dealing with political problems of
less developed countries . F
5310-20 Seminar in Comparative Government (3, 3)
Selected topics in modern governments.
5340 .50 Seminar in Latin American Government (3,
3)
5370-80 Seminar in Soviet Politics and Government
(3, 3) W
5410-20 Seminar in Public Law (3, 3) Special problems
in constitutional and administrative law . F
5440-50 Theory and Analysis of U .S . Foreign Policy
Processes (4, 4) Theoretical approaches to decision
making in foreign policy area and analysis of
policy-making process. W
5510-20 Seminar in International Organization (3,
3) 5510- Introduction to regional international organizations
; political integration at international
level . 5520-Functional international organizations.
5540 Seminar M Comparative Public Administration
(3) Approaches to and methods used in comparative
analysis.
5550 Seminar in Administration in Developing
Countries (3)
5620 Public Administration (3) Public administration
theory and functions, approaches to public
management, contemporary problems in public
administration . F
5805 Research and Methodology in Public Administration
(3) Basic assumptions and techniques of
research in public administration ; measurement,
analysis, and reporting of data. W
5610-20 Seminar In Organization Theory (3, 3) Appraisal
of major theories of organization and their
applicability to public sector. F
5611-21-31 Seminar in State-Local Administration
(3, 3, 3)
5630 Seminar in Technology and Public Policy (3)
Technological change and policy process, government
interactions with scientific community, political
characteristics of scientific enterprise.
5635-45 Operations Research for Public Administrators
(3, 3) Operations research methodology; applications
and limitations in public sector : linear
programming, transportation and assignment problems,
network analysis, PERT, dynamic programming
and other methods.
5640-50-60 Seminar in Metropolitan Areas (3, 3, 3)
5641 Seminar in Contemporary Public Policies (3)
Problems in one or more public policy areas from
political and administrative perspectives .Topics
selected by instructor.
5670-80 Seminar in Policy Malysis (3, 3) Role of
administrators in policy analysis and decision making
with special attention to historical and current
issues . Sp
5710 Seminar In the Poltics of Administration (3)
Examination of public administration in context of
American political system with emphasis upon policy
making and political roles of public administrators
and agencies . W
5730 Seminar in Public Budgeting and Fiscal Management
(3) Budgetary process, fiscal management,
and finance in American government . Sp
5740 Seminar in Organizational Analysis (3) Organization
theory applications in public management
; field analysis of public organizations.
5750-55 Seminar In Public Management (3, 3)
Selected problems. F ; W
5765-75 Law and the Administrative Process (3, 3)
Constitutional position ; decisional processes, regulation
and management ; limitations on governmental
action ; questions of structure, role, and administrative
choice . W
5770 Practicum in Public Administration (3) Sp
5785-95 Seminar in Staff Functions (3, 3) Functions
of administrative staff personnel serving political
executives, public bureaucracies, legislative bodies,
and advisory and community groups in public sector
. Selected topics include budgeting, personnel,
evaluation, and other staff functions.
5790 Seminar in Public Personnel Management (3)
Functions and organizations of personnel administration
in public service . Sp
5810 The American Political Process (4) Principal
patterns of political activity linking citizens and
political institutions . Sp
5820 The American Political Process (4) Selected
problems in American politics . Sp
5840 Ethics,Values, and Morality in Public Adminis -
tration (3) Moral-ethical-value dilemmas confronting
administrators in American political system.
5850 Seminar in Comparative State Politics (3) Intensive
readings in comparative state politics focusing
on environment of state politics, institutions and
policy making.
5910-20 Quantitative Political Analysis (3, 3)
Methods and techniques in quantitative political
analysis . F ; W
5930 Topics in Quantitative Political Analysis (3)
Selected topics in quantitative methods.
8000 Doctoral Research and Dissertation . (3-15) E
6210 Advanced Studies in International Politics (3)
8310 Advanced Studies in Political Theory (4) Research
into selected topics . F
6410 Advanced Studies in International Organizetion
(3) Research in selected topics.
6440 Advanced Studies in Comparative Politics (3)
Research into selected topics . Sp
6510-20 Advanced Studies in American Constitutional
Law (3, 3) Systematic investigation of federal
relationships, civil liberties, courts in political settings,
judicial institutions . personnel, and public
policy content.
6610-20 Advanced Studies in Public Administration
(3, 3) Research into selected topics . W ; Sp
6710 Directed Research In Political Science (3) May
be repeated with consent of instructor and student's
advisor . Maximum 9 hrs . May be taken for letter
grade or S/NC.
6810-20 Advanced Studies in the Political Process
(3, 3) Open to advanced graduate students upon
approval of instructor . F ; W
Psychology
MAJOR DEGREES
Psychology M .A., Ph .D.
Professors:
W. H. Calhoun (Head), Ph . D . California
(Berkeley) ; G . M. Burghardt, Ph .D . Chicago;
J . F . Byrne,' Ph .D . Tennessee ; C. P. Cohen,
Ph .D. Kansas : H . J . Fine, Ph .D . Syracuse;
S . J. Handel, Ph .D . Johns Hopkins ; L . Handler,
Ph .D. Michigan State ; R. P . Lorion,
Ph .D. Rochester ; J . F. Lubar, Ph .D . Chicago;
K . R . Newton, Ph .D . Tennessee ; H . R . Pollio,
Ph .D . Michigan ; N. L . Rasch,' Ph .D.
Pennsylvania ; R . R. Shrader, Ph .D. Tennessee;
F. Samejima, Ph .D . Keio (Japan);
W . S. Verplanck, Ph .D . Brown ; R . G . Wahler,
Ph .D . Washington ; J . A . Wiberley, Ph .D . Syracuse.
Associate Professors:
L . F. Droppleman, Ph .D . Catholic ; E . A . Elliot,
M .S .W. Tennessee ; H. R . Friedman .' Ph .D.
Tennessee; M . G . Johnson, Ph .D . Johns Hopkins;
J. Kandilakas,' Ph .D . Tennessee ; J. E. Lawler,
Ph .D . North Carolina; A . McIntyre, Ph .D . Yale;
J. C. Malone, Ph .D . Duke ; W . G . Morgan,
Ph .D . Tennessee ; M . J. O'Connell,' Ph .D.
Tennessee ; W. M . Simmons, M .S .S .W . Tennessee;
E. D . Sundstrom, Ph .D . Utah ; C. B. Travis,
Ph .D . California (Davis).
Assistant Professors:
J. M. Barlow,' Ph .D . Tennessee ; N. W. Dye,
Ph .D . Tennessee ; D . S . Freeman,' Ph .D.
Tennessee : J. A . Jones, Ph .D . Nebraska;
J. W. Lounsbury,' Ph .D . Michigan State;
K. R . Lounsbury,' Ph .D . Michigan State;
R . S . Sandargas, Ph .D . Florida State;
M. A. Wood, Ph .D . Syracuse.
'Part-time.

The Psychology Department emphasizes
doctoral degree programs with
specializations in clinical, school,
community, social, developmental,
experimental, cognitive, physiological, and
comparative psychology, psycholinguistics,
psychometrics, and learning . Some students
complete a Master's degree as part of their
doctoral program.
For detailed information on graduate
programs and admissions requirements
write: Graduate Secretary, Department of
Psychology, University of Tennessee,
Knoxville, Tennessee 37916.
THE PSYCHOLOGIAL CLINIC
The Psychological Clinic supports
graduate training in clinical psychology.
Psychological diagnosis and psychotherapy
are offered on an outpatient basis, with
medical consultants, to the general public as
well as to University students, on referral by a
physician.
4107 Experience In Individualized Instruction (1-6)
Prereq : Consent of instructor . May be repeated.
Maximum 12 hrs . E
4120 Topics in Social Psychology (4) Intensive
analysis of selected research topics . Prereq : 3120 or
Sociology 3130.(Same as Sociology 4120.)
4230 Sensory Processes and Perception (4) Survey
of sensory and perceptual processes with emphasis
on audition and vision . Prereq : 3150 . Recommended
: 2520. F
4239 Laboratory In Sensory Processes and Perception
(2) Prereq or coreq : 4230. F, W, Sp
4460 Organizational-Industrial Psychology (3)
Cannot be taken for credit by students who have
credit for Management 3460. E
4510 Personality Theories (4) Prereq : 3650 . F, Su
4520 Personality and Social Systems (4) Prereq:
2540.
4610 Group Processes (3) Study and experience of
theory and techniques of group processing and
facilitation . Those participating in 4610 are expected
to continue into 4620 and 4630. Prereq:
3616-26 and consent of instructor. F
4620-30 Seminar in Group Processes (3, 3) Didactic
and laboratory experience for those qualified for
further training as group facilitators . Prereq : 4610
and consent of instructor . W ; Sp
4640 Psychological Tests and Measures (4) Theory
and construction of individual and group measures;
survey of various methods of assessment of intelligence,
personality, special abilities, and educational
achievement . Prereq : 3150 . F, Su
4650 Symbolic Processes (4) Logic of signs and
symbols ; directed and associative thinking ; memory,
problem solving, and concept formation ; nature,
use, and development of language . Prereq:
3210 or consent of instructor.
4660 The Psychology of Language (4) Theories and
descriptions of phonology, syntax, and semantics as
applied to psychology and related disciplines . Recommended
: 4650 or linguistics background.
4710 Physiological Psychology (4) Nervous system
and physiological correlates of behavior . Prereq : 1
yr of biology or zoology and 2520. W
4719 Physiological Psychology Laboratory (4)
Laboratory studies of nervous system and physiological
correlates of behavior . Coreq : 4710 . W
4720 Comparative Animal Behavior (4) Methods
and principles . (Same as Zoology 4720.) F
4729 Comparative Animal Behavior Laboratory (4)
Laboratory and field studies . Coreq : 4720 . (Same as
Zoology 4729 .) F
4750 Evolution and Ontogeny of Social Behavior (4)
Genetic, evolutionary, ecological, and developmental
processes as they apply to social organization
and dynamics of vertebrates . Prereq:
Consent of instructor .
4830 History and Systems of Psychology (4) Prereq
: 9 hrs of upper division psychology.
4850 Learning Theories (4) Historical and theoretical
development of learning models . Prereq : 3210.
4860 Programmed Learning (3) (Same as Curriculum
and Instruction 4860 .)
4870 Contemporary Research in Behavior of
Women (4) Study of interaction of cultural and
biological factors in determining the behavior of
women, with emphasis on physiological mechanisms
involved . Sp
4880 Afro-American Psychology (4) Review and
analysis of psychological literature on Afro-
Americans . Prereq : Consent of instructor . (Same as
Black Studies 4880 .)
4900 Aspects of Urban Environment (4) interdisciplinary
course in urban problems. Prereq : Consent
of instructor. (Same as Architecture 4900, Real Estate
4900 .) S/NC only.
5000 Thesis (1-15) E
5002 Non-Thesis Graduation Completion (3-15) Required
for the non-thesis student not otherwise registered
during any quarter when such a student uses
university facilities and/or faculty time before degree
is completed . May not be used toward degree
requirements . May be repeated . S/NC only. E
5017 Colloquium in Experimental Psychology (1)
Coreq : 5019 . S/NC only . F
5019-29-39 Laboratory Techniques in Experimental
Psychology (3, 3, 3) Required of all first-year
students in experimental, physiological, and comparative
psychology . Coreq : 5017. S/NC only . F ; W;
Sp
5050 Methods of Research in Applied Psychology
(3) Techniques and principles for designing and
conducting psychological research in natural settings.
5070 Seminar in College Teaching (2) Concepts,
methods, and materials in introduction of psychology
at college level . Emphasis on research . Required
of all Ph .D . candidates . S/NC only.
5079 Practicum in College Teaching (2) Supervised
participation in college teaching . S/NC only. Sp
5100 Developmental Psychology (3) Prereq : 3550
or Educational Psychology 2430. (Same as Educational
Psychology 5100 .) F, Sp, Su
5105 Developmental Assessment (3) Techniques
for assessing development in infants and children.
Does not include practicum . Prereq : 5100 cr equivalent
and consent of instructor.
5110 Clinical Aspects of Human Sexuality (3) Nature
of sexuality : societal perspectives, personal
identity, application, intimacy and isolation including
psychosocial and psychosexual identity and
models for decisions . Intended for graduate students
in clinical psychology, social work, and community
and mental health professions . Prereq : Consent
of instructor.
5111-12-13 Seminar in Current Issues In School
Psychology (1, 1, 1) Historical, legal, ethical and
technological issues in practice of school psychology
. Multiple instructors. (Same as Educational
Psychology 5111-12-13 .) S/NC only . F ; W; Sp
5140-50-60 Psychoeducational Assessment (3, 3,
3) Naturalistic, psychometric, and sociometric assessment
methods in school learning environments.
Must be taken in sequence . Prereq : Admission to
School Psychology program or consent of instructor
. (Same as Educational Psychology 5140-50-60 .)
F ; W ; Sp
5149-59-69 Practicum in School Psychology I (2, 2,
2) First-year School Psychology Program practicum
core sequence . Coreq : 5140-50-60 . (Same as Educational
Psychology 5149-59-69 .) S/NC only . F ; W ; Sp
5170-80-90 Proseminar in Industrial and Organizational
Psychology (3, 3, 3) (Same as Management
5170-80-90.) F ; W ; Sp
5200 Topics in Developmental Psychology (3) Prereq
: 5100 or equivalent and consent of instructor.
May be repeated . Maximum 6 hrs.
*5210 Readings In Psychology (1) S/NC only . E
College of Liberal Arts 129
5220 Readings In Psychology (2) S/NC only. E
5230 Readings In Psychology (3) S/NC only. E
'5240 Readings in Psychology (4) S/NC only . E
5250 Readings in Psychology (5) S/NC only . E
5260 Special Problems In Psychology (1) S/NC
only . E
*5270 Special Problems in Psychology (2) S/NC
only. E
*5280 Special Problems In Psychology (3) S/NC
only . E
`5290 Special Problems in Psychology (4) S/NC
only . E
*5300 Special Problems in Psychology (5) S/NC
only . E
5319 Field Work in School Psychology : Level 1(2)
Supervised on-the-job training in school psychology
. Limited to students fully admitted to doctoral
program in school psychology who are assigned to
program approved field settings . Prereq : 5140-50-60
or equivalent . May be repeated . Maximum 6 hrs.
(Same as Educational Psychology 5319.) S/NC only.
F, W, Sp
5325 Behavioral Interventions (3) Principles and
techniques for planning, implementing, and evaluating
interventions derived from social learning
theory . Focuses on interventions by people in community
(teachers, supervisors, etc .) . Includes token
economies and strategies for self-control.
5340 Group Dynamics (3) (Same as Educational
Psychology 5340 .)
*5350. 60-70 Seminar in Psychology (3, 3, 3)
5400 Psychophysics and Scaling Methods (3) Prereq
: One course in statistics.
5420-30-40 Advanced Psychological Statistics (3,
3, 3) Must be taken in sequence . W ; Sp ; Su ; F
5450 Human Problems In Administration (3) (Same
as Management 5230.)
5490 Continuing Education In Mental Health (1-4)
Topics of interest to persons in mental health and
allied fields . Workshop, seminar, or lecture ; topic
and format to be announced . Prereq : Graduate
standing or consent of instructor . May be repeated.
Maximum 9 hrs.
5500 Fundamentals of Psychometrics (4) Basic
ideas and orientation in psychometrics . All graduate
students who plan to take one or more courses in
psychometrics required to take course . Prereq or
coreq : 4640.
5510 Instrumentation for Psychological Research
(3)
5520 Theory of Mental Measurement (3) Reliability,
validity, scaling and equating, norms, combining
tests into batteries . Prereq : 1 qtr of graduate-level
statistics and 5500 or consent of instructor.
5530 Issues in Applied Psychological Measurement
(3) Applications of measurement in community
and organizational research . Prereq : Statistics
5050-70 or equivalent and consent of instructor.
5540 Probability Models In Psychology (4) Introduction
to use of probability models in theory of binary
test items, differential psychology, comparison of
different populations in specific psychological parameters,
individual choice behavior, and testing of
psychological hypotheses in human and animal behavior
; reliability theory and regression theory . Prereq
: 1 qtr calculus or consent of instructor.
5550 Advanced Social Psychology (3) Interaction
between individual and group, theories of group
behavior . Prereq : 3120. May be used for credit in
sociology.
5560-70 Seminar In Social Psychology (3, 3) Prereq:
5550 . May be used for credit in sociology. May be
repeated . Maximum 9 hrs.
5580 Theories of Personality (3)
5581-82-83 Clinical Psychology I : Human Development
and Personality (2, 2, 2) First quarter
core of doctoral program in clinical psychology.
Students take 3 2-hr courses concurrently, each

130 College of Liberal Arts
covering content area from one to three major contemporary
points of view . F
5589 Psychological Techniques Laboratory (2)
Basic techniques of psychological appraisal. Restricted
to doctoral students in clinical psychology.
5590 Psychodynamics (3) Research and theory focusing
on origins of behavior.
5591-92-93 Clinical Psychology I : Patterns of Adaptation
(2, 2, 2) Second quarter core of doctoral program
in clinical psychology . Students take 3 2-hr
courses concurrently, each covering content area
from one of three major contemporary points of
view . W
5601-02-03 Clinical Psychology I : Behavioral Deviance
and Psychopathology (2, 2, 2) Third quarter
core of the doctoral program in clinical psychology.
Clinical students take 3 2-hr courses concurrently,
each covering content area from one of three major
contemporary points of view . Sp
5610-20 Psychology of Learning (3, 3) Prereq : 3210
or Educational Psychology 3730 . F ; W
5650 Ethics in Professional Psychology (2) Review
of ethical concerns in professional psychology . Multiple
instructors . Meets 3 hrs per week . Sp
5670 Forensic Psychology (2) Psychologist's role in
relation to law, including questions concerning
licensure requirements, legal restrictions, and testimony
as expert witness . Offered in alternate years.
Prereq : M .A . in psychology or equivalent.
5680 Neural Basis of Behavior (3) Neuroanatomy;
basis and symptomatology of neurological syndromes
encountered in clinical psychology . Prereq:
M .A . in psychology or equivalent.
5690 Psychopharmacology (3) Review and evaluation
of pharmacology as it relates to psychology.
Prereq : Consent of instructor . Offered in alternate
years . Sp, A
5702 Community Psychology (3) Psychological aspects
of research, evaluation, intervention, and
planning in communities . Community ecology, systems
for primary and secondary prevention, planning
of social systems, and relevance of federal
policies. Prereq : Consent of instructor.
5713 Learning Modules for Techniques in Professional
Psychology (1-4) Set of learning packages;
each develops skill in assessment, technology, child
ethology, or pathology . Prereq : Consent of instructor
. May be repeated . S/NC only.
5750 Ethological Psychology (3) Evolutionary and
physiological basis of comparative psychology and
implications for human behavior . Prereq : Introductory
biology and graduate standing.
5760 General Vertebrate Neuroanatomy (3) Lecture
and laboratory dealing with structure and function
of central and peripheral nervous system . Prereq
: 4710, 4719, or consent of instructor . (Same as
Zoology 5760 .)
5769 Advanced Techniques in Physiological Psychology
(3) Animal and human laboratory procedures
central to research in physiological psychology
. Prereq : 4710, 4719, and consent of instructor.
May be repeated with consent of instructor.
5790 Seminar in Psycholinguistic Concepts in
Speech Pathology (3) (Same as Speech Pathology
5790 .)
5810 Techniques of Psychological Examination (3)
Development and administration of basic examination
techniques . Intended primarily for students in
fields related to psychology using assessment procedures
. Prereq or coreq : 4640 or equivalent and
consent of instructor.
`5819 Practicum In Techniques of Psychological
Examination (2) Coreq : 5810.
5840 Student Appraisal (3) (Same as Educational
Psychology 5840 .)
5850-60-70 Psychological Appraisal (3, 3, 3) Objective
and projective tests, clinical interviewing, case
study preparation, organic and functional disorders.
Prereq : 5819 . Prereq or coreq : 5580-90.
5859-69-79 Practicum in Psychological Appraisals
(2, 2, 2) Ordinarily to be taken concurrently with
5850-60-70.
5890 Counseling Theories and Techniques (3)
(Same as Educational Psychology 5890 .)
5950-60 Theory and Practice of Consultation (3, 3)
Issues in consultation, models of consulting process,
and evaluation of consulting techniques . Must
be taken in sequence . Coreq : 5959-69 and consent
of instructor. (Same as Educational Psychology
5950-60 .) W ; Sp
5959-69 Practicum In Consultation (2, 2) Coreq:
5950-60 . Must be taken in sequence . (Same as Educational
Psychology 5959-69.) S/NC only . W ; Sp
6000 Doctoral Research and Dissertation (3-15) E
6050 Seminar on Methods of Social Research (3)
(Same as Sociology 6050 .)
6100 Seminar in Community Psychology (3) Evaluation,
research, intervention, and systems for deliveries
of services in communities . Prereq : 5702 and
consent of instructor.
6150 Seminar in Program Evaluation (3) Techniques
for designing and conducting research to
evaluate effectiveness of programs . Prereq : Statistics
5050-60-70 or equivalent and consent of instructo
r.
6210-20-30 History, Systems, and Theories in Psychology
(3, 3, 3) Prereq : M .A . in psychology or
equivalent . Must be taken in sequence.
6250-60-70 Seminar in Industrial and Organizational
Psychology (3, 3, 3) (Same as Management
6250-60-70 .)
6280-90 Factor Analysis (3, 3) Factor analysis ; component
analysis ; introduction to latent structure
analysis . Prereq : 4640 and 5500.
*6310 Seminar in Motivation and Emotion (3)
6319 Field Work in School Psychology : Level II (2)
Supervised on-the-job traineeship in school psychology
. Limited to students fully admitted to doctoral
program in School Psychology assigned to
program approved field settings. Prereq : 5950-60.
May be repeated . Maximum 6 hrs. (Same as Educational
Psychology 6319 .) S/NC only . F, W, Sp
•6320 Seminar in Research Methods (3)
*6330 Seminar in Learning (3)
*6340 Seminar in Developmental Psychology (3)
*6350 Seminar In Thinking (3)
*6360 Seminar in Sensation and Perception (3)
*6370 Seminar in Theoretical Psychology (3)
*6380 Seminar in Industrial and Organizational
Psychology (3) (Same as Management 6380.)
*6390 Seminar in Psychotherapy (2) Treatment of
current case, focusing upon psychodynamics,
psychopathology, and therapeutic techniques employed.
Prereq : M .A . in psychology or equivalent.
*6395 Seminar in Assessment (3) Seminar for advanced
graduate students in clinical psychology, to
deal with current research on methods of evaluating
the status of individuals seeking clinical aid.
•6400 Seminar on Changing Concepts in Clinical
Psychology (3) New developments in field in relation
to their impact on experimentation and systems
of thought . Prereq : M .A . in psychology or equivalent.
6405 Seminar in Psychopathology (3) Prereq : Consent
of instructor.
6410-20-30 Psychotherapy (3, 3, 3) Theories and
principles of psychotherapy . Prereq : 5580-90 . Prereq
or coreq : 5550-60. W ; Sp ; F
6411-12-13-14 Psychotherapy : Elective Concentration
Learning Laboratory (2, 2, 2, 2) Typically four
psychotherapy concentration areas offered each
quarter . Clinical students in core psychotherapy sequence
must elect at least one of these in each
quarter of sequence . May be repeated . Limited to
clinical psychology students enrolled in core
psychotherapy sequence or consent of instructor.
`6419-29-39 Psychotherapy Practicum (1-3, 1-3,
1-3) Coreq : 6410-20-30 . May be repeated . Maximum
16 hrs.
6450-60 Advanced Psychometrics (3, 3) Construc-
tion and standardization of psychological tests,
questionnaires, and rating scales, theory of errors or
measurements ; item analysis, scaling, equating,
and norms development . Prereq : 4650, 5440, and
5500 . May be repeated . Maximum 9 hrs.
6490 Continuing Education in Professional Mental
Health (1-4) Topics of interest to persons in mental
health and allied fields . Workshop, seminar, or lecture
; topic and format to be announced . Prereq:
Professional degree in field related to mental health
or consent of instructor . May be repeated . Maximum
9 hrs.
6491-2-3-4 Field Placement in Clinical Psychology
Levels 1, 2, 3, 4, (1-8, 1-8, 1-8, 1-8) Supervised clinical
experience . Required of and limited to students
fully admitted to Ph .D . program in Clinical Psychology
. May be repeated . Maximum 8 hrs per course.
S/NC only . W ; Sp ; F
6500 Seminar in Psychometrics (3) Seminar for advanced
graduate students in psychometrics or
quantitative psychology, to deal with advanced
theories, methodologies, and their applications.
Prereq : 4640, 5500 or equivalent, and consent of
instructor . May be repeated . Maximum 9 hrs.
6550 Seminar in Advanced Social Psychology (3)
Prereq : Consent of instructor.
6575 Seminar in Mental Health Administration (3)
Theory and problems in organization and management
of mental health administration.
6650-60-70 Systems Approaches in Psychological
Services (3, 3, 3) Systems and organization development
approaches in schools and other human
services settings . Prereq : Consent of instructor.
(Same as Educational Psychology 6650-60-70 .)
6659-69-79 Practicum in School Psychology III (2, 2,
2) Third year School Psychology Program practicum
core sequence . (Same as Educational Psychology
6659-69-79 .) S/NC only.
*6710 Seminar in Physiological Psychology (3)
*6720 Seminar in Comparative and Ethological
Psychology (3)
*6730 Methods of Ethological and Naturalistic Research
(3) Current laboratory and field techniques.
Prereq : 4729, 5750, 6720, or consent of instructor.
6780 Advanced Psycholinguistics (3) Language
from psychological and associated points of view;
methodological and theoretical problems . Prereq:
Consent of instructor.
*6900 Field Work in Industrial and Organizational
Psychology (1-15) (Same as Management 6900.)
'Note : Psychology 5210-5300, 5350-60-70, 5819, 6310-400,
6419-29-39, 6710-20-30, and/or 6900 may be repeated for
credit with the approval of the department.
Radiation Biology
(Interdepartmental)
MAJOR DEGREES
Radiation Biology M .S ., Ph .D.
Daniel Billen, Director
A graduate major in the field of Radiation
Biology is offered through the Institute of
Radiation Biology . This is a program crossing
both departmental and institutional lines.
Included on the Institute staff are certain
scientists from the Departments of
Biochemistry, Botany, Chemistry,
Microbiology, Physics, Zoology ; the
Memorial Research Center and the
Comparative Animal Research Laboratory of
The University of Tennessee ; the Biology and
Environmental Sciences Divisions of the Oak
Ridge National Laboratory ; and the Medical
Division of Oak Ridge Associated
Universities.
Formal courses in this program are offered
mainly on the Knoxville campus .Thesis
research may be carried on either at the
University or at one of the Oak Ridge

laboratories . Problems selected for thesis
research shall involve the interaction of
radiations or long-lived fission products and
radiomimetic chemicals with biological
systems, at the molecular, cellular,
organismal, or ecological level of complexity.
Areas of radiation specialization currently
include photobiology, environmental,
microbial, botanical, and biochemical and
biophysical radiobiology.
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
The minimum academic requirements for
admission to the Institute are : (1) a Bachelor's
degree from an accredited college or
university, (2) biological science, chemistry,
physics : 30 quarter hours in one and 12 in
each of the others, (3) college mathematics:
potential candidates for the Master's degree,
9 quarter hours ; potential candidates for the
doctoral degree, differential and integral
calculus, (4) for the Ph .D . program . Graduate
Record Examination scores.
THE MASTER'S PROGRAM
Course requirements include : (1) Zoology
5610, (2) Zoology 5620 or 5780, (3) Zoology
5350 or Plant and Soil Science 3610, (4)
Chemistry 3810, (5) Biochemistry 4110-20 or
5510-20-30 . (At least one-half of the student's
program must be at the 5000 level .) A thesis is
required of all students.
THE DOCTORAL PROGRAM
(1) Courses : In addition to those required
for the Master's degree, Chemistry
4910-20-30 ; Physics 3710-20-30 (Chemistry
3810 may be substituted for Physics 3730);
Radiation Biology 5620 ; 5780 . Additional
course requirements are determined by the
student's faculty committee . The student's
special field of interest and plans for a career
determine these requirements .The more
important courses from which selection may
be made are advanced courses in
biochemistry, botany, chemistry, electrical
engineering, mathematics, microbiology,
physics, and zoology . Courses are available in
The University of Tennessee Graduate School
of Biomedical Sciences at Oak Ridge . (2) The
preliminary examination will consist of oral
and written portions in radiation biology and
in allied fields in which the candidate has
received training . (3) The student's
dissertation committee determines whether a
foreign language is required for the doctoral
degree . (4) The final examination will be an
oral examination covering the candidate's
dissertation and such other fields as the
candidate's faculty committee may specify.
Regular attendance at the weekly Radiation
Biology Seminar or an appropriate
Departmental Seminar is expected of all
students.
5000 Thesis (1-15) E
5300 Graduate Research Participation (3-9) May be
repeated . Maximum 12 hrs . E
5610-20 Foundations of Radiation Biology (4, 4)
(Same as Zoology 5610-20 .)
5780 Radiation Physiology (4) (Same as Zoology
5780.)
6000 Doctoral Research and Dissertation (3-15) E
6910 Seminar in Radiation Biology (2) (Same as
Zoology 6910 .)
Religious Studies
Professors:
F . S . Lusby (Head), B . D . Colgate Rochester;
D . L. Dungan, Th .D . Harvard ; R . V . Norman, Jr .,
Ph .D . Yale ; C . H. Reynolds, Ph .D . Harvard.
Associate Professors:
W. L . Humphreys, Ph .D . Union ; D. E. Linge,
Ph .D . Vanderbilt.
Assistant Professors:
R . R . Earl, Ph .D . Vanderbilt; J . Kim,
Ph .D . Chicago.
Instructor:
J . L . Fitzgerald, M . A. Chicago.
An M .A. in Philosophy with a concentration
in religious studies is available for graduate
work in these related fields . (Details of this
program are available in the office of either
department .) Graduate courses in religious
studies further provide opportunity for
students in a variety of disciplines to pursue
work in religious studies as a graduate
concentration.
3060-70-80 History of Western Religious Thought
and Institutions (3, 3, 3) 3060-First Century to Fifth
Century . 3070-Sixth Century to Fifteenth Century.
3080-Sixteenth Century to 1900 . (Same as History
3060-70-80.) A
3210 Early Greek Mythology (3) (Same as Classics
3210.) F
3220 Early Greek Mythology in the Classical Period
(3) (Same as Classics 3220 .) W
3230 Roman Mythology (3) (Same as Classics 3230.)
Sp
3270 Russian Philosophical and Theological
Thought (4) (Same as Philosophy 3270 and Russian
3270 .)
3411-12-13 Renaissance and Reformation (3, 3, 3)
(Same as History 3411-12-13 .)
3440 Religion of Primitive Peoples (3) (Same as
Anthropology 3440).
3650 Philosophy and Religion in India (4) (Same as
Philosophy 3650 .) F
3660 Buddhist Philosophy and Religion (4) (Same
as Philosophy 3660 .) W
3671 Religion and Philosophy in China (4) (Same as
Philosophy 3671 .)
3690 Philosophy of Religion (4) (Same as Philosophy
3690 .)
4111-21 Modern Religious Philosophies (4, 4)
Examination of the religious implications of major
thinkers and movements . 4111-Nicolas of Cusa to
Hume . 4121-Kant and the nineteenth century. Prereq
: 9 hrs of philosophy other than logic . (Same as
Philosophy 4111-21 .)
4210 Topics in Ancient Israelite and Ancient Near
Eastern Religions (4) Prereq : 3110-20 or consent of
instructor . May be repeated. Maximum 8 hrs.
4310 Jesus and Paul Compared (4) Jesus' teaching
and activity in the context of first-century Palestinian
Judaism ; analysis of what the Apostle Paul made
of the tradition of and about Jesus . Recommended
prereq : 2610 or 2611.
4370 Theoretical Issues in Medical Ethics (4) (Same
as Philosophy 4370 .)
4410 American Religious Thought (4) Selected figures,
movements and problems in American religious
thought from colonial period to present.
4450 Topics in American Religion (4) Prereq : One of
the following : 3510, 3520, 4410, or consent of instructor
. May be repeated . Maximum 8 hrs.
4540 Social and Religious Change (4) (Same as
Sociology 4540 .)
4610 Topics in Western Religious Thought and Institutions
(4) Selected figures, issues, and institutions
. Seniors and graduate students only, except by
consent of department . Prereq : 3060-70-80. May be
repeated . Maximum 12 hrs .
College of Liberal Arts 131
4640 Topics in Early Christianity and Hellenistic
Religions (4) Selected figures, issues, and institutions
. Seniors and graduate students only, except by
consent of department . Prereq : Consent of instructor.
May be repeated. Maximum 12 hrs.
4670 Topics in Eastern Religions (4) Selected figures,
issues, and institutions . Seniors and graduate
students only, except by consent of department.
Prereq : 3650-60-71-72 . May be repeated . Maximum
12 hrs.
4810-20-30 Readings and Research in Religious
Studies (3-4, 3-4, 3-4)
4840 Readings in Selected Languages Related to
Religious Studies (3-4) Prereq : Consent of instructor
. May be repeated . Maximum 12 hrs.
4940 Sociology of Religion (4) (Same as Sociology
4940 .)
4950 Theory of Religion (4) Elements for construction
of a theory of religion drawing on resources
from fields of psychohistory, social psychology,
sociology of religion, cultural anthropology, theology
and comparative religion.
4960 Tradition, Change and Modernity in Asia (4)
Comparative study of processes of religious and
social change seen in historical context in Asian
societies . Comparative focus of course will vary
each year (e .g ., China and Japan, India and South
Asia) . May be repeated . Maximum 8 hrs . (Same as
Sociology 4960 .)
5101 Foreign Study (1-12) See page 95.
5102 Off-campus Study (1-12) See page 95.
5103 Independent Study (1-12) See page 95.
5310-20 Topics in Religion and Society (4, 4)
5355 Orientation to Medical Ethics (4) (Same as
Philosophy 5355 .)
5365 Applied Ethical Theory (4) (Same as philosophy
5365 .)
5510-20 Topics in the History of Religion (4, 4)
5710-20 Topics in Religious Thought (4, 4)
Romance Languages
MAJORS DEGREES
Romance Languages MACT
French M .A.
Spanish M .A., Ph .D.
Professors:
H . C. Rutledge (Head), Ph .D . Ohio State;
W. R. Averett (Emeritus), A .M . Texas;
P. E. Barrette, Ph .D . California ; C . W . Cobb,
Ph .D . Tulane ; P . J . Cooper, Ph .D.
Columbia ; T. B . Irving, Ph .D . Princeton;
H . E . Lewald, Ph .D . Minnesota ; F. D . Maurino,
Ph .D . Columbia ; A . M . Vazquez-Bigi, Ph .D.
Minnesota ; A . H . Wallace, Ph .D . North Carolina.
Associate Professors:
W. F . Byess (Emeritus), Ph .D . Wisconsin;
R . M. DeRycke, Ph .D . Illinois ; J . C . Elliott,
A .M . Illinois ; W . H . Heflin, Ph .D . Florida State;
K . D. Levy, Ph .D . Kentucky ; M . P . Petrovska,
Ph .D . Kentucky; C . Pinsky, Ph .D.
California (Berkeley) ; Y. M. Washburn,
Ph .D . North Carolina.
Assistant Professors:
T. R. Arrington, Ph .D . Kentucky ; E. J. Campion,
Ph .D . Yale ; M. Handlesman, Ph .D . Florida.
The Department of Romance Languages
offers three advanced degrees : the Master of
Arts in College Teaching (MACT) in the
Romance Languages only ; the Master of Arts
(M .A .) in French and Spanish ; and the Doctor
of Philosophy (Ph .D .) in Spanish.
THE MASTER OF ARTS IN COLLEGE
TEACHING PROGRAM
This program requires a minimum of 60
hours of graduate work . Students must
participate in the graduate seminar in college
teaching during their first year of residence (3
hours credit) . They must also complete 6

132 College of Liberal Arts
hours in supervised instructional experience.
French or Spanish must be selected as the
major subject, and at least 36 hours of
graduate work, including 9 hours of thesis
and 9 hours of linguistics and philology, and 3
hours of problems in language teaching,
must be completed . In addition, civilization
courses are strongly recommended . Spanish
or French must be selected as the minor
subject, in which at least 18 hours of graduate
work must be completed.
THE MASTER OF ARTS PROGRAM
The student may select either Plan A or B:
Plan A
1. Completion of a minimum of 36 quarter
hours of which 24 must be taken in courses
numbered above 5000, including 5011
(French or Spanish, as appropriate).
2. A thesis.
3. A written examination covering the
course work and selected items from a master
reading list.
4. A final oral examination covering the
thesis.
Plan B
1. Completion of 45 quarter credits of
which 33 must be in courses beyond 5000,
including 5011 (French or Spanish, as
appropriate).
2. Three term papers that have been
accepted as satisfactory by the Advisory
Committee.
3. A written examination covering the
course work and selected items from a master
reading list.
THE DOCTORAL PROGRAM
Residence and Course Work:
Completion of at least three consecutive
quarters of full-time residence, a minimum of
81 credit hours in course work beyond the
Bachelor's degree or its equivalent, and a
dissertation (36 credit hours).
No less than 54 quarter hours should be
taken in courses pertaining to the student's
major field ; of these a minimum of 18 hours
are to be taken in courses above 6000, a
maximum of 12 hours may be taken in
courses of the 4000 level and the rest in
courses above 5000 . All students must
complete the series in methods of research
(5151-61-71) for a total of 3 credits . The minor
shall consist of at least 18 hours of which at
least 12 hours must be numbered above 5000
and the rest above 4000, and should represent,
a meaningful complement to the student's
area of concentration . In addition 9 hours of
courses above 4000 in a related discipline are
required . In special cases the latter
requirement may be waived in favor of
additional course work in the major field.
Language Requirements:
Students are expected to demonstrate
written and oral fluency in Spanish as well as
knowledge of two other foreign languages.
One of these must be French ; the second one
should be chosen from such languages as
German, Italian, Portuguese, Arabic or
Hebrew in accordance with the student's field
of concentration . Proficiency in Latin shall be
required of all students specializing in an area
related to philology or the medieval period.
Examinations:
A preliminary comprehensive examination,
both written and oral, covering the major and
minor fields must be passed before a student
can become an official candidate for the
degree . This preliminary examination is to be
held at the time deemed most appropriate by
the student's major advisor and committee.
The candidate is expected to defend the
dissertation in a final oral examination.
For additional information on the program,
consult pages 8-9.
Arabic
3510-20 Intermediate Modern Standard (4, 4) A
3610 Islamic Literature in English Translation (4)
Survey from origins to modern period of major Islamic
literatures, especially Arabic, Persian, and
Turkish . Readings include The Arabian Nights, The
Rubaiyat of Omar Khayyam and Gibran's The
Prophet . A
5070-80-90 Hispano-Arabic Literature and Culture
(3, 3, 3) (Same as Spanish 5070-80-90.) A
5101 Foreign Study (1-12) See page 95 . E
5102 Off-campus Study (1-12) See page 95. E
5103 Independent Study (1-12) See page 95 . E
French
3010 . 20-30 Elements of French for Upper Division
and Graduate Students (3, 3, 3) Elements of language,
elementary and advanced readings . Open to
graduate students preparing for language examinations,
and upper division students desiring reading
knowledge of the language . Undergraduate credit
only . No credit for those having had Elementary
French . No auditors . F ; W ; Sp ; Su
4010 Masterpieces of French Literature in English
Translation (3) No foreign language credit . A
4020 Masterpieces of French Drama in English
Translation (3) No foreign language credit . A
4110-20-30 French Literature of the Seventeenth
Century (3, 3, 3) Prereq : Intermediate French or
equivalent . A
4150 Theatrical French (1-3) Performance in one or
more French plays. Prereq : Intermediate French or
equivalent and consent of instructor . May be repeated
with consent of department . A
4160-70-80 Advanced Conversation (2, 2, 2) Intensive
training in prepared and spontaneous conversations
. Subjects range from travel and current
events to literature and aspects of national culture.
Prereq : Completion of 9 hrs of courses on 3000 level.
F ; W ; Sp
4210 Phonetics (3) Prereq : 2130, 2520, or equivalent
. F
4220-30 Advanced Grammar (3, 3) Prereq : 2130,
2520, or equivalent . W, Sp
4250 Introduction to Descriptive Linguistics (3)
Phonetics and phonemics, morphology and syntax.
Types of languages, linguistic groups, dialects and
dialect geography. Application of descriptive
linguistics-field linguistics, dialect study ; its practical
use in learning languages and in language
teaching . Introduction to transformational grammar
. Prereq : 9 hrs of upper division English or 9 hrs
of upper division courses in a modern or ancient
language (exclusive of German and French 3010-
20-30, courses in literature, in translation, and general
courses in Latin and Greek requiring no knowledge
of these languages), or consent of department.
(Same as German, Spanish and Russian 4250 .) F
4260 Introduction to Historical and Comparative
Linguistics (3) (Same as German, Russian, and
Spanish 4260 .) W
4270 Romance Linguistics (3) Development of Classical
Latin through Vulgar Latin into the major Romance
languages . (Same as Spanish 4270 .) Sp
4310-20-30 French Literature of the Eighteenth
Century (3, 3, 3) Prereq : Intermediate French or
equivalent . A
4350-60-70 Medieval French Literature (3, 3, 3)
Medieval works in modern French texts . Prereq : Intermediate
French or equivalent . A
4410-20-30 French Civilization (3, 3, 3) Prereq : Intermediate
French or equivalent . A
4510-20-30 French Literature of the Nineteenth
Century (3, 3, 3) Prereq : Intermediate French or
equivalent . A
4640-50-60 French Literature of the Sixteenth Century
(3, 3, 3) Prereq : Intermediate French or equivalent
. A
4710-20-30 French Literature of the Twentieth Century
(3, 3, 3) Prereq : Intermediate French or equivalent
. A
5000 Thesis (1-15) E
5002 Non-Thesis Graduation Completion (3-15)
Required for the non-thesis student not otherwise
registered during any quarter when such a student
uses university facilities and/or faculty time before
degree is completed . May not be used toward degree
requirements . May be repeated. S/NC only . E
5011 Techniques in Literary Analysis (3) Required
for either Plan A or Plan B of M .A . program . Intensive
course in explication de texte. F
5101 Foreign Study (1-12) See page 95 . E
5102 Off-campus Study (1-12) See page 95 . E
5103 Independent Study (1-12) See page 95 . E
5110-20-30 Old French (3, 3, 3) Medieval French
language and literature . A
5121 College Teaching of Romance Languages (3)
Seminars, demonstrations, and practical applications
of techniques and procedures for teaching and
evaluating basic language skills, cultural aspects,
and beginning literature . Required of all M .A . and
Ph .D . students holding Graduate Teaching Assistantships
except those whose previous training or
experience warrants their being excused by department
. F
5151-61-71 Bibliography and Methods of Research
(1, 1, 1) (Same as Italian and Spanish 5151-61-71 .)
S/NC only . A
5210-20-30 French Literature of the Sixteenth Century
(3, 3, 3) A
5310-20-30 French Directed Readings (3, 3, 3) E
5350-60-70 The Philosophes (3, 3, 3) Textual
analysis of the works of Voltaire, Diderot, Rousseau,
and other eighteenth-century writers . A
5410-20-30 The French Novel (3, 3, 3) A
5450-60 Lyric Poetry of the Nineteenth Century (3,
3) 5450-German and English influences on French
Romanticism and generation of the poets of "le mal
du siecle." 5460-Victor Hugo ; the Parnassians . A
5470 Baudelaire and the Symbolists (3) Les Fleurs
du mal and Petits poemes en prose with emphasis
on theories of color and "correspondances" and
their influence on Symbolist school . A
5510-20-30 The French Drama (3, 3, 3) From
Seventeenth Century to present . Emphasis on
Seventeenth Century . A
5610-20-30 Trends in Contemporary French Literature
(3, 3, 3) A
5650-60 Advanced Syntax and Stylistics (3, 3)
Readings and written imitations of modern literary
styles in form of compositions, sketches, and original
stories . A
5670 Problems In Romance Linguistics (3) Topics
vary. May be repeated with consent of department.
Prereq : 4270 or equivalent. (Same as Spanish 5670 .)
A
5710-20-30 Seminar in French Literature (3, 3, 3)
Topics vary . May be repeated with consent of department
. Su
5910 Literary Criticism : The Foundations of Romance
Criticism (3) (Same as Spanish 5910 .) A
Italian
3210-20-30 Civilization and Culture (3, 3, 3) Prereq:
Intermediate Italian or equivalent . A
33102030 Italian Literature in English Translation
(3-4, 3-4, 3-4) 3310-Sicilian School, the Florentine
School, Dante, Petrarch, Boccaccio, Machiavelli,
Ariosto, Tasso . 3320-From the Baroque through
nineteenth century, commedia dell'arte, Vico,

Leopardi. 3330-Twentieth century, Carducci,
Pirandello, Quasimodo, D'Annunzio, Croce,
Moravia . No change in credit hours after add deadline
. Option of 4 hrs credit must present appropriate
amount of extra work above that required for 3 hrs . A
3510.20 Aspects of Italian Literature (4, 4) Prereq:
Intermediate Italian or equivalent . Recommended
for literature majors . F ; W
4010.20 Italian Drama in English Translation (3-4,
3-4) 4010-La commedia dell'arte and major works
of Machiavelli, Metastasio, Alfieri, Goldini . 4020-
Twentieth-century theatre : operatic drama, the
Grottesco, Pirandello, De Filippo, Frati . No change
in credit hours after add deadline . Option of 4 hrs
credit must present appropriate amount of extra
work above that required for 3 hrs . A
4050-60-70 Dante and Medieval Culture (3, 3, 3)
Readings and lectures in English for students majoring
or minoring in other departments . Readings,
reports, and term papers in Italian for students
majoring or minoring in Italian . (Same as Comparative
Literature 4050-60-70 .) A
4220 Petrarch (3) Prereq : 3130, 3520 or equivalent . A
4230 Boccaccio (3) Prereq : 3130, 3520 or equivalent.
A
4330 History of Italian Language (3) Prereq : 3130,
3520 or equivalent . A
4410-20-30 Literature of the Rinascimento (3, 3, 3)
From Pulci to Tasso, the Quattrocento and the Cinquecento
. Prereq : 3130, 3520 or equivalent . A
4530 The Modern Novel (3) Prereq : Intermediate
Italian or equivalent . A
4540 The Modem Theatre (3) Prereq : Intermediate
Italian or equivalent . A
4610 Contemporary Theatre (3) Prereq : Intermediate
Italian or equivalent . A
4620 Contemporary Poetry (3) Prereq : Intermediate
Italian or equivalent . A
4630 Contemporary Prose (3) Prereq : Intermediate
Italian or equivalent . A
5011 Techniques in Literary Analysis (2) Intensive
course in explication de texte . A
5101 Foreign Study (1-12) See page 95. E
5102 Off-campus Study (1-12) See page 95. E
5103 Independent Study (1-12) See page 95 . E
5151-61-71 Bibliography and Methods of Research
(1, 1, 1) (Same as French and Spanish 5151-61-71 .)
S/NC only. A
5610-20-30 Readings in Italian Literature (3, 3, 3)
Topics vary and may be repeated with consent of
department . A
5710-20-30 Seminar in Italian Literature (3, 3, 3)
Topics vary and may be repeated with consent of
department . A
Portuguese
3510-20 Aspects of Portuguese Literature (4, 4)
Prereq : Intermediate Portuguese or equivalent.
Recommended for literature majors . F ; W
4310-20-30 Directed Readings in Brazilian and Portuguese
Literature (3, 3, 3) May be repeated with
consent of instructor. F ; W ; Sp
5101 Foreign Study (1-12) See page 95 . E
5102 Off-campus Study (1-12) See page 95 . E
5103 Independent Study (1-12) See page 95 . E
Spanish
4030 Masterpieces of Spanish Literature in English
Translation (3) No foreign language credit . A
405060-70 Hispano-Arabic Literature and Culture
(3, 3, 3) A
4110-20-30 Spanish Literature of the Golden Age
(3, 3, 3) The picaresque novel ; Cervantes ; the Comedia.
A
4160-70-80 Advanced Conversation (2, 2, 2) Intensive
training in prepared and spontaneous conver-
sations . Subjects range from travel and current
events to literature and aspects of national culture.
Prereq : Completion of 9 hrs of courses on 3000 level.
F ; W ; Sp
4210 Phonetics (3) Prereq : 2130, 2520, or equivalent
. F
4220-30 Advanced Grammar (3, 3) Prereq : 2130,
2520, or equivalent . W ; Sp
4250 Introduction to Descriptive Linguistics (3)
(Same as French, German, and Russian 4250.) F
4260 Introduction to Historical and Comparative
Linguistics (3) (Same as German, Russian, and
French 4260 .) W
4270 Romance Linguistics (3) (Same as French
4270) . Sp
4410 Spanish Civilization (3) Prereq : Intermediate
Spanish or equivalent . F
4420-30 Latin American Civilization (3, 3) Prereq:
Intermediate Spanish or equivalent . W ; Sp
4450-70 Studies in Modern Spanish Style (3, 3) Prereq
: 3410-20-30 or consent of instructor . A
4510-20-30 Spanish Literature of Nineteenth Century
(3, 3, 3) Prereq : Intermediate Spanish or equivalent
. A
4710-20-30 Spanish Literature of the Twentieth
Century (3, 3, 3) 4710-Non-dramatic prose fiction.
4720-Drama . 4730-Lyric poetry . Prereq : Intermediate
Spanish or equivalent . A
4810-20-30 Topical Survey of Spanish American
Literature (3, 3, 3) 4810-Prose fiction : major examples
of the short story and novel . 4820-Poetry:
landmark figures of past and present . 4830-Drama
and essay : the modern period . A
5000 Thesis (1-15) E
5002 Non-Thesis Graduation Completion (3-15)
Required for the non-thesis student not otherwise
registered during any quarter when such a student
uses university facilities and/or faculty time before
degree is completed . May be repeated . S/NC only . E
5011 Techniques in Literary Analysis (3) Required
for either Plan A or Plan B of M .A . program . An
intensive course in explication de texte. F
5070. 80-90 Hispano-Arabic Literature and Culture
(3, 3, 3) 5070-General culture history, philosophy in
Arab Spain . 5080-Development of traditional marketplace
story, or episodic prose narrative, into
modern novel of character after invention of printing
. 5090-Mutual influence of traditional Arabic
poetry and popular and native Spanish choral lyric;
development of classical muwashshah, the colloquial
zajal, and the later villancico . Readings in
Arabic and Spanish . (Same as Arabic 5070-80-90 .) A
5101 Foreign Study (1-12) See page 95 . E
5102 Off-campus Study (1-12) See page 95. E
5103 Independent Study (1-12) See page 95 . E
5110-20-30 Old Spanish (3, 3, 3) Medieval Spanish
language and literature . A
5121 College Teaching of Romance Languages (3)
Seminars, demonstrations, and practical applications
of techniques and procedures for teaching and
evaluating basic language skills, cultural aspects,
and beginning literature . Required of all M .A . and
Ph .D . students holding Graduate Teaching Assistantships
except those whose previous training or
experience warrants their being excused by department
. F
5151-61-71 Bibliography and Methods of Research
(1, 1, 1) (Same as French and Italian 5151-61-71 .)
S/NC only . A
5211-21 Don Quixote (3, 3) Must be taken in sequence
. A
5212-22-32 Golden Age Prose (3, 3, 3) 5212-La
Celestine ; critical study of Fernando de Rojas' life
and work . Celestinesque genre ; Feliciano de Silva's
Segunda Celestine . 5222-Spanish philosophical
thought ; mystical prose ; satirical works . 5232-
Guzman de Alfarache and Spanish picaresque
genre . A
5231The Exemplary Novels, Persiles y Sigismunda
(3) A
College of Liberal Arts 133
5250-60 The Generation of '98 (3, 3) Angel Ganivet,
Giner de los Rios, Baroja, Unamuno, Valle Inclan,
Benavente, Azorin, Perez de Ayala . A
5270 The Contemporary Novel (3) Civil War and
post-Civil War period . A
5310-20 Directed Readings (3, 3) E
5311-21 Special Topics in Spanish or Spanish
American Literature (3, 3) May be repeated . A
5340 Problems in Hispanic Culture (3) Prevailing
social, political, artistic, literary and ideological
conditions and patterns of any area or period within
Spanish or Latin American culture . May be repeated
with consent of department . Maximum 6 hrs . A
5510. 20-30 The Spanish Theatre after the Golden
Age (3, 3, 3) 5510-From eighteenth century
through Romanticism . 5520-From realism through
Generation of 1898 .5530-Contemporary theatre . A
5550-60-70 The Golden Age Theatre (3, 3, 3) 5550-
Introduction to Spanish theatre, Lope and Tirso.
5560-Castro, Mira de Amescua and Alarcon.
5570-Rojas Zorrilla, Moreto, and Calderon . A
5610 Spanish American Prose to 1900 (3) Novel,
chronicle, essay . A
5611-21 Spanish American Lyric Poetry (3, 3) A
5620-30 The Modern Novel in Spanish America (3,
3) A
5631 Spanish American Essay (3) A
5632 The Spanish American Short Story (3) Short
story as major literary genre in Spanish America.
Reading and criticism of works of authors such as
Dario, Quiroga, Borges, Arreola, and Rulfo . A
5633 Twentieth-century Latin American Theatre
and Fllm (3) Readings from works of Carlos, Sol6rzano,
Rodolfo Usigli, Conrado Nale Roxlo, Roberto
Cossa, Rene Marques and Sebastian Salazar Bondy.
Presentation of films as adaptations of classics such
as Doha Barbara, Los de abajo and Don Segundo
Sombre as well as exponents of experimental
cinema of today . A
5640 Latin American Women Writers (3) Feminine
point of view, modern image of woman, male-female
relationships and society as context for woman's
destiny . Readings from poetry and fiction, including
such authors as Alfonsina Storni, Delmira Agustini,
Gabriela Mistral, Silvina Bullrich, Silvina Ocampo
and Rosario Castellanos . A
5650-60 Advanced Syntax and Stylistics (3, 3)
Readings and written imitations of modern literary
styles in compositions, sketches, and original
stories . A
5670 Problems in Romance Linguistics (3) (Same as
French 5670.) A
5810-20. 30 Spanish Lyric Poetry (3, 3, 3) A
5910 Literary Criticism : The Foundations of Romance
Criticism (3) (Same as French 5910 .) A
6000 Doctoral Research and Dissertation (3-15) E
6210-20-30 Seminar in Spanish Literature (3, 3, 3)
Topics vary in field of Peninsular Literature . May be
repeated with consent of department . A
6310-20-30 Seminar in Latin American Literature
(3, 3, 3) Topics vary . May be repeated with consent of
department . A
Russian
See German
Sociology
MAJOR degrees
sociology M .A., MACT, Ph .D.
Professors:
D . R . Poch (Head), Ph .D . North Carolina;
J . A. Black, Ph .D . Iowa ; D . J . Champion, Ph .D.
Purdue ; L . Ebersole, Ph .D . Pennsylvania;
S . Wallace, Ph .D . Minnesota .

134
College of Liberal Arts
Associate Professors:
D . M . Betz, Ph .D . Michigan State ; D . Clelland,
Ph .D . Michigan State ; D . Hastings, Ph .D.
Massachusetts ; T. C . Hood, Ph .D . Duke;
R. G . Perrin, Ph .D . British Columbia ; N. Shover,
Ph .D . Illinois.
Assistant Professors:
S. C . Fisher, Ph .D . California (San Diego);
S . Kurth, Ph .D. Illinois ; K . Ritter,
Ph .D . Washington : J . Stanfield, Ph .D.
Northwestern ; K . Van Liere, Ph .D . Washington State.
For a full statement of departmental
requirements, students are referred to the
Departmental Graduate Manual.
All registration for 3000- and 4000-level
courses require the consent of the instructor.
THE MASTER'S PROGRAM
The department offers both a thesis and
non-thesis option for a Master's degree . For
information concerning the Master's degree
with thesis, see the General Requirements on
page 19 . Those interested in the non-thesis
option should obtain details from the
department.
THE DOCTORAL PROGRAM
General requirements for the degree of
Doctor of Philosophy are described on page
21 . Additional specific requirements for the
degree of Doctor of Philosophy in Sociology
include:
1. A minimum of 108 credit hours following
the Bachelor's degree, exclusive of credits for
the Master's thesis, is required . Of this
number, 36 hours shall be allocated to
doctoral research and dissertation . A
maximum of 12 hours credit outside the major
may be taken in related fields, with the
approval of the student's committee.
Exclusive of doctoral research and
dissertation at least one-half of all credits
shall be in courses numbered 5000 or 6000.
2. A written preliminary examination
covering sociological theory, research
methodology, and two other areas in
sociology must be passed prior to admission
to candidacy. This examination must be
passed not later than one academic year
before the date on which the degree is
granted.
3. No later than one month before granting
of the degree, the candidate will be required
to pass an oral examination on the doctoral
dissertation . At the oral examination the
candidate will be expected to show a
thorough knowledge of sociological theory
and methodology related to the research.
4030 Society and Law (4) General treatment of social
origins and consequences of law and legal
process . Particular emphasis is placed on problems
of law and social change, and on structure and functioning
of legal sanctions . Some attention is paid to
law and law-like phenomena in formal organizations
and primitive societies.
4110 Population Problems (4) Demographic factors
and social structure ; trends in fertility, mortality,
population growth, migration, distribution, and
composition ; population policy.
4120 Topics In Social Psychology (4) (Same as Psychology
4120 .)
4130 Sociology of Punishment and Corrections (4)
Traces development of correctional movement, develops
a critical sociological perspective on contemporary
correctional programs, and provides
overview of evaluative research in corrections.
4310 Criminology (4)
4330 Urban Ecology (4) Examination of public, private,
collective, and individual space . Classical
school of ecology, its neoclassical revisers, social
area analysis, and cognitive symbolic ecology emphasized
.
4410 Educational Sociology (3) (Same as Curriculum
and Instruction 4410 .)
4530 Community Organization (4) Structure ; function
; linkages ; change and development and important
community studies are reviewed and discussed.
Emphasis on sociological analysis, not on the implementation
of change.
4540 Social and Religious Change (4) Critical review
of historical and contemporary theories and
methods employed in study of social change . Attention
given to both macro and micro group change.
(Same as Religious Studies 4540 .) A
4560 Formal Organization (4) Analysis of bureaucratization
process, division of labor, delegation of
authority, channeled communication under a system
of rationality.
4820 American Minority Groups (4) Minority groups
and social structure in American society ; analysis of
intergroup relations with attention given to both
past and present relationships of selected groups to
broader society.
4930 Social Movements (4) Development, organization,
and function of social movements ; attention is
given to the ideology, leadership and organization
of political, religious and other types of social
movements.
4940 Sociology of Religion (4) Interrelationship of
society, culture, and religion . (Same as Religious
Studies 4940 .) A
4960 Tradition, Change and Modernity in Asia (4)
(Same as Religious Studies 4960 .)
5000 Thesis (1-15) E
5002 Non-Thesis Graduation Completion (3-15)
Required for the non-thesis student not otherwise
registered during any quarter when such a student
uses university facilities and/or faculty time before
degree is completed . May not be used toward degree
requirements . May be repeated . S/NC only . E
5010 Professional Seminar (1) Limited to sociology
graduate teaching assistants or graduate assistants.
May be repeated . Maximum 4 hrs . S/NC only . W, Sp
5040 Methodological Issues in Social Research (3)
5050 Seminar in Political Sociology (3) Political system
from societal, organizational, and group perspectives.
5060-70 Special Social Investigation (3, 3) Directed
readings and/or research projects . E
5200 Seminar in Collective Behavior and Social
Movements (3)
5210 Social Theory (3) F
5220 Social Control (3)
5230 Seminar in Sociology of Medicine (3)
5251 Historical Demography (3) Family reconstitution,
aggregate analysis, strategies for examining
documents containing information on population.
Research findings on historical patterns of change
in fertility, mortality, migration and different types of
family structure . A
5310 Seminar in Methods of Sociological Research
(3) Major methodological issues in sociology ; scaling
techniques ; reliability, validity, sampling, and
qualitative methodology.
5320-30 Social Statistics (3, 3) General survey of
parametric and nonparametric procedures in
analysis of sociological data ; assumptions underlying
procedures ; advantages, disadvantages, and
special applications. Must be taken in sequence . F;
W
5420-30 Social Theory (3, 3) W ; Sp
5520 Crime, Law, and Social Control (3)
5530 Seminar in Community (3)
5550 Seminar on Community Power (3) Analysis of
theories and methods used in studying social power
in communities.
5560-70 Field Research In Deviance (3, 3)
5580 Sociology of Mental Disorders (3) Relationship
between formal sociological models and
substantive theories of mental illness . Historical de-
velopment of theoretical conceptualizations . Interdependence
of theory and therapeutic techniques.
Epidemiology of mental disorders . Review of major
studies.
5590 Social Differentiation and Stratification (3)
Various sources of differentiation in society, their
relation to conflict in society, and their relationship
to class structure in society.
5610 Seminar in Occupations (3) Occupations and
their relation to individual and society ; technology
and occupations ; unequal rewards and occupations
; social organization and occupations.
5620 Seminar in Occupations (3) Continuation from
material in Sociology 5610 ; interface between occupations
and settings in which they are performed.
5630 Seminar in Occupations (3) Research participation
; directed projects on subjects developed in
5620 . Prereq : 5610 or 5620.
5640 Social Structure and Personality (3) Social
interaction and personality ; genesis and functioning
of self ; cultural basis of personality . May be used
for credit in psychology.
5670 Social Organization (3) Structure and function
of human groups, with special attention to voluntary
associations and administrative organizations.
5720 Small Group Theory and Research (3) Critical
assessment, through reading and actual research,
of contemporary theoretical orientations to study of
small groups . Research designed to test selected
theoretical problems . May be repeated.
5730 Seminar in Research Problems In Inter-group
Relations (3) Research techniques and problems as
encountered in race and intergroup relations are
explored ; actual field research projects are performed.
5810 Seminar in Race and Culture (3) Critical
examination of theoretical and conceptual approaches
in study of intergroup relations. A
5910 Urban and Regional Sociology (3)
5920 Seminar in Social Attitudes (3)
5940 Delinquency and the Social Structure (3) Critical
assessment of contemporary theories of delinquency,
research findings related to them, and their .
implications for formal strategies of control and rehabilitation.
5960 Demographic Techniques (3) Life, table, standard
rates, and survey techniques of population
analysis . A
.5970 The Sociology of Development and Modernization
(3) Comparative approach to institutional
and organizational correlates of modernization . Relations
between urbanization, industrialization, and
modernization.
6000 Doctoral Research and Dissertation (3-15) E
6040 Experimental Research (3)
6050 Seminar on Methods of Social Research (3)
Experimental research projects . (Same as Psychology
6050 .)
6070 Field Research (3)
6080 Research Problems in the Study of Social
Groups (3) Measurement of group properties.
6090-100 Survey Design and Analysis (3, 3) Application
of general methodological principles to
particular operating context of survey . Systematic
exploration of survey problems through student participation
in design and analysis of survey (2 qtrs).
6130 Seminar in Mass Behavior and Related Topics
(3)
6140 Advanced Readings in Sociological Theory
(4) S/NC only . E
6150 Advanced Readings in Sociological Methods
(4) S/NC only . E
6160 Advanced Special Social Investigation (4) E
6170 Cross-cultural Aspects of Human Fertility (3)
Historical, topical, regional, and methodological
approaches to human fertility and demographic
problems . Consideration of relations obtained between
socioeconomic and demographic change in
various parts of world ; fertility rates and national

power ; controversies on control of vital rates of
growth.
6180 Theory and Method of Human Ecology (3)
Theoretical perspective and research techniques of
human ecology applied to selected research sites.
6190 Advanced Special Social Investigation (4) E
6240 Theory and Research in Human Migration (3)
6510 Advanced Issues in Criminological Theory (3)
Emphasis on problems related to theory construction
and measurement.
6520 Sociology of Deviance (3) Advanced studies in
deviant behavior . Theories and findings regarding
cause and procedures and programs for social control.
Prereq : 4310 and 5520.
6530 Sociology of Law (3) Analysis of social and
cultural factors influencing emergence and maintenance
of law as social institution and affecting relations
between law and deviant behavior ; appraisal of
theoretical and methodological issues encountered
in studying law . A
6540 Readings in Criminology and Deviance (3)
Directed readings and selected topics on criminology
and deviance.
6550 Advanced Studies in Community (3) Analysis
of concepts of community, theories of community
change, and techniques used in community research.
6610 Seminar in Formal Organization (3) Major
formal organizational theories ; bureaucracy ; functions
of theoretical models of organizations ; major
organizational variables ; organizational authority
patterns; communication in formal organizations.
Prereq : 3610-20.
6620 Seminar in Formal Organization (3) Organizations,
organizational change and effect of
technology ; social consequences of automation;
unionization and organization ; organizations and
community interrelatedness . Prereq : Consent of instructor.
6630 Seminar in Formal Organization (3) Comparative
organizational analysis ; case studies, selected
readings ; Personality and organization . Prereq:
Consent of instructor.
6710 Seminar in Class and Status (3) Classic and
recent studies of class and status . Methods used in
research and current position of theory.
6810 Advanced Studies In Social Psychology (3)
Social interaction and personality ; genesis and
functioning of self ; interplay of social structures and
individual actions ; theories of social psychology related
to these problems and recent research are
discussed . May be repeated . Prereq : 3130 or 5640 or
Psychology 5550.
6840-50 Social Change (3, 3) Major theories,
methods and research.
6940 Advanced Studies in Urban Sociology (3)
Field work projects and community studies
examined and/or applied in specified areas . Prereq:
3410-20.
6950 Seminar in Population Theory (3) Malthus,
Marx, optimum population, and selected variables.
A
Spanish
See Romance Languages
Speech and Hearing
Sciences
See Audiology and Speech Pathology
Speech and Theatre
MAJOR DEGREE
Speech and Theatre
M .A.
Professors:
R. G . Allen, D .F .A. Yale ; T. P . Cooke, Ph .D
Florida State ; R. M . Cothran ; J . F. Fields
(Emeritus), M .A . Ohio State ; H. W. Henshaw, Ph .D .
Pittsburgh ; P . L . Soper, (Emeritus) Ph .D.
Cornell ; G . A. Yeomans, Ph .D . Louisiana State.
Associate Professors:
N . C . Cook, M .A. Alabama ; R . C. Field, M .A.
Miami (Ohio) ; R. W. Glenn, Ph .D . Northwestern;
A . J . Harris, Ed.D . Tennessee ; F . D. Julian, Ph .D.
Tennessee ; L . W. Lester (Head),
Ed .D . Tennessee ; R. R . Mashburn, M .A.
Tennessee.
Assistant Professors:
R . S . Ambler, Ph .D . Ohio State ; M . L . Ambrester,
Ph .D. Ohio (Athens) ; J . F. Buckley,
Ph .D. Northwestern ; M . Custer, M .F .A.
Wisconsin ; B . V. Daniels, Ph .D . Cornell;
L . J . DeCuir, M .F .A . Tulane.
MASTER OF ARTS DEGREE
CURRICULUM
The departmental requirement for the M .A.
degree in Speech and Theatre is 45 quarter
hours (inclusive of hours taken toward a
minor), at least 23 hours of which must be
earned in courses numbered 5000 or above.
Only 9 hours of thesis credit (Speech and
Theatre 5000) may be included in the 45-hour
minimum for the degree. Speech and Theatre
5110 is required of all M .A. students . Area
concentration requirements are as follows:
Speech Communication
(1) Enrollment in Speech 4999 during each
quarter of full-time graduate study.
(2) 12 hours in rhetorical and
communication theory.
(3) 9 hours in public and interpersonal
communication.
(4) 3 hours (not inclusive of Speech and
Theatre 5110 and Speech 4999) in methods
and materials in speech communication.
Theatre
(1) 15 hours in theatrical history and
criticism.
(2) At least 9 hours (and no more than 12
hours) in performance and production
courses may be included in the 45-hour
minimum for the degree
(3) No more than 6 hours in projects
courses.
For detailed information, contact the
Director of Graduate Studies, Department of
Speech and Theatre.
Speech
3541 Rhetorical Theory and Criticism (4) Survey of
Western rhetorical theory ; contemporary approaches
to criticism of public address . Recommended
: 1211.
4222 Advanced Argumentation and Debate (4) Prereq
: 2331 or consent of instructor . Sp
4461 Quantitative Research Methods In Speech
Communication (4) Designing experiments ; planning
field studies ; using statistical analysis.
4551 Southern Oratory (4) Historical and critical
study of public address in the South.
4560 Rhetoric of the Women's Rights Movement (4)
Historical and critical study of public addresses in
campaign for women's rights from the 1830s to
present . F
4571 British Oratory (4) Historical and critical study
of British public address . Sp, A
4582 Public Discussion of Race (4) History and criticism
of racial advocacy in America.
4591 Persuasive Uses of Imaginative Literature (4)
Topics in social and political uses of novels, plays,
and poems. W
4811 Advanced Phonetics (4) Phonetic aspects of
contemporary dialects of the English language . Prereq
: Consent of instructor . Sp, A
4911-21 History of American Public Address (4, 4)
4911-Colonial period to 1865 . 4921-1866 to
present . W, A ; Sp, A
4999 Colloquium In Speech Communication (1) May
be repeated . E
5140 Communications Theory (3) Analysis of contemporary
theories of human communication, emphasizing
similarities and differences of communication
processes in intrapersonal, interpersonal,
and mass communications systems . F
5210 Topics in Group and Interpersonal Communication
(3) May be repeated . Maximum 9 hrs. Sp
5220 Quantitative Projects in Speech Communications
(3) May be repeated . Maximum 9 hrs . E
5430 Studies in Tennessee Oratory (3) May be repeated
. Maximum 9 hrs.
5440 Organizational Communication (3) May be repeated
. Maximum 9 hrs . F
5550-60-70 Studies in Persuasion (3, 3, 3) W
5750-60-70 Studies in Rhetoric (3, 3, 3) F
5911 Directing the Forensic Program (4) Philosophy
and methods of directing cocurricular and extracurricular
forensic activities in high schools and colleges
: competitive and noncompetitive approaches
to directing debate, oral interpretation and public
speaking events . (Same as Curriculum and Instruction
5911 .) Sp
Speech and Theatre
4170-80-90 Film History and Theory (3, 3, 3) Analysis
of cinematic forms and styles . 4170-Narration.
4180-Exposition and persuasion . 4190-
Experimental forms ; films and other media.
4640 Group Performances of Literature (4) Oral interpretive
techniques of choral reading, readers
theatre and chamber theatre . F, W
5000 Thesis (1-15) E
5002 Non-Thesis Graduation Completion (3-15)
Required for the non-thesis student not otherwise
registered during any quarter when such a student
uses university facilities and/or faculty time before
degree is completed . May not be used toward degree
requirements. May be repeated . S/NC only . E
5110 Introduction to Graduate Research In Speech
and Theatre (3) F
5120 Directed Reading and Research (3) May be
repeated . Maximum 9 hrs . E
5160 Theory and Technique in Oral Interpretation
(4) Literary, psychological, communicative, and aesthetic
approaches to collection, adaptation, and oral
presentation of literature . May be repeated.
Maximum 8 hrs. W, Sp
Theatre
3121-22 Advanced Acting (4, 4) Historical styles of
acting . 3121-Renaissance. 3122-seventeenth and
eighteenth centuries . Prereq : Consent of instructor.
3151 Theatre Practicum : Performance (1-4) Supervised
work on departmental productions . Available
for credit only to theatre majors or with consent of
department . Prereq : Consent of instructor . May be
repeated . Maximum 4 hrs . E
3152 Theatre Practicum: Production (1-4) Supervised
work on department productions . Available for
credit only to theatre majors or with consent of department
. Prereq : Consent of instructor. May be repeated
. Maximum 4 hrs . E
3153 Summer Repertory Productions (4) Supervised
work on summer repertory productions . Available
only to members of summer company by consent
of instructor . Su
3214-15 Technical Theatre (4, 4) Special techniques
in scenery and property construction ; stage management
; problems in basic technical theatre practice
. Prereq : 2211-21, or consent of instructor. Must
be taken in sequence.
3221 . 22 Introduction to Scene Design (4, 4) 3221-
Problems in stage design with reference to space
and form, movement, scale, and style ; rudiments of
rendering and groundplan preparation . 3222-Play

136 College of Liberal Arts
interpretation through scenic means ; setting as environment
for dramatic action ; rudiments of
model-making . Must be taken in sequence.
3252-53-54 History of the Theatre (4, 4, 4) Drama in
performance with particular emphasis on theatre
architecture, scene design, and acting styles.
3252-Antiquity to the Renaissance . 3253-The
European Theatre, 1650-1850 . 3254-Modern
Theatre.
3262-63 History of American Theatre (3, 3) Development
of theatre as social institution in American
life . 3262-from its beginnings to 1900 . 3263from
1900 to present.
3321-22 Introduction to Lighting Design (4, 4) Costume
as an expression of character on stage ; the
application of costume history to specific design
projects . Prereq : 2231 or consent of instructor.
3451-52 Play Directing (4, 4) Must be taken in sequence
. Prereq : 2211.
3511-12 Introduction to Costume Design (4, 4) Costume
as an expression of character on stage ; the
application of costume history to specific design
projects . Prereq : 2231 or consent of instructor.
4133-34 Special Problems in Acting (3, 3) Advanced
exercises in voice and movement ; preparation of
major role under performance conditions . Prereq:
3121-22 and consent of instructor . F ; W
4151 Theatre Practicum : Performance (1-4) Continuation
of 3151 . Available for credit only to theatre
majors . Prereq : Consent of instructor . May be repeated
. Maximum 4 hrs . E
4152 Theatre Practicum : Production (1-4) Continuation
of 3152 . Available for credit only to theatre
majors . Prereq : Consent of instructor . May be repeated
. Maximum 4 hrs . E
4153 Summer Repertory Productions (4) Continuation
of 3153 . Available only to members of summer
company by consent of instructor . Su
4214-15 Advanced Technical Theatre (4, 4) Advanced
technical theatre management ; advanced
scenery and property execution ; special problems
in technical theatre . W ; Sp
4241-42 Advanced Scene Design (4, 4) 4241-
Descriptive drawing as an approach to three dimensional
design ; theatrical graphic standards and
preparation of design drawings . 4242-Perception
of surface color ; construction of spatial illusion
through color with reference to rendering, scene
painting, and preparation of painter's elevations.
Must be taken in sequence . Prereq : 2211-21, 3221-
22 and consent of instructor. W ; Sp
4341-42 Advanced Lighting Design (4, 4) Relationship
of light to setting in creating stage environment
. Prereq : 3321-22 and consent of instructor.
Must be taken in sequence . F ; W
4441-42 Advanced Play Directing (4, 4) Problems of
play interpretation ; directing period plays; preparation
of a play for public performance . Prereq : 3451-
52 and consent of instructor . Must be taken in sequence
. F ; W
4541-42 Advanced Theatre Costume Design (4, 4)
Advanced problems in costume design and construction
; pattern drafting ; draping . Prereq : 3511 or
3512. W ; Sp
4751-52 Dramatic Theory and Criticism (3, 3)
4751-Theatre aesthetics . 4752-Dramatic theory.
W ; Sp
4951-52 Playwrking (4, 4) Prereq : Consent of instructor
. F ; W
5011-12-13 Projects in Lieu of Thesis (3, 3, 3)
5250 Seminar in Playwrking (3) Sp
5310 Studies in European Theatre History (3) May
be repeated . Maximum 9 hrs . F, W
5320 Studies In American Theatre History (3) May
be repeated . Maximum 9 hrs . F, W
5620 Projects in Lighting Design (3) May be repeated
. Maximum 9 hrs . E
5630 Projects In Play Directing (3) May be repeated.
Maximum 9 hrs . E
5640 Projects in Scene Design (3) May be repeated.
Maximum 9 hrs. E
5650 Projects in Costume Design (3) Problems of
play interpretation and theatrical costume design
centralizing around individual projects . Students
will design costumes for complex play for public
performance . May be repeated . Maximum 9 hrs . E
5660 Projects in Technical Theatre (3) Problems of
set design, interpretation, and execution . E
5670-71-72-73-74-75 Master Class In Acting (5, 5, 5,
5, 5, 5)
5680-81-82 Design and Technical Theatre Seminar
(6, 6, 6)
5890 Studies in Theatrical Production (3) May be
repeated . Maximum 9 hrs . Sp
5912 Play Production in Secondary Schools (4)
Principles and methods for directing high school
dramatic programs . (Same as Curriculum and Instruction
5912 .) Su
5950-60-70 Studies in Dramatic Theory and Criticism
(3, 3, 3) F ; W ; Sp
Speech Pathology
See Audiology and Speech Pathology
University Studies
(Non-Departmental)
University Studies deal with important
contemporary topics which are sufficiently
comprehensive to require the study and
attention of students and faculty from more
than one college . They are open to all
qualified members of the university
community.
4100 Energy Needs and Our Environment (3) Problems
of present and projected energy resources and
demands ; economic, behavioral, legal, technical
and environmental opportunities and constraints;
regional impacts of energy production and consumption
. Topical focus will change from quarter to
quarter . May be repeated with consent of instructor.
May not be taken for graduate credit by Ecology
majors.
Zoology
MAJOR DEGREES
Zoology M .S ., Ph .D.
Professors:
J. H. Abel (Head), Ph .D . Brown ; R. M . Bagby,
Ph .D . Illinois ; D. L . Bunting, Ph .D . Oklahoma
State ; J . G . Carlson' (Emeritus), Ph .D
Pennsylvania ; A . C . Cole, Jr. (Emeritus), Ph .D
Ohio ; J. C. Daniel, Jr ., Ph .D . Colorado;
D . A . Etnier, Ph .D . Minnesota ; R . C . Fraser,
Ph .D . Minnesota ; B . Hochman, Ph .D . California
(Berkeley) ; J . C. Howell, (Emeritus), Ph .D.
Cornell ; K . W. Jeon, Ph .D. London (England);
A . W . Jones, (Emeritus), Ph .D . Virginia;
J . R. Kennedy, Ph .D. Iowa ; J . N. Liles, Ph .D.
Ohio State ; L . E . Roth, Ph .D . Chicago;
C. A. Shivers, Ph .D . Michigan State;
J. T. Tanner, (Emeritus), Ph .D . Cornell;
S . R. Tipton, (Emeritus), Ph .D . Duke;
H . G . Welch, Ph .D . Florida ; G . L . Whitson,
Ph .D . Iowa.
Associate Professors:
K. D . Burnham, Ph .D . Iowa ; A. C . Echternacht,
Ph .D . Kansas ; A . A . El-Banna, Ph .D
Washington State ; D . J . Fox, Ph .D . Johns
Hopkins ; A . M . Jungreis, Ph .D. Minnesota;
J. A . MacCabe, Ph .D . California (Davis);
M . L . Pan, Ph .D . Pennsylvania ; S. E. Riechert,
Ph .D . Wisconsin ; G . A. Vaughan, Ph .D . Duke;
M. C. Whiteside, Ph .D . Indiana.
Assistant Professors:
T. T. Chen, Ph .D . Florida ; L . D . Etkin,
Ph .D . Indiana ; N . Greenberg, Ph .D.
Rutgers ; M . A . Handel, Ph .D . Kansas
State ; G . F. McCracken, Ph .D . Cornell.
'Alumni Distinguished Service Professor .
The Department of Zoology offers the
Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy
degrees with concentrations in aquatic
biology and ecology, cell biology and
radiation biology, physiology, genetics,
organismal and field biology, and
reproduction and developmental biology.
Requirements for admission : Applicants
for graduate study are expected to have a
background no less extensive than that
required of undergraduate majors in this
department . This includes a knowledge of the
basic principles of cell biology, genetics, and
ecology. Other requirements for admission
are : (1) general zoology or general biology, 12
quarter or 8 semester hours ; (2) upper
division zoology, 18 quarter or 12 semester
hours ; (3) chemistry, two years including 12
quarter or 8 semester hours of general
inorganic ; (4) mathematics, 9 quarter or 6
semester hours including differential and
integral calculus ; (5) physics, 12 quarter or 8
semester hours ; (6) Graduate Record
Examination scores (Verbal, Quantitative and
Advanced Biology) ; and (7) a grade point
average of 3 .0 out of a possible 4.0 . Otherwise
superior students, deficient in one or more of
the above requirements, may be admitted at
the discretion of the Graduate Affairs
Committee.
A course in biostatistics is required of all
candidates for an advanced degree in
Zoology.
All aspirants for advanced degrees in
Zoology must exhibit competency in four
(M .S .) orfive (Ph .D .) of six areas of zoology as
determined by a comprehensive examination.
Students must take this examination during
the fall quarter of the first year and may repeat
the examination the following fall quarter if
unsatisfactory scores are received.
Competency must be exhibited within this
two-year period for a student to continue in
the program.
Preparation for thesis or dissertation:
During the first year a written examination
and a special research problem in each of two
faculty members' laboratories will determine
the student's preparation for thesis or
dissertation study.
THE DOCTORAL PROGRAM
Special requirements in Zoology are as
follows: (1) course requirements shall be
determined by the candidate's faculty
committee ; (2) the preliminary examination
will be an oral and written examination in
zoology and in allied fields in which the
candidate has had training ; (3) the candidate
for the Ph .D . degree must possess a reading
knowledge of at least one foriegn language in
which there exists a sizeable amount of
literature relevant to the major field of study.
The student has the option of demonstrating
a reading knowledge of this foreign language
by (a) passing the official reading
examination given by the language
department or (b) earning at least a B in 3030
language courses. This requirement for the
first language must be fulfilled before the
student can take the preliminary examination.
The student's faculty committee may
require of the student any level of training or
proficiency in a second foreign language but
may not require that the student take the
official language examination in the second
language .

3040 Natural History of the Vertebrates (5) Behavior,
life history, phylogeny, and classification . 3 hrs
and 2 labs or field periods.
3050 Comparative Vertebrate Embryology (5) Developmental
morphology of selected vertebrates . 2
hrs and 3 labs. F, Sp
3060 Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy (4)
Anatomy of organ systems . Dogfish shark and cat
used in laboratory . 2 hrs and 2 labs . W
3080 Principles of Animal Physiology (5) Physiology
of organ systems of animals including man.
Prereq : Biology 3120 . Coreq : Chemistry 3221 . Recommended
: Physics 2210-20-30 . 3 hrs and 1 lab . F,
Sp
3110 General Entomology (5) Introduction to insects
; basic structure, development, behavior ; classification
of insect orders and representative
families ; interpretation and use of keys . Prereq:
Biology 3130 or consent of instructor . 3 hrs and 2
labs . F
3150 Invertebrate Zoology (5) Biology of invertebrates
(except insects) with emphasis on ecology
and behavior . Prereq : Biology 3130 .3 hrs and 2 labs.
W
3220 Physiology of Reproduction (3) (Same as Animal
Science 3220 .) F, Sp
3320 Histology (4) Study of animal tissues . Prereq:
Biology 3120. 2 hrs and 2 labs . F, Sp
3410 Bloethics (3) Relationship between biological
discoveries and human values . Open discussion of
selected dilemmas arising from new knowledge
about medicine, behavior, resources, and technology
. Sp
4007, 4010-4017 Minicourse In Zoology (2 hrs each)
Selected, advanced topics in zoology, concentrated
in time and subject matter . Consult departmental
listing for actual topics offered . Prereq : As posted.
May be repeated . E
4050 Developmental Biology (4) Experimental morphogenesis,
fertilization, cellular interactions, hormonal
effects and related topics with examples
drawn primarily from invertebrates and vertebrates.
Prereq : 3050 . 2 hrs and 2 labs . W
4120 Undergraduate Research Participation (2)
Experience in active research projects under supervision
of staff members. Prereq : Consent of instructor.
E
4140 Practicum In Zoology (1-3) Participation in
practical application of zoology in community institutions,
government organizations and industry.
Approximately 5 hrs involvement per week. Prereq:
Biology 3110, 3120, 3130 and senior standing . F, W,
Sp
4190 Mammalogy (4) Classification, evolution, distribution,
reproduction, populations, and behavior.
2 hrs and 2 lab or field periods . F
4200 Ichthyology (5) Classification, collection and
identification, distribution, life histories, and economic
importance of fishes . Prereq : Biology 2130 or
consent of instructor. 2 hrs and 2 lab or field periods.
F
4210 Cell Physiology (5) Development of modern
concepts in cell physiology from point of view of
information and control which examines kinetics
and integration of cellular activities . Prereq : Cell
biology, or any physiology, and organic chemistry.
Recommended prereq : Biochemistry . 3 hrs and 1
lab . Sp
4240 Animal Ecology (4) Environmental factors determining
distribution and numbers of animals ; intraspecific
relations ; problems and methods . Prereq
: Biology 3130. 2 hrs and 2 labs. F
4250 Comparative Animal Physiology I (3) Environmental
physiology . Survey of physiological
mechanisms and their relation to ability of animals
to survive in diverse physical environments . Prereq:
Biology 3120-30 and 2 yrs chemistry . W
4259 Comparative Animal Physiology Laboratory I
(1) Coreq : 4250 . W
4260 Comparative Animal Physiology 11 (3) Sensory,
effector and integrative physiology . Prereq:
3080 . Sp
4269 Comparative Animal Physiology Laboratory II
(1) Prereq : 3080 and consent of instructor . Coreq:
4260. Sp
4270 Immunology (3) (Same as Microbiology 4270.)
4280 Comparative Endocrinology (5) Comparative
analysis of the physiology and morphology of endocrine
glands in vertebrates and invertebrates.
Their role and interaction in maintenance of the
organism and species . Prereq : 3080 or 3920 . W
4290 Herpetology (4) Classification, distribution, life
histories, collection and identification of amphibians
and reptiles, primarily of local species . 2 hrs
and 2 labs or field periods . Sp
4300 Ornithology (4) Morphology, physiology, behavior,
reproduction, populations, evolution, field
identification . 2 hrs and 2 labs or field periods.
4310 Nuclear Cytology (4) Chromosome structure
and behavior in mitosis and meiosis . Prereq : Biology
3110 .1 hr and 3 labs.
4320 Microtechnique (4) Prereq : 3320 recommended
. 2 hrs and 2 labs.
4330 General Cytology (4) Study of cellular organelles
at the light and electron microscope levels and
the functioning of these organelles . Prereq : Biology
3120 . Sp
4369 General Genetic Laboratory (2) Mainly
Drosophila experiments designed to illustrate basic
principles of inheritance . Prereq : Biology 3110 . W
4380 Organic Evolution (3) Modern concepts of
animal evolution . Prereq : Biology 3110 . F
4390 Human Genetics (3) Principles and problems
of inheritance in humans . Prereq : Biology 2110.
4410 General Parasitology (4) Morphology, taxonomy
and ecology of parasitic worms and protozoa,
with emphasis on host-parasite relationships . 3 hrs
and 1 lab . Prereq : Biology 3130 or consent of instructor.
F
4430 Medical Entomology (4) Distinctive morphological
features, distribution, life histories, and
control of arthropods that parasitize human or serve
as vectors of human pathogens . Recommended
prereq : Agricultural Biology 3210 or Biology 3130.
4450 Protozoology (4) Morphology, taxonomy, and
physiology of protozoa in relation to fundamental
biological concepts . 2 hrs and 2 labs . Recommended
prereq : Biology 3120.
4610-20 Comparative Animal Pathology (2, 2) Abnormal
morphological changes and their causes.
4610-Cell and tissue changes . 4620-Organ, organ
system, and organism changes. Recommended:
3060, 3080, 3320.
4619-29 Comparative Animal Pathology Laboratory
(2, 2) 4619-Cell and tissue changes . 4629-
Organ, organ system, and organism changes.
Coreq : 4610-20.
4660-70 Llmnology (4, 4) 4660-Effects of origin,
age, and location of lakes on their physical and
chemical nature . 4670-Lake communities, productivity
and pollution . Prereq : Chemistry 1110-20-30
and Biology 3130 . Recommended : Botany 1110-20
and Physics 1210. 20. 30 .2 hrs and 2 labs (4660) ; 3 hrs
and 1 lab (4670) . Must be taken in sequence, except
with consent of instructor. F ; Sp
4700 Arachnology (4) Biology of spiders, mites,
scorpions, and relatives . Prereq : 3110, or 3150.2 hrs
and 2 labs.
4720 Comparative Animal Behavior (4) Methods
and principles. (Same as Psychology 4720 .) F
4729 Comparative Animal Behavior Laboratory (4)
Laboratory and field studies. Coreq : 4720 . (Same as
Psycholgy 4729 .) F
4810-20-30 Insect Morphology and Taxonomy (4, 4,
4) 4810-Internal morphology of both generalized
and specialized forms . 4820-Taxonomy of major
orders. 4830-Taxonomy of minor orders and immature
forms . Prereq for 4820-30 : 3110 or consent of
instructor . 2 hrs and 2 labs. F ; Sp ; A
4940 Physiology of Exercise (4) Functions of body
in muscular work ; physiological aspects of fatigue,
training, and physical fitness. Prereq : 2920-30 or
3080 . 3 hrs and 1 lab . F, Sp
College of Liberal Arts 137
5000 Thesis (1-15) E
5080 Graduate Research Participation (3) Advanced
research techniques studied under supervision
of staff research director whose research area
coincides with interests of student . Open to all
graduate students in good standing . Prereq : Consent
of department and research director . May be
repeated with consent of department. S/NC only . E
5110-20.30 Special Problems (2, 2, 2) E
5150 Zoological Bibliography (1) Methods of locating
and using zoological literature, bibliographies,
and abstracts, and of preparing bibliographies and
scientific papers.
5180 Fresh Water Invertebrate Zoology (4) Ecology
and taxonomy of fresh water invertebrates exclusive
of insects . Laboratory and field study . Prereq : 3150.
5210 Plant Parasitic Nematodes (4) (Same as Agricultural
Biology 5210 .)
5260 Physiology of Hormones (4) Cellular and organismal
action of hormones in invertebrate and
vertebrate animals . Prereq : 4280 . Recommended
prereq : Biochemistry 4120 . 2 hrs and 2 labs.
5270 Advanced Neuromuscular Physiology (5) Cellular
and molecular aspects of phenomena associated
with conduction of excitation and muscular
contraction . Prereq : 4250 . 3 hrs and 2 labs.
5280 Insect Physiology (4) Functions and interrelationships
of systems relative to metabolism, growth,
coordination, movement, and reproduction . Prereq:
4810, 1 yr general chemistry or consent of instructor.
2 hrs and 2 labs . W, A
5290 Quaternary Problems (4) (Same as Geology
5290 and Botany 5290 .)
5310-20 Seminar in the Teaching of College Zoology
(2, 2) Current concepts and principles in teaching
of zoology ; modern techniques and instrumentation
; supervised application of teaching principles
and methods . Must be taken in sequence. Prereq:
Consent of instructor. S/NC only.
5350 Biometry (3) Statistical methods used in
analysis of quantitative biological data . Prereq : 1 qtr
statistics or consent of instructor . F
5410 Advanced Parasitology (4) Life cycles, techniques
of collection, preservation, and identification
of parasitic worms and protozoa . Prereq : Consent of
instructor.
5430 Advanced Medical Entomology (3) Prereq:
4430.
5510-20 Advanced Animal Physiology (5, 5) Primarily
mammalian physiology ; 5510-membrane
neuron, central nervous system, muscle, cardiovascular
system, and control mechanisms ; 5520respiratory,
renal, gastrointestinal, and reproductive
physiology, acid-base mechanisms, and
metabolism . Should be taken in sequence if both
courses are taken . Prereq : General undergraduate
anatomy and physiology and Biochemistry 4110 or
equivalent or consent of instructor . Biochemistry
4120 also recommended . (Same as Animal Science
5510-20.) 4 hrs and 1 lab . W ; Sp
5550 Advanced Ornithology (4) Classification, distribution,
and anatomy of birds . Prereq : 4300.
5570 Animal Populations (3) Characteristics and
methods of study of animal populations.
5610-20 Foundations of Radiation Biology (4, 4)
physical, chemical, and biological mechanisms involved
in actions of different kinds of radiations on
living cell and its components . Recommended prereq
: 1 yr biological science, general physics;
biochemistry; calculus . (Same as Radiation Biology
5610-20 .) 3 hrs and 1 lab.
5630 Methods of Experimentation with Laboratory
Mammals (3) Designed to give competence in handling
research mammals. Techniques of anesthesia,
drug administration, radiography and surgery . Prereq
: 4050, or 4410, or consent of instructor.
5660 Physiology of Development (3) Chemical aspects
of growth, morphogenesis, and cytodifferentiation
. Recommended prereq : Biochemistry
4110-20. F
5670 Cellular Immunology (4) Laboratory course
with emphasis on immunological phenomena at cal-

138 College of Liberal Arts
tviabbeatsibmewiam'r,t,
lular level . Preparation and use of immunofluorescent
reagents, macrophage migration inhibition,
skin allograft reactions, diffusion chamber cultures,
and antibody formation at cellular level . 4 hrs and 2
labs.
5760 General Vertebrate Neuroanatomy (3) (Same
as Psychology 5760 .)
5780 Radiation Physiology (4) Effects of different
kinds of radiations on functions of cells, tissues, and
organ systems of animals . Recommended prereq:
5610 . (Same as Radiation Biology 5780 .)
5790 Transport of Ions Across Epithelia (4) Operational
principles and methods needed to study electrical
and kinetic properties of epithelia and electrically
excitable tissues . Quantitative methods of
measuring ion fluxes and flux ratios . Prereq : Two
upper-division physiology courses, graduate standing,
or consent of instructor . Recommended prereq:
Chemistry 3810.
5820 Methods of Taxonomy (4) Classification of
animals ; rules of nomenclature ; problems in priority
; preparation of keys, descriptions, and figures.
Prereq : Consent of instructor . W
5840 Aquatic Insects (4) Taxonomy and biology of
aquatic insects, emphasis on immature forms . 2 hrs
and 2 labs . Sp
5860 Geographic Distribution of Animals (4) Distribution
patterns of vertebrate and invertebrate animals
in all major habitats . Prereq : Consent of instructor.
5870 Insect Synecology (4) Ecology of insect communities.
6000 Doctoral Research and Dissertation (3-15) E
6110 Seminar in Cellular Biology (2) Prereq : Consent
of instructor . May be repeated . Maximum 6 hrs.
Sp
6140 Seminar in Immunoblology (2) Prereq : Consent
of instructor. May be repeated . Maximum 6 hrs.
6210 Seminar in Physiology (2) Prereq : Two physiology
courses or consent of instructor . May be repeated
. Maximum 6 hrs.
6310 Seminar in Cytology (2) Prereq : 4310. May be
repeated . Maximum 6 hrs . W
6350 Seminar in Developmental Biology (2) Internal
regulation in differentiating cell . Prereq : 3050, 4050;
Biochemistry 4110-20 . W
6410 Seminar In Parasitology (2) Prereq : 5410. May
be repeated . Maximum 6 hrs.
6510 Seminar in Genetics (2) Prereq : General genetics
. May be repeated . Maximum 6 hrs . F
6610 Seminar In Ornithology (2) Prereq : 4300 . May
be repeated . Maximum 6 hrs.
6650 Seminar in Aquatic Biology (2) Prereq : Any 2 of
4200, 4660-70, Botany 5061, or consent of instructor.
May be repeated . Maximum 6 hrs . F, W, Sp
6710 Seminar in Ecology (2) Prereq : Consent of
instructor . May be repeated . Maximum 6 hrs . W
6810 Seminar in Entomology (2) Prereq : Consent of
instructor . May be repeated . Maximum 6 hrs . Sp
6910 Seminar in Radiation Biology (2) Prereq : 5610.
Coreq : 5620. May be repeated . Maximum 6 hrs.
(Same as Radiation Biology 6910.)
i 'Ar

Coll of Nursing
Sylvia E . Hart, Dean
Barbara M . Reid, Associate Dean for
Student Affairs
Dorothy B . Stephens, Assistant Dean for
Clinical and Business Affairs
MAJOR QEGREE
Nursing M .S .N.
The College of Nursing offers a five-quarter
program of study leading to the Master of
Science in Nursing degree . The general
purpose of the program is to prepare at the
graduate level nurses who are qualified to
function as practitioners, clinicians,
educators, and administrators in all segments
of the health care delivery system.
Upon successful completion of the
program, graduates will be able to:
1. Provide advanced high quality,
comprehensive nursing care to individuals
and groups in a variety of settings;
2. Collaborate with other health
professionals in systematic implementation
and evaluation of health care delivery to large
groups in agency and community settings;
3. Utilize appropriate advanced teaching,
administrative and clinical practice skills in
the discharge of one's professional
responsibilities;
4. Utilize appropriate research findings in
the implementation and evaluation of nursing
care ;
5. Participate in clinical research activities
by means of data collection, tabulation, and
analysis, and by generating research topics
for referral to nurse researchers.
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
FOR ADMISSION
1 . Meet requirements for admission to the
Graduate School.
2. Hold a Bachelor's degree in Nursing . If
the Bachelor's degree is not in Nursing, the
applicant must demonstrate successful
completion of the equivalent of an upper
division major in Nursing.
3. If the number of qualified applicants
exceeds the number that can be
accommodated, preference will be given to
applicants :
a. whose undergraduate GPA is 3 .0 or
higher;
b. who have had at least two years of
full-time clinical practice experience
following completion of a baccalaureate
nursing program;
c. who are Tennessee residents;
d. who are currently employed in
underserved health service areas and who
can demonstrate their commitment to return
to those areas following completion of the
program ; or
e. who are currently employed as nurse
educators in programs preparing registered
nurses ; or
f. who are currently employed as directors
of nursing service.
4. Ordinarily one year of full-time clinical
practice experience should be completed
prior to applying for admission to the
program.
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
1. Students must complete 60 quarter
hours of graduate level course work with a
cumulative GPA of 3 .0 or better.
2. The 60 credit hours must include the
following components:
Core requirement 17 hrs
Clinical concentration option 26-30 hrs
Functional concentration option 11 hrs
Electives 5-9 hrs
Total 60 hrs
3. A Master's thesis is not required, but
those students who wish to complete a thesis
as a part of their program may substitute the
thesis for the 9 elective hours.
4. Those students who do not choose the
thesis option must successfully complete a
comprehensive final examination.
5. Students may choose either primary
care nursing, secondary care nursing or
community mental health nursing as a clinical
concentration option . Students selecting the
primary care nursing option must complete
the following courses : 4770, 5050, 5240, 5260,
5550, 5650 . Students selecting the secondary
care nursing clinical option must complete
the following courses : 5120-30 (or 5140-50),
5310, 5330 . Students selecting the
139
community health nursing option must
complete the following courses:
5410-20-30-40, 5470, 5510, 5530.
6. The core requirement which must be
completed by all students regardless of
clinical option includes 5010, 5020, 5030,
5210 and a graduate level statistics course
which must be approved in advance by the
student's faculty advisor.
7. Students may select a functional
concentration option in teaching,
management or advanced clinical practice.
Students selecting the teaching option must
complete 6 hours of graduate level courses in
education and 5630 . Students selecting the
management option must complete 6 hours
of graduate level courses in administration
and 570 . Students selecting the
management option must complete 6 hours
of graduate level courses in administration
and 5730. Students selecting the advanced
clinical practice functional option must
complete 5560 and 5660 if their clinical option
is primary care, 5320 and 5340 if their clinical
option is secondary care or 5520 and 5540 if
their clinical option is community mental
health . All courses taken in other colleges
must be approved in advance by the student's
faculty advisor.
Faculty
Professor:
S. E. Hart (Dean), Ph .D . New York.
Associate Professors:
M. E . Groer, Ph .D. Illinois ; K. J. Kant, Ph .D.
Illinois ; J . Malian, Ph .D . Purdue ; B. M . Reid,
M .S .N . Columbia.
Assistant Professors:
K. P. Conlon, M .S .N . New York, (Buffalo);
M. M. Fenske, M .N . Florida;
M. F. Kollar, M .N . Vanderbilt.
Courses
4240 Nursing in Acute Care Settings (5) Theory and
clinical practice related to care of hospitalized children
and adults experiencing acute illness
episodes . Open only to MSN candidates lacking undergraduate
major in nursing ; others with consent
of instructor. Prereq : All required 2000 and 3000
level nursing courses . 3 hrs and 2 labs . Su
4260 Community Mental Health Nursing (5) Theory
and clinical practice related to care of clients whose

140 College of Nursing
primary actual or potential health problem is psychosocial
or developmental ; strong family and
community orientation with emphasis on mental
health maintenance and promotion . Open only to
MSN candidates lacking undergraduate major in
nursing ; others with consent of instructor. Prereq:
All required 2000 and 3000 level nursing courses and
4200 ; Coreq : 4210 . 3 hrs and 2 labs . Sp
4280 Nursing the Child Bearing Family (5) Theory
and clinical practice related to care of clients and
their families in varying stages of child bearing and
child rearing, normal and abnormal states . Open
only to MSN candidates lacking undergraduate
major in nursing ; others with consent of instructor.
Prereq : All required 2000 and 3000 level nursing
courses . 3 hrs and 2 labs. Sp
4330 Nursing in the Specialties (2-4) Application of
principles from behavioral, physical, social and
nursing sciences to solution of nursing problems.
Exploration of nursing intervention needed to maintain
or restore homeostasis in clients experiencing
selected physiological and/or behavioral deviations.
Specific topics to be determined by faculty and students.
Prereq : Consent of instructor . May be repeated
with consent of instructor . Maximum 12 hrs.
4350 Oncology Nursing (3) In-depth exploration of
the cancer problem, medical and nursing intervention
. Relates cellular kinetics to theories of carcinogenesis
and metastasis, and examines treatment
modalities and nursing intervention employed
in all phases of the disease . Interdisciplinary approach
analysed. Prereq : 4230, R .N . status, or consent
of instructor.
4770 Comprehensive Health Assessment (6) Principles
and theories underlying health screening of
children and adults, including health history, interviewing
and physical examination . Prereq : All 3000level
nursing courses or equivalent or consent of
instructor . 4 hrs and 2 labs . F, Sp
4810 Management of Patient Care (3) Theories of
leadership, management and supervision as applied
to professional nursing practice . Open only to MSN
candidates lacking undergraduate major in nursing;
others with consent of instructor. Prereq : 4240-60-
80 . W
4820 Clinical Nursing Practicum and Seminar (8)
Intensive clinical laboratory with opportunity to
apply nursing and nursing related theories in a variety
of health care settings . Weekly seminars with
clinical practice . Open only to MSN candidates lacking
undergraduate major in nursing ; others with
consent of instructor. Prereq : 4240-60-80 . Coreq:
4810 . Sp
5000 Thesis (1-15) E
5002 Non-Thesis Graduation Completion (3-15)
Required for the non-thesis student not otherwise
registered during any quarter when such a student
uses university facilities and/or faculty time before
degree is completed. May not be used toward degree
requirements . May be repeated . S/NC only . E
5010 Applied and Pathophysiology (5) Advanced
physiological theories and principles related to
normal and abnormal body function with particular
emphasis on those processes which, when altered,
are most commonly encountered in acute and
chronic disease states. Prereq : 3210-20 or 4010 or
consent of instructor . Su, F, Sp
5020 Current Health Issues (2) Weekly seminar
dealing with current and pending legislative, political,
and community issues, concerns, and actions
that have direct or indirect implications for nursing
and health care . E
5030 Behavioral Dynamics (3) Interviewing and
communication theories utilized in nurse-client interactions
and therapeutic intervention ; assessment
and treatment of anxiety, depression, psychosomatization
and crisis states . Prereq : 16 hrs in
undergraduate or graduate behavioral sciences . E
5050 Applied Pharmacology (4) Advanced pharmacological
concepts applied to clinical situations;
in-depth exploration of indications, contraindications,
common dosages, side effects, interactional
effects and expected action of selected pharmacological
agents . W
5103 Independent Study in Nursing (1-4) In-depth
exploration of a nursing topic of special interest to
the student . Prereq : Consent of instructor . May be
repeated . Maximum 6 hrs . E
5110 Geriatrics and Gerontology (4) Physiological,
psychological, developmental, economic, and
sociocultural aspects of aging ; health needs of
aging people ; common health problems associated
with aging process ; management of health care for
elderly . Prereq : 5010 . 2 hrs and 2 labs.
5120 The Acutely III Adult I (6) In-depth exploration
of physiological and pathological manifestations
encountered in acute illness usually associated with
adulthood . Medical and nursing therapeutic modalities
will be explored and analysed . Prereq or coreq:
5010. 3 hrs and 3 labs. W
5130TheAcutely III Adult 11(6) Continuation of 5120
with further exploration and analysis of impact of
acute illnesses on adult clients and their families.
Prereq : 5010. 3 hrs and 3 labs . Sp
5140 The Acutely III Child I (6) In-depth exploration
of physiological and pathological manifestations of
acute illness in children with special emphasis on
developmental implications. Medical and nursing
therapeutic modalities . Prereq or coreq : 5010 . 3 hrs
and 3 labs . W
5150 The Acutely I l l Child I I (6) Continuation of 5140
with further exploration and analysis of impact of
acute illness on children and their families . Prereq:
5140 . 3 hrs and 3 labs . Sp
5170 Readings in Applied Physiology (3) Carefully
planned library study of selected topics in physiology
and pathophysiology related to various body
systems . Prereq : 5010. E
5210 Nursing Research Methods (4) Utilization of
research process to identify and solve common
nursing problems ; data collection and analysis ; use
of the literature ; presentation and publication of
findings. Prereq : Graduate level course in behavioral
or biomedical statistics . W, Sp
5240 Management of Common Health Problems (5)
Indications for treatment and referral ; use of protocols
and treatment plans ; pharmacological agents
in common use ; intervention in emergencies . Prereq
: 5010, 4770 . 3 hrs and 2 labs . W
5250 Chronic Health Problems (4) Indentification
and in-depth exploration of health problems of
long-term or lifelong nature common to people in
various age groups over life continuum ; nursing and
health care management of individuals and groups
who must deal with one or more chronic health
problems throughout most or all of their lives . Prereq
: 5010, 4770 . 2 hrs and 2 labs . Sp
5260 Advanced Family Health Care (4) Nursing and
health care management of families in child-bearing
and child-rearing stages of development ; advanced
developmental theory, changing family dynamics,
management of women during pregnancy, labor
and delivery, and post partum period, assessment of
newborn infants . Prereq : 5010, 4770 . 2 hrs and 2
labs . Sp
5310 Secondary Care Nursing Field Work 1(9) Advanced
clinical practice in acute care hospital settings
with opportunities to apply newly acquired
nursing knowledge to more complex clinical nursing
situations . Prereq : 5120-30 or 5140-50 . Su
5320 Secondary Care Nursing Field Work 11(9) Continuation
of 5310 with emphasis on further acquisition
and refinement of nursing skills needed to provide
high quality nursing care to acutely ill patients.
Prereq : 5310 . F
5330 Secondary Care Nursing Seminar I (2) Weekly
on-campus seminar taken concurrently with 5310;
topics focus on discussion of nursing problems
commonly encountered in acute care settings . Su
5340 Secondary Care Nursing Seminar II (2) Continuation
of 5330 to be taken concurrently with 5320.
F
5410 Principles of Community Mental Health 1 (3)
Epidemiology of mental health ; sociocultural, religious,
and economic variables affecting mental
health status of individuals, families, and communities
; function and status of community mental
health centers. F
5420 Principles of Community Mental Health I1(3)
Continuation of 5410 with emphasis on recognized
and developing approaches to mental health promotion
and maintenance . W
5430 The Adult and Mental Health (3) Coping and
adjustment problems commonly experienced from
post adolescence through middle adulthood ; nursing
approaches to alleviation of mental health problems
of both institutionalized and noninstitutionalized
adults . 2 hrs and 1 lab . W
5440 The Child and Mental Health (3) Normal and
abnormal behavioral and psychosocial development
from infancy through adolescence ; emphasis
on primary prevention activities. Treatment systems
and modalities in clinical settings . Prereq : 5430. 2
hrs and 1 lab . Sp
5470 Advanced Psychiatric Nursing Skills (3)
Group and family process and therapy in primary
and secondary levels of mental health . Continued
exploration, analysis and application of other
therapeutic interventions . Prereq : 5430 . 2 hrs and 1
lab . Sp
5510 Community Mental Health Nursing Field Work
1(9) Clinical practicum in a community setting providing
opportunities to apply mental health nursing
knowledge in planned interactions with individuals
and groups at primary, secondary and/or tertiary
care levels . Community and mental health systems
assessment . Prereq : 5440 and 5470 . Su
5520 Community Mental Health Nursing Field Work
II (9) Clinical practicum for graduate student choosing
functional concentration of advanced clinical
practice . Objectives identified by student to meet
specific learning and practice needs . Prereq : 5510
and 5530. F
5530 Community Mental Health Nursing Seminar I
(2) On-campus seminar taken concurrently with
5510 ; common nursing and community problems
encountered by community mental health nursing
field students . Su
5540 Community Mental Health Nursing Seminar II
(2) Taken concurrently with 5520 ; a continuation of
5530 . F
5550 Nurse Practitioner Fieldwork I (6) Placement
in selected off-campus primary health care delivery
site for purposes of applying newly acquired knowledge
and developing clinical skills necessary to
function as a nurse practitioner . Prereq : 5050, 5240,
5260 . Su
5560 Nurse Practitioner Field Work II (9) Continuation
of 5550 with further emphasis on acquisition of
nurse practitioner skills coupled with ability to function
more autonomously . Prereq : 5550 . F
5630 Teaching Strategies and Practicum (5)
Analysis and application of curricular and teaching
modalities ; field placement with supervised opportunities
to provide both classroom and clinical instruction
to undergraduate nursing students. Prereq
: 6 hrs approved education courses or consent of
instructor . 2 hrs and 3 labs . F, Sp
5650 Nurse Practitioner Seminar I (2) Weekly oncampus
seminar taken concurrently with 5550 ; topics
focus on common nursing and health problems
identified by nurse practitioner field students and on
role of nurse practitioner in health care delivery . Su
5660 Nurse Practitioner Seminar II (2) Continuation
of 5650 taken concurrently with 5560 . F
5730 Management Strategies and Practicum (5)
Analysis and application of managerial and supervisory
theories and strategies ; field placement in
nursing service facility with supervised practice in
nursing service administration . Prereq : 6 hrs approved
management courses or consent of instructor
. 2 hrs and 3 labs . Sp
5770 Special Topics (3) In-depth study of selected
nursing topics, problems, or issues not covered in
other courses . Prereq : Consent of instructor . Maybe
repeated . Maximum 6 hrs .

Graduate School of
Biomedical Sciences
W . E. Barnett, Director
R . J . Preston, Associate Director
MAJOR DEGREES
Biomedical Sciences M .S ., Ph .D.
The University of Tennessee-Oak Ridge
Graduate School of Biomedical Sciences,
located within the Biology Division of Oak
Ridge National Laboratory, offers programs
leading to the Master of Science and Doctor
of Philosophy degrees . The National
Laboratory, one of three installations
operated at Oak Ridge by Union Carbide
Corporation for the Department of Energy, is
a well-known center of basic research . The
school utilizes the staff and facilities of this
laboratory, and thus brings directly into the
mainstream of full-time graduate study in the
life sciences the talent and experience of that
staff, as well as the most advanced research
methods and technology.
The program of study, which incorporates a
high faculty-to-student ratio, is based on
intensive graduate courses supplemented by
tutorial instruction, participation in a wide
variety of seminars, and a heavy emphasis on
communication skills, research training and
independent study . The program encourages
students to pursue graduate studies to the
limits of their abilities.
The School is not departmentalised, and,
apart from certain basic requirements, each
student's curriculum is planned to meet
individual needs, with the aim of giving : (1)
strength in the basic sciences ; (2) perception
of the biomedical sciences as a whole ; and (3)
experience and training in a chosen specialty.
The research areas available for Master's
thesis and Ph .D. dissertation work are
biochemistry, biophysics, carcinogenesis,
genetics, and cellular, developmental and
mammalian biology . Included are such
subjects as immunology, protein and enzyme
chemistry, nucleic acid chemistry, cytology,
radiation and environmental biology,
virology, developmental biology,
experimental pathology, microbial and
mammalian genetics, mutagenesis, and
problems of aging .
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
A Bachelor's degree or its equivalent is
required . Students with M .S ., D .V .M ., or M .D.
degrees are also encouraged to apply.
Completed applications, Graduate Record
Examination scores and letters of reference
should be sent to the address below . The
student will need previous training in biology,
calculus, physics, and organic and physical
chemistry . However, a course in physical
chemistry is offered by the School in order to
meet this requirement. It is recommended
that deficiencies in meeting entrance
requirements should be eliminated prior to
entrance.
Requests for application forms,
information on admission, financial support,
and housing should be sent to:
Director, University of Tennessee-Oak Ridge
Graduate School of Biomedical Sciences,
Biology Division, ORNL, Box Y, Oak Ridge,
Tennessee 37830.
THE DOCTORAL PROGRAM
Requirements for the Ph .D . degree are:
1. Satisfactory (B grade or better)
completion of the following core courses or
their equivalent : Biochemistry (5110-20);
Biophysics (5140) ; Genetics (5160);
Molecular Genetics (5170) ; Cell Biology
(5180-90) ; Mammalian Physiology (5200) ; and
Statistics for Biologists (5740).
2. Three quarters of Biomedical Sciences
Laboratory (5310-20-30-40).
3. Participation in Biomedical Sciences
Seminar (5350-60-70) for one year.
4. Participation in at least one of the
seminars during each quarter of residence
after the first year is strongly recommended.
5. Satisfactory completion of formal
advanced courses in the areas of the
student's interests . The number and nature of
the required advanced courses will vary
depending upon the student's background
and area of specialization.
6. Pass both written and oral
examinations.
7. A dissertation reporting the results of
original and significant scientific research . A
minimum of 36 quarter hours of course 6000
is required .
141
8. A final oral examination on the
dissertation.
9. A formal seminar presentation of the
dissertation research.
SPECIAL MASTER OF SCIENCE
DEGREE PROGRAM
The graduate faculty has designed a Master
of Science program in Biomedical Sciences
primarily to fill the need for such a degree
within the Oak Ridge National Laboratories;
however a limited number of students from
other institutions may be accepted if qualified
and as space is available.
Requirements for the M .S. degree are:
1. Graduate credit or a proficiency in the
following core courses : Biochemistry
(5110-20) ; Cell Biology I (5180) ; Cell Biology II
(5190) ; plus any three of the following four
courses : Biophysics (5140) ; Genetics (5160);
Molecular Genetics (5170) ; and Mammalian
Physiology (5200) . Additional credits may be
obtained (6 to 15 credit hours) with electives.
The student will need previous training in
biology, calculus, physics, organic and
physical chemistry.
2. Forty-five credit hours of approved
graduate courses including a minimum of 9
quarter hours forthesis ( maximum 18 quarter
hours of credit for course 5000).
3. For admission to candidacy:
Completion of any required prerequisite
courses and one quarter of graduate course
work with a B average . Admission to
candidacy forms must be filed at least one full
quarter prior to receipt of degree.
4. A Master's Committee of three approved
faculty members upon admission to
candidacy.
5. A thesis reporting results of original and
significant scientific research.
6. Pass a final oral (or oral and written)
examination as determined by the student's
committee.
Full-Time Faculty
Professors:
D . BB/en, Ph .D . Tennessee ; D . E . Olins, Ph .D.
Rockefeller.
Associate Professor:
F. H . Gaertner, Ph .D . Purdue.

142 Graduate School of Biomedical Sciences
Assistant Professor:
N . W. Revis, Ph .D . Glasgow (Scotland).
Research Assistant Professors:
C. T. Hadden, Ph .D. Washington;
E . A . Hiss, Ph .D. Notre Dame;
A . L. Olins, Ph .D . New York.
Shared Faculty
Not all faculty listed are necessarily
available in teaching and/or research roles in
every academic year.
W. E. Barnett (Director), Ph .D . Florida State;
R . J . Preston (Associate Director), Ph .D.
Reading (England) ; H . I. Adler, Ph .D . Cornell;
D . P . Allison, M .S . Tennessee ; *G . Andrews,
M .D . Michigan ; E . G . Bernstine, Ph .D.
Princeton ; W . L . Carrier, M . S.
Tennessee ; J. S . Cook, Ph .D.
Princeton ; R. B . Cumming, Ph .D. Texas;
J . N. Dumont, Ph .D . Massachusetts;
J . R . Einstein, Ph .D . Harvard ; J. L . Epler, Ph .D.
Florida State ; F. J . Finamore, Ph .D . Florida
State ; D . E. Foard, Ph .D . North Carolina State;
R. J . M . Frey, M .D. Dublin (Ireland);
R. K. Fujimura, Ph .D . Wisconsin ; C. W. Gehrs,
Ph .D . Oklahoma ; W. M . Generoso, Ph .D.
Missouri ; N . Gengozian, Ph .D. Wisconsin;
D . G . Gosslee, Ph .D . North Carolina State;
E. H. Greif, Ph .D . California Institute of
Technology ; R. F. Grell, Ph .D . Tennessee;
W. D . Gude, M .S . Tennessee ; F. C . Hartman,
Ph .D . Tennessee Medical Units ; C . A . Heckman,
Ph .D . Massachusetts ; A . Hollaender, Ph .D.
Wisconsin ; J. M . Holland, D . V . M . Kansas
State ; A . W. Hsie, Ph .D . Indiana;
E. Huberman, Ph .D . Weizman Institute of Science
(Israel) ; K . B . Jacobson, Ph .D . Johns
Hopkins ; S. Kennel, Ph .D . California (San
Diego) ; F . T. Kenney, Ph .D . Johns Hopkins;
R . F Kimball, Ph .D . Johns Hopkins;
P. A . Lalley, Ph .D . New York (Buffalo);
F. W. Larimer, Ph .D . Florida State ; K . L. Lee,
Ph .D . Tulane ; S. P . Leibo, Ph .D . Princeton;
J. F . Lemontt, Ph .D . California (Berkeley);
J. W . Longworth, Ph .D . Scheffield (England);
*C. C. Lushbaugh, M .D. Chicago;
A. C . Marchok, Ph .D . Connecticut;
W. E . Masker, Ph .D . Rochester ; P . Mazur, Ph .D.
Harvard ; T. J . Mitchell, Ph .D . Wisconsin;
S. Mitra, Ph .D . Wisconsin ; C. Nix, Ph .D . Oregon
State ; S . K. Niyogi, Ph .D . Northwestern;
G . D. Novelli, Ph .D. Harvard ; E. F . Oakberg,
Ph .D. Iowa State ; T. T. Odell,
Ph .D. Indiana ; A . C . Olson, Ph .D.
Tennessee ; J . P . O'Neill, Ph .D . SUNY (Stony
Brook) ; B . C . Pal, Ph .D . Calcutta (India);
E . H. Perkins, Ph .D . Utah ; A . P. Pfuderer, Ph .D.
Iowa State ; R . A . Popp, Ph .D . Michigan;
R. O . Rahn, Ph .D . Brandeis ; J . D . Regan, Ph .D.
Hawaii ; C . R . Richmond, Ph .D. New Mexico;
L. B . Russell, Ph .D . Chicago ; W. L. Russell,
Ph .D . Chicago ; G . A. Sega, Ph .D . Louisiana
State ; J. K. Selkirk, Ph .D . Syracuse;
L. H . Shugart, Ph .D. Tennessee ; D . M . Skinner,
Ph .D . Harvard ; T. J . Slaga, Ph .D . Arkansas
Medical Center ; L . H. Smith, Ph .D. Syracuse;
*F. L . Snyder, Ph .D . North Dakota;
A . L. Stevens, Ph .D . Western Reserve;
J. B . Storer, M .D . Chicago ; M. P . Stulberg,
Ph .D . Minnesota ; *D . C. Swartzendruber, Ph .D.
Iowa; P . A . Swenson, Ph .D. Stanford;
R. W. Tennant, Ph .D . Georgetown ; J. R . Totter,
Ph .D . Iowa ; R. L . Tyndall, Ph .D . Pennsylvania
State ; R . L . Ullrich, Ph .D . Rochester;
V. R . Uppuiuri, Ph .D . Indiana ; M . Uziel,
Ph .D . Washington ; E . Volkin, Ph .D . Duke;
R . A . Wallace, Ph .D . Columbia ; L . C . Waters,
Ph .D . Georgia ; C. H. Wei, Ph .D.
Wisconsin ; H . Witschi, M .D . Berne (Switzerland);
*R. L . Wykle, Ph .D. Tennessee Medical Units;
W. K . Yang, Ph .D . Tulane.
'Staff of Oak Ridge Associated Universities
Courses
The courses below are not necessarily
taught every year.
5000 Thesis (1-15) E
5070-80 Physical Chemistry for the Life Sciences
(3, 3) Thermodynamics, phase equilibria ; chemical
equilibria, electromotive force, surface chemistry,
electrolyte solutions, kinetics, conductance, viscosity,
diffusion.
5110-20 Biochemistry (3, 3) Chemistry of carbohydrates,
lipids, proteins, nucleic acids, and coenzymes
; enzyme kinetics ; intermediary metabolism
and photosynthesis ; biosynthesis of amino acids,
purines, pyrimidines, lipids, and macromolecules.
Coreq : 5070-80.
5140 Biophysics (3) Energy levels and excited states
of large molecules ; optical instrumentation ; adaptations
to system perturbations ; properties of macromolecules
in solutions ; molecular conformations;
inter- and intramolecular forces ; physical principles
of microscopy . Prereq : 5070-80.
5150 General Genetics (3) Mendelian genetics,
mitosis, and meiosis . Transmission genetics, mapping,
and linkage.
5160 Advanced Genetics (3) Genetics of phage,
bacteria, and eucaryotes . Mapping, linkage,
mutagenesis, cytoplasmic inheritance . Mechanisms
of recombination, chromosome structure and replication
. Prereq : 5150 or equivalent.
5170 Molecular Genetics (3) Molecular biology of
genetic processes . Gene regulation ; coding ; protein
synthesis ; suppression of missense and nonsense
mutations ; mutagen mechanisms ; complementation
; recombination . Prereq : 5110-20, 5160.
5180 Cell Biology I (3) Structure and composition of
major nuclear and cytoplasmic organelles of
eukaryotic cells . Pertinent instruments and techniques
; meiosis and mitosis ; cell cycle ; chromosome
structure ; nuclear RNA metabolism ; nucleoli
and ribosome biogenesis ; survey of specialized
cells . Structure of genetic transcription and translation
in bacteria . Coreq : 5110.
5190 Cell Biology II (3) Comparative biochemical
approach to cell structure and function . Membrane
systems and metabolism ; development and function
of mitochondria, chloroplasts, peroxisomes and
other organelles as related to metabolism and regulation
; transport phenomena ; cell cycle . Prereq:
5110, 5180 . Coreq : 5120.
5200 Mammalian Physiology (4) Mammalian organ
systems and their functions . Nervous, muscular, endocrine,
digestive, respiratory, circulatory, reproductive,
and excretory systems. Interrelationships of
these systems and fundamental importance of interactions
in contemporary biological research.
Prereq : 5190.
5230 Biochemical Concepts in Medical Sciences
(3) Biochemical mechanisms involved in physiological
conditions and pathological processes of
human body . Dynamic functions of organ systems;
biochemical pharmacology ; hormone actions;
neurobiochemistry . Current biochemical advances
in basic and clinical medicine . Prereq : 5200, 5110-
20.
5310-20-30-40 Biomedical Sciences Laboratory (3,
3, 3, 3) To acquaint students with both approaches
and technologies in various areas of modern biology.
Students spend a quarter in each of three or
four laboratories conducting research in different
areas of biomedical science . Required of all firstyear
students.
5350-60 Biomedical Sciences Seminar (1,1) Critical
analyses of current journal publications in selected
area of modern biology . Written evaluation of papers
and weekly oral presentations by each student.
Required of all first-year students.
5370 Biomedical Sciences Seminar (1) Basic principles
of scientific writing . Research articles, grant
and thesis proposals, abstracts, review articles,
progress reports . Required of all first-year students.
5430-60-90 Graduate Research Participation (3, 6,
9) Special advanced research project covering area
not related to dissertation research . Topics chosen
with consent of instructor . May be repeated.
5510-20-30-40 Special Topics in Biomedical Sciences
(3, 3, 3, 3) Tutorials or formal lectures . Potential
topics include x-ray diffraction and crystallography
; excited-state biophysics ; physical chemistry
of macromolecules ; computer science ; pathology;
cytology and cytogenetics ; mammalian genetics;
human genetics ; cancer research ; plant physiology;
radiation biology ; aging research . Additional
courses developed on any subject of mutual interest
to individual students and staff members . May be
repeated.
5700 Developmental Biology (3) Principles of early
embryogenesis and tissue interactions that initiate
cellular differentiation . Mechanisms of differential
gene action and regulation of protein synthesis pertinent
to cellular differentiation . Prereq : 5120, 5170,
5200.
5740 Statistics for Biologists (3) Application and
interpretation of statistical methods in data analysis.
Random variations ; normal, binomial, and Poisson
distributions, statistical presentation of data ; estimating
means and variance ; confidence intervals;
tests of significance for comparing samples;
analysis of variance ; contingency tables ; chi-square
tests ; correlation and association ; linear regression.
Prereq : Introductory statistics or consent of instructor.
5840 Bioorganic Reaction Mechanisms (3) Nature
of chemical bond, nucleophilic and electrophilic
reactions, molecular rearrangements, oxidationreduction,
solvolysis, protein and nucleic acid modification
reagents, reactions involving proteins and
nucleic acids on polymer supports.
5860 Cryobiology (3) Physical and chemical responses
of cells and bacteriophage to low temperatures
and ice formation . Relation of these responses
to permeability, structure of semipermeable membranes,
conformation of macromolecules, and nature
and state of water in cells ; and how they bear on
other fields of biology and medicine-including
electron microscopy, photobiology, cell physiology,
exobiology, ecology, and cryosurgery . Prereq:
5070-80 or equivalent, and 5190.
5920 Mammalian Genetics (3) Orderly presentation
of known genetic variants affecting each organ system
of experimental mammals, especially laboratory
mouse . Prereq : 5170.
5940 Classic Experiments in Genetics (3) Original
papers presenting new and lasting concepts in genetics
. Prereq : 5170.
6000 Doctoral Research and Dissertation (3-15)
6110 Seminar in Plant Physiology (1) May be repeated
. Maximum 12 hrs . S/NC only.
6120 Seminar in Cellular and Developmental Biology
(1) May be repeated . Maximum 12 hrs . S/NC
only.
6130 Seminar in Genetics (1) May be repeated.
Maximum 12 hrs . S/NC only.
6140 Seminar in Mammalian Research (1) May be
repeated . Maximum 12 hrs. S/NC only.
6150 Seminar in Immunology (1) May be repeated.
Maximum 12 hrs . S/NC only.
6160 Seminar In Biophysics (1) May be repeated.
Maximum 12 hrs. S/NC only.
6170 Seminar in Biochemistry (2) May be repeated.
Maximum 24 hrs . S/NC only.
6180 Advanced Seminar in Biomedical Sciences
(1-3) Presentation, evaluation and discussion of current
research in various areas of biomedical sciences,
including cell biology, genetics, biophysics,
and biochemistry . Prereq : Consent of instructor.
May be repeated . S/NC only.
6190 Seminar in Animal Virology (1) Discussion of
experimental data and in-depth surveys of active
research problems in virology through use of literature
. Prereq : Microbiology 4521 or equivalent and
consent of instructor . May be repeated . Maximum
12 hrs . S/NC only.
6200 Nucleic Acid Chemistry (3) Chemistry of
nucleotide-derived materials including alkylation,
solvolysis, oxidation-reduction, polymerization,
synthesis, denaturation and other structure perturbants
. Reaction of nucleic acids in above systems
with emphasis on relationship of structure and reactivity
. Prereq : 5110-20 . Coreq : 5080.
6210 Protein Chemistry and Enzyme Mechanisms
(3) Theoretical and practical aspects of protein
chemistry including chemical and physical characterization
of proteins, chemical modification of proteins,
and structure-function relationships . Latter
emphasizes enzymes, includes approximation of

substrates, covalent catalysis, general acid-base
catalysis, and strain and distortion of substrates.
Prereq : 5110-20.
6220 Enzyme Regulation and Kinetics (3) Kinetics
of catalysis ; inhibition by product, substrate and
deadend inhibitors ; stimulation and inhibition of allosteric
enzymes, types of feedback regulation ; role
of subunits in enzyme regulation ; multifunctional
enzymes . Prereq : 5110-20.
6240 Chemistry and Metabolism of Lipids (3)
Nomenclature, chromatographic isolation, chemistry,
physical properties, and enzymology of lipids.
Hormonal action of prostaglandins and role of lipids
in membranes, enzymic expression, and nervous
tissue . Lipid biochemistry of mammals ; comparative
aspects, particularly lipid pathways in bacteria and
yeast . Prereq : 5110-20.
6270 Viral Carcinogenesis (3) History of viral oncology
and descriptive catalog of tumor viruses. Biology
of normal and transformed cells . DNA tumor
viruses ; replication cycle ; transformation ; genetics;
natural history . RNA tumor viruses ; endogenous
and exogenous states ; genetics ; induction ; transformation
; natural history.
6280 Chemical and Physical Carcinogenesis (3)
History and epidemiological considerations . Nature
and metabolism of chemical carcinogens . Radiation
and site-specific carcinogenesis.
6290 Cancer Biology and Biochemistry (3) Pathology
and nomenclature of cancer. Tumor immunology
and immunotherapy. Biochemistry of tumor
cells ; enzymology, metabolism ; membranes ; DNA
repair ; regulation ; strategies in chemotherapy.
6300 Mutagenesis (3) Basic mechanisms in chemical
and radiation mutagenesis and dosimetry in variety
of systems including bacteria, fungi,
Drosophila, and mice.
6510-20-30-40 Advanced Topics in Biomedical Sciences
(3, 3, 3, 3) Current and future research developments
. Topics listed under Special Topics
Courses, can be taken either as tutorials or as literature
survey courses requiring substantial student
participation . May be repeated .
Graduate School of Biomedical Sciences 143

Graduate School of Library
and Information Science
Ann E. Prentice, Director
MAJOR DEGREE
Library Science M .S .L.S.
The Graduate School of Library and
Information Science provides a library
education program leading to the preparation
of librarians for work in all types of libraries.
The programs of study of this School include
the graduate curriculum leading to the
degree of Master of Science in Library
Science.
MASTER OF SCIENCE
IN LIBRARY SCIENCE
The goal of the program is to prepare
graduates to function effectively in libraries
and information centers . The program is
designed to:
1. Enable students to examine critically the
role and function of libraries and information
centers in our society, and to define and
redefine that role as the needs of society
demand;
2. Enable students to understand and use
the concepts and procedures related to the
selection, acquisition, organization, and
dissemination of knowledge;
3. Enable students to understand and
apply the principles of management to the
library and information center;
4. Enable students to assume individual
and collective responsibility for the
well-being and development of their
profession and of professional service;
5. Enable students to make informed
assessments and decisions regarding various
career opportunities in libraries and
information centers.
PROGRAMS OF INSTRUCTION
The program leading to the degree of
Master of Science in Library Science involves
a total of 51 quarter hours of graduate
courses, 21 hours of which form a core
curriculum required of all students . Either a
thesis or a non-thesis program is available,
with 9 hours allowed for thesis credit . At least
36 hours must be taken in the Graduate
School of Library and Information Science,
allowing up to 15 hours outside the School.
Upon completion of the program, all students
are subject to an examination . For students
who elect the thesis option, the examination
will be a defense of the thesis. Students who
elect the non-thesis option will be given a
written comprehensive examination.
Programs are designed for persons
interested in school libraries, public libraries,
academic libraries, special libraries and
information centers as well as a variety of
library and information related activities.
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
The minimum grade point average for
admission to the Graduate School is 2 .5.
Candidates who have at least a 3 .0 average in
the junior and senior years will receive first
consideration . Applicants are required to take
the aptitude test of the Graduate Record
Examination . The test should be taken at least
one quarter in advance of application for
admission to the Graduate School.
Foreign applicants are required to take the
Test of English as a Foreign Language.
APPLICATION PROCEDURE
Admission to the programs in the Graduate
School of Library and Information Science
should be made in advance of the quarter for
which admission is requested. Applicants
should submit the "Application for
Admission" form (printed as the first page of
the Graduate School Catalog) and should
request the registrars of all colleges and
universities attended to send two official
transcripts to the Graduate School . In
addition, each applicant should make
arrangements to take the GRE and TOEFL
exams, if applicable. A personal data sheet
and three recommendations (obtained from
the Graduate School of Library and
Information Science) should be returned to
the Director of the School.
FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE
OPPORTUNITIES
Employment with the University of
Tennessee Libraries may provide a
work-study opportunity for selected students
who wish to obtain experience in academic
librarianship while pursuing the degree . Such
144
students usually work at least 20 hours each
week and thus extend the period required for
the degree up to two years.
Similar opportunities exist with some other
libraries in the Knoxville area.
A limited number of graduate
assistantships are available through the
School for the degree . Assistantships of this
type carry a waiver of tuition and fees as well
as a stipend, and require that recipients work
10 hours per week in the School.
Information on financial assistance is
available from the Director of the Graduate
School of Library and Information Science.
Faculty
Professors:
E. E. Mauldin, M .S .L .S . Illinois ; G . R . Purcell,
Ph .D . Case Western Reserve.
Associate Professors:
G . E. Estes, M .L .S . Kent State ; A . Prentice,
D.L.S . Columbia ; W. Robinson, Ph .D . Illinois;
P . Wilson, Ph .D . Michigan.
Assistant Professors:
J. M . Pemberton, Ph .D . Tennessee;
G . M. Sinkankas, Ph .D . Pittsburgh.
Courses
4140 Libraries and Librarianship (3) Librarianship
as an occupation : its organization, responsibilities,
problems and prospects.
4150 School Library Administration (3) Objectives,
functions, and place of school library ; relationship
to local and state services ; cooperative planning for
quarters and materials ; evaluation . (Same as Curriculum
and Instruction 4150 .)
4270 Organization of Library Collections I (5) Acquisitions,
cataloging and maintenance of library
collections.
4330 Introduction to Reference Material (3) Basic
information sources and services for all libraries.
4750 Utilization of Instructional Media (3) (Same as
Curriculum and Instruction 4750 and Vocational-
Technical Education 4750 .)
5000 Thesis (1-15) E
5002 Non-Thesis Graduation Completion (3-15)
Required for the non-thesis student not otherwise
registered during any quarter when such a student
uses university facilities and/or faculty time before
degree is completed . May not be used toward degree
requirements . May be repeated . S/NC only. E

5110-20-30 Problems in Library Science (3, 3, 3)
May be repeated with consent of school.
5140 Research Methods In Library Science (3) Research
methods applicable to librarianship . Process
and conduct of research ; analysis of published research.
5200 Subject Reference and Bibliography (3) General
patterns of bibliographical organization and
basic information sources in subject fields including
non-English materials ; experiences in bibliographic
methods and search techniques . Prereq : 4330.
5210 Sources and Services for the Social Sciences
(3) English and non-English literature and bibliographical
sources in education, economics, political
science, history, geography, anthropology, psychology,
and sociology ; organization of collections
for optimum use . Prereq : 5200.
5220 Sources and Services for the Natural Sciences
(3) English and non-English literature and
bibliographical sources in mathematics, physics,
astronomy, chemistry, geology, biology and
medicine ; organization of collections for optimum
use . Prereq : 5200.
5230 Sources and Services for the Humanities (3)
English and non-English literature and bibliographical
sources in literature and language, fine
arts, music, philosophy and religion ; organization of
collections for optimum use. Prereq : 5200.
5240 Organization of Library Collections II (3) Construction
and maintenance of library catalog as retrieval
instrument ; indexing and subject analysis
theory, comparative classification with emphasis on
Library of Congress system, and problems in reclassification
. Prereq : 4270.
5250 Government Publications 1(3) Acquisition, organization,
and utilization of federal, state, and local
government publications, publications of Congress,
executive branch agencies and the Federal courts
as well as government research and development
report literature.
5260 Government PubNcations II (3) Acquisition,
organization and utilization of publications of
foreign governments and international organizations
such as United Nations, UNESCO, and others.
5270 Legal Bibliography (3) Introduction to literature
of Anglo-American jurisprudence . Use of
reports, statutes, administrative regulations and decisions,
treatises, periodicals, and indexes as
bibliographic tools.
5300 LIbrary Management (3) Management and organization
concepts applicable to libraries and librarians.
5310 Multitype Systems and Networks (3) Organization,
structure, governance, planning, evaluation,
and services in state, regional, national, and international
networking of information.
5330 Academic Libraries (3) Persistent and current
problems . Topics vary depending upon needs and
interests of group.
5350 School Libraries (3) Persistent and current
problems . Topics vary depending upon needs and
interests of group . Prereq : 4150 or consent of instructor.
5360 Special Libraries and Information Centers (3)
Development and present status, scope and objectives,
administration and organizational problems,
acquisition, organization, and use of information.
5370 The Library In the Community (3) Public library
as social agency ; role in education and communication
systems of community.
5350 Seminar In Library and Information Science
(3) Advanced study of varying topics . Prereq : Consent
of instructor . May be repeated . Maximum 6 hrs.
5400 Library Facilities (3) Problems inherent in
planning and construction of library quarters . Interrelationship
of staff, materials, and user space requirements.
5500 Principles of Materials Selection (3) Philosophy
and practice of building library collections in
light of library objectives.
5510 Multimedia Resources of Libraries (3) Selection,
acquisition, processing, storing, and servicing
Graduate School of Library and Information Science 145
nonbook materials, with special attention to films,
recordings, microforms, photo-copying.
5520 History of Books and Printing (3) Development
of alphabet and writing ; early writing materials;
book in manuscript ; history and technique of printing
; book illustration and binding ; standards of
modern fine printing.
5530 Contemporary Publishing (3) Creation, production,
marketing, and distribution of materials
acquired by libraries, with special attention to various
types of publishers.
5540 Special Collections-Archives and Rare
Books (3) Problems involved in acquisition, organization,
housing, preservation and utilization of rare
books and archival materials.
5600 Reading Guidance for Children and Young
People (3) Organization to meet needs, interest,
abilities of different age and socioeconomic groups.
Prereq : 5640 or consent of instructor.
5610 Mass Communications and the Library (3)
Mass media of communication in terms of their relation
to modern library service, considered as forces
that influence what people read, see, and hear.
5620 Traditional Literature and Oral Narration (3)
Fundamental principles of art storytelling ; techniques
of adaptation and presentation for various
age groups ; instruction and practice in oral techniques.
5630 Critical History of Children's Literatue I (3)
Development of literature for children noting influence
of changing social and cultural factors ; attention
to emerging genres through primary sources.
Fifteenth century to 1920.
5640 Critical History of Children's Literature II (3)
Development of literature for children noting influence
of changing social and cultural factors ; attention
to emerging genres through primary sources.
1920 to present.
5691 Advanced Production of Audiovisual
Software (3) (Same as Curriculum and Instruction
5691 .)
5700 Automation of Library Processes (3) Analysis
of application of data processing methods to basic
library operations such as bibliographic control,
technical processes, circulation control, and management
functions.
5710 Introduction to Information Science (3) Content
and method of information science ; application
of research findings to general library practice.
5720 Information Systems Analysis and Design (3)
Elements in design and operation of information
retrieval systems, including acquisition, indexing
vocabularies, information representation, file organization,
search procedures, and system evaluation.
5730 Information Retrieval Systems Laboratory (3)
Comparative capabilities of various types of information
retrieval systems ; analyzing performance of
systems to arrive at generalizations with respect to
theory, design and operation of information retrieval
systems.
5999 Practicum (6 or 9 or 12) Opportunity to translate
library theory into practice under guidance of
qualified librarians . Prereq : Completion of 21-hr
core curriculum plus approval of director .

Graduate School of Planning
J . A . Spencer, Director
MAJOR DEGREE
Planning M .S .P.
The Graduate School of Planning offers a
two-year graduate course leading to a degree
of Master of Science in Planning with
concentrations in land use, transportation,
environmental, regional, administrative,
health, and historic preservation planning.
The purpose of study is the education of
professional planners, competent to handle
positions of increasing technical and
administrative responsibility . Graduates are
candidates for professional service in
regional, city, county, and metropolitan area
planning agencies ; in local, state, and federal
agencies concerned with physical, economic
and administrative planning ; in private
businesses and organizations dealing with
urban problems ; and in private consulting
practices.
The curriculum is organized on a basis of
six quarters, or 72 credit hours, and provides
the student with core courses in planning
theory, methods and techniques, and also
takes advantage of offerings at The University
of Tennessee in related fields such as
government, economics, geography, civil
engineering, and sociology.
The course of study ordinarily requires two
years with an optional work internship during
the summer between the two years. Planning
courses as well as related courses will be
offered during the summer period . This is to
serve the needs of those planners now in the
field who wish to acquire their professional
degree but who can spare only the minimum
amount of time from their jobs because of
financial or family considerations.
Entering students follow a program of
courses which provides education in the
basic elements of planning . These include
studies in theory, history, analytical methods,
and legislation, as well as related courses in
government, geography, sociology, and
economics . Students are permitted to pursue
particular interests through the choice of
electives approved by the Graduate School of
Planning. Practice in research and analysis
on a particular planning problem or topic is
obtained through the preparation of a thesis
or major study option.
Core planning courses are taught by the
faculty of the Graduate School of Planning.
Related courses are taught by other
specialists drawn from the University faculty.
In addition, the services of experienced
professional planners in TVA and other public
and private organizations are called upon to
broaden the scope of the students'
understanding . A variety of outside speakers
and seminar leaders provide insight into
particular problems of significance to
planners.
ADMISSION PROCEDURES
All applicants should submit two letters of
recommendation with their applications.
Both letters should be from teachers familiar
with the applicant's undergraduate or, where
applicable, graduate academic record . In the
event the applicant has had planning
experience, a third letter is required from a
supervisor or other person familiar with the
planning work of the applicant . All applicants
who wish to be considered for financial
assistance from the University or the
Graduate School of Planning should also
submit recent Graduate Record Examination
scores for the Aptitude (verbal, quantitative
and analytical) portion of that test . All
applicants are also requested to submit a
statement of career goals.
All inquiries concerning admission should
be addressed to : Director, Graduate School
of Planning, The University of Tennessee,
Knoxville, Tennessee 37916.
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
Each student will be required to complete a
minimum of 72 hours credit.
The following courses are the required core
curriculum for the M .S .P . degree : 5040, 5045,
5100, 5110, 5130, 5180, 5230, 5270, 5280,
5340, 5435, 5440, 5465, 5500, Sociology 5320
or Statistics 5211 . Waivers can be made by the
faculty where competence is demonstrated.
Each student will be required to
demonstrate competence in individual
research . This may take either of two forms .
146
Plan I-Complete a thesis for 9 hours credit.
Plan II-Complete a major study with
acceptable documentation. In order to be
eligible for the major study the student must
have earned a grade of B+ or higher in
Research Methods II, have a 3.5 cumulative
grade point at the time of approval of the
major study proposal, and have completed at
least 24 hours of graduate study . The student
meeting these criteria may present a proposal
for a major study which will include at least 9
hours of elective course work in an area of
concentration. The proposal shall justify the
area of study, the approach to the study, and
the method of final documentation . Approval
of the documentation, which must include
written documentation, is a prerequisite for
graduation.
Students in the Graduate School of
Planning are given a comprehensive written
examination after approximately four
quarters of course work . In addition to testing
the knowledge of the student, the information
thus obtained is taken into account in
advising students concerning the study
program they should undertake during the
balance of their academic program to remove
any indicated deficiencies.
Each student will be encouraged, but not
required, to complete a work internship
equivalent to at least two and one-half months
of full-time work in a planning agency at
approximately the mid-point in course work.
Faculty
Professors:
K . B . Kenney, Ph .D . North Carolina;
J . M . Prochaska, M .U .P . Michigan State;
W. L . Shouse, M .C .P . Harvard.
Associate Professors:
G . E . Bowen, M .A . George Washington;
J . A. Spencer, M .C .P. Ohio State.
Assistant Professors:
E . Cole, M .S .P . Tennessee ; P. Fisher, M .S.
Florida State ; M . Kersey, B .L.A. Georgia;
J . G . Stoloff, M .U .P . Hunter.
Courses
4100 Survey of Planning (3) History of city development
and of planning with special attention to the
U .S . experience in urban and other levels of planning
. State of the art, the process, the comprehen-

sive plan, implementation devices . Planning issues
in society . Not for credit for M .S .P . degree . F
5000 Thesis (1-15) E
5002 Non-Thesis Graduation Completion (3-15)
Required for the non-thesis student not otherwise
registered during any quarter when such a student
uses university facilities and/or faculty time before
degree is completed . May not be used toward degree
requirements . May be repeated . S/NC only. E
5005 The Planning Process (3) Identification and
examination of generic aspects of planning process
and planning techniques applied in variety of settings.
Not for credit for M .S .P . degree. F, Su
5040 Communications for Planners I (1) Introduction
to basic communications, interpersonal and
oral communications, graphic presentations, audiovisual
equipment . F, Su
5045 Communications for Planners II (1) Graphic
communications in planning . Maps and mapping,
computer graphics, models and presentation
graphics . Prereq : 5040 . W
5050 Communication for Planners III (1) Audiovisual
equipment, programmed communications,
and photography used in planning . Prereq : 5045 . Sp
5100 Theory of Planning (3) Analysis of nature and
objectives of planning process ; role of planner and
planning function in public decision-making . Prereq
: 5110 . W
5110 Introduction to Planning (3) History of planning,
familiarization with operations of contemporary
planning, concept of systems, current trends
and issues . Relationship between planning and society
in which it occurs . Designed for GSP students.
F, Su
5130 Planning Research Methods I (2) Research
techniques in subject areas associated with city and
regional planning . Research tools, data collection
and analysis as basis for planning and decisionmaking
. (Same as Water Resources Development
5130.) F, Su
5135 Planning Research Methods II (3) Application
of rigorous investigation techniques in solving
planning problems, including statistical analysis
and mathematical models . Urban and regional information
systems as resource and tool in problem
identification and solution . Prereq : 5130 . W, Sp
5145 Library Research for Planning (1) Survey of
publications of interest to planners, including resources
and research techniques . Use of facilities
and collections of UTK library . F, W
5160 Planning and Utilities (3) (Same as Environmental
Engineering 5160 and Water Resources Development
5160 .)
5170 Planning for Historic Preservation (3) Planning
for preservation, restoration and conservation
of historic buildings, areas and sites as related to
comprehensive planning process . National, state,
and local government role in preservation, designation
of sites, legislative needs, financing and administrative
organizations.
5180 Planning Analysis and Forecasting (3)
Methods of quantitative analysis and modeling in
urban and regional studies . Population, employment,
and economic base studies with emphasis on
forecasting techniques . Prereq : 5130 . W
5230 Urban and Site Design (3) Principles of design
of residential subdivisions and some components of
physical community such as shopping centers, institutional
complexes, central business districts.
Problems of reviewing alternative designs against
each other or written regulations . Extensive laboratory
experience . E
5235 Urban and Site Design II (3-6) Prereq : 5230.
5270 Planning and Transportation (3) (Same as Civil
Engineering 5270 .) W
5280 Planning Methods (5) Tooling up studies;
methods for preparation of land use and public faci Iity
elements of comprehensive development plans,
including visual aspects . Prereq : 5180 . Sp
5300 Regional Planning (3) Making planning process
operative in intergovernmental context.
Theories of regions and analysis of metro planning,
area planning, regional planning by states, singlepurpose
agency planning, and TVA . Prereq : 5100.
5310 State Planning (3) Evolution of planning function
in state government, with emphasis on institutional
environment in which planning occurs. Context
and scope of state planning, and relationships
with other branches and levels of government . Prereq
: 5100.
5340 Implementation (3) Policy formulation, information
systems, taxation, capital improvement
programming, and other aspects of plan implementation
. Programming public actions to affect development
. Prereq : 5440. Su, F
5360 New Towns (2) Historical development of
planned new towns and implications for national
urbanization policy in United States ; process by
which new towns are created, from establishment
of objectives to administration of development
process and provision of public services ; organizational
alternatives for new town planning, development
and management in context of past experience
and future objectives . Prereq : 5110 and consent
of instructor.
5380 Housing (3) Nature and demand for housing in
U .S . and abroad with emphasis on U .S . experience.
Private market processes and public influences.
Problems of change in housing supply, impact of
new technology, and governmental programs to improve
supply and quality of housing . Coreq : 5110 or
consent of instructor.
5390 Futures (3) Alternative futures and their implications
for future living patterns and community
planning . Techniques of futures research.
5410-20-30 Special Topics in Planning (1-3, 1-3, 1-3)
Lecture, group discussion, and individual research
and study on specialized topics in planning not covered
in depth in other courses . May be repeated.
Prereq : Consent of instructor . E
5435 Planning and Government (3) Governmental
context within which planning occurs. Policy making
as public process . Planning structures, powers,
and policies . F
5440 Planning and Land Use Controls (4) Legal
basis for planning and guiding community development
. Exercise of police power and eminent
domain . Development and administration of zoning,
subdivision controls, and related devices . Prereq:
5435 . Sp
5455 Urban Revitalization (3) Goals, principles and
strategies for res* .ring and revitalizing cities . Review
and analysis of historic, current, and proposed
public and private programs aimed at urban revitalization
. Physical building and restoration activities
as related to financial and administrative requirements
. Relationship between construction oriented
activities and economic and social development
programs is emphasized. Prereq : 5110 or consent of
instructor.
5460 Planning Administration (2) Planning agency
management, program development, and agency
finance. Prereq : 5435.
5465 Planning and Property Development (3) Process
of urban physical growth and change with emphasis
on functioning of private sector real estate
development and its relationship to planning.
Partnership roles of public and private sectors in
urban development and redevelopment . Prereq:
5440.
5500 Synthesis (9) Problem-oriented experience to
integrate knowledge from previous courses . Interrelationships
stressed ; student required to use judgment
in evaluation and creation of plans and
policies addressed to real world situations . Extensive
laboratory experience . Prereq : Required planning
courses or consent of faculty. F, W
5670 Social Planning (3) Theory, philosophy and
implications of programsfor planned social change.
Consideration of major social planning issues in
diverse fields of service ; aging, corrections, education,
health, social services . Prereq : Consent of instructor
. (Same as Social Work 5670 .)
Graduate School of Planning 147

Graduate School of Social Work
Ben P . Granger, Dean
Betty J . Cleckley, Associate Dean
Ronald K . Green, Director, Continuing
Social Work Education
David P . Fauri, Director, Nashville Branch
Roger M . Nooe, Director, Knoxville
Branch
Kate Mullins, Director, Memphis Branch
MAJOR DEGREE
Social Work M .S .S .W.
The University of Tennessee School of
Social Work is a fully accredited two-year
graduate professional school, with a program
(thesis or non-thesis option) leading to the
degree of Master of Science in Social Work.
The full two-year curriculum is offered in all
three branch locations.
GRADUATE PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION
The School of Social Work has as its
primary objective the education and training
of persons for leadership in the social welfare
profession and the social work practice
community . Leadership roles include
positions in social welfare administration,
social planning and policy development, and
positions as treatment team leaders,
supervisors, consultants, and expert
practitioners.
Central to professional leadership are a
commitment to the values and goals of the
profession and a developed capacity for
self-awareness and self-discipline . The
experience of a graduate professional
education builds commitment, and the
School's program guides students into
independent, analytical thought and prepares
them to use their skills and knowledge to
effective purpose.
The School of Social Work recognizes and
enjoys the challenge of cultural pluralism in
society and encourages applications for
admission from minority group members.
Through the planned inclusion of significant
and pertinent racial and ethnic content in the
curriculum, the School provides students
with the educational background needed to
take creative roles in the social work
profession's efforts toward the elimination of
racism and such other social ills as poverty,
crime, neglect, and social injustice.
A special bulletin describing the facilities,
admission, fees, and degree requirements is
obtainable from The School of Social Work,
2014 Lake Avenue, Knoxville, Tennessee
37916.
AREAS OF PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE
Specializations within the School's
curriculum prepare students for social work
careers in such practice fields as criminal and
juvenile justice systems ; family and child
welfare services in public and voluntary
agencies; group services in neighborhood
and community centers ; health services;
mental retardation ; public welfare services;
mental health services ; manpower training
programs ; governmental and voluntary
human services planning agencies;
rehabilitation services ; school social work;
and social gerontology.
THE PROFESSIONAL CURRICULUM
The School of Social Work's curriculum is
designed to provide the student with the basic
components of professional competence
through a progression of course work and
supervised practice experience . Students
may elect a thesis or non-thesis option . The
two-year, six-quarter program includes a core
curriculum, a specialization in one of two
areas-social work treatment or social
welfare administration and planning-and
concurrent field practice.
The Core Curriculum
The core curriculum is offered during the
first two quarters of the first year and is
required of all students . It is a 30-quarter-hour
sequence of five basic courses . As the initial
phase of the School's educational program,
the core curriculum contributes to the
process of socialization and professional
identification, and presents students with a
comprehensive and broad knowledge base
from which to operate in the future as
practitioners and administrators .
148
Credit Hours
Fall Quarter, First Year
5070 Social Work Research I 3
5110 Social Welfare Policy and
Services I 3
5210 Human Behavior and Social
Environment I 3
5410 Social Work Practice I 3
5910 Field Practice 3
TOTAL QUARTER HOURS 15
Winter Quarter, First Year
5080 Social Work Research II 2
5120 Social Welfare Policy and
Services II 3
5220 Human Behavior and Social
Environment I I 3
5420 Social Work Practice II 3
5920 Field Practice 4
TOTAL QUARTER HOURS 15
The Specialization
The curriculum outlined below for the
spring quarter, first year, and for the second
year shows typical programs for students
after they have completed the core
curriculum . A student may earn 9 hours of
elective credit through completion of a
Master's thesis.
Spring Quarter, First Year
5930 Field Practice 4
Specialization Courses and Electives 10
TOTAL QUARTER HOURS 14
Fall Quarter, Second Year
Specialization Courses and Electives
Winter Quarter, Second Year
5940 Field Practice 8
Specialization Courses or Electives . . .2 or 3
TOTAL QUARTER HOURS 10 or 11
Spring Quarter, Second Year
5950 Field Practice
8
5961 Integrative Seminar 2
One Elective 2 or 3
TOTAL QUARTER HOURS 12 or 13
AREAS OF SPECIALIZATION
Social Work Treatment
Social work treatment deals with those
individual, family, and group methods utilized
12

to enhance the social functioning of
individuals and effectively ameliorate
problems of social dysfunction . The
specialization attempts to develop a thorough
knowledge of the theory and methodology
basic to varied individual, family, and group
methods applicable in the treatment of
diverse client problems.
Social Welfare Administration and Planning
Social welfare administration and planning
deals with the design, implementation, and
continued operation of effective programs for
client service . Specifically, the method deals
with assessment of client characteristics,
development of environmental resources,
design of effective organizational structures,
management, staff development, program
evaluation, social planning, neighborhood
and community development, financing, and
coordination of services.
Field Practice
Field practice is a critical component of the
student's first- and second-year program.
Because the School of Social Work
cooperates with a wide range of social
agencies and human service programs in the
principal cities in Tennessee and areas
immediately adjacent to the State, the School
is able to provide field placements in a variety
of social work practice areas . The faculty
works closely with the placement agency and
the field instructor to insure that the student
has a quality field practice experience which
meets the objectives of the core curriculum
and the specialization.
The first-year curriculum is on a concurrent
class and field plan, with students engaged in
classroom study two or three days per week
and in field practice the remainder of the
week . First-year agency placements are
selected to provide the student with practice
experiences related to the core curriculum
content and beginning specialization . Within
the placement, each student's experiences
are planned and designed according to the
educational needs.
In the second year, students are engaged
full time in classroom courses during the fall
quarter. The winter and spring quarter plan
consists of a block field placement of four
days per week and at least one concurrent
classroom course each quarter. Second-year
placements are selected according to the
student's area of specialization, individual
career interests, and educational needs . The
student actively participates with the field
practice coordinator and the specialization
committee in selection of the second-year
placement . The second-year field practice
experience focuses on the integration of
social work knowledge and values, and
emphasizes the acquisition and development
of full practice skills.
Students are responsible for meeting the
requirements of their placement agencies in
terms of office hours and workload coverage.
This responsibility takes precedence over
scheduled University breaks and may result in
variations in holidays and office hours for the
student.
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
1. Satisfactory completion of the
curriculum.
2. All courses taken as part of the degree
programs, whether taken within the School of
Social Work or outside, must be acceptable
for graduate credit, relevant to social work
and to the student's career objectives, and
have the approval of the student's faculty
advisor.
3. Achievement of a B average on all work
presented for the Master's degree.
4. Completion of each required course at a
satisfactory level (a grade of C or above).
Graduate courses may not be repeated to
raise a grade.
5. Students who elect a thesis must pass an
oral examination conducted by a faculty
committee.
6. Students who elect a non-thesis option
must pass a written comprehensive
examination.
7. Credits to be counted toward the degree
must be earned within six years from the
beginning date of the earliest course applied
toward the degree, except in cases where
permission to update courses has been
granted.
8. The minimum number of credit hours
required for a degree shall be 79 hours
including a maximum of 36 S/NC hours.
9. Performance at a satisfactory level in
field practicum, which is designed to teach
professional practice skills.
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
Admission to the professional curriculum is
based on the following requirements:
1. A Bachelor's degree from an accredited
college or university with some preparation in
the social sciences . At least three-fourths of
the applicant's undergraduate work should
be in the social sciences, humanities,
physical sciences, and other liberal arts
subjects . Those with other academic
backgrounds may request consultation
regarding ways in which they might be
admitted.
2. A grade point average of 2 .5 on a 4 .0
scale, with those falling below the average to
be admitted on supplemental evidence of
ability to perform at a satisfactory level.
3. Personal qualifications acceptable for
entrance into the professional practice of
social work.
Preference is given to applicants with a B
average in undergraduate work and
substantial preparation in the social sciences.
Applications should be filed no later than
March 1 for the year in which admission is
desired.
THE ADMISSIONS PROCESS
Individuals who wish to be considered for
admission should obtain the required
application materials from the Office of
Admissions, UT School of Social Work, 2014
Lake Avenue, Knoxville, TN 37916, telephone
(615) 974-3175 . Beginning students are
admitted only in the fall quarter . The
Admissions Office begins processing
applications after October 1 for the following
fall quarter. Applications for first-year
admission should be filed as early as possible.
A minimum of six weeks should be allowed for
consideration of the application.
Students intending to apply for financial aid
are encouraged to apply for admission to the
School as early as possible . By doing so,
students should be able to meet financial aid
application deadlines, many of which are
April 1 for September funding.
To apply for admission, applicants should
forward the completed Graduate School
Application and payment of a nonrefundable
Graduate School of Social Work 149
$10 application fee to the Graduate School
Office, The University of Tennessee,
Knoxville. Two official transcripts of all
undergraduate, graduate, and extension
work (except work taken at The University of
Tennessee, Knoxville) should be sent to the
Graduate School Office immediately after
filing the Graduate School Application.
The completed University of Tennessee
School of Social Work Application for
Admission and three reference forms should
be returned to the Admissions Office of the
School of Social Work.
If a personal interview is required by the
School, the applicant will be contacted by a
representative of the School and
arrangements will be made concerning a time
and place . Applicants who wish to may also
request a personal interview with a faculty
member.
ACCELERATED PROGRAM
The University of Tennessee School of
Social Work has a special accelerated
program which enables eligible candidates to
complete the M .S .S .W. degree in four
quarters . This Accelerated Program is
approved by the Council on Social Work
Education.
Students who qualify for the Accelerated
Program must:
1. Have maintained a 3 .0 or above grade
point average (on a 4 .0 scale) in
undergraduate work.
2. Have an undergraduate major in social
work which included a supervised field
practice component, or have two years
full-time practice in the field of social work.
3. Pass a qualifying examination
administered by the School of Social Work
faculty in early spring.
The accelerated programs begin either in
the Memphis Branch in March or in the
Nashville Branch in June with an intensive
ten-week term from which students proceed
in the fall into the regular second-year
curriculum . Application for admission to the
accelerated program is through the regular
admission process . Applications should be
filed not later than December 31 for the
Memphis program and not later than January
31 for the Nashville program.
PART-TIME STUDENTS
Courses in the regular curriculum of the
School are open to persons who meet the
admission requirements for full-time study
and who are planning to complete the work
for the degree within the next two or three
years. Application should be made to the
School in the regular way, but the applicant
should inform the Director of Admissions of
the wish to begin part-time study on a planned
basis.
TRANSFER CREDITS
Courses completed in another accredited
school of social work are usually accepted for
The University of Tennessee School of Social
Work degree requirement providing the
applicants meet the admission requirements
of the Graduate School and The University of
Tennessee School of Social Work, and if
previous courses are equivalent to required
or elective courses offered here . The
University of Tennessee School of Social
Work allows a maximum of 45 credit hours of
graduate course work taken at another
accredited institution to be transferred into
the student's Master's program . Such work

150 Graduate School of Social Work
must have been taken for graduate resident
credit and passed with a B or better . In
addition, it must be part of an otherwise
satisfactory graduate program (B average)
and be approved by the branch director and
the dean . This course work must be
completed within the six-year period prior to
the receipt of the degree . In addition, S/NC
credit earned for the field practicum is also
accepted.
Graduate students majoring in fields other
than social work are admitted to certain social
work courses with the approval of the School
of Social Work and the student's major
professor.
Faculty
Professors:
M . H . Bloch, M .S .S .A. ; R . C . Bonovich,
D .S .W . ; G . W. Fryer, Ed .D .;
B . P . Granger, Ph .D . ; K . Mullins,
Ph .D . ; B . E . Orchard, M .S .S .W. (Emeritus);
S . W. Spencer, M .S . (Emeritus).
Associate Professors:
G . W. Ayers, D .S .W . ; L . M. Beasley,
D.S .W. ; W. Bell, D .S .W .;
B. J . Cleckley, Ph .D . ; C . T. Cruthirds,
D.S .W. ; J . C . Eades, Jr ., Ph .D .;
R. W. Falcon, Ph .D. ; D . P. Fauri,
Ph .D . H . Hirayama, D .S .W.;
P . D. Kurtz, Ph .D . ; E . K. Marshall,
Ph .D. ; G . McLarnan, M .S .S .W . ; R . M. Nooe,
D .S .W . ; J. D. Orten, D .S .W . ; R. B. Rowen,
Ph .D . ; H. Rubenstein, Ph .D.;
D. A. Sullivan, M .S . ; H. H. Vaughn,
M .S .S .W . ; A . R . Wachter, M .S .S .W .;
P . G . Zarbock, M .S .S .W.
Assistant Professors:
J . R. Cates, M .S .W .; M . Cetingok, Ph .D .,
J . G . Collier, M .S .W. ; H. F . Coyle, Jr.,
Ph .D . ; I . C . Faust, Jr ., M .S .S .W . ; M. D . Felt,
Ph .D . ; A . F. Ford, M .S .W . ; V . A . Gates,
M .S .S .W . ; R. K. Green, J .D . ; C. Hairston, Ph .D .;
M. M . Harkleroad, M .S.S .W . ; W. D . Harrison,
Ph .D . ; T. Haynes, Ph .D . ; H. J . Hess, M .A.;
P. Hess, M .A. ; K. Hirayama, M .S .W .;
R . C . Holloway, Ph .D . ; M. J. Holosko, M .S .W.;
J. F . Jankovic, M .S .W . ; D . C . Johnston,
M .S .W . ; A. Knighton, Ph .D . ; C. F . Lowry,
M .S .S .W . ; J . Michael M .S .W .;
A . E. Moses, D .S .W . ; D . Parker,
M .S .W . ; P . R . Popple, Ph .D .;
R . N . Singh, D .S .W . ; M. P. Strong, M .S.W .;
N. P . Tate, M .S .S .W . ; P . B . Walker, M .A .;
C. M. Watson, M .S .W . ; C. S. Wilks, Ph .D.
Courses
5000 Thesis (1-15) E
5002 Non-Thesis Graduation Completion (3-15)
Required for the non-thesis student not otherwise
registered during any quarter when such a student
uses university facilities and/or faculty time before
degree is completed . May not be used toward degree
requirements . May be repeated . S/NC only. E
5070 Social Work Research 1(3) Research methodology
as applied to problems in social welfare . Problem
formulation ; development of research design;
instrument construction ; data collection, analysis,
and presentation ; and report writing . F
5080 Social Work Research I1 (2) Continuation of
Social Work Research I . W
5081 Evaluative Research In Social Work (2-3)
Advanced research course . Topics include sociopolitical
and organizational context of evaluative research,
research design and methodology appropriate
to evaluative research, and utilization of research
findings. Prereq : Completion of core or consent
of instructor. Sp
5082 Practicum in Social Work Research (3-9)
Supervised practice in application of research
methods and tools to social welfare program . Problem
may be generated by faculty, students, or social
welfare agency or organization . Prereq : 5070-80 and
consent of faculty member conducting investigation
. S/NC only . Sp
5883 Directed Readings in Research (2-4) May be
repeated with approval of instructor . Maximum 4
hrs . F, W, Sp
5090 Special Problems in Social Work (2-9) Individual
study or research on problems of special significance
to student's program, under supervision
of major professor . May be repeated . F, W, Sp
5110 Social Welfare Policy and Services I (3) Interests
of social work profession in development of
contemporary social policy at local, state, national,
and international levels of organization . Contribution
social work professionals can make to formal
policy-making process through which macrosocial
change is effected, and through which aggregate
social welfare services are proposed, authorized,
financed, and programmed . Policy lab may be used
to focus on beginning skill development . F
5120 Social Welfare Policy and Services 11 (3)
Examination of theories of complex organizations
applied to social welfare service delivery settings.
Transformation of collective social welfare resources
into divisible and indivisible social welfare
benefits through organized instrumental action of
professional nature . W
5130 Social Policy Analysis (2-3) "Policy science"
techniques are considered for appropriateness in
assessing social, political, and economic implications
of social policy proposals. Prereq : Completion
of core or consent of instructor . Sp
5161 Social Welfare Seminar (2-3) Problem area or
field of practice seminar focusing on substantive
knowledge about social problem or condition and
interrelationships among problem definition, social
policy, social welfare program, and social work
practice . Fields such as health, mental health, child
and family welfare, mental retardation, education,
corrections, housing, labor force development, income
maintenance, and aging . Prereq : Completion
of core or consent of instructor. May be repeated.
Maximum 9 hrs . W, F
5210-20 Human Behavior and Social Environment I
and II (3, 3) Examination of theories pertaining to
individual, family, and small group within context of
functions, structures, roles and processes . Behavior
of these systems conceptualized along functionaldysfunctional
and normal-deviant continuum . Organizing
themes, development and maturation,
adaptive and defensive mechanisms . Open system
approach used to understand interrelationship of
biological, psychological, and social variables with
emphasis on implications of culture and ethnicity . F;
W
5290 Special Accelerated Program in Social Work
(15) Ten-week program providing qualified students
with intensive academic and field practice experience
that qualifies them to enter second year of
graduate study upon successful completion of this
term . S/NC only.
5310 Human Behavior and Social Environment
(2-3) Deepens and extends student's knowledge or
range of adaptive behavior; continuum of behavior
from optimum social functioning through pathology
. Prereq : Second-year status . May be repeated.
5311 ImagMative Perspectives on the Human Condition
(2-3) Examination of usefulness to social work
students of prose, drama, and poetry, which illuminate
and expand knowledge and appreciation of
every person's humanness . Adaptive and maladaptive
resonse to ordinary and extraordinary life
situations and events, portrayed by creative writers.
Artistic representation of molding of human personality
and spirit through interaction of persons
with one another and with society . Prereq : Completion
of core or consent of instructor.
5312 Psychopathology and Social Deviance (2-3)
Theories of and recent research in etiology of
physics dysfunction and social variance . Categorical
approach to psychopathology examined and
differentiated from other approaches to human behavior
. Prereq : Completion of core or consent of
instructor. F
5313 Deviant Behavior of Children and Youth (2-3)
Deviant behavior and conduct disorders in children
and youth, etiology, symptomatology, and range of
social services and treatment modalities . Prereq:
Completion of core or consent of instructor . F
5314 Comparative Theories of Personality (2-3)
Those personality theories with most relevance for
social work practice with individuals, groups, or
families . Prereq : Completion of core or consent of
instructor . Taught at branches only. Available at
UTK as Psychology 4510.
5315 Human Sexual Problems (2-3) Desensitization
and resensitization of personal and social attitudes
toward sexual behavior, clinical problems and approaches
to make social workers better able to deal
with clients with sexual problems . Prereq : Completion
of core or consent of instructor. F
5316 Mental Health and Employment (2-3) Work as
major life task and value, attitudes toward work,
patterns of employment, effect of changing
technologies on individual and community, interdependence
of individual and organization, meaning
of work in assessing mental health . Prereq :Completion
of core or consent of instructor.
5410 Social Work Practice I (3) Basic theory, values
and beginning skills development generic to social
work intervention at various system levels . Combines
classroom skills and laboratory experiences . F
5420 Social Work Practice II (3) Assessment, planning,
methodology and skills development fundamental
to social work intervention . Combines classroom
skills and laboratory experiences . W
5440 Family Therapy in Social Work Practice (2-3)
Applicaton of practice theory to assist in acquisition
of skills in treatment of family as unit . Prereq : Completion
of core or consent of instructor . W
5441 Transactional Analysis (2-3) Philosophy,
theory, and therapeutic technique of transactional
analysis. Lectures, discussion, and experiential
methods facilitate acquisition of knowledge and
skills to use transactional analysis as treatment modality.
Prereq : Completion of core or consent of
instructor.
5442 Short-term Treatment (2-3) Theory and practice
of short-term treatment focusing on nature of
methods, characteristics of clients responsive to
this approach, and designs of programs providing
short-term treatment services . Specific techniques
of assessment and treatment applied to practice
with individuals in crisis . Prereq : Completion of core
or consent of instructor. W
5443 Seminar on Behavior Therapy (2-3) Behavior
modification methodology applied to clinical assessment,
choice of designs to assess treatment
interventions, skill in evaluating data on effectiveness
of treatment interventions . Prereq : Completion
of core or consent of instructor . May be repeated.
Maximum 6 hrs . Sp
5444 Social Work Practice with the Poor (2-3) Problems,
issues, and dilemmas of practice in social services
with poor and attributes of service-delivery systems
which make that practice possible . Prereq:
Completion of core or consent of instructor.
5460 Social Work Treatment with Individuals and
Families (3) Social work literature, social casework
as method of social work practice and as form of
interpersonal treatment . Prereq : Completion of core
or consent of instructor . Sp
5470 Contemporary Treatment Modalities : Individual
and Family (2-3) Well-established and developing
treatment modalities in terms of essential
concepts . Differential facets and theory-based linkages
. Prereq : Completion of core or consent of instructor
. F
5480 Special Topics In Social Work Treatment (2-3)
Treatment with individuals, families, and small
groups . Prereq : Completion of core or consent of
instructor . May be repeated . Maximum 9 hrs . F, W,
Sp
5560 Social Work Treatment with Groups (3) Development
of knowledge and skill in use of group
methods in social work practice ; organization and
forming group, structuring group tasks and experiences,
understanding and enhancing group functioning,
enabling problem-solving effectiveness,
facilitating transfer of change, and evaluating individual
change and group effectiveness . Prereq:
Completion of core or consent of instructor . Sp
5561 Interpersonal Skill Development (2-3) Training
group employed to enhance interpersonal corn-

petence in application of human relations skills in
social work practice . Prereq : Completion of core or
consent of instructor.
5570 Comparative Methods of Group Treatment
(2-3) Comparative analysis and critical review of
theory and methodology of some of major group
treatment modalities with emphasis on theory-base,
leadership, techniques and procedures, and research
. Prereq : Completion of core or consent of
instructor . A
5601 Social Work in Rural Communities (2-3)
Characteristics of rural populations and rural community
analysis . Outline and analysis of rural social
services and delivery sytems . Development of social
work generalist concept and occupational function
in rural areas . Prereq : Completion of core or consent
of instructor . W
5661 Community Organization (2-3) Using behavioral
and social science knowledge about communities
and organizations to assist in development
of resources to meet human needs . Prereq : Completion
of core or consent of instructor . Sp
5670 Social Planning (3) (Same as Planning 5670 .) F
5671 Planning and Management of Change in Social
Welfare (2-3) Theories and models of change
such as planned change, conflict, and evolutionary
change in relation to organizational change, community
improvement, locality development, and
economic development related to social welfare
services . Prereq : Completion of core or consent of
instructor . F
5701 Administration in Social Work (2-3) Introduction
to administrative practice as it relates to social
work purpose and values and development of administrative
principles that make possible effective
provision of welfare services.
5702 Organizational Design of Social Welfare
Agencies (2-3) Critical problems of adapting organizational
structure and operational patterns to
new tasks, objectives, and mandates . Planning and
design techniques for new programs and for modification
of existing programs for appropriate deployment
of resouces and personnel for maximum effectiveness
and efficiency . Integration of theory and
experience for development of practical skills for
coping with variety of situations . Prereq : Secondyear
administration or community organization students,
or consent of instructor ; 5761 or equivalent.
Sp
5741 Supervision in Social Work (2-3) Dual roles of
supervisor in various settings, and supervision distinguished
from consultation and from direct practice
. Responsibility and accountability to client system,
supervisee, and executive, problems of middle
management position of supervisor . Differences
and similarities in supervision of varying levels of
personnel . Goals, tasks, techniques, and processes
in relation to individual and group supervision and
field instruction . Prereq : Second-year status or consent
of instructor . A
5742 Consultation in Social Work (2-3) Constellation
of roles, relationships, and behaviors required
of consultant . Consultation as distinguished from
supervision, administration, and direct practice.
Types of consultation in relation to various settings
and levels of responsibility. Processes and practices
of consultation and dilemmas and pitfalls of consultant's
position . Prereq : Second-year status or consent
of instructor.
5743 Management of Human Resources in Social
Welfare (2-3) Personnel function in administration
of human services programs and agencies . Personnel
recruitment, selection, appointment, and supervision
; staff development, training, and evaluation;
salary and benefit systems ; employer-employee relations
; and fair employment practices . Prereq:
Completion of core or consent of instructor . W
5744 Education and Training in Social Welfare (2-3)
Philosophies and practices of teaching and learning
related to adults in social work and social welfare.
Distinctions between teaching and learning ; training
and education ; unique aspects of adult learning;
measurement issues ; models and styles of education
. Prereq : Completion of core or consent of instructor.
W
5745 Professional Leadership in Social Work (2-3)
Leadership in social welfare . Theories of leadership ;
complexity of leadership ; function, effectiveness,
and satisfactions of leaders ; leadership styles, values,
motivation and morale ; and leadership development
and training . Prereq : Completion of core
or consent of instructor.
5761 Social Welfare Administration and Planning
(3) Topics significant to managerial-planner role
such as decision making, budgeting, planning, and
programming . Prereq : Completion of core or consent
of instructor . Sp
5762 Seminar in Social Welfare Administration and
Planning (3) To assist students in acquiring specific
administrative and planning techniques appropriate
for social welfare delivery systems . Prereq : Completion
of core or consent of instructor.
5771 Information Systems and Decision Making
(2-3) Decision making in human services organizations,
utilization of information in policy
formulation, delivery of services and evaluation of
organizational performance . Information generation,
collection, processing, storage, retrieval, and
utilization in relation to management control, evaluation
and forecasting . Prereq : Completion of core or
consent of instructor . F
5772 Financial Management for Social Welfare
Administration (2-3) Centralized decision making
related to allocation of scarce resources in social
services organizations . Technical aids to budgetary
choice and other aspects of financial management
examined for utility, parsimony, and feasibility . Prereq
: Completion of core or consent of instructor. F
5800 Management of Residential Settings (2-3) Issues
and trends in management and programming
in residential institutions for children, aged, mentally
ill, mentally retarded, juvenile and adult offenders,
and other groups . Prereq : Completion of
core or consent of instructor.
5812 Organizational Perspectives in Juvenile Justice
(2-3) Aspects of juvenile justice system : overview
of juvenile delinquency, introduction to
theories of causation, role of police in detecting
delinquency and apprehension of delinquent offenders,
police procedures, role of juvenile court,
alternatives to institutions, correctional institutions,
aftercare programs, and preventive strategies . Prereq
: Second-year standing.
5820 Social Aspects of Illness (2-3) Social, economic,
and emotional problems arising from or related
to illness and disability as they affect individual,
family, and community . Services needed to
obtain optimum results from medical care . Lectures,
discussion, illustrative case material . Sp
5825 Drugs : Use and Abuse (2-3) Survey and
analysis of social, cultural, medical, and psychological
factors underlying alcoholism and drug abuse,
recent research and treatment innovations, social
work with user and family . Prereq : Completion of
core or consent of instructor . Sp
5826 Social Work Treatment for Marital Adjustment
(2-3) Theories regarding social and cultural values
and personality processes which gain expression in
marriage, concepts regarding contemporary marriage
styles, problem areas in marriages, and appropriate
treatment approaches . Prereq : Completion of
core or consent of instructor. Sp
5830 Law and Social Work (2-3) Basic principles of
law which relate to social work practice ; organization
of courts ; legal aid societies ; and other problems
of legal nature that affect social work . Sp
5860 Social Gerontology (2-3) Physical, psychological,
and social aspects of aging ; economic and
health status of aging ; older person and family;
community programs for aging ; retirementphenomenon
of modern society . Sp
5865 The Roles of Women (2-3) Roles and statuses
of women ; emphasis on contemporary American
scene . Empirical research as well as popular literature
. Ascribed and achieved facets of women's
statuses . A
5910-20 Field Practice (3, 4) Instruction and supervised
practice in methods of social work with individuals,
groups and communities . Prereq : Admission
to the School ; 5140 concurrently or prior to
5910 ; 5420 concurrently or prior to 5920 . Must be
taken in sequence . Required course . S/NC only . F ; W
Graduate School of Social Work 151
5930-40-50 Field Practice (4, 8, 8) Specialized instruction
and supervised practice in methods of social
work treatment, administration, and planning in
community health and welfare programs and agencies.
Prereq : Admission to the School . Must be
taken in sequence . S/NC only . Sp ; W ; Sp
5961 Integrative Seminar (2) Required seminar
facilitates integration of two-year M .S.S .W . program
; attention given to current issues in profession
and to pressing social problems . Student participation
in symposia, discussions, simulations, and
gaming situations prepares graduating student to
assume positions of responsibility and leadership
within profession . Graduating student helped to
plan toward continuing his/her education and professional
development . S/NC only . Sp
5970 Outcomes In Social Work Practice (2-3) Application
of substantive knowledge to comprehensive
problem-solving within existing service and community
systems. Critical appraisal of functional relationships
between problem, policy, planning, practice,
and outcomes. Examination of problems from
practice to determine key elements of optimal services
and implications for policy decisions . S/NC
only.
5980 Practicum in Governmental Social Welfare
Policy Making (2-3) Practical introduction to progress
of legislative and/or administrative policy making
at state or local governmental level, through
assignment of students to offices of elected or appointed
proximate policy makers. Limited social
welfare policy research activities . Seminar to
present normative and descriptive theory about
policy-making process, and models of policy
analysis . Prereq : 5110 and consent of instructor.
May be repeated .

Index
Academic Calendar, 2 Board of Trustees, 7 Deferred Payment Fee, 14
Academic Termination, 19 Botany, 103 Degree Requirements, 19-24
Accounting, 39 Broadcasting, 48 Degrees Available, 8, 9
Activity Fee (University Programs Bureau of Educational Dissertation, 22
and Services Fee), 13 Research and Service, 49 Distributive Education, 60
Adding Courses, 18 Business Administration, College of : 35 Doctor of Business Administration,
Administration, Graduate School, 6 Accounting and Business Law, 38 8-9, 21, 37
Administration, University, 7 Business Administration, 39 Doctor of Education Degree, 8-9, 21, 49
Admission, Examinations, 13 Business Education, 40 Doctor of Philosophy Degree, 8-9, 21
Admission, International Students, 12 Economics, 40 Doctoral Committees, 21
Admission, Procedures, 13 Finance, 41 Doctoral Languages, 21
Admission Requirements, 8, 9, 11 Management, 42 Dropping Courses, 18
Admission to Candidacy, 20, 21 Management Science, 42 Dual J .D .-MBA Program, 37
Admission, Types of, 8, 9, 11 Marketing and Transportation, 43 Ecology, 92
Admission, Veterinary Medicine Office Administration, 44 Economics, 40, 110
Students, 12 Statistics, 44 Education, College of : 49
Adult Education, 51 Business and Economic Research, Art and Music Education, 49
Advertising, 47 Center for, 38 Continuing and Higher Education, 51
Advisors, 17 Business Education, 40, 60 Curriculum and Instruction, 51
Aerospace Engineering, 80, 82 Business Law, 39 Division of Health and Safety, 62
Agriculture Campus (map), 4 Calendar for 1980-81, 2 Division of Physical Education, 64
Agriculture, College of : 25 Campus Map, 4, 5 Educational Administration and
Agricultural Biology, 27 Candidacy, Admission to, 20, 21 Supervision, 54
Agricultural Economics and Rural Change (Revision) of Program, 19 Educational Psychology and
Sociology, 26, 27 Change of Registration, 18 Guidance, 56
Agricultural Engineering, 26, 28 Chattanooga Engineering Program, 11 School of Health, Physical Education,
Agricultural Extension Education, 28 Chemical Engineering, 67 and Recreation, 61
Agricultural Mechanization, 28 Chemistry, 105 Special Education and
Animal Science, 26, 29 Child and Family Studies, 86 Rehabilitation, 57
Food Technology and Science, 30 Civil Engineering, 70, 71 Vocational-Technical Education, 59
Forestry, Wildlife and Fisheries, 30 Classics, 107 Educational Administration and
Ornamental Horticulture and Landscape Classification of Students, 14 Supervision, 54
Design, 32 Colleges : Educational Psychology and Guidance, 56
Plant and Soil Science, 26, 32 Agriculture, 25 Educational Research and Service,
Veterinary Medicine, 12, 25 Business Administration, 35 BureaU, 49
Agricultural Biology, 27 Communications, 46 Electrical Engineering, 73
Agricultural Economics and Rural Education, 49 Elementary Education, 51
Sociology, 26, 27 Engineering, 66 Energy, Environment, and
Agricultural Education, 60 Home Economics, 85 Resources Center, 10
Agricultural Engineering, 26, 28 Liberal Arts, 95 Engineering Administration, 66
Agricultural Extension Education, 28 Nursing, 139 Engineering, College of : 66
Agricultural Mechanization, 28 Committee, Doctoral, 21 Administration, 66
Agriculture, Institute of : 25 Committee, Master's, 20 Chemical, Metallurgical and
Agricultural Experiment Station, 25 Communications, 47 Polymer, 67
Agricultrual Extension Service, 25 Communications, College of : 46 Civil, 70
Animal Science, 26, 29 Communications, 47 Electrical, 73
Anthropology, 95 Advertising, 47 Engineering Science and
Appeals Procedure, 19 Broadcasting, 48 Mechanics, 77
Application, 11, 12 Journalism, School of, 48 Industrial, 79
Application Fee, 11, 13 Communications Research Center, 47 Mechanical and Aerospace, 80
Arabic, 132 Comparative Literature, 108 Nuclear, 83
Archaeology, 97 Comprehensive Examination, 20 Engineering Experiment
Architecture School of : 34 Computer Science, 108 Station, 66
Art, 97 Computing Center, 16 Engineering Program, Chattanooga, 11
Art Education, 49 Consumer Studies and Housing : Engineering Science and Mechanics, 77
Assistantships, 15 Public Policy, 85 English, 110
Astronomy, 125 Continuing and Higher Education, 51 English Education, 51
Audiology, 99 Continuous Registration, 21 English for Foreign Students, 12
Auditors, 14, 18 Correspondence, 19 English Proficiency, 18
Automobile Registration, 16 Correspondence Directory, 3 Entrance Requirements, 11
Average, Required, 18 Council, Graduate, 6 Environmental Engineering, 70, 72
Aviation Systems, 91 Counseling, Vocational Rehabilitation, 57 Examinations:
Biochemistry, 101 Course Numbers, 17 Admission, 8, 9, 13
Biology, 102 Course, Drop, Add, 18 English Proficiency, 18
Biology, Agricultural, 27 Credit, Graduate, 17 Final, 20-24
Biology, Radiation, 130 Cultural Studies, 109 Oral, 20-24
Biomedical Sciences, 11, 141 Curriculum, 51 Preliminary, 21, 24
Black Studies, 109 Curriculum and Instruction, 51 Proficiency, 18
152

Written, 20 Latin, 107 Oral Examinations, 22, 23, 24
Expenses, 13-14 Law Courses, 18 Ornamental Horticulture and Landscape
Experiment Stations : Liberal Arts, College of : 95 Design, 32
Agricultural, 25 Anthropology, 95 Out-of-state Fee Classification, 14
Engineering, 66 Archaeology, 97 Parking Rules, 16
Extension Service, Agricultural, 25 Art, 97 Passing Grades, 18
Faculty Members, Admission of, 12 Audiology and Speech Pathology, 99 Philosophy, 124
Failures, 18 Biochemistry, 101 Physical Education, 64
Fee Classification, 14 Biology, 102 Physics, 125
Fees, 13-14 Botany, 103 Planning, School of, 146
Fellowships, 15 Chemistry, 105 Plant and Soil Science, 26, 32
Final Examinations, 20, 21, 22 Classics-Greek and Latin, 107 Political Science, 127
Finance, 41 Comparative Literature, 108 Polymer Engineering, 69
Financial Aid, 15 Computer Science, 108 Portuguese, 133
Food Science, 87 Cultural Studies-Black Studies, Cultural Preliminary Examination, 21
Food Systems Administration, 88 Studies, Linguistics, 109 Prerequisites, 17
Food Technology and Science, 30 Economics, 110 Proficiency Examination, 18
Foreign Language Education, 51 English, 110 Psychological Clinic, 129
Foreign (International) Students, Geography, 111 Psychology, 128
Admission of, 12 Geological Sciences, 112 Psychology, Organizational, 93
Foreign (International) Students, Germanic and Slavic Languages, 114 Public Administration, 127
Office of, 16 History, 115 Public Health Education, 62
Forestry, 31 Mathematics, 117 Radiation Biology, 130
French, 132 Microbiology, 121 Readmissions, 13
General Requirements, 17 Music, 122 Real Estate and Urban Development, 42
Geography, 111 Philosophy, 124 Recommendation Letters, 8-9
Geological Sciences, 112 Physics and Astronomy, 125 Recreation, 64
Germanic and Slavic Languages, 114 Political Science, 127 Refund of Fees, 14
Governmental Financial Administration, 42 Psychology, 128 Registration, Change of, 18
Grades, 18 Radiation Biology, 130 Registration, Dates of, 2
Graduate Assistantships, 15 Religious Studies, 131 Registration, Research, 21
Graduate (Off-Campus) Centers, 11 Romance Languages-Arabic, Registration, Procedures, 13
Graduate Council, 6 French, Italian, Portuguese, Rehabilitation, 57
Graduate Course Numbers, 18 Spanish, 131 Religious Studies, 131
Graduate Credit, 17 Sociology, 133 Requirements:
Graduate Management Admission Test, Speech and Hearing Science, 135 Admission, 11
13, 38 Speech and Theatre, 135 Doctoral Degree, 21
Graduate Record Examination, 13 Speech Pathology, 136 Grades, 18
Graduate School News, 17 University Studies, 136 Graduate School, 17
Graduate Student Responsibility, 17 Zoology, 136 Graduation, 22, 23, 24
Graduation Fee, 13-14 Library, University, 17 Language, 21
Graduation Requirements, 22, 23, 24 Library and Information Science, Master's Degree, 19
Greek, 107 School, 144 Specialist in Education Degree, 20
Guidance, 56 Load, Maximum, 17 Research Registration, 21
Health Education, 62 Loans, 15 Residence Classification, Fees, 14
Health, Physical Education, and MACT Program, 20 Residence Halls, 15
Recreation, School of, 62 Maintenance Fee, 13 Residence Requirements, 14
History, 115 Majors Available, 8-9 Responsibility, Graduate Students, 17
Home Economics, College of : 85 Management, 42 Revision of Program, 19
Child and Family Studies, 86 Management Development Programs, 38 Romance Languages, 131
Food Science, Nutrition, Management Science, 42, 94 Rural Sociology, 27, 28
and Food Systems Administration, 87 Map, Campus, 4-5 Russian, 115
Interior Design, and Housing, 89 Marketing, 43 Safety Education, 63
Home Economics, 89 Married Student Housing, 16 Scholarships, 15
Home Economics Education, 61, 89 Master of Business Administration, 35 School Health Education, 63
Textiles and Clothing, 90 Master's Committee, 20 Science Education, 51
Home Economics Doctoral Program, 86 Master's Degrees, 8-9, 19 Seniors, Admission of, 12
Horticulture, 32 Mathematics, 117 Services Fee, 13
Housing, 15 Mathematics Education, 51 Services to the Physically Disabled, 16
Incompletes, 18 Maximum Load, 17 Social Science Education, 51
Industrial Education, 61 Mechanical Engineering, 80 Social Work, School of, 11, 148
Industrial Engineering, 79 Metallurgical Engineering, 68 Sociology, 133
Industrial and Organizational Psychology, Microbiology, 121 Space Institute, 10
93 Music, 122 Spanish, 133
Institute of Agriculture, 25 Music Education, 49 Special Education, 57
Instructional Materials, 51 Music Fee, 13 Specialist in Education, 8-9, 20
Intercollegiate Programs, 91 Nashville Graduate Engineering Speech and Hearing Science, 135
Interior Design and Housing, 89 Program, 11 Speech and Theatre, 135
International House, 16 Non-Degree Student, 12 Speech Pathology, 136
International Students, 12 Non-Thesis Programs, 20 Statistics, 44
International Student Affairs Office, 16 Nuclear Engineering, 83 Student Calendar, 2
International Students, Admission of, 12 Nursing, College of, 139 Textiles and Clothing, 90
Italian, 132 Nutrition, 88 Theatre, 135
Journalism, 48 Oak Ridge Programs, 11 Theses and Dissertations, 19
Kingsport University Center, 11 Oak Ridge School of Biomedical Sciences, Thesis, 20, 21
Language Requirements, 21 11, 141 Thesis Registration, 20
Late Registration Fee, 13 Office Administration, 44 Time Limit, Programs, 19
Letters of Recommendation, 8-9 Office Hours, 6 Timetable of Classes, 3
153

Traffic Rules, 16
Transcripts, 3
Transfer Credits, 19
Transient Students, 12
Transportation and Logistics, 44
Transportation Center, 10
Trustees, Board, of, 7
Tuition, 13
Unclassified Graduate Student, 12
University Administration, 7
University Calendar, 2
University International House, 16
University Program and Services Fee, 13
University Studies, 136
Vehicle Operation, 16
Veterans' Benefits, 15
Veterinary Medicine, 12, 25
Vocational Rehabilitation Counseling, 57
Vocational-Technical Education, 59
Waiver of Fees, 14
Water Resources Research Center, 11
Water Resources Development, 94
Wildlife and Fisheries Science, 31
Withdrawal, 14
Written Examination, 20, 21
Zoology, 136
154